<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2000
Registration No. 333
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
--------------
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
--------------
ENTEGRIS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
--------------
Minnesota 3089 41-1941551
(State or other (Primary Standard (I.R.S. Employer
jurisdiction of Industrial Identification No.)
incorporation or Classification Code
organization) Number)
--------------
3500 Lyman Boulevard Stan Geyer
Chaska, Minnesota 55318 Chief Executive Officer
(952) 556-3131 Entegris, Inc.
(Address, including zip 3500 Lyman Boulevard
code, and telephone Chaska, Minnesota 55318
number, including area code, (952) 556-3131
of registrant's (Name, address, including zip
principal executive offices) code, and telephone
number, including area code, of
agent for service)
--------------
Copies to:
John T. Kramer, Esq. Christopher D. Lueking, Esq.
Dorsey & Whitney LLP Latham & Watkins
Pillsbury Center South 233 South Wacker Drive
220 South Sixth Street Suite 5800
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-1498 Chicago, Illinois 60606
--------------
Approximate date of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
--------------
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. [_]
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
If delivery of the Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Title of Each Class of Proposed Maximum Amount of
Securities to be Registered Aggregate Offering Price(1) Registration Fee
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value........ $239,200,000 $63,150
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the
registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of
1933.
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement
shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +
+not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the +
+Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an +
+offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these +
+securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 31, 2000
13,000,000 Shares
[Entegris Logo]
Common Shares
--------------
Entegris, Inc. is offering 8,600,000 common shares, and the selling
shareholders are offering 4,400,000 common shares in a firmly underwritten
offering. Entegris will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares
by the selling shareholders. This is Entegris' initial public offering, and no
public market currently exists for Entegris' common shares. Entegris
anticipates that the initial public offering price for its shares will be
between $15.00 and $17.00 per share. After the offering, the market price for
Entegris' shares may be outside of this range.
--------------
We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol "ENTG."
--------------
Investing in the common shares involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk
Factors" beginning on page 7.
--------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Per Share Total
--------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
Offering Price $ $
Discounts and Commissions to Underwriters $ $
Offering Proceeds to Entegris $ $
Offering Proceeds to the Selling Shareholders $ $
</TABLE>
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if
this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is
a criminal offense.
Entegris, Inc. has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an
additional 1,290,000 common shares from Entegris and a selling shareholder has
granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 660,000 shares from that
selling shareholder to cover over-allotments. The underwriters can exercise
this right at any time within thirty days after the offering. Banc of America
Securities LLC expects to deliver the common shares to investors on ,
2000.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Salomon Smith Barney
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray
--------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 2000.
<PAGE>
Our products enable the microelectronics industry by assuring the integrity
of our customers' materials from production to consumption.
MICROELECTRONICS OTHER MARKETS
Bio-pharmaceutical
Custom Medical
Telecommunications
Industrial and Other
Our custom products enable new technologies and applications such as live
bacteria manufacturing techniques and miniaturization for telecommunications
SEMICONDUCTOR MANUFACTURING PROCESS DISK MANUFACTURING
FRONT END BACK END
Wafer Manufacturing Wafer Handling Chemical Delivery Test, Assembly
and Packaging
[Photo of 300mm Shipper] [Photo of 100 to 200mm Shippers with caption stating:
Our wafer manufacturing products preserve the integrity of raw wafers during
shipment from wafer manufacturers to semiconductor manufacturers]
[Photo of 100 to 200mm Carriers] [Photo of 300mm Carriers with caption stating:
Our wafer handling products hold and position wafers during semiconductor
processing, including precise interfaces with automation and manufacturing
equipment]
[Photo of Containers] [Photo of Valve, Tubing, Fitting, Pipe]
[Photo of Transducers] [Photo of Fluid Handling Systems with caption stating:
Our chemical delivery products provide consistent and safe delivery of
sophisticated chemicals from chemical manufacturers to semiconductor
manufacturers' point-of-use]
[Photo of JEDEC/Matrix Trays] [Photo of Bare Die Trays with caption stating:
Our test, assembly and packaging products preserve the integrity of wafers and
die during transportation to back-end operations by avoiding electrostatic
discharge and contamination]
[Photo of Disk Shipper with caption stating: Our disk products prevent
degradation and damage to critical data storage components]
[Logo]
[Photos of various products that utilize integrated circuits and of
microelectronics manufacturing processes]
<PAGE>
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.
We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common shares only in
jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. This prospectus may only be
used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this
document may only be accurate on the date of this prospectus, regardless of the
time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common shares. In
this prospectus, references to "Entegris," "we," "us" and "our" refer to
Entegris, Inc., together with our consolidated subsidiaries.
Our fiscal year is a 52 or 53 week period ending on the last Saturday of
each August. Our last five fiscal years ended on the following dates: August
26, 1995; August 31, 1996; August 30, 1997; August 29, 1998; and August 28,
1999. Fiscal years are identified in this prospectus according to the calendar
year in which they end. For example, the fiscal year ended August 28, 1999 is
referred to as "fiscal 1999." For convenience, the financial information
included in this prospectus has been presented as ending on the last day of the
month.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary....................................................... 3
Risk Factors............................................................. 7
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements........................ 17
Use of Proceeds.......................................................... 18
Dividend Policy.......................................................... 18
Capitalization........................................................... 19
Dilution................................................................. 20
Selected Consolidated Financial Data..................................... 21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations........................................................... 22
Business................................................................. 30
Management............................................................... 44
Certain Transactions..................................................... 52
Principal and Selling Shareholders....................................... 55
Description of Capital Shares............................................ 56
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......................................... 59
Underwriting............................................................. 60
Legal Matters............................................................ 62
Experts.................................................................. 62
Where You Can Find Additional Information................................ 62
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements............................... F-1
</TABLE>
"Entegris" is a trademark of Entegris, Inc. in the United States and other
jurisdictions. Registration of "Entegris" is pending in the United States and
in other jurisdictions and registration of the Entegris logo is pending in the
United States. This prospectus also contains registered trademarks of Entegris
and registered trademarks and service marks of other entities.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this
prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you
should consider before investing in our common shares. You should read the
entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision. This
prospectus contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. Our results could differ significantly from those anticipated in
these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including
those set forth in "Risk Factors" and the consolidated financial statements and
the related notes. Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this
prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and
gives effect to a 2-for-1 stock split of the Entegris common shares to be
effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Entegris
We are a leading provider of materials management solutions to the
microelectronics industry including, in particular, the semiconductor
manufacturing and disk manufacturing markets. Our materials management
solutions for the semiconductor industry assure the integrity of materials as
they are handled, stored, processed and transported throughout the
semiconductor manufacturing process, from raw silicon wafer manufacturing to
packaging of completed integrated circuits. These solutions enable our
customers to protect their investment in work-in-process and finished devices
by facilitating the safe handling, purity and precision processing of the
critical materials used in their manufacturing process.
Semiconductors are the building blocks of today's electronics and the
backbone of the information age. An increasing variety of new markets and
applications, such as wireless communications devices, network infrastructure
and Internet appliances, has driven the demand for semiconductors with enhanced
performance characteristics. As a result, semiconductors have become
increasingly complex, with smaller feature sizes and shorter product life
cycles, resulting in a more costly and complex manufacturing process. To
improve manufacturing productivity and efficiency, semiconductor manufacturers
have historically implemented yield management and automation technologies.
Because significant productivity gains from implementing these technologies
have for the most part already been realized, semiconductor manufacturers are
now increasingly focused on materials management to prevent the damage and
degradation of materials used or consumed throughout the manufacturing process
as well as to improve the predictability of that process. Wafer processing can
involve as many as 500 steps and take up to six weeks. As a result, a batch of
25 fully processed wafers can cost more than $1 million. Damage to a processed
wafer can severely impact integrated circuit performance or render an
integrated circuit inoperable. Thus, it is critical to ensure safe and reliable
wafer processing throughout the manufacturing process. The need for efficient
and reliable materials management is becoming increasingly important to
semiconductor manufacturers as new materials are introduced and as 300mm wafer
technology becomes more prevalent.
Throughout our 34-year history, we have been a leading provider of materials
management solutions for the semiconductor industry. We have extensive
expertise in the development of polymer materials and we believe that we have
the broadest product line of standard and customized products. We have eleven
worldwide manufacturing facilities which enable us to provide local delivery,
advanced manufacturing capabilities and the capacity to meet customer demand
requirements. Our materials management products, such as wafer shippers, wafer
transport and process carriers, pods and work-in-process boxes, preserve the
integrity of wafers as they are transported from wafer manufacturers to
semiconductor manufacturers, processed into finished wafers and integrated
circuits and subsequently tested, assembled and packaged. We also provide
chemical delivery products, such as valves, fittings, tubing, pipe and
containers, that assure the consistent and safe delivery of sophisticated
chemicals between chemical manufacturers and semiconductor manufacturers'
point-of-use.
3
<PAGE>
We believe we are a technology leader in providing materials handling
solutions for the microelectronics industry. We are a leading designer and
manufacturer of 300mm wafer materials management solutions with products such
as front opening unified pods and reduced-pitch front opening shipping boxes.
In addition, our innovative designs and our use of high purity, corrosion
resistant fluid handling materials have made us a recognized leader in high
purity fluid transfer products. Our chemical delivery product line represents a
number of industry firsts, including: the first perfluoroalkoxy, or PFA,
fusion-bonded piping; the first valves with no metal parts in the fluid stream;
the first nonmetallic capacitive sensors to successfully perform in harsh
environments at high temperatures; and the first PFA pinch valve. More
recently, our Galtek SG Series valve received the 1999 Editor's Choice Best
Product award from Semiconductor International magazine for its ability to
maintain industry flow capacity standards despite its small size.
Our objective is to build upon our leadership position in materials
management solutions for the semiconductor device, equipment and materials
industries, as well as apply our expertise to the growing materials management
needs of other industries. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this
objective are:
. expand technological leadership;
. broaden product offering;
. enhance relationships with customers and suppliers;
. expand in Japan;
. pursue selective acquisitions; and
. expand into new industries.
We sell our products worldwide to over 1,000 customers, who represent a
broad base of leading suppliers to the microelectronics industry. Our customers
in the semiconductor industry include wafer manufacturers, chemical suppliers,
equipment manufacturers, device manufacturers and assemblers. Our semiconductor
customers include Amkor/Anam, Applied Materials, Arch Chemicals, IBM, Infineon,
Intel, Texas Instruments and TSMC. Our customers in data storage manufacturing
include HMT, IBM, Komag and Seagate Technology. International sales represented
approximately 45.1% of our sales in fiscal 1998, 47.9% of our sales in fiscal
1999, and 55.2% of our sales in the six months ended February 28, 2000. We
provide our customers with a worldwide network of sales and support personnel,
which enable us to offer local service to our global customer base and assure
the timely and cost-effective delivery of our products.
Entegris was incorporated under the laws of the State of Minnesota in 1999
as part of a consolidation of Fluoroware, Inc. and Empak, Inc., both of which
are now wholly-owned subsidiaries of Entegris. Fluoroware and Empak are
Minnesota corporations. Fluoroware has been in business since 1966 and Empak
has been in business since 1980. Our principal executive offices are located at
3500 Lyman Boulevard, Chaska, Minnesota 55318, and our telephone number is
(952) 556-3131. The address of our web site is www.entegris.com. Information
contained on our web site is not part of this prospectus.
4
<PAGE>
The Offering
Common shares offered by Entegris.......... 8,600,000 shares
Common shares offered by the selling 4,400,000 shares
shareholders..................................
Common shares to be outstanding after this 67,320,700 shares
offering......................................
Use of proceeds............................ Retirement of debt, working
capital and general corporate
purposes. We may also use a
portion of the proceeds to
acquire complementary
businesses. See "Use of
Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol..... ENTG
The number of common shares to be outstanding after this offering is based
on the number of shares outstanding as of February 28, 2000, and does not
reflect the following:
. 7,267,936 shares subject to stock options currently outstanding at a
weighted average exercise price of $3.62 per share;
. 317,446 shares redeemed in March 2000 from former employees, which had
been previously distributed by our Employee Stock Ownership Plan and
which we were required to redeem pursuant to the terms of the Plan;
. 24,736 shares issued since February 28, 2000;
. 6,947,006 common shares reserved for future grants of options under our
stock option plans and future issuances of stock under our Employee
Stock Purchase Plan; and
. 1,290,000 shares that the underwriters may purchase from us to cover
over-allotments, if any.
5
<PAGE>
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
(in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months Ended
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, February 28,
------------------------------------------------ ------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consolidated Statement
of Operations Data:
Net sales.............. $193,284 $271,037 $277,290 $266,591 $241,952 $111,590 $156,662
Cost of sales.......... 104,513 149,042 161,732 156,508 148,106 72,026 85,260
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit.......... 88,771 121,995 115,558 110,083 93,846 39,564 71,402
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses.............. 43,284 62,390 62,384 65,536 64,336 28,896 34,962
Engineering, research
and development
expenses.............. 9,776 12,446 17,986 19,912 14,565 7,571 6,234
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating profit...... 35,711 47,158 35,188 24,635 14,945 3,097 30,206
Interest expense, net.. 2,782 4,582 6,652 6,995 5,498 3,040 2,020
Other (income) expense,
net................... (1,010) (1,396) 2,201 (273) (1,850) (1,312) (6,282)
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income before income
taxes and other items
below................ 33,939 43,972 26,335 17,913 11,297 1,369 34,468
Income tax expense..... 12,596 16,109 10,578 4,536 4,380 89 11,589
Equity in net (income)
loss of affiliates.... (3,347) (3,252) (1,750) 119 1,587 1,196 (582)
Minority interest in
subsidiaries' net
income (loss)......... 1,601 2,898 572 176 (399) (15) 348
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (1)........ $ 23,089 $ 28,217 $ 16,934 $ 13,083 $ 5,729 $ 100 $ 23,113
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Earnings per common
share (1):
Basic................. $ 0.36 $ 0.46 $ 0.28 $ 0.22 $ 0.10 $ 0.00 $ 0.39
Diluted............... $ 0.35 $ 0.44 $ 0.27 $ 0.21 $ 0.09 $ 0.00 $ 0.36
Weighted average common
shares:
Basic................. 64,034 61,676 60,419 60,714 60,171 60,343 59,501
Diluted............... 65,396 63,504 62,238 61,458 62,121 61,413 64,376
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
February 28, 2000
-----------------------
Actual As Adjusted(2)
-------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents............................. $ 25,029 $114,029
Working capital....................................... 69,504 158,504
Total assets.......................................... 266,540 355,540
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations,
excluding current maturities......................... 50,770 17,770
Total liabilities and minority interest............... 123,571 85,571
Shareholders' equity.................................. 142,969 269,969
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Net income and per share figures exclude loss from discontinued operations
of $1,503,000, or $0.02 per share diluted, in fiscal 1995 and income from
discontinued operations of $455,000, or $0.01 per share diluted, in fiscal
1996.
(2) As adjusted to reflect the sale of 8,600,000 common shares by us offered
in this prospectus at an assumed offering price of $16.00 per share,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, and the
application of a portion of the estimated net proceeds, after deducting
the underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering
expenses, to repay approximately $38 million of debt. See
"Capitalization."
6
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other
information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common shares.
Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. The risks and
uncertainties described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional
risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe
are immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the events
described in the following risks occur, our business, operating results and
financial condition could be significantly harmed. In addition, the trading
price of our common shares could decline due to any of the events described in
these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks related to Entegris.
The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical, and an industry downturn would
harm our operating results.
Our business depends on the purchasing patterns of semiconductor
manufacturers, which, in turn, depend on the current and anticipated demand for
semiconductors and products utilizing semiconductors. The semiconductor
industry is highly cyclical and historically has experienced periodic
downturns, which often have resulted in decreased expenditures by semiconductor
manufacturers. These downturns, which occurred most recently in 1996 and 1998,
have harmed our sales, gross profits and operating results. Furthermore, even
in periods of reduced demand, we must continue to maintain a satisfactory level
of research and development expenditures and continue to invest in our
infrastructure. We expect the semiconductor industry to continue to be
cyclical. Any future downturns will harm our operating results.
Our revenue and operating results may fluctuate in future periods, which could
harm our share price.
Our sales and operating results can vary significantly from quarter to
quarter. We anticipate that these fluctuations will continue in the future due
to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Fluctuations in
our results could cause our share price to decline substantially. We believe
that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be
meaningful, and you should not rely upon them as indicators of our future
performance. Our sales and operating results in a particular quarter can vary
significantly due to a variety of factors, including the following:
. the timing of significant customer orders and customer spending
patterns;
. changes in product mix;
. conditions in the semiconductor device, capital equipment and materials
industries;
. competitive pricing pressures;
. availability of raw materials;
. the announcement of new products, product enhancements and technological
developments by us and our competitors;
. general global economic conditions or economic conditions in a
particular region; and
. costs we may incur if we become involved in future litigation.
Accordingly, the results of any past period are not necessarily indicative
of the results to be expected in any future period. Further, we base our
current and future expense plans in part on our expectations of our long-term
future revenue. As a result, our expense levels are relatively fixed in the
short-term. An unanticipated decline in revenue in a particular quarter could
disproportionately affect our net income in that quarter. In addition, because
we typically do not have significant backlog, changes in order patterns have a
more immediate impact on our revenues.
7
<PAGE>
Our industry is subject to rapid technological change, and our business may be
harmed if we are unable to successfully identify and develop new products or
respond to technological change.
The microelectronics industry is subject to rapid technological change,
changing customer requirements and frequent new product introductions. Because
of this, the life cycle of our products is difficult to determine. Our future
success will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to keep pace with
changes in the market and on our ability to enhance our current products and
introduce new products. For example, we must continue to identify new polymers,
improve our product design and qualify our products with our customers. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop and introduce
new products and materials in a timely and cost-effective manner, that any
product enhancements or new products developed by us will gain market
acceptance or that products or technologies developed by others will not make
our products or technologies obsolete or less competitive. If we do not
anticipate or respond adequately to technological developments or customer
requirements, we could become less competitive and our business could be
harmed.
Our dependence on single and limited source suppliers could affect our ability
to manufacture our products.
We rely on single and limited source suppliers for some of the advanced
polymers that are critical to the manufacturing of our products. At times, we
have experienced a limited supply of some of these polymers, which resulted in
delays and increased costs. An industry-wide increase in demand for these
polymers could affect the ability of our suppliers to provide sufficient
quantities to us. If we are unable to obtain an adequate quantity of such
supplies, our manufacturing operations may be interrupted. Obtaining
alternative sources could result in increased costs and shipping delays, which
could damage our relationships with current and potential customers and harm
our business and results of operations.
Prices for polymers have varied widely in recent years. Although we have a
long-term contract with a key supplier of polymers, if that supply is
interrupted or our requirements exceed the contracted amounts of such
materials, we could be exposed to higher material costs. An increase in the
price of these materials could harm our operations.
Our success depends upon our ability to attract and retain key personnel.
Our success depends upon the continued efforts of our senior management team
and our technical, manufacturing, marketing and sales personnel. These
employees may voluntarily terminate their employment with us at any time. Our
success also depends on our ability to attract and retain additional highly
qualified management, manufacturing, technical, marketing and sales personnel.
Competition for such personnel in the technology and semiconductor industries
is particularly intense. Recruiting and hiring employees with the combination
of skills and attributes required to conduct our business is extremely
competitive, time-consuming and expensive.
Approximately one-third of our work force are participants in our Employee
Stock Ownership Plan, which held 20,385,514 of our common shares as of February
28, 2000. Following termination of employment, participants in the ESOP have
the right, as of the second August 31 following termination, to request
distribution of the Entegris shares allocated to their accounts. In addition,
the ESOP was recently amended to provide that, if this offering is successfully
completed, each ESOP participant may elect to receive an annual "in-service"
distribution of up to 10% of the shares in each of their accounts. The first
opportunity to elect an in-service distribution will be in May 2001. Except for
this annual in-service distribution election and the sale of approximately 12%
of the ESOP shares in this offering, a participant who remains an employee has
no right to control or receive the shares in that participant's account. The
significant value of the ESOP shares and the limited ability to obtain and
control these shares while employed may be important factors that many
employees might consider when determining whether to continue their employment
with us.
8
<PAGE>
We may not be able to successfully retain existing personnel or identify,
hire and integrate new personnel. If we lose the services of key personnel or
are unable to attract additional qualified personnel, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be harmed. The U.S. economy's long
period of expansion and high rate of employment have increased the difficulty
of recruiting qualified manufacturing personnel, such as operators of our
manufacturing equipment. If a significant number of manufacturing personnel
were to voluntarily terminate their employment with us, our operations could be
impaired.
We need to successfully manage the anticipated expansion of our operations or
our business may be harmed.
Consolidations and the expansion of our business have placed and will
continue to place significant demands on our managerial, financial and
technical resources. Entegris resulted from the consolidation in June 1999 of
Fluoroware and Empak, two companies that had been operating independently for
many years prior to the consolidation. Each company had its own business
culture, customers, employees, systems and geographically dispersed operations.
If we fail to successfully complete the integration of Fluoroware and Empak or
effectively manage future expansion, our business and our operating results
could be harmed.
We operate in the highly competitive semiconductor materials management
industry.
We face substantial competition from a number of companies, some of which
have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and technical resources. Our
industry is fragmented, but is consolidating. As a result, larger providers of
materials management solutions and products could emerge, with potentially
broader product lines. Larger competitors could spend more on research and
development, which could give those competitors an advantage in meeting
customer demand. We expect that existing and new competitors will improve the
design of their existing products and will introduce new products with enhanced
performance characteristics. The introduction of new products or more efficient
production of existing products by our competitors could increase pricing
pressure on our products. Further, customers continue to demand lower prices,
shorter delivery times and enhanced product capability. If we do not respond
adequately to such pressures, we could lose customers or orders. If we are
unable to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, we
could experience pricing pressures, reduced gross margins and order
cancellations, any one of which would harm our business.
We face manufacturing risks.
Our manufacturing processes are complex and require the use of expensive and
technologically sophisticated equipment and materials. These processes are
frequently modified to improve manufacturing yields and product quality. We
have on occasion experienced manufacturing difficulties that have delayed our
ability to deliver products within agreed-upon time frames. A number of our
product lines are manufactured at only one or two facilities, and any
disruption could impact our sales until another facility could commence or
expand production of such products.
Our manufacturing operations are subject to numerous risks, including:
. the introduction of impurities in the manufacturing process that could
lower manufacturing yields and make our products unmarketable;
. the costs and demands of managing and coordinating geographically
diverse manufacturing facilities; and
. the disruption of production in one or more facilities as a result of a
slowdown or shutdown in another facility.
9
<PAGE>
We could experience these or other manufacturing difficulties, which might
result in a loss of customers and harm our business and results of operations.
Our manufacturing capability depends on our ability to procure and maintain our
capital equipment.
Internally designing and producing new complex tools or purchasing
additional capital equipment can take several months. If our existing equipment
fails, or we are unable to obtain new equipment quickly enough to satisfy any
increased demand for our products, we may lose sales to competitors. In
particular, we do not maintain duplicate tools for most of our important
products. Fixing or replacing complex tools is time consuming, and we may not
be able to replace a damaged tool in time to meet customer requirements.
Lack of market acceptance of our 300mm products could harm our operating
results.
The growing trend toward the use of 300mm wafers has contributed to the
increasing complexity of the semiconductor manufacturing process. The greater
diameter of these wafers requires higher tooling costs and presents more
complex handling, storage and transportation challenges. We are making
substantial investments to complete a full line of 300mm wafer manufacturing
and handling products. We cannot assure you that our customers will adopt our
300mm wafer manufacturing and handling product lines. If we are not a leader in
the 300mm market, the market share for our other products could decline. In
addition, if the trend toward 300mm wafer manufacturing does not evolve as we
anticipate, sales of our products for these applications would be minimal and
we might not recover our development costs.
Our management information and financial reporting systems are not fully
integrated and need to be upgraded, which will be costly. If these new systems
are not successfully implemented, our business may be harmed.
The management information and financial reporting systems that we use in
our day-to-day operations are not fully integrated. We will need to continue to
invest in these systems in order to maintain our current level of business and
accommodate any future growth. We anticipate that the total costs associated
with upgrading and integrating our systems will be approximately $8 to $10
million over the next two to four years. Our failure to successfully upgrade
and integrate our management information and financial reporting systems may
disrupt our business, create inefficiencies due to the lack of centralized
data, result in unnecessarily high levels of inventories, increase expenses
associated with additional employees to compensate for the lack of fully
integrated systems and cause other harmful effects on our business.
We encounter difficulties in soliciting customers of our competitors because
customers tend to standardize procedures and are reluctant to change their
standardized manufacturing processes.
Once an original equipment manufacturer or a microelectronics manufacturer
has selected particular materials management products, that manufacturer
generally incorporates those products into customized manufacturing procedures,
assuring precise and consistent processing steps. After these procedures have
been established, manufacturers are very reluctant to switch to another
provider of materials management products. Accordingly, it may be difficult to
sell our products to a manufacturer that has already selected a competitor's
products.
We are subject to numerous governmental regulations.
We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign regulations. Compliance
with future regulations, including environmental regulations in the United
States and abroad, could require us to incur substantial costs. If we do not
comply with current or future regulations, directives and standards:
10
<PAGE>
. we could be subject to fines;
. our production could be suspended or delivery could be delayed; and
. we could be prohibited from offering particular products in specified
markets.
Certain of our fluid handling products fall within the scope of U.S. export
licensing regulations pertaining to products that could be used in connection
with chemical weapons processes. These regulations require us to obtain
licenses to ship some of our products to customers in certain countries, and we
routinely apply for and obtain export licenses. The applicable export licensing
regulations frequently change. Moreover, the types and categories of products
that are subject to export licensing are often described in the regulations in
general terms and could be subject to differing interpretations. We are
currently cooperating with the United States Department of Commerce to clarify
our licensing practices and to review our practices with respect to sales of
products to certain countries in recent years. While the Department of Commerce
review is pending, we have been applying for export licenses with respect to
ongoing orders for those same products from customers in the countries that are
the subject of the review, and the Department of Commerce has been granting
licenses for these sales. Nevertheless, the Department of Commerce may
determine that some of our past practices were not in compliance with export
licensing regulations, which could subject us to penalties. Any denial or delay
in the issuance of future export licenses could result in lost sales.
We may face product liability claims which could harm our operating results.
Our products are used by our customers to handle sensitive, complex and
valuable wafers and semiconductor materials and devices. If our products fail,
these materials could be damaged or contaminated, which could expose us to
product liability claims. Business interruption and personal injury claims are
also possible in the event of a product failure or misapplication of our
product by a customer. In addition, the failure of our chemical delivery
products could subject us to environmental liability claims and a failure of
our custom medical device components could subject us to personal injury
claims. We cannot predict whether our existing insurance coverage limits are
adequate to protect us from any liabilities that we might incur in connection
with the manufacture, sale or use of our products. A successful product
liability claim or series of product liability claims brought against us could
harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
We are dependent on Metron Technology N.V. for a substantial portion of our
sales.
For the period ended August 31, 1999, we derived 14.3% of our revenues from
customers that purchase our products through Metron Technology N.V., which
distributes our products in parts of Europe, Asia and the United States. Any
negative material event relating to Metron may impact our business. In November
1999, Metron completed an initial public offering and our ownership of Metron
decreased from 32.8% to 20.8%. Although we retain a significant ownership stake
in Metron, we now have less influence on Metron's business and decision making,
and Metron may make decisions regarding the conduct of its business that could
harm us and over which we have no control.
We may not be able to manage our joint ventures effectively.
We have entered into joint venture agreements intended to complement or
expand our manufacturing and distribution operations in Japan and Korea. The
success of our joint ventures depends in part on our ability to strengthen our
relationships with our joint venture partners. We may not realize the benefits
we anticipated when we entered into these transactions. Any of the foregoing
could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may make future acquisitions that might dilute our shareholders' equity and
increase our debt.
We might acquire other businesses, technologies or product lines, although
we currently have no commitments or agreements with respect to any acquisition.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully identify, negotiate
or finance such acquisitions, or integrate such acquisitions within our current
business. If we acquire any other business, we could incur debt, assume
liabilities or issue stock. The issuance of stock would dilute our current
shareholders' percentage ownership.
11
<PAGE>
Acquisitions could also involve numerous risks, including:
. difficulties integrating the purchased operations, technologies or
products with our existing business and products;
. diversion of management's attention from our core business;
. harmful effects on relationships with existing and potential suppliers
and customers;
. risks associated with entering markets in which we have limited
experience; and
. potential loss of key employees.
We may not be able to successfully integrate any business, products,
technologies or personnel that we purchase in the future.
We generally have no long-term contracts with our customers.
As is typical in our industry, our sales are primarily made on a purchase
order basis and we have few long-term purchase commitments from our customers.
As a result, we rely upon the constant placement of purchase orders for our
products and we cannot predict the level of future sales or commitments from
our current customers.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property, which may limit our
ability to compete.
Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology. We attempt to
protect our intellectual property rights primarily through patents, trademarks
and non-disclosure agreements. However, we might not be able to protect some of
our technology, and competitors might be able to develop similar technology
independently. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries might not
afford our intellectual property the same protection as do the laws of the
United States. The costs of applying for patents in foreign countries and
translating the applications into foreign languages require us to select
carefully the inventions for which we apply for patent protection and the
countries in which we seek such protection. Generally, we have concentrated our
efforts on obtaining international patents in Europe, Japan and Taiwan because
there are competing manufacturers in those countries, as well as current and
potential customers. Our inability or failure to obtain adequate patent
protection in a particular country could harm our ability to compete
effectively in that country. Our patents also might not be sufficiently broad
to protect our technology, and any existing or future patents might be
challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Additionally, our rights under our
patents may not provide competitive advantages.
Litigation may be necessary to defend us against claims of intellectual
property infringement.
We do not believe that any of our products are infringing any patents or
proprietary rights of others, although infringements may exist or might occur
in the future. Litigation may be necessary to enforce patents issued to us, to
protect our trade secrets or know-how, to defend ourselves against claimed
infringement of the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity of
the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial cost
and diversion of our efforts. Moreover, an adverse determination in any
litigation could cause us to lose proprietary rights, subject us to significant
liabilities to third parties, require us to seek licenses or alternative
technologies from third parties, or prevent us from manufacturing or selling
our products. Any of these events would harm our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Risks related to our international operations.
An increased concentration of wafer manufacturing in Japan could result in
lower sales of our wafer management and shipping products.
A large percentage of the world's wafer manufacturing currently takes place
in Japan. Although we have manufacturing and distribution facilities in Japan,
our market share in Japan is low. Unless we expand our operations in Japan,
increased wafer manufacturing in Japan could make it more difficult for us to
maintain our global market share and current sales level of our wafer
management and shipping products. We believe that we must increase our
manufacturing capabilities in Japan in order to improve our market share. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to expand our manufacturing capability
or market share in Japan.
12
<PAGE>
We are dependent upon sales outside the United States.
International sales accounted for 45.1% of our revenues in fiscal 1998,
47.9% in fiscal 1999 and 55.2% in the six months ended February 28, 2000. We
anticipate that sales outside the United States will continue to be a
significant percentage of our revenues. A significant portion of our revenues
will therefore be subject to risks associated with sales in markets outside the
United States, including:
. export controls;
. unexpected changes in legal and regulatory requirements and policy
changes affecting the markets for semiconductor technology;
. changes in tariffs, exchange rates and other barriers;
. political and economic instability;
. difficulties in accounts receivable collection;
. difficulties in managing sales representatives or distributors;
. difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
. difficulties in protecting our intellectual property outside the United
States;
. seasonality of sales; and
. potentially adverse tax consequences.
We cannot predict whether such factors will harm our future sales outside
the United States and, consequently, our business, operating results and
financial condition.
Taiwan accounts for a growing portion of the world's semiconductor
manufacturing. There are currently strained relations between China and Taiwan.
Any adverse development in those relations could significantly impact the
worldwide production of semiconductors, which would lead to reduced sales of
our products and harm our operating results.
The value of the U.S. dollar in relation to other currencies may also harm
our sales to customers outside the United States. For the six months ended
February 28, 2000, approximately 22% of our sales revenue was not denominated
in U.S. dollars, which exposes us to currency fluctuations. We intend to expand
internationally, and to the extent that we do so or change our pricing
practices to denominate prices in other currencies, we will be exposed to
increased risks of currency fluctuations as well as the increased risks of
doing business internationally.
Economic difficulties in countries in which we sell our products can lead to a
decrease in demand for our products and harm our financial results.
The volatility of general economic conditions as well as fluctuations in
currency exchange and interest rates can lead to decreased demand in countries
in which we sell products. For example, in 1997 and 1998, many Asian countries
experienced economic and financial difficulties. During this period, our sales
to customers in Asia declined, which harmed our results of operations.
Moreover, any economic, banking or currency difficulties experienced by
countries in which we have sales may lead to economic recession in those
countries. This in turn could result in a reduction in sales to customers in
these countries, which would harm our results of operations.
Risks related to investing in our initial public offering.
Substantial sales of shares, including shares owned by our employees, may
impact the market price of our common shares.
If our shareholders sell substantial amounts of our common shares, including
shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, the market price of our
common shares may fall. These sales also make it more
13
<PAGE>
difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a
time and price that we deem appropriate. After completion of this offering, and
after taking into account the redemption of 317,446 common shares in March
2000, we will have 67,003,254 outstanding common shares. All of the shares sold
in this offering will be freely tradable. Of the 58,720,700 common shares
outstanding prior to this offering, 20,385,514 are held by our Employee Stock
Ownership Plan (ESOP). We expect that 57,074,164 shares (including shares held
by the ESOP) will be subject to lock-up arrangements between the shareholders
and us or the underwriters. These shares will be eligible for sale in the
public market 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Of the 57,074,164
shares subject to lock-up arrangements, 6,607,668 will not be subject to volume
limitations under federal securities laws, and 50,466,496 will be subject to
volume limitations. In addition, approximately 4,723,402 of our common shares
are subject to immediately exercisable options, and we expect that none of
these shares will be eligible for sale in the public market until 180 days
following the date of this prospectus. A total of 1,285,374 of our common
shares are available for immediate sale, and an additional 43,716 of our common
shares will be available for sale 90 days from the date of this offering. If
our shareholders sell substantial amounts of common shares (including shares
issued upon the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market, the
market price of our common shares could fall.
As of February 28, 2000, our ESOP held 20,385,514 common shares or
approximately 34.7% of the shares outstanding before this offering. All shares
in the ESOP are fully allocated to individual accounts of ESOP participants.
All ESOP participants are fully vested in their accounts. The ESOP was recently
amended to provide that, if the offering is successfully completed, each ESOP
participant may elect to receive an annual distribution of up to 10% of the
shares in such participant's account. The first opportunity to elect this "in-
service" distribution will be in May 2001. Participants who are eligible to
receive in-service distributions of shares can elect to have the shares
transferred directly to their IRAs.
Participants in the ESOP whose employment with us terminates have the right,
as of the second August 31 following termination, to request distribution of
the shares allocated to their accounts. Currently, participants who are no
longer employed by us have the right, subject to lock-up arrangements, to
request distribution of an aggregate of 2,065,209 shares as of August 31, 2000.
Participants are not required to request distributions. A participant whose
account is worth less than $5,000 on the second August 31 after termination of
employment, however, will automatically receive distribution of his or her
shares even if the participant does not request distribution. Participants who
are eligible to receive shares can elect to have the shares transferred
directly to their individual retirement accounts, or IRAs. For a fuller
description of the ESOP, see "Management--Equity and Profit Sharing Plans--
Employee Stock Ownership Plan."
We may need to raise additional capital, and any inability to raise required
funds could harm our business.
We expect the net proceeds from this offering, cash from operations, and
borrowings under our credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our working
capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next twelve months.
However, we may need to raise additional capital to acquire or invest in
complementary businesses. Further, if we issue additional equity securities,
the ownership stakes of our existing shareholders would be reduced, and the new
equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of
our existing common shares. If we cannot raise funds, if needed, on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to develop our business, take advantage of future
opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated
requirements, all of which could harm our business and results of operations.
We will have broad discretion as to the use of the offering proceeds.
We have not allocated the majority of the net proceeds of this offering for
specific uses, and our shareholders may disagree with the way management uses
the proceeds from this offering. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to
acquire additional businesses that we believe will complement or enhance our
current or future business. We cannot, however, be certain that we will be able
to use the proceeds to earn a favorable return.
14
<PAGE>
There is currently no public market for our common shares and, following the
offering, our share price may be volatile.
There has not been a public market for our common shares prior to this
offering, and a liquid trading market for our shares may not develop following
this offering. The initial price of our common shares to be sold in the
offering has been determined by negotiations between us and the representatives
of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in
the trading market. The trading price of our common shares could be subject to
wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our
control, including factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus and the
following:
. failure to meet the published expectations of securities analysts for a
given quarterly period;
. changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
. fluctuations in quarterly results;
. changes in market values of comparable companies;
. stock market price and volume fluctuations;
. additions or departures of key personnel;
. commencement of our involvement in litigation; and
. announcements by us or our competitors of product enhancements, new
products, technical innovations, contracts, acquisitions, strategic
partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments.
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought
against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its
securities. We may in the future be the target of similar litigation.
Securities litigation may result in substantial costs and divert management's
attention and resources, which may harm our business.
New investors in our common shares will experience immediate and substantial
dilution.
The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the book
value per share of our common shares. Investors purchasing common shares in
this offering, therefore, will incur immediate dilution of $12.11 in net
tangible book value per common share at an assumed initial public offering
price of $16.00 per share. Investors will incur additional dilution upon the
exercise of outstanding share options. See "Dilution."
Antitakeover provisions limit the ability of a person or entity to acquire
control of us.
Our articles of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:
. provide for a classified board of directors, with each class of
directors subject to re-election every three years, which limits the
shareholders' ability to quickly change a majority of the board of
directors;
. impose a 75% shareholder vote requirement to change the maximum number
of directors;
. limit the right of our shareholders to call a special meeting of
shareholders; and
. impose procedural and other requirements that could make it difficult
for shareholders to effect certain corporate actions.
In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of the Minnesota
Business Corporation Act. Any of these provisions could delay or prevent a
person or entity from acquiring control of us. The effect of these provisions
may be to limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for
our securities. These provisions might also discourage potential acquisition
proposals or tender offers, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer is
at a price above the then current market price for our common shares. For a
fuller description of anti-takeover measures, see "Description of Capital
Shares."
15
<PAGE>
We do not intend to pay dividends.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital shares. In
addition, our loan agreements restrict our ability to pay dividends without the
consent of our lenders. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to
fund the development and growth of our business and, therefore, do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
16
<PAGE>
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk
Factors," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" and elsewhere in this
prospectus are "forward-looking statements." These statements involve known and
unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our, or our
industry's, actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to
be significantly different from any future results, levels of activity,
performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking
statements. These factors are listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
prospectus.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology
such as "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "may," "should," "plan," "believe,"
"seek," "estimate," "could," "would" or the negative of such terms or other
comparable terminology.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other
person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of these
statements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking
statements after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to
actual results.
17
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $127,000,000, after
deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, from the sale
of 8,600,000 common shares, and an additional $19,246,800 from the sale of
1,290,000 common shares if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share. We
will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling
shareholders.
We intend to use the proceeds of the offering for the retirement of debt,
working capital and general corporate purposes, including sales, marketing,
customer support and other activities related to our business. We will use
approximately $38 million of the proceeds to repay indebtedness owed to ten
lenders under various loan and note agreements and approximately $1.5 million
to pay charges related to such debt reduction. This indebtedness has maturity
dates ranging from 2000 to 2011. This indebteness has a weighted average
interest rate of 8.0%. The indebtedness that we incurred under the loan and
note agreements that we intend to satisfy with offering proceeds was used for
capital expenditures, share redemptions and working capital. We may also use a
portion of the net proceeds for additional capital expenditures, or to acquire
additional businesses that we believe will complement or enhance our current or
future business. However, we have no agreements or commitments to acquire any
business.
The amounts that we actually expend for working capital and other general
corporate purposes will vary significantly depending on a number of factors,
including future revenue growth, if any, and the amount of cash we generate
from operations. As a result, we will retain broad discretion in the allocation
of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending such uses, we intend to invest
the net proceeds of the initial public offering in investment grade interest-
bearing securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common shares. In
addition, our loan agreements restrict our ability to pay dividends without the
consent of our lenders. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to
fund the development and growth of our business. Therefore, we currently do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
18
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of February 28, 2000:
(1) on an actual basis; and (2) as adjusted to give effect to the sale of
8,600,000 common shares offered in this offering and to give effect to the
receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of such shares at an
assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and the application
of the net proceeds from such sale.
The capitalization information set forth in the table below is qualified by,
and you should read it in conjunction with, our more detailed Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere
in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
February 28, 2000
---------------------
Actual As Adjusted
-------- -----------
(unaudited)
(in thousands,
except share data)
<S> <C> <C>
Short-term debt (including current portion of long-term
debt)................................................... $ 16,787 $ 11,787
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)............... 50,770 17,770
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 200,000,000
shares authorized,
58,720,700 and 67,320,700 issued and outstanding,
actual and as adjusted................................. 587 673
Additional paid-in capital............................... 14,853 141,767
Retained earnings........................................ 127,759 127,759
Accumulated other comprehensive loss..................... (230) (230)
-------- --------
Total shareholders' equity............................. 142,969 269,969
-------- --------
Total capitalization................................... $210,526 $299,526
======== ========
</TABLE>
This table excludes the following shares as of February 28, 2000:
. 7,267,936 shares subject to stock options currently outstanding at a
weighted average exercise price of $3.62 per share;
. 317,446 shares redeemed in March 2000 from former employees, which had
been previously distributed by our ESOP and which we were required to
redeem pursuant to its terms;
. 24,736 shares issued since February 28, 2000;
. 6,947,006 common shares reserved for future grant of options under our
stock option plan and future issuances of stock under our stock purchase
plan; and
. 1,290,000 shares that the underwriters may purchase from us to cover
over-allotments, if any.
19
<PAGE>
DILUTION
Our tangible book value as of February 28, 2000 was $134,580,000, or
approximately $2.29 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of
common shares outstanding. Dilution in net tangible book value per share
represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of
common shares in this offering and the net tangible book value per common share
immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the
sale of the 8,600,000 common shares in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $16.00 per share and after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by us, our net tangible book value at February 28, 2000 would have been
$261,580,,000, or approximately $3.89 per share. This represents an immediate
increase in net tangible book value of $1.60 per share to existing shareholders
and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $12.11 per share to
purchasers of common shares in this offering. The following table illustrates
this dilution on a per share basis:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Assumed initial public offering price per share............. $16.00
<S> <C> <C>
Net tangible book value per share as of February 28, 2000.. $2.29
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
to new investors.......................................... 1.60
-----
Net tangible book value per share after offering............ 3.89
------
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new
investors.................................................. $12.11
======
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth, as of February 28, 2000, after giving effect
to the difference between the number of common shares purchased from us, the
total cash consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing
holders of common shares and by the new investors, before deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Shares Purchased Total Consideration Average
------------------ -------------------- Price
Name Shares Percent Amount Percent Per Share
---- ---------- ------- ------------ ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing shareholders...... 63,444,102 88.06% $ 28,618,000 17.22% $ 0.45
New investors.............. 8,600,000 11.94 137,600,000 82.78 $16.00
---------- ------ ------------ ------
Total.................... 72,044,102 100.00% $166,218,000 100.00%
========== ====== ============ ======
</TABLE>
This table includes the following shares as of February 28, 2000:
. 4,723,402 shares subject to exercisable options outstanding at a
weighted average exercise price of $2.79 per share.
This table excludes the following shares as of February 28, 2000:
. 2,028,534 shares subject to unexercisable options outstanding at a
weighted average exercise price of $3.42 per share; and
. 6,947,006 additional shares that could be issued under our stock plans,
and options for the purchase of 516,000 shares granted to employees
since February 28, 2000.
The sale of common shares by the selling shareholders in this offering will
reduce the number of common shares held by existing shareholders to 59,044,102,
or approximately 82.0% of the total number of common shares outstanding upon
the closing of this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by
new public investors to 13,000,000, or approximately 18.0% of the total number
of common shares outstanding after this offering.
20
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 1997, 1998, and
1999, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 1998 and August
31, 1999, are derived from and are qualified in their entirety by our audited
consolidated financial statements. The consolidated statement of operations
data for fiscal 1995 and 1996, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of
August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, are derived from audited consolidated financial
statements which do not appear in this prospectus. The selected consolidated
statement of operations data for the six month periods ended February 28, 1999
and 2000 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data at February 28, 2000
have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements included in
this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in
the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair statement of the
results for those periods. The historical results presented below are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods.
Within the consolidated statement of operations data, net income and per share
figures exclude loss from discontinued operations of $1,503,000, or $0.02 per
share diluted, in fiscal 1995 and income from discontinued operations of
$455,000, or $0.01 per share diluted, in fiscal 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months Ended
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, February 28,
------------------------------------------------ ------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(in thousands, except per share data)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consolidated Statement
of Operations Data:
Net sales.............. $193,284 $271,037 $277,290 $266,591 $241,952 $111,590 $156,662
Cost of sales.......... 104,513 149,042 161,732 156,508 148,106 72,026 85,260
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit.......... 88,771 121,995 115,558 110,083 93,846 39,564 71,402
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses.............. 43,284 62,390 62,384 65,536 64,336 28,896 34,962
Engineering, research
and development
expenses.............. 9,776 12,446 17,986 19,912 14,565 7,571 6,234
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating profit...... 35,711 47,158 35,188 24,635 14,945 3,097 30,206
Interest expense, net.. 2,782 4,582 6,652 6,995 5,498 3,040 2,020
Other (income) expense,
net................... (1,010) (1,396) 2,201 (273) (1,850) (1,312) (6,282)
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income before income
taxes and other items
below................ 33,939 43,972 26,335 17,913 11,297 1,369 34,468
Income tax expense..... 12,596 16.109 10,578 4,536 4,380 89 11,589
Equity in net (income)
loss of affiliates.... (3,347) (3,252) (1,750) 119 1,587 1,196 (582)
Minority interest in
subsidiaries' net
income (loss)......... 1,601 2,898 572 176 (399) (15) 348
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income............ $ 23,089 $ 28,217 $ 16,934 $ 13,083 $ 5,729 $ 100 $ 23,113
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Earnings per common
share:
Basic................. $ 0.36 $ 0.46 $ 0.28 $ 0.22 $ 0.10 $ 0.00 $ 0.39
Diluted............... $ 0.35 $ 0.44 $ 0.27 $ 0.21 $ 0.09 $ 0.00 $ 0.36
Weighted average common
shares:
Basic................. 64,034 61,676 60,419 60,714 60,171 60,343 59,501
Diluted............... 65,396 63,504 62,238 61,458 62,121 61,413 64,376
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
August 31,
-------------------------------------------- February 28,
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------------
(in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consolidated Balance
Sheet Data:
Cash and cash
equivalents........... $ 11,084 $ 11,251 $ 11,354 $ 8,235 $ 16,411 $ 25,029
Working capital........ 25,450 44,437 50,991 41,777 48,860 69,504
Total assets........... 160,010 212,865 260,885 252,941 242,064 266,540
Long-term debt and
capital lease
obligations, excluding
current maturities.... 32,735 61,916 75,971 73,242 53,830 50,770
Total liabilities and
minority interest..... 93,791 130,162 151,503 134,542 117,381 123,571
Shareholders' equity... 66,619 82,703 109,382 118,399 124,683 142,969
</TABLE>
21
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The information in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, except for the historical information,
contains forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to risks and
uncertainties. You should not place undo reliance on these forward-looking
statements, as actual results could differ materially. We do not assume any
obligation to publicly release the results of any revision or updates to these
forward-looking statements to reflect future events or unanticipated
occurrences. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our fiscal year is a 52 or 53 week period ending on the last Saturday of
each August. Our last five fiscal years ended on the following dates: August
26, 1995; August 31, 1996; August 30, 1997; August 29, 1998; and August 28,
1999. Fiscal years are identified in this prospectus according to the calendar
year in which they end. For example, the fiscal year ended August 28, 1999 is
referred to as "fiscal 1999." For convenience, the financial information
included in this prospectus has been presented as ending on the last day of the
month.
Overview
We are a leading provider of critical materials management solutions for the
handling, storage, processing and transportation of material used in the
manufacture of semiconductors. Entegris is the result of the 1999 combination
of Fluoroware and Empak. Building on 34 years of expertise, we provide a
comprehensive portfolio of materials management products that enable our
customers to protect the critical materials used in the semiconductor
manufacturing process.
In 1966, we began to produce wafer-carrying baskets for the emerging
semiconductor industry. As the semiconductor industry grew, we expanded our
product lines. During the 1970s, we added wafer shipping containers, die trays
and other items to our product portfolio. In the early 1980s, we added disk
shippers and introduced a series of valve, fitting, pipe and tubing products to
manage chemical delivery for our customers. In the mid 1980s, we also
introduced our chemical transport and storage containers that help ensure the
safe delivery of sophisticated chemicals from chemical manufacturers to the
semiconductor manufacturers' point- of-use. In the early 1990s, we developed
and acquired the technology to manufacture JEDEC/Matrix trays used for testing
and packaging finished integrated circuits. In recent years, we have continued
to broaden our product offerings in response to the trend toward increased size
and complexity of wafers. In October 1999, we acquired a computerized polymer
machining business that we utilize to produce machined products for chemical
delivery applications.
A significant portion of our net sales are to customers outside the United
States. International sales have always been important for us, and have been
increasingly so, as the semiconductor industry has grown over the past three
decades. We began to manufacture our products in overseas facilities starting
with Japan in 1985. Today, we operate manufacturing facilities in Germany,
Japan, Korea and Malaysia, while continuing to export from the United States.
We also maintain a network of over 117 sales and support offices to service
customers on a worldwide basis. International sales accounted for 43.6% of
sales in fiscal 1997, 45.1% of sales in fiscal 1998, 47.9% of sales in fiscal
1999 and 55.2% for the six month period ended February 28, 2000.
We derive our revenue from the sale of products to the microelectronics
industry and recognize revenue upon the shipment of such goods to customers.
Our costs of goods sold include polymers, manufacturing personnel, supplies and
fixed costs related to depreciation and operation of facilities and equipment.
Our customers consist primarily of semiconductor manufacturers and
semiconductor equipment and materials suppliers. We serve our customers through
various subsidiaries and sales and distribution relationships in the United
States, Asia and Europe.
Our results in fiscal 1998 and 1999 were affected by downturns in the
semiconductor industry. During this time, we made significant investments in
capacity expansion. In 1998, in response to the downturn in the semiconductor
industry, we reduced personnel and variable expenses, and consolidated
manufacturing
22
<PAGE>
operations. In the second half of calendar 1999, the semiconductor industry
began to recover from the downturn. This recovery has led to improved net sales
and profitability.
Entegris was incorporated in June 1999 to effect the business combination of
Fluoroware and Empak. We issued common stock in exchange for 100% of the
outstanding shares of both Fluoroware, which began operating in 1966, and
Empak, which began business in 1980. Accordingly, the historical financial
statements of Entegris are shown to include the historical accounts and results
of operations of Fluoroware and Empak and their respective subsidiaries, as if
the business combination had existed for all periods presented.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth the relationship between various components
of operations, stated as a percentage of net sales, for each of the periods
indicated. Our historical financial data for fiscal 1997, 1998 and 1999 were
derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The historical financial data for the six month periods ended
February 28, 1999 and February 28, 2000 were derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements which, in the opinion of management, reflect
all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial condition
and results of operations for such periods.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months
Fiscal Year Ended Ended
August 31, February 28,
------------------- --------------
1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
----- ----- ----- ------ ------
(percentage of net sales)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales................................ 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of sales............................ 58.3 58.7 61.2 64.5 54.4
----- ----- ----- ------ ------
Gross profit............................. 41.7 41.3 38.8 35.5 45.6
Selling, general and administrative
expenses................................ 22.5 24.6 26.6 25.9 22.3
Engineering, research and development
expenses................................ 6.5 7.5 6.0 6.8 4.0
----- ----- ----- ------ ------
Operating profit......................... 12.7 9.2 6.2 2.8 19.3
Interest expense, net.................... 2.4 2.6 2.3 2.7 1.3
Other (income) expense, net.............. 0.8 (0.1) (0.8) (1.2) (4.0)
----- ----- ----- ------ ------
Income before income taxes and other
items................................... 9.5 6.7 4.7 1.2 22.0
Income tax expense....................... 3.8 1.7 1.8 0.1 7.4
Equity in net (income) loss of
affiliates.............................. (0.6) -- .7 1.1 (0.4)
Minority interest........................ 0.2 0.1 (0.2) -- 0.2
----- ----- ----- ------ ------
Net income............................... 6.1% 4.9% 2.4% 0.1% 14.8%
===== ===== ===== ====== ======
</TABLE>
Six Months Ended February 28, 2000 Compared to Six Months Ended February 28,
1999
Net sales. Net sales increased $45.1 million, or 40.4%, to $156.7 million in
the six months ended February 28, 2000, compared to $111.6 million in the
comparable period in fiscal 1999. The improvement reflected the increase in
product sales associated with the recovery in the semiconductor industry that
began in the second half of fiscal 1999. Revenue gains were recorded in all
geographic regions and across all product lines.
Gross profit. Gross profit in the six months ended February 28, 2000
increased by $31.8 million to $71.4 million, an increase of 80.5% over the
$39.6 million reported in the comparable period in fiscal 1999. Gross margin
for the first two quarters of fiscal 2000 improved to 45.6% compared to 35.5%
for the fiscal 1999 period. The improvements in the fiscal 2000 period
reflected the improved utilization of our production capacity associated with
the higher sales levels noted above, a more favorable product mix and the
benefits of integrating various elements of our manufacturing operations. Gross
margin and gross profit improvements were reported by both domestic and
international operations.
23
<PAGE>
Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $6.0 million, or 20.8%, to $34.9 million in
the first six months of fiscal 2000 from $28.9 million in fiscal 1999. The
increase was due to higher commissions and incentive compensation as well as
increased expenditures for personnel and information systems. Selling, general
and administrative costs, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 22.3% from
25.9% primarily due to increased net sales.
Engineering, research and development expenses. Engineering, research and
development expenses decreased $1.3 million, or 17.0%, to $6.3 million in the
six months ended February 28, 2000 from $7.6 million in the comparable period
in fiscal 1999. The decrease was due to lower personnel costs reflecting
headcount reductions in the six month period ended February 28, 1999, as well
as reduced product sampling and development expenditures. Engineering, research
and development costs, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 4.0% from
6.8% due to both increased net sales and reduced costs.
Interest expense, net. Net interest expense decreased 33.6% to $2.0 million
in the first half of fiscal 2000 compared to $3.0 million in the comparable
period a year ago. The decrease reflected the elimination of domestic credit
line borrowings and the short-term investment of available cash balances.
Other (income) expense, net. Other income was $6.3 million in the first six
months of fiscal 2000 compared to other income of $1.3 million in the
comparable fiscal 1999 period. The change was primarily due to the $5.5 million
gain recognized on the sale of approximately 612,000 shares of stock of Metron
in its initial public offering in November 1999. Other income in the first half
of fiscal 2000 also included gains from foreign exchange translation and the
sale of property and equipment.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense of $11.6 million was significantly
higher in the first half of fiscal 2000 compared to $89,000 in income tax
expense reported for the first six months of fiscal 1999, primarily reflecting
significantly higher income. Our effective tax rate of 33.6% in the fiscal 2000
period compared to 6.5% for the same period in fiscal 1999.
Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates. Our equity in the net income of
affiliates was $0.6 million in the six months ended February 28, 2000. Our
equity in the net loss of affiliates was $1.2 million in the comparable period
a year earlier. This improvement primarily reflects the operating results of
Metron, which reflected many of the same improved industry conditions affecting
our results.
Net income. Net income increased to $23.1 million in the six months ended
February 28, 2000, compared to net income of $0.1 million in the first half of
fiscal 1999.
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 1999 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 1998
Net sales. Net sales decreased $24.6 million, or 9.2%, to $242.0 million in
fiscal 1999 from $266.6 million in fiscal 1998. The revenue decline was
primarily associated with the slowdown experienced in the semiconductor
industry and reflected lower sales in all major product lines and geographic
areas, primarily in the United States.
Gross profit. Gross profit in fiscal 1999 declined by $16.2 million to $93.8
million, a decrease of 14.7% from $110.1 million in fiscal 1998. Gross margin
for fiscal 1999 decreased to 38.8% compared to 41.3% in fiscal 1998. The
primary factor underlying the gross margin decline was the reduced utilization
of our production capacity resulting from lower sales levels in fiscal 1999, as
well as a less favorable product mix. A moderate expansion in production
capacity also contributed to the drop in gross margin.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased $1.2 million, or 1.8%, to $64.3 million in
fiscal 1999 from $65.5 million in fiscal 1998. Fiscal 1999 costs included
expenses of $5.4 million associated with the business combination of Fluoroware
and Empak and higher information systems costs. These increases were offset by
improvements related to headcount reductions
24
<PAGE>
and lower incentive compensation. Selling, general and administrative costs, as
a percentage of net sales, increased to 26.6% from 24.6% primarily due to the
decline in net sales and one-time business combination expenses.
Engineering, research and development expenses. Engineering, research and
development expenses decreased $5.3 million, or 26.9%, to $14.6 million in
fiscal 1999 from $19.9 million in fiscal 1998. The decrease was due to lower
personnel costs associated with personnel reductions related to the
semiconductor downturn, as well as reduced product sampling and development
expenditures. Engineering, research and development costs, as a percentage of
net sales, decreased to 6.0% from 7.5% due to both increased net sales and
reduced costs.
Interest expense, net. Net interest expense decreased 21.4% to $5.5 million
in fiscal 1999 compared to $7.0 million in fiscal 1998. The decrease reflected
reduced borrowings.
Other (income) expense, net. Other income was $1.9 million in fiscal 1999
compared to $0.3 million in fiscal 1998. The increase primarily reflected a
$2.0 million difference in foreign currency translation gains.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense decreased slightly in fiscal 1999
compared to fiscal 1998. Our effective tax rate was 38.8% in fiscal 1999
compared to 25.3% in fiscal 1998, which reflected the benefit of tax deductions
related to international operations not recognized in prior years.
Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates. Our equity in the net loss of
affiliates was $1.6 million in fiscal 1999 compared to $0.1 million in fiscal
1998. This decline reflects the operating results of Metron, which reflected
many of the same declining industry conditions affecting our results.
Net income. Net income decreased $7.4 million, or 56.2%, to $5.7 million in
fiscal 1999 from $13.1 million in fiscal 1998.
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 1998 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 1997
Net sales. Net sales decreased $10.7 million, or 3.9%, to $266.6 million in
fiscal 1998 from $277.3 million in fiscal 1997. The revenue decline reflected
the slowdown experienced in the semiconductor industry in 1998, particularly
affecting product sales in the second half of the year. We experienced lower
sales in the United States and Asia, which was partly offset by increased sales
in Europe. All major product lines were affected.
Gross profit. Gross profit in fiscal 1998 decreased by $5.5 million to
$110.1 million, a decrease of 4.7% from $115.6 million in fiscal 1997. Gross
margin for fiscal 1998 was 41.3% of net sales compared to 41.7% in fiscal 1997.
The primary factor underlying the slight gross margin decline was the reduced
utilization of our production capacity occurring in the second half of fiscal
1998 due to the reduced level of sales and severance costs associated with the
reduction in manufacturing personnel which took place in fiscal 1998. An
expansion in production capacity in Asia and Europe also contributed to the
decrease in gross margin.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $3.2 million, or 5.1%, to $65.5 million in
fiscal 1998 from $62.4 million in fiscal 1997. Higher information systems
expenses and severance costs accounted for the increase. Selling, general and
administrative costs, as a percentage of net sales, increased to 24.6% from
22.5%, reflecting both the increased costs and lower net sales.
Engineering, research and development expenses. Engineering, research and
development expenses increased $1.9 million, or 10.7%, to $19.9 million in
fiscal 1998 from $18.0 million in fiscal 1997. The increase reflected higher
personnel, product sampling and development costs. Engineering, research and
development costs, as a percentage of net sales, increased to 7.5% from 6.5%,
reflecting both the increased costs and lower net sales.
25
<PAGE>
Interest expense, net. Our net interest expense rose slightly to $7.0
million in fiscal 1998 compared to $6.7 million in fiscal 1997. The increase
reflected an increased level of average outstanding borrowings.
Other (income) expense, net. Other income was $0.3 million in fiscal 1998
compared to other expense of $2.2 million in fiscal 1997. The increase
reflected lower foreign currency translation losses in fiscal 1998 and $1.2
million in gains on property and equipment sales in fiscal 1998.
Income tax expense. Our effective income tax rate was 25.3% in fiscal 1998
compared to 40.2% in fiscal 1997. The lower rate in fiscal 1998 primarily
reflected the benefit of tax deductions related to international operations not
recognized in prior years.
Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates. Our equity in the net loss of
affiliates was $0.1 million in fiscal 1998, compared to equity in net income of
affiliates of $1.8 million in fiscal 1997. This decrease reflected the
operating results of Metron, which reflected many of the same declining
industry conditions affecting our operating results.
Net income. Net income decreased $3.9 million, or 22.8%, to $13.1 million in
fiscal 1998 from $16.9 million in fiscal 1997.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables present consolidated statements of operations data in
dollars and as a percentage of net sales for the six quarters ended February
28, 2000. In management's opinion, this unaudited information has been prepared
on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. All adjustments which management considers
necessary for the fair presentation of the unaudited information have been
included in the quarters presented. The results for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year or any
future period. For example, our results were positively affected in the first
quarter of fiscal 2000 by the $5.4 million gain recognized on the sale of
approximately 612,000 of Metron stock in its initial public offering in
November 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year 1999 Fiscal Year 2000
----------------------------------- -----------------
Statement of Operations Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2
Data: ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales............... $51,467 $60,124 $60,585 $69,777 $71,816 $ 84,846
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Gross profit............ 17,091 22,473 24,737 29,545 31,784 39,618
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses............... 14,110 14,786 13,897 21,543 15,366 19,596
Engineering, research
and development
expenses............... 4,379 3,192 3,345 3,649 3,288 2,946
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Operating profit
(loss)................. (1,389) 4,495 7,496 4,353 13,130 17,076
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net income (loss)....... $(1,650) $ 1,750 $ 2,433 $ 3,197 $12,045 $ 11,068
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
<CAPTION>
Percentage of Net Sales Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2
Data: ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales............... 100.0 % 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Gross profit............ 33.2 37.4 40.8 42.3 44.3 46.7
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses............... 27.4 24.6 22.9 30.9 21.4 23.1
Engineering, research
and development
expenses............... 8.5 5.3 5.5 5.2 4.6 3.5
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Operating profit
(loss)................. (2.7)% 7.5% 12.4% 6.2% 18.3% 20.1%
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net income (loss)....... (3.2)% 2.9% 4.0% 4.6% 16.8% 13.0%
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
Over the past six quarters, we have generally reported improved net sales
and net income. These results reflect improved conditions in the semiconductor
industry and increased sales of all product lines. Gross profits have increased
throughout fiscal 1999 and into fiscal 2000 due to higher sales, improved
utilization of our product capacity and a more favorable product sales mix.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were impacted in the quarter ended
August 1999 by $5.4 million associated with the business combination. Many of
our customers have upgraded their facilities in the second quarter of fiscal
2000, which resulted in a significant increase in the sale of wafer management
products. We expect a charge of approximately $1.5 million in the fourth
26
<PAGE>
quarter of fiscal 2000 due to the early extinguishments of a portion of our
long-term debt, which will be possible due to the proceeds of our initial
public offering.
Our quarterly results of operations have been, and will likely continue to
be, subject to significant fluctuations due to a variety of factors, including,
among others:
. economic conditions in the semiconductor industry;
. size, timing and shipment of customer orders;
. timing of announcements or introductions by us or our competitors of
product upgrades or enhancements;
. exchange rate fluctuations;
. price competition;
. our ability to design, introduce and manufacture new products on a cost
effective and timely basis; and
. other factors, a number of which are beyond our control.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have historically financed our operations and capital requirements
through cash flow from operating activities, long-term loans, and lease
financing (some of which are secured by property and equipment) and borrowings
under domestic and international short-term lines of credit.
Operating activities. Cash flow provided by operations for the six month
period ended February 28, 1999 was $13.3 million and for the six-month period
ended February 28, 2000 was $24.2 million. The increase was primarily due to
increased net income partly offset by higher working capital required to fund
increased accounts receivable levels.
Cash flow provided by operating activities totaled $43.4 million in fiscal
1999, $45.9 million in fiscal 1998 and $28.5 million in fiscal 1997. Net income
and noncash charges primarily accounted for the cash flow generated by
operations. Fiscal 1998 and 1999 operating cash flows also benefited from
reductions in working capital, while increases in working capital reduced the
cash flow from operations in fiscal 1997.
Investing activities. Cash flow used in investing activities was $4.7
million for the six-month period ended February 28, 1999 and $3.5 million for
the six-month period ended February 28, 2000. Acquisitions of property and
equipment totalled $5.2 million for the six-month period ended February 28,
1999 and $7.3 million for the six-month period ended February 28, 2000.
Significant capital expenditures in fiscal 2000 include additions of
manufacturing equipment and the upgrading of information systems throughout the
organization.
Cash flow used in investing activities totaled $46.3 million in fiscal 1997,
$34.0 million in fiscal 1998 and $9.3 million in fiscal 1999. Acquisitions of
property and equipment totaled $44.9 million in fiscal 1997, $33.5 million in
fiscal 1998 and $10.1 million in fiscal 1999. Most of our capital expenditures
are for new facilities, manufacturing equipment and computer and communications
equipment. We continue to upgrade and integrate our management information and
financial reporting systems. We plan capital expenditures of approximately $20
million during 2000.
Financing activities. Financing activities in the six months ended February
28, 1999 used cash of $12.9 million and in the six months ended February 28,
2000 used $12.0 million, as we eliminated our use of domestic short-term
borrowings and made scheduled payments on our long-term borrowing and capital
lease obligations. In the six months ended February 28, 2000 we also used $8.3
million to redeem shares of common stock.
27
<PAGE>
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $17.9 million in fiscal 1997,
while cash used by financing activities was $14.9 million in fiscal 1998 and
$27.1 million in fiscal 1999. In fiscal 1997, new borrowings exceeded payments
on existing debt by $19.7 million. This increase in debt was required because
cash flow from operating activities was not adequate to cover the high level of
investing activities taking place that year. In fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1999, we
were able to pay down outstanding debt with cash flow from operations not used
for investing purposes. We also repurchased common shares for $2.2 million in
fiscal 1997, $2.6 million in fiscal 1998, $1.1 million in fiscal 1999 and $8.3
million in the six months ended February 2000, primarily in connection with the
redemption of common stock from our Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
Our sources of available funds as of February 28, 2000 were comprised of
$25.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and credit facilities. We have
unsecured revolving commitments with two commercial banks with aggregate
borrowing capacity of $30.0 million, with no borrowings outstanding at February
28, 2000. We also have lines of credit, equivalent to an aggregate $12.0
million with six international banks, which provide for borrowings of Deutsche
marks, Malaysia ringgits and Japanese yen for our overseas subsidiaries.
Borrowings outstanding on these lines of credit were $8.0 million at February
28, 2000.
We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and
available credit facilities, together with the proceeds of the public offering,
will be sufficient to meet our working capital and investing requirements for
the next twelve months. However, our future growth, including potential
acquisitions, may require additional funding, and from time to time we may need
to raise capital through additional equity or debt financing. If we were unable
to obtain this additional funding, we might have to curtail our expansion or
acquisition plans. There can be no assurance that any such financing would be
available to us on commercially acceptable terms.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement, as amended, requires
companies to record derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities,
measured at fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the values of
those derivatives would be accounted for depending on the use of the derivative
and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. SFAS No. 133 will be effective
for us beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2001. We are currently
assessing the impact of SFAS No. 133 on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations and cash flows.
In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, released
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements." This bulletin summarizes certain interpretations and practices
followed by the SEC in administering the disclosure requirements of the federal
securities laws in applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue
recognition in financial statements. We believe this bulletin will not have an
impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks
Our principal market risks are sensitivities to interest rates and foreign
currency exchange rates. Our exposure to interest rate fluctuations is not
significant. Most of our outstanding debt at February 28, 2000 carried fixed
rates of interest. All of our short-term investments are debt instruments that
mature in three months or less.
We use derivative financial instruments to manage foreign currency exchange
rate risk associated with the sale of products from the United States when such
sales are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The cash flows
and earnings of our foreign-based operations are subject to fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates. A hypothetical 10% change in the foreign currency
exchange rates would increase or decrease our net income by approximately $2
million.
28
<PAGE>
Our cash flows and earnings are also subject to fluctuations in foreign
exchange rates due to investments in foreign-based affiliates. Investments in
affiliates include our 20.8% interest in Metron and our 30.0% interest in FJV
(Korea) Ltd. Metron attempts to limit its exposure to changing foreign currency
exchange rates through operational and financial market actions. Products are
sold in a number of countries throughout the world resulting in a diverse
portfolio of transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Metron manages
certain short-term foreign currency exposures by the purchase of forward
contracts to offset the earnings and cash flow impact of foreign currency
denominated receivables and payables.
Our investment in Metron is accounted for by the equity method of accounting
and has a carrying value on the balance sheet of approximately $13.3 million.
The fair value of Metron is subject to stock market fluctuations. Based on the
closing stock price of Metron on February 28, 2000, the fair value of our
investment in Metron was approximately $65.2 million.
Impact of Inflation
Our financial statements are prepared on a historical cost basis, which does
not completely account for the effects of inflation. However, since the cost of
about three-quarters of our inventories is determined using the last-in, first-
out (LIFO) method of accounting, cost of sales, except for depreciation expense
included therein, generally reflects current costs. The cost of polymers, our
primary raw material, was essentially unchanged from a year ago. We expect the
cost of resins to remain stable in the foreseeable future. Labor costs,
including taxes and fringe benefits, rose modestly in fiscal 1999, and a
moderate increase also can be reasonably anticipated for fiscal 2000.
29
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of materials management solutions to the
microelectronics industry including, in particular, the semiconductor
manufacturing and disk manufacturing markets. Our materials management
solutions for the semiconductor industry assure the integrity of materials as
they are handled, stored, processed and transported throughout the
semiconductor manufacturing process, from raw silicon wafer manufacturing to
packaging of completed integrated circuits. These solutions enable our
customers to protect their investment in work-in-process and finished devices
by facilitating the safe handling, purity and precision processing of the
critical materials used in their manufacturing process.
With over 10,000 standard and customized products, we believe we provide the
most comprehensive portfolio of materials management products to the
microelectronics industry. Our materials management products, such as wafer
shippers, wafer transport and process carriers, pods and work-in-process boxes,
preserve the integrity of wafers as they are transported from wafer
manufacturers to semiconductor manufacturers, processed into finished wafers
and integrated circuits and subsequently tested, assembled and packaged. We
also provide chemical delivery products, such as valves, fittings, tubing, pipe
and containers, that assure the consistent and safe delivery and storage of
sophisticated chemicals between chemical manufacturers and semiconductor
manufacturers' point-of-use.
We sell our products worldwide to over 1,000 customers, who represent a
broad base of leading suppliers to the microelectronics industry. Our customers
in the semiconductor industry include wafer manufacturers, chemical suppliers,
equipment manufacturers, device manufacturers and assemblers. Our semiconductor
customers include Amkor/Anam, Applied Materials, Arch Chemicals, IBM, Infineon,
Intel, Texas Instruments and TSMC. Our customers in data storage manufacturing
include HMT, IBM, Komag and Seagate Technology. International sales represented
approximately 45.1% of our sales in fiscal 1998, 47.9% of our sales in fiscal
1999 and 55.2% of our sales in the six months ended February 28, 2000. We
provide our customers with a worldwide network of sales and support personnel,
which enable us to offer local service to our global customer base and assure
the timely and cost-effective delivery of our products.
Industry Background
Semiconductors, or integrated circuits, are the building blocks of today's
electronics and the backbone of the information age. The market for
semiconductors has grown significantly over the past several years. This trend
is expected to continue due to rapid growth in Internet usage and the
continuing demand for applications in data processing, wireless communications,
broadband infrastructure, personal computers, handheld electronic devices and
other consumer electronics. As integrated circuit performance has increased and
the size and cost have decreased, the use of semiconductors in these
applications has grown significantly. According to the Semiconductor Industry
Association, or SIA, worldwide semiconductor revenues grew by 14.7% in 1999 to
$144.1 billion, and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of
17.5% over the next three years to $233.6 billion in 2002.
The semiconductor materials industry is comprised of a wide variety of
materials and consumables that are used throughout the semiconductor production
process. The extensive and complex process of turning bare silicon wafers into
finished integrated circuits is dependent upon a variety of materials used
repeatedly throughout the manufacturing process, such as silicon, chemicals,
gases and metals. The handling of these materials during the integrated circuit
manufacturing process requires the use of a variety of products, such as wafer
shippers, wafer transport and process carriers, fluid and gas handling
components and integrated circuit trays. Semiconductor unit volume is the
primary driver of the demand for these materials and products because they are
used or consumed throughout the production process and many are replenished or
replaced on a regular basis. While influenced by capacity expansion, the
semiconductor materials and materials management industries are less cyclical
than the semiconductor capital equipment industries.
30
<PAGE>
Semiconductor Manufacturing Process
Semiconductor manufacturing is highly complex and consists of two principal
segments: front-end and back-end processes. The front-end process begins with
the delivery of raw wafers from wafer manufacturers to semiconductor
manufacturers. After the wafers are shipped to semiconductor manufacturers,
they are processed into finished wafers. During the front-end process, raw
wafers undergo a series of highly complex and sensitive manufacturing steps,
during which a variety of materials, including chemicals and gases, are
introduced. Once the front-end manufacturing process is completed, finished
wafers are transferred to back-end manufacturers or assemblers. The back-end
semiconductor manufacturing process consists of test, assembly and packaging of
finished wafers into integrated circuits. Materials management products, such
as wafer shippers, wafer transport and process carriers, fluid and gas handling
components and integrated circuit trays, facilitate the storage, transport,
processing and protection of wafers through these front-end and back-end
manufacturing steps. Semiconductor manufacturing has become more complex in
recent years as new technologies have been introduced to enhance device
performance and as larger wafer sizes have been introduced to increase
production efficiencies. Increased processing complexity adds significantly to
the cost of constructing and equipping a wafer manufacturing facility, or fab,
which can now exceed $2 billion.
As a result of the growing cost and complexity of manufacturing integrated
circuits, semiconductor manufacturers have increasingly focused on improving
productivity in their manufacturing facilities. In the 1970s, yield management
techniques such as process monitoring and in-line testing were introduced to
the semiconductor manufacturing process. These techniques were widely adopted
in the 1980s and 1990s. Automation was introduced to semiconductor
manufacturing facilities in the 1980s in an effort to improve efficiency.
Because of the widespread use of these technologies, significant productivity
gains have already been realized.
Materials Management Focus
In an effort to realize continued productivity gains, semiconductor
manufacturers have become increasingly focused on materials management
solutions that enable them to safely store, handle, process and transport
materials throughout the manufacturing process to minimize the potential for
damage or degradation to their materials and to protect their investment in
processed wafers. Wafer processing can involve as many as 500 steps and take up
to six weeks. As a result, a batch of 25 fully processed wafers can cost more
than $1 million. Since significant value is added to the wafer during each
successive manufacturing step, it is essential that the wafer be handled
carefully and precisely to minimize damage. In addition, materials handling
products must meet exact specifications each and every time or valuable wafers
can be damaged. For example, in the case of wafer carriers, precise wafer
positioning, highly reliable and predictable cassette interface dimensions and
advanced materials are crucial. The failure to prevent damage to wafers can
severely impact integrated circuit performance, render an integrated circuit
inoperable or disrupt manufacturing operations. Thus, semiconductor
manufacturers are seeking to:
. minimize contamination--semiconductor processing is now so sensitive
that ionic contamination in certain processing chemicals is measured in
parts per trillion;
. protect semiconductor devices from electrostatic discharge and shock;
. avoid process interruptions;
. prevent damage or abrasion to wafers and materials during automated
processing caused by contact with other materials or equipment;
. prevent damage due to abrasion or vibration of work-in-process and
finished goods during transportation to and from customer and supplier
facilities; and
. eliminate the dangers associated with handling toxic chemicals--
according to Rose Associates, the semiconductor industry will use over
100 million gallons of extremely corrosive chemicals in 2000 alone.
31
<PAGE>
The importance of efficiently managing materials throughout the
manufacturing process and the need to protect wafers have been officially
recognized by the Semiconductor Equipment and Materials International (SEMI)
organization, a leading industry trade organization. SEMI has included the need
to eliminate these risks in SEMI's official standards publication.
The need for efficient and reliable materials management is particularly
important as new materials are introduced and as 300mm semiconductor wafer
manufacturing becomes a more prevalent manufacturing technology. These trends
will present new and increasingly difficult shipping, transport, process and
storage challenges.
The semiconductor materials industry and the materials management industry
are highly fragmented and are served by a variety of providers, consisting of
divisions within large corporations and smaller companies that target niche
markets or specific geographic regions. Semiconductor manufacturers require
materials management providers that demonstrate a deep knowledge of materials
management and semiconductor manufacturing, have a track record of reliability,
offer a broad product line and have the ability to support and service customer
needs worldwide.
The Entegris Solution
We are a leading provider of materials management solutions that assure the
integrity of materials as they are handled, stored, processed and transported
throughout the semiconductor manufacturing process, from raw silicon wafers to
completed integrated circuits. Among other things, our comprehensive portfolio
of products enable:
. secure transport of materials, including chemicals and raw silicon
wafers, from suppliers to the fab;
. storage, handling and transport of wafers throughout fab processing;
. storage, mixing and distribution of chemicals throughout fab processing;
. delivery of finished wafers to test, assembly and packaging facilities;
and
. safe handling of integrated circuit packages and bare die at the test,
assembly and packaging facilities.
We also apply our materials integrity expertise within other markets in the
microelectronics industry, such as the data storage market.
Our customers benefit from our comprehensive product line, advanced
manufacturing capabilities, extensive polymer expertise, industry and
applications knowledge and worldwide infrastructure.
Comprehensive Product Line
With over 10,000 products, we believe that we offer the broadest product
offering of materials management solutions for the microelectronics
manufacturing industry. In the last eighteen months, we have released more than
100 new products, including front opening unified pods, or FOUPs, and 500
derivative products. In the semiconductor industry, we offer products to ship,
process, test and store wafers before, during and after the integrated circuit
manufacturing process. We also offer a complete product line to transport,
process, store and ship chemicals used in the semiconductor manufacturing
process. In the data storage market, we offer a broad range of products to
transport and handle magnetic hard disk drives, read/write heads and optical
and compact disks.
32
<PAGE>
Advanced Manufacturing Capabilities
We have a wide range of advanced polymer manufacturing capabilities that use
a variety of mold designs to produce high precision products, often in
cleanroom facilities. Our polymer capabilities include injection molding,
rotational molding, blow molding, extrusion, machining, welding and flaring,
sheet lining, over-molding, insert molding and prototyping. These capabilities,
coupled with our strengths in advanced tool design and mold-making, high volume
manufacturing, quality assurance and polymer reclaiming, enable us to be a
leader in our markets.
Extensive Polymer Expertise
We have extensive research experience with the advanced polymer materials
used in our products, including material evaluation, analytical chemistry,
polymer blending and quality assurance techniques. We understand the properties
of these advanced polymers, how they interact with other materials used in the
semiconductor manufacturing process and how they address the varying conditions
of the manufacturing process.
Industry and Applications Knowledge
Throughout our 34-year history, we have worked closely with semiconductor
and hard disk drive manufacturers and materials suppliers to accumulate
considerable insight into the increasingly complex manufacturing requirements
of the semiconductor and data storage markets. This insight allows us to more
effectively target our research and development toward products that satisfy
our customers' manufacturing requirements. Our industry knowledge encompasses
expertise in contamination control, electrostatic discharge protection and
cleanroom manufacturing, which has enabled us to serve as a leader in
developing industry standards. Our ability to characterize and test products
allows us to understand the interaction of our products with wafers in our
customers' manufacturing process in order to ensure superior performance while
reducing the risk of damage.
Worldwide Infrastructure
Our worldwide infrastructure positions us in every major region of the world
where semiconductor manufacturing takes place. Our manufacturing operations and
support offices in the United States, Europe and Asia enable us to offer local
service, the timely and cost-effective delivery of our products and the
capacity to meet customer requirements. We offer customer service 24 hours a
day, 7 days a week.
Entegris' Strategy
Our objective is to build upon our leadership in materials management
solutions for semiconductor device, equipment and materials suppliers, as well
as apply our expertise to the growing materials management needs of other
markets. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this objective are:
Expand Technological Leadership
Since our inception, we have been an innovator in materials management
solutions for the semiconductor industry. For example, our chemical delivery
product line represents a number of industry firsts, including: the first
perfluoroalkoxy, or PFA, fusion-bonded piping; the first valves with no metal
parts in the fluid stream; the first nonmetallic capacitive sensors to
successfully perform in harsh environments at high temperatures; and the first
pinch valve. Additionally, we are a leading designer and manufacturer of 300mm
materials management solutions with products such as FOUPs, and reduced-pitch
front opening shipping boxes, or FOSBs. We will continue to expand the scope of
our technology leadership by identifying viable new polymers for materials
management applications, developing innovative product designs and advanced
processes for molding difficult materials and aiding the industry in
establishing manufacturing standards for materials management products.
33
<PAGE>
Broaden Product Offering
Although we offer a comprehensive line of more than 10,000 products, we
believe that there is significant potential for sales of new products and
solutions in the semiconductor and data storage markets and within the broader
microelectronics industry including, among others:
. new products and solutions for the emerging 300mm wafer market;
. upgrading 200mm fabs with new and improved products;
. new products and solutions to store, mix, handle and transport ultra-
pure and corrosive chemicals used in the semiconductor manufacturing
process; and
. new products and solutions in the area of testing, storing and shipping
finished integrated circuits.
We are committed to developing new products through both internal research and
development and strategic acquisitions.
Enhance Relationships with Customers and Suppliers
For over three decades, we have cultivated our relationships with our key
customers and suppliers. We work closely with our customers during the
engineering and design phase to identify and respond to their requests for
future generation products. For example, our application engineers work closely
with key original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, to assure that our products
are designed to interface smoothly with their equipment. In addition, we enjoy
long-standing collaborative relationships with key suppliers, which provide us
with technical information and access to new or improved materials. We will
continue to emphasize these collaborative relationships with customers and
suppliers in order to develop new and enhanced products.
Expand in Japan
We believe that further penetration of the Japanese market is critical to
our growth. Five of the world's seven largest wafer manufacturers are
headquartered in Japan. We have maintained a manufacturing and sales presence
in Japan since the 1970s through licensing arrangements, joint venture
injection molding operations and a joint venture sales company, which has
allowed us to develop strategic relationships and an understanding of the
Japanese market. To increase our presence in Japan, we intend to expand our
local manufacturing operations, introduce new products, expand our marketing
initiatives and pursue strategic acquisitions.
Pursue Selective Acquisitions
We intend to pursue selective acquisitions to complement our growth. Our
goal is to acquire businesses that will strengthen our position in our targeted
markets, enhance our technology base, increase our manufacturing capability and
our product offerings and expand our geographic presence. Expanding our
business in key market segments could strengthen our presence with existing
customers and provide access to new customers who seek a global service
provider for their materials management needs.
Expand into New Industries
We believe that our materials management expertise can be applied outside
the microelectronics industry to a variety of industries that use sophisticated
manufacturing processes and have critical materials management needs. For
example, in the biopharmaceutical industry, we are seeking to apply our
expertise to live bacteria drug manufacturing, which is a metal-sensitive
process enabled by our polymer expertise and products. We are also pursuing
other growth opportunities in the chemical processing and medical device
markets.
34
<PAGE>
Markets and Products
With over 10,000 standard and customized products, we believe that we
provide the most comprehensive portfolio of materials management solutions to
the microelectronics industry. Our product lines address both the semiconductor
and the data storage manufacturing markets. During the front-end semiconductor
manufacturing process, we provide materials management products and services
that preserve the integrity of wafers as they travel from wafer manufacturers
to semiconductor manufacturers. As the wafers are subsequently processed, we
provide wafer transport products that reliably interface with automated
processing equipment. We also provide products that safely deliver processing
chemicals from chemical manufacturers to containers at the fab and then from
containers to process equipment within the fab. During the back-end
semiconductor manufacturing process, we provide products that transport and
handle completed integrated circuits during testing, assembly and packaging.
Furthermore, we provide products that prevent degradation and damage to
magnetic hard disk drives and read/write heads as they are processed and
shipped.
35
<PAGE>
The following table summarizes the breadth of our materials management
product offerings.
Representative Product Enabling
Process Products Description Function
- ------- -------------- ----------- --------
MICROELECTRONICS
Semiconductor
Front-End:
Wafer Manu- o Ultrapak(R) Transport and storage Preserves the
facturing o Crystalpak(R) products and systems integrity of raw
o FabFit300(TM) for 100, 125, 150, wafers during
200 and 300mm shipment from
raw wafers wafer manufacturers
to semiconductor
manufacturers
Wafer Handling o KA250(R) Pods, carriers and Holds and positions
o F300 FOUP work-in-process wafers during
boxes for 100, 125, processing
150, 200, and 300mm including precise
process wafers interfaces with
automation and
manufacturing
equipment
Chemical Delivery o Valves: High purity Provides consistent
Integra(R), corrosion resistant and safe delivery
Dymak(R), fluid handling of sophisticated
Accuflo(TM) components for chemicals from
o Fittings: chemical transport chemical manu-
Flaretek(R), and bulk storage facturers to semi-
Galtek(R), conductor manufac-
Quikgrip(R) turers' point-of-
o Tubing: use
FluoroLine(R)
o Pipes:
PUREBOND(R)
o Containers:
FluoroPure(R)
Back-End:
Test, Assembly
and Packaging o 1120/1144 Bare Transport, handling Preserves the
Die Trays and storage systems integrity of wafers
o JEDEC/Matrix for wafer, bare die, and die during
Trays single die, in transportation to
process die, and back-end opera-
packaged die tions by avoiding
electrostatic
discharge and
contamination
Microelectronics
Disk Manu- o Disk Shipper Trays and carriers Prevents degrada-
facturing o Read/Write for read/write and tion and damage to
Head Trays disk processing and critical data
shipping in all storage components
sizes and
substrates
OTHER
Biopharmaceutical,
Tele-
communications,
Medical and Other o Cynergy(R) Wide variety of Enables new
o Filter Housing custom designed technologies and
and Components and molded products applications such
o Micro-molded for use in high as live bacteria
Parts technology manufacturing tech-
applications niques and minia-
including fluid turization for
transfer and telecommunications
sophisticated
medical devices
36
<PAGE>
Semiconductor Manufacturing: Front-End
Wafer Manufacturing Products. We are a leading provider of critical shipping
products that preserve the integrity of raw silicon wafers as they are
transported from wafer manufacturers to semiconductor manufacturers. We lead
the market with our extensive, high volume line of UltraPak(R) and
CrystalPak(R) products which are supplied to wafer manufacturers in a full
range of sizes covering 100, 125, 150 and 200mm wafers. The UltraPak(R) was
first introduced in the mid 1980s. It is made of a proprietary blend of
polypropylene and is the market leader in wafer shipping boxes. The
CrystalPak(R) was introduced in the early 1990s as a reusable wafer shipping
box and is made of a proprietary blend of polycarbonate. Continuing our
technological leadership in the market, we offer the FabFit300(TM) for the
transportation and automated interface of 300mm wafers. We offer a complete
shipping system, including both wafer shipping containers as well as secondary
packaging that provide another level of protection for wafers. This 300mm wafer
system reduces the cleaning, shipping and storage costs for semiconductor
manufacturers and allows them to optimize the use of their premium cleanroom
space.
Wafer Handling Products. We believe that we are a market leader in wafer
handling products. We offer a wide variety of products that hold and position
wafers as they travel to and from each piece of equipment used in the automated
manufacturing process. These specialized carriers provide precise wafer
positioning, wafer protection and highly reliable and predictable cassette
interfaces in automated fabs. Semiconductor manufacturers rely on our products
to improve yields by protecting wafers from abrasion, degradation and
contamination during the manufacturing process. We provide standard and
customized products that meet the full spectrum of industry standards and
customers' wafer handling needs including FOUPs, wafer transport and process
carriers, pods and work-in-process boxes. To meet our customers' varying wafer
processing and transport needs, we offer wafer carriers in a variety of
materials and in sizes ranging from 100mm through 300mm.
Chemical Delivery Products. Chemicals spend most of their time in contact
with fluid storage and management distribution systems, so it is critical for
fluid storage and handling components to resist these chemicals and avoid
contributing contaminants to the fluid stream. We offer chemical delivery
products that allow the consistent and safe delivery of sophisticated chemicals
from the chemical manufacturer to the point-of-use in the semiconductor fab.
Most of these products are made from perfluoroalkoxy or PFA, a fluoropolymer
resin widely used in the industry because of its high purity and inertness to
chemicals. The innovative design and reliable performance of our products and
systems under the most stringent of process conditions has made us a recognized
leader in high purity fluid transfer products and systems.
Both semiconductor manufacturers and semiconductor OEMs use our chemical
delivery products and systems. Our comprehensive product line provides our
customers with a single source provider for their chemical storage and
management needs throughout the manufacturing process.
Our chemical delivery products include:
. Valves. We offer the Integra(R), Dymak(R) and Accuflo(TM) valves, each
of which were first in their respective applications. Our Integra(R)
valve was the first to feature no external metal parts, which can
corrode and pose a safety hazard when managing aggressive chemicals. Our
Dymak(R) valve is the first PFA pinch valve designed for chemical
mechanical polishing, or CMP, slurries, bulk chemical distribution and
other high flow applications. The all-PFA pinch element allows greater
resistance to chemical corrosion and offers lower particle generation
than competing valves. Our Accuflo(TM) metering valve is the first to be
molded entirely from PFA, which provides enhanced control for a broad
range of applications.
. Fittings. We provide fittings that have become the industry standard for
high purity chemical resistance. We offer three styles of fittings:
Flaretek(R), Quikgrip(R) and Galtek(R) fittings. Our Flaretek(R)
fittings feature a flare design that combines leak-free performance with
minimum dead volume. All of the wetted surfaces of our fittings products
are Teflon(R) PFA, chosen for its resistance to corrosion and wear in
the semiconductor processing environment. Our Quikgrip(R) fitting has a
gripper design that
37
<PAGE>
features easy, user-friendly assembly. Additionally, our Galtek(R)
fittings represent the industry's first all PFA fitting featuring an
integral ferrule design for strength along with chemical resistance
features.
. Tubing. We offer three grades of FluoroLine(R) PFA tubing, which address
our customers' needs ranging from industrial to ultra high purity
applications.
. Pipe. Our PUREBOND(R) fusable piping components provide leak-free piping
systems by fusion bonding over rigid pipe and components. Our patented
method for joining PFA components allows flexibility of design and
assembly of fluid delivery systems. We offer many component
configuration sizes ranging from 1/4 inch to 2 inch inner diameters,
meeting a wide range of customer design requirements.
. Chemical Containers. We offer a broad spectrum of chemical transport and
storage containers that help ensure the safe delivery of sophisticated
chemicals from chemical manufacturers to the semiconductor
manufacturers' point-of-use. Our containers are well suited for the
microelectronics industry because they help minimize contamination of
chemicals to concentrations of parts per billion and parts per trillion.
Our sheet lining process allows us to provide containers for bulk
chemical storage and shipment of up to 19,000 liters. We offer a wide
variety of container types including drums, pressure vessels,
intermediate bulk containers, custom containers and bottles. In
addition, we provide our patented quick connect system, which enables
safe, risk-free connections for chemical container change-outs.
. Custom Fabricated Products. We offer a wide variety of custom-molded,
welded or fabricated fluid products, including custom valves, fittings,
filter housings, caps, closures, flanges and tanks. We manufacture these
custom products to meet stringent standards of consistency and safety by
offering a variety of high performance, chemically resistant materials.
Semiconductor Manufacturing: Back-End
Test, Assembly and Packaging Products. Rapidly changing packaging
strategies for semiconductor applications are creating new materials
management challenges for back-end manufacturers. We offer chip and matrix
trays as well as shippers and carriers for thinned wafers, bare die handling
and integrated circuits. Our materials management products are compatible with
industry standards and available in a wide range of sizes with various feature
sets. Our standard trays offer dimensional stability and permanent
electrostatic discharge protection. Our trays also offer a number of features
including custom designs to minimize die movement and contact, shelves and
pedestals to minimize direct die contact, special pocket features to handle
various surface finishes to eliminate die sticking and other features for
automated or manual die placement and removal. In addition, we support our
product line with a full range of accessories to address specific needs such
as static control, cleaning, chip washing and other related materials
management requirements. To better address this market, we have established
ictray.com, a website which allows new and existing customers to select from
our full range of standard and custom integrated circuit trays.
Hard Disk Drive Manufacturing
Disk Manufacturing Products. Like the semiconductor industry, the data
storage market continues to face new challenges and deploy new technologies at
an accelerating rate. We provide materials management products and solutions
to manage two critical sectors of this industry: magnetic disks and the
read/write heads used to read and write today's higher density disks. Because
both of these hard disk drive components are instrumental in the transition to
more powerful storage solutions, we offer products that carefully protect and
maintain the integrity of these components during their processing, storage
and shipment. Our product offerings for magnetic hard disk drives include hard
disk drive process carriers, boxes, packages and tools, as well as hard disk
drive shippers for aluminum and other disk substrates. Our optical hard disk
drive products include stamper cases, process carriers, boxes and glass master
carriers. Our read/write head products include transport trays, carriers,
handles, boxes, individual disk substrate packages and accessories.
38
<PAGE>
Other Industries
We offer our extensive polymer molding expertise to customers outside the
microelectronics industry, such as the biopharmaceutical, medical and
telecommunications industries. We work with our customers in these industries
to develop specialized components and assemblies that meet their stringent
specifications for close tolerances and cleanliness. We offer a wide variety of
services and capabilities to these customers, including materials research,
parts design, mold design and manufacturing, molding, assembly and final test
services.
Customers
We have over 1,000 customers in North America, Europe and Asia, including
every major semiconductor manufacturer in the world. No single end-customer
accounts for over 5% of our sales. We provide products and solutions primarily
to semiconductor manufacturers and semiconductor equipment manufacturers,
chemical materials suppliers and data storage manufacturers. The following
table sets forth a list of major customers in each of the markets in which we
operate.
Semiconductor Wafer Microelectronics and
Manufacturing Semiconductor Materials
- ------------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Mitsubishi Silicon Sumitomo Metals Arch Chemicals Millipore
MEMC Wacker Siltronic Ashland Pall
Shin Etsu Handotai (SEH) BOC Edwards
Semiconductor Device Manufacturing and Assembly
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMD Hitachi LG International Samsung
Amkor/Anam Intel Micron Technology STMicroelectronics
ASE Test IBM Motorola Texas Instruments
Carsem Infineon NEC TSMC
Fujitsu Lucent Philips UMC
Semiconductor Equipment Manufacturing Data Storage Manufacturing
- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
Applied Materials SCP Global Technologies Fujitsu Komag
FSI International Hoya MMC
HMT Seagate Technology
IBM
Custom Products for Other Industries
------------------------------------
ADC Telecom Guidant
Boston Scientific Medtronic
Ericsson
Sales and Marketing
We market and sell our products on a worldwide basis through a network of
direct sales personnel, commissioned sales representatives and stocking
distributors. Our sales and marketing initiatives in Japan are coordinated
through the sales office of Fluoroware Valqua Japan, our majority owned
subsidiary. Metron, a global distributor of semiconductor products and services
partially owned by Entegris, has broad distribution rights in Europe, and in
portions of the United States and Asia.
39
<PAGE>
International sales accounted for 45.1% of our revenues in fiscal 1998,
47.9% in fiscal 1999 and 55.2% in the six months ended February 28, 2000. We
support our worldwide sales activities by stocking select products in regional
warehouses, which facilitates rapid response to customers' needs. For example,
Entegris Europe GmbH is a stocking location for distribution throughout Europe.
The worldwide offices of Metron also carry inventories to meet regional demand.
Direct customer support comes from our five regional service and customer
support offices located in the United States, Germany, Japan, Korea and
Malaysia. We work with each of our regional service and customer support
offices to provide regional marketing support, including public relations,
collateral development and publication, corporate positioning, advertising,
trade show participation and communications. Our marketing groups based in the
United States support our global marketing strategy, e-business and other
initiatives.
Manufacturing
Our customers rely on our products to assure their materials integrity by
providing dimensional precision and stability, cleanliness and consistent
performance. Our ability to meet our customers' expectations, combined with our
substantial investments in worldwide manufacturing capacity, position us to
respond to the increasing materials management demands of the microelectronics
industry and other industries that require similar levels of materials
integrity.
To meet our customer needs worldwide, we have established an extensive
global manufacturing network with facilities in the United States, Germany,
Japan, Malaysia and South Korea. Because we work in an industry where
contamination control is paramount, we maintain Class 100 to Class 10,000
cleanrooms for manufacturing and assembly.
We believe that our worldwide manufacturing operations and our advanced
manufacturing capabilities are important competitive advantages. Our advanced
manufacturing capabilities include:
. Injection Molding. Our manufacturing expertise is based on our long
experience with injection molding. Using molds produced from computer-
aided processes, our manufacturing technicians utilize specialized
injection molding equipment and operate within specific protocols and
procedures established to consistently produce precision products.
. Extrusion. Extrusion is the use of heat and force from a screw to melt
solid polymer pellets in a cylinder and then forcing the resulting melt
through a die to produce tubing and pipe. We have established
contamination free on-line laser marking and measurement techniques to
properly identify products during the extrusion process and ensure
consistency in overall dimension and wall thicknesses.
. Blow Molding. Blow molding consists of the use of heat and force from a
screw to melt solid polymer pellets in a cylinder and then forcing the
melt through a die to create a hollow tube. The molten tube is clamped
in a mold and expanded with pressurized gas until it takes the shape of
the mold. We utilize advanced three-layer processing to manufacture 55
gallon drums, leading to cost savings while simultaneously assuring
durability, strength and purity.
. Rotational Molding. Rotational molding is the placing of a solid polymer
powder in a mold, placing the mold in an oven and rotating the mold on
two axes so that the melting polymer coats the entire surface of the
mold. This forms a part in the shape of the mold upon cooling. We use
rotational molding in manufacturing containers up to 5,000 liters. Our
rotational molding expertise has provided rapid market access for our
current fluoropolymer sheet lining manufacturing business.
. Sheet Lining. Sheet lining consists of welding thin sheets of polymer
into a solid lining that conforms to the shape of a large vessel, such
as a tanker truck. We sheet line stainless steel tanks up to 19,000
liters in size through a complex adhesive and welding process that
provides customers with purity and strength for the high volume storage
and transportation of corrosive chemicals.
40
<PAGE>
. Machining. Machining consists of the use of computer controlled
equipment to create shapes, such as valve bodies, out of solid polymer
blocks or rods. Our computerized machining capabilities enable speed and
repeatability in volume manufacturing of our machined products,
particularly products utilized in chemical delivery applications.
. Assembly. We have established protocols, flow charts, work instructions
and quality assurance procedures to assure proper assembly of component
parts. The extensive use of robotics throughout our facilities reduces
labor costs, diminishes the possibility of contamination and assures
process consistency.
. Tool Making. We employ more than 100 toolmakers at three separate
locations in the United States. Our toolmakers produce the majority of
the tools we use throughout the world.
We have made significant investments in systems and equipment to create
innovative products and tool designs. Our pro-engineer CAD equipment allows us
to develop three-dimensional electronic models of desired customer products to
guide design and tool-making activities. Our pro-engineer CAD equipment also
aids in the rapid prototyping of products.
We also use computer-automated engineering in the context of mold flow
analysis. Beginning with a pro-engineer 3D model, mold flow analysis is used to
visualize and simulate how our molds will fill. The mold flow analysis
techniques cut the time needed to bring a new product to market because of the
reduced need for sampling and development. Also, our pro-engineer CAD equipment
can create a virtual part with specific geometries, which drives subsequent
tool design, tool manufacturing, mold flow analysis and performance simulation.
In conjunction with our three-dimensional product designs, we use finite
element software to simulate the application of a variety of forces or
pressures to observe what will happen during product use. This analysis helps
us anticipate forces that affect our products under various conditions. The
program also assists our product designers by measuring anticipated stresses
against known material strengths and establishing proper margins of safety.
Engineering, Research and Development
We devote a significant portion of our financial and human resources to
research and development programs. As of February 28, 2000, we employed
approximately 140 people in our worldwide engineering, research and development
department. Of these, more than 20 work in our materials and product testing
research laboratories, where we conduct general materials research to enhance
current products and strengthen our advanced materials knowledge. The other
engineering, research and development personnel perform product design and
development in response to general market needs as well as specific industry
and customer requests. Increasingly, customers ask us to conduct research and
development to find materials, products and systems that meet their specific
materials handling needs.
We utilize sophisticated methodologies to develop and characterize our
materials and products. Our materials technology lab is equipped to analyze the
physical, rheological, thermal, chemical and compositional nature of the
polymers we use. Our materials lab includes standard and advanced polymer
analysis equipment such as inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry
(ICP/MS), inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry (ICP/AES),
Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) and automated thermal desorption
gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (ATD-GC/MS). This advanced analysis
equipment allows us to detect contaminants in materials that could harm the
semiconductor manufacturing process to levels as low as parts per billion, and
in some cases parts per trillion.
41
<PAGE>
Our product test lab is equipped to evaluate the functionality, automation
interface capability, particle generation potential and lifetime of our
products. The lab has a number of front-end automated tools to check wafer
handling product interfaces, custom hydraulic and chemical test benches to test
fluid handling components and wafer mapping equipment that can detect sub-
micron particles on wafers up to 300mm in diameter. Our wafer mapping
equipment, along with several liquid particle counters, is housed in a Class 10
cleanroom and is used to determine (and subsequently reduce through product
improvements) the particle generating potential of our products. Minimizing the
particle generation of our products is critical to the success of our
customers' semiconductor manufacturing process.
Our capabilities to test and characterize our materials and products are
focused on continuously reducing risk to our customers. The majority of our
research laboratories are located at our Chaska, Minnesota and Colorado
Springs, Colorado facilities. We expect that technology and product research
and development will continue to represent an important element in our ability
to develop and characterize our materials and products.
Facilities
We conduct manufacturing operations in facilities strategically positioned
throughout the world. The table below presents certain information relating to
these manufacturing and related warehouse facilities.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Facility Square
Location Footage Type of Ownership Manufacturing Use
<C> <C> <C> <S>
United States
Minnesota 712,000 5 facilities owned, Injection Molding, Extrusion, Blow
3 facilities leased Molding,
Rotational Molding, Tool Making,
Micro-molding,
Sheet Lining
Colorado 148,000 1 facility owned, Injection Molding, Tool Making
1 facility leased
California 30,000 1 facility leased Custom Manufacturing
Texas 20,000 1 facility leased Polymer Reclaiming
Malaysia 105,000 1 facility owned Injection Molding
Korea 78,000 1 facility owned, Injection Molding, Extrusion, Sheet
1 facility leased Lining
Germany 44,000 1 facility owned Injection Molding, Extrusion
Japan 42,000 1 facility owned Injection Molding
</TABLE>
Patents and Proprietary Rights
We rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws,
confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements with our
employees, strategic partners and others to protect our technology. Our goal is
to obtain intellectual property protection to maintain our position as a leader
in materials management and to give us a competitive advantage in the industry.
We actively pursue a program of patent applications to seek protection of
technologically sensitive features of our materials management products and
processes. We conduct extensive research on the patentability of our
innovations, the potential infringement on existing patents and the business
value of retaining the information as proprietary knowledge. With this
information, we determine whether to seek a patent, disclose the information
through an industry white paper or maintain the information as a trade secret.
Our patent portfolio
42
<PAGE>
consists of 95 current U.S. patents, which expire from 2000 to 2018, and 31
pending U.S. patent applications. We regularly seek patent protection outside
the United States by filing counterpart applications, principally in Europe,
Southeast Asia and Japan. We also pursue trademark registration of our key
trademarks in the principal countries where we do business.
The patent position of any manufacturer, including us, is subject to
uncertainties and may involve complex legal and factual issues. Litigation may
be necessary in the future to enforce our patents and other intellectual
property rights or to defend ourselves against claims of infringement or
invalidity. The steps that we have taken in seeking patents and other
intellectual property protections may prove inadequate to deter
misappropriation of our technology and information. In addition, our
competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially
equivalent or superior to our technology.
Competition
We face substantial competition from a number of companies, some of which
have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and technical resources. We
are not aware of any single competitor who offers a comparable breadth of
materials management products and services in the microelectronics industry. We
compete on the basis of our technical expertise, product performance, advanced
manufacturing capabilities, global locations, quality, reliability, established
reputation and customer relationships. We believe that we compete favorably on
the basis of these factors in each of our served markets.
Our wafer management product line faces competition largely on a product-by-
product basis. We have historically faced significant competition from
companies such as Kakizaki, Sanga Flantek, Dainichi and Asyst Technologies.
These companies compete with us primarily in 200mm and 300mm applications. Our
chemical delivery products also face worldwide competition from companies such
as Furon, Parker, Pillar and Gemu. In assembly, packaging and testing of
semiconductor and data storage applications, we compete with companies such as
Advantek, GEL-Pak, ITW/Camtex, Peak International and 3M. Primary competition
for our wafer shipping containers comes from Japanese companies such as SEP and
Kakizaki. In the disk shipping and bare and packaged die tray markets, we face
competition from regional suppliers.
Employees
As of February 28, 2000, we had approximately 1,570 full-time employees
throughout the world, including 1,030 in manufacturing, 140 in engineering,
research and development, including custom product development, and 400 in
selling, marketing and general and administrative activities, including
customer service, finance and accounting, information technology, human
resources and corporate management. Of our full-time employees, 1,280 are
located in the United States, 70 are located in Europe and about 220 are
located in Asia. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining
arrangement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
Legal Proceedings
We are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings.
43
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers, Directors and Key Personnel
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each of
the executive officers and directors of Entegris, as of the date of this
prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Age Position
- ---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Daniel R.
Quernemoen(1).......... 69 Chairman of the Board
Stan Geyer(1)........... 51 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
James E. Dauwalter...... 48 Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
John D. Villas.......... 41 Chief Financial Officer
James A. Bernards(2).... 53 Vice Chairman and Director
Robert J. Boehlke(2).... 58 Director
Mark A. Bongard......... 35 Director
Delmer M. Jensen(1)..... 62 Director
Roger D.
McDaniel(1)(2)......... 61 Director
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of the compensation and stock option committee
(2) Member of the audit committee
Daniel R. Quernemoen has been Chairman of the board of directors of Entegris
since June 1999. Prior to that time, Mr. Quernemoen had been the Chairman of
the board of directors of Fluoroware since August 1987 and a member of its
board since 1970. Mr. Quernemoen was also Chief Executive Officer of Fluoroware
from 1982 to 1996 and President from 1980 to 1982. Mr. Quernemoen is a member
of the board of directors of SEMI and the Wallestad Foundation, a private non-
profit charity.
Stan Geyer has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the
board of directors of Entegris since June 1999. Prior to that time, Mr. Geyer
had been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Fluoroware since
September 1996 and a member of its board of directors since 1982. Mr. Geyer
also served as Vice President of Marketing and Executive Vice President of
Fluoroware. Mr. Geyer serves on the board of directors of the Wallestad
Foundation.
James E. Dauwalter has been a director of Entegris since June 1999 and
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since March 2000. Prior to
that time, Mr. Dauwalter had been a director of Fluoroware since 1982 and also
served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Fluoroware
since September 1996. Mr. Dauwalter serves on the board of the Community Bank
of Chaska, the supervisory board of Metron, an affiliate of Entegris, and the
Wallestad Foundation.
John D. Villas has been Chief Financial Officer of Entegris since March
2000. Prior to that time, Mr. Villas had been Chief Financial Officer of
Fluroware since November 1997 and Vice President Finance since April 1994. Mr.
Villas joined Fluroware in 1984 as controller and then served as corporate
controller between 1991 and 1994.
James A. Bernards has been Vice Chairman of the board of Entegris since
March 2000 and a director since June 1999. Mr. Bernards has also been President
of Facilitation, Inc., a provider of business and financial consulting
services, since June 1993. Mr. Bernards was President of the accounting firm of
Stirtz, Bernards & Company from May 1981 to June 1993. Mr. Bernards has been
President of Brightstone Capital, Ltd., a venture capital fund, since 1986. He
is a director of FSI International, Inc., Fieldworks, Inc., Health Fitness
Corporation, August Technology, Inc. and several private companies.
44
<PAGE>
Robert J. Boehlke has been a director of Entegris since August 1999. Prior
to that time, Mr. Boehlke had been a director of Fluoroware since January 1998.
Mr. Boehlke is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of KLA-
Tencor Corporation. Mr. Boehlke joined KLA-Tencor in April 1983 as Vice
President. Since 1983, he has served in a number of positions for KLA-Tencor,
including division General Manager, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial
Officer. Prior to his employment by KLA-Tencor, Mr. Boehlke was a partner at
the investment banking firm of Kidder, Peabody & Company from 1971 to 1983. He
currently serves on the board of directors of LTX Corporation.
Mark A. Bongard has been a director of Entegris since June 1999. Mr. Bongard
has been the Chief Executive Officer of Emplast, Inc. since 1996, and Chairman
of its board of directors since 1999. Emplast was formerly a part of Empak, and
all of Emplast's stock is owned by the Estate of WCB Bongard, our largest
shareholder. Prior to being Chief Executive Officer of Emplast, Mr. Bongard
held a number of positions with Empak from 1987 to 1996. Before joining Empak
in 1987, Mr. Bongard was employed by MTE Associates, Inc.
Delmer M. Jensen has been a director of Entegris since June 1999. Mr. Jensen
was Executive Vice President of Operations of Entegris from June 1999 to March
2000. Prior to that time, he had been Chief Executive Officer of Empak since
1998 and Chief Operating Officer from 1988 to 1997. Mr. Jensen joined Empak in
1988. Prior to 1988, he was employed by Thermotech.
Roger D. McDaniel has been a director of Entegris since August 1999. Prior
to that time, Mr. McDaniel was a director of Fluoroware since August 1997. From
1989 to August 1996, Mr. McDaniel was the Chief Executive Officer of MEMC, a
silicon wafer producer, and was also a director of MEMC from April 1989 to
March 1997. Mr. McDaniel is a director of Veeco Instruments, Inc., Speedfam-
IPEC, Inc. and Anatel Inc. He is also a director and past Chairman of SEMI.
Our bylaws provide that the board of directors must consist of no more than
nine directors, and that any increase in the number of directors must be
approved by the affirmative vote of 75% of the votes entitled to be cast at a
shareholders' meeting, unless the increase was approved by a majority of the
board. The board of directors has established the number of directors to serve
on the board at eight. The directors are divided into three classes, designated
as Class I, Class II and Class III, with staggered three-year terms of office.
At each annual meeting of shareholders, directors who are elected to succeed
the class of directors whose terms expired at that meeting will be elected for
three-year terms. Messrs. McDaniel and Boehlke will be up for reelection at the
2001 annual meeting of shareholders, Messrs. Quernemoen, Jensen and Bongard at
the 2002 annual meeting of shareholders, and Messrs. Geyer, Dauwalter and
Bernards at the 2003 annual meeting of shareholders. Vacancies may be filled by
a majority of the directors then in office, and the directors so chosen hold
office until the next election of the class to which such directors belong. All
current directors were previously elected by Entegris' shareholders.
Pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement among Entegris, Fluoroware and
Empak, dated June 1, 1999, and the related Shareholder Agreements between
Entegris and the Empak and Fluoroware shareholders, the board of directors of
Entegris must consist of up to nine persons: three directors designated by
those persons who were members of Fluoroware's board of directors on June 1,
1999; three directors who are designated by those persons who were members of
Empak's board of directors on June 1, 1999; and up to three independent
directors, who must be appointed by the initial board members of Entegris upon
their mutual agreement. Messrs. Bernards, Bongard and Jensen were designated by
the Empak board and Messrs. Dauwalter, Geyer and Quernemoen were designated by
the Fluoroware board.
Committees Of The Board Of Directors
The board of directors maintains an audit committee composed of Messrs.
Bernards, Boehlke and McDaniel. The audit committee recommends to the board of
directors the appointment of independent auditors, reviews and approves the
scope of the annual audit and other non-audit services performed by the
independent auditors, reviews the findings and recommendations of the
independent auditors and periodically reviews and approves major accounting
policies and significant internal accounting control procedures.
45
<PAGE>
The board of directors also maintains a compensation and stock option
committee comprised of Messrs. Quernemoen, Geyer, Jensen and McDaniel. The
compensation and stock option committee reviews and makes recommendations
regarding compensation of officers and directors, administers Entegris' stock
option plans, and reviews major personnel matters.
Compensation Committee Interlocks And Insider Participation
Messrs. Quernemoen, Geyer, Jensen and McDaniel currently serve on our
compensation and stock option committee. Messrs. Quernemoen, Geyer and Jensen
are executive officers and employee directors of Entegris, Empak and
Fluoroware. Mr. Quernemoen received a promissory note from Fluoroware for
$4,138,379 as consideration for the redemption of 68,950 shares of Fluoroware
common stock. This promissory note bears interest at a rate of 8% per annum and
is payable in equal monthly installments over a 15 year period. Prior to the
formation of our compensation and stock option committee on August 9, 1999, all
decisions regarding executive compensation were made by the full board of
directors. No interlocking relationships exist between the board of directors
or the compensation and stock option committee and the board of directors or
compensation committee of any other company, nor has any interlocking
relationship existed in the past.
Director Compensation
Each non-employee director of Entegris receives a monthly retainer of $1,000
for their service to the board. Non-employee directors are also entitled to
$500 for every committee meeting that they attend. Entegris also maintains its
Directors' Stock Option Plan (Directors' Plan) which provides that all non-
employee directors receive an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock
when they are first elected or appointed to the board, and then options to
purchase 6,000 shares upon each reelection to the board at an annual meeting of
shareholders. At the time of the Directors' Plan adoption in 1999, each non-
employee director of Entegris also received an option to purchase 15,000
shares. Additionally, prior to the consolidation of Empak and Fluoroware,
Fluoroware maintained its 1997 Directors Stock Option Plan and had stock
options outstanding, all of which were converted at the time of the
consolidation into Directors' Plan stock options. As of February 28, 2000,
there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 150,106 shares at a
weighted average exercise price of $4.00 per share.
46
<PAGE>
Executive Compensation
The following table provides certain summary information concerning the
compensation earned by Entegris' Chief Executive Officer and the four other
most highly compensated executive officers of Entegris for fiscal 1999 whom we
refer to as the Named Executive Officers.
Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Annual
Compensation for
Fiscal 1999(1)
------------------
All Other
Name and Position Salary($) Bonus($) Compensation($)(2)
- ----------------- --------- -------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Daniel R. Quernemoen.................... 196,517 0 16,000
Chairman of the Board
Stan Geyer ............................. 250,000 64,000 16,000
Chief Executive Officer
Delmer M. Jensen........................ 250,016 179,500 9,600
Executive Vice President of Operations
James E. Dauwalter...................... 230,000 64,000 16,000
Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer
John D. Villas.......................... 133,269 41,200 13,313
Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) None of the perquisites and other benefits paid to any Named Executive
Officer exceeded the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary
and bonus amounts received by the Named Executive Officer.
(2) Represents payments made to defined contribution plans.
Options/SAR Grants in the Last Fiscal Year
There were no options or stock appreciation rights awarded to any of the
Named Executive Officers during fiscal 1999.
Bonus Programs
We maintain an executive management incentive program providing annual bonus
opportunities for certain qualified employees, including executive officers,
under which such employees may be awarded cash bonuses based upon the
achievement of individual performance criteria established at the beginning of
each year and upon our financial performance. Under this program, an incentive
pool is established at the end of each fiscal year based upon certain financial
criteria for the then ending fiscal year, including sales growth, operating
profit and return on assets. Our executive officers are eligible to receive a
bonus payment of up to 100% of their base salary, up to 65% of which is based
on the incentive pool, and up to 35% of which is based upon the accomplishment
of their individual performance goals established at the beginning of the year.
Other employees who qualify for this bonus program are eligible to receive
lesser percentages of their base salary based upon the same financial and
individual factors. Additionally, for our domestic employees who do not qualify
for this bonus program, we maintain a quarterly incentive plan. The quarterly
incentive plan provides bonuses based upon base salary, depending upon our
domestic operating income results.
Our bonus programs are administered at the discretion of our board of
directors. Bonuses paid under the executive management incentive program, if
any, are included in the cash compensation table above.
47
<PAGE>
Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values
None of the Named Executive Officers exercised options in the twelve months
ended August 31, 1999. The following table sets forth the number and value of
securities underlying unexercised options held by the Named Executive Officers
at August 31, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised Value of Unexercised
Options/SARs at In-the-Money Options
August 31, 1999(1) at August 31, 1999(2)
------------------------- -------------------------
Name and Position Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
- ----------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Daniel R. Quernemoen........ 173,688 0 $185,846 $ 0
Chairman of the Board
Stan Geyer.................. 358,260 191,058 383,338 204,432
Chief Executive Officer
Delmer M. Jensen............ 274,780 0 747,402 0
Vice President of
Operations
James E. Dauwalter.......... 349,576 165,004 374,046 176,554
Executive Vice Pesident and
Chief Operating Officer
John Villas................. 149,672 95,528 160,149 102,215
Chief Financial Officer
Totals...................... 1,305,976 451,590 $1,850,781 $483,201
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The weighted average exercise price for all options is $2.89 per share.
(2) The value of unexercised "in-the-money" options is based on the fair
market value of $4.22 as of August 31, 1999, as determined by the board,
minus the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares underlying
the option.
Equity and Profit Sharing Plans
Employee Stock Option Plan. The Entegris, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive and
Stock Option Plan (Option Plan) was adopted by the board in August 1999 and
approved by our shareholders in February 2000.
There are 9,000,000 common shares reserved for issuance under the Option
Plan. Shares subject to awards that have lapsed or terminated without having
been exercised in full may again become available for the grant of awards under
the Option Plan.
The Option Plan provides for grants of incentive stock options that qualify
under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), to
our employees, including officers and employee directors, or the employees of
any of our affiliates. Stock options that do not qualify under section 422 of
the Code, restricted share awards and performance awards may be granted to
employees, including officers, directors of and consultants to Entegris or any
of our affiliates. We will refer to options, restricted share awards and
performance awards under the Option Plan as awards. The Option Plan may be
administered by the board or a committee appointed by the board. After this
offering, the Option Plan will be administered by the compensation and stock
option committee, currently consisting of Messrs. Quernemoen, Geyer, Jensen and
McDaniel. The board or the compensation and stock option committee will have
the authority to determine to whom awards are granted, the terms of such
awards, including the type of awards to be granted, the exercise price, the
number of shares subject to the awards, and the vesting and exercisability of
the awards.
The term of options granted under the Option Plan generally may not exceed
ten years. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the
Option Plan is determined by the board or the compensation and stock option
committee, but cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the
underlying common shares on the date of grant.
48
<PAGE>
Other options granted under the Option Plan can be granted at exercise prices
below the fair market value of our common shares. Options granted under the
Option Plan vest at the rate specified in the option agreement. No option may
be transferred by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent or
distribution.
No incentive stock options may be granted to any person who, at the time of
the grant, owns, or is deemed to own, shares possessing more than 10% of the
total combined voting power of Entegris or any of our affiliates, unless the
option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the shares
subject to the option on the date of grant and the term of the option does not
exceed five years from the date of grant. In addition, the aggregate fair
market value, determined at the time of grant, of the common shares underlying
incentive stock options which become exercisable by an optionee during any
calendar year may not exceed $100,000. Any options, or portions thereof, which
exceed this limit are treated as nonqualified stock options.
As of February 28, 2000, there were 6,386,888 options outstanding under the
Option Plan, held by 169 employees, to purchase shares of Entegris at a
weighted average exercise price of $2.88 per share. The Option Plan will
terminate in August 2009, unless terminated sooner by the board. In addition,
effective March 3, 2000, the board of directors approved additional grants to
52 employees to purchase a total of 516,000 shares of Entegris common stock, at
a price equal to the finally determined price for this offering. On March 13,
2000, the board also approved a "broad-based' option grant covering nearly all
of our U.S. employees. Employees who are eligible as of the date of this
offering will each receive options to purchase 300 shares of common stock at a
price equal to the finally determined price for this offering. The estimated
total shares to be subject to these grants are 390,000.
Directors' Stock Option Plan. In August 1999, our Board adopted, and in
February 2000, our shareholders approved, the Entegris, Inc. Outside Directors'
Option Plan (Directors' Plan) to provide for the automatic grant of options to
purchase Entegris common shares to directors of Entegris. The Directors' Plan
is administered by our board.
The aggregate number of common shares that may be issued pursuant to options
granted under the Directors' Plan is 1,000,000. Pursuant to the terms of the
Directors' Plan, each of our directors who was not an employee of Entegris or
one of our affiliates was automatically granted an option to purchase 30,000
common shares on the effective date of the Directors' Plan. The Director's Plan
was amended so that each new director who is not an employee of Entegris will
be granted an option to purchase 15,000 common shares upon their appointment or
election to the board. On the effective date of the Director's Plan, options
under this plan will be issued to replace the then current outstanding options
issued under the Fluoroware, Inc. 1997 Directors Stock Option Plan with
substantially the same terms. In addition, each non-employee director who is
still a director after each annual meeting or regular stockholders' meeting
will be automatically granted an option to purchase 6,000 common shares
immediately after that annual meeting. The exercise price of options under the
Directors' Plan will at least equal the fair market value of our common shares
on the date of grant. No option granted under the Directors' Plan may be
exercised after the expiration of ten years from the date on which it was
granted.
As of February 28, 2000, there were 150,106 options outstanding to purchase
common shares of Entegris under the Directors' Plan, at a weighted average
exercise price of $4.00 per share. Those shares are held by 4 non- employee
directors of Entegris and 2 former non-employee directors of Fluoroware.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In March 2000, our board adopted, subject to
shareholder approval, the Entegris, Inc. Employees Stock Purchase Plan
(Purchase Plan). A total of 4,000,000 common shares of Entegris have been
reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan is intended to
qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423 of
the Code.
The Purchase Plan provides a means by which employees may purchase common
shares of Entegris through payroll deductions. The Purchase Plan is implemented
by offerings of rights to eligible employees. Under the Purchase Plan, the
purchase period is six months, beginning on January 1 and July 1 of each
49
<PAGE>
calendar year, but the first purchase period will commence on the effective
date of this offering. Purchase dates under this Purchase Plan will occur on
the last business day of each purchase period.
Employees who participate in this Purchase Plan may contribute up to 10% of
their earnings, by having Entegris withhold part of their salary or otherwise.
The amount withheld is then used to purchase common shares of Entegris on
specified purchase dates. The price of common shares of Entegris purchased
under the Purchase Plan will be equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market
value of the common shares on the first business day of the corresponding
purchase period or the fair market value of the common shares on that purchase
date. Employees who become eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan for the
first time during an ongoing offering will be permitted to begin participating
in the Purchase Plan on the day after the next purchase date that occurs under
the offering. The price of common shares of Entegris purchased under the
Purchase Plan for employees who begin participating in the Purchase Plan during
an ongoing offering will be equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value
of the common shares on the day they begin participating in the Purchase Plan
or the fair market value of the common shares on the relevant purchase date.
Participants in this Purchase plan may reduce the amount withheld from their
pay or stop the withholding altogether at anytime. Participants can also
increase the rate of withholding from their salary, but only on the first day
of any purchase period. Employees' participation in all offerings under this
Purchase Plan will end automatically on termination of their employment.
Unless otherwise determined by our board, employees are eligible to
participate in the Purchase Plan in any given purchase period only if they are
customarily employed by us or one of our U.S. subsidiaries for at least 20
hours per week and five months per calendar year on the fifteenth day of the
month immediately prior to the first day of a purchase period. No employee
shall be eligible for the grant of any rights under the Purchase Plan if
immediately after such rights are granted, such employee will have voting power
over 5% or more of our outstanding capital shares. Eligible employees may be
granted rights only if the rights, together with any other rights granted under
employee stock purchase plans, do not permit such employees' rights to purchase
shares of Entegris to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market
value of those shares for each calendar year in which those rights are
outstanding.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The Entegris, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership
Plan (ESOP) is a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Sections
401(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Code and under Section 407(d)(6) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA). The ESOP was
originally established by Fluoroware in 1984 to purchase common stock of
Fluoroware held by Fluoroware's founder, Victor Wallestad. The ESOP purchased
shares from Wallestad in August 1984, and in August 1989 utilizing proceeds
from debt financing secured by the shares purchased. The ESOP serviced the
indebtedness with funds received as discretionary contributions from Fluoroware
and shares were allocated to participant accounts as they were released from
security upon payment of the loan.
All ESOP loans have been completely paid off since August 1994, and all
shares have been released from the security interest and fully allocated to
participant accounts as of that date. On April 25, 1997, all company
contributions were discontinued and all active participants were vested at
100%. As of June 7, 1999, the ESOP exchanged its shares of Fluoroware for
shares of Entegris in connection with the consolidation of Fluoroware and
Empak. The ESOP invests almost exclusively in Entegris common stock.
Participants in the ESOP who terminate employment with us have the right to
request distribution of the Entegris shares allocated to their accounts as of
the second August 31 following termination. Participants who terminate
employment on account of death or disability, or upon retirement after age 65
also have the right to request distribution of the Entegris shares allocated to
their accounts as of the first August 31 following termination. A terminated
participant whose accounts are worth less than $5,000 on the second August 31
after termination of employment, however, will automatically receive
distribution of the shares even if the participant does not request
distribution. Participants who are eligible to receive shares can elect to have
the shares transferred directly to their Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs).
The ESOP will be selling shares in this offering. In addition, contingent
upon the successful completion of this offering, the ESOP will be amended to
permit each ESOP participant to receive an annual distribution of
50
<PAGE>
up to 10% of the shares in such participant's account. The first opportunity to
elect such "in-service" distribution will be in or about May of 2001. ESOP
participants who are eligible to receive shares from in-service distributions
can elect to have the shares transferred directly to their IRAs.
As of February 28, 2000, the ESOP held an aggregate of 20,385,514 common
shares.
Pension Plan. We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan, the
Entegris, Inc. Pension Plan (Pension Plan), that covers eligible employees who
have completed a year of service. The Pension Plan, and the accompanying trust,
are intended to qualify as tax exempt under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the
Code. All contributions to the Pension Plan are company contributions, and are
subject to a vesting schedule. The trustee of the Pension Plan, at the
direction of each participant, invests the assets of the Pension Plan in a
number of investment options.
401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan. In addition to the Pension Plan, we
maintain the Entegris, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (401(k)
Plan), a defined contribution plan that covers eligible employees. The 401(k)
Plan, and the accompanying trust, are intended to qualify as tax exempt under
Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. Eligible employees may elect to defer a
percentage of their pre-tax gross compensation in the 401(k) Plan, subject to
the statutory annual limit. The 401(k) Plan provides that we will make matching
contributions on employee deferrals at prescribed levels. Employees are
eligible to defer a portion of their compensation to the 401(k) Plan
immediately upon their hire, but we will not match those contributions until
the employee has completed a year of service with Entegris. Participants are
fully vested in their deferrals and the matching contributions. We may also
make profit sharing contributions to the 401(k) Plan, as determined at the
discretion of our board of directors. Profit sharing contributions, if made,
are subject to a vesting schedule in the accounts of the participants. The
trustee of the 401(k) Plan, at the direction of each participant, invests the
assets of the 401(k) Plan in a number of investment options.
Employment Agreements
None of the Named Executive Officers are employed pursuant to employment
contracts with Entegris.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
Minnesota law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that we
will, subject to limitations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be
made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person's former or present
official capacity with us. We will indemnify this person against judgments,
penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses, and, subject to
limitations, we will pay or reimburse reasonable expenses before the final
disposition of the proceeding.
As permitted by Minnesota law, our articles of incorporation provide that
our directors will not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for
monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, subject to the
following exceptions:
. any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders;
. acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
. liability for illegal distributions under section 302A.559 of the
Minnesota Business Corporation Act or for civil liabilities for state
securities law violations under section 80A.23 of the Minnesota
statutes; and
. any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.
Presently, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our
directors, officers, employees or agents where indemnification will be required
or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that
might result in a claim for indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons
controlling Entegris pursuant to the foregoing provisions, We have been
informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.
51
<PAGE>
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
The following is a description of transactions since September 1, 1996, to
which we or our subsidiaries have been a party, in which the amount involved in
the transaction exceeds $60,000, and in which any of our directors, executive
officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a
direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements that
are otherwise required to be described under "Management." We believe that all
of the transactions set forth below were made on terms no less favorable to us
than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
Leases. The estate of Wayne C. Bongard is the general partner of County 17,
Chanhassen Partnership; the Waconia Partnership; and the Fleninge Partnership.
The estate of Wayne C. Bongard also controls WCB Holding LLC, a family limited
liability company formed by Wayne C. Bongard, which owns approximately 37% of
the Entegris common shares. Empak, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries, leases
its office and three production facilities from these partnerships or from
Wayne C. Bongard directly on the terms described in the following paragraphs.
Empak entered into a lease agreement with Fleninge Partnership on June 15,
1993, to lease 4.37 acres of improved commercial real estate, located at 1501
Park Road, in Chanhassen, Minnesota, with an original term from September 1,
1993 to August 31, 2001. This lease is expected to be terminated on or before
May 1, 2000, pursuant to the Real Estate Purchase and Sale Agreement described
in the next subheading. The base rent for such lease is $19,000 per month, to
be adjusted every three years based on the consumer price index.
Empak also entered into a lease agreement with County 17, Chanhassen
Partnership to lease a 95,000 sq. foot property located at 950 Lake Drive,
Chanhassen, Minnesota with a term of 15 years commencing on December 1, 1989.
The base rent is $37,600 per month and is to be adjusted periodically with
increases tied to the Twin Cities All Urban Wage Earners Cost-Of-Living Index.
This lease gives Empak the option to purchase the leased premises at the end of
the 10th year (1999) and at the end of the 15th year (2004) of the lease at the
fair market value, as determined by an appraisal of a mutually agreed upon
appraiser.
Empak entered into a lease agreement with Waconia Partnership on March 16,
1987, to lease a property in Waconia, Minnesota, until June 30, 2002. The base
rent was set at $21,791 per month, to be adjusted periodically with increases
tied to the Twin Cities All Urban Wage Earners Cost-Of-Living Index. This lease
also gives Empak the option to purchase the leased premise at the end of the
10th year (1997) and at the end of the 15th year (2002) of the lease at the
fair market value, as determined by an appraisal of a mutually agreed upon
appraiser.
Finally, Empak entered into a lease agreement with Wayne C. Bongard, now
deceased, on September 22, 1998 to lease a property in Castle Rock, Colorado,
until September 30, 2005. The base rent was set at $25,000 per month or 150% of
the amount of the monthly debt service due and payable by Mr. Bongard on
financing secured by a first lien against that property or any other financing
secured to improve the property, whichever is more. The rent could also be
increased to reflect the then current market rental rates at Mr. Bongard's
option. If Mr. Bongard and Empak disagree on the rental amount, the rental
amount will be determined by a qualified appraiser.
Under the foregoing agreements, Empak is required to pay, as additional
rent, all real estate taxes, utilities, and other related property expenses.
The additional rent totalled $1,247,000 and $901,000 for fiscal 1999 and fiscal
1998.
Purchase of Property. Entegris entered into a Real Estate Purchase and Sale
Agreement with Fleninge Partnership on March 15, 2000, to purchase the 4.37
acres of improved commercial real estate and related personal property located
at 1501 Park Road, Chanhassen, Minnesota, which Empak currently leases from the
Fleninge Partnership. The purchase price of the property, which is expected to
be purchased on or before May 1, 2000, is $2,530,000.
52
<PAGE>
Sublease Agreement. On April 28, 1997, Empak entered into a sublease
agreement with Emplast, Inc. to sublease property located in Chanhassen,
Minnesota to Emplast. Emplast is majority owned by WCB Holding LLC, our largest
shareholder, and Mark A. Bongard, one of our board members, is the Chief
Executive Officer of Emplast. Empak leases this property from County 17,
Chanhassen Partnership, which lease is described above under the subheading
"Leases." The term of the sublease ends on November 30, 2004. The base rent was
set at $550,000 per year from June 1, 1999 to May 31, 2000, and thereafter
increases $50,000 per year until the rental payment reaches the rental payment
paid by Empak for the premises. As of February 28, 2000, Emplast owed Empak
$229,170 under the sublease. This amount is included in prepaid expenses and
other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Notes Payable. On April 6, 1992, Empak issued a promissory note for
$6,000,000 in favor of Marubeni America Corporation pursuant to a loan
agreement between the parties, dated the same day, for the purpose of
constructing our Colorado facility. Interest accrues on the promissory note at
a rate of 9.0% per annum. Empak will repay the principal amount of this loan in
96 equal consecutive monthly installments and a final balloon payment of
$3,913,043, payable March 15, 2002. However, Empak has the option of extending
this final balloon payment for an additional period of 15 years. Interest
expense related to this note totaled $204,738 for the six months ended February
28, 2000.
Fluoroware issued a promissory note on January 5, 1996 in the amount of
$4,138,379 to Daniel R. Quernemoen, Chairman of the Board of Entegris, as
consideration for the redemption of 68,950 shares of Fluoroware common stock.
The note bears interest rate at the rate of 8.0% and is payable in equal
monthly installments of approximately $39,300 until January 5, 2011.
Notes Receivable. On April 15, 1999, the estate of Wayne C. Bongard executed
a promissory note in the amount of $801,347 payable to Empak, to be repaid in
equal installments over a 36 month period beginning October 15, 2001, at a rate
of interest of 8.0% per annum. At February 28, 2000, the total debt was
$801,347.
Debt Guarantees. Empak entered into a guaranty agreement with U.S. Bank
National Association (formerly known as First Bank National Association) on
March 1, 1994, to guarantee the obligations of Wayne C. Bongard, now deceased,
under the Loan Agreement by and between Mr. Bongard and U.S. Bank, dated March
1, 1994, related to the facility in Castle Rock, Colorado that is leased by
Empak. This guarantee totals $1,558,500 at February 28, 2000.
Sales to Minority Stockholder. Prior to this offering, Marubeni Corporation
held 4.15% of our outstanding shares as of February 28, 2000. In the fiscal
year 1999, sales to Marubeni Corporation accounted for 4.9% of our sales. On
December 1, 1999, Entegris and Marubeni Corporation amended their distribution
agreement to reflect the consolidation of Empak and Fluoroware into Entegris.
Pursuant to the terms of the amended agreement, we appointed Marubeni
Corporation as our exclusive distributor to sell certain of our products in
Japan. Marubeni Corporation, as distributor, agreed to use its best efforts to
sell the agreed upon products and spare parts in Japan. Unless the contract is
terminated under specific conditions, the distribution agreement expires on
February 27, 2003. Sales to Marubeni Corporation were $11,960,387 in fiscal
1999. At February 28, 2000 Entegris had receivables from Marubeni Corporation
totaling $7,540,169, which are due under normal trade terms.
Sales to Affiliated Entities. Entegris currently holds 20.8% of Metron's
outstanding shares, and in fiscal 1999, products distributed by Metron
accounted for 14.3% of our sales. In addition, Mr. Dauwalter, a supervisory
director of Metron, is Executive Vice President, Chief Operation Officer and
Director of Entegris. As a supervisory director of Metron, Mr. Dauwalter
receives yearly option grants. In connection with Mr. Dauwalter's employment
with Entegris, he entered into an agreement pursuant to which he agreed to
exercise his options to purchase common shares of Metron at our request, to
vote the shares received upon exercise of the options as directed by us and to
hold title to these shares only as a nominee on our behalf, without any
beneficial right, ownership, or interest in the shares. In addition, Mr.
Dauwalter agreed to convey
53
<PAGE>
title to the option (if this is permitted by its terms) and any shares received
upon exercise of the option to us or to sell the shares and remit the proceeds
to us upon our request.
In July 1995, Metron and Fluoroware entered into a distribution agreement.
Subsequent to the consolidation of Empak and Fluoroware to form Entegris and
pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Entegris and Metron agreed that, with
some exceptions, Metron would be the exclusive, independent distributor of some
of Entegris' products in specific countries, primarily in Europe and Asia.
Metron, as distributor, agreed to use its best efforts to sell the agreed upon
products in the designated countries. Unless the contract is terminated under
specific conditions, the contract will remain in place until July 1, 2000, and
is automatically renewed thereafter for additional terms of two years. The
contract can be terminated upon written notification given more than twelve
months prior to the expiration of the applicable term.
In September of 1997, Fluoroware entered into a distribution agreement with
T.A. Kyser Co., a wholly owned subsidiary of Metron. Pursuant to the terms of
that agreement, Fluoroware and Kyser agreed that Kyser would be stocking
distributor for specific Fluoroware gas and liquid management products in
certain U.S. states. Kyser, as distributor, agreed to use its best efforts to
stock, market and sell products within the states which comprise its territory.
The agreement is for a term of five years, expiring on August 31, 2002, and,
unless either party terminates, the agreement is renewed automatically for
successive five-year terms. Notice of termination must be given one year prior
to the expiration of the term of the agreement for termination without cause.
Termination for cause may occur at any time if specific conditions are met.
Stock Options. On February 28, 1997, Marubeni America Corporation and
Marubeni Corporation were granted Empak stock options. The grants were
immediately vested and exercisable for ten years. In connection with the
consolidation of Empak and Fluoroware to form Entegris, Marubeni America
Corporation exchanged the Empak option for an option to purchase up to 85,978
shares of Entegris common stock at an exercise price of $5.19. These options
may be exercised at any time before February 27, 2007. Similarly, Marubeni
Corporation exchanged the Empak option for an option to purchase up to 128,964
shares of Entegris common stock at an exercise price of $5.19. These options
may be exercised at any time before February 27, 2007.
Consulting Agreement. James A. Bernards, a director of Entegris, renders
consulting services to Entegris for a fee of $6,000 per month under an oral
agreement.
54
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our common shares as of February 28, 2000, and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of our common shares offered in this offering: (1) each
shareholder who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common
shares; (2) each member of our board of directors; (3) each of our Named
Executive Officers; (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group;
and (5) all selling shareholders as a group. Unless otherwise indicated, to our
knowledge, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with
respect to their common shares, except to the extent authority is shared by
spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each
shareholder is c/o Entegris, Inc., 3500 Lyman Boulevard, Chaska, Minnesota,
55318.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Beneficial
Beneficial Ownership
Ownership Number of After
Before Offering(1) Shares Offering(1)(2)
------------------------ Being ------------------
Name Shares Percent Offered Shares Percent
- ---- ---------- ------- --------- ---------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WCB Holding LLC.......... 21,580,608 36.8% 1,925,000 19,655,608 29.2%
950 Lake Drive, Chaska,
Minnesota 55317
Entegris, Inc. Employee
Stock Ownership Plan.... 20,385,514 34.7% 2,475,000 17,910,514 26.6%
James A. Bernards........ 59,310(2) * -- 59,310 *
Mark A. Bongard.......... 66,638(2)(3) * -- 66,638 *
James E. Dauwalter....... 5,556,127(4) 9.4% -- 5,556,127 8.2%
Stan Geyer............... 2,937,562(5) 5.0% -- 2,937,562 4.3%
Daniel R. Quernemoen..... 1,982,442(6) 3.4% -- 1,982,442 2.9%
Delmer M. Jensen......... 274,780(2) * -- 274,780 *
John D. Villas........... 485,163(7) * -- 485,163 *
Robert J. Boehlke........ 46,210(2) * -- 46,210 *
Roger D. McDaniel........ 48,248(8) * -- 48,248 *
All directors and
executive officers
as a group (9
persons)(9)............. 11,456,480 19.0% -- 11,456,480 16.6%
All selling shareholders
as a group.............. 41,966,122 71.5% 4,400,000 37,566,122 55.8%
</TABLE>
- --------
*Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the common shares.
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.
Applicable percentage ownership is based on 58,720,700 common shares
outstanding as of February 28, 2000 and 67,320,700 shares outstanding
immediately following the completion of this offering.
(2) The shares indicated are subject to stock options exercisable within 60
days of February 28, 2000.
(3) Mr. Bongard is Chief Manager of WBC Holding LLC and disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares held by WCB Holding LLC.
(4) Includes 4,113,542 shares held directly, 692,152 held by family members,
345,856 shares allocated to Mr. Dauwalter's individual account under the
ESOP, and an aggregate of 404,577 shares subject to stock options
exercisable within 60 days.
(5) Includes 1,724,828 shares held directly; 430,466 shares held by family
members, 360,322 shares allocated to Mr. Geyer's account under the ESOP,
and 421,946 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days.
(6) Includes 968,970 shares held directly, 393,696 held by family members,
446,088 shares allocated to Mr. Quernemoen's account under the ESOP, and
173,688 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days.
(7) Includes 157,104 shares held directly, 146,544 shares allocated to Mr.
Villas' account under the ESOP and 181,515 shares subject to options
exercisable within 60 days.
(8) Includes 13,616 shares held directly and 34,632 shares subject to options
exercisable within 60 days.
(9) Includes an aggregate of 8,494,374 shares held directly, 1,298,810 shares
allocated to all of the officers and directors' accounts under the ESOP,
and 1,663,296 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days.
55
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL SHARES
Common Stock
As of February 28, 2000, we had 58,720,700 common shares outstanding held by
83 shareholders of record. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of
February 28, 2000, and giving effect to the issuance of the common shares being
offered by us, we will have 67,320,700 common shares outstanding upon the
closing of the offering.
Holders of our common shares are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters on which shareholders are entitled or permitted to vote.
Our board of directors is divided into three classes, serving staggered three
year terms. However, there is no cumulative voting for the election of
directors. Holders of our common shares are entitled to receive dividends when
and as declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for
dividends. Our loan agreements restrict our ability to pay dividends without
the consent of our lenders. Holders of our common shares have no preemptive or
subscription rights. There are no conversion rights, redemption rights, sinking
fund provisions or fixed dividend rights with respect to our common shares. All
of our outstanding common shares are fully paid and nonassessable, and the
common shares to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid
and nonassessable. As of February 28, 2000, there were 2,936,754 common shares
of Entegris held in holdback escrow in accordance with the Consolidation
Agreement dated June 1, 1999. The escrow was established to secure certain
representations and warranties made by the former shareholders of Fluoroware
and Empak upon the combination of the companies. There have been no claims of
breach through the date of this filing. The escrow will be liquidated under the
terms of the Consolidation Agreement as of June 7, 2000.
Our directors and executive officers as a group beneficially own
approximately 19.0% of our outstanding common shares. Upon the completion of
the offering, such persons will beneficially own approximately 16.6% of our
outstanding common shares. Accordingly, such persons may be able to control our
affairs, including, without limitation, the sale of our equity or debt
securities, the appointment of officers, the determination of officers'
compensation and the determination as to whether to register outstanding
securities.
Options And Warrants
Besides options granted under employee options plans, as of February 28,
2000, Marubeni America Corporation and Marubeni Corporation hold options to
purchase an aggregate of 214,942 of our common shares at an exercise price of
$5.19. Marubeni America Corporation and Marubeni Corporation received the
grant, originally for stock of Empak as consideration for their equity interest
in EMPAK International, which was merged into Empak in February 1997. The grant
was immediately vested and exercisable for ten years. With the consolidation of
Empak and Fluoroware to form Entegris, Entegris offered to exchange warrants
and options to purchase Fluoroware and Empak stock outstanding at the time of
the consolidation for options to purchase Entegris common shares, with terms
comparable to the prior options.
Provisions of Our Articles and Bylaws and State Law with Potential Anti-
Takeover Effect
The existence of a staggered board, the requirement of a 75% shareholder
vote to change the maximum number of directors and the provisions of Minnesota
law, described below, could have an anti-takeover effect. These provisions are
intended to provide management with flexibility, to enhance the likelihood of
continuity and stability in the composition and policies of our board of
directors and to discourage an unsolicited takeover of Entegris, if our board
of director determines that the takeover is not in the best interests of
Entegris and our shareholders. However, these provisions could have the effect
of discouraging attempts to acquire Entegris, which could deprive our
shareholders of opportunities to sell their common shares at prices higher than
prevailing market prices.
Our board of directors is divided into three classes, serving staggered
three-year terms. As a result of this division, generally at least two
shareholders' meetings will be required for shareholders to effect a change in
56
<PAGE>
control of the board of directors. Also, our bylaws require the approval of 75%
of the shareholders present at a shareholders meeting to increase the maximum
number of directors to more than nine members. In addition, our bylaws contain
provisions that establish specific procedures and requirements for calling
meetings of shareholders, appointing and removing members of the board of
directors or changing the number of directors on the board.
We are governed by the provisions of Sections 302A.671 and 302A.673 of the
Minnesota Business Corporation Act, which are anti-takeover laws. In general,
Section 302A.671 provides that the shares of a corporation acquired in a
"control share acquisition" have no voting rights unless voting rights are
approved in a prescribed manner. A "control share acquisition" is an
acquisition, directly or indirectly, of beneficial ownership of shares that
would, when added to all other shares beneficially owned by the acquiring
person, entitle the acquiring person to have voting power of 20% or more in the
election of directors. In general, Section 302A.673 prohibits a publicly-held
Minnesota corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an
"interested shareholder" for a period of four years after the date of the
transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, unless the
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. "Business combination"
includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial
benefit to the interested shareholder. An "interested shareholder" is a person
who is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the
corporation's voting stock, or an affiliate or associate of the corporation
and, at any time within four years prior to the date in question, was the
beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the corporation's
voting shares.
Transfer Agent And Registrar
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., is the transfer agent and registrar for our
common shares.
57
<PAGE>
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
shares. A significant public market for the Entegris common shares may not
develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial
amounts of Entegris common shares in the public market, or the possibility of
such sales occurring, could harm prevailing market prices for the Entegris
common shares or our future ability to raise capital through an offering of
equity securities.
After this offering, and after taking into account the redemption of 317,446
common shares in March 2000, we will have outstanding 67,003,254 common shares.
Of these shares, the 8,600,000 shares to be sold in this offering (9,890,000
shares if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be
freely tradable in the public market without restriction under the Securities
Act, unless such shares are held by "affiliates" of Entegris, as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The remaining 58,403,254 shares outstanding upon completion of this offering
will be "restricted securities" as that term is defined under Rule 144. We
issued and sold the restricted shares in private transactions in reliance on
exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. Restricted shares may be
sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an
exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities
Act, as summarized below.
A total of 1,285,374 of the restricted shares are available for immediate
sale, and an additional 43,716 of the restricted shares will be available for
sale 90 days from the date of this offering. We expect that a total of
57,074,164 shares will be subject to lock-up arrangements between the
shareholders and us or the underwriters, pursuant to which, the holders of
these shares would not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or
indirectly, or announce their intention to do the same, any common shares or
security convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for any security of
Entegris for a period of 180 days from the date of this offering. However, if
the holder of the restricted shares is an individual, he or she may transfer
any such securities either during his or her lifetime or on death by will or
intestacy to his or her immediate family or to a trust the beneficiaries of
which are exclusively the holder of the securities and/or a member of his or
her immediate family. We also have entered into an agreement with the
underwriters pursuant to which we will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of
common shares for a period of 180 days from the date of this offering. The
agreement further provides that we will not file a registration statement on
Form S-8 to register our stock option and purchase plans for a period of 180
days after the effective date of this offering. On the date of the expiration
of the 180 day lock-up agreements, 6,607,668 shares will be eligible for
immediate sale without restriction, and 50,466,496 of the restricted shares
will be eligible for immediate sale, although these shares will be subject to
certain volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. In
addition, approximately 4,723,402 of our common shares are subject to
immediately exercisable options, and we expect that none of these shares will
be eligible for sale in the public market until 180 days following the date of
this prospectus.
Following the expiration of such lock-up periods, certain shares issued upon
exercise of options we granted prior to the date of this offering will also be
available for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 701 under the
Securities Act. Rule 701 permits resales of such shares in reliance upon Rule
144 under the Securities Act but without compliance with certain restrictions,
including the holding-period requirement, imposed under Rule 144. In general,
under Rule 144 as in effect at the closing of this offering, beginning 90 days
after the date of this prospectus, a person, or persons whose shares are
aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year,
including the holding period of any prior owner who is not an affiliate, would
be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that
does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of the then-outstanding common shares or
(2) the average weekly trading volume of the common shares during the four
calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale and notice
requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate at any
time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the
shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period
of any prior owner who is not an Affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares
without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume
limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
58
<PAGE>
We intend to file, 180 days after the effective date of this offering, a
registration statement on Form S-8 to register approximately 14,000,000 common
shares reserved for issuance under the Option Plan, the Directors' Plan and the
Purchase Plan. The registration statement will become effective automatically
upon filing. Shares issued under the foregoing plans, after the filing of a
registration statement on Form S-8, may be sold in the open market, subject, in
the case of certain holders, to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to
affiliates and vesting restrictions imposed by us.
59
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITING
Entegris and the selling shareholders are offering the common shares
described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Banc of America
Securities LLC, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.
Entegris and certain of the selling shareholders have entered into an
underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and
conditions of the underwriting agreement, Entegris and the selling shareholders
have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally
agreed to purchase, the number of common shares listed next to its name in the
following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number
of
Underwriter Shares
----------- ------
<S> <C>
Banc of America Securities LLC.......................................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette.........................................
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.............................................
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.......................................
------
Total..............................................................
======
</TABLE>
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered on
the terms set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may
allow to selected dealers a concession of not more than $ per share, and the
underwriters may also allow, and any other dealers may reallow, a concession of
not more than $ per share to other dealers. If all the shares are not sold at
the assumed initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the
offering price and the other selling terms. The common shares are offered
subject to receipt and acceptance by the underwriters and other conditions,
including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number of shares set
forth in the table above, they have an option to buy up to a maximum of
1,290,000 additional shares from Entegris and a maximum of 660,000 additional
shares from a selling shareholder to cover such sales. The underwriters have 30
days to exercise this option. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this
option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the
same proportion as set forth in the table above. If purchased, the underwriters
will offer such additional shares on the same terms as those on which the
shares are being offered. The following table sets forth the per share and
total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters
assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to
purchase additional shares.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
No Full
Exercise Exercise
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Per Share................................................. $ $
Total..................................................... $ $
</TABLE>
Entegris and holders of substantially all of our outstanding common shares,
including all of our executive officers and directors, as well as holders of
options to purchase common shares who are senior officers, have agreed with the
underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common shares or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period
from the date of this prospectus continuing through 180 days after the date of
this prospectus without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities
LLC. At any time and without notice, Banc of America Securities LLC may, in its
sole discretion, release all or any portion of the securities from these lock-
up agreements.
The underwriting agreement provides that Entegris and the selling
shareholders will indemnify the underwriters against liabilities set forth in
that agreement, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or will
contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make under that
agreement.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to of the common
shares offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price
to persons having business relationships with us. The number of shares of
common stock available to the general public will be reduced to the extent that
these persons
60
<PAGE>
purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved common shares that are not purchased
by such persons at the closing of the initial public offering will be offered
by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares
in the initial public offering.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell
common shares in the open market. These transactions may include:
. short sales;
. stabilizing transactions; and
. purchases to cover positions created by short sales.
Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of
shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. Stabilizing
transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares while this
offering is in progress.
The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a
particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting
discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares
sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.
The underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or
otherwise affect the price of the common shares, including:
. over-allotments;
. stabilization;
. syndicate covering transactions; and
. imposition of penalty bids.
As a result of these activities, the price of the common shares may be
higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the
underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time.
The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq National
Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed
% of the total number of common shares offered by this prospectus.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
shares of Entegris. The initial public offering price was negotiated among
Entegris and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in such
negotiations were:
. the history of, and the prospects for, Entegris and the industry in
which it competes;
. the past and present financial performance of Entegris;
. an assessment of Entegris' management;
. the present state of Entegris' development;
. the prospects for Entegris' future earnings;
. the prevailing market conditions of the applicable U.S. securities
market at the time of this offering;
. market valuations of publicly traded companies that Entegris and the
representatives believe to be comparable to Entegris; and
. other factors deemed relevant.
The total expenses related to this initial public offering of our common
shares are estimated to be $1,312,000.
61
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the issuance of the common shares offered by this prospectus
will be passed upon for Entegris by Dorsey & Whitney, LLP, Minneapolis,
Minnesota. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed
upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins, Chicago, Illinois.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets of Entegris, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
August 31, 1999, August 31, 1998 and August 31, 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the fiscal years in the three year period ended August 31, 1999, have been
included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP and Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, and upon the authority of said firms as experts in
accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement on Form S-1, including amendments to the
registration statement, relating to the common shares offered by this
prospectus has been filed by us with the SEC. This prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this
prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are
not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of
such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference. For further information with respect to us and the common shares
offered by this prospectus, reference is made to such registration statement,
exhibits and schedules. A copy of the registration statement may be inspected
by anyone without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the
SEC at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, and
copies of all or any part thereof maybe obtained from the SEC upon payment of
certain fees prescribed by the Commission. The telephone number for the public
reference facilities maintained by the SEC is (800) SEC-0330. The SEC maintains
a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements
and other information filed electronically with the SEC. The address of the
site is http://www.sec.gov.
62
<PAGE>
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Financial Statements
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors.......................................... F-2
Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 1998 and 1999 and as of
February 28, 2000...................................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended August 31,
1997, 1998 and 1999 and for the six months ended February 28, 1999 and
2000................................................................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended
August 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 and for the six months ended February
28, 2000............................................................... F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended August 31,
1997, 1998 and 1999 and for the six months ended February 28, 1999 and
2000................................................................... F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-8
<CAPTION>
Financial Schedules
<S> <C>
Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.......................... F-23
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors
Entegris, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Entegris,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 1999, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the year
then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
represent fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Entegris,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 1999, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
We previously audited and reported on the consolidated balance sheet of
Fluoroware, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 1998 and the related
consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the years in
the two-year period ended August 31, 1998, prior to their restatement for the
1999 pooling-of-interests. The total assets of Fluoroware, Inc. and
subsidiaries at August 31, 1998 represented 67% of the restated totals. The
contribution of Fluoroware, Inc. and subsidiaries to revenues and net income
represented 60 percent and 37 percent in 1997, and 57 percent and 15 percent in
1998, of the respective restated totals. Separate financial statements of the
other company, Empak, Inc. and subsidiaries, included in the 1998 Entegris,
Inc. consolidated balance sheet and the 1997 and 1998 consolidated statements
of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows were audited and reported on
separately by other auditors whose report dated October 8, 1998 expressed an
unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
We also audited the combination of the accompanying consolidated financial
statements for the years ended August 31, 1997 and 1998, after restatement for
the 1999 pooling of interests. In our opinion, such consolidated statements
have been properly combined on the basis described in Note 1 of the notes to
the consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota October 27, 1999, except as to notes 7 and 21,
which are as of December 22, 1999 and March 31, 2000
F-2
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To Empak, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Empak, Inc. (a Minnesota
corporation) and Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1998, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the years ended August 31, 1998 and 1997, not presented separately
herein. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted accounting
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above, not separately
presented herein, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Empak, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1998, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years ended August 31,
1998 and 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
Denver, Colorado
October 8, 1998
F-3
<PAGE>
ENTEGRIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
August 31
------------------ February 28,
1998 1999 2000
-------- -------- ------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................... $ 8,235 $ 16,411 $ 25,029
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance
for doubtful accounts of $1,322, $1,205 and
$1,311, respectively....................... 30,832 34,795 40,849
Trade accounts receivable due from
affiliates 6,646 8,099 16,512
Inventories................................. 36,935 35,047 35,132
Refundable income taxes..................... 2,395 -- --
Deferred tax assets......................... 6,688 6,276 6,241
Other current assets........................ 4,890 4,737 5,805
-------- -------- --------
Total current assets....................... 96,621 105,365 129,568
-------- -------- --------
Property, plant and equipment, net............ 133,323 117,624 112,200
Other assets:
Investments in affiliates................... 13,013 10,421 13,576
Intangible assets, less accumulated
amortization of $2,236, $3,217 and $3,811,
respectively............................... 7,368 6,318 8,389
Investments in marketable securities........ 387 860 1,067
Other....................................... 2,229 1,476 1,740
-------- -------- --------
Total assets............................... $252,941 $242,064 $266,540
======== ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt........ $ 8,685 $ 6,566 $ 6,336
Current maturities of capital lease
obligations................................ 2,333 2,642 2,430
Short-term borrowings....................... 10,019 8,439 8,021
Accounts payable............................ 12,568 10,548 14,162
Accrued liabilities......................... 21,239 26,780 28,723
Income tax payable.......................... -- 1,530 392
-------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities.................. 54,844 56,505 60,064
-------- -------- --------
Long-term debt, less current maturities....... 67,547 48,023 46,274
Capital lease obligations, less current
maturities................................... 5,695 5,807 4,496
Deferred tax liabilities...................... 5,255 6,139 8,982
Minority interest in subsidiaries............. 1,201 907 3,755
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, par value $.01; 200,000,000
shares authorized.
Issued and outstanding shares; 30,276,614,
29,999,979 and 58,720,700, respectively.... 303 300 587
Additional paid-in capital.................. 15,066 15,066 14,853
Retained earnings........................... 105,351 109,385 127,759
Accumulated other comprehensive loss........ (2,321) (68) (230)
-------- -------- --------
Total shareholders' equity................. 118,399 124,683 142,969
-------- -------- --------
Commitments and contingent liabilities
-------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and shareholders'
equity.................................... $252,941 $242,064 $266,540
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
ENTEGRIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months Ended
Year Ended August 31, February 28,
---------------------------- ------------------
1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales................... $277,290 $266,591 $241,952 $111,590 $156,662
Cost of sales............... 161,732 156,508 148,106 72,026 85,260
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit.............. 115,558 110,083 93,846 39,564 71,402
Selling, general and
administrative expenses.... 62,384 65,536 64,336 28,896 34,962
Engineering, research and
development expenses....... 17,986 19,912 14,565 7,571 6,234
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating profit.......... 35,188 24,635 14,945 3,097 30,206
Interest expense, net....... 6,652 6,995 5,498 3,040 2,020
Other (income) expense,
net........................ 2,201 (273) (1,850) (1,312) (6,282)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes
and other items below.... 26,335 17,913 11,297 1,369 34,468
Income tax expense.......... 10,578 4,536 4,380 89 11,589
Equity in net (income) loss
of affiliates.............. (1,750) 119 1,587 1,196 (582)
Minority interest in
subsidiaries' net income
(loss)..................... 572 176 (399) (15) 348
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income................ $ 16,934 $ 13,083 $ 5,729 $ 100 $ 23,113
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Earnings per common share:
Basic..................... $ 0.28 $ 0.22 $ 0.10 $ 0.00 $ 0.39
Diluted................... $ 0.27 $ 0.21 $ 0.09 $ 0.00 $ 0.36
</TABLE>
See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
ENTEGRIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Common Stock
-------------- Accumulated
Number Additional Other
of Paid-in Retained Comprehensive Comprehensive
Shares Amount Capital Earnings Income (Loss) Total income
------ ------ ---------- -------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at August 31,
1996................... 29,269 $293 $ 2,743 $ 80,129 $ (462) $ 82,703
Repurchase and
retirement of
shares............... (385) (4) -- (2,221) -- (2,225)
Issuance of stock for
merger............... 1,210 12 10,719 -- -- 10,731
Shares issues pursuant
to stock options
exercised............ 293 3 337 -- -- 340
Options granted below
fair value........... -- -- 968 -- -- 968
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment........... -- -- -- -- (278) (278) $ (278)
Increase in unrealized
holding gain on
marketable
securities........... -- -- -- -- 209 209 209
Net income............ -- -- -- 16,934 -- 16,934 16,934
-------
Total comprehensive
income............... $16,865
------ ---- ------- -------- -------- -------- =======
Balance at August 31,
1997................... 30,387 304 14,767 94,842 (531) 109,382
Repurchase and
retirement of
shares............... (405) (4) -- (2,574) -- (2,578)
Shares issues pursuant
to stock options
exercised............ 295 3 299 -- -- 302
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment........... -- -- -- (1,622) (1,622) $(1,622)
Decrease in unrealized
holding gain on
marketable
securities........... -- -- -- -- (168) (168) (168)
Net income............ -- -- -- 13,083 -- 13,083 13,083
-------
Total comprehensive
income............... $11,293
------ ---- ------- -------- -------- -------- =======
Balance at August 31,
1998................... 30,277 303 15,066 105,351 (2,321) 118,399
Repurchase and
retirement of
shares............... (277) (3) -- (1,107) -- (1,110)
Dilution of ownership
on equity
investment........... -- -- -- (588) -- (588)
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment........... -- -- -- -- 1,792 1,792 $ 1,792
Increase in unrealized
holding gain on
marketable
securities........... -- -- -- -- 461 461 461
Net income............ -- -- -- 5,729 -- 5,729 5,729
-------
Total comprehensive
income............... $ 7,982
------ ---- ------- -------- -------- -------- =======
Balance at August 31,
1999................... 30,000 300 15,066 109,385 (68) 124,683
Repurchase and
retirement of shares
(unaudited).......... (662) (6) -- (8,262) -- (8,268)
Shares issues pursuant
to stock options
exercised
(unaudited).......... 22 -- 80 -- -- 80
Dilution of ownership
on investments
(unaudited).......... -- -- -- 3,523 -- 3,523
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment
(unaudited).......... -- -- -- -- (138) (138) $ (138)
Decrease in unrealized
holding gain on
marketable securities
(unaudited).......... -- -- -- -- (24) (24) (24)
Net income
(unaudited).......... -- -- -- 24,113 -- 24,113 24,113
Stock split adjustment
(unaudited).......... 29,361 293 (293) -- -- --
-------
Total comprehensive
income (unaudited)... $23,951
------ ---- ------- -------- -------- -------- =======
Balance at February 28,
2000 (unaudited)....... 58,721 $587 $14,853 $128,759 $ (230) $143,969
====== ==== ======= ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
ENTEGRIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months
Ended February
Year Ended August 31, 28,
------------------------- ----------------
1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating Activities:
Net income....................... $16,934 $13,083 $ 5,729 $ 100 $23,113
Adjustments to reconcile net
income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization.. 23,395 26,591 28,810 13,670 13,369
Asset impairment............... -- 425 1,996 -- 1,287
Provision for doubtful
accounts...................... 404 57 213 245 106
Provision for deferred income
taxes......................... 261 667 1,296 -- 2,879
Stock option compensation
expense....................... 968 -- -- -- --
Equity in net (income) loss of
affiliates.................... (1,750) 119 1,587 1,196 (582)
Loss (gain) on sale of property
and equipment................. 112 (360) 543 (16) 611
Gain on sale of investment in
affiliate..................... -- -- -- -- (5,468)
Minority interest in
subsidiaries' net income
(loss)........................ 572 176 (399) (15) 348
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable..... (3,703) 8,096 (5,629) (1,516) (14,308)
Inventories................... (4,402) 7,122 1,888 2,624 (85)
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities.................. 4,771 (11,685) 3,520 1,611 5,217
Other current assets.......... (8,807) 5,457 152 (3,887) (1,067)
Accrued income taxes.......... 798 (4,094) 3,925 (353) (1,119)
Other......................... (1,064) 255 (222) (400) (139)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by
operating activities....... 28,491 45,909 43,409 13,259 24,162
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Investing Activities:
Acquisition of property and
equipment....................... (44,928) (33,512) (10,079) (5,178) (7,323)
Purchase of intangible assets.... (695) (618) (621) (21) (2,013)
Proceeds from sales of property
and equipment................... 315 343 1,285 493 290
Proceeds from sale of investment
in affiliate.................... -- -- -- -- 7,399
(Decrease) increase in investment
in affiliates................... (1,012) (213) 159 -- (1,840)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing
activities................. (46,321) (34,000) (9,256) (4,706) (3,487)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Financing Activities:
Principal payments on short-term
borrowings and long-term debt... (9,507) (28,567) (32,339) (14,165) (6,155)
Proceeds from short-term
borrowings and long-term debt... 29,193 15,895 6,382 2,373 2,312
Issuance of common stock......... 389 302 -- -- 80
Repurchase of common stock....... (2,225) (2,578) (1,110) (1,110) (8,268)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used
in) financing activities... 17,851 (14,948) (27,067) (12,902) (12,031)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Effect of exchange rate changes
on cash and cash equivalents.... 82 (80) 1,090 940 (26)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
(Decrease) increase in cash
and cash equivalents....... 103 (3,119) 8,176 (3,409) 8,618
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period............. 11,251 11,354 8,235 8,235 16,411
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end
of period....................... $11,354 $ 8,235 $16,411 $ 4,825 $25,029
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-7
<PAGE>
ENTEGRIS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a) Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
Entegris, Inc. (the Company) is a worldwide leader in providing advanced
materials management products using polymers developed for applications in the
microelectronics industry and other targeted markets. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its
wholly owned subsidiaries, Fluoroware, Inc., Empak, Inc., Fluoroware Jamaica,
Ltd. and Empak Bermuda, both foreign sales corporations (FSC), Fluoroware PEI,
Inc., Empak GmbH, Fluoroware Europa GmbH, Empak Hanbal Korea, Empak Korea Yuhan
Hoesa, Empak UK, and Empak Malaysia. The results of operations of Nippon
Fluoroware K.K., a 90% owned subsidiary, Fluoroware GmbH, a 90% owned
subsidiary, Fluoroware Southeast Asia Pte Ltd., a 70% owned subsidiary;
Fluoroware Valqua Japan K.K., a 51% owned subsidiary, and Unified Container
Solutions, Inc., an 80% owned subsidiary of the Company, have also been
consolidated with the Company's results. See Notes 21 and 22 regarding
transactions subsequent to August 31, 1999 which affect certain of preceding
information.
The Company's fiscal year is a 52 or 53 week period ending on the last
Saturday in August. Fiscal years 1997, 1998 and 1999 ended on August 30, 1997,
August 29, 1998 and August 28, 1999, respectively. For convenience, the
accompanying financial statements have been presented as ending on the last day
of the month.
The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the six months
ended February 28, 1999 and 2000, have been prepared on the same basis as the
audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all
normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial
information set forth therein, in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. The results of operations for the six months ended February 28,
2000 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for
the year ended August 31, 2000.
(b) Business Combination
On June 7, 1999, Fluoroware, Inc. and Empak, Inc. completed a business
combination which resulted in the formation of Entegris, Inc., a new
corporation formed for the purpose of effecting the business combination.
Entegris, Inc. issued 36 million shares of its common stock in exchange for
100% of the outstanding shares of Fluoroware, Inc. and 24 million shares in
exchange for 100% of the outstanding shares of Empak, Inc.
For financial reporting purposes, the business combination has been recorded
using the pooling-of-interests method of accounting under generally accepted
accounting principles. Accordingly, the historical financial statements of
Entegris, Inc. include the historical accounts and results of operations of
Empak, Inc. and subsidiaries and Fluoroware, Inc. and subsidiaries as if the
business combination had been in effect for all periods presented.
F-8
<PAGE>
The results of operations for the separate companies and combined amounts
presented in the consolidated financial statements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales:
Fluoroware, Inc............................. $165,772 152,805 141,758
Empak, Inc.................................. 111,518 113,786 100,194
-------- ------- -------
Combined.................................. $277,290 266,591 241,952
======== ======= =======
Net income before merger-related expenses,
impairment of asset charges and adjustments
recorded to conform accounting methods:
Fluoroware, Inc............................. $ 6,056 1,940 149
Empak, Inc.................................. 10,741 11,414 9,843
-------- ------- -------
Combined.................................. $ 16,797 13,354 9,992
======== ======= =======
Net income (loss):
Fluoroware, Inc............................. $ 6,202 1,724 (3,630)
Empak, Inc.................................. 10,732 11,359 9,359
-------- ------- -------
Combined.................................. $ 16,934 13,083 5,729
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
Adjustments to conform the companies' methods of depreciation reduced
combined net income for the years ended August 31, 1998 and 1999 by
approximately $0.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
Expenses related to the business combination were approximately $3.6 million
for 1999, of which approximately $2.6 million is in accrued liabilities at
August 31, 1999. In addition, the Company recorded asset impairment charges
related to the business combination of approximately $1.3 million during 1999.
(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits, and short-
term investments with original maturities of three months or less.
(d) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by
the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for approximately 78% and 73% of total
inventories at August 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Inventories not valued
at LIFO are recorded using the first-in, first-out method.
(e) Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant, and equipment are carried at cost and are depreciated
principally on the straight-line method. When assets are retired or disposed
of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the
accounts, and gains or losses are recognized in the same period. Maintenance
and repairs are expensed as incurred; significant renewals and betterments are
capitalized.
(f) Capitalized Software
The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with significant software
obtained and developed for internal use. Certain costs are capitalized when
both the preliminary project stage is completed and management
F-9
<PAGE>
deems the project will be completed and used to perform the intended function.
Capitalization of such costs ceases no later than the point at which the
project is substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose.
Capitalized software costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of
the project which is generally 4 to 5 years. Capitalized software of
approximately $4.6 million was included in office furniture and equipment as of
August 31, 1998 and 1999.
(g) Investments in Non-consolidated Affiliates
The Company accounts for its investments in its 30.0% and 20.8% owned
affiliates, FJV (Korea) Ltd. and Metron Technology N.V. (Metron) (see Note 21),
respectively, using the equity method. The Company's investment in Metron is
accounted for using a three-month lag due to Metron's May year end.
(h) Intangible Assets
Patents, trademarks and goodwill are carried at cost, less accumulated
amortization, and are being amortized over 5 to 17 year periods, using the
straight-line method. Costs associated with bond and debt issuance are carried
at cost, less accumulated amortization, and are being amortized on a straight-
line basis over the life of the applicable bond or debt instrument, which is 10
to 15 years.
The carrying value of intangible assets is reviewed when circumstances
suggest that there has been possible impairment. If this review indicates that
intangible assets will not be recoverable based on the estimated undiscounted
cash flows over the remaining amortization period, the carrying value of
intangible assets is reduced to estimated fair value.
(i) Investments in Marketable Securities
Certain of the Company's investments are classified as available-for-sale,
and accordingly, any unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, are
excluded from income, and recognized as a separate component of shareholders'
equity until realized. Fair market value of the securities is determined based
on published market prices. At August 31, 1999, the gross unrealized gains on
marketable securities were $0.5 million.
(j) Foreign Currency Translation
Except for certain foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is the
United States dollar, assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are
translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates.
Income statement amounts are translated at the weighted average exchange rates
for the year. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are
included in net income. For certain foreign subsidiaries whose functional
currency is the United States dollar, currency gains and losses resulting from
translation are determined using a combination of current and historical rates
and are reported as a component of net income.
(k) Revenue Recognition/Concentration of Risk
Revenue and the related cost of sales are recognized upon shipment of the
products. The Company provides for estimated returns and warranty obligations
when the revenue is recorded. The Company sells its products to semiconductor
manufacturing companies throughout the world. The Company performs continuing
credit evaluations of its customers and, generally, does not require
collateral. Letters of credit may be required from its customers in certain
circumstances. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts which
management believes is adequate to cover any losses on trade receivables.
Certain of the materials included in the Company's products are obtained
from a single source or a limited group of suppliers. Although the Company
seeks to reduce dependence on those sole and limited source suppliers, the
partial or complete loss of certain of these sources could have at least a
temporary adverse effect
F-10
<PAGE>
on the Company's results of operations. Furthermore, a significant increase in
the price of one or more of these components could adversely affect the
Company's results of operations.
(l) Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are provided in amounts sufficient to give effect to
temporary differences between financial and tax reporting. The Company accounts
for tax credits as reductions of income tax expense in the year in which such
credits are allowable for tax purposes.
The Company utilizes the asset and liability method for computing its
deferred income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax
assets and liabilities are based on the temporary difference between the
financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and the enacted tax
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
(m) Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles are reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable based on estimated future
undiscounted cash flows. The Company recorded impairment charges on molds of
approximately $0.4 million and $1.4 million for 1998 and 1999, respectively. In
addition, the Company recorded impairment losses on equipment of approximately
$0.6 million for 1999. All impairment losses are included in the Company's
selling, general and administrative expenses.
(n) Earnings per Share
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and all potential
dilutive securities outstanding. The dilutive effect of options is determined
under the treasury stock method and is included only where the effect would be
dilutive.
(o) Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(p) Stock-based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under Accounting
Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees. APB No. 25 requires compensation cost to be recorded on the date of
the grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeds the
exercise price. The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-based Compensation.
(q) Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income (loss) represents the change in shareholders' equity
resulting from other than shareholder investments and distributions. The
Company's foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and
losses on marketable securities are included in accumulated comprehensive
income (loss). The effect of deferred taxes on other comprehensive income
(loss) is not material.
F-11
<PAGE>
(r) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 1998, FASB issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities, which, as amended, becomes effective for
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. The pronouncement requires
companies to record derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities,
measured at fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the value of
those derivatives would be accounted for depending on the use of derivatives
and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. The Company is presently
analyzing this statement and the impact, if any, on the Company's financial
statements.
In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) released
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements. This bulletin summarizes certain interpretations and practices
followed by the SEC in administering the disclosure requirements of the federal
securities laws in applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue
recognition in financial statements. The Company believes this bulletin will
not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
(2) Acquisitions
On April 30, 1998, the Company acquired all the common stock of Hanbal
Korea, a Korean corporation, for a nominal amount. Subsequent to the
acquisition, the Company contributed additional capital of $2.3 million. The
acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The
excess of the purchase price over the net book value of the common stock
acquired was $0.8 million and was allocated to goodwill. Results of operations
of Hanbal Korea are included in the consolidated financial statements
subsequent to April 30, 1998.
On January 26, 1998, the Company acquired an additional 37.5% interest in
Nippon Fluoroware K.K. for $0.9 million.
(3) Inventories
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials.......................................... $ 7,564 $ 7,194
Work-in-process........................................ 876 4,377
Finished goods......................................... 28,161 22,703
Supplies............................................... 334 773
-------- -------
$ 36,935 $35,047
======== =======
</TABLE>
If the first-in, first-out (FIFO) cost method had been used by the company,
inventories would have been $4.5 million and $4.9 million higher at August 29,
1998 and August 28, 1999, respectively.
During fiscal 1998 and 1999, inventory quantities were reduced, which
resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory layers carried at lower costs than
those prevailing in prior years. The effect of this liquidation was to increase
income before income taxes in fiscal 1998 and 1999 by approximately $1.0
million and $1.6 million, respectively.
F-12
<PAGE>
(4) Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant, and equipment, together with annual depreciation lives,
consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
1998 1999 Useful Lives
--------- -------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Land...................................... $ 6,268 $ 7,307
Buildings and improvements................ 53,117 55,349 5-35
Manufacturing equipment................... 80,127 77,625 5-10
Molds..................................... 65,174 68,352 3-5
Office furniture and equipment............ 32,213 34,291 3-8
--------- --------
236,900 242,924
Less accumulated depreciation............. 103,577 125,300
--------- --------
$ 133,323 $117,624
========= ========
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense was $22.9 million, $25.6 million and $27.8 million in
1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
(5) Investments in Affiliates
The investment in Metron was reduced from 37.5% to 32.8% in 1999 due to the
dilution of ownership resulting from an acquisition by Metron. The Company
recorded this $0.6 million reduction in its investment through retained
earnings in fiscal 1999. This ownership percentage was further reduced in
November 1999 as explained in Note 22. A summary of assets, liabilities, and
results of operations for Metron, a 32.8% owned affiliate accounted for using
the equity method, is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
May 31,
-----------------
1998 1999
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Current assets........................................ $ 97,859 $ 86,713
Noncurrent assets, net................................ 16,302 12,912
Current liabilities................................... 73,390 64,930
Noncurrent liabilities................................ 2,722 2,743
-------- --------
Total shareholders' equity........................ $ 38,049 $ 31,952
======== ========
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Years
Ended May 31,
-----------------
1998 1999
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Net sales............................................. $275,024 $228,121
-------- --------
Net income (loss)..................................... $ 1,102 $ (4,534)
======== ========
</TABLE>
Metron operates mainly in Europe, Asia Pacific, and the United States. Sales
to Metron were $34.6 million, $31.8 million and $34.6 million in 1997, 1998 and
1999, respectively. Trade accounts receivable relating to these sales as of
August 31, 1998 and 1999 were $6.6 million and $8.1 million, respectively.
The Company also has a 30% investment in FJV (Korea) Ltd. Neither this
investment nor FJV (Korea) Ltd.'s financial statements are material.
F-13
<PAGE>
(6) Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Payroll and related benefits............................ $ 8,061 $ 6,896
Insurance............................................... 1,440 2,248
Taxes, other than income taxes.......................... 1,384 1,472
Pension................................................. 2,377 3,218
Interest................................................ 829 570
Other................................................... 7,148 12,376
-------- -------
$ 21,239 $26,780
======== =======
</TABLE>
(7) Long-term Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Unsecured senior notes payable in various semiannual
principal installments, including semiannual interest
installments at 7.42% through February 2011.............. $20,000 $19,200
Unsecured reducing revolving commitments with two
commercial banks for aggregate borrowing of $35,833 with
interest only payable monthly at 6.43% to 8.50% during
1999, based on a factor of the banks' reference rates.... 13,400 --
Stock redemption notes payable in various installments
along with monthly interest of 6%, 8%, and 9% through
December 2010............................................ 9,112 8,490
Unsecured senior notes payable in various quarterly
principal installments, including monthly interest
installments at 9.46% through February 2005.............. 8,900 8,400
Mortgage loans payable in monthly installments of $55
including principal and interest at 8.75% and 9.95%
through July 2000 and July 2008; secured by land and
buildings................................................ 2,758 2,331
Commercial loans payable on a monthly basis in principal
installments of $271, with interest ranging from 1.925%
to 9.0% and various maturities through September 2015.... 7,929 5,391
Commercial loan payable on a semiannual basis in principal
installments of $252 and interest ranging from 4.9% to 6%
and various maturities through December 2007............. 4,446 3,416
Industrial Revenue Bonds payable on a semiannual basis
with principal installments of $50 through October 2012,
and variable interest ranging from 3.10% to 4.35%........ 1,550 1,450
Note payable to Marubeni Corporation, interest at 9.07%,
due monthly; balloon payment of $3,913 due March 2002;
secured by building...................................... 4,804 4,543
Other..................................................... 3,333 1,368
------- -------
Total..................................................... 76,232 54,589
Less current maturities................................... 8,685 6,566
------- -------
$67,547 $48,023
======= =======
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
Annual maturities of long-term debt as of August 31, 1999, are as follows
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended August 31,
<S> <C>
2000........................................................... $ 6,566
2001........................................................... 6,791
2002........................................................... 9,167
2003........................................................... 4,927
2004........................................................... 5,434
Thereafter..................................................... 21,703
--------
$ 54,589
========
</TABLE>
Subsequent to year end through December 22, 1999, the Company signed new
debt agreements which replaced the unsecured senior notes payable and the
unsecured reducing revolving commitments. These new agreements contain
substantially identical terms as the former agreements. The new agreements
require the Company to maintain certain quarterly financial covenants beginning
with the quarter ending February 28, 2000.
(8) Short-term Bank Borrowings
The Company has a revolving commitment with three commercial banks for
aggregate borrowings of $25 million with interest at the LIBOR rate (5.4% at
August 31, 1999), plus 2.0%, or at prime (8.25% at August 31, 1999). During
1999 interest ranged between 7.75% and 8.5%. The balance outstanding under this
commitment was $5.0 million and $0 at August 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
The Company has entered into line of credit agreements with six
international commercial banks, which provide for aggregate borrowings of 5.1
million Deutsche marks, 5.0 million Malaysia ringgits, 0.5 million Singapore
dollars and 850 million yen for its foreign subsidiaries, which is equivalent
to $12.0 million as of August 31, 1999. Interest rates for these facilities are
based on a factor of the banks' reference rates and ranged from 1.625% to 9.5%
during 1999. Borrowings outstanding under these line of credit agreements at
August 31, 1998 and 1999, were $5.0 million and $8.4 million, respectively.
(9) Lease Commitments
The Company is obligated under noncancellable lease agreements for certain
equipment and buildings. Future minimum lease payments for all capital and
operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year at
August 31, 1999 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Operating Capital Total
Year Ended August 31, --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
2000.............................................. $ 4,359 $ 3,150 $ 7,508
2001.............................................. 3,491 2,836 6,328
2002.............................................. 2,387 1,433 3,820
2003.............................................. 1,205 707 1,911
2004.............................................. 1,212 489 1,701
Thereafter........................................ 1,247 1,120 2,368
------- ------- -------
Total minimum lease payments.................... $13,900 $ 9,735 $23,636
======= ======= =======
Less amount representing interest imputed at rates
ranging
from 5% to 9%.................................... 1,286
-------
Capital lease obligations, including current
maturities
of $2,641...................................... $ 8,449
=======
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE>
Equipment under capital lease is summarized as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Cost.................................................... $14,163 $16,367
Less accumulated depreciation........................... 4,632 6,145
------- -------
$ 9,530 $10,222
======= =======
</TABLE>
Total rental expense for all equipment and building operating leases was
$2.5 million, $4.3 million and $6.1 million in 1997, 1998 and 1999,
respectively. See note 20(a) for related party leases included above.
(10) Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net consists of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest expense................................. $ 6,747 $ 7,111 $ 6,441
Less interest income............................. 95 116 943
------- ------- -------
Interest expense, net.......................... $ 6,652 $ 6,995 $ 5,498
======= ======= =======
(11) Other Income (Expense), net
Other income (expense), net consists the following (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Gain (loss) on sale of property and equipment.... $ (112) $ 1,225 $ (543)
Gain (loss) on foreign currency exchange......... -- (904) 1,121
Other, net....................................... (2,089) (48) 1,272
------- ------- -------
$(2,201) $ 273 $ 1,850
======= ======= =======
(12) Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income taxes was derived from the following sources (in
thousands):
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Domestic......................................... $26,974 $16,634 $ 7,592
Foreign.......................................... (639) 1,279 3,705
------- ------- -------
$26,335 $17,913 $11,297
======= ======= =======
Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized as follows (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal........................................ $ 8,541 $ 2,919 $ 2,790
State.......................................... 1,018 876 495
Foreign........................................ 842 280 1,343
------- ------- -------
10,401 4,075 4,628
------- ------- -------
Deferred:
Federal........................................ 150 546 (264)
State.......................................... 27 (85) 16
------- ------- -------
177 461 (248)
------- ------- -------
$10,578 $ 4,536 $ 4,380
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-16
<PAGE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at August 31,
1998 and 1999 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Net current deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts....................... $ 1,056 $ 749
Inventory reserve..................................... 2,284 2,449
Accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes.... 3,008 2,549
Other, net............................................ 340 529
------- -------
Total current deferred tax assets................... 6,688 6,276
------- -------
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
Accelerated depreciation.............................. (5,841) (7,098)
Capital leases........................................ (502) (519)
DISC earnings......................................... (967) (860)
Accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes.... 914 453
Other, net............................................ 1,141 1,886
------- -------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities................ (5,255) (6,139)
------- -------
Net deferred tax assets............................. $ 1,433 $ 137
======= =======
</TABLE>
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers
whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized. Based upon the level of historical taxable income
and projections for future taxable income over the periods during which
deferred tax assets are deductible, the Company believes it is more likely than
not that the benefit of these deductible differences will be realized.
Actual income tax expense differs from the expected amounts based upon the
statutory federal tax rates as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Expected federal income tax at statutory rate............ 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal tax effect............ 2.8 2.5 2.9
Effect of foreign source income.......................... 2.7 2.1 6.3
Foreign sales corporation income not subject to tax...... (4.1) (5.5) (6.2)
Research tax credit...................................... (2.6) (5.2) (3.1)
Foreign losses not previously benefited.................. -- (5.1) --
Discontinued use of domestic sales corporation........... 2.4 -- --
Other items, net......................................... 4.0 1.5 3.9
---- ---- ----
40.2% 25.3% 38.8%
==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
(13) Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust
Entegris maintains an Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (ESOT).
In August 1985, the ESOT purchased 23,158,464 shares of common stock of the
Company from a shareholder. The ESOT borrowed funds, guaranteed by the Company,
for $3.6 million and obtained additional contributions to fund this purchase in
October 1985. In August 1989, the ESOT borrowed additional funds of $1.2
million guaranteed by the Company, to purchase an additional 4,631,692 shares
of common stock from a stockholder.
Employer contributions to the ESOT are determined from time to time by the
Board of Directors at its discretion, and are made without regard to the
profits of the Company. Contributions shall not exceed the
F-17
<PAGE>
amount allowable by the Internal Revenue Code. No contributions were made to
the ESOT for 1997, 1998 or 1999.
Employer contributions are allocated to separate accounts maintained for
each participant in the proportion that the total qualified compensation of
each participant bears to the total qualified compensation for all
participants. Each participant's account is adjusted, at least annually, to
reflect investment gains or losses.
The ESOT shares were 23,833,718 and 23,253,598 as of August 31, 1998 and
1999, respectively.
The ESOT plan contains a put option, whereby the Company agrees to purchase
the vested shares distributed to terminated participants or their estates, at
the appraised value of the shares as of the second August 31 following
termination, or after the first August 31 upon death, disability, or attainment
of age 65. The fair value of shares was estimated by an independent appraiser
to be $3.15, $2.01 and $6.25 as of August 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999,
respectively.
On August 20, 1998, the Board of Directors approved a change to the
distribution procedures, whereby a corporate bylaw restriction was eliminated.
The impact of this restriction elimination allows participants (beneficiaries
and alternate payees) to receive their distribution in Company stock. This
change was effective for distributions based on the August 31, 1998 valuation.
(14) Pension and 401(k) Savings Plans
Entegris, Inc. has a defined contribution pension plan covering eligible
employees. Contributions under this plan are determined by a formula set forth
in the plan agreement. Total pension costs for 1997, 1998 and 1999 related to
this plan were $2.2 million, $1.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively.
The Company maintains 401(k) employee savings plans (the Plans) that qualify
as deferred salary arrangements under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code. Under the Plans, eligible employees may defer a portion of their pretax
wages, up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. The
Company matches 50% of the employee's contribution, up to a maximum of 6% of
the employee's eligible wages. The Board of Directors may, at its discretion,
declare a profit sharing contribution in addition to the matching contribution,
but all contributions are limited to the maximum amount deductible for federal
income tax purposes. The employer profit sharing and matching contribution
expense under the Plans was $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.8 million in
1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
(15)Stock Option Plans
In August 1999, Entegris, Inc. established the Entegris, Inc. 1999 Long-Term
Incentive and Stock Option Plan (the 1999 Plan) and the Entegris, Inc. Outside
Directors' Stock Option Plan (the Directors' Plan). These plans replaced
similar plans in effect prior to the business combination described in Note
1(b). The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be granted under the
plans is 9,000,000 and 1,000,000, respectively. The Plans state that the
exercise price for these shares shall not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of the common stock on the date of grant of such option.
On February 12, 1998, 10-year stock options were granted at a price equal to
the most recent fair market appraised value. Some of the options became
immediately exercisable while others are exercisable on a cumulative basis at a
rate of 25% per year.
Prior to the effective date of this offering, the Company intends to amend
the Directors' Plan so that each outside director shall automatically be
granted an option to purchase 15,000 shares upon the date the individual
becomes a director. Annually, each outside director will automatically be given
an option to purchase 6,000 shares. Options will be exercisable six months
subsequent to the date of grant. The term of the option shall be ten years. The
Plan states that the exercise price for these shares shall not be less than
100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant of such
option.
F-18
<PAGE>
Option activity for the 1999 Plan and the Directors' Plan is summarized as
follows (shares in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Number of Option Number of Option Number of Option
shares price shares price shares price
--------- ------ --------- ------ --------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Options outstanding,
beginning
of year................ 1,952 $1.46 1,810 $1.43 6,010 $2.72
Granted............... 92 1.37 4,610 3.15 -- --
Canceled.............. (234) 1.50 (410) 2.01 (111) 2.57
----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Options outstanding, end
of year................ 1,810 $1.43 6,010 $2.72 5,899 $2.72
===== ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
Options exercisable, end
of year................ 452 $1.38 2,769 $2.45 3,855 $2.54
===== ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
Options available for
grant, end
of year................ 8,190 3,990 4,101
===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
At August 31, 1999, the exercise price for 4,454,000 options outstanding,
with a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.5 years, was $3.15 and
the exercise prices for 1,445,000 options outstanding, with a weighted average
remaining life of 6.5 years, ranged from $0.96 to $1.50. At August 31, 1999,
2,527,000 options were exercisable at $3.15 and 1,328,000 options were
excercisable at prices ranging from $0.96 to $1.50. No options were exercised
in 1997, 1998 or 1999.
The Company determined pro forma compensation expense under the provisions
of SFAS No. 123 using the Black-Scholes pricing model and the following
assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
5 Year 8 Year 10 Year
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Expected dividend yield................... 0% 0% 0%
Expected stock price volatility........... 0% 0% 0%
Risk-free interest rate................... 5.32-5.47% 6.33-6.86% 5.39-5.96%
Expected life............................. 5 years 8 years 10 years
</TABLE>
Had compensation cost for option grants been determined consistent with
SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income, on a pro forma basis, would have been
as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net income, as reported............................. $16,934 $13,083 $5,729
Pro forma net income................................ 16,610 10,018 4,603
Basic net earnings per share, as reported........... 0.28 0.22 0.10
Pro forma basic net earnings per share.............. 0.27 0.17 0.08
Diluted net earnings per share, as reported......... 0.27 0.21 0.09
Pro forma diluted net earnings per share............ 0.27 0.16 0.07
</TABLE>
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended
August 31, 1997 and 1998 with exercise prices equal to the market price at the
date of grant was $0.84 and $1.33 per share, respectively.
F-19
<PAGE>
(16) Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share is based upon the weighted average common shares
outstanding during each year. Diluted earnings per share is based upon the
weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive common stock equivalent
shares outstanding during each year. The following table presents a
reconciliation of the denominators used in the computation of basic and diluted
earnings per share (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Basic earnings per share--Weighted common shares
outstanding.......................................... 60,419 60,714 60,171
Weighted common shares assumed upon exercise of stock
options.............................................. 1,819 745 1,950
------ ------ ------
Diluted earnings per share--Weighted common shares and
potential common shares outstanding.................. 62,238 61,459 62,121
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
(17)Segment Information
The Company operates in one segment as it designs, develops, manufactures,
markets and sells material management and handling products predominantly
within the semiconductor industry. All products are sold on a worldwide basis.
The following table summarizes total net sales, based upon the country from
which sales were made, and long-lived assets attributed to significant
countries for 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales:
United States.............................. $252,230 $217,171 $176,345
Japan...................................... 13,232 19,129 20,337
Germany.................................... 10,103 18,853 26,278
Malaysia................................... 818 5,828 12,100
Korea...................................... -- 1,249 2,443
Singapore.................................. 907 4,361 4,449
-------- -------- --------
$277,290 $266,591 $241,952
======== ======== ========
Long-lived assets:
United States.............................. $ 95,847 $102,190 $ 84,271
Japan...................................... 7,404 6,044 7,100
Germany.................................... 5,034 7,143 6,484
Malaysia................................... 9,807 13,094 12,955
Korea...................................... 25 2,742 5,131
Singapore.................................. 2,037 2,110 1,683
-------- -------- --------
$120,154 $133,323 $117,624
======== ======== ========
Export sales, principally from the United States, amounted to $95.8 million,
$70.7 million and $50.3 million in 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. In 1997,
1998 and 1999, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of net sales.
(18) Supplementary Cash Flow Information
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Schedule of interest and income taxes paid
(in thousands):
Interest................................... $6,945 $6,881 $ 6,633
Income taxes, net of refunds received...... 8,427 7,777 (3,052)
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE>
(19) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amount of cash equivalents and short-term debt approximates
fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments.
The fair value of long-term debt was estimated using discounted cash flows
based on market interest rates for similar instruments and approximates the
carrying value at August 31, 1999.
(20) Related-Party Transactions
(a) Leases
The Company leases office space and production facilities under operating
leases from a major stockholder's trust or from entities related to this
stockholder. These leases, which expire through the year 2004, may be adjusted
periodically based on a percentage of the increase in the consumer price index.
The Company is required to pay for all real estate taxes, utilities and other
operating expenses. Rent expense for continuing operations relating to these
agreements totaled $0.6 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million for 1997, 1998
and 1999, respectively.
(b) Service Agreement
The Company allocated rental payments to Emplast, a previously owned
company, totaling $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million in 1997, 1998 and
1999, respectively. As of August 31, 1998 and 1999, Emplast owed the Company
$0.7 million and $0.8 million and respectively, which are included in prepaid
expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets.
(c) Note Payable
The Company has a note payable to Marubeni, a minority stockholder. Interest
expense related to this note totaled $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4
million for 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
(d) Notes Receivable
At August 31, 1999, the Company has a $0.8 million note receivable from a
major stockholder trust which bears interest at 8.0% per year.
(e) Debt Guarantees
The Company guarantees a loan of a former officer and a major stockholder
related to the Company's leased facility in Castle Rock, Colorado. This
guarantee totaled $1.2 million and $1.6 million and at August 31, 1998 and
1999, respectively.
(f) Sales to Minority Shareholder
The Company sells products to Marubeni under normal business terms. Sales to
Marubeni were $19.4 million, $18.0 million and $12.0 million in 1997, 1998 and
1999, respectively. At August 31, 1998 and 1999, the Company had a receivable
from Marubeni totaling $0.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, due under
normal trade terms. In addition, in February 1997, Marubeni was granted an
option to buy 214,942 shares of the Company's common stock with an exercise
price of $5.19 per share. The grant was immediately vested and exercisable for
ten years.
(21) Subsequent Events
The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect a 2-for-1 stock
split of the Company's common stock to be effective prior to its initial public
offering. The Company filed a registration statement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on March 31, 2000.
F-21
<PAGE>
In August 1999, the Company acquired the 10% minority interest in
Fluoroware, GmbH resulting in 100% ownership of the entity for $0.4 million.
In October 1999, the Company acquired the assets of a polymer machining
business located in Upland, California for $2.7 million.
(22) Subsequent Events (Unaudited)
In October 1999, the Company's Nippon Fluoroware K.K. subsidiary (NFKK)
agreed to issue equity of $2.2 million and debt of $2.2 million in exchange for
property and equipment. As a result, the Company's ownership percentage in NFKK
decreased from 90.0% to 51.0%.
In November 1999, the Company sold approximately 612,000 shares of its
investment in Metron Technology N.V. (Metron) stock as part of Metron's initial
public offering. As a result of the sale, the company received proceeds of $7.4
million and recognized a gain of $5.5 million. The Company's ownership
percentage decreased from 32.8% to 20.8% as a result of the sale in the public
offering. As a result of the initial public offering the value of the Company's
investment increased and was reflected as an increase to retained earnings of
$3.5 million. At February 28, 2000, the Company owned approximately 2.7 million
shares of Metron with a market value of approximately $65.2 million.
In February 2000, the Company acquired the 30% minority interest in
Fluoroware Southeast Asia Pte Ltd. resulting in 100% of the entity for $0.7
million.
In March 2000, the Company entered into an agreement with a related party to
purchase certain real estate and personal property, which the Company currently
leases from the related party (see Note 20(a)). The purchase price of the
property, which is expected to be purchased on or before May 1, 2000, is $2.5
million.
In March 2000, the Company's Board of Directors approved an increase in the
Company's number of authorized common shares from 100,000,000 shares to
200,000,000 shares in conjunction with our 2-for-1 stock split.
In March 2000, the Company's Board of Directors adopted, subject to
shareholder approval, the Entegris, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
Plan). A total of 4,000,000 common shares were reserved for issuance under the
Plan.
In March 2000, the Company granted options to purchase 516,000 common shares
under the Entegris, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive and Stock Option Plan.
F-22
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II
ENTEGRIS, INC.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Deductions
Balance at Charged from
beginning to costs reserves Balance at
of period and expenses (1) end of period
---------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
For the year ended August 31,
1997:
Allowance for doubtful
receivables................ $1,524 404 439 $1,489
====== ===== ===== ======
Inventory reserves.......... $2,001 4,225 3,371 $2,855
====== ===== ===== ======
For the year ended August 31,
1998:
Allowance for doubtful
receivables................ $1,489 57 224 $1,322
====== ===== ===== ======
Inventory reserves.......... $2,855 2,475 2,818 $2,512
====== ===== ===== ======
For the year ended August 31,
1999:
Allowance for doubtful
receivables................ $1,322 213 330 $1,205
====== ===== ===== ======
Inventory reserves.......... $2,512 2,701 2,043 $3,170
====== ===== ===== ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Net of recoveries
F-23
<PAGE>
Advanced Manufacturing Capabilities
Graphic of Globe depicting locations of sales offices and manufacturing
[Photo of blow molding equipment with caption stating: Blow Molding]
[Photo of injection molding equipment with caption stating: Injection
Molding]
[Photo of roto molding equipment with caption stating: Roto Molding]
[Photo of sheet lining equipment with caption stating: Sheet Lining]
[Photo of assembly equipment with caption stating: Assembly Operations]
[Photo of laboratory with caption stating: Materials Laboratory]
Germany Japan Korea Malaysia
California Colorado Minnesota Oregon Texas
Worldwide Infrastructure
[Logo]
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13,000,000 Shares
[LOGO OF ENTEGRIS]
---------------------
Prospectus
, 2000
---------------------
Banc of America Securities LLC
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Salomon Smith Barney
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray
Until , 2000 (25 days after the date of this prospectus),
all dealers effecting transactions in the common shares, whether or not
participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when
acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection
with the distribution of the common shares being registered. All amounts are
estimated, except the SEC Registration Fee, the NASD Filing Fee and the Nasdaq
National Market Filing Fee:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC Registration Fee............................................. $63,150
NASD Filing Fee.................................................. 27,410
Nasdaq National Market Filing Fee................................ 95,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses....................................... *
Accounting Fees.................................................. *
Legal Fees and Expenses.......................................... *
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees................................ *
Printing and Engraving........................................... *
Transfer Fees.................................................... *
Insurance Fees for Directors in Connection with Offering......... *
Miscellaneous.................................................... *
-------
Total............................................................ $ *
=======
</TABLE>
- --------
* To be supplied by amendment.
None of the expenses will be borne by selling shareholders.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 302A.521 of the Minnesota Statutes requires Entegris to indemnify a
person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding, by a reason of
the former or present official capacity of the person with respect to Entegris,
against judgment, penalties, fines, including without limitation, excise taxes
assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan,
settlements, and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees and
disbursements, if, with respect to the acts or omissions of the person
complained of in the proceeding, such person (1) has not been indemnified by
another organization or employee benefit plan for the same judgments,
penalties, fines, including without limitation, excise taxes assessed against
the person with respect to an employee benefit plan, settlements, and
reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred by
the person in connection with the proceeding with respect to the same acts or
omissions; (2) acted in good faith; (3) received no improper personal benefit,
and statutory procedure has been followed in the case of any conflict of
interest by a director; (4) in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful; and (5) in the case of
acts or omissions occurring in the person's performance in the official
capacity of director or, for a person not a director, in the official capacity
of officer, committee member, employee or agent, reasonably believed that the
conduct was in the best interests of Entegris, or in the case of performance by
a director, officer, employee or agent of Entegris as a director, officer,
partner, trustee, employee or agent of another organization or employee benefit
plan, reasonably believed that the conduct was not opposed to the best
interests of Entegris. In addition, Section 302A.521, subd. 3 requires payment
by Entegris, upon written request, of reasonable expenses in advance of final
disposition in certain instances. A decision as to required indemnification is
made by a majority of the disinterested board of directors present at a meeting
at which a disinterested quorum is present, or a designated committee of
disinterested directors, by special legal counsel, by the disinterested
shareholders, or by a court.
Provisions regarding the indemnification of officers and directors of
Entegris, to the extent permitted by Section 302A.521, are contained in
Entegris' articles of incorporation and bylaws.
II-1
<PAGE>
Entegris maintains a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance
that insures Entegris' directors and officers against the cost of defense,
settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. In conjunction
with the effectiveness of the registration statement, Entegris plans to expand
its coverage to include securities law claims.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Entegris
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Entegris has been informed that in the
opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Since September 1, 1996, we have sold and issued the following unregistered
securities (references to common shares reflect a 2-for-1 stock split to be
effected prior to our initial public offering):
(1) On June 7, 1999, we issued 59,999,958 common shares to former
shareholders of Fluoroware and Empak as part of a consolidation in
which Fluoroware and Empak became our wholly owned subsidiaries;
(2) Between June 1999 and March 2000, we issued an aggregate of 1,554,350
shares as distributions to current or former participants of the ESOP;
and
(3) As of March 30, 2000, we had granted options to purchase an aggregate
of 7,556,400 common shares to our employees, directors and consultants
pursuant to our 1999 Long-Term Incentive and Stock Option Plan and our
Outside Directors' Option Plan. Of these options, 244,748 shares have
been cancelled without being exercised and 43,716 shares have been
issued pursuant to stock option exercises.
The sale and issuance of securities in the transaction described in
paragraph 1 above was deemed to be exempt from registration under the
Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) as a transaction not involving a
public offering.
The sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in
paragraph 2 and 3 above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the
Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) and Rule 701.
None of the transactions set forth in Item 15(a) involved underwritten
offerings.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Numbers Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
1.1* Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Entegris, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of Entegris, Inc.
3.3 Audit Committee Charter of Entegris, Inc.
4.1 Specimen of Common Stock Certificate
5.1* Opinion of Dorsey & Whitney LLP
9.1 Form Shareholder Agreement for Fluoroware, Inc. Shareholders in
relation to the consolidation of Fluoroware, Inc. and Empak, Inc. to
form Entegris, Inc.
9.2 Form Shareholder Agreement for Empak, Inc. Shareholders in relation to
the consolidation of Fluoroware, Inc. and Empak, Inc. to form
Entegris, Inc.
10.1 Entegris, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive and Stock Option Plan
10.2 Entegris, Inc. Outside Directors' Option Plan
10.3* Entegris, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
</TABLE>
II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Numbers Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
10.4 Entegris, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.5 Entegris, Inc. Pension Plan
10.6 Entegris, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
10.7 Employment Agreement between Delmer Jensen and Empak, Inc., dated as
of January 1, 1999
10.8 Lease Agreement between Empak, Inc. and Fleninge Partnership, dated
June 15, 1993
10.9 Lease Agreement between Empak, Inc. and Wayne C. Bongard, dated
September 22, 1998
10.10 Amended and Restated Sublease Agreement between Empak, Inc. and
Emplast, Inc., dated April 28, 1997
10.11 Real Estate Purchase and Sale Agreement between Fleninge Partnership
and Entegris, Inc., dated March 15, 2000
10.12 Promissory Note between Wayne C. Bongard estate and Empak, Inc., dated
April 15, 1999
10.13 Promissory Note between Fluoroware, Inc. and Dan Quernemoen, dated
January 5, 1996
10.14 Guaranty between Empak, Inc. and First Bank National Association,
dated March 1, 1994
10.15 Consolidation Agreement by and among Entegris, Inc., Fluoroware, Inc.
and Empak, Inc., dated June 1, 1999
10.16 Distribution Agreement between Fluoroware, Inc. and Metron
Semiconductors Europa B.V., dated July 6, 1995, as amended by
Entegris, Inc., ISS Amendements to Metron/Fluoroware Distribution
Contract, between Entegris, Inc. Integrated Shipping Systems and
Metron Technology, Inc., dated October 22, 1999
10.17 Metron Semiconductors Europa B.V. Investor Rights Agreement dated July
6, 1995
10.18 U.S. Stocking Distributor Five-Year Agreement as of September 1, 1997
between Fluoroware, Inc. and Kyser Company
10.19** STAT-PRO(R) 3000 and STAT-PRO(R) 3000E Purchase and Supply Agreement
between Fluoroware, Inc. and Miller Waste Mills, d/b/a RTP Company,
dated April 6, 1998
10.20 Amended and Restated Distributorship Agreement by and among Entegris,
Inc., Empak, Inc., Marubeni America Corporation and Marubeni
Corporation, dated as of December 1, 1999
10.21** PFA Purchase and Supply Agreement by and between E.I. Du Pont De
Nemours and Company and Fluoroware, Inc., dated January 7, 1999, which
was made effective retroactively to November 1, 1998, and supplemented
by the Assignment and Limited Amendment by and between the same
parties and Entegris, Inc., dated as of September 24, 1999
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1 Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (Included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 Consent of KPMG LLP
23.3 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
24.1 Powers of Attorney (Included on signature page)
27.1 Financial Data Schedule
27.2 Financial Data Schedule
27.3 Financial Data Schedule
27.4 Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
- --------
* To be filed by amendment
** Confidential information has been omitted from these exhibits and filed
separately with the SEC accompanied by a confidential treatment request
pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
II-3
<PAGE>
Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, copies of instruments
defining the rights of holders of certain long-term debt of Entegris are not
filed, and in lieu thereof, Entegris agrees to furnish copies thereof to the
SEC upon request.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of
whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be a part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, each post-
effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Registrant has
duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf, by the
undersigned, thereunder duly authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, County of
Hennepin, State of Minnesota, on March 30, 2000.
ENTEGRIS, INC.
/s/ Stan Geyer
By: _________________________________
Stan Geyer Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below hereby constitutes and appoints Stan Geyer, James E. Dauwalter, and John
D. Villas, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign one or more Registration Statements on Form S-1 of
Entegris, Inc, and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective
amendments, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents
in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and
authority to do and perform to all intents and purposes as he or she might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-
fact and agents, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Signature Title Date
/s/ Stan Geyer President, Chief March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------------- Executive Officer
Stan Geyer and Director
(principal
executive officer)
/s/ John D. Villas Chief Financial March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------------- Officer (principal
John D. Villas accounting and
financial officer)
/s/ Daniel R. Quernemoen Chairman of the March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------------- Board
Daniel R. Quernemoen
/s/ James E. Dauwalter Executive Vice March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------------- President, Chief
James E. Dauwalter Operating Officer
and Director
/s/ James A. Bernards Vice Chairman, March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------------- Director
James A. Bernards
/s/ Robert J. Boehlke Director March 30, 2000
- -------------------------------------
Robert J. Boehlke
/s/ Roger D. McDaniel Director March 30, 2000
- -------------------------------------
Roger D. McDaniel
/s/ Mark A. Bongard Director March 30, 2000
- -------------------------------------
Mark A. Bongard
/s/ Delmer H. Jensen Director March 30, 2000
- -------------------------------------
Delmer H. Jensen
II-5
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Numbers Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
1.1* Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Entegris, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of Entegris, Inc.
3.3 Audit Committee Charter of Entegris, Inc.
4.1 Specimen of Common Stock Certificate
5.1* Opinion of Dorsey & Whitney LLP
9.1 Form Shareholder Agreement for Fluoroware, Inc. Shareholders in
relation to the consolidation of Fluoroware, Inc. and Empak, Inc. to
form Entegris, Inc.
9.2 Form Shareholder Agreement for Empak, Inc. Shareholders in relation to
the consolidation of Fluoroware, Inc. and Empak, Inc. to form
Entegris, Inc.
10.1 Entegris, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive and Stock Option Plan
10.2 Entegris, Inc. Outside Directors' Option Plan
10.3* Entegris, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.4 Entegris, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust Agreement
10.5 Entegris, Inc. Pension Plan Trust Agreement
10.6 Entegris, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
10.7 Employment Agreement between Delmer Jensen and Empak, Inc., dated as
of January 1, 1999
10.8 Lease Agreement between Empak, Inc. and Fleninge Partnership, dated
June 15, 1993
10.9 Lease Agreement between Empak, Inc. and Wayne C. Bongard, dated
September 22, 1998
10.10 Amended and Restated Sublease Agreement between Empak, Inc. and
Emplast, Inc., dated April 28, 1997
10.11 Real Estate Purchase and Sale Agreement between Fleninge Partnership
and Entegris, Inc., dated March 15, 2000
10.12 Promissory Note between Wayne C. Bongard estate and Empak, Inc., dated
April 15, 1999
10.13 Promissory Note between Fluoroware, Inc. and Dan Quernemoen, dated
January 5, 1996
10.14 Guaranty between Empak, Inc. and First Bank National Association,
dated March 1, 1994
10.15 Consolidation Agreement by and among Entegris, Inc., Fluoroware, Inc.
and Empak, Inc., dated June 1, 1999
10.16 Distribution Agreement between Fluoroware, Inc. and Metron
Semiconductors Europa B.V., dated July 6, 1995, as amended by
Entegris, Inc., ISS Amendments to Metron/Fluoroware Distribution
Contract, between Entegris, Inc. Integrated Shipping Systems and
Metron Technology, Inc., dated October 22, 1999
10.17 Metron Semiconductors Europa B.V. Investor Rights Agreement dated July
6, 1995, as supplemented by the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of
November 18, 1999
10.18 U.S. Stocking Distributor Five-Year Agreement as of September 1, 1997
between Fluoroware, Inc. and Kyser Company
10.19** STAT-PRO(R) 3000 and STAT-PRO(R) 3000E Purchase and Supply Agreement
between Fluoroware, Inc. and Miller Waste Mills, d/b/a RTP Company,
dated April 6, 1998
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Numbers Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
10.20 Amended and Restated Distributorship Agreement by and among Entegris,
Inc., Empak, Inc., Marubeni America Corporation and Marubeni
Corporation, dated as of December 1, 1999
10.21** PFA Purchase and Supply Agreement by and between E.I. Du Pont De
Nemours and Company and Fluoroware, Inc., dated January 7, 1999, which
was made effective retroactively to November 1, 1998, and supplemented
by the Assignment and Limited Amendment by and between the same
parties and Entegris, Inc., dated as of September 24, 1999
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1 Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (Included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 Consent of KPMG LLP
23.3 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
24.1 Powers of Attorney (Included on signature page)
27.1 Financial Data Schedule
27.2 Financial Data Schedule
27.3 Financial Data Schedule
27.4 Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
- --------
* To be filed by amendment
** Confidential information has been omitted from these exhibits and filed
separately with the SEC accompanied by a confidential treatment request
pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
ENTEGRIS, INC.
The undersigned incorporator, being a natural person 18 years of age or
older, and for the purpose of forming a corporation under Minnesota Statutes,
Chapter 302A, hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation:
ARTICLE I
Name
The name of this corporation shall be Entegris, Inc.
ARTICLE II
Registered Office
The location and address of this corporation's registered office shall be
3500 Lyman Boulevard, Chaska, MN 55318.
ARTICLE III
Authorized Capital
The total authorized number of shares of this corporation is one hundred
million (100,000,000) shares, all of which shall be shares of common stock, with
a par value of one ($0.01) per share.
ARTICLE IV
Cumulative Voting Rights
The shareholders of this corporation shall have no rights of cumulative
voting for the election of directors.
ARTICLE V
Preemptive Rights
The shareholders of this corporation shall have no rights, preemptive or
otherwise, to acquire any part of any unissued shares or other securities of
this corporation, or of any rights to purchase shares or other securities of
this corporation, before the corporation may offer them to other persons.
ARTICLE VI
Incorporator
The name and address of the incorporator of this corporation is Jay L.
Bennett, Dunkley, Bennett & Christensen, P.A., 701 Fourth Avenue South,
Minneapolis, MN 55415.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI
Board of Directors Written Action
Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of
Directors may be taken by written action signed by all of the directors then in
office, unless the action is one which need not be approved by the shareholders,
in which case such action shall be effective if signed by the number of
directors that would be required to take the same action at a meeting at which
all directors were present.
ARTICLE VIII
Limitation of Director Liability
A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the
corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for (i) liability based on a breach of the duty of
loyalty to the corporation or the shareholders; (ii) liability for acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law; (iii) liability based on the payment of an improper dividend
or an improper repurchase of the corporation's stock under Minnesota Statutes
Section 302A.559, or a sale of unregistered securities or securities fraud under
Minnesota Statutes Section 80A.23; (iv) liability for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper personal benefit; or (v) liability for any act
or omission occurring prior to the effective date of these Articles. If
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 302A, the Minnesota Business Corporation Act,
hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the
liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation in
addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be
limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Chapter 302A, the
Minnesota Business Corporation Act. Any repeal or modification of this Article
by the shareholders of the corporation shall be prospective only and shall not
adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the
corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I signed these Articles of Incorporation on June ___,
1999.
/s/ Jay L. Bennett
-----------------------------------
Jay L. Bennett, Incorporator
-2-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.2
BYLAWS
OF
ENTEGRIS INC.
ARTICLE I
Offices
1.1 Principal Executive Office. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of
Directors of the corporation, the principal executive office of the corporation
shall be the registered office of the corporation as set forth in the Articles
of Incorporation or in the most recent amendment of the Articles of
Incorporation or statement of the Board of Directors filed with the Secretary of
State of Minnesota changing the registered office in the manner prescribed by
law.
1.2 Other Offices. The corporation may have such other offices, within or
without the State of Minnesota, as the Board of Directors shall, from time to
time, determine.
ARTICLE 2
Meetings of Shareholders
2.1 Timing and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the shareholders of this
corporation shall be held on the date and at the time and place (within or
without the State of Minnesota) designated by the Board of Directors in the
notices of meeting. Any regular or special meeting of the shareholders of the
corporation called by or held pursuant to a written demand of shareholders shall
be held in the county where the principal executive office of the corporation is
located.
2.2 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the shareholders of this
corporation may be held at the discretion of the Board of Directors on an annual
or less frequent periodic basis on such dates and at such times and places as
may be designated by the Board of Directors in the notices of meeting. At
regular meetings the shareholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact
such other business as may be appropriate for action by shareholders. If a
regular meeting of shareholders has not been held for a period of fifteen (15)
months, one or more shareholders holding not less than three percent (3%) of the
voting power of all shares of the corporation entitled to vote may call a
regular meeting of shareholders by delivering to the chief executive officer or
chief financial officer a written demand for a regular meeting. Within thirty
(30) days after the receipt of such a written demand by the chief executive
officer or chief financial officer, the Board of Directors shall cause a regular
meeting of shareholders to be called and held on notice no later than ninety
(90) days after the receipt of such written demand, all at the expense of the
corporation.
2.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose
or purposes appropriate for action by shareholders, may be called by the chief
executive officer, the chief financial
<PAGE>
officer, or by the Board of Directors or any two or more members thereof. Such
meeting shall be held on such date and at such time and place as shall be fixed
by the person or persons calling the meeting and designated in the notice of
meeting. A special meeting may also be called by one or more shareholders
holding ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of all shares of the
corporation entitled to vote, except that a special meeting for the purpose of
considering any action to directly or indirectly facilitate or effect a business
combination, including any action to change or otherwise affect the composition
of the Board of Directors for that purpose, must be called by shareholders
holding twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting power of all shares
entitled to vote. The shareholders calling such meetings shall deliver to the
chief executive officer or chief financial officer a written demand for a
special meeting, which demand shall contain the purposes of the meeting. Within
thirty (30) days after the receipt of such a written demand for a special
meeting of shareholders by the chief executive officer or chief financial
officer, the Board of Directors shall cause a special meeting of shareholders to
be called and held on notice no later than ninety (90) days after the receipt of
such written demand, all at the expense of the corporation. Business transacted
at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purpose or
purposes stated in the notice of meeting. Any business transacted at any special
meeting of shareholders that is not included among the stated purposes of such
meeting shall be voidable by or on behalf of the corporation unless all of the
shareholders have waived notice of the meeting.
2.4 Notice of Meeting. Except where a meeting of shareholders is an
adjourned meeting and the date, time, and place of such meeting were announced
at the time of adjournment, notice of all meetings of shareholders stating the
date, time, and place thereof, and any other information required by law or
desired by the Board of Directors or by such other person or persons calling the
meeting, and in the case of special meetings, the purpose thereof, shall be
given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less
than three (3) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of such meeting.
If a plan of merger or exchange or the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the corporation is to be considered at a
meeting of shareholders, notice of such meeting shall be given to every
shareholder, whether or not entitled to vote. The notice of meeting at which
there is to be considered a proposal to adopt a plan of merger or exchange or
the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
corporation shall be given not less than fourteen (14) days prior to the date of
such meeting, shall state the purpose of such meeting, and, where a plan of
merger or exchange is to be considered, shall include a copy or a short
description of the plan. Notices of meeting shall be given to each shareholder
entitled thereto by oral communication, by mailing a copy thereof to such
shareholder at an address designated by such shareholder or to the last known
address of such shareholder, by handing a copy thereof to such shareholder, or
by any other delivery that conforms to law. Notice by mail shall be deemed given
when deposited in the United States mail with sufficient postage affixed. Notice
shall be deemed received when it is given.
2.5 Waiver of Notice. Any shareholder may waive notice of any meeting of
shareholders. Waiver of notice shall be effective whether given before, at, or
after the meeting and whether given orally, in writing, or by attendance.
Attendance by a shareholder at a meeting is a waiver of notice of that meeting,
except where the shareholder objects at the beginning of the meeting to the
transaction of business because
-2-
<PAGE>
the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not participate
thereafter in the meeting, or objects before a vote on an item of business
because the item may not lawfully be considered at that meeting and does not
participate in the consideration of that item at the meeting.
2.6 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix a time, not exceeding sixty
(60) days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders, as a record date
for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at
such meeting, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the
corporation after any record date so fixed.
2.7 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the voting power of all shares of
the corporation entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum at a
meeting of shareholders for the purpose of taking any action other than
adjourning such meeting. If a quorum is present when a duly called or held
meeting is convened, the shareholders present may continue to transact business
until adjournment, even though the withdrawal of a number of shareholders
originally represented leaves less than the number otherwise required for a
quorum.
2.8 Voting and Proxies. At each meeting of the shareholders, every
shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote either in person
or by proxy. Each shareholder shall have one vote for each share held by such
shareholder, except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation or the terms of the share or as may be required to provide for
cumulative voting (if not denied by the Articles of Incorporation). No
appointment of a proxy, however, shall be valid for any purposes more than
eleven (11) months after the date of its execution, unless a longer period is
expressly provided in the appointment. Every appointment of a proxy shall be in
writing, and shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at
the meeting at which the appointment is to be effective. An appointment of a
proxy for shares held jointly by two or more shareholders shall be valid if
signed by any one of them, unless the secretary of the corporation receives from
any one of such shareholders written notice either denying the authority of
another of such shareholders to appoint a proxy or appointing a different proxy.
All questions regarding the qualification of voters, the validity of
appointments of proxies, and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be
decided by the presiding officer of the meeting. The shareholders shall take
action by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power
of the shares present in person or represented by proxy, and entitled to vote,
except where a different vote is required by law, the Articles of Incorporation,
or these Bylaws.
2.9 Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken
at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting by written
action signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote on such action. Such
written action shall be effective when signed by all of the shareholders
entitled to vote thereon or at such different effective time as is provided in
the written action.
-3-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 3
Directors
3.1 General Powers. Except as authorized by the shareholders pursuant to a
shareholder control agreement or unanimous action, the business and affairs of
the corporation shall be managed by or shall be under the direction of the Board
of Directors. The directors may exercise all such powers and do all such things
as may be exercised or done by the corporation, subject to the provisions of
applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation, and these Bylaws.
3.2 Number, Qualifications and Term of Office. The Board of Directors shall
consist of up to nine (9) members. Any change in the number of directors on the
Board of Directors (including, without limitation, changes at annual meetings of
shareholders) shall be approved by the affirmative vote of not less than
seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of
all then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a single class,
unless such change shall have been approved by a majority of the entire Board of
Directors. If such change shall not have been so approved, the number of
directors shall remain the same. No decrease in the number of directors pursuant
to this section shall shorten the term of any incumbent director or effect the
removal of any director then in office except upon compliance with the
provisions of Section 3. 10. The directors shall be divided, with respect to the
time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, designated Class
1, Class II, and Class M, with the term of office of only one director class to
expire at each annual meeting of shareholders. Each class shall consist, as
nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors
constituting the entire Board of Directors. At each annual meeting of
shareholders, the number of directors equal to the number of the directors in
the class whose term expires at the meeting shall be chosen for a term of three
years. Despite the expiration of a director's term, the director shall continue
to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
3.3 Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held from time to
time at any place within or without the State of Minnesota that the Board of
Directors may designate. Meetings of the Board of Directors also may be called
by the chief executive officer, or by any director, in which case the person or
persons calling such meeting may fix the date, time, and place thereof, either
within or without the State of Minnesota, and shall cause notice of meeting to
be given.
3.4 Notice of Meetings. If a meeting schedule is adopted by the Board, or
if the date and time of a Board meeting has been announced at a previous
meeting, no notice is required. In all other cases three (3) days' notice of
meetings of the Board of Directors, stating the date and time thereof, and any
other information required by law or desired by the person or persons calling
such meeting, shall be given to each director. If notice of meeting is required,
and such notice does not state the place of the meeting, such meeting shall be
held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Notice of meetings of
the Board of Directors shall be given to directors in the manner provided in
these Bylaws for giving notice to shareholders of meetings of shareholders.
-4-
<PAGE>
3.5 Waiver of Notice. A director may waive notice of a meeting of the
Board. A waiver of notice by a director is effective, whether given before, at
or after the meeting and whether given in writing, orally or by attendance. The
attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, unless such director objects at the beginning of the meeting to
the transaction of business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened and does not participate thereafter in the meeting.
3.6 Quorum and Voting. A majority of the directors currently holding office
is a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of
Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present may
adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. If a quorum is
present when a duly called or held meeting is convened, the directors present
may continue to transact business until adjournment, even though the withdrawal
of a number of directors originally present leaves less than the number
otherwise required for a quorum. The Board of Directors shall take action by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any duly held
meeting, except as to any question upon which any different vote is required by
law, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws. A director may give advance
written consent or objection to a proposal to be acted upon at a meeting of the
Board of Directors. If the proposal acted on at the meeting is substantially the
same or has substantially the same effect as the proposal to which the director
has consented or objected, such consent or objection shall be counted as a vote
for or against the proposal and shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting.
Such consent or objection shall not be considered in determining the existence
of a quorum.
3.7 Meeting by Means of Electronic Communication. Members of the Board of
Directors of the corporation, or any committee designated by such Board, may
participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference
telephone or similar means of communication by which all persons participating
in the meeting can simultaneously hear each other, and participation in a
meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such
meeting.
3.8 Action in Writing. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a
meeting of the Board of Directors or of a lawfully constituted committee thereof
may be taken by written action signed by all of the directors then in office or
by all of the members of such committee, as the case may be. However, if the
action does not require shareholder approval and is permitted by the Articles of
Incorporation, such action shall be effective if signed by the number of
directors or members of such committee that would be required to take the same
action at a meeting at which all directors or committee members were present. If
any written action is taken by less than all directors or members, all directors
or members shall be notified immediately of its text and effective date. The
failure to provide such notice, however, shall not invalidate such written
action.
3.9 Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation
or removal of a director shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the remaining directors, even though less than a quorum. Any newly created
directorship resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors by
action of the Board of Directors shall be filled by a majority vote of directors
serving at the
-5-
<PAGE>
time of such increase. Any director elected under this Section shall hold office
for such term as established by the Board and until a successor is duly elected
and qualified, unless a prior vacancy occurs by reason of death, resignation, or
removal from office.
3.10 Removal of Directors. Removal of a director from office (including a
director named by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created
directorship), with or without cause, shall require the affirmative vote of not
less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast by the
holders of all then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a
single class.
3.11 Committees. The Board of Directors, by a resolution approved by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then holding office, may
establish one or more committees of one or more persons having the authority of
the Board of Directors in the management of the business of the corporation to
the extent provided in such resolution. Such committees, however, shall at all
times be subject to the direction and control of the Board of Directors.
Committee members need not be directors and shall be appointed by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present. A majority of the
members of any committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at a meeting of any such committee. In other matters of procedure the
provisions of these Bylaws shall apply to committees and the members thereof to
the same extent they apply to the Board of Directors and directors, including,
without limitation, the provisions with respect to meetings and notice thereof,
absent members, written actions, and valid acts. Each committee shall keep
regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of
Directors.
ARTICLE 4
Officers
4.1 Number. The officers of the corporation shall be appointed by the Board
of Directors, and shall include a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary. The Board may also appoint any other officers it deems
necessary for the operation and management of the corporation, each of whom
shall have the powers, rights, duties, responsibilities and terms of office
determined by the Board from time to time. Any number of offices or functions of
those offices may be held or exercised by the same person. Officers must be
natural persons, and they may be, but need not be, directors of the corporation.
4.2 Term of Office; Removal; Vacancies. An officer shall hold office until
a successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified, or until the officer's
prior death, resignation or removal. Any officer or agent elected or appointed
by the Board of Directors shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of
Directors and may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the vote of
a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in an office of the
corporation shall be filled by action of the Board of Directors.
4.3 Chief Executive Office. Unless provided otherwise by a resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have
general active management of the business of
-6-
<PAGE>
the corporation, in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board or if the office
of Chairperson of the Board is vacant, shall preside at meetings of the
shareholders and Board of Directors, shall see that all orders and resolutions
of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, shall sign and deliver in the
name of the corporation any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other
instruments pertaining to the business of the corporation, except in cases in
which the authority to sign and deliver is required by law to be exercised by
another person or is expressly delegated by the Articles of Incorporation, these
Bylaws, or the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the
corporation, may maintain records of and certify proceedings of the Board of
Directors and shareholders, and shall perform such other duties as may from time
to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
4.4 Chief Financial Officer. Unless provided otherwise by a resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall keep
accurate financial records for the corporation, shall deposit all monies,
drafts, and checks in the name of and to the credit of the corporation in such
banks and depositories as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to
time., shall endorse for deposit all notes, checks, and drafts received by the
corporation as ordered by the Board of Directors, making proper vouchers
therefore, shall disburse corporate funds and issue checks and drafts in the
name of the corporation as ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to
the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, whenever requested an
account of all such officers' transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the
financial condition of the corporation, and shall perform such other duties as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer from
time to time.
4.5 Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of
Directors and of the shareholders and shall maintain records of, and whenever
necessary, certify all proceedings of the Board of Directors and of the
shareholders. The Secretary shall keep the stock transfer register of the
corporation, when so directed by the Board of Directors or other person or
persons authorized to call such meetings, shall give or cause to be given notice
of meetings of the shareholders and of meetings of the Board of Directors, and
shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief
Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may prescribe from time to time.
4.6 Chairperson of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a
Chairperson of the Board who, if elected, shall preside at all meetings of the
shareholders and of the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
4.7 President. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the
Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the corporation. If an officer
other than the Chief Executive Officer is designated President, the President
shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the
Chief Executive Officer may prescribe from time to time.
4.8 Treasurer. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the
Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation. If an officer
other than the Chief Financial Officer is
-7-
<PAGE>
designated Treasurer, the Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such
duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may prescribe
from time to time.
4.9 Vice Presidents. The Vice President, if any, or Vice Presidents in the
case there be more than one, shall have such powers and perform such duties as
the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may prescribe from time to
time. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, or in the event of the
Chief Executive Officer's death, inability, or refusal to act, the Vice
President, or in the event there would be more than one Vice President, the Vice
Presidents in order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of
any designation, in the order of their election, shall perform the duties of the
Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be
subject to all of the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.
4.10 Delegation of Authority. Unless prohibited by a resolution approved by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, an officer
appointed by the Board may delegate some or all of the duties or powers of his
or her office to other persons, provided that such delegation is in writing.
ARTICLE 5
Shares and Their Transfer
5.1 Certificates for Shares. All shares of the corporation shall be
represented by certificates. Each certificate shall contain on its face (i) the
name of the corporation, (ii) a statement that the corporation is incorporated
under the laws of the State of Minnesota, (iii) the name of the person to whom
it is issued, and (iv) the number and class of shares, and the designation of
the series, if any, that the certificate represents. Certificates shall also
contain any other information required by law or desired by the Board of
Directors, and shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer and
Secretary, or by any other officer or agent of the corporation designated by
resolution of the Board of Directors. All certificates for shares shall be
consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the
person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued with the number of
shares and date of issue shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the
corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation or the transfer
agent for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued
until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been
surrendered and cancelled.
5.2 Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made
only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of record
thereof or by such holder's legal representative, who shall furnish proper
evidence of authority to transfer, or by such holder's attorney thereunto
authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of
the corporation, and on surrender of such shares to the corporation or the
transfer agent of the corporation. The corporation may treat, as the absolute
owner of shares of the corporation, the person or persons in whose name or names
the shares are registered on the books of the corporation.
-8-
<PAGE>
5.3 Lost Certificates. Any shareholder claiming that a certificate for
shares has been lost, destroyed or stolen shall make an affidavit of that fact
in such form as the Board of Directors shall require and shall, if the Board of
Directors so requires, give the corporation a sufficient indemnity bond, in
form, in an amount, and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of
Directors, to indemnify the corporation against any claims which may be made
against it on account of the reissue of such certificate. A new certificate
shall then be issued to such shareholder for the same number of shares as the
one alleged to have been destroyed, lost or stolen.
ARTICLE 6
Miscellaneous
6.1 Indemnification. Pursuant to obligations, limitations and procedures
provided under Minnesota Statutes Section 302A.521, the corporation shall
indemnify any director, officer or employee who is made or threatened to be made
a party to a proceeding by reason of the former or present official capacity of
the person against judgments, penalties, fines, including, without limitation,
excise taxes assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit
plan, settlements, and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees and
disbursements, incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding, if,
with respect to the acts or omissions of the person complained of in the
proceeding, the person:
(1) has not been indemnified by another organization or employee
benefit plan for the same judgments, penalties, fines, including, without
limitation, excise taxes assessed against the person with respect to an
employee benefit plan, settlements, and reasonable expenses, including
attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred by the person in connection
with the proceeding with respect to the same acts or omissions;
(2) acted in good faith;
(3) received no improper personal benefit and Minnesota Statutes
Section 302A.255 (which provides procedures to be followed in the event of
certain conflicts of interest), if applicable, has been satisfied;
(4) in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe the conduct was unlawful; and
(5) in the case of:
(i) a director, officer or employee of the corporation,
reasonably believed that the conduct was in the best interests of the
corporation, or
(ii) a director, officer, or employee who, while a director,
officer or employee of the corporation, is or was serving at the
request of the corporation or whose duties in that
-9-
<PAGE>
position involve or involved service as a trustee of an employee
benefit plan, reasonably believed that the conduct was in the best
interests of the participants or beneficiaries of the plan or not
otherwise opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or
(iii) a director, officer, or employee who, while a director,
officer or employee of the corporation, is or was serving at the
request of the corporation or whose duties in that position involve or
involved service as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee,
or agent of another organization, reasonably believed that the conduct
was not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.
6.2 Contracts; Checks and Drafts. The Board of Directors may authorize such
officers or agents as they shall designate to enter into contracts or execute
and deliver instruments in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and
such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. All checks,
drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes, or other evidences of
indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such
officers or agents of the corporation as shall be designated and in such manner
as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of
Directors.
6.3 Loans. The corporation shall not lend money to, guaranty the obligation
of, become a surety for, or otherwise financially assist any person unless the
transaction has been approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors
present at a duly called meeting, and (i) is in the usual and regular course of
business of the corporation, (ii) is with, or for the benefit of, a related
corporation, an organization in which the corporation has a financial interest,
an organization with which the corporation has a business relationship, or an
organization to which the corporation has the power to make donations, (iii) is
with, or for the benefit of, an officer or other employee of the corporation or
a subsidiary, including an officer or employee who is a director of the
corporation or a subsidiary, and may reasonably be expected, in the judgment of
the Board of Directors, to benefit the corporation, or (iv) has been approved by
the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares,
including both voting and non-voting shares.
6.4 Dividends. The Board of Directors from time to time may declare, and
the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and
upon the terms and conditions provided by law.
6.5 Reserves. There may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation
available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to
time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet
contingencies, for equalizing dividends, for repairing or maintaining any
property of the corporation, for the purchase of additional property, or for
such other purpose as the directors shall deem to be consistent with the
interests of the corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any
such reserve.
-10-
<PAGE>
6.6 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined by
resolution of the Board of Directors.
6.7 Amendments. Except as limited by the Articles of Incorporation, these
Bylaws may be altered or amended by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding any
other provisions of these Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser
percentage of separate class vote may be specified by law), the affirmative vote
of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled
to be cast by the holders of all then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting
together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any
provisions inconsistent with Article 3.
6.8 Shareholder Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency
between these Bylaws, or any amendment thereto, and the terms of any shareholder
control agreement as defined in Minnesota Statutes Section 302A.457, whenever
adopted, the terms of such shareholder control agreement shall control.
* * * * *
The undersigned, Secretary of Entegris. Inc., a Minnesota corporation, does
hereby certify that the foregoing Bylaws are the Bylaws adopted for the
corporation by its Board of Directors by unanimous written action dated the_____
day of ____________________, 2000.
---------------------------
Stan Geyer, Secretary
-11-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.3
Charter of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors
Of
Entegris, Inc.
I. Audit Committee Purpose
The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board of Directors to assist the
Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. The Audit Committee's
primary duties and responsibilities are to:
o Monitor the integrity of the Company's financial reporting process and
systems of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, and legal
compliance.
o Monitor the independence and performance of the Company's independent
auditors.
o Provide an avenue of communication among the independent auditors,
management, and the Board of Directors.
The Audit Committee has the authority to conduct any investigation
appropriate to fulfilling its responsibilities, and it has direct access to
the independent auditors as well as anyone in the organization. The Audit
Committee has the ability to retain, at the Company's expense, special
legal, accounting, or other consultants or experts it deems necessary in
the performance of its duties.
II. Audit Committee Composition and Meetings
Audit Committee members shall meet the requirements of Nasdaq. The Audit
Committee shall be comprised of three or more directors as determined by
the Board free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise
of his or her independent judgment. All members of the Committee shall have
a basic understanding of finance and accounting and be able to read and
understand fundamental financial statements, and at least one member of the
Committee shall have accounting or related financial management expertise.
Audit Committee members shall be appointed by the Board on the
recommendation of a nomination committee. If an audit committee Chair is
not designated or present, the members of the Committee may designate a
Chair by majority vote of the Committee membership.
The Committee shall meet at least four times annually, or more frequently
as circumstances dictate. The Audit Committee Chair shall prepare and/or
approve an agenda in advance of each meeting. The Committee should meet
privately in executive session with management, the independent auditors,
and as a committee to discuss any matters that the Committee or each of
these groups believe should be discussed. In addition, the Committee will
establish a communication process with management and the independent
auditors.
III. Audit Committee Responsibilities and Duties
Review Procedures
1. Review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter at least annually.
Submit the charter to the Board of Directors for approval and have the
document published at least every three years in accordance with SEC
regulations.
Page 1
<PAGE>
2. Review the Company's annual audited financial statements prior to
filing or distribution. Review should include discussion with
management and independent auditors of significant issues regarding
accounting principles, practices, and judgments.
3. In consultation with the management and the independent auditors
consider the integrity of the Company's financial reporting processes
and controls. Discuss significant financial risk exposures and the
steps management has taken to monitor, control, and report such
exposures. Review significant findings prepared by the independent
auditors together with management's responses.
4. At the Committee's discretion, it shall also review quarterly
financial statements and review with financial management and the
independent auditors any significant matters which arise out of the
Company's quarterly financial statements review based upon the
auditors' limited review procedures. Discuss any significant changes
to the Company's accounting principles and any items required to be
communicated by the independent auditors in accordance with SAS 61
(see item 9).
Independent Auditors
5. The independent auditors are ultimately accountable to the Audit
Committee and the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee shall review
the independence and performance of the auditors and annually
recommend to the Board of Directors the appointment of the independent
auditors or approve any discharge of auditors when circumstances
warrant.
6. Approve the fees and other significant compensation to be paid to the
independent auditors.
7. On an annual basis, the Committee should review and discuss with the
independent auditors all significant relationships they have with the
Company that could impair the auditors' independence and shall review
a written statement from the auditors as to their independence.
8. Review the independent auditors audit plan - discuss scope, staffing,
locations, reliance upon management and general audit approach.
9. Prior to releasing the year-end earnings, discuss the results of the
audit with the independent auditors. Discuss certain matters required
to be communicated to audit committees in accordance with AICPA SAS
61.
10. Consider the independent auditors' judgments about the quality and
appropriateness of the Company's accounting principles as applied in
its financial reporting.
Other Audit Committee Responsibilities
11. Annually prepare a report to shareholders as required by the
Securities and Exchange Commission. The report should be included in
the Company's annual proxy statement.
12. Perform any other activities consistent with this Charter, the
Company's by-laws, and governing law, as the Committee or the Board
deems necessary or appropriate.
13. Maintain minutes of meetings and periodically report to the Board of
Directors on significant results of the foregoing activities.
Page 2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4.1
SEE RESTRICTIONS ON REVERSE SIDE
Incorporated Under the Laws of the
State of Minnesota
Number Shares
ENTEGRIS, INC.
This Certifies that __________________________________________is the
owner and registered holder of
___________________________ shares of common stock,
par value $0.01 per share, of Entegris, Inc.
Transferable only on the books of the corporation by the holder hereof
in person or by duly authorized attorney upon
surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said corporation has caused this
certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and to be
sealed with the seal of the corporation
this __________ day of ___________________, 1999
- --------------------------------- --------------------------------
Chairman President
Dan Quernemoen Stan Geyer
<PAGE>
The shares represented by this certificate have been purchased for investment
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1993, as amended (the "Act") and
applicable state securities laws, have not been registered under said federal or
state securities laws, and the shares may not be sold, offered for sale,
pledged, or otherwise transferred without an effective registration statement
under the Act and applicable state securities laws, or an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the company to the effect that the proposed transaction will be
exempt from registration.
For Value Received __________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
___________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________ Shares represented by the within
Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to
transfer the said shares on the Books of the within named limited liability
company with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated _______________, 19 _____.
IN PRESENCE OF
- ------------------------------
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS
WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 9.1
SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (FLUOROWARE)
This Shareholder Agreement, dated as of June __, 1999, is made by and
between Entergis, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), and the
undersigned shareholder (the "Shareholder") of Fluoroware, Inc., a Minnesota
corporation ("Fluoroware"). Capitalized terms used in this agreement and not
defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Consolidation
Agreement (as defined below).
WHEREAS, Flouroware and Empak, Inc., a Minnesota corporation ("Empak"),
have agreed to consolidate their business operations pursuant to a Consolidation
Agreement, dated June 1, 1999 (the "Consolidation Agreement"), by and among
Flouroware, Empak and the Company, which provides for the exchange (the
"Exchange") of all of the outstanding equity interests in each of Flouroware and
Empak for all of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the
"Company Shares");
WHEREAS, Shareholder is a record and beneficial owner of common stock of
Fluoroware (the "Fluoroware Shares") and intends to exchange his or her
Fluoroware Shares for Company Shares on the terms set forth in the Consolidation
Agreement and in this agreement;
WHEREAS, the parties to the Consolidation Agreement have conditioned the
consummation of the Exchange on, among other things, the execution by
Shareholder and the Company of this agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the receipt of the Company Shares, as
an inducement to Fluoroware and Empak and the other shareholders of Fluoroware
and Empak to complete the Exchange, and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Shareholder and the
Company agree as follows:
1. Exchange of Shares. At the time and in the manner contemplated by the
Consolidation Agreement, Shareholder shall assign and transfer to the Company,
in exchange for the number of Company Shares that is determined pursuant to the
Consolidation Agreement, all of Shareholder's right, title and interest in the
Fluoroware Shares owned by Shareholder, which Fluoroware Shares shall be
transferred to the Company free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and
restrictions. On or prior to the Closing Date, Shareholder will deliver to the
Fluoroware Representative for delivery to the Company at the Closing of the
Exchange the stock certificate(s) evidencing
1
<PAGE>
Shareholder's Fluoroware Shares, which stock certificates(s) will be properly
endorsed or accompanied by a properly executed stock power. On the Closing Date,
and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the closing conditions set forth in
the Consolidation Agreement, the Company shall issue and deliver to Shareholder
a certificate evidencing the number of Company Shares issuable to Shareholder
pursuant to section 2.1(b)(i) of the Consolidation Agreement. On the first
anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company shall also issue and deliver to
Shareholder a certificate evidencing the additional number of Company Shares
issuable to Shareholder pursuant to section 2.1(b)(ii) of the Consolidation
Agreement.
2. Shareholder Representations and Warranties. As a material inducement to
the Company and the other shareholder of Empak and Fluoroware to complete the
Exchange, Shareholder represents, warrants and acknowledges as follows:
2.1 Authorization. If Shareholder is not an individual, the execution
of and the performance by it of its obligations under this agreement have
been validly authorized by all action necessary to make this agreement the
legal and binding obligation of Shareholder.
2.2 Share Ownership. Shareholder owns, beneficially and of record, all
of the Fluoroware Shares set forth on schedule A to this agreement, which
Fluoroware Shares will be transferred to the Company on the Closing Date
free and clear of any claims, liens, charges, equities, and encumbrances or
other restrictions which would in any way impair Shareholder's right to
effectively transfer such Fluoroware Shares to the Company.
2.3 Investment Representations. The Company Shares issuable to
Shareholder pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement are being acquired by
Shareholder for investment purposes and not with the view toward the
distribution or sale thereof in a public offering within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") or any rule or regulation
under the Securities Act. Shareholder has sufficient experience in
business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks
involved in the Exchange of his Fluoroware Shares for Company Shares and to
make an informed investment decision with respect to that transaction and
is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite
period. Shareholder acknowledges that (i) the Company Shares have not been
registered under either the Securities Act or applicable state securities
law, and the Company will be relying upon the foregoing investment
representations in issuing the Company Shares to Shareholder, (ii) the
Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Company
Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") or any state
securities laws, (iii) the Company Shares cannot be sold, transferred or
otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the
Securities Act or applicable state securities laws or exemptions from
registration are then available, (iv) and the transferability of the
Company Shares will be subject to restrictions imposed by
2
<PAGE>
all applicable federal and state security laws and the certificates
evidencing such Company Shares will be imprinted with a legend setting
forth such restrictions.
2.4. Fluoroware Holdback Shares. Shareholder acknowledges that a
portion of the Company Shares that Shareholder is entitled to receive on
the completion of the Exchange will be held back and delivered to
Shareholder on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, but that such
Hold-back Shares will be subject to any prorata reductions which may result
from a Fluoroware Adjustment, as defined in the Consolidation Agreement.
3. Negotiations. Until the Closing Date or such earlier date as the
transactions contemplated by the Consolidation Agreement are abandoned,
Shareholder shall not enter into any negotiations or agreements, or make any
undertaking or commitment, (i) to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of
the Fluoroware Shares owned by Shareholder on the date of this agreement, (ii)
take any action to cause or permit Fluoroware to merger or consolidate with, or
acquire substantially all of the property and assets of, any other corporation
or person, (iii) take any action to cause or permit Fluoroware to sell, lease or
exchange all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any other
corporation or person or (iv) otherwise cause or permit the ownership or control
of Fluoroware to be transferred to any other party other than the Company
pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement.
4. Designation of Shareholder Representative.
4.1 Shareholder hereby designates Stan Geyer as Shareholder's
representative (the "Fluoroware Representative") for purposes (i) of
resolving, settling or otherwise dealing with any indemnification claims
made against the Fluoroware Holdback Shares pursuant to the Consolidation
Agreement, (ii) of pursuing claims against the Empak Holdback Shares
pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement, and (iii) of otherwise acting as
the representative of Shareholder on matters specified in the Consolidation
Agreement and in this agreement.
4.2 Shareholder acknowledges that, until such time as no Fluoroware
Holdback Shares remain subject to the Consolidation Agreement, the
Fluoroware Representative may only be removed by a consent of the
Fluoroware shareholders who before the Closing Date owned a Majority of the
Fluoroware Shares then outstanding upon written notice to the Empak
Representatives. If the Fluoroware Representative dies, becomes
incapacitated, resigns or is removed by a Majority, the Majority shall
appoint a successor Fluoroware Representative. During any period during
which there is no person serving as a Fluoroware Representative, except
where due to the resignation or removal of a representative, all time
periods imposed upon the Fluoroware Representative pursuant to the
Consolidation Agreement shall be tolled.
3
<PAGE>
4.3 Shareholder hereby authorizes the Fluoroware Representative to
make and deliver any certificate, notice, consent or instrument required or
permitted to be made or delivered under the Consolidation Agreement, this
agreement or the documents referred to in such agreements which the
Fluoroware Representative determine in his sole and absolute discretion to
be necessary, appropriate or desirable, and, in connection therewith, to
hire or retain such counsel, investment bankers, accountants,
representatives, and other professional advisors as he determines in his
sole and absolute discretion to be necessary, advisable or appropriate in
order to carry out and perform his rights and obligations under this
agreement and the Consolidation Agreement, and the Fluoroware
Representative shall have the right to rely in good faith upon the advise
he receives from any such persons.
4.4 The Fluoroware Representative may on behalf of Shareholder consent
to or object to any claim for indemnification by the Company or the Empak
shareholders, and shall have the authority to initiate litigation or
arbitration pursuant to and subject to the terms of the Consolidation
Agreement.
4.5 Shareholder hereby releases the Fluoroware Representative from any
liability to Shareholder for any act or omission to act in his capacity as
Fluoroware Representative unless Shareholder is able to prove that the
Fluoroware Representative was guilty of willful misconduct or bad faith.
4.6 The Fluoroware Representative shall be entitled to prorata
reimbursement by Shareholder of all out of pocket costs and/or expenses
incurred by him in carrying out his responsibilities under this agreement
or the Consolidation Agreement. In the event that the Fluoroware
Representative reasonably determines that it is necessary or desirable to
have Shareholder advance funds to cover out of pocket costs or expenses
incurred or to be incurred by him, he may notify Shareholder of such
request to participate ratably in accordance with Shareholder's respective
interest in such costs and expenses. The notice shall contain such other
terms and conditions as the Fluoroware Representative determines to be
necessary or desirable, and shall set forth the amount which he has
reasonably determined to be necessary to cover such costs and expenses and
Shareholder's allocable share of such amount. Shareholder shall have ten
(10) business days to respond to the request and to deliver a check to the
Fluoroware Representative for Shareholder's allocable share of the amount
required, or such greater amount as Shareholder desires to advance. In no
event shall the Company, Fluoroware or Empak be responsible for the costs
or expenses of the Fluoroware Representative.
5. Organizational Matters. Shareholder hereby consents to (a) the
organization, designation and removal provisions relating to the Board of
Directors of the Company that are described in section 1.2 of the Consolidation
Agreement, and (b) the appointment of, and designation of authority to, the
Board Integration Team which is described in section 1.3 of the Consolidation
Agreement.
4
<PAGE>
6. Miscellaneous.
6.1 Complete Agreement. This agreement and the Consolidation Agreement
contain the complete agreement between Shareholder and the Company relating
to the matters discuss herein and therein and supersede any prior
understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties,
written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any
way. This agreement may not be amended or waived except in a writing
executed by the party against which such amendment or waiver is sought to
be enforced. No course of dealing between or among any persons having any
interest in this agreement will be deemed effective to modify or amend any
part of this agreement or any rights or obligations of any person under or
by reason of this agreement.
6.2 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given
or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this agreement will be
in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered
or three days after being mailed, if mailed by first class mail, return
receipt requested, or when receipt is acknowledged, if sent by facsimile,
telecopy or other electronic transmission device. Notices, demands and
communications will, unless another address is specified in writing, be
sent to Shareholder at the address set forth on schedule A to this
agreement and to the Company at its principal business offices.
6.3 Assignment. This agreement and all of the provisions hereof will
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
6.4 Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than
one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and
the same instrument. This agreement shall not be binding until it is
executed by all of the parties hereto.
6.5 Governing Law. The internal law, without regard for conflicts of
laws principles, of the State of Minnesota will govern all questions
concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of
this agreement.
5
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Shareholder and an authorized representative of the
Company have executed this agreement as of the date set forth in the first
paragraph.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name [print]:
-------------------------------
ENTERGIS, INC.
By
------------------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------------
6
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A
Name and
Shareholder Address Shares
- ----------- --------- ------
Fluoroware
7
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 9.2
SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (EMPAK)
This Shareholder Agreement, dated as of June __, 1999, is made by and
between Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), and the
undersigned shareholders (collectively, "Shareholders" and each individually, a
"Shareholder") of Empak, Inc., a Minnesota corporation ("Empak"). Capitalized
terms used in this agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Consolidation Agreement (as defined below).
WHEREAS, Empak and Fluoroware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation
("Fluoroware"), have agreed to consolidate their business operations pursuant to
a Consolidation Agreement, dated June 1, 1999 (the "Consolidation Agreement"),
by and among Flouroware, Empak and the Company, which provides for the exchange
(the "Exchange") of all of the outstanding equity interests in each of
Flouroware and Empak for all of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Company (the "Company Shares");
WHEREAS, Shareholders are record and beneficial owners of all of the
outstanding common stock of Empak (the "Empak Shares") and intend to exchange
their Empak Shares for Company Shares on the terms set forth in the
Consolidation Agreement and in this agreement;
WHEREAS, the parties to the Consolidation Agreement have conditioned the
consummation of the Exchange on, among other things, the execution by
Shareholders and the Company of this agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the receipt of the Company Shares, as
an inducement to Fluoroware and Empak and the other shareholders of Fluoroware
to complete the Exchange, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Shareholders and the Company
agree as follows:
1. Exchange of Shares. At the time and in the manner contemplated by the
Consolidation Agreement, each Shareholder shall assign and transfer to the
Company, in exchange for the number of Company Shares that is determined
pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement, all of such Shareholders's right, title
and interest in the Empak Shares owned by such Shareholder, which Empak Shares
shall be transferred to the Company free and clear of all liens, encumbrances
and restrictions. On or prior to the Closing Date, each
<PAGE>
Shareholder will deliver to the Empak Representative for delivery to the Company
at the Closing of the Exchange the stock certificate(s) evidencing such
Shareholder's Empak Shares, which stock certificates(s) will be properly
endorsed or accompanied by a properly executed stock power. On the Closing Date,
and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the closing conditions set forth in
the Consolidation Agreement, the Company shall issue and deliver to each
Shareholder a certificate evidencing the number of Company Shares issuable to
such Shareholder pursuant to section 2.1(b)(i) of the Consolidation Agreement.
On the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company shall also issue and
deliver to each Shareholder a certificate evidencing the additional number of
Company Shares issuable to such Shareholder pursuant to section 2.1(b)(ii) of
the Consolidation Agreement.
2. Shareholders Representations and Warranties. As a material inducement to
the Company and the other Shareholders of both Empak and Fluoroware to complete
the Exchange, each o f the Shareholders represents, warrants and acknowledges,
for itself, as follows:
2.1 Authorization. The execution of and the performance by it of its
obligations under this agreement have been validly authorized by all action
necessary to make this agreement the legal and binding obligation of such
Shareholder.
2.2 Share Ownership. Such Shareholder owns, beneficially and of
record, all of the Empak Shares set forth after its name on schedule A to
this agreement, which Empak Shares will be transferred to the Company on
the Closing Date free and clear of any claims, liens, charges, equities,
and encumbrances or other restrictions which would in any way impair such
Shareholders's right to effectively transfer such Empak Shares to the
Company.
2.3 Investment Representations. The Company Shares issuable to such
Shareholder pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement are being acquired by
such Shareholder for investment purposes and not with the view toward the
distribution or sale thereof in a public offering within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") or any rule or regulation
under the Securities Act. Such Shareholder has sufficient experience in
business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks
involved in the Exchange of its Empak Shares for Company Shares and to make
an informed investment decision with respect to that transaction and is
able to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite
period. Such Shareholder acknowledges that (i) the Company Shares have not
been registered under either the Securities Act or applicable state
securities law, and the Company will be relying upon the
2
<PAGE>
foregoing investment representations in issuing the Company Shares to it
and the other shareholders of Empak and Fluoroware, (ii) the Company has no
obligation or current intention to register the Company Shares under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") or any state securities laws,
(iii) the Company Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed
of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or
applicable state securities laws or exemptions from registration are then
available, (iv) and the transferability of the Company Shares will be
subject to restrictions imposed by all applicable federal and state
security laws and the certificates evidencing such Company Shares will be
imprinted with a legend setting forth such restrictions.
2.4. Empak Holdback Shares. Each Shareholder acknowledges that a
portion of the Company Shares that such Shareholder is entitled to receive
on the completion of the Exchange will be held back and delivered to such
Shareholder the first anniversary of the Closing Date, but that such
held-back shares will be subject to any prorata reductions which may result
from a Empak Adjustment, as defined in the Consolidation Agreement.
3. Negotiations. Until the Closing Date or such earlier date as the
transactions contemplated by the Consolidation Agreement are abandoned, each
Shareholder agrees that it will not enter into any negotiations or agreements,
or make any undertaking or commitment, (i) to sell, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of the Empak Shares owned by such Shareholder on the date of this
agreement, (ii) take any action to cause or permit Empak to merger or
consolidate with, or acquire substantially all of the property and assets of,
any other corporation or person, (iii) take any action to cause or permit Empak
to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its properties and assets
to any other corporation or person or (iv) otherwise cause or permit the
ownership or control of Empak to be transferred to any other party other than
the Company pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement.
4. Designation of Shareholders Representative.
4.1 Shareholders hereby designates James Bernards and Robert E. Boyle
as their representatives (the "Empak Representatives") for purposes (i) of
resolving, settling or otherwise dealing with any indemnification claims
made against the Empak Holdback Shares pursuant to the Consolidation
Agreement, (ii) of pursuing claims against the Empak Holdback Shares
pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement, and (iii) of otherwise acting as
the representative of Shareholders on matters specified in the
Consolidation Agreement and in this agreement.
3
<PAGE>
4.2 Shareholders acknowledges that, until such time as no Empak
Holdback Shares remain subject to the Consolidation Agreement, the Empak
Representatives may only be removed by a consent of the Empak Shareholderss
who before the Closing Date owned a Majority of the Empak Shares then
outstanding upon written notice to the Empak Representatives. If either
Empak Representative dies, becomes incapacitated, resigns or is removed by
a Majority, the Majority shall appoint a successor Empak Representative.
During any period during which there is no person serving as an Empak
Representative, except where due to the resignation or removal of a
representative, all time periods imposed upon the Empak Representatives
pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement shall be tolled.
4.3 Shareholders hereby authorizes the Empak Representatives to make
and deliver any certificate, notice, consent or instrument required or
permitted to be made or delivered under the Consolidation Agreement, this
agreement or the documents referred to in such agreements which the Empak
Representatives determine in their sole and absolute discretion to be
necessary, appropriate or desirable, and, in connection therewith, to hire
or retain such counsel, investment bankers, accountants, representatives,
and other professional advisors as they determine in their sole and
absolute discretion to be necessary, advisable or appropriate in order to
carry out and perform their rights and obligations under this agreement and
the Consolidation Agreement, and the Empak Representatives shall have the
right to rely in good faith upon the advise they receive from any such
persons.
4.4 The Empak Representatives may on behalf of Shareholders consent to
or object to any claim for indemnification by the Company or the Empak
Shareholders, and shall have the authority to initiate litigation or
arbitration pursuant to and subject to the terms of the Consolidation
Agreement.
4.5 Each Shareholder hereby releases the Empak Representatives from
any liability to such Shareholder for any act or omission to act in their
capacity as Empak Representatives unless such Shareholder is able to prove
that the Empak Representatives were guilty of willful misconduct or bad
faith.
4.6 The Empak Representatives shall be entitled to prorata
reimbursement by Shareholders of all out of pocket costs and/or expenses
incurred by them in carrying out their responsibilities under this
agreement or the Consolidation Agreement. In the event that the Empak
Representatives reasonably determines that it is necessary or desirable to
have the Shareholders advance
4
<PAGE>
funds to cover out of pocket costs or expenses incurred or to be incurred
by them, they may notify Shareholders of such request to participate
ratably in accordance with each Shareholder's respective interest in such
costs and expenses. The notice shall contain such other terms and
conditions as the Empak Representatives determines to be necessary or
desirable, and shall set forth the amount which they have reasonably
determined to be necessary to cover such costs and expenses and each
Shareholder's allocable share of such amount. Each Shareholder shall have
ten (10) business days to respond to the request and to deliver a check to
the Empak Representative for such Shareholder's allocable share of the
amount required, or such greater amount as such Shareholder desires to
advance. In no event shall the Company, Fluoroware or Empak be responsible
for the costs or expenses of the Empak Representatives.
5. Organizational Matters. Each Shareholder hereby consents to (a) the
organization, designation and removal provisions relating to the Board of
Directors of the Company that are described in section 1.2 of the Consolidation
Agreement, and (b) the appointment of, and designation of authority to, the
Board Integration Team which is described in section 1.3 of the Consolidation
Agreement.
6. Miscellaneous.
6.1 Complete Agreement. This agreement and the Consolidation Agreement
contain the complete agreement between Shareholders and the Company
relating to the matters discuss herein and therein and supersede any prior
understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties,
written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any
way. This agreement may not be amended or waived except in a writing
executed by the party against which such amendment or waiver is sought to
be enforced. No course of dealing between or among any persons having any
interest in this agreement will be deemed effective to modify or amend any
part of this agreement or any rights or obligations of any person under or
by reason of this agreement.
6.2 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given
or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this agreement will be
in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered
or three days after being mailed, if mailed by first class mail, return
receipt requested, or when receipt is acknowledged, if sent by facsimile,
telecopy or other electronic transmission device. Notices, demands and
communications will, unless another address is specified in writing, be
sent to
5
<PAGE>
Shareholders at their respective addresses set forth on schedule A to this
agreement and to the Company at its principal business offices.
6.3 Assignment. This agreement and all of the provisions hereof will
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
6.4 Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than
one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and
the same instrument. This agreement shall not be binding until it is
executed by all of the parties hereto.
6.5 Governing Law. The internal law, without regard for conflicts of
laws principles, of the State of Minnesota will govern all -------------
questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and
enforcement of this agreement.
6
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, an authorized representative of the Company and each of
the Shareholders have executed this agreement as of the date set forth in the
first paragraph.
MARUENI CORPORATION
By
--------------------------------------
Title:
----------------------------------
MARUENI AMERICACORPORATION
By
--------------------------------------
Title:
----------------------------------
WCB HOLDINGS, LLC
By
--------------------------------------
Title:
----------------------------------
ENTEGRIS, INC.
By
--------------------------------------
Title:
----------------------------------
7
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A
Shareholder Empak
Name & Address Shares
-------------- ---------
WCB Holdings, LLC 5,890,303
950 Lake Drive
Chaska, MN 55317
Attn: Mark Bongaard, Chief Manager
(With a copy of notices to
Robert E. Boyle, Esq.
Robert E. Boyle & Associates, P.A.
145 Paramount Plaza III
7831 Glenroy Road
Minneapolis, MN 55439)
Marubeni Corporation 396,215
4-2,ohtemachi 1-chome
Chiyoda - ku
Toyko, Japan
Attn: General Manager
Electric Materials Department
Marubeni America Corporation 264,144
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attn: General Manager
General Plastics Division
8
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.1
ENTEGRIS, INC.
1999 Long-Term Incentive and
STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide incentives to attract,
retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions
are important to the success of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, by
offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company's future performance
through grants of Options and Awards. Capitalized terms not defined in the text
are defined in Section 23.
2. Types of Stock Options and Awards.
2.1 Options and Shares. Options granted under this Plan may be either:
(a) incentive stock options ("ISOs") within the meaning of Section 422 of
the Revenue Code, or (b) nonqualified stock options ("NSOs"), as designated
at the time of grant. The Shares that may be purchased upon exercise of
Options granted under this Plan are shares of the Company's Common Stock,
$.01 par value per share.
2.2 Awards. Awards granted under this Plan include Performance Awards
(denominated or payable in cash, Shares, other securities and other awards
or other property) and Restricted Stock Awards, as designated at the time
of grant.
3. Shares Subject to The Plan.
3.1 Number of Shares Available. Subject to Section 3.2, the total
number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to
the Plan shall be initially four million five hundred thousand (4,500,000)
Shares. Such Shares may be either authorized but unissued shares, or issued
shares which have been reacquired by the Company. Subject to Section 3.2,
Shares shall again be available for grant and issuance in connection with
future Options or Awards under the Plan that: (a) are subject to issuance
upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any
reason other than exercise of such Option; (b) are subject to an Option or
Award granted hereunder but are forfeited or are repurchased by the Company
at the original issue price; or (c) are subject to an Option or Award that
otherwise terminates without Shares being issued. The Committee shall have
the authority to replenish the Plan annually with additional Shares by
electing to increase the number of Shares available for issuance under the
Plan by up to four percent (4%) of the total outstanding Shares of the
Company, such election to be made within ninety (90) days after the end of
the fiscal year; provided, however, that the total number of Shares
reserved and available for grant pursuant to the Plan shall not exceed
seven million five hundred thousand (7,500,000) Shares. At all times during
the term of this Plan, the Company shall reserve and keep available such
number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of
outstanding Options and Awards under this Plan.
<PAGE>
3.2 Adjustment of Shares. In the event that the number of outstanding
Shares change as a result of a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock
split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or
similar change in the capital structure of the Company without
consideration, then: (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under
this Plan; (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to
outstanding Options; (c) the number of Shares and price per Share subject
to outstanding Awards; and (iv) the amount payable in connection with
Awards, shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action
by the Board or the shareholders of the Company and in compliance with
applicable securities laws; provided, however, that fractions of a Share
shall not be issued but shall either be paid in cash at Fair Market Value
or shall be rounded up to the nearest Share, as determined by the
Committee; and provided further that the Exercise Price of any Option may
not be decreased to below the par value of the Shares.
4. Eligibility. ISOs may be granted only to employees (including officers
and directors who are also employees) of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the
Company.
All other Options and Awards may be granted to employees, officers,
directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors of the Company or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that such
consultants, independent contractors and advisors render bona fide services not
in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising
transaction. A person may be granted more than one Option and/or Award under the
Plan. The Company also may, from time to time and in the manner determined by
the Committee, substitute or assume outstanding options or performance or
restricted stock awards granted by another company, whether in connection with
an acquisition of such other company or otherwise.
5. Administration.
5.1 Committee Authority. This Plan shall be administered by the
Committee or the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general
purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the
Board, the Committee shall have full power to implement and carry out this
Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to:
(a) Construe and interpret the Plan, any Option Agreement or
Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant
to this Plan.
(b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating
to this Plan.
(c) select persons to receive Options or Awards.
(d) determine the form and terms of Options and Awards.
(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject
to Options and Awards.
2
<PAGE>
(f) determine whether Options and Awards will be granted singly,
in combination, in tandem with, in replacement of or as alternatives
to, other Options and/or Awards under this Plan or any other incentive
or compensation plan of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of
the Company.
(g) grant waivers of Plan, Option or Award conditions.
(h) Determine the vesting, exercisabilty and payment of Options
and Awards.
(i) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile
inconsistency in the Plan, any Option, any Option Agreement or Award
Agreement.
(j) determine whether an Option or Award has been earned.
(k) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration of this Plan.
5.2 Committee Discretion. Any determination made by the Committee with
respect to any Option or Award shall be made in its sole discretion at the
time of grant of the Option or the Award or, unless in contravention of any
express term of this Plan or the Option/Award, at any later time, and such
determination shall be final and binding on the Company and all persons
having an interest in any Option or Award under this Plan.
5.3 Exchange Act Requirements. If the Company is subject to the
Exchange Act, the Company will take appropriate steps to comply with the
disinterested director requirements of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act,
including but not limited to, the appointment by the Board of a Committee
consisting of not less than two Persons (who are members of the Board),
each of whom is a Disinterested Person.
6. Terms and Conditions of Options. The Committee may grant Options to
eligible persons and shall determine whether such Options shall be ISOs within
the meaning of the Revenue Code or NSOs, the number of Shares subject to such
Options, the Exercise Price of such Options, the period during which such
Options may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of such Options,
subject to the following:
6.1 Form of Option Grant. Each Option granted under this Plan shall be
evidenced by an Option Agreement which shall expressly identify the Option
as an ISO or NSO, and be in such form and contain such provisions (which
need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time
to time approve, and which shall comply with and be subject to the terms
and conditions of this Plan.
6.2 Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option shall be the date on
which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option unless
otherwise specified by the Committee.
3
<PAGE>
6.3 Exercise Period. Options shall be exercisable within the times or
upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Option
Agreement; provided, however, that no ISO shall be exercisable after the
expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and
provided further that no ISO granted to a person who directly or by
attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company (a "Ten Percent Shareholder") shall be exercisable after the
expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted.
6.4 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be determined by the
Committee when the Option is granted, provided, however, that: (a) the
Exercise Price of an ISO shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%)
of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; (b) the
Exercise Price of any ISO granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be
less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the
Shares on the date of grant; and (c) the Exercise Price of any Option may
not be decreased to below the par value of the Shares, if any.
6.5 Method of Exercise. Options may be exercised only by delivery to
the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the "Exercise
Agreement") in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same
for each Participant), together with payment in full of the Exercise Price
for the number of Shares being purchased.
6.6 Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined
as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are
exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year
(under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company) shall not exceed One
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on
the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first
time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($100,000), the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year
shall be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year
shall be NSOs. In the event that the Revenue Code or the regulations
promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date of the Plan to
provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted
to be subject to ISOs, such different limit shall be automatically
incorporated herein and shall apply to any Options granted after the
effective date of such amendment.
6.7 Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify,
extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options
in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without
the written consent of the Participant, impair any of the Participant's
rights under any Option previously granted.
6.8 No Disqualification. Notwithstanding any other provision in this
Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs shall be interpreted, amended
or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under this Plan
be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under
4
<PAGE>
Section 422 of the Revenue Code or, without the consent of the Participant
affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section 422 of the Revenue Code.
7. Payment For Shares Purchased Upon The Exercise of Options. Payment for
Shares upon the exercise of Options may be made in cash or by check or, or in
any other manner approved for the Participant by the Committee and where
permitted by Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or other applicable law
including, but not limited to, cancellation of indebtedness, payment by a
promissory note, waiver of compensation, the surrender of other Company shares,
or a cashless exercise through the surrender of a portion of the Option.
8. Withholding Taxes. Whenever Shares and/or other property are to be
issued upon exercise of Options or Awards granted under this Plan, the Company
may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to
satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the
delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under
this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Options or Performance Awards are to be
made in cash, such payment shall be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy
federal, state and local withholding tax requirements.
9. Restricted Stock Awards. Awards of Shares subject to forfeiture and
transfer restrictions may be granted by the Committee. Any Restricted Stock
Award shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement in such form as
the Committee shall from time to time approve, which agreement shall comply with
and be subject to the following terms and conditions and any additional terms
and conditions established by the Committee that are consistent with the terms
of the Plan.
9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Awards. Each restricted stock award made
under the Plan shall be for such number of Shares as shall be determined by
the Committee and set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement
containing the terms of such Restricted Stock Award. The Restricted Stock
Award Agreement shall set forth a period of time during which the grantee
must remain in the continuous employment of the Company in order for the
forfeiture and transfer restrictions to lapse. If the Committee so
determines, the restrictions may lapse during such restricted period in
installments with respect to specified portions of the Shares covered by
the Restricted Stock Award. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement may also,
in the discretion of the Committee, set forth performance or other
conditions that will subject the Shares to forfeiture and transfer
restrictions. The Committee may, at its discretion, waive all or any part
of the restrictions applicable to any or all outstanding Restricted Stock
Awards.
9.2 Delivery of Shares and Restrictions. At the time of a Restricted
Stock Award, a certificate representing the number of Shares awarded
thereunder shall be registered in the name of the Participant. Such
certificate shall be held by the Company or any custodian appointed by the
Company for the account of the Participant subject to the terms and
conditions of this Plan and the grant or award, and shall bear such a
legend setting forth the restrictions imposed thereon as the Committee, in
its discretion, may determine. The Participant shall have all rights of a
shareholder with respect to the Shares, including the right to receive
dividends and the right to vote such Shares, subject
5
<PAGE>
to the following restrictions: (i) the Participant shall not be entitled to
delivery of the stock certificate until the expiration of the restricted
period and the fulfillment of any other restrictive conditions set forth in
the Restricted Stock Award Agreement with respect to such Shares; (ii) none
of the Shares may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or
otherwise encumbered or disposed of during such restricted period or until
after the fulfillment of any such other restrictive conditions; and (iii)
except as otherwise determined by the Committee, all of the Shares shall be
forfeited and all rights of the grantee to such Shares shall terminate,
without further obligation on the part of the Company, unless the
Participant remains in the continuous employment of the Company for the
entire restricted period in relation to which such Shares were granted and
unless other restrictive conditions relating to the Restricted Stock Award
are met. Any Common Stock, any other securities of the Company and any
other property (except for cash dividends) distributed with respect to the
Shares subject to Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to the same
restrictions, terms and conditions as such restricted Shares.
9.3 Termination of Restrictions. At the end of the restricted period
and provided that any other restrictive conditions of the Restricted Stock
Award are met, or at such earlier time as otherwise determined by the
Committee, all restrictions set forth in the Restricted Stock Award
Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock Award or in this Plan shall
lapse as to the Restricted Shares subject thereto, and a stock certificate
for the appropriate number of Shares, free of the restrictions and the
restricted stock legend, shall be delivered to the Participant or the
Participant's beneficiary or estate, as the case my be.
10. Performance Awards.
10.1 Grant of Performance Awards. The Committee is further authorized
to grant performance awards. Subject to the terms of this Plan and any
applicable award agreement, a Performance Award granted under this Plan:
(i) may be denominated or payable in cash, Shares (including without
limitation, restricted stock), other securities, other awards or other
property; and (ii) shall confer on the Participant rights valued as
determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and payable to, or
exercisable by, the Participant, in whole or in part, upon the achievement
of such performance goals during such performance periods as the Committee,
in its discretion, shall establish. Subject to the terms of this Plan and
any applicable award agreement, the performance goals to be achieved during
any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of
any Performance Award granted, and the amount of any payment or transfer to
be made by the Participant and by the Company under any Performance Award
shall be determined by the Committee.
10.2 Shares Subject to Performance Awards. For purposes of this
Section 10: (i) if a Performance Award entitles the Participant to receive
or purchase Shares, the number of Shares covered by such Performance Award
to which such Performance Award relates shall be counted on the date of
grant of such Performance Award against the aggregate number of Shares
available under this Plan; and (ii) if a Performance Award entitles the
Participant to receive cash payments but the amount of such payments are
denominated in or based on a number of Shares, the number of Shares shall
be counted on the date of
6
<PAGE>
grant of such Performance Award against the aggregate number of shares
available under this Plan; provided, however, that Performance Awards that
operate in tandem with (whether granted simultaneously with or at a
different time from), or that are substituted for, other Performance Awards
may be counted or not counted under procedures adopted by the Committee in
order to avoid double counting.
11. Privileges of Stock Ownership. No Participant shall have any of the
rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued
to the Participant.
12. Transferability. Options and Awards granted under this Plan, and any
interest therein, shall not be transferable or assignable by a Participant, and
may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise
than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Revenue Code or Title I of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (or the rules thereunder). During
the lifetime of the Participant an Option or Award shall be exercisable only by
the Participant, and any elections with respect to an Option or Award may be
made only by the Participant.
13. Restrictions on Shares. At the discretion of the Committee, the Company
may require that an Option or Award be subject to restrictions including, but
not limited to, a right of first refusal or a right to repurchase by the
Company.
14. Certificates. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered
under this Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and
other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including
restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or
any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange
or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed.
15. Escrow; Pledge of Shares. To enforce any restrictions on a
Participant's Shares, and/or to enforce any obligation of a Participant in
connection with an Option or Award the Committee may require the Participant to
deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or
other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed
in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in
escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may
cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the
certificates.
16. Securities Laws and Other Regulatory Compliance. An Option or Award
shall not be effective unless such Option or Award is in compliance with all
applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any
governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated
quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed, as they are in effect
on the date of grant of the Option or Award and also on the date of exercise or
other issuance of Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the
Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares
under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies
that the Company determines are necessary or advisable and/or (b) completion of
any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or
federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be
necessary or advisable. The Company shall be under no obligation to register the
Shares with the
7
<PAGE>
SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing
requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation
system, and the Company shall have no liability for any inability or failure to
do so.
17. No Obligation to Employ. Nothing in this Plan or any Option or Award
granted under this Plan shall confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant
any right to continue in the employ of or to continue any other relationship
with, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or limit in any
way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to
terminate the Participant's employment or other relationship at any time, with
or without cause.
18. Adoption and Shareholder Approval. This Plan shall become effective on
the date that it is adopted by the Board. This Plan shall be approved by the
shareholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan),
consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the
Effective Date.
19. Term of Plan. This Plan shall terminate ten (10) years from the
Effective Date or, if earlier, the date of shareholder approval.
20. Amendment or Termination of This Plan. The Board may at any time
terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including, without limitation,
amendment of any form of Option Agreement or Award Agreement or instrument to be
executed pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not,
without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, amend the Plan in any
manner that requires such shareholder approval pursuant to the Revenue Code or
the regulations promulgated thereunder as such provisions apply to ISO plans or
pursuant to the Exchange Act or Rule 16b-3 (or its successor), as amended,
thereunder.
21. Nonexclusivity of This Plan. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the
Board, the submission of this Plan to the shareholders of the Company for
approval nor any provision of this Plan shall be construed as creating any
limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation
arrangements as it may deem desirable including, without limitation, the
granting of stock options or awards otherwise than under this Plan, and such
arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific
cases.
22. Governing Law. This Plan and all agreements, documents and instruments
entered into pursuant to this Plan shall he governed by and construed in
accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota, excluding that body
of law pertaining to conflict of law or choice of law.
23. Definitions. As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:
"Affiliate" means any corporation that directly, or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control
with, another corporation, where "control" (including the terms "controlled by"
and "under common control with") means the possession, direct or indirect, of
the power to cause the detection of the
8
<PAGE>
management and policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
"Award" means either a Performance Award or Restricted Stock Award granted
under this Plan, or both, as the context requires.
"Award Agreement" means either a Performance Award Agreement or Restricted
Award Agreement granted under this Plan, or both, as the context requires.
"Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
"Committee" means the committee appointed by the Board to administer this
Plan, or if no committee is appointed, the Board.
"Company" means Entegris, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of
the State of Minnesota, or any successor corporation.
"Disability" means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or
total, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Revenue Code, as determined
by the Committee.
"Disinterested Person" means a director who has not, during the period that
person is a member of the Committee and for one year prior to service as a
member of the Committee, been granted or optioned equity securities pursuant to
the Plan or any other plan of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the
Company, except in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule
l6b-3(c)(2)(i) (and any successor regulation thereto) as promulgated by the SEC
under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as such rule is amended from time to
time and as interpreted by the SEC.
"Effective Date" means the date on which the Board adopts this Plan.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Exercise Price" means the price at which a holder of an Option may
purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.
"Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of a Share of the
Company's Common Stock determined as follows:
(a) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
System, its last reported sale price on the Nasdaq National
Market System or, if no such reported sale takes place on such
date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices.
(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a
national securities exchange, the last reported sale price or, if
no such reported sale takes place on such date, the average of
the closing bid and asked prices on
9
<PAGE>
the principal national securities exchange on which the Common
Stock is listed or admitted to trading.
(c) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted on the
Nasdaq National Market System nor listed or admitted to trading
on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid
and asked prices on such date, as reported by The Wall Street
Journal, for the over-the-counter market.
(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board of Directors
of the Company in good faith.
"Insider" means an officer or director of the Company or any other person
whose transactions in the Company's Common Stock are subject to Section 16 of
the Exchange Act.
"Option" means a contractual right to purchase Shares at sometime in the
future at a specified price.
"Option Agreement" means, with respect to each Option, the signed written
agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and
conditions of the Option.
"Participant" means a person who receives an Option or Award under this
Plan.
"Performance Award" means an award of cash, Shares or other property
payable upon the achievement of specific performance goals.
"Performance Award Agreement" means, with respect to each Performance
Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant
setting forth the terms and conditions of the Performance Award.
"Plan" means this Entegris, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive and Stock Option
Plan, as amended from time to time.
"Restricted Stock Award" means an award of Shares subject to forfeiture and
transfer restrictions as determined by the Committee.
"Restricted Stock Award Agreement" means, with respect to each Restricted
Stock Agreement, the signed written agreement between the Company and the
Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock
Award.
"Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
10
<PAGE>
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"Shares" mean shares of the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value per
share, reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 3
and 18 and any successor security.
"Subsidiary" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken
chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of
the Option, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the
unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations
in such chain.
11
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.2
ENTEGRIS, INC.
OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' OPTION PLAN
1) Definitions. As used in this Plan, the following terms have the
following meanings:
(a) "Administrator" means the Board or a committee appointed by the
Board.
(b) "Affiliate" means a "parent" or "subsidiary" corporation, as
defined in Sections 425(e) and 425(f), respectively, of the Code.
(c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(e) "Company" means Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
(f) "Director" means a member of the Board.
(g) "Effective Date" means the date this Plan is approved by the
Company's stockholders.
(h) "Eligible Director" means a Director who is not also an employee
of the Company or of an Affiliate.
(i) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
(j) "Grant Date" means the date on which an Option is granted.
(k) "Option" means an option to purchase stock as described in Section
5(a) hereof. An Option granted under this Plan is a nonstatutory option to
purchase Stock which does not meet the requirements set forth in Section
422 of the Code.
(l) "Option Agreement" means a written agreement evidencing an Option,
in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed on behalf of the Company
and delivered to and executed by an Optionee.
(m) "Optionee" means an Eligible Director who has been granted an
Option.
(n) "Plan" means this Entegris, Inc. Outside Directors' Option Plan.
(o) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(p) "Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Company.
<PAGE>
(q) "Subscription Agreement" means a written agreement, in form
satisfactory to the Company, duty executed by the Company and an Optionee
who has an Option to purchase Stock.
(r) "Voting Shares" means the outstanding shares of the Company
entitled to vote for the election of directors.
2) Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are to attract and
retain the best available candidates for the Board, to provide additional equity
incentives to Eligible Directors through their participation in the growth value
of the Stock and to promote the success of the Company's business. To accomplish
the foregoing objectives, this Plan provides a means whereby Eligible Directors
will receive Options to purchase Stock.
3) Stock Subject to the Plan. The maximum number of shares of Stock that
may be issued pursuant to the Plan upon the exercise of Options is five hundred
thousand (500,000). The shares of Stock covered by the portion of any Option
that expires or otherwise terminates unexercised under this Plan shall become
available again for grant. The number of shares of Stock covered by Options is
subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5(h).
4) Administration. The Administrator shall have the authority to grant
Options upon the terms and conditions of this Plan, and to determine all other
matters relating to this Plan. The Administrator may delegate ministerial duties
to such employees of the Company as it deems proper. All questions of
interpretation and application of this Plan shall be determined by the
Administrator, and such determinations shall be final and binding on all
Persons.
5) Terms and Conditions of Options.
(a) Grant of Option - Options shall be granted pursuant to this Plan
as follows:
(1) Grant on Date of Adoption - On the date that this Plan is
adopted by the Company's Board of Directors, and subject to subsequent
shareholder approval, an Option for fifteen thousand (15,000) shares
of Stock shall be granted to each Eligible Director.
(2) Subsequent Grants - On the date of each annual meeting or
regular stockholder's meeting subsequent to the Effective Date, an
Option for six thousand (6,000) shares of Stock shall be granted
immediately after such meeting to each Eligible Director.
(b) Exercise Price - The exercise price of an Option shall be at least
100% of the value of the Stock on the Grant Date, determined in accordance
with Section 6 hereof.
(c) Option Term - Each Option granted under this Plan shall expire ten
(10) years from the Grant Date.
2
<PAGE>
(d) Option Exercise -
(1) Replacement Options - On the date of adoption of this Plan by
the Company's Board of Directors, Options shall be issued to replace
currently outstanding options issued under the Fluoroware, Inc. 1997
Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Fluoroware Director Options"). Such
replacement Options shall be identical in all respects to and continue
the Fluoroware Director Options which are currently outstanding
including, but not limited to, carrying forward the original vesting
schedules; provided, however, that the number of shares of Stock and
exercise price of each replacement Option shall reflect the conversion
ratio set forth in that certain June 1, 1999 Consolidation Agreement
by and among Empak, Inc., Fluoroware, Inc. and Entegris, Inc. Those
Directors or former Directors of Fluoroware, Inc. who qualify as
Eligible Directors hereunder shall be entitled to the additional
grants provided for by this Plan, including the grant of 15,000 shares
on the date of adoption of this Plan as described in Section 5.a.
above.
(2) Exercise - An Option shall be exercisable with respect to one
hundred percent (100%) of the Stock six (6) months after the Grant
Date, provided that the Optionee has served continuously as a Director
of the Company since the Grant Date.
(3) Compliance with Securities Laws - Stock shall not be issued
pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of the
Option and the issuance and delivery of Stock pursuant thereto shall
comply with all relevant provisions of law including, without
limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, applicable state
securities laws, the rules and regulations promulgated under each of
the foregoing, the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (if the
Company's securities are listed thereon) and the requirements of
Nasdaq pertaining to the National Market System (if the Company's are
quoted thereon), and shall be further subject to the approval of
counsel to the Company with respect to such compliance.
(e) Registration and Resale - If the Stock subject to this Plan is not
registered under the Securities Act and under applicable state securities
laws, the Administrator may require that the Optionee deliver to the
Company such documents as counsel to the Company may determine are
necessary or advisable in order to substantiate compliance with applicable
securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(f) Payment Upon Exercise - At the time written notice of exercise of
an Option is given to the Company, the Optionee shall make payment in full,
in cash or check or by one of the methods specified below, for all Stock
purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option.
3
<PAGE>
(g) Payment of Exercise Price; Delivery of Stock - An Option may be
exercised by any method approved by the Administrator including delivery by
the Optionee of Stock already owned by the Optionee for all or part of the
aggregate exercise price of the Stock as to which the Option is being
exercised, so long as: (i) the value of such Stock (determined as provided
in Section 6) is equal on the date of exercise to the aggregate exercise
price of the shares of Stock as to which the Option is being exercised, or
such portion thereof as the Optionee is authorized to pay by delivery of
Stock, and (ii) such previously owned shares have been held by the Optionee
for at least six (6) months.
(h) Adjustments - If the Stock is changed by reason of a stock split,
reverse stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization, or is converted
into or exchanged for other securities, the Administrator shall make such
appropriate adjustments in: (i) the number and class of shares of Stock
subject to this Plan; (ii) each Option outstanding under this Plan; and
(iii) the exercise price of each outstanding Option; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares as a
result of any such adjustment. Each such adjustment shall be determined by
the Administrator in its sole discretion, which determination shall be
final and binding on all persons. Any new or additional Stock to which an
Optionee may be entitled under this Section 5(h) shall be subject to all of
the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5 of this Plan.
(i) No Assignment - No right or benefit under, or interest in, this
Plan shall be subject to assignment or transfer (other than by will or the
laws of descent and distribution), and no such right, benefit or interest
shall be subject to attachment or legal process for or against Optionee or
his or her beneficiaries, as the case may be. During the life of the
Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or, in the
event of disability of the Optionee, by the Optionee's guardian or legal
representative.
(j) Termination; Expiration of Unvested Options - Options granted to
an Optionee under this Plan, to the extent such rights have not expired or
been exercised, shall terminate on the date set forth in the Stock Option
Agreement.
6) Determination of Value. For purposes of this Plan, the value of the
Stock shall be the closing sales price on the New York Stock Exchange or the
Nasdaq National Market System, as the case may be, on the date the value is to
be determined as reported in The Wall Street Journal. If there are no trades on
such date, the closing sale price on the last preceding business day upon which
trades occurred shall be the fair market value. If the Stock is not listed on
the New York Stock Exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System, the
fair market value shall be determined based on the mean between the closing bid
and asked prices, and if a public market does not exist for the Stock, then the
value of the Stock shall be determined by the Administrator.
7) Manner of Exercise. An Optionee wishing to exercise an Option shall give
written notice to the Company at its principal executive office, to the
attention of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, accompanied by an
executed Subscription Agreement and by payment of the Option exercise price in
accordance with Section 5(f). The date the Company receives written notice of an
exercise hereunder accompanied by payment of the Option exercise
4
<PAGE>
price will be considered the date the Option is exercised. Promptly after
receipt of such written notice and payment, the Company shall deliver to the
Optionee or such other person permitted to exercise such option under Section
5(i), a certificate or certificates for the requisite number of shares of Stock.
8) Rights.
(a) Rights as Optionee - No Eligible Director shall acquire any rights
as an Optionee unless and until an Option Agreement has been duly executed
on behalf of the Company, delivered to the Optionee and executed by the
Optionee.
(b) Rights as Stockholder - No person shall have any rights as a
stockholder of the Company with respect to any Stock subject to an Option
until the date that a stock certificate has been issued and delivered to
the Optionee.
(c) No Right to Re-election - Nothing contained in this Plan or any
Option Agreement shall be deemed to create any obligation on the part of
the Board to nominate any Director for re-election by the Company's
stockholders, or confer upon any Director the right to remain a member of
the Board for any period of time, or at any particular rate of
compensation.
9) Registration and Resale. The Board may, but shall not be required to,
cause this Plan, the Options and the Stock subject to this Plan to be registered
under the Securities Act and under the securities laws of any state. No Option
may be exercised, and the Company shall not be obliged to grant any Stock upon
exercise of an Option, unless, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such
exercise and grant is in compliance with all applicable federal and state
securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. As a
condition to the grant of an Option for the issuance of Stock upon the exercise
of an Option, the Administrator may require that the Optionee agree to comply
with such provisions and federal and state securities laws as may be applicable
to such grant or the issuance of Stock, and that the Optionee delivers to the
Company such documents as counsel for the Company may determine are necessary or
advisable in order to substantiate compliance with applicable securities laws
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
10) Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. The Board may at any
time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue this Plan, except to the extent that
stockholder approval is required for any amendment or alteration: (a) by Rule
16b-3 or applicable law in order to exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange
Act any transaction contemplated by this Plan; (b) by the rules of the New York
Stock Exchange, if the Company's securities are listed thereon; or (c) by the
rules of Nasdaq pertaining to the National Market System, if the Company's
securities are quoted thereon; provided, however, no amendment, alteration,
suspension or discontinuation shall be made that would impair the rights of any
Optionee under an Option without such Optionee's consent; and provided further,
that any provision in this Plan relating to the eligibility of Directors to
participate in this Plan, the timing of Option grants made under this Plan or
the amount of Options granted to a Director under this Plan, shall not be
amended more than once every six (6) months, other than to comport with the
changes in the
5
<PAGE>
Code or the rules thereunder. Subject to the foregoing, the
Administrator shall have the power to make such changes in the regulations and
administrative provisions hereunder, or in any Option (with the Optionee's
consent), as in the opinion of the Administrator may be appropriate from time to
time.
11) Indemnification of Administrator. Members of the group constituting the
Administrator shall be indemnified for actions with respect to this Plan to the
fullest extent permitted by the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and the
Bylaws of the Company and by the terms of any indemnification agreement that has
been or shall be entered into from time to time between the Company and any such
person.
12) Headings. The headings used in this Plan are for convenience only, and
shall not be used to construe the terms and conditions of this Plan.
6
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.4
FLUOROWARE, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
First Effective September 1, 1984
As Amended and Restated Effective September 1, 1995
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PREAMBLES ........................................................ 1
SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION ........................................ 2
1.1. Definitions
1.1.1. Account
1.1.2. Affiliate
1.1.3. Annual Valuation Date
1.1.4. Beneficiary
1.1.5. Code
1.1.6. Committee
1.1.7. Disability
1.1.8. Effective Date
1.1.9. Eligibility Service
1.1.10. Employer
1.1.11. Employment Commencement Date
1.1.12. ERISA
1.1.13. Event of Maturity
1.1.14. Exempt Loan
1.1.15. Fund
1.1.16. Hours of Service
1.1.17. Investment Manager
1.1.18. Normal Retirement Age
1.1.19. Participant
1.1.20. Period of Service
1.1.21. Period of Severance
1.1.22. Plan
1.1.23. Plan Statement
1.1.24. Plan Year
1.1.25. Principal Sponsor
1.1.26. Prior Plan Statement
1.1.27. Qualifying Employer Securities
1.1.28. Recognized Compensation
1.1.29. Recognized Employment
-i-
<PAGE>
1.1.30. Reemployment Commencement Date
1.1.31. Severance from Service Date
1.1.32. Trustee
1.1.33. Unallocated Reserve
1.1.34. Valuation Date
1.1.35. Vested
1.1.36. Vesting Service
1.2. Rules of Interpretation
1.3. Transitional Rules
SECTION 2. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION ....................... 13
2.1. General Eligibility Rule
2.2. Special Rule for Former Participants
2.3. Special Rule Where Nonrecognition of Gain Elected
for Qualifying Employer Securities
SECTION 3. CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF ................ 14
3.1. Employer Contributions
3.1.1. Source of Employer Contributions
3.1.2. Employer Annual Contribution
3.1.3. Limitation
3.1.4. Form of Payment
3.1.5. Leveraged Acquisitions
3.1.6. Application of Contribution to Debt
3.1.7. Disposition of Shares
3.1.8. Advance Contributions
3.2. Allocating Employer Contributions
3.3. Eligible Participants
3.4. Adjustments
3.4.1. Make-Up Contributions for Omitted Participants
3.4.2. Mistaken Contributions
3.5. Limitation on Annual Additions
3.6. Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact
3.7. Use of Dividends
3.7.1. Unallocated Reserve Dividends
3.7.2. Dividends on Allocated Securities
SECTION 4. INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS ............... 17
4.1. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts
4.2. Management and Investment of Fund
4.3. Investment of Fund
-ii-
<PAGE>
4.4. Authority With Respect to Qualifying Employer
Securities
SECTION 5. VESTING ............................................. 19
5.1. Progressive Vesting
5.2. Full Vesting
5.3. Forfeiture Event
5.4. Special Rule for Partial Distributions
5.5. Effect of Break on Vesting
SECTION 6. MATURITY ............................................ 21
6.1. Events of Maturity
6.2. Disposition of Nonvested Account
6.2.1. Rehire Before Forfeiture
6.2.2. Rehire After Forfeiture
6.2.3. Forfeitures
6.2.4. Restorations
SECTION 7. DISTRIBUTION ........................................ 23
7.1. Application for Distribution
7.1.1. Application Required
7.1.2. Exception for Small Amounts
7.1.3. Exception for Required Distributions
7.1.4. Notices
7.1.5. Direct Rollover
7.2. Time and Form of Distribution
7.2.1. Earliest Beginning Date
7.2.2. Required Beginning Date
7.3. Effect of Reemployment
7.4. Designation of Beneficiaries
7.4.1. Right To Designate
7.4.2. Spousal Consent
7.4.3. Failure of Designation
7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries
7.4.5. Definitions
7.4.6. Special Rules
7.5. Distribution in Kind
7.6. Death Prior to Full Distribution
7.7. Facility of Payment
7.8. Puts and Rights of First Refusal
7.8.1. Right of First Refusal
7.8.2. Put Option
7.8.3. Other Restrictions on Qualifying Employer
Securities
-iii-
<PAGE>
7.9. Diversification Distribution
7.9.1. Election
7.9.2. Definitions
7.9.3. Other Elections Permitted
SECTION 8. SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS .............................. 31
SECTION 9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION ........................... 32
9.1. Amendment
9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan
9.3. Merger or Spinoff of Plans
9.3.1. In General
9.3.2. Limitations
9.3.3. Beneficiary Designations
9.4. Adoption by Affiliates
9.4.1. Adoption by Consent
9.4.2. Procedure for Adoption
9.4.3. Effect of Adoption
SECTION 10. CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE ............................. 34
10.1. Dealings with Trustee
10.1.1. No Duty to Inquire
10.1.2. Assumed Authority
10.2. Compensation of Trustee
10.3. Resignation and Removal of Trustee
10.3.1. Resignation, Removal and Appointment
10.3.2. Automatic Removal
10.3.3. Surviving Trustees
10.3.4. Successor Organizations
10.3.5. Co-Trustee Responsibility
10.3.6. Allocation of Responsibility
10.3.7. Majority Decisions
10.4. Accountings by Trustee
10.4.1. Periodic Reports
10.4.2. Special Reports
10.5. Trustee's Power to Protect Itself on Account of Taxes
10.6. Other Trust Powers
10.7. Voting of Qualifying Employer Securities
10.7.1. Registration-Type Securities
10.7.2. Non-Registration-Type Securities
10.7.3. Other Securities
10.8. No Investment in Employer Real Property
-iv-
<PAGE>
10.9. Investment in Employer Securities
10.10. Fiduciary Principles
10.11. Prohibited Transactions
10.12. Indemnity
10.13. Investment Managers
10.13.1. Appointment and Qualifications
10.13.2. Removal
10.13.3. Relation to Other Fiduciaries
SECTION 11. DETERMINATIONS -- RULES AND REGULATIONS ............ 42
11.1. Determinations
11.2. Rules and Regulations
11.3. Method of Executing Instruments
11.3.1. Employer or Committee
11.3.2. Trustee
11.4. Claims Procedure
11.4.1. Original Claim
11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure
11.4.3. General Rules
11.5. Information Furnished by Participants
SECTION 12. PLAN ADMINISTRATION ................................ 44
12.1. Principal Sponsor
12.1.1. Officers
12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer
12.1.3. Board of Directors
12.2. Administrative Committee
12.2.1. Appointment and Removal
12.2.2. Automatic Removal
12.2.3. Authority
12.2.4. Majority Decisions
12.3. Limitation on Authority
12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally
12.3.2. Trustee
12.4. Conflict of Interest
12.5. Dual Capacity
12.6. Administrator
12.7. Named Fiduciaries
12.8. Service of Process
12.9. Administrative Expenses
12.10. IRS Qualification
SECTION 13. IN GENERAL ......................................... 47
-v-
<PAGE>
13.1. Disclaimers
13.1.1. Effect on Employment
13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits
13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters
13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited
13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules
13.4. Continuity
13.5. Execution in Counterparts
SIGNATURES ....................................................... 47
APPENDIX A -- LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS AND ANNUAL BENEFITS . A-1
APPENDIX B -- CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES .................... B-1
APPENDIX C -- QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATION ORDERS ................. C-1
APPENDIX D -- HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE ........................ D-1
-vi-
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of _______________, 1995, by
and between FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Principal Sponsor"),
and DANIEL QUERNEMOEN, STAN GEYER and RICHARD G. REVORD, as trustees
(collectively, together with their successors, the "Trustee");
WITNESSETH: That
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has heretofore established and
maintained an employee stock ownership plan (the "Plan") which, in its most
recent form, is embodied in documents dated September 1, 1984 and entitled
"Fluoroware, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust Agreement (1984
Statement)" (as amended by various documents); and
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has reserved to itself the power to
amend further the Plan documents; and
WHEREAS, It is desired to amend and restate the Plan documents in a
single instrument in the manner hereinafter set forth;
NOW THEREFORE, The Plan documents are hereby amended and restated,
effective as of September 1, 1995, to read in full as follows:
<PAGE>
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1. Definitions. When the following terms are used herein with initial capital
letters, they shall have the following meanings:
1.1.1. Account -- the account maintained for each Participant to which
is credited the Participant's allocable share of the Employer contributions and
the Participant's allocable share of forfeitures under the Plan, together with
any increase or decrease thereon.
1.1.2. Affiliate -- a business entity which is under "common control"
with the Employer or which is a member of an "affiliated service group" that
includes the Employer, as those terms are defined in section 414(b), (c) and (m)
of the Code. A business entity which is a predecessor to the Employer shall be
treated as an Affiliate if the Employer maintains a plan of such predecessor
business entity or if, and to the extent that, such treatment is otherwise
required by regulations under section 414(a) of the Code. A business entity
shall also be treated as an Affiliate if, and to the extent that, such treatment
is required by regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. In addition to said
required treatment, the Principal Sponsor may, in its discretion, designate as
an Affiliate any business entity which is not such a "common control,"
"affiliated service group" or "predecessor" business entity but which is
otherwise affiliated with the Employer, subject to such limitations as the
Principal Sponsor may impose.
1.1.3. Annual Valuation Date -- each August 31.
1.1.4. Beneficiary -- a person designated by a Participant (or
automatically by operation of this Plan Statement) to receive all or a part of
the Participant's Account in the event of the Participant's death prior to full
distribution thereof. A person so designated shall not be considered a
Beneficiary until the death of the Participant.
1.1.5. Code -- the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including applicable
regulations for the specified section of the Code. Any reference in this Plan
Statement to a section of the Code, including the applicable regulation, shall
be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement
of that section or regulation.
1.1.6. Committee -- the committee established in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12.2, known as the Administrative Committee.
1.1.7. Disability -- a medically determinable physical or mental
impairment which: (i) renders the individual incapable of performing any
substantial gainful employment, (ii) can be expected to be of long-continued and
indefinite duration or result in death, and (iii) is evidenced by a
certification to this effect by a doctor of medicine approved by the
Administrative Committee. In lieu of such a certification, the Administrative
Committee may accept, as proof of Disability, the official written determination
that the individual will be eligible for disability benefits under the federal
Social Security Act as now enacted or hereinafter amended (when any waiting
period expires). The Administrative
-2-
<PAGE>
Committee shall determine the date on which the Disability shall have occurred
if such determination is necessary.
1.1.8. Effective Date -- September 1, 1995, subject to Section 1.3.
1.1.9. Eligibility Service -- a measure of an employee's service with
the Employer and all Affiliates (stated as a number of years) which is equal to
the number of computation periods for which the employee is credited with one
thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service; subject, however, to the following
rules:
(a) Computation Periods. The computation periods for determining
Eligibility Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month
period beginning with the date the employee first performs an
Hour of Service and all Plan Years beginning after such date
(irrespective of any termination of employment and subsequent
reemployment).
(b) Completion. A year of Eligibility Service shall be deemed
completed only as of the last day of the computation period
(irrespective of the date in such period that the employee
completed one thousand Hours of Service). (Fractional years of
Eligibility Service shall not be credited.)
(c) Pre-Effective Date Service. Eligibility Service shall be
credited for Hours of Service earned and computation periods
completed before September 1, 1995 under the Prior Plan
Statement.
(d) Pre-Effective Date Breaks in Service. Eligibility Service
cancelled before September 1, 1995 by operation of the Plan's
break in service rules as they existed before September 1,
1995 shall continue to be cancelled on and after September 1,
1995.
1.1.10. Employer -- the Principal Sponsor, any business entity that
adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 9.4, and any successor thereof that adopts
the Plan.
1.1.11. Employment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an employee
first performs one (1) hour of Service for the Employer or an Affiliate (without
regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized Employment or
otherwise).
1.1.12. ERISA -- the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
including applicable regulations for the specified section of ERISA. Any
reference in this Plan Statement to a section of ERISA, including the applicable
regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent
amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.
1.1.13. Event of Maturity -- any of the occurrences described in
Section 6 by reason of which a Participant or Beneficiary may become entitled to
a distribution from the Plan.
-3-
<PAGE>
1.1.14. Exempt Loan -- a direct or indirect extension of credit to the
Plan that is made or is guaranteed by either a party in interest (as defined in
section 3(14) of ERISA) or a disqualified person (as defined in section 4975 of
the Code), and which satisfies the following requirements:
(a) The proceeds of the Exempt Loan must be used solely to acquire
Qualifying Employer Securities for the Unallocated Reserve, or
to repay such Exempt Loan, or to repay a prior Exempt Loan, or
for any combination of the foregoing purposes.
(b) The Exempt Loan must be without recourse against the Fund
except that:
(i) The Qualifying Employer Securities acquired with the
proceeds of the Exempt Loan may be pledged or
otherwise used to secure repayment of the Exempt Loan
(and certificates evidencing Qualifying Employer
Securities so pledged may be delivered to and held by
the lender, including who is the Employer or
otherwise is such a party in interest or disqualified
person, solely for the purpose of perfecting such
pledge), and
(ii) Any Qualifying Employer Securities which were
acquired with the proceeds of a prior Exempt Loan
which was repaid with the proceedsof the Exempt Loan
may be pledged or otherwise used to secure repayment
of the Exempt Loan, and
(iii) Any Employer contributions made to the Plan in cash
that are made for the purpose of satisfying the
Plan's obligations under the Exempt Loan may be
pledged or otherwise used to secure repayment of the
Exempt Loan, and
(iv) The earnings of the Qualifying Employer Securities
acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan and
which continue to be pledged or otherwise used as
security for the Exempt Loan may be pledged or
otherwise used as security for an Exempt Loan.
(c) Shares of Qualifying Employer Securities held to secure
repayment of an Exempt Loan shall be released from encumbrance
(and from the Unallocated Reserve) as of the last day of each
Plan Year as the Exempt Loan is paid. The number of shares
which shall be so released from encumbrance (and from the
Unallocated Reserve) is equal to the number of encumbered
Qualifying Employer Securities held in the Unallocated Reserve
immediately before release for the current Plan Year
multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction shall
equal interest and the principal payments made on the Exempt
Loan from the Employer contribution made for the Plan Year.
The denominator of the fraction shall equal the sum of the
numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid for all
future years (disregarding any possible extensions or renewal
periods). If the interest rate on the Exempt Loan is
-4-
<PAGE>
variable, the interest to be paid in the future shall be
computed by using the interest rate in effect as of the last
day of the current Plan Year.
(d) For the purpose of the foregoing, the amount of principal and
interest in any payment shall be determined in accordance with
standard loan amortization tables.
(e) The rate of interest (which may be fixed or variable) on the
Exempt Loan must not be in excess of a reasonable rate of
interest, considering all relevant factors including (but not
limited to) the amount and duration of the loan, the security
given, the guarantees involved, and the credit standing of the
Plan and the guarantors and the generally prevailing rates of
interest.
(f) In the event of default upon an Exempt Loan, the fair market
value of Qualifying Employer Securities and other assets which
can be transferred in satisfaction of the loan must not exceed
the amount of the loan. If the lender is a party in interest
or disqualified person, the loan must provide for a transfer
of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the
failure of the Plan to satisfy the payment schedule of the
Exempt Loan.
1.1.15. Fund -- the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee from time to
time, including all contributions and the investments and reinvestments,
earnings and profits thereon.
1.1.16. Hours of Service -- a measure of an employee's service with the
Employer and all Affiliates, determined for a given computation period and equal
to the number of hours credited to the employee according to the following
rules:
(a) Paid Duty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour
for which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for
the performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliate.
These hours shall be credited to the employee for the
computation period or periods in which the duties are
performed or, if different, to the computation period or
periods in which the employee ispaid for such hours; provided,
however, that no hours will be credited to the computation
period or periods in which the employee is paid for such hours
unless the Hours of Service to be credited are in connection
with a period of no more than thirty-one (31) days that
extends beyond the computation period or periods in which the
duties are performed.
(b) Paid Nonduty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each
hour for which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
by the Employer or an Affiliate on account of a period of time
during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether
the employment relationship has terminated) due to paid time
off ("PTO"), vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
absence; provided, however, that:
-5-
<PAGE>
(i) no more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service
shall be credited on account of a single continuous
period during which the employee performs no duties
(whether or not such period occurs in a single
computation period),
(ii) no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of
payments made under a plan maintained solely for the
purpose of complying with applicable workers'
compensation, unemployment compensation or disability
insurance laws,
(iii) no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of
payments which solely reimburse the employee for
medical or medically related expenses incurred by the
employee, and
(iv) payments shall be deemed made by or due from the
Employer or an Affiliate whether made directly or
indirectly from a trust fund or an insurer to which
the Employer or an Affiliate contributes or pays
premiums.
These hours shall be credited to the employee for the
computation period for which payment is made or, if the
payment is not computed by reference to units of time, the
hours shall be credited to the first computation period in
which the event, for which any part of the payment is made,
occurred.
(c) Back Pay. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour
for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has
been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an
Affiliate. The same Hours of Service credited under paragraph
(a) or (b) shall not be credited under this paragraph (c). The
crediting of Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) for
periods and payments described in paragraph (b) shall be
subject to all the limitations of that paragraph. These hours
shall be credited to the employee for the computation period
or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather
than the computation period in which the award, agreement or
payment is made.
(d) Unpaid Absences.
(i) Military Leaves. During service in the Armed Forces
of the United States, if the employee both entered
such service and returned to employment with the
Employer or an Affiliate from such service under
circumstances entitling the employee to reemployment
rights granted veterans under federal law, the
employee shall be credited with the number of Hours
of Service which otherwise would normally have been
credited to such employee but for such absence;
provided, however,that if the employee does not
return to employment for any reason other than death,
Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age
-6-
<PAGE>
within the time prescribed by law for the retention
of veteran's reemployment rights, such Hours of
Service shall not be credited.
(ii) Leaves of Absence. If (and to the extent that) the
Administrative Committee so provides in rules, during
each unpaid leave of absence authorized by the
Employer or an Affiliate for Plan purposes under such
rules, the employee shall be credited with the number
of Hours of Service which otherwise would normally
have been credited to such employee but for such
absence; provided, however, that if the employee does
not return to employment for any reason other than
death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement
Age at the expiration of the leave of absence, such
Hours of Service shall not be credited.
(iii) Parenting Leaves. To the extent not otherwise
credited, Hours of Service shall be credited to an
employee for any period of absence from work
beginning in Plan Years commencing after August 31,
1985, due to pregnancy of the employee, the birth of
a child of the employee, the placement of a child
with the employee in connection with the adoption of
such child by the employee or for the purpose of
caring for such child for a period beginning
immediately following such birth or placement. The
employee shall be credited with the number of Hours
of Service which otherwise would normally have been
credited to such employee but for such absence. If it
is impossible to determine the number of Hours of
Service which would otherwise normally have been so
credited, the employee shall be credited with eight
(8) Hours of Service for each day of such absence. In
no event, however, shall the number of Hours of
Service credited for any such absence exceed five
hundred one (501) Hours of Service. Such Hours of
Service shall be credited to the computation period
in which such absence from work begins if crediting
all or any portion of such Hours of Service is
necessary to prevent the employee from incurring a
One-Year Break in Service in such computation period.
If the crediting of such Hours of Service is not
necessary to prevent the occurrence of a One-Year
Break in Service in that computation period, such
Hours of Service shall be credited in the immediately
following computation period (even though no part of
such absence may have occurred in such subsequent
computation period). These Hours of Service shall not
be credited until the employee furnishes timely
information which may be reasonably required by the
Administrative Committee to establish that the
absence from work is for a reason for which these
Hours of Service may be credited.
-7-
<PAGE>
(e) Special Rules. To the extent not inconsistent with other
provisions hereof, Department of Labor regulations 29 C.F.R.
(S) 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are hereby incorporated by
reference herein. To the extent required under section 414 of
the Code, services of leased employees, leased owners, leased
managers, shared employees, shared leased employees and other
similar classifications by the Employer or an Affiliate shall
be taken into account as if such services were performed as a
common law employee of the Employer for the purposes of
determining Eligibility Service and One-Year Breaks in Service
as applied to Eligibility Service.
(f) Equivalency for Exempt Employees. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in the foregoing, the Hours of Service for any
employee for whom the Employer or an Affiliate is not
otherwise required by state or federal"wage and hour" or other
law to count hours worked shall be credited on the basis that,
without regard to the employee's actual hours, such employee
shall be credited with one hundred ninety (190) Hours of
Service for a calendar month if, under the provisions of this
Section (other than this paragraph), such employee would be
credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during that
calendar month.
1.1.17. Investment Manager -- the person or persons, other than the
Trustee, appointed pursuant to Section 10.13 to manage all or a portion of the
Fund or any Subfund.
1.1.18. Normal Retirement Age -- the date a Participant attains age
sixty-five (65) years.
1.1.19. Participant -- an employee of the Employer who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2. An
employee who has become a Participant shall be considered to continue as a
Participant in the Plan until the date of the Participant's death or, if
earlier, the date when the Participant is no longer employed in Recognized
Employment and upon which the Participant no longer has any Account under the
Plan (that is, the Participant has both received a distribution of all of the
Participant's Vested Account, if any, and the Participant's suspense account, if
any, has been forfeited and disposed of as provided in Section 6.2).
1.1.20. Period of Service -- a measure of an employee's employment with
the Employer and all Affiliates which is equal to the period commencing on the
employee's Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date,
whichever is applicable, and ending on the next following Severance from Service
Date; provided, however:
(a) Aggregation. Unless some or all of an employee's service may
be disregarded pursuant to other rules of this Plan Statement,
all discontinuous Periods of Service shall be aggregated in
determining the total of an employee's Period of Service. A
Period of Service shall be stated in years and days and when
aggregating discontinuous periods on less than one (1) year,
three hundred sixty-five (365) days shall equal one (1) year.
-8-
<PAGE>
(b) Service Spanning No. 1. If an employee quits, is discharged or
retires from service with an Employer and all Affiliates and
performs an Hour of Service within the twelve (12) months
following the Severance from Service Date, that Period of
Severance shall be deemed to be a Period of Service.
(c) Service Spanning No. 2. If an employee severs from service by
reason of a quit, a discharge or retirement during the first
twelve (12) months of an absence from service for any reason
other than a quit, a discharge, retirement or death, and then
performs an Hour of Service within the twelve (12) months
following the date on which the employee was first absent from
service, the Period of Severance shall be deemed to be a
Period of Service.
(d) Leased Employees. To the extent required under section 414 of
the Code, services of leased employees, leased owners, leased
managers, shared employees, shared leased employees and other
similar classifications by the Employer or an Affiliate shall
be taken into account as if such services were performed as a
common law employee of the Employer for the purpose of
determining Vesting Service and Periods of Severance as
applied to Vesting Service.
1.1.21. Period of Severance -- the period of time commencing on an
employee's Severance from Service Date and ending on the date on which that
employee next again performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an
Affiliate (without regard to whethersuch Hour of Service is performed in
Recognized Employment or otherwise). A Period of Severance shall be stated in
years and days.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the limited purpose of determining
the length of a Period of Severance, the Severance from Service Date for an
employee shall be advanced during any period of an absence from work (which
began after December 31, 1984) due to the pregnancy of the employee, the birth
of a child of the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in
connection with the adoption of such child by the employee, or for the purpose
of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth
or placement. In no event, however, shall the Severance from Service Date be
advanced under the foregoing sentence to a date that is later than the last day
of the calendar month which is two (2) years after the first of such absence.
This adjustment in the Severance from Service Date shall not be made until the
employee furnishes timely information which may be reasonably required by the
Committee to establish that the absence from work is for a reason for which this
adjustment will be made.
1.1.22. Plan -- the tax-qualified stock bonus and leveraged employee
stock ownership plan of the Employer established for the benefit of employees
eligible to participate therein, as first set forth in this Plan Statement. (As
used herein, "Plan" refers to the legal entity established by the Employer and
not to the document pursuant to which the Plan is maintained. That document is
referred to herein as the "Plan Statement.") The Plan shall be referred to as
the "FLUOROWARE, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN."
-9-
<PAGE>
1.1.23. Plan Statement -- this document entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995 Restatement)" as adopted by
the Principal Sponsor effective as of September 1, 1995, as the same may be
amended from time to time.
1.1.24. Plan Year -- the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on
any Annual Valuation Date.
1.1.25. Principal Sponsor -- Fluoroware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
1.1.26. Prior Plan Statement -- the document pursuant to which the Plan
was established effective as of September 1, 1984, and operated thereafter until
September 1, 1995.
1.1.27. Qualifying Employer Securities -- common stock of Fluoroware,
Inc. or of any other corporation which is an affiliate and a member of a
controlled group of corporations including Fluoroware, Inc. within the meaning
of section 407(d)(7) of ERISA. If at any time there is more than one class of
such common stock, Qualifying Employer Securities shall mean only that class of
common stock having a combination of voting power and dividend rights equal to
or in excess of:
(a) that class of common stock having the greatest voting power,
and
(b) that class of common stock having the greatest dividend
rights.
1.1.28. Recognized Compensation -- wages within the meaning of section
3401(a) of the Code for purposes of federal income tax withholding at the source
but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included
in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of
the Code) and paid to the Participant by the Employer for the applicable period;
subject, however, to the following:
(a) Included Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized
Compensation there shall be included elective contributions
made by the Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
includible in gross income undersections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code including
elective contributions authorized by the Participant under a
Retirement Savings Agreement, a cafeteria plan or any other
qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of
the Code.
(b) Excluded Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized
Compensation there shall be excluded all of the following: (i)
reimbursements or other expense allowances (including all
living and other expenses paid on account of the Participant
being on foreign assignment), (ii) welfare and fringe benefits
(both cash and noncash) including third-party sick pay (i.e.,
short-term and long- term disability insurance benefits),
income imputed from insurance coverages and premiums, employee
discounts and other similar amounts, payments for vacation or
sick leave accrued but not taken, final payments on account of
termination of employment (i.e., severance payments), except
that final
-10-
<PAGE>
payments on account of settlement for accrued but unused paid
time off shall be taken into account in determining a
Participant's Recognized Compensation, (iii) moving expenses,
(iv) deferred compensation (both when deferred and when
received), (v) all bonuses except the Twelve-Hour Equalization
Bonus, (vi) all commissions, (vii) all overtime, and (viii)
the value of a qualified or a non-qualified stock option
granted to a Participant by the Employer to the extent such
value is includable in the Participant's taxable income.
(c) Pre-Participation Employment. Remuneration paid by the
Employer attributable to periods prior to the date the
Participant became a Participant in the Plan shall not be
taken into account in determining the Participant's Recognized
Compensation.
(d) Non-Recognized Employment. Remuneration paid by the Employer
for employment that is not Recognized Employment shall not be
taken into account in determining a Participant's Recognized
Compensation.
(e) Attribution to Periods. A Participant's Recognized
Compensation shall be considered attributable to the period in
which it is actually paid and not when earned or accrued;
provided, however, amounts earned but not paid in a Plan Year
because of the timing of pay periods and pay days may be
included in the Plan Year when earned if these amounts are
paid during the first few weeks of the next Plan Year, the
amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with
respect to all similarly situated Participants and no amount
is included in more than one Plan Year.
(f) Excluded Periods. Amounts received after the Participant's
termination of employment shall not be taken into account in
determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation.
(g) Multiple Employers. If a Participant is employed by more than
one Employer in a Plan Year, a separate amount of Recognized
Compensation shall be determined for each Employer.
(h) Annual Maximum. A Participant's Recognized Compensation for a
Plan Year shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under
section 401(a)(17) of the Code. In determining a Participant's
Recognized Compensation, the rules of section 414(q)(6) of the
Code apply, except that in applying such rules, the term
"family" shall include only the spouse of the Participant and
lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained
age nineteen (19) years before the close of the Plan Year. If
Participants are aggregated as such family members (and do not
otherwise agree in writing), the Recognized Compensation of
each family member shall equal the annualcompensation limit
under section 401(a)(17) of the Code multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is such family member's Recognized
Compensation (before application of such annual compensation
limit) and the denominator of which
-11-
<PAGE>
is the total Recognized Compensation (before application of
such annual compensation limit) of all such family members.
For purposes of the foregoing, the annual compensation limit
under section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall be Two Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted under the Code for
cost of living increases) for Plan Years beginning before
January 1, 1994, and shall be One Hundred and Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($150,000) (as so adjusted) for Plan Years beginning
on or after January 1, 1994.
1.1.29. Recognized Employment -- all employment with the Employer,
excluding, however, employment classified by the Employer as:
(a) employment in a unit of employees whose terms and conditions
of employment are subject to a collective bargaining agreement
between the Employer and a union representing that unit of
employees, unless (and to the extent) such collective
bargaining agreement provides for the inclusion of those
employees in the Plan,
(b) employment of a nonresident alien who is not receiving any
earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from
sources within the United States,
(c) employment in a division or facility of the Employer which was
not in existence on September 1, 1984 (that is, was acquired,
established, founded or produced by the liquidation or similar
discontinuation of a separate subsidiary after September 1,
1984) unless and until the Committee shall declare such
employment to be Recognized Employment,
(d) employment of a United States citizen or a United States
resident alien outside the United States unless and until the
Committee shall declare such employment to be Recognized
Employment,
(e) employment as a temporary employee,
(f) services of a person who is not a common law employee of the
Employer including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, services of a leased employee, leased owner, leased
manager, shared employee, shared leased employee or other
similar classification, and
(g) employment of a highly compensated employee (as defined in
Section 414 of the Code) to the extent agreed to in writing by
the employee.
1.1.30. Reemployment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an
Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an Affiliate
following a Period of Severance that is not deemed to be a Period of Service
(without regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized
Employment or otherwise).
1.1.31. Severance from Service Date -- the earlier of:
-12-
<PAGE>
(a) the date upon which an employee quits, is discharged or
retires from service with the Employer and all Affiliates, or
dies; or
(b) the date which is the first anniversary of the first day of a
period in which an employee remains continuously absent from
service (with or without pay) with the Employer and all
Affiliates for any reason other than a quit, adischarge,
retirement or death, such as vacation, holiday, sickness,
disability, leave of absence or layoff.
1.1.32. Trustee -- the Trustees originally named hereunder and their
successors or successor in trust. Where the context requires, Trustee shall also
mean and refer to any one or more co-trustees serving hereunder.
1.1.33. Unallocated Reserve -- the portion of the assets of the Fund
which consist of shares of Qualifying Employer Securities (and the dividends
thereon) which are acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan (pursuant to
Section 3.1) and which are held pending allocation to the Accounts of
Participants (as provided in Section 3.2).
1.1.34. Valuation Date -- the Annual Valuation Date and such additional
dates, if any, as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine under rules.
1.1.35. Vested -- nonforfeitable, i.e., a claim obtained by a
Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or
deferred benefit hereunder which arises from the Participant's service, which is
unconditional and which is legally enforceable against the Plan.
1.1.36. Vesting Service -- a measure of an employee's service with the
Employer and all Affiliates; subject, however, to the following rules:
(a) Period of Service. Except as provided below, an employee's
Vesting Service as of any date shall be equal to the
employee's Period of Service determined as of that same date.
(b) Vesting in Pre-Five Year Severance Accounts. If an employee
has a five (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance, the
employee's Account shall be divided into the portion
attributable to Employer contributions allocated with respect
to employment before such Period of Severance and the portion
attributable to Employer contributions allocated with respect
to employment after such Period of Severance and employment
after such five (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance shall
not be taken into account in computing the Vested percentage
in the employee's Account attributable to Employer
contributions allocated with respect to employment before such
five (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance.
(c) Vesting in Post-Five Year Severance Accounts. Except as
provided in the following sentences of this paragraph, if an
employee has a Period of Severance and returns thereafter to
employment with the Employer or an Affiliate, both
-13-
<PAGE>
employment before and employment after such Period of
Severance shall be taken into account in computing the Vested
percentage in the employee's Account attributable to Employer
contributions allocated with respect to employment after such
Period of Severance. If, however, the employee does not have
any Vested interest in an Account upon the occurrence of a
Period of Severance which equals or exceeds in length the
greater of five (5) years or the employee's prior Vesting
Service, such prior Vesting Service shall be disregarded. Any
Vesting Service disregarded by a prior application of this
paragraph need not thereafter be taken into account.
1.2. Rules of Interpretation. An individual shall be considered to have attained
a given age on the individual's birthday for that age (and not on the day
before). The birthday of any individual born on a February 29 shall be deemed to
be February 28 in any year that is not a leap year. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement or any election or designation made under the
Plan, any individual who feloniously and intentionally kills a Participant or
Beneficiary shall be deemed for all purposes of this Plan and all elections
anddesignations made under this Plan to have died before such Participant or
Beneficiary. A final judgment of conviction of felonious and intentional killing
is conclusive for the purposes of this Section. In the absence of a conviction
of felonious and intentional killing, the Administrative Committee shall
determine whether the killing was felonious and intentional for the purposes of
this Section. Whenever appropriate, words used herein in the singular may be
read in the plural, or words used herein in the plural may be read in the
singular; the masculine may include the feminine and the feminine may include
the masculine; and the words "hereof," "herein" or "hereunder" or other similar
compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to this entire Plan Statement
and not to any particular paragraph or Section of this Plan Statement unless the
context clearly indicates to the contrary. The titles given to the various
Sections of this Plan Statement are inserted for convenience of reference only
and are not part of this Plan Statement, and they shall not be considered in
determining the purpose, meaning or intent of any provision hereof. Any
reference in this Plan Statement to a statute or regulation shall be considered
also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that
statute or regulation. This document has been executed and delivered in the
State of Minnesota and has been drawn in conformity to the laws of that State
and shall, except to the extent that federal law is controlling, be construed
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.
1.3. Transitional Rules. Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section
1.1.8, the following Sections of the Plan Statement are effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after September 1, 1989: Section 1.1.16(e), Section 1.1.29,
Section 5.3, Section 9.4, Section 11.1, Section 12.10. Notwithstanding the
general effective date of Section 1.1.8, Section 1.1.28(h) of the Plan Statement
is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1, 1994.
Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section 1.1.8, the following
Sections of the Plan Statement are effective for Plan Years beginning on or
after September 1, 1987: Section 3.6, Appendix A, Appendix B and Appendix D.
Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section 1.1.8, the following
Sections of the Plan Statement are effective on or after January 1, 1993:
Section 7.1.4, Section 7.1.5 and Appendix C. Notwithstanding the general
effective date of Section 1.1.8, Section 10.6(b) shall be effective beginning
August 1, 1992.
-14-
<PAGE>
SECTION 2
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1. General Eligibility Rule. Each employee shall become a Participant on the
first day (commencing with the Effective Date) next following the date as of
which the employee has completed one (1) year of Eligibility Service, if the
employee is then employed in Recognized Employment. If the employee is not then
employed in Recognized Employment, the employee shall become a Participant on
the first date thereafter upon which the employee enters Recognized Employment.
2.2. Special Rule for Former Participants. A Participant whose employment with
the Employer terminates and who subsequently is reemployed by the Employer shall
immediately reenter the Plan as a Participant upon the Participant's return to
Recognized Employment.
2.3. Special Rule Where Nonrecognition of Gain Elected for Qualifying Employer
Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan acquires Qualifying
Employer Securities and the seller thereof elects nonrecognition of gain thereon
under Section 1042 of the Code (or any successor provision), then the following
persons shall not thereafter be eligible to share in any Employer contribution
(unless such contribution is specifically designated by the Employer for
investment in assets other than Qualifying Employer Securities):
(a) such seller, and
(b) any person who is related (within the meaning if section
267(b) of the Code) to such seller (except for lineal
descendants described in section 409(n)(3) of the Code), and
(c) any other person who owns (after application of section 318(a)
of the Code) more than twenty-five percent (25%) in number of
shares or in value of any class of outstanding Employer
securities.
For purposes of this section, section 318(a) of the Code (or any successor
provision) shall be applied without regard to the employee trust exception in
paragraph 2(B)(i) of such section.
-15-
<PAGE>
SECTION 3
CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF
3.1. Employer Contributions.
3.1.1. Source of Employer Contributions. All Employer contributions to
the Plan may be made without regard to profits.
3.1.2. Employer Annual Contribution. The Employer shall contribute
annually such amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, shall from time to
time determine.
3.1.3. Limitation. The contribution of the Employer to the Plan for any
year, when considered in light of its contribution for that year to all other
tax-qualified plans it maintains, shall, in no event, exceed the maximum amount
deductible by it for federal income tax purposes as a contribution to a tax-
qualified profit sharing plan under section 404 of the Code. Each such
contribution to the Plan is conditioned upon its deductibility for such purpose.
3.1.4. Form of Payment. The appropriate contribution of the Employer to
the Plan, determined as herein provided, shall be paid to the Trustee and may be
paid either in cash or in Qualifying Employer Securities of a value equal to the
amount of the contribution or in any combination of the foregoing ways.
3.1.5. Leveraged Acquisitions. The Trustee, with the prior concurrence
of the Board of Directors of Principal Sponsor, shall be authorized to enter
into an Exempt Loan and shall invest the proceeds of the Exempt Loan as provided
in Section 1.1.14. All Qualifying Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds
of an Exempt Loan and held to secure repayment of an Exempt Loan shall be
credited to the Unallocated Reserve until such time as they are released from
such encumbrance.
3.1.6. Application of Contribution to Debt. If, at the time of any
Employer contribution, principal or interest is unpaid on an Exempt Loan and is
then due, so much of the Employer contribution (which is made in any form other
than Qualifying Employer Securities) as is required shall be applied to the
payment of interest or principal on the Exempt Loan which is then due. The
Qualifying Employer Securities which are released from encumbrance on account of
such payment of interest or principal shall be allocated as of the Annual
Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which the Employer contribution was made to
the Accounts of Participants entitled to share therein in the manner set forth
in Section 3.2 hereof.
If there is no Exempt Loan (or to the extent the amount of the Employer
contribution required or designated to pay the interest and principal on the
Exempt Loan is less than the total amount of the Employer contribution), then
the contribution (or the portion thereof not required or designated to pay such
principal and interest) shall be allocated as of the Annual Valuation Date of
the Plan Year for which the Employer contribution was made to the Accounts of
Participants entitled to share therein in the manner set forth in Section 3.2
hereof.
-16-
<PAGE>
3.1.7. Disposition of Shares. If shares of Qualifying Employer
Securities which are acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan are sold
before being released from the Unallocated Reserve, the proceeds of the sale
shall be applied to the payment of principal and interest on the Exempt Loan
secured by the shares which are sold and any remaining sale proceeds shall be
treated as a general investment gain of the Fund and allocated to the Accounts
of Participants as of the next Valuation Date as provided in Section 4 hereof.
The remaining sale proceeds so allocated shall not be considered an addition to
the Accounts of Participants for the purposes of Section 3.5 and Appendix A
hereof.
3.1.8. Advance Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
Employer shall make a contribution as of an Annual Valuation Date which is
subsequent to the actual date ofcontribution and designate such contribution for
allocation as of such subsequent Annual Valuation Date, then:
(i) such contribution shall be segregated for investment
purposes by the Trustee from other assets of the Fund
until such subsequent Annual Valuation Date, and
(ii) the amount of such segregated contribution (adjusted
for gains or losses) shall be allocated as of such
Annual Valuation Date as if it were an Employer
contribution made in fact on that Annual Valuation
Date.
3.2. Allocating Employer Contributions. The Employer contribution for a Plan
Year, including forfeited Suspense accounts, if any, to be included with that
contribution or reallocated as of the Annual Valuation of such Plan Year shall
be allocated to the Accounts of eligible Participants under Section 3.3. The
contribution shall be allocated to the Accounts of eligible Participants in the
ratio which the Recognized Compensation of each such eligible Participant for
the Plan Year bears to the Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year of all
such eligible Participants. The amount so allocated to an eligible Participant
shall be credited to such Participant's Account as of the Annual Valuation Date
in the Plan Year for which such contribution is made.
3.3. Eligible Participants. For purposes of this Section 3, a Participant shall
be an eligible Participant for a Plan Year only if:
(a) the Participant is credited with at least one thousand (1,000)
Hours of Service for such Plan Year, or
(b) the Participant terminates employment with the Employer within
the Plan Year by reason of death, retirement at or after the
Participant's Normal Retirement Age or Disability.
No other Participant shall be an eligible Participant.
3.4. Adjustments.
-17-
<PAGE>
3.4.1. Make-Up Contributions for Omitted Participants. If, after the
Employer's annual contribution for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it
should appear that, through oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a Participant
(or an employee who should have been considered a Participant) who should have
been entitled to share in such contribution received no allocation or received
an allocation which was less than the Participant should have received, the
Committee may, at its election, and in lieu of reallocating such contribution,
direct the Employer to make a special make-up contribution for the Account of
such Participant in an amount adequate to provide the same addition to the
Participant's Account for such Plan Year as the Participant should have
received.
3.4.2. Mistaken Contributions. If, after the Employer's annual
contribution for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it should appear that,
through oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a Participant (or an individual
who was not a Participant) received an allocation which was more than the
Participant should have received, the Committee may direct that the mistaken
contribution, adjusted for its pro rata share of any net loss or net gain in the
value of the Fund which accrued while such mistaken contribution was held
therein, shall be withdrawn from the Account of such individual and retained in
the Fund and used to reduce the amount of the next succeeding contribution of
the Employer to the Fund due after the determination that such mistaken
contribution had occurred.
3.5. Limitation on Annual Additions. In no event shall amounts be allocated to
the Account of any Participant if, or to the extent, such amounts would exceed
the limitations set forth in Appendix A to this Plan Statement.
3.6. Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact. All Employer
contributions to the Plan are conditioned on their qualification for deduction
for federal income tax purposes under section 404 of the Code. If any such
deduction should be disallowed, in whole or in part, for any Employer
contribution to the Plan for any year, or if any Employer contribution to the
Plan is made by reason of a mistake of fact, then there shall be calculated the
excess of the amount contributed over the amount that would have been
contributed had there not occurred a mistake in determining the deduction or a
mistake of fact. The Principal Sponsor shall direct the Trustee to return such
excess, adjusted for its pro rata share of any net loss (but not any net gain)
in the value of the Fund which accrued while such excess was held therein, to
the Employer within one (1) year of the disallowance of the deduction or the
mistaken payment of the contribution, as the case may be. If the return of such
amount would cause the balance of any Account of any Participant to be reduced
to less than the balance which would have been in such Account had the mistaken
amount not been contributed, however, the amount to be returned to the Employer
shall be limited so as to avoid such reduction.
3.7. Use of Dividends.
3.7.1. Unallocated Reserve Dividends. If, at the time dividends are
received on Qualifying Employer Securities held in the Unallocated Reserve,
principal or interest is unpaid on an Exempt Loan, so much of the dividend as is
required to pay or prepay such principal or interest shall be applied to the
payment of interest or principal on the Exempt Loan. Subject to 3.7.2(iii), the
Qualifying Employer Securities that are released from encumbrance on account of
a payment of principal shall be allocated as of the Annual Valuation Date of the
Plan Year in which the dividend is received to the Accounts of Participants
entitled to share therein as if such dividend were an Employer contribution in
the manner set forth in Section 3.2.
-18-
<PAGE>
To the extent that the amount of the dividend required to pay or prepay
the interest and principal on the Exempt Loan is less than the total amount of
the dividend received, then the dividend (or the portion thereof not required or
designated to pay such principal and interest) shall be allocated as of the
Annual Valuation Date of the Plan Year in which the dividend is received to the
Accounts of Participants entitled to share therein as if such dividend were an
Employer contribution in the manner set forth in Section 3.2.
3.7.2. Dividends on Allocated Securities. If dividends are received on
Qualifying Employer Securities allocated to Participants' Accounts, the Trustee
shall, at the direction of the Administrative Committee and in its sole
discretion, either (i) allocate the dividend to Participants' Accounts and
retain such dividend in Participants' Accounts, (ii) distribute dividends on
Qualifying Employer Securities allocated to Accounts (whether or not Vested) to
Participants and Beneficiaries in cash not later than ninety (90) days after the
close of the Plan Year in which the dividends are paid on such Qualifying
Employer Securities, or (iii) apply such dividends to pay or prepay principal on
an Exempt Loan (but only if Qualifying Employer Securities with a fair market
value of not less than the amount of such dividend are allocated to such
Participants and Beneficiaries for such Plan Year). The issuer of the Qualifying
Employer Securities may elect to pay any cash dividend directly to the
Participants or Beneficiaries. Any such payments of cash dividend on shares of
Qualifying Employer Securities shall be accounted for as if the Participant or
Beneficiary receiving such dividends was the direct owner of such shares of
Qualifying Employer Securities and such payment shall not be treated as a
distribution under the Plan.
-19-
<PAGE>
SECTION 4
INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
4.1. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts. Subject to Section 4.4, the Trustee
shall value the Fund as of each Valuation Date, which valuation shall reflect,
as nearly as possible, the then fair market value of the assets comprising the
Fund (including income accumulations therein). The Trustee shall then adjust
each Account (including undistributed Vested Accounts) for distributions made
from the Account and then adjust each Account for its proportionate share of any
increase or decrease in the value of the Fund as so determined. The Employer
contributions and forfeited suspense accounts, if any, for the Plan Year shall
then be posted to the Accounts of Participants entitled thereto.
4.2. Management and Investment of Fund. The Fund in the hands of the Trustee,
together with all additional contributions made thereto and together with all
net income thereof, shall be controlled, managed, invested, reinvested and
ultimately paid and distributed to Participants and Beneficiaries by the Trustee
with all the powers, rights and discretions generally possessed by trustees, and
with all the additional powers, rights and discretions conferred upon the
Trustee under this Plan Statement. The Trustee shall have the exclusive
authority to manage and control the assets of the Fund and their custody and
shall not be subject to the direction of any person in the discharge of its
duties except the directions of the Investment Manager with respect to assets
other than Qualifying Employer Securities or the directions of the
Administrative Committee to pay benefits hereunder, nor shall its authority be
subject to delegation or modification except by formal amendment of this Plan
Statement.
4.3. Investment of Fund.
4.3.1. General Rule. This Plan is a stock bonus and leveraged employee
stock ownership plan. This Plan is designed to invest primarily in Qualifying
Employer Securities. The primary purpose of this Plan is to benefit Participants
who are active employees by obtaining and retaining for them, individually and
collectively, a position of equity ownership in Fluoroware, Inc. or other
Qualifying Employer Securities while they are active employees and not by
producing retirement income or investment gains. To the extent that Qualifying
Employer Securities are available and subject to Section 4.4, the Trustee shall
generally invest the Fund entirely in Qualifying Employer Securities; provided,
however, that the Trustee is specifically authorized to hold cash or cash
equivalents sufficient to meet anticipated cash distributions to Participants
and Beneficiaries and to invest in assets other than Qualifying Employer
Securities for certain mature accounts under Section 4.3.2.
4.3.2. Special Rule for Mature Accounts. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, however, the Trustee shall not invest the Accounts of
Participants who have had an Event of Maturity, and who do not take a
distribution of their Account on the Earliest Beginning Date (or whose
Beneficiaries do not take a distribution of the Account on the Earliest
Beginning Date), as defined in Section 7.2.1, in Qualifying Employer Securities.
To the extent such Accounts were previously invested in Qualifying Employer
Securities, the Trustee shall reinvest the Account in other investments, chosen
by the Trustee, as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant's or
Beneficiary's Earliest Beginning Date. The costs related to these investments
shall be charged to the Account of the Participant or
-20-
<PAGE>
Beneficiary whose account is so invested. This paragraph shall apply only to
Participants who have an Event of Maturity on or after September 1, 1995.
4.4. Authority With Respect to Qualifying Employer Securities. Except as
otherwise provided in this Section 4.4, the Trustee shall have the exclusive
power, authority and responsibility in all actions or decisions with respect to
Qualifying Employer Securities, including authority (i) to determine whether to
sell, purchase or hold Qualifying Employer Securities and (ii) to determine
whether to exercise any discretion or option under or contained in any
instrument or document evidencing or otherwise related to an Exempt Loan. The
Trustee shall have the authority to decide how Qualifying Employer Securities
shall be voted (except to the extent Participants and Beneficiaries have
properly exercised pass-through voting rights under Section 10.7) and how to
respond to any tender offer for Qualifying Employer Securities. The fair market
value of Qualifying Employer Securities for all purposes of this Plan shall be
determined by a qualified, independent appraiser selected by the Trustee.
-21-
<PAGE>
SECTION 5
VESTING
5.1. Progressive Vesting. Except as hereinafter provided, the Account of each
Participant who was hired on or after March 1, 1994, shall become Vested in
accordance with the following schedule:
When the Participant Has
Completed the Following The Vested Portion of
Periods of Vesting Service: Participant's Account Will Be:
--------------------------- ------------------------------
Less than 5 years 0%
5 years or more 100%
Except as hereinafter provided, the Account of each Participant who was hired
before March 1, 1994, shall become Vested in accordance with the following
schedule:
When the Participant Has
Completed the Following The Vested Portion of
Years of Vesting Service: Participant's Account Will Be:
--------------------------- ------------------------------
Less than 2 years 0%
2 years but less than 3 years 25%
3 years but less than 4 years 50%
4 years but less than 5 years 75%
5 years or more 100%
provided, however, that the Vested percentage of any employee hired before
September 1, 1989, shall be one hundred percent (100%); provided further that
the Vested percentage of that portion of a Participant's Account derived from
Employer contributions accrued as of September 1, 1995 (or the date of adoption
of this Plan Statement, if later) shall not be less than such Vested percentage
computed under the Prior Plan Statement.
-22-
<PAGE>
5.2. Full Vesting. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions for
progressive vesting of Accounts of Participants, the entire Account of each
Participant shall be fully Vested upon the earliest occurrence of any of the
following events while in the employment of the Employer or an Affiliate:
(a) the Participant's death,
(b) the Participant's attainment of his Normal Retirement Age,
(c) the Participant's Disability,
(d) a partial termination of the Plan which is effective as to the
Participant, or
(e) a complete termination of the Plan or a complete
discontinuance of Employer contributions hereto.
In addition, a Participant who is not in the employment of the Employer or an
Affiliate upon a complete termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance
of Employer contributions hereto, shall be fully Vested if, on the date of such
termination or discontinuance, such Participant has not had an Event of
Maturity.
5.3. Forfeiture Event. A Participant who is not in the employment of the
Employer or an Affiliate upon a complete termination of the Plan or a complete
discontinuance of Employercontributions hereto, shall be fully Vested if, on the
date of such termination or discontinuance, such Participant has not had a
"forfeiture event" as described below:
(a) the occurrence after an Event of Maturity of a Period of
Severance of five (5) consecutive years,
(b) the Event of Maturity of a Participant who has no Vested
interest in the Participant's Account,
(c) the distribution after an Event of Maturity, to (or with
respect to) a Participant of the entire Vested portion of the
Account of the Participant, or
(d) the death of the Participant at a time and under circumstances
that do not entitle the Participant to be fully (100%) Vested
in the Participant's Account.
5.4. Special Rule for Partial Distributions. If a distribution is made of less
than the entire Account of a Participant who is not then fully (100%) Vested,
then until the Participant becomes fully (100%) Vested in the Participant's
Account or until the Participant incurs a Period of Severance of five (5) or
more years, whichever first occurs, (i) a separate account shall be established
for the portion of the Account not so distributed and (ii) his Vested interest
in such account at any relevant time shall not be less than an amount ("X")
determined by the formula: X = P[B + (R x D)] - (R x D). For the purpose of
applying the formula, "P" is the Vested percentage at the relevant time
(determined pursuant to Section 5); "B" is the separate account balance at the
relevant time; "D" is the amount of the distribution; and "R"
-23-
<PAGE>
is the ratio of the separate account balance at the relevant time to the Account
balance immediately after distribution.
5.5. Effect of Break on Vesting. If a Participant who is not fully (100%) Vested
incurs a Period of Severance of five (5) or more years, returns to Recognized
Employment and is thereafter eligible for any additional allocation of Employer
contributions, the Participant's undistributed Account, if any, attributable to
Employer contributions allocated as of a date before such five (5) year Period
of Severance and his new Account attributable to Employer contributions
allocated as of a date after such five (5) year Period of Severance shall be
separately maintained for vesting purposes until the Participant is fully (100%)
Vested.
-24-
<PAGE>
SECTION 6
MATURITY
6.1. Events of Maturity. A Participant's Account shall mature and the Vested
portion shall become distributable in accordance with Section 7 upon the
earliest occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of
the Employer or an Affiliate:
(a) the Participant's death,
(b) the Participant's separation from service, whether voluntary
or involuntary,
(c) the Participant's attainment of age seventy and one-half
(70-1/2) years,
(d) the crediting of any amounts to the Participant's Account
after the Participant's attainment of age seventy and one-half
(70-1/2) years,
(e) the Participant's Disability, or
(f) termination of the Plan or a partial termination of the Plan
effective as to the Participant;
provided, however, that a transfer from Recognized Employment to employment with
the Employer that is other than Recognized Employment or a transfer from the
employment of one Employer participating in the Plan to another such Employer or
to any Affiliate shall not constitute an Event of Maturity.
6.2. Disposition of Nonvested Account. Upon the occurrence of a Participant's
Event of Maturity, if any portion of the Participant's Account is not Vested,
the portion of the Participant's Account that is not Vested shall be transferred
to the Participant's suspense account as of the Valuation Date coincident with
or next following such Event of Maturity.
6.2.1. Rehire Before Forfeiture. If such Participant is reemployed by
the Employer or an Affiliate before the earlier of a five (5) year Period of
Severance or distribution of the portion of Participant's Account that is vested
following the Participant's Event of Maturity, the Participant's suspense
account shall be transferred back to and held in the Participant's Account under
the Plan as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the
reemployment date and it shall be held there pending the occurrence of another
Event of Maturity effective as to the Participant, during which period of
subsequent employment the Participant may become Vested in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5.
6.2.2. Rehire After Forfeiture. If such Participant is not reemployed
by the Employer or an Affiliate before the earlier of a five (5) year Period of
Severance or distribution of the portion of Participant's Account that is vested
following the Participant's Event of Maturity, the portion of the Participant's
Account which was not Vested upon such Event of Maturity (and therefore became
the Participant's suspense account):
-25-
<PAGE>
(a) shall be forfeited as of the Annual Valuation Date coincident
with or next following the five (5) year Period of Severance
or the distribution as provided in Section 6.2.3, and
(b) if the Participant returns to employment with the Employer or
an Affiliate before the Participant has a five (5) year Period
of Severance, shall be restored to the Participant's Account
(without adjustment for gains or losses after such Annual
Valuation Date) as provided in Section 6.2.4 if the
Participant returns to Recognized Employment and repays to the
Trustee for deposit in the Fund and crediting to the
Participant's Account the entireamount distributed to (or with
respect to) the Participant from such Account after the Event
of Maturity. Such repayment cannot be "rolled over" from an
individual retirement arrangement.
If the distribution was on account of separation from service, such
repayment must be made, however, before the earlier of (i) five (5) years after
the first day on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the
Employer or Affiliate, or (ii) the close of the first Period of Severance of
five (5) consecutive years commencing after distribution. If the distribution
was on account of any other reason, such repayment must be made within five (5)
years after the date of distribution. In either case, such repayment must be
made before the occurrence of a Period of Severance of five (5) consecutive
years after the Event of Maturity and before the termination of this Plan or the
permanent discontinuance of Employer contributions to this Plan.
6.2.3. Forfeitures. If the Participant's Account consists of both
Qualifying Employer Securities which were acquired with the proceeds of an
Exempt Loan and other assets, forfeitures shall be taken first from such other
assets and then from such Qualifying Employer Securities. Forfeited suspense
accounts shall be used first to restore any forfeited suspense accounts for
rehired Participants of the same Employer as required in Section 6.2.2; any
remaining portion shall then be added to the Employer contribution, if any, to
be allocated as of such Annual Valuation Date, to the Accounts of all
Participants during the Plan Year, as provided in Section 3.2. Any suspense
accounts remaining at the termination of the Plan shall be considered to be an
Employer contribution and shall be allocated pursuant to this Section 6 as if
the Plan termination date were an Annual Valuation Date.
6.2.4. Restorations. The amount necessary to make the restoration
required under Section 6.2.2(b) shall come first from suspense accounts of
Participants of the rehiring Employer that are to be forfeited on the Annual
Valuation Date on which the restoration is to occur. If such suspense accounts
are not adequate for this purpose, the rehiring Employer shall make a
contribution adequate to make the restoration as of that Annual Valuation Date
(in addition to any contributions made under Section 3). If the Participant is
rehired by an Affiliate that is not an Employer, the amount necessary to make
the restoration shall come first from suspense accounts of Participants of the
Principal Sponsor that are to be forfeited on the Annual Valuation Date on which
the restoration is to occur and, if such suspense accounts are not adequate for
this purpose, then the Principal Sponsor shall make a contribution adequate to
make the restoration as of that Annual Valuation Date (in addition to any
contributions made under Section 3).
-26-
<PAGE>
SECTION 7
DISTRIBUTION
7.1. Application for Distribution.
7.1.1. Application Required. No distribution shall be made from the
Plan until the Committee has received a written application for distribution
from the Participant or the Beneficiary entitled to receive distribution (the
"Distributee"). The Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such
application, the manner of filing such application and the information required
to be furnished in connection with such application.
7.1.2. Exception for Small Amounts. A Vested Account which does not
exceed (and has never exceeded) Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) as
of the Second Annual Valuation Date next following the occurrence of an Event of
Maturity effective as to a Participant, shall be distributed automatically in a
single lump sum as of that date without a written application for distribution.
If, however, the distribution is made on account of the Participant's death or
Disability while in the employment of the Employer or the Participant's
separation from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age, a Vested
Account which does not exceed (and has never exceeded) Three Thousand Five
Hundred Dollars ($3,500) on the first Annual Valuation Date next following the
occurrence of Participant's Event of Maturity shall be automatically distributed
in a single lump sum as of such First Annual Valuation Date without a written
application for distribution. A Participant who has no Vested interest in the
Participant's Account as of the Participant's Event of Maturity shall be deemed
to have received an immediate distribution of the Participant's entire interest
in the Plan as of such Event of Maturity.
7.1.3. Exception for Required Distributions. Any Vested Account for
which no application has been received on the required beginning date effective
as to a Distributee under Section 7.2.2, shall be distributed automatically in a
single lump sum as of that date without a written application for distribution.
7.1.4. Notices. The Administrative Committee will issue such notices as
may be required under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11) and other sections of the Code
in connection with distributions from the Plan. No distribution will be made
unless it is consistent with such notice requirements. Distribution may commence
less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under section
1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations or the notice required under
section 1.402(f)-2T of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:
(a) the Administrative Committee clearly informs the Distributee
that the Distributee has a right to a period of at least
thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the
decision of whether or not to elect distribution and, if
applicable, a particular distribution option); and
(b) the Distributee, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
elects a distribution.
-27-
<PAGE>
7.1.5. Direct Rollover. A Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct
rollover may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee,
to have all or any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to
an eligible retirement plan specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover. A
Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct rollover includes only a
Participant, a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a Participant and a
Participant's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Appendix C.
(a) Eligible rollover distribution means any distribution of all
or any portion of a Total Account to a Distributee who is
eligible to elect a direct rollover except (i) any
distribution that is one of a series of substantially
equalinstallments payable not less frequently than annually
over the life expectancy of such Distributee or the joint and
last survivor life expectancy of such Distributee and such
Distributee's designated Beneficiary, and (ii) any
distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
installments payable not less frequently than annually over a
specified period of ten (10) years or more, and (iii) any
distribution to the extent such distribution is required under
section 401(a)(9) of the Code, and (iv) the portion of any
distribution that is not includible in gross income
(determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
appreciation with respect to employer securities).
(b) Eligible retirement plan means (i) an individual retirement
account described in section 408(a) of the Code, or (ii) an
individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of
the Code, or (iii) an annuity plan described in section 403(a)
of the Code, or (iv) a qualified trust described in section
401(a) of the Code that accepts the eligible rollover
distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover
distribution to a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a
Participant, an eligible retirement plan is only an individual
retirement account or individual retirement annuity as
described in section 408 of the Code.
(c) Direct rollover means the payment of an eligible rollover
distribution by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan
specified by the Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct
rollover.
7.2. Time and Form of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application for
distribution from the Distributee after the occurrence of an Event of Maturity
effective as to a Participant, and after the Participant's Vested Account has
been determined and the right of the Distributee to receive a distribution has
been established, the Committee shall cause the Trustee to make distribution of
such Vested Account in a single lump sum as of (and as soon as administratively
feasible after) an Annual Valuation Date specified by the Distributee which is
not earlier than nor later than the dates specified below.
7.2.1. Earliest Beginning Date. Distribution shall not be made as of an
Annual Valuation Date which is earlier than the earliest beginning date.
(a) Participant. If the Distributee is a Participant, the earliest
beginning date is the Second Annual Valuation Date coincident
with or next following the date
-28-
<PAGE>
of the Participant's Event of Maturity. However, if the
distribution is being made on account of the Participant's
Disability or separation from service on or after attainment
of Normal Retirement Age, the earliest beginning date is the
First Annual Valuation Date coincident with or next following
the Participant's Event of Maturity.
(b) Beneficiary. If the Distributee is a Beneficiary of a
Participant, the earliest beginning date is the First Annual
Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date of
such Participant's death.
Distribution shall not be made, however, as of an Annual Valuation Date which is
earlier than the date the Administrative Committee receives any required
application for distribution.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no distribution shall be made if it
would result in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4978 of the Code.
7.2.2. Required Beginning Date. Distribution shall be made as of the
Annual Valuation Date occurring in the calendar year immediately preceding the
calendar year in which the required beginning date effective as to the
Distributee occurs. Actual distributionshall be made as soon thereafter as is
administratively feasible. In all events distribution shall be made not later
than the following required beginning date:
(a) Participant. If the Distributee is a Participant, the required
beginning date is the April 1 following the calendar year in
which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half
(70-1/2) years.
(b) Beneficiary. If the Distributee is a Beneficiary of a
Participant, the required beginning date is the December 31 of
the calendar year in which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary
of the Participant's death.
7.3. Effect of Reemployment. If a Participant is reemployed by the Employer or
an Affiliate after distribution has been scheduled to be made but before the
Participant attains Normal Retirement Age and before actual distribution,
distribution of the Participant's Vested Account shall be suspended and the
Vested Account shall continue to be held in the Fund until another Event of
Maturity effective as to the Participant shall occur after the Participant's
reemployment. It is the general intent of this Plan that no distributions shall
be made before the Normal Retirement Age of a Participant while the Participant
is employed by the Employer or an Affiliate.
7.4. Designation of Beneficiaries.
7.4.1. Right To Designate. Each Participant may designate, upon forms
to be furnished by and filed with the Committee, one or more primary
Beneficiaries or alternative Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified part of
the Participant's Vested Account in the event of the Participant's death. The
Participant may change or revoke any such designation from time to time without
notice to or consent from any Beneficiary or spouse. No such designation, change
or revocation shall be effective unless executed by the Participant and received
by the Committee during the Participant's lifetime.
-29-
<PAGE>
7.4.2. Spousal Consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a designation
will not be valid for the purpose of paying benefits from the Plan to anyone
other than a surviving spouse of the Participant (if there is a surviving
spouse) unless that surviving spouse consents in writing to the designation of
another person as Beneficiary. To be valid, the consent of such spouse must be
in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the designation of the Beneficiary
and must be witnessed by a notary public. The consent of the spouse must be to
the designation of a specific named Beneficiary which may not be changed without
further spousal consent, or alternatively, the consent of the spouse must
expressly permit the Participant to make and to change the designation of
Beneficiaries without any requirement of further spousal consent. The consent of
the spouse to a Beneficiary is a waiver of the spouse's rights to death benefits
under the Plan. The consent of the surviving spouse need not be given at the
time the designation is made. The consent of the surviving spouse need not be
given before the death of the Participant. The consent of the surviving spouse
will be required, however, before benefits can be paid to any person other than
the surviving spouse. The consent of a spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be
effective only with respect to that spouse.
7.4.3. Failure of Designation. If a Participant:
(a) fails to designate a Beneficiary,
(b) designates a Beneficiary and thereafter such designation is
revoked without another Beneficiary being named, or
(c) designates one or more Beneficiaries and all such
Beneficiaries so designated fail to survive the Participant,
such Participant's Vested Account, or the part thereof as to which such
Participant's designation fails, as the case may be, shall be payable to the
first class of the following classesof automatic Beneficiaries with a member
surviving the Participant and (except in the case of the Participant's surviving
issue) in equal shares if there is more than one member in such class surviving
the Participant:
Participant's surviving spouse
Participant's surviving issue per stirpes and not per capita
Participant's surviving parents
Participant's surviving brothers and sisters
Representative of Participant's estate.
7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a
distribution of all or a portion of a deceased Participant's Vested Account may
disclaim his or her interest therein subject to the following requirements. To
be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must be a natural person, must not have
received a distribution of all or any portion of a Vested Account at the time
such disclaimer is executed and delivered, and must have attained at least age
twenty-one (21) years as of the date of the Participant's death. Any disclaimer
must be in writing and must be executed personally by the Beneficiary before a
notary public. A disclaimer shall state that the Beneficiary's entire interest
in the undistributed Vested Account is disclaimed or shall specify what portion
thereof is disclaimed. To be effective, duplicate original executed copies of
the disclaimer must be both executed and actually delivered to both the
Administrative Committee and to the Trustee after the date of the Participant's
death but not later
-30-
<PAGE>
than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the Participant's death. A
disclaimer shall be irrevocable when delivered to both the Administrative
Committee and the Trustee. A disclaimer shall be considered to be delivered to
the Administrative Committee or the Trustee only when actually received by the
Administrative Committee or the Trustee (and in the case of a corporate Trustee,
shall be considered to be delivered only when actually received by a trust
officer familiar with the affairs of the Plan). The Administrative Committee
(and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content, interpretation and
validity of a purported disclaimer. Upon the filing of a valid disclaimer, the
Beneficiary shall be considered not to have survived the Participant as to the
interest disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall not be considered to be
a transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions of Section 8 and shall
not be considered to be an assignment or alienation of benefits in violation of
federal law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of benefits under this
Plan. No other form of attempted disclaimer shall be recognized by either the
Administrative Committee or the Trustee.
7.4.5. Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has
otherwise specified in the Participant's Beneficiary designation, when used in a
Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of
the person whose issue are referred to, including legally adopted descendants
and their descendants but not including illegitimate descendants and their
descendants; "child" means an issue of the first generation; "per stirpes" means
in equal shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to
and the issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with
such issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and
"survive" and "surviving" mean living after the death of the Participant.
7.4.6. Special Rules. Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in
the Participant's Beneficiary designation, the following rules shall apply:
(a) If there is not sufficient evidence that a Beneficiary was
living at the time of the death of the Participant, it shall
be deemed that the Beneficiary was not living at the time of
the death of the Participant.
(b) The automatic Beneficiaries specified in Section 7.5.3 and the
Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed
at the time of the Participant's death so that, if a
Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the
receipt of all payments due such Beneficiary hereunder,
suchremaining payments shall be payable to the representative
of such Beneficiary's estate.
(c) If the Participant designates as a Beneficiary the person who
is the Participant's spouse on the date of the designation,
either by name or by relationship, or both, the dissolution,
annulment or other legal termination of the marriage between
the Participant and such person shall automatically revoke
such designation. (The foregoing shall not prevent the
Participant from designating a former spouse as a Beneficiary
on a form executed by the Participant and received by the
Committee after the date of the legal termination of the
marriage between the Participant and such former spouse, and
during the Participant's lifetime.)
-31-
<PAGE>
(d) Any designation of a nonspouse Beneficiary by name that is
accompanied by a description of relationship to the
Participant shall be given effect without regard to whether
the relationship to the Participant exists either then or at
the Participant's death.
(e) Any designation of a Beneficiary only by statement of
relationship to the Participant shall be effective only to
designate the person or persons standing in such relationship
to the Participant at the Participant's death.
A Beneficiary designation is permanently void if it either is executed or is
filed by a Participant who, at the time of such execution or filing, is then a
minor under the law of the state of the Participant's legal residence. The
Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content,
interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary designation.
7.5. Distribution in Kind. All distributions from this Plan shall be made in
cash, unless and to the extent that the Distributee requests that distribution
be made in Qualifying Employer Securities. If the Distributee requests that
distribution be made in Qualifying Employer Securities, distribution shall be
made in whole shares of Qualifying Employer Securities and the cash equivalent
of any fractional shares of Qualifying Employer Securities. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Fund then holds Qualifying Employer Securities that are
restricted by the bylaws of the Employer so that 80% or more of all such
outstanding Qualifying Employer Securities must be owned by employees of the
Employer, by former employees of the Employer, by trusts for the benefit of such
employees or former employees, or by the Fund, then any distribution allocable
to such Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made in cash (and not in
Qualifying Employer Securities).
7.6. Death Prior to Full Distribution. If a Participant dies after the
Participant's Event of Maturity but before distribution of the Participant's
Vested Account has been made, the undistributed Vested Account shall be
distributed in the same manner as hereinbefore provided in the Event of Maturity
by reason of death. If, at the death of the Participant, any payment to the
Participant was due or otherwise pending but not actually paid, the amount of
such payment shall be included in the Vested Account which is payable to the
Beneficiary (and shall not be paid to the Participant's estate).
7.7. Facility of Payment. In case of the legal disability, including minority,
of a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any distribution under the
Plan, payment shall be made, if the Administrative Committee shall be advised of
the existence of such condition:
(a) to the duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal
representative of such Participant or Beneficiary, or
(b) to a person or institution entrusted with the care or
maintenance of the incompetent or disabled Participant or
Beneficiary, provided such person or institution has satisfied
the Committee that the payment will be used for the best
interest and to assist in the care of such Participant or
Beneficiary, andprovided further, that no prior claim for said
payment has been made by a duly appointed guardian,
conservator or other legal representative of such Participant
or Beneficiary.
-32-
<PAGE>
Any payment made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability or obligation of the
Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and the Fund therefor.
7.8. Puts and Rights of First Refusal.
7.8.1. Right of First Refusal. Qualifying Employer Securities which
have been distributed hereunder shall be subject to a right of first refusal in
favor of the Trustee or the Principal Sponsor at the death of the Distributee
(whether a Beneficiary or the Participant) or upon their sale or gift by the
Distributee.
(a) The Distributee shall, in the case of an intended sale or
gift, notify the Committee in writing of such Distributee's
intention to sell or make a gift of all or a part of such
Qualifying Employer Securities. The Trustee (upon direction of
the Administrative Committee pursuant to Section 4.4) or the
Principal Sponsor shall exercise the right to purchase such
Qualifying Employer Securities by tendering full payment
therefor to the Distributee within thirty (30) days of receipt
of such notice and whereupon the Distributee shall immediately
deliver the certificates or other instruments representing
such Qualifying Employer Securities endorsed in blank or
accompanied by a duly executed stock power.
(b) In the event of the death of the Distributee, the
representative of such Distributee's estate shall notify the
Committee in writing of the death of such Distributee. The
Trustee (upon direction of the Administrative Committee
pursuant to Section 4.4) or the Principal Sponsor shall
exercise the right to purchase such Qualifying Employer
Securities by tendering full payment therefor to said
representative at any time after the death of the Distributee
but no later than thirty (30) days after the receipt of such
notice and whereupon the personal representative shall
immediately deliver the certificates or other instrument
representing such Qualifying Employer Securities endorsed in
blank or accompanied by a duly executed stock power.
(c) Full payment shall, in the case of a Distributee's intention
to sell, be the greater of the price at which such Distributee
notifies the Committee such Distributee has received a bona
fide, arm's- length offer to purchase or fair market value.
When a Distributee gives notice to the Principal Sponsor of
such Distributee's intention to dispose of such Qualifying
Employer Securities by gift, or in event of the death of the
Distributee, full payment shall be fair market value. Fair
market value shall be determined as provided in Section 4.4.
(d) At the election of the Administrative Committee, all
certificates or other instruments representing Qualifying
Employer Securities distributed hereunder may be required to
bear a legend setting forth the essential terms of this right
of first refusal.
-33-
<PAGE>
If the Qualifying Employer Securities subject to the "right of first refusal"
heretofore described shall have been transferred without compliance with the
above provisions, then such shares in the hands of the transferee or any
subsequent transferee shall be subject to purchase by the Trustee or the
Principal Sponsor at the lesser of fair market value at the date of the
Distributee's death or transfer by the Distributee or the fair market value at
the date the transferee is notified of the intention of the Trustee or the
Principal Sponsor to purchase;provided, however, that this right to purchase
from the transferee shall be inapplicable to any transferee of Qualifying
Employer Securities which did not bear the legend heretofore described.
7.8.2. Put Option. If they are not publicly traded when distributed or
are subject to a trading limitation when distributed, Qualifying Employer
Securities distributed hereunder which were acquired with the proceeds of an
Exempt Guaranteed Loan shall be subject to a "put option" as follows:
(a) The put option shall be exercised by the Distributee (whether
the Participant or a Beneficiary), any person to whom the
Qualifying Employer Securities have passed by gift from the
Distributee and by any person (including an estate or a
recipient of the estate) to whom the Qualifying Employer
Securities passed upon the death of the Distributee
(hereinafter the "Holder").
(b) The put option must be exercised during the sixty (60) day
period beginning on the date the Qualifying Employer
Securities are first distributed by the Plan or during the
sixty (60) day period that begins one (1) year after such
date. The period during which the put option is exercisable
shall not include any time when a Holder is unable to exercise
the put option because the Employer is prohibited from
honoring the put option by federal or state law.
(c) To exercise the put option, the Holder shall notify the
Principal Sponsor in writing that the put option is being
exercised.
(d) Upon receipt of such notice, the Principal Sponsor shall
tender to the Holder within thirty (30) days of exercise the
fair market value either in cash or in a combination of cash
equal to at least sixteen and two-thirds percent (16 2/3%) of
the fair market value and a promissory note providing payment
of the balance in not more than five (5) equal annual
installments of principal (that is, 16 2/3% of total fair
market value each), with the first installment due one (1)
year after exercise and the last annual installment due five
(5) years after exercise. The note shall provide for full
right of prepayment without penalty. The interest rate on such
promissory note shall be equal to the prime rate (the base
rate on corporate loans at large United States money center
commercial banks) as published for the last business day of
the calendar month preceding the calendar month in which the
loan is granted by The Wall Street Journal in its Money Rates
column or any comparable successor rate so published plus one
percent (1%). If the prime rate is published as a range of
rates, the highest prime rate in the range shall be used. The
note shall be secured by (and only by) a pledge (or its
equivalent) of the shares sold.
-34-
<PAGE>
(e) The Administrative Committee shall have the option to cause
the Plan to assume the Employer's rights and obligations to
acquire Qualifying Employer Securities under the put option.
If the Plan issues a promissory note for payment, such note
shall be guaranteed by the Employer and shall meet the
requirements of an Exempt Loan.
(f) For the purposes of Section 7.9.2(d) and Section 7.9.1(c), in
the case of a transaction between the Plan and a disqualified
person, fair market value must be determined as of the date of
the transaction. In all other cases, fair market value shall
be determined as of the most recent Annual Valuation Date.
(g) For the purposes of Section 7.9.2, a "trading limitation" on a
security is a restriction under any federal or state
securities law, any regulation thereunder, or an agreement
affecting the security which would make the security not as
freely tradable as one not subject to such restrictions;
provided, however, that the right of first refusal provided
under Section 7.8.2 shall not be considered to be a trading
limitation.
(h) If the Qualifying Employer Securities were publicly traded and
were not subject to a trading limitation when distributed but
cease to be so traded during the period described in paragraph
(b) above, the Employer must notify each Holder in writing
within ten (10) days after the Qualifying Employer Securities
cease to be so traded that for the remainder of such period
the Qualifying Employer Securities are subject to the put
option described in this Section 7.9.2.
7.8.3. Other Restrictions on Qualifying Employer Securities. Except as
provided in Section 7.9.1 and Section 7.9.2, no options, buy-sell arrangements,
puts, calls, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on alienability shall
attach to any Qualifying Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds of an
Exempt Loan and distributed hereunder or held by the Trustee, whether or not
this Plan continues to be an employee stock ownership plan. The put option
extended under Section 7.9.2 shall continue in force notwithstanding that an
Exempt Loan is repaid or that this Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership
plan.
7.9. Diversification Distribution.
7.9.1. Election. Each "qualified Participant" (as defined below) in the
Plan may elect within ninety (90) days after the close of each Plan Year in the
"qualified election period" (as defined below) to direct the Plan to transfer to
the Participant's accounts in the Fluoroware, Inc. Profit Sharing and Retirement
Savings Plan twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's Account in this Plan
(to the extent such portion exceeds the amount to which a prior distribution
election under this Section 7.9 applied). In the case of the election year in
which the Participant can make his or her last election, the preceding sentence
shall be applied by substituting fifty percent (50%) for twenty-five percent
(25%).
7.9.2. Definitions. When used in this Section 7.9, the following terms
have the following meaning:
-35-
<PAGE>
(a) qualified Participant means any employee who has completed at
least 10 years of participation under the Plan and has
attained age fifty- five (55) years;
(b) qualified election period means the six (6) Plan-Year period
beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Participant
first became a qualified Participant.
7.9.3. Other Elections Permitted. Under uniform rules of
nondiscriminatory application, the Administrative Committee may permit transfers
described in Section 7.9.1 above under circumstances in addition to those
required in this Section 7.9.
-36-
<PAGE>
SECTION 8
SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS
No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any transmissible interest in any
Account nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any power to anticipate,
alienate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same while in the possession or
control of the Trustee, nor shall the Trustee, the Employer or the Committee
recognize any assignment thereof, either in whole or in part, nor shall any
Account be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment or
other legal process while in the possession or control of the Trustee.
The power to designate Beneficiaries to receive the Vested Account of a
Participant in the event of death shall not permit or be construed to permit
such power or right to be exercised by the Participant so as thereby to
anticipate, pledge, mortgage or encumber the Participant's Account or any part
thereof, and any attempt of a Participant so to exercise said power in violation
of this provision shall be of no force and effect and shall be disregarded by
the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee.
This Section shall not prevent the Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from
exercising, in their discretion, any of the applicable powers and options
granted to them upon the occurrence of an Event of Maturity, as such powers may
be conferred upon them by any applicable provision hereof. This Section shall
not prevent the Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from observing the terms
of a qualified domestic relations order as provided in Appendix C to this Plan
Statement.
-37-
<PAGE>
SECTION 9
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
9.1. Amendment. The Principal Sponsor reserves the power to amend this Plan
Statement in any respect and either prospectively or retroactively or both:
(a) in any respect by resolution of its Board of Directors; and
(b) in any respect that does not materially increase the cost of
the Plan by action of the Committee (with the written
concurrence of the Chief Executive Officer of the Principal
Sponsor);
provided that no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest the Account of
any Participant unless the same shall have been adopted with the consent of the
Secretary of Labor pursuant to the provisions of ERISA, or in order to comply
with the provisions of the Code and the regulations and rulings thereunder
affecting the tax-qualified status of the Plan and the deductibility of Employer
contributions thereto; provided further that the allocation formula in Section
3.2 shall not be amended more than once every six (6) months other than to
comport with changes in ERISA or the Code and the regulations and rulings
thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be effective to
increase the duties of the Trustee without its consent.
9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan. The Principal
Sponsor reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions
to the Plan and to terminate the Plan herein embodied in its entirety.
9.3. Merger or Spinoff of Plans.
9.3.1. In General. The Principal Sponsor may cause all or a part of
this Plan to be merged with all or a part of any other plan and may cause all or
a part of the assets and liabilities to be transferred from this Plan to another
plan. In the case of merger or consolidation of this Plan with, or transfer of
assets and liabilities of this Plan to, any other plan, each Participant shall
(if such other plan were then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after
the merger, consolidation or transfer which is not less than the benefit the
Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). If the Principal
Sponsor agrees to a transfer of assets and liabilities to or from another plan,
the agreement under which such transfer is concluded (or an amendment of or
appendix to this Plan Statement) shall specify the Accounts to which the
transferred amounts are to be credited.
9.3.2. Limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transfer shall be
made to this Plan of assets that are subject to the joint and survivor annuity
and preretirement survivor annuity rules of section 401(a)(11) of the Code. In
no event shall assets be transferred from any other plan to this Plan unless
this Plan complies (or has been amended to comply) with the optional form of
benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code
(or, where applicable, the distribution rules of section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code) with respect to such transferred assets.
-38-
<PAGE>
In no event shall assets be transferred from this Plan to any other plan unless
such other plan complies (or has been amended to comply) with the optional form
of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code
with respect to such transferred assets.
9.3.3. Beneficiary Designations. If assets and liabilities are
transferred from another plan to this Plan, Beneficiary designations made under
that plan shall become void with respect to deaths occurring on or after the
date as of which such transfer is made and the Beneficiary designation rules of
this Plan Statement shall apply beginning on such date.
9.4. Adoption by Affiliates.
9.4.1. Adoption by Consent. The Principal Sponsor may consent to the
adoption of the Plan by any business entity affiliated in ownership with the
Principal Sponsor subject to such conditions as the Principal Sponsor may
impose.
9.4.2. Procedure for Adoption. Any such adopting business entity shall
initiate its adoption of the Plan by delivery of a certified copy of the
resolutions of its board of directors (or other authorized body or individual)
adopting this Plan Statement to the Principal Sponsor. Upon the consent by the
Principal Sponsor to the adoption by the adopting business entity, and the
delivery to the Trustee of written evidence of the Principal Sponsor's consent,
the adoption of the Plan by the adopting business entity shall be effective as
of the date specified by the Principal Sponsor. If such adopting business entity
is not a corporation, any reference in the Plan Statement to its board of
directors shall be deemed to refer to such entity's governing body or other
authorized individual.
9.4.3. Effect of Adoption. Upon the adoption of the Plan by an adopting
business entity as heretofore provided, the adopting business entity shall be an
Employer hereunder in all respects. Each adopting business entity, as a
condition of continued participation in the Plan, delegates to the Principal
Sponsor the sole power and authority over all Plan matters except that the board
of directors of each adopting business entity shall have the power to amend this
Plan Statement as applied to it by establishing a successor plan to which assets
and liabilities may be transferred as provided in Section 9.3 and to terminate
the Plan as applied to it. Each reference herein to the Employer shall include
the Principal Sponsor and all adopting business entities unless the context
clearly requires otherwise.
-39-
<PAGE>
SECTION 10
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
10.1. Dealings with Trustee.
10.1.1. No Duty to Inquire. No person, firm or corporation dealing with
the Trustee shall be required to take cognizance of the provisions of this Plan
Statement or be required to make inquiry as to the authority of the Trustee to
do any act which the Trustee shall do hereunder. No person, firm or corporation
dealing with the Trustee shall be required to see either to the administration
of the Plan or the Fund or to the faithful performance by the Trustee of its
duties hereunder (except to the extent otherwise provided by ERISA). Any such
person, firm or corporation shall be entitled to assume conclusively that the
Trustee is properly authorized to do any act which it shall do hereunder. Any
such person, firm or corporation shall be under no liability to anyone
whomsoever for any act done hereunder pursuant to the written direction of the
Trustee.
10.1.2. Assumed Authority. Any such person, firm or corporation may
conclusively assume that the Trustee has full power and authority to receive and
receipt for any money or property becoming due and payable to the Trustee. No
such person shall be bound to inquire as to the disposition or application of
any money or property paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the written
directions of the Trustee.
10.2. Compensation of Trustee. If a corporate Trustee shall be acting hereunder,
the corporate Trustee shall be entitled to receive compensation for its services
as Trustee hereunder as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Principal
Sponsor and the Trustee. Any individual Trustee who already receives full-time
pay from the Employer shall receive no compensation for services hereunder.
Other individual Trustees shall likewise serve without compensation unless they
shall otherwise specifically agree with the Principal Sponsor to the contrary.
In any event, however, the Trustee (whether corporate or individual Trustees be
acting) shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for reasonable expenses,
fees, costs and other charges incurred by it or payable by it on account of the
administration of the Plan and the Fund to the extent approved by the Principal
Sponsor. Such items of expense and compensation shall be payable out of the Fund
in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Trustee, except to the
extent that the Employer, in its discretion, directly pays the Trustee.
10.3. Resignation and Removal of Trustee.
10.3.1. Resignation, Removal and Appointment. The Trustee (or in the
event two or more co-trustees are acting, any such co-trustee) may resign by
giving thirty (30) days' notice of intention so to do to the Principal Sponsor
or such shorter notice as the Principal Sponsor may approve. The Principal
Sponsor may remove any Trustee or successor Trustee hereunder by giving such
Trustee (or any co-trustee) thirty (30) days' written notice of removal by
certified mail. The Principal Sponsor shall have the power to appoint one or
more individual or corporate Trustees, or both, as additional or successor
Trustees.
-40-
<PAGE>
10.3.2. Automatic Removal. If any individual who is a Trustee is a
director, officer or employee when appointed as a Trustee, then such individual
shall be automatically removed as a Trustee at the earliest time such individual
ceases to be a director, officer or employee. This removal shall occur
automatically and without any requirement for action by the Principal Sponsor or
any notice to the individual so removed.
10.3.3. Surviving Trustees. When any person appointed, qualified and
serving as a Trustee hereunder shall cease to be a Trustee of the Fund, the
remaining Trustee or Trustees then serving hereunder, or the successor Trustee
or Trustees appointed hereunder, as the case may be, shall thereupon be and
become vested with full title and right to possession of allassets and records
of the Plan and the Fund in the possession or control of such prior Trustee, and
the prior Trustee shall forthwith account for and deliver the same to such
remaining or successor Trustee or Trustees.
10.3.4. Successor Organizations. By designating a corporate Trustee,
original or successor, hereunder, there is included in such designation and as a
part thereof any other corporation possessing trust powers and authorized by law
to accept the Plan and the Fund into which or with which the designated
corporate Trustee, original or successor, shall be converted, consolidated or
merged, and the corporation into which or with which any corporate Trustee
hereunder shall be so converted, consolidated or merged shall continue to be the
corporate Trustee of the Plan and the Fund.
10.3.5. Co-Trustee Responsibility. No Trustee shall be or become liable
for any act or omission of a co-trustee serving hereunder with the Trustee
(except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA) or of a prior
Trustee hereunder, it being the purpose and intent that each Trustee shall be
liable only for the Trustee's own acts or omissions during the Trustee's term of
service as Trustee hereunder.
10.3.6. Allocation of Responsibility. If there shall at any time be two
(2) or more co-trustees serving hereunder, such Trustees, in addition to all
other powers and authorities vested in them by law or conferred upon them by any
provision of this Plan Statement, shall have power to allocate and reallocate
from time to time to any one or more of their number specific responsibilities,
obligations or duties and may delegate and redelegate from time to time to any
one or more of their number the exercise of any right, power or discretion
vested in the Trustees by law or conferred upon them by any provision of this
Plan Statement, and any person, firm or corporation dealing with the co-trustees
with respect to the Plan or the Fund may assume conclusively that any action
taken or instrument executed by any one of such co-trustees is the action of all
the co-trustees serving hereunder, and that authority for the doing of such act
or the execution of such instrument has been conferred upon and delegated to the
Trustee doing such act or executing such instrument. If any responsibility,
obligation, duty, right, power or discretion vested in the Trustee is allocated
or delegated to one or more co-trustees, the remaining co-trustees shall not be
or become liable for an act or omission by the co-trustees to whom a right,
power or discretion was delegated while such co-trustees were acting pursuant to
such delegation.
10.3.7. Majority Decisions. If there shall at any time be three (3) or
more co-trustees serving hereunder who are qualified to perform a particular
act, the same may be performed, on behalf of all, by a majority of those
qualified, with or without the concurrence of the minority. No person who failed
to join or concur in such act shall be held liable for the consequences thereof,
except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA.
-41-
<PAGE>
10.4. Accountings by Trustee.
10.4.1. Periodic Reports. The Trustee shall render to the Principal
Sponsor and to the Committee an account and report as soon as practicable after
each Annual Valuation Date (and as soon as may be practicable after each other
Valuation Date) showing all transactions affecting the administration of the
Plan and the Fund, including, but not necessarily limited to, such information
concerning the Plan and the Fund and the administration thereof by the Trustee
as shall be requested in writing by the Principal Sponsor or the Committee.
10.4.2. Special Reports. The Trustee shall also render such further
reports from time to time as may be requested by the Principal Sponsor and shall
submit its final report and account to the Principal Sponsor when it shall cease
to be Trustee hereunder, whether by resignation or other cause.
10.5. Trustee's Power to Protect Itself on Account of Taxes. As a condition to
making the distribution of a Participant's Vested Account during the
Participant's lifetime, the Trustee may require the Participant (or the person
or persons entitled to receive the Participant'sVested Account in the event of
the Participant's death) to furnish the Trustee with proof of payment of all
income, inheritance, estate, transfer, legacy and succession taxes and all other
taxes of any different type or kind that may be imposed under or by virtue of
any state or federal statute or law upon the payment, transfer, descent or
distribution of such Vested Account and for the payment of which the Trustee
may, in its judgment, be directly or indirectly liable. In lieu of the
foregoing, the Trustee may deduct, withhold and transmit to the proper taxing
authorities any such tax which it may be permitted or required to deduct and
withhold and the Vested Account to be distributed in such case shall be
correspondingly reduced. Unless the Principal Sponsor and the Trustee agree
otherwise in writing, the Trustee shall be responsible for withholding federal
income taxes and for providing all required notices and elections concerning
such withholding to all Participants and Beneficiaries.
10.6. Other Trust Powers. Except to the extent that the Trustee is subject to
the authorized and properly given investment directions of a Participant,
Beneficiary or Investment Manager (and in extension, but not in limitation, of
the rights, powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee herein), the
Trustee shall have and may exercise from time to time in the administration of
the Plan and the Fund, for the purpose of distribution after the termination
thereof, and for the purpose of distribution of Vested Accounts, without order
or license of any court, any one or more or all of the following rights, powers
and discretions:
(a) To invest and reinvest the Fund in Qualifying Employer
Securities and to invest in cash or cash equivalent
investments as provided in Section 4.3. Prior to distribution
of the Vested Account of Participants, the Trustee shall
commingle the Accounts of Participants and control and manage
the same as a common trust fund.
(b) To sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any asset of
whatsoever character at any time held by the Trustee in trust
hereunder.
(c) To hold uninvested reasonable amounts of cash whenever it is
deemed advisable to do so to facilitate disbursements or for
other operational reasons,
-42-
<PAGE>
and to deposit the same, with or without interest, in the
commercial or savings departments of the Trustee serving
hereunder or of any other bank, trust company or other
financial institution including those affiliated with the
Trustee.
(d) To register any investment held in the Fund in the name of the
Trustee, without trust designation, or in the name of a
nominee or nominees, and to hold any investment in bearer
form, but the records of the Trustee shall at all times show
that all such investments are part of the Fund, and the
Trustee shall be as responsible for any act or default of any
such nominee as for its own.
(e) Subject to the prior approval of the Committee, to retain and
employ such attorneys, agents and servants as may be necessary
or desirable, in the opinion of the Trustee, in the
administration of the Fund, and to pay them such reasonable
compensation for their services as may be agreed upon as an
expense of administration of the Fund, including power to
employ and retain counsel upon any matter of doubt as to the
meaning of or interpretation to be placed upon this Plan
Statement or any provisions thereof with reference to any
question arising in the administration of the Fund or
pertaining to the distribution thereof or pertaining to the
rights and liabilities of the Trustee hereunder or to the
rights and claims of Participants and Beneficiaries. The
Trustee, in any such event, may act in reliance upon the
advice, opinions, records, statements and computations of any
attorneys and agents and on the records, statements and
computations of any servants so selected by it in good faith
and shall be released and exonerated of and from all liability
toanyone in so doing (except to the extent that liability is
imposed under ERISA).
(f) Subject to the prior approval of the Committee, to institute,
prosecute and maintain, or to defend, any proceeding at law or
in equity concerning the Plan or the Fund or the assets
thereof or any claims thereto, or the interests of
Participants and Beneficiaries hereunder at the sole cost and
expense of the Fund or at the sole cost and expense of the
Total Account of the Participant who may be concerned therein
or who may be affected thereby as, in the Trustee's opinion,
shall be fair and equitable in each case, and to compromise,
settle and adjust all claims and liabilities asserted by or
against the Plan or the Fund or asserted by or against the
Trustee, on such terms as the Trustee, in each such case,
shall deem reasonable and proper. The Trustee shall be under
no duty or obligation to institute, prosecute, maintain or
defend any suit, action or other legal proceeding unless it
shall be indemnified to its satisfaction against all expenses
and liabilities which it may sustain or anticipate by reason
thereof.
(g) To institute, participate and join in any plan of
reorganization, readjustment, merger or consolidation with
respect to the issuer of any securities held by the Trustee
hereunder, and to use any other means of protecting and
dealing with any of the assets of the Fund which it believes
reasonably necessary or proper
-43-
<PAGE>
and, in general, to exercise each and every other power or
right with respect to each asset or investment held by it
hereunder as individuals generally have and enjoy with respect
to their own assets and investment, including (subject to
10.7) power to vote upon any securities or other assets having
voting power which it may hold from time to time, and to give
proxies with respect thereto, with or without power of
substitution or revocation, and to deposit assets or
investments with any protective committee, or with trustees or
depositaries designated by any such committee or by any such
trustees or any court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an
Investment Manager shall have any or all of such powers and
rights with respect to Plan assets for which it has investment
responsibility but only if (and only to the extent that) such
powers and rights are expressly given to such Investment
Manager in a written agreement signed by it and acknowledged
in writing by the Trustee. In all other cases, such powers and
rights shall be exercised solely by the Trustee.
(h) In any matter of doubt affecting the meaning, purpose or
intent of any provision of this Plan Statement which directly
affects its duties, to determine such meaning, purpose or
intent.
(i) To require, as a condition to distribution of any Vested
Account, proof of identity or of authority of the person
entitled to receive the same, including power to require
reasonable indemnification on that account as a condition
precedent to its obligation to make distribution hereunder.
(j) To collect, receive, receipt and give quittance for all
payments that may be or become due and payable on account of
any asset in trust hereunder which has not, by act of the
Trustee taken pursuant thereto, been made payable to others;
and payment thereof by the company issuing the same, or by the
party obligated thereon, as the case may be, when made to the
Trustee hereunder or to any person or persons designated by
the Trustee, shall acquit, release and discharge such company
or obligated party from any and all liability on account
thereof.
(k) To determine from time to time, as required for the purpose of
distribution or for the purpose of allocating trust income or
for any other purpose of thePlan, the then value of the Fund
and the Accounts in the Fund, the Trustee, in each such case,
using and employing for that purpose the fair market value of
each of the assets constituting the Fund. All valuations with
respect to activities carried on by the Plan of Qualifying
Employer Securities which are not readily tradable on an
established securities market shall be made by an independent
appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of
regulations prescribed under Code section 170(a)(1). Each such
determination so made by the Trustee in good faith shall be
binding and conclusive upon all persons interested or becoming
interested in the Plan or the Fund.
(l) Subject to Section 4.3, to receive and retain contributions
made in a form other than cash in the form in which the same
are received until such time as the
-44-
<PAGE>
Trustee, in its sole discretion, deems it advisable to sell or
otherwise dispose of such assets.
(m) To commingle, for investment purposes, the assets of the Fund
with the assets of any other qualified retirement plan trust
fund of the Employer, provided that the records of the Trustee
shall reflect the relative interests of the separate trusts in
such commingled fund.
(n) To have and to exercise such other and additional powers as
may be advisable or proper in its opinion for the effective
and economical administration of the Fund.
(o) To deposit any part or all of the assets in any collective
trust fund which is now or hereafter maintained by the
Trustee, an agent of the Trustee or an Investment Manager as a
medium for the collective investment of funds of pension,
profit sharing or other employee benefit plans, and which is
qualified under section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from
taxation under section 501(a) of the Code, and to withdraw any
part or all of the assets so deposited and any assets
deposited with the trustee of a collective trust fund shall be
held and invested by the trustee thereunder pursuant to all
the terms and conditions of the trust agreement or declaration
of trust establishing the fund, which are hereby incorporated
herein by reference and shall prevail over any contrary
provisions of this Plan Statement.
(p) To deposit any part or all of the assets with the trustee of
any master investment trust maintained by the Principal
Sponsor for the investment of assets of qualified pension,
profit sharing or stock bonus plans it or its subsidiaries
maintain and to withdraw any part or all of the assets so
deposited, and any assets deposited with the trustee of a
master investment trust shall be held and invested by that
trustee pursuant to the terms and conditions of the master
investment trust document, which is hereby incorporated herein
by reference and shall prevail over any contrary provision of
this Plan Statement.
10.7. Voting of Qualifying Employer Securities.
10.7.1. Registration-Type Securities. If the Employer (or any issuer of
Qualifying Employer Securities) has a "registration-type class of securities,"
the Trustee shall not vote any Qualifying Employer Securities which were
acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan except as directed by Participants
and Beneficiaries. As soon as practicable after notice of any shareholders'
meeting is received by the Trustee from the issuer of such Qualifying Employer
Securities which were acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, the
Committee shall cause the Trustee to prepare and deliver to each Participant
under this Plan a form of proxy (and related materials, all of which shall be
the same in form and context as are issued to shareholders in general) directing
the Trustee as to how it shall vote at such meeting, or anyadjournment thereof,
that number of shares of Qualifying Employer Securities which were acquired with
the proceeds of an Exempt Loan actually held by the Plan, as of the most recent
Annual Valuation Date for which a valuation has been completed, which equals, as
nearly as may be, but does not
-45-
<PAGE>
exceed, the total of such shares held in the Participant's or Beneficiary's
Account. The Trustee shall vote all shares of Qualifying Employer Securities
which were acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan for which it has
received instructions, as instructed. The combined fractional shares of
Participants shall be voted to the extent possible to reflect the instructions
of the Participant or Beneficiary to whose Accounts the fractional shares are
allocated. The Trustee shall vote all shares of Qualifying Employer Securities
which were acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Guaranteed Loan held in
Unallocated Reserve in the same proportions as it is instructed by Participants
and Beneficiaries to vote shares held in their Accounts. The Trustee shall vote
all unvoted, allocated shares of Qualifying Employer Securities in the same
proportions as it is instructed by Participants and Beneficiaries to vote shares
held in their Accounts. The Trustee shall not honor or recognize any proxy given
by any Participant or Beneficiary to any person other than the Trustee. The
Trustee shall not vote any shares of Qualifying Employer Securities which were
acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan held by the Plan in Accounts for
which it has not received instructions from Participants ten (10) days prior to
such meeting. "Registration-type class of securities" means (i) a class of
securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, or (ii) a class of securities which would be required to be so
registered except for the exemption from registration provided in subsection
(g)(2)(H) of such Section 12.
10.7.2. Non-Registration-Type Securities. If the Employer (or any
issuer of Qualifying Employer Securities) does not have a "registration-type
class of securities" as defined in Section 10.7.1 above, the Trustee shall pass
through to Participants voting on any Qualifying Employer Securities which were
acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan in a manner similar to that
provided in Section 10.7.1 above; provided, however, that such pass-through
voting shall apply only with respect to any corporate matter which involves the
voting of such shares with respect to the approval or disapproval of any
corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification,
liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or
business, or such similar transaction as the Secretary of Treasury may prescribe
in regulations. The Trustee shall vote as directed by the Administrative
Committee all shares of Qualifying Employer Securities which were acquired with
the proceeds of an Exempt Loan held in the Unallocated Reserve and shall vote
all shares of Qualifying Employer Securities which were acquired with the
proceeds of an Exempt Loan held in Participants' and Beneficiaries' Accounts on
corporate matters not listed in the preceding sentence.
10.7.3. Other Securities. The Trustee shall vote as directed by the
Administrative Committee all shares of Qualifying Employer Securities that were
not acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan.
10.8. No Investment in Employer Real Property. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement, the Plan may not acquire or hold any "employer
real property" as that term is defined in section 407(d) of ERISA.
10.9. Investment in Employer Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan Statement, the Plan may not acquire or hold any "Employer security"
which is not a "qualifying employer security" (within the meaning of section
407(d)(5) of ERISA).
10.10. Fiduciary Principles. The Trustee and each other fiduciary hereunder, in
the exercise of each and every power or discretion vested in them by the
provisions of this Plan Statement, shall
-46-
<PAGE>
(subject to the provisions of ERISA) discharge their duties with respect to the
Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries:
(a) for the exclusive purpose of:
(i) providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries,
and
(ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the
Plan,
(b) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the
circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in
a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in
the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like
aims, and
(c) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the
Plan, insofar as they are consistent with the provisions of
ERISA.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, any provision
hereof which purports to relieve a fiduciary from responsibility or liability
for any responsibility, obligation or duty under Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I
of ERISA shall, to the extent the same is inconsistent with said Part 4, be
deemed void.
10.11. Prohibited Transactions. Except as may be permitted by law, no Trustee or
other fiduciary hereunder shall permit the Plan to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any of the following transactions with a person who is a
"disqualified person" (as defined in section 4975 of the Code) or a "party in
interest" (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA):
(a) sale, exchange or leasing of any property between the Plan and
such person,
(b) lending of money or other extension of credit between the Plan
and such person,
(c) furnishing of goods, services or facilities between the Plan
and such person,
(d) transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, such person of
the income or assets of the Plan,
(e) act by such person who is a fiduciary hereunder whereby the
fiduciary deals with the income or assets of the Plan in the
fiduciary's own interest or for the fiduciary's own account,
or
(f) receipt of any consideration for the fiduciary's own personal
account by such person who is a fiduciary from any party
dealing with the Plan in connection with a transaction
involving the income or assets of the Plan.
-47-
<PAGE>
10.12. Indemnity. Each individual (as distinguished from corporate) trustee of
the Plan or officer, director or employee of the Employer shall, except as
prohibited by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer from any and
all liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal fees), to the extent not
covered by liability insurance, arising out of any action taken by such
individual with respect to the Plan, whether imposed under ERISA or otherwise,
unless the liability, cost or expense arises from the individual's claim for his
or her own benefit, the proven gross negligence, the bad faith or, if the
individual had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, the
criminal misconduct of such individual. This indemnification shall continue as
to an individual who has ceased to be a trustee of the Plan or officer, director
or employee of the Employer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such an individual.
10.13. Investment Managers.
10.13.1. Appointment and Qualifications. The Principal Sponsor shall
have the power to appoint from time to time one or more Investment Managers to
direct the Trustee in the investment of, or to assume complete investment
responsibility over, all or any portion of the Fund. An Investment Manager may
be any person or firm (a) which is either (1) registered as an investment
adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (2) a bank, or (3)
aninsurance company which is qualified to perform the services of an Investment
Manager under the laws of more than one state; and (b) which acknowledges in
writing that it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan. The conditions
prescribed in the preceding sentence shall apply to the issuer of any group
annuity contract hereunder only if, and to the extent that, such issuer would
otherwise be considered a "fiduciary" with respect to the Plan, within the
meaning of ERISA.
10.13.2. Removal. The Principal Sponsor may remove any such Investment
Manager and shall have the power to appoint a successor or successors from time
to time in succession to any Investment Manager who shall be removed, shall
resign or shall otherwise cease to serve hereunder.
10.13.3. Relation to Other Fiduciaries. The Trustee shall comply with
all investment directions given to the Trustee with respect to the designated
portion of the Fund, and the Trustee shall be released and exonerated of and
from all liability for or on account of any action taken or not taken by it
pursuant to the directions of such Investment Manager, except to the extent that
liability is imposed under ERISA. Neither the Employer or any of its officers,
directors or employees nor any member of the Committee shall be liable for the
acts or omissions of the Trustee or of any Investment Manager appointed
hereunder. The fees and expenses of any Investment Manager, as agreed upon from
time to time between the Investment Manager and the Employer, shall be charged
to and paid from the Fund in a fair and equitable manner, except to the extent
that the Employer, in its discretion, may pay such directly to the Investment
Manager.
-48-
<PAGE>
SECTION 11
DETERMINATIONS -- RULES AND REGULATIONS
11.1. Determinations. The Committee shall make such determinations as may be
required from time to time in the administration of the Plan. The Administrative
Committee shall have the sole discretion, authority and responsibility to
interpret and construe the Plan Statement and to determine all factual and legal
questions under the Plan, including but not limited to the entitlement of
employees, Participants and Beneficiaries and the amounts of their respective
interests. The Trustee and other interested parties may act and rely upon all
information reported to them hereunder and need not inquire into the accuracy
thereof, nor be charged with any notice to the contrary.
11.2. Rules and Regulations. Any rule not in conflict or at variance with the
provisions hereof may be adopted by the Committee.
11.3. Method of Executing Instruments.
11.3.1. Employer or Committee. Information to be supplied or written
notices to be made or consents to be given by the Principal Sponsor, the
Employer or the Committee pursuant to any provision of this Plan Statement may
be signed in the name of the Principal Sponsor or Employer by any officer or by
any employee who has been authorized to make such certification or to give such
notices or consents or by any Committee member.
11.3.2. Trustee. Any instrument or written notice required, necessary
or advisable to be made or given by the Trustee may be signed by any Trustee, if
all Trustees serving hereunder are individuals, or by any authorized officer or
employee of the Trustee, if a corporate Trustee shall be acting hereunder as
sole Trustee, or by any such officer or employee of the corporate Trustee or by
an individual Trustee acting hereunder, if corporate and individual Trustees
shall be serving as co-trustees hereunder.
11.4. Claims Procedure. Until modified by the Committee, the claims procedure
set forth in this Section 11.4 shall be the claims procedure for the resolution
of disputes and disposition of claims arising under the Plan. An application for
a distribution under Section 7 shall be considered as a claim for the purposes
of this Section.
11.4.1. Original Claim. Any employee, former employee, or Beneficiary
of such employee or former employee may, if the employee, former employee or
Beneficiary so desires, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits
under the Plan. Within ninety (90) days after the filing of such a claim, the
Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether the claim is upheld or
denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice
describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of
additional time (but not more than one hundred eighty days from the date the
claim was filed) to reach a decision on the claim. If the claim is denied in
whole or in part, the Committee shall state in writing:
(a) the specific reasons for the denial,
-49-
<PAGE>
(b) the specific references to the pertinent provisions of this
Plan Statement on which the denial is based,
(c) a description of any additional material or information
necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an
explanation of why such material or information is necessary,
and
(d) an explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in
this Section.
11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure. Within sixty (60) days after receipt
of notice that the claim has been denied in whole or in part, the claimant may
file with the Committee a written request for a review and may, in conjunction
therewith, submit written issues and comments. Within sixty (60) days after the
filing of such a request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant in
writing whether, upon review, the claim was upheld or denied in whole or in part
or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special
circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than
one hundred twenty days from the date the request for review was filed) to reach
a decision on the request for review.
11.4.3. General Rules.
(a) No inquiry or question shall be deemed to be a claim or a
request for a review of a denied claim unless made in
accordance with the claims procedure. The Committee may
require that any claim for benefits and any request for a
review of a denied claim be filed on forms to be furnished by
the Committee upon request.
(b) All decisions on claims and on requests for a review of denied
claims shall be made by the Committee unless delegated as
provided in Section 12.2.
(c) The Committee may, in its discretion, hold one or more
hearings on a claim or a request for a review of a denied
claim.
(d) Claimants may be represented by a lawyer or other
representative at their own expense, but the Committee
reserves the right to require the claimant to furnish written
authorization. A claimant's representative shall be entitled
to copies of all notices given to the claimant.
(e) The decision of the Committee on a claim and on a request for
a review of a denied claim shall be served on the claimant in
writing. If a decision or notice is not received by a claimant
within the time specified, the claim or request for a review
of a denied claim shall be deemed to have been denied.
(f) Prior to filing a claim or a request for a review of a denied
claim, the claimant or the claimant's representative shall
have a reasonable opportunity to review a copy of this Plan
Statement and all other pertinent documents in the possession
of the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee.
-50-
<PAGE>
11.5. Information Furnished by Participants. Neither the Employer nor the
Committee nor the Trustee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the
computation of the Account of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of
fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Employer, the
Committee or the Trustee and used by them in determining the Participant's
Account. Neither the Employer nor the Committee nor the Trustee shall be
obligated or required to increase the Account of such Participant which, on
discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such
misstatement of the Participant. However, the Account of any Participant which
is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount
appropriate for the Participant in view of the truth. Any refund received upon
reduction of an Account so made shall be used to reduce the next succeeding
contribution of the Employer to the Plan.
-51-
<PAGE>
SECTION 12
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
12.1. Principal Sponsor.
12.1.1. Officers. Except as hereinafter provided, functions generally
assigned to the Principal Sponsor shall be discharged by its officers or
delegated and allocated as provided herein.
12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer. Except as hereinafter provided, the
Chief Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor may delegate or redelegate and
allocate and reallocate to one or more persons or to a committee of persons
jointly or severally, and whether or not such persons are directors, officers or
employees, such functions assigned to the Principal Sponsor hereunder as the
Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem advisable.
12.1.3. Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of
Directors of the Principal Sponsor shall have the exclusive authority, which may
not be delegated, to act for the Principal Sponsor:
(a) to terminate the Plan,
(b) to appoint or remove a Trustee or accept the resignation of a
Trustee; to appoint or remove an Investment Manager,
(c) to determine the Employer contribution under Section 3; to
reduce, suspend or discontinue contributions to the Plan,
(d) to consent to the adoption of the Plan by other affiliated
business entities; to establish conditions and limitations
upon such adoption of the Plan by other affiliated business
entities; to designate Affiliates, and
(e) to cause the Plan to be merged with another plan and to
transfer assets and liabilities between the Plan and another.
12.2. Administrative Committee.
12.2.1. Appointment and Removal. The Committee shall consist of such
members as may be determined and appointed from time to time by the Principal
Sponsor and they shall serve at the pleasure of such Principal Sponsor. Members
of the Committee shall serve without compensation, but their reasonable expenses
shall be an expense of the administration of the Fund and shall be paid by the
Trustee from and out of the Fund except to the extent the Employer, in its
discretion, directly pays such expenses.
12.2.2. Automatic Removal. If any individual who is a member of the
Committee is a director, officer or employee when appointed as a member of the
Committee, then such individual
-52-
<PAGE>
shall be automatically removed as a member of the Committee at the earliest time
such individual ceases to be a director, officer or employee. This removal shall
occur automatically and without any requirement for action by the Principal
Sponsor or any notice to the individual so removed.
12.2.3. Authority. The Committee may elect such officers as the
Committee may decide upon. The Committee shall:
(a) establish rules for the functioning of the Committee,
including the times and places for holding meetings, the
notices to be given in respect of suchmeetings and the number
of members who shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business,
(b) organize and delegate to such of its members as it shall
select authority to execute or authenticate rules, advisory
opinions or instructions, and other instruments adopted or
authorized by the Committee; adopt such bylaws or regulations
as it deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs; appoint
a secretary, who need not be a member of the Committee, to
keep its records and otherwise assist the Committee in the
performance of its duties; keep a record of all its
proceedings and acts and keep all books of account, records
and other data as may be necessary for the proper
administration of the Plan; notify the Employer and the
Trustee of any action taken by the Committee and, when
required, notify any other interested person or persons,
(c) determine from the records of the Employer the compensation,
service records, status and other facts regarding Participants
and other employees,
(d) cause to be compiled at least annually, from the records of
the Committee and the reports and accountings of the Trustee,
a report or accounting of the status of the Plan and the
Accounts of the Participants, and make it available to each
Participant who shall have the right to examine that part of
such report or accounting (or a true and correct copy of such
part) which sets forth the Participant's benefits and ratable
interest in the Fund,
(e) prescribe forms to be used for applications for participation,
benefits, notifications, etc., as may be required in the
administration of the Plan,
(f) set up such rules as are deemed necessary to carry out the
terms of this Plan Statement,
(g) resolve all questions of administration of the Plan not
specifically referred to in this Section,
(h) delegate or redelegate to one or more persons, jointly or
severally, and whether or not such persons are members of the
Committee or employees of the Employer, such functions
assigned to the Committee hereunder as it may from time to
time deem advisable, and
-53-
<PAGE>
(i) perform all other acts reasonably necessary for administering
the Plan and carrying out the provisions of this Plan
Statement and performing the duties imposed on it.
12.2.4. Majority Decisions. If there shall at any time be three (3) or
more members of the Committee serving hereunder who are qualified to perform a
particular act, the same may be performed, on behalf of all, by a majority of
those qualified, with or without the concurrence of the minority. No person who
failed to join or concur in such act shall be held liable for the consequences
thereof, except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA.
12.3. Limitation on Authority.
12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally. No action taken by any fiduciary, if
authority to take such action has been delegated or redelegated to it, shall be
the responsibility of any other fiduciary except as may be required by the
provisions of ERISA. Except to the extent imposed by ERISA, no fiduciary shall
have the duty to question whether any other fiduciary is fulfilling all of the
responsibility imposed upon such other fiduciary by the Plan Statement or by
ERISA.
12.3.2. Trustee. The responsibilities and obligations of the Trustee
shall be strictly limited to those set forth in this Plan Statement. The Trustee
shall have no authority or duty to determine or enforce payment of any Employer
contribution under the Plan or to determine the existence, nature or extent of
any individual's rights in the Fund or under the Plan or question any
determination made by the Principal Sponsor or the Committee regarding the same.
Nor shall the Trustee be responsible in any way for the manner in which the
Principal Sponsor, the Employer or the Committee carries out its
responsibilities under this Plan Statement or, more generally, under the Plan.
The Trustee shall give the Principal Sponsor notice of (and tender to the
Principal Sponsor) the prosecution or defense of any litigation involving the
Plan, the Fund or other fiduciaries of the Plan.
12.4. Conflict of Interest. If any officer or employee of the Employer, any
member of the board of directors of the Employer, any member of the Committee or
any Trustee to whom authority has been delegated or redelegated hereunder shall
also be a Participant or Beneficiary in the Plan, the individual shall have no
authority as such officer, employee, member or Trustee with respect to any
matter specially affecting his or her individual interest hereunder (as
distinguished from the interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries or a
broad class of Participants and Beneficiaries), all such authority being
reserved exclusively to the other officers, employees, members or Trustees as
the case may be, to the exclusion of such Participant or Beneficiary, and such
Participant or Beneficiary shall act only in his or her individual capacity in
connection with any such matter.
12.5. Dual Capacity. Individuals, firms, corporations or partnerships identified
herein or delegated or allocated authority or responsibility hereunder may serve
in more than one fiduciary capacity.
12.6. Administrator. The Principal Sponsor shall be the administrator for
purposes of section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.
12.7. Named Fiduciaries. The Employer, the officers and Board of Directors of
the Principal Sponsor, the Committee, each Participant or Beneficiary exercising
pass through voting rights under
-54-
<PAGE>
Sections 10.7 and 10.13 and the Trustee shall be named fiduciaries for the
purpose of section 402(a) of ERISA.
12.8. Service of Process. In the absence of any designation to the contrary by
the Principal Sponsor, the President of the Principal Sponsor is designated as
the appropriate and exclusive agent for the receipt of service of process
directed to the Plan in any legal proceeding, including arbitration, involving
the Plan.
12.9. Administrative Expenses. The reasonable expenses of administering the Plan
shall be payable out of the Fund except to the extent that the Employer, in its
discretion, directly pays the expenses.
12.10. IRS Qualification. This Plan is intended to qualify under section 401(a)
of the Code as a defined contribution stock bonus and employee stock ownership
plan (and not as a defined contribution profit sharing plan or money purchase
pension plan or a defined benefit pension plan). The Plan is intended to qualify
as an employee stock ownership plan under section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
-55-
<PAGE>
SECTION 13
IN GENERAL
13.1. Disclaimers.
13.1.1. Effect on Employment. Neither the terms of this Plan Statement
nor the benefits hereunder nor the continuance thereof shall be a term of the
employment of any employee, and the Employer shall not be obligated to continue
the Plan. The terms of this Plan Statement shall not give any employee the right
to be retained in the employment of the Employer.
13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits. Neither the Employer nor any of its
officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the
Committee nor the Trustee in any way guarantee the Fund against loss or
depreciation, nor do they guarantee the payment of any benefit or amount which
may become due and payable hereunder to any Participant, Beneficiary or other
person. Each Participant, Beneficiary or other person entitled at any time to
payments hereunder shall look solely to the assets of the Fund for such
payments. If a Vested Account shall have been distributed to a former
Participant, Beneficiary or any other person entitled jointly to the receipt
thereof (or shall have been transferred to the Trustee of another tax-qualified
deferred compensation plan), such former Participant, Beneficiary or other
person, as the case may be, shall have no further right or interest in the other
assets of the Fund.
13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters. Neither the Employer nor any of its
officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the
Committee shall in any manner be liable to any Participant, Beneficiary or other
person for any act or omission of the Trustee (except to the extent that
liability is imposed under ERISA). Neither the Employer nor any of its officers
nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the Committee nor the
Trustee shall be under any liability or responsibility (except to the extent
that liability is imposed under ERISA) for failure to effect any of the
objectives or purposes of the Plan by reason of loss or fluctuation in the value
of Fund or for the form, genuineness, validity, sufficiency or effect of any
Fund asset at any time held hereunder, or for the failure of any person, firm or
corporation indebted to the Fund to pay such indebtedness as and when the same
shall become due or for any delay occasioned by reason of any applicable law,
order or regulation or by reason of any restriction or provision contained in
any security or other asset held by the Fund. Except as is otherwise provided in
ERISA, the Employer and its officers, the members of its board of directors, the
members of the Committee, the Trustee and other fiduciaries shall not be liable
for an act or omission of another person with regard to a fiduciary
responsibility that has been allocated to or delegated in whole or in part to
such other person pursuant to the terms of this Plan Statement or pursuant to
procedures set forth in this Plan Statement.
13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited. The Fund from time to time hereunder shall
at all times be a trust fund separate and apart from the assets of the Employer,
and no part thereof shall be or become available to the Employer or to creditors
of the Employer under any circumstances other than those specified in Section
3.6 and Appendix A to this Plan Statement. It shall be impossible for any part
of the corpus or income of the Fund to be used for, or diverted to, purposes
other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries (except
as hereinbefore provided).
-56-
<PAGE>
13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules. The rules set forth in Appendix B to this
Plan Statement (concerning additional provisions that apply if the Plan becomes
top heavy) are incorporated herein.
13.4. Continuity. The tenure and membership of any Committee previously
appointed, the rules of administration adopted and the Beneficiary designations
in effect under the Prior PlanStatement shall, to the extent not inconsistent
with this Plan Statement, continue in full force and effect until altered as
provided herein.
13.5. Execution in Counterparts. This Plan Statement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which, without production of the others, shall
be deemed to be an original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the parties hereto has caused these
presents to be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
TRUSTEES FLUOROWARE, INC.
By
- -------------------------------- --------------------------------
Its
-----------------------------
- --------------------------------
And
-------------------------------
Its
- -------------------------------- ----------------------------
-57-
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS
AND ANNUAL BENEFITS
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1.1. Annual Addition. Annual addition means, with respect to any Participant for
a limitation year, the sum of:
(i) all employer contributions (including employer
contributions of the Participant's earnings
reductions under section 401(k), section 403(b) and
section 408(k) of the Code) allocable as of a date
during such limitation year to the Participant under
all defined contribution plans;
(ii) all forfeitures allocable as of a date during such
limitation year to the Participant under all defined
contribution plans; and
(iii) all Participant contributions made as of a date
during such limitation year to all defined
contribution plans.
1.1.1. Specific Inclusions. With regard to a plan which contains a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement or matching contributions or employee
contributions, excess contributions and excess aggregate contributions (whether
or not distributed during or after the limitation year) shall be considered
annual additions in the year contributed. Excess deferrals that are not
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are annual additions.
1.1.2. Specific Exclusions. The annual addition shall not, however,
include any portion of a Participant's rollover contributions or any additions
to accounts attributable to a plan merger or a transfer of plan assets or
liabilities or any other amounts excludable under law. Excess deferrals that are
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are not annual additions.
1.1.3. ESOP Rules. In the case of an employee stock ownership plan
within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code, annual additions shall not
include any dividends or gains on sale of
A-1
<PAGE>
employer securities held by the employee stock ownership plan (regardless of
whether such dividends or gains are (i) on securities which are allocated to
Participants' accounts or (ii) on securities which are not allocated to
Participants' accounts which, in the case of dividends used to pay principal on
an employee stock ownership plan loan, result in employer securities being
allocated to Participants' accounts or, in the case of a sale, result in sale
proceeds being allocated to Participants' accounts). In the case of an employee
stock ownership plan within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code under
which no more than one-third (1/3rd) of the employer contributions for a
limitation year which are deductible under section 404(a)(9) of the Code are
allocated to highly compensated employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the
Code), annual additions shall not include forfeitures of employer securities
under the employee stock ownership plan if such securities were acquired with
the proceeds of an exempt loan or, if the Employer is not an S corporation as
defined in section 1361(a)(1) of the Code, employer contributions to the
employee stock ownership plan which are deductible by the employer under section
404(a)(9)(B) of the Code and charged against the Participant's account (i.e.,
interest payments).
1.2. Annual Benefit. Annual benefit means a retirement benefit under a defined
benefit plan which is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity.
1.2.1. Straight Life Annuity. Except as provided below, a benefit
payable in a form other than a straight life annuity will be adjusted to the
actuarial equivalent straight life annuity before applying the limitations of
this Appendix. This actuarial equivalent straight life annuity shall be the
greater of (A) the equivalent straight life annuity computed using the interest
rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit
plan for determining the amount of the particular form of benefit that is
payable under the plan, or (B) in the case of a form of benefit subject to
section 417(e)(3) of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality table prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this
purpose, or (C) in the case of a form of benefit not subject to section
417(e)(3)of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed using a five
percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this purpose.
1.2.2. Excluded Contributions. The annual benefit does not include any
benefits attributable to employee contributions, rollover contributions or the
assets transferred from a qualified plan that was not maintained by a controlled
group member.
1.2.3. Ancillary Benefits. No actuarial adjustment to the annual
benefit is required for: (i) the value of a qualified joint and survivor annuity
(to the extent such value exceeds the sum of the value of a straight life
annuity beginning on the same date and the value of post-retirement death
benefits that would be paid even if the annuity were not in the form of a joint
and survivor annuity), or (ii) the value of benefits that are not directly
related to retirement benefits (such as a pre-retirement disability benefit, a
pre-retirement death benefit or a post-retirement medical benefit), or (iii) the
value of post-retirement cost of living increases made in accordance with
regulations under the Code.
A-2
<PAGE>
1.3. Controlled Group Member. Controlled group member means the Employer and
each member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b)
of the Code and as modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly
controlled trades or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code and as
modified by section 415(h) of the Code), affiliated service groups (as defined
in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Employer is a part and other
organizations required to be aggregated for this purpose under section 414(o) of
the Code.
1.4. Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. Defined benefit plan and
defined contribution plan have the meanings assigned to those terms by section
415(k)(1) of the Code. Whenever reference is made to defined benefit plans and
defined contribution plans in this Appendix, it shall include all such plans
maintained by the Employer and all controlled group members.
1.5. Defined Benefit Fraction.
1.5.1. General Rule. Defined benefit fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits
under all defined benefit plans determined as of the close of the limitation
year, and the denominator of which is the lesser of:
(i) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
limitation in effect under section 415(b)(l)(A) of
the Code as of the close of such limitation year
(i.e., 125% of $90,000 as adjusted for cost of
living, commencement dates, length of service and
other factors), or
(ii) one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
which may be taken into account under section
415(b)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
Participant as of the close of such limitation year
(i.e., 140% of the Participant's highest average
compensation as adjusted for cost of living, length
of service and other factors).
1.5.2. Transition Rule. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant
was a participant as of the first day of the first limitation year beginning
after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans which were in
existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than
one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the sum of the annual benefits under
such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last
limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in
the terms and conditions of the defined benefit plans after May 5, 1986. The
preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in
the aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.
A-3
<PAGE>
1.6. Defined Contribution Fraction.
1.6.1. General Rule. Defined contribution fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's annual additions (including
employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account established for
the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance benefits with
respect to a key employee as defined in section 416 of the Code under a welfare
benefit fund or individual medical account) as of the close of the limitation
year and for all prior limitation years, and the denominator of which is the sum
of the amounts determined under paragraph (i) or (ii) below, whichever is the
lesser, for such limitation year and for each prior limitation year in which the
Participant had any service with the Employer (regardless of whether that or any
other defined contribution plan was in existence during those years or continues
in existence):
(i) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
limitation in effect under section 415(c)(l)(A) of
the Code for such limitation year determined without
regard to section 415(c)(6) of the Code (i.e., 125%
of $30,000 as adjusted for cost of living), or
(ii) one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
which may be taken into account under section
415(c)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
individual under the defined contribution plan for
such limitation year (i.e., 140% of 25% of the
Participant's ss. 415 compensation for such
limitation year).
1.6.2. TEFRA Transition Rule. The Employer may elect that the amount
taken into account for each Participant for all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1983, under Section 1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) shall be
determined pursuant to the special transition rule provided in section 415(e)(6)
of the Code.
1.6.3. Employee Contributions. Notwithstanding the definition of
"annual additions," for the purpose of determining the defined contribution
fraction in limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987, employee
contributions shall not be taken into account to the extent that they were not
required to be taken into account under section 415 of the Code prior to the Tax
Reform Act of 1986.
1.6.4. Annual Denominator. The amounts to be determined under Section
1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) for the limitation year and for all prior
limitation years in which the Participant had any service with the Employer
shall be determined separately for each such limitation year on the basis of
which amount is the lesser for each such limitation year.
1.6.5. Historical Amounts. For all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1976, the dollar limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code is
Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000). For limitation years ending after
December 31, 1975, and before January 1, 1999, the amount shall be:
A-4
<PAGE>
For limitation years The ss. 415(c)(1)(A)
ending during: dollar amount is:
---------------- ------------------
1976 $26,825
1977 $28,175
1978 $30,050
1979 $32,700
1980 $36,875
1981 $41,500
1982 $45,475
1983 - 2000 $30,000
1.6.6. Relief Rule. If the Participant was a participant as of the end
of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986,
in one or more defined contribution plans which were in existence on May 6,
1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed one (1.0).
Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of the excess of the sum of
the fractions over one (1.0), times the denominator of this fraction, will be
permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the
last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any
changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made after May 6, 1986, but
using the section 415 limitations applicable to the first limitation year
beginning on or after January 1, 1987.
1.7. Highest Average Compensation. Highest average compensation means the
averagess. 415 compensation for the three (3) consecutive calendar years during
which the Participant was both an active participant in the defined benefit plan
and had the greatest aggregate compensation from the Employer.
1.8. Individual Medical Account. Individual medical account means an account, as
defined in section 415(1)(2) of the Code maintained by the Employer or a
controlled group member which provides an annual addition.
1.9. Limitation Year. Limitation year means the Plan Year.
1.10. Maximum Permissible Addition.
1.10.1. General Rule. Maximum permissible addition (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined contribution plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, the lesser of:
A-5
<PAGE>
(i) Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000), as adjusted
automatically for increases in the cost of living by
the Secretary of the Treasury, or
(ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant'sss. 415
compensation for such limitation year.
1.10.2. Medical Benefits. The dollar limitation in Section 1.10.1(i),
but not the amount determined in Section 1.10.1(ii), shall be reduced by the
amount of employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account
established for the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance
benefits with respect to a key employee (as defined in section 416 of the Code)
under a welfare benefit fund or an individual medical account.
1.11. Maximum Permissible Benefit. Maximum permissible benefit (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined benefit plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, an amount determined as follows:
1.11.1. SSRA Commencement. If the annual benefit commences at the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit is the lesser
of:
(i) Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000), or
(ii) the Participant's highest average compensation.
1.11.2. Early Commencement. If the annual benefit commences before the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit may not exceed
the lesser of the actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
annual benefit beginning at the social security retirement age or the
Participant's highest average compensation. If the annual benefit commences
before the social security retirement age but after age sixty-two (62) years,
this actuarial equivalent shall be the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual
benefit reduced in accordance with reductions in social security benefits (i.e.,
5/9% for each of the first 36 months and 5/12% for each additional month by
which the commencement date precedes the social security retirement age). If the
annual benefit commences before age sixty-two (62) years, this actuarial
equivalent shall be the actuarial equivalent of the maximum permissible benefit
as reduced under the prior sentence to age sixty-two (62) years. This actuarial
equivalent (i.e., the pre-age 62 years actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser
of (A) the equivalent amount computed using the interest rate and mortality
table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit plan for determining
the amount of the early retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or
(B) the equivalent amount computed using five percent (5%) interest and the
applicable mortality table as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for
these purposes.
1.11.3. Late Commencement. If the annual benefit commences after the
social security retirement age, the benefit may not exceed the lesser of the
actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual benefit
beginning at the social security retirement age or the Participant's highest
average
A-6
<PAGE>
compensation. This actuarial equivalent (i.e., the post-social security
retirement age actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser of (A) the equivalent
amount computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor)
specified in the defined benefit plan for determining the amount of the late
retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or (B) the equivalent amount
computed using five percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table as
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for these purposes.
1.11.4. Cost of Living Adjustments. Effective on January 1, 1988 and
each January 1 thereafter, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) limit and the
highest average compensation limit (for Participants who have separated from
service) shall be adjusted automatically for increases in the cost of living by
the Secretary of the Treasury. The new amounts will apply to limitation years
ending within such calendar year.
1.11.5. Participation Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten
(10) years of participation in the plan, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the highest average
compensation limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to ninety thousand
dollars ($90,000) as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by a
fraction:
(i) the numerator of which is the number of years (and
part thereof) of participation, and
(ii) the denominator of which is ten (10).
1.11.6. Service Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten (10)
years of service with the controlled group members, the highest average
compensation limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the Ninety
Thousand Dollar limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to the highest
average compensation limit as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by
a fraction:
(i) the numerator of which is the number of years (and
part thereof) of service, and
(ii) the denominator of which is ten (10).
1.12. Projected Annual Benefit. Projected annual benefit means the annual
benefit payable to the Participant at his or her normal retirement age (as
defined in the defined benefit plan) adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity form (or, if it would be a lesser amount, to any
actuarially equivalent qualified joint and survivor annuity form that is
available under the defined benefit plan) assuming that:
(i) the Participant continues employment and
participation under the defined benefit plan until
his or her normal retirement age (as defined in the
defined benefit plan) or, if later, until his or her
current age, and
A-7
<PAGE>
(ii) the Participant's ss. 415 compensation and all other
factors used to determine annual benefits under the
defined benefit plan remain unchanged for all future
limitation years.
1.13. Section 415 Compensation. Section 415 compensation (sometimes, "ss. 415
compensation") shall mean, with respect to any limitation year, the total wages,
salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal
services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer to the
extent that such amounts are includible in gross income but determined without
regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). Without
regard to whether it is or is not includible in gross income, subject to other
limitations and rules of this Section, (i) ss. 415 compensation shall include
foreign earned income as defined in section 911(b) of the Code whether or not
excludable from gross income under section 911 of the Code, and (ii) ss. 415
compensation shall be determined without regard to the exclusions from gross
income in section 931 and section 933 of the Code. For limitation years
beginning after December 31, 1991, ss. 415 compensation shall be determined on a
cash basis. For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1997, ss. 415
compensation shall also include any elective deferral as defined in section
402(g)(3) of the Code and any amount which is contributed or deferred by an
Employer at the election of the employee and which is not includible in the
gross income of the employee by reason of section 125, section 132(f) or section
457 of the Code.
1.14. Social Security Retirement Age. Social security retirement age means the
age used as retirement age under section 216(l) of the Social Security Act
except that such section shall be applied (i) without regard to the age increase
factor, and (ii) as if the early retirement age under section 216(1)(2) of the
Social Security Act were age sixty-two (62) years.
1.15. Welfare Benefit Fund. Welfare benefit fund means a fund as defined in
section 419(e) of the Code which provides post-retirement medical benefits
allocated to separate accounts for key employees as defined in section
419A(d)(3).
SECTION 2
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be allocated to the account of any Participant under a defined
contribution plan for any limitation year an amount which would cause the annual
addition for such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible addition.
A-8
<PAGE>
SECTION 3
DEFINED BENEFIT LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be accrued for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit
plan an amount which would cause the annual benefit for any limitation year for
such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible benefit.
SECTION 4
COMBINED PLANS LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, during
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000, there shall not be allocated
to the account of any Participant under a defined contribution plan or accrued
for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit plan any amount which
would cause the sum of such Participant's defined benefit fraction and defined
contribution fraction to exceed one (1.0) at the close of any limitation year.
SECTION 5
REMEDIAL ACTION
5.1. Defined Contribution Plans Only. If a Participant's annual additions for a
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible addition, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the following shall occur in the following
sequence.
5.1.1. Employee After Tax Contributions and Elective Deferrals. The
defined contribution plan shall:
(i) return any unmatched employee contributions made by
the Participant for the limitation year to the
Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
of gains but not losses while held in the defined
contribution plan), and
(ii) distribute unmatched elective deferrals (within the
meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
their proportionate share of gains but not losses
while held in the defined contribution plan), and
A-9
<PAGE>
(iii) return any matched employee contributions made by the
Participant for the limitation year to the
Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
of gains but not losses while held in the defined
contribution plan), and
(iv) distribute matched elective deferrals (within the
meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
their proportionate share of gains but not losses
while held in the defined contribution plan).
To the extent matched employee contributions are returned or any matched
elective deferrals are distributed, any matching contribution made with respect
thereto shall be forfeited and reallocated to Participants as provided in the
defined contribution plan.
5.1.2. Employer Contributions. If, after taking all the actions
contemplated by Section 5.1.1, an excess still exists, the defined contribution
plan shall dispose of the excess as follows.
(a) Covered. If that Participant is covered by the defined
contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, the
Employer shall cause such excess to be used to reduce employer
contributions for the next limitation year ("second limitation
year") and succeeding limitation years, as necessary, for that
Participant.
(b) Not Covered. If the Participant is not covered by the defined
contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, however,
then the excess amounts must be held unallocated in an "excess
account" for the second limitation year (or succeeding
limitation years) and allocated and reallocated in the second
limitation year (or succeeding limitation year) to all the
remaining Participants in the defined contribution plan as if
an employer contribution for the second limitation year (or
succeeding limitation year). However, if the allocation or
reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant to the provisions
of the defined contribution plan causes the limitations of
this Appendix to be exceeded with respect to each Participant
for the second limitation year (or succeeding limitation
years), then these amounts must be held unallocated in an
excess account. If an excess account is in existence at any
time during the second limitation year (or any succeeding
limitation year), all amounts in the excess account must be
allocated and reallocated to Participants' accounts (subject
to the limitations of this Appendix) as if they were
additional employer contributions before any employer
contribution and any Participant contributions which would
constitute annual additions may be made to the defined
contribution plan for that limitation year. Furthermore, the
excess amounts must be used to reduce employer contributions
for the second limitation year (and succeeding limitation
years, as necessary) for all of the remaining Participants.
A-10
<PAGE>
(c) No Distributions. Excess amounts may not be distributed from
the defined contribution plan to Participants or former
Participants.
If an excess account is in existence at any time during a limitation
year, the gains and losses and other income attributable to the excess account
shall be allocated to such excess account. To the extent that investment gains
or other income or investment losses are allocated to the excess account, the
entire amount allocated to Participants from the excess account, including any
such gains or other income or less any losses, shall be considered as an annual
addition. If the defined contribution plan should be terminated prior to the
date any such temporarily held, unallocated excess can be allocated to the
Accounts of Participants, the date of termination shall be deemed to be an
Annual Valuation Date for the purpose of allocating such excess and, if any
portion of such excess cannot be allocated as of such deemed Annual Valuation
Date by reason of the limitations of this Appendix, such remaining excess shall
be returned to the Employer.
5.1.3. Sequence of Plans. Each step of remedial action under Section
5.1.1 and Section 5.1.2 as may be necessary to correct an excess allocation
shall be made in all defined contribution plans before the next step of remedial
action is made. Each such step shall be made in the defined contribution plans
in the following sequence:
(i) all profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing
cash or deferred arrangements,
(ii) all money purchase pension plans other than money
purchase pension plans that are part of employee
stock ownership plans,
(iii) all profit sharing and stock bonus plans other than
profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing cash
or deferred arrangements and employee stock ownership
plans,
(iv) all employee stock ownership plans.
If an excess allocation occurs in two (2) or more plans in the same category,
correction of the excess allocation shall be made in chronological order as
determined by the effective date of each plan (using the original effective date
of the plan) beginning with the most recently established plan.
5.2. Defined Benefit Plans Only.
5.2.1. General Rule. If a Participant's annual benefit for any
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible benefit, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the defined benefit plan shall cease the
accrual of benefits or reduce benefits previously accrued.
A-11
<PAGE>
5.2.2. Sequence of Plans. Such remedial action as may be necessary to
prevent an annual benefit from exceeding the maximum permissible benefit in a
limitation year shall be made in defined benefit plans as follows.
(a) Single Plan. If the Participant is accruing benefits in only
one defined benefit plan during such limitation year, all such
cessations and reductions shall be made in that plan; and
(b) Other Plans In Earlier Years. To the extent that such
cessations and reductions are not adequate and the Participant
has accrued benefits in one or more other defined benefit
plans in earlier limitation years, such cessations and
reduction of accrued benefits under other plans shall be made
in chronological order as determined by the effective date of
each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
beginning with the most recently established plan; and
(c) Multiple Plans. If the Participant is concurrently accruing
benefits in more than one defined benefit plan during such
limitation year, such cessations and reductions of accrued
benefits under such defined benefit plans shall be made in
chronological order as determined by the effective date of
each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
beginning with the most recently established plan.
5.3. Combined Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. If the sum of a
Participant's defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction
would exceed one (1.0) at the end of any limitation year beginning before
January 1, 2000, to the extent necessary to eliminate the excess the following
shall occur in the following sequence.
(a) Defined Benefit. The cessation and reduction of accruals
described in Section 5.2 shall be made.
(b) Defined Contribution. The actions described in Section 5.1
shall be taken.
A-12
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of the Plan Statement,
if, after applying the special definitions set forth in Section 1 of this
Appendix, this Plan is determined under Section 2 of this Appendix to be a top
heavy plan for a Plan Year, then the special rules set forth in Section 3 of
this Appendix shall apply. For so long as this Plan is not determined to be a
top heavy plan, the special rules in Section 3 of this Appendix shall be
inapplicable to this Plan.
SECTION 1
SPECIAL DEFINITIONS
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1.1. Aggregated Employers. Aggregated employers means the Employer and each
other corporation, partnership or proprietorship which is a "predecessor" to the
Employer, or is under "common control" with the Employer, or is a member of an
"affiliated service group" that includes the Employer, as those terms are
defined in section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
1.2. Aggregation Group. Aggregation group means a grouping of this Plan and:
(a) if any Participant in the Plan is a key employee, each other
qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan of the
aggregated employers in which a key employee is a Participant
(and for this purpose, a key employee shall be considered a
Participant only during periods when he is actually accruing
benefits and not during periods when he has preserved accrued
benefits attributable to periods of participation when he was
not a key employee), and
(b) each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
plan of the aggregated employers which is required to be taken
into account for this Plan or any plan described in paragraph
(a) above to satisfy the qualification requirements under
section 410 or section 401(a)(4) of the Code, and
(c) each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
plan of the aggregated employers which is not included in
paragraph (a) or (b) above, but which the
B-1
<PAGE>
Employer elects to include in the aggregation group and which,
when included, would not cause the aggregation group to fail
to satisfy the qualification requirements under section 410 or
section 401(a)(4) of the Code.
1.3. Compensation. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, compensation
means the wages, tips and other compensation paid to the Participant by the
Employer and reportable in the box designated "wages, tips, other compensation"
on Treasury Form W-2 (or any comparable successor box or form) for the
applicable period but determined without regard to any rules that limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). In determining compensation there shall be
included elective contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the
Participant that are not includible in gross income under sections 125,
402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code including elective
contributions authorized by the Participant under a cafeteria plan or any
qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of the Code. For the
purposes of this Appendix (excluding Section 1.6 of this Appendix), compensation
shall be limited to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted under
the Code for cost of living increases) for Plan Years beginning before January
1, 1994, and One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (as so adjusted)
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993.
1.4. Determination Date. Determination date means, for the first (1st) Plan Year
of a plan, the last day of such first (1st) Plan Year, and for each subsequent
Plan Year, the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.
1.5. Five Percent Owner. Five percent owner means for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than five percent (5%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and,
for each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than five percent (5%) of the capital interest or the profits interest in such
aggregated employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.
1.6. Key Employee. Key employee means each Participant (whether or not then an
employee) who at any time during a Plan Year (or any of the four preceding Plan
Years) is:
(a) an officer of any aggregated employer (excluding persons who
have the title of an officer but not the authority and
including persons who have the authority of an officer but not
the title) having an annual compensation from all aggregated
employers for any such Plan Year in excess of fifty percent
(50%) of the amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of
the Code for any such Plan Year, or
B-2
<PAGE>
(b) one (1) of the ten (10) employees (not necessarily
Participants) owning (or considered to own within the meaning
of the shareholder attribution rules) both more than one-half
of one percent (1/2%) ownership interest in value and the
largest percentage ownership interests in value of any of the
aggregated employers (which are owned by employees) and who
has an annual compensation from all the aggregated employers
in excess of the limitation in effect under section
415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year, or
(c) a five percent owner, or
(d) a one percent owner having an annual compensation from the
aggregated employers of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($150,000);
provided, however, that no more than fifty (50) employees (or, if lesser, the
greater of three of all the aggregated employers' employees or ten percent of
all the aggregated employers' employees) shall be treated as officers. For the
purposes of determining ownership percentages, each corporation, partnership and
proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated shall be viewed as a separate
entity. For purposes of paragraph (b) above, if two (2) employees have the same
interest in any of the aggregated employers, the employee having the greatest
annual compensation from that aggregated employer shall be treated as having a
larger interest. For the purpose of determining compensation, however, all
compensation received from all aggregated employers shall be taken into account.
The term "key employee" shall include the beneficiaries of a deceased key
employee.
1.7. One Percent Owner. One percent owner means, for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than one percent (1%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
one percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and, for
each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than one percent (1%) of the capital or the profits interest in such aggregated
employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.
1.8. Shareholder Attribution Rules. Shareholder attribution rules means the
rules of section 318 of the Code, (except that subparagraph (C) of section
318(a)(2) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "5 percent" for "50
percent") or, if the Employer is not a corporation, the rules determining
ownership in such Employer which shall be set forth in regulations prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury.
1.9. Top Heavy Aggregation Group. Top heavy aggregation group means any
aggregation group for which, as of the determination date, the sum of:
B-3
<PAGE>
(i) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits
for key employees under all defined benefit plans
included in such aggregation group, and
(ii) the aggregate of the accounts of key employees under
all defined contribution plans included in such
aggregation group,
exceed sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all employees. In
applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:
(a) For the purpose of determining the present value of the
cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
(5) year period ending on the determination date.
(b) Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
plan maintained by another employer and made after December
31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).
(c) If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
respect to a plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
employee shall not be taken into account.
(d) The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
determination date for that Plan Year.
(e) In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
(other than a key
B-4
<PAGE>
employee) shall be determined under the method which is used
for accrual purposes for all plans of the employer or if there
is no method which is used for accrual purposes under all
plans of the employer, as if such benefit accrued not more
rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under section
411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In determining this present value,
the mortality and interest assumptions shall be those which
would be used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in
valuing the defined benefit plan if it terminated on such
valuation date. The accrued benefit to be valued shall be the
benefit expressed as a single life annuity.
(f) In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
the determination date shall be included even if such
contributions are not required.
(g) If any individual has not performed any services for any
employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
shall not be taken into account.
(h) For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
aggregation group for such Plan Year.
1.10. Top Heavy Plan. Top heavy plan means a qualified plan under which (as of
the determination date):
(i) if the plan is a defined benefit plan, the present
value of the cumulative accrued benefits for key
employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present
value of the cumulative accrued benefits for all
employees, and
(ii) if the plan is a defined contribution plan, the
aggregate of the accounts of key employees exceeds
sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate of all of the
accounts of all employees.
In applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:
B-5
<PAGE>
(a) Each plan of an Employer required to be included in an
aggregation group shall be a top heavy plan if such
aggregation group is a top heavy aggregation group.
(b) For the purpose of determining the present value of the
cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
(5) year period ending on the determination date.
(c) Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
plan maintained by another employer and made after December
31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).
(d) If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
respect to the plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
employee shall not be taken into account.
(e) The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
determination date for that Plan Year.
(f) In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
(other than a key employee) shall be determined under the
method which is used for accrual purposes for all plans of the
employer or if there is no method which is used for accrual
purposes under all plans of the employer, as if such benefit
accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
permitted under section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In
determining this present value, the mortality and interest
assumptions shall be those which would be used by the Pension
Benefit Guaranty
B-6
<PAGE>
Corporation in valuing the defined benefit plan if it
terminated on such valuation date. The accrued benefit to be
valued shall be the benefit expressed as a single life
annuity.
(g) In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
the determination date shall be included even if such
contributions are not required.
(h) If any individual has not performed any services for any
employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
shall not be taken into account.
(i) For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
aggregation group for such Plan Year.
SECTION 2
DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVINESS
Once each Plan Year, as of the determination date for that Plan Year, the
administrator of this Plan shall determine if this Plan is a top heavy plan.
SECTION 3
CONTINGENT PROVISIONS
3.1. When Applicable. If this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, the following provisions shall apply for that Plan Year (and, to the
extent hereinafter specified, for subsequent Plan Years), notwithstanding any
provisions to the contrary in the Plan.
B-7
<PAGE>
3.2. Vesting Requirement.
3.2.1. General Rule. During any Plan Year that the Plan is determined
to be a Top Heavy Plan, then all accounts of all Participants in a defined
contribution plan that is a top heavy plan and the accrued benefits of all
Participants in a defined benefit plan that is a top heavy plan shall be vested
and nonforfeitable in accordance with the following schedule if, and to the
extent, that it is more favorable than other provisions of the Plan:
If the Participant Has His Vested
Completed the Following Percentage
Years of Vesting Service: Shall Be:
-------------------------- -----------
Less than 2 years 0%
2 years but less than 3 years 20%
3 years but less than 4 years 40%
4 years but less than 5 years 60%
5 years but less than 6 years 80%
6 years or more 100%
3.2.2. Subsequent Year. In each subsequent Plan Year that the Plan is
determined not to be a top heavy plan, the other nonforfeitability provisions of
the Plan Statement (and not this section) shall apply in determining the vested
and nonforfeitable rights of Participants who do not have five (5) or more years
of Vesting Service (three or more years of Vesting Service for Participants who
have one or more Hours of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1988) as of the beginning of such subsequent Plan Year; provided, however, that
they shall not be applied in a manner which would reduce the vested and
nonforfeitable percentage of any Participant.
3.2.3. Cancellation of Benefit Service. If this Plan is a defined
benefit plan and if the Participant's vested percentage is determined under this
Appendix and if a Participant receives a lump sum distribution of the present
value of the vested portion of his accrued benefit, the Plan shall:
(a) thereafter disregard the Participant's service with respect to
which he received such distribution in determining his accrued
benefit, and
(b) permit the Participant who receives a distribution of less
than the present value of his entire accrued benefit to
restore this service by repaying (after returning to
employment covered under the Plan) to the trustee the amount
of such distribution together with interest at the interest
rate of five percent (5%) per annum compounded annually (or
such other interest rate as is provided by law for such
repayment). If the distribution was on account of separation
from service such repayment must be made before the earlier
of,
B-8
<PAGE>
(i) five (5) years after the first date on which the
Participant is subsequently reemployed by the
employer, or
(ii) the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive
one-year breaks in service commencing after the
distribution.
If the distribution was on account of any other reason, such repayment must be
made within five (5) years after the date of the distribution.
3.3. Defined Contribution Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.
3.3.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined contribution plan, then
for any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the
Employer shall make a contribution for allocation to the account of each
employee who is a Participant for that Plan Year and who is not a key employee
in an amount (when combined with other Employer contributions and forfeited
accounts allocated to his account) which is at least equal to three percent (3%)
of such Participant's compensation. (This minimum contribution amount shall be
further reduced by all other Employer contributions to this Plan or any other
defined contribution plans.) This contribution shall be made for each
Participant who has not separated from service with the Employer at the end of
the Plan Year (including for this purpose any Participant who is then on
temporary layoff or authorized leave of absence or who, during such Plan Year,
was inducted into the Armed Forces of the United States from employment with the
Employer) including, for this purpose, each employee of the Employer who would
have been a Participant if he had: (i) completed one thousand (1,000) Hours of
Service (or the equivalent) during the Plan Year, and (ii) made any mandatory
contributions to the Plan, and (iii) earned compensation in excess of the stated
amount required for participation in the Plan.
3.3.2. Special Rule. Subject to the following rules, the percentage
referred to in Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall not exceed the percentage at
which contributions are made (or required to be made) under this Plan for the
Plan Year for that key employee for whom that percentage is the highest for the
Plan Year.
(a) The percentage referred to above shall be determined by
dividing the Employer contributions for such key employee for
such Plan Year by his compensation for such Plan Year.
(b) For the purposes of this Section 3.3, all defined contribution
plans required to be included in an aggregation group shall be
treated as one (l) plan.
(c) The exception contained in this Section 3.3.2 shall not apply
to (be available to) this Plan if this Plan is required to be
included in an aggregation group if including
B-9
<PAGE>
this Plan in an aggregation group enables a defined benefit
plan to satisfy the qualification requirements of section 410
or section 401(a)(4) of the Code.
3.3.3. Salary Reduction and Matching Contributions. For the purpose of
this Section 3.3, all Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction
or similar arrangement shall be taken into account for the purpose of
determining the minimum percentage contribution required to be made for a
particular Plan Year for a Participant who is not a key employee but not for the
purpose of determining whether that minimum contribution requirement has been
satisfied. For the purpose of this Section 3.3 during all Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988, all Employer matching contributions shall be taken into
account for the purposes of determining the minimum percentage contribution
required to be made for a particular Plan Year for a Participant who was not a
key employee but not for the purpose of determining whether that minimum
contribution requirement has been satisfied.
3.4. Defined Benefit Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.
3.4.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined benefit plan, then for
any Plan Year that the Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the accrued
benefit for each Participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than
one-twelfth (l/12th) of the applicable percentage of the Participant's average
compensation for years in the testing period.
3.4.2. Special Rules and Definitions. In applying the general rule of
Section 3.4.1 of this Appendix, the following special rules and definitions
shall apply:
(a) The term "applicable percentage" means the lesser of:
(i) two percent (2%) multiplied by the number of years of
service with the Employer, or
(ii) twenty percent (20%).
(b) For the purpose of this Section 3.4, a Participant's years of
service with the Employer shall be equal to the Participant's
Vesting Service except that a year of Vesting Service shall
not be taken into account if:
(i) the Plan was not a top heavy plan for any Plan Year
ending during such year of Vesting Service, or
(ii) such year of Vesting Service was completed in a Plan
Year beginning before January l, 1984.
B-10
<PAGE>
(c) A Participant's "testing period" shall be the period of five
(5) consecutive years during which the Participant had the
greatest compensation from the Employer; provided, however,
that:
(i) the years taken into account shall be properly
adjusted for years not included in a year of service,
and
(ii) a year shall not be taken into account if such year
ends in a Plan Year beginning before January l, 1984,
or such year begins after the close of the last year
in which the Plan was a top heavy plan.
(d) An individual shall be considered a Participant for the
purpose of accruing the minimum benefit only if such
individual has at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
during a benefit accrual computation period (or equivalent
service determined under Department of Labor regulations).
Furthermore, such individual shall accrue a minimum benefit
only for a benefit accrual computation period in which such
individual has one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service (or
equivalent service). An individual shall not fail to accrue
the minimum benefit merely because the individual: (i) was not
employed on a specified date, or (ii) was excluded from
participation (or otherwise failed to accrue a benefit)
because the individual's compensation was less than a stated
amount, or (iii) because the individual failed to make any
mandatory contributions.
3.4.3. Accruals Preserved. In years subsequent to the last Plan Year in
which this Plan is a top heavy plan, the other benefit accrual rules of the Plan
Statement shall be applied to determine the accrued benefit of each Participant,
except that the application of such other rules shall not serve to reduce a
Participant's accrued benefit as determined under this Section 3.4.
3.5. Priorities Among Plans. In applying the minimum benefit provisions of this
Appendix in any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan,
the following rules shall apply:
(a) If an employee participates only in this Plan, the employee
shall receive the minimum benefit applicable to this Plan.
(b) If an employee participates in both a defined benefit plan and
a defined contribution plan and only one (1) of such plans is
a top heavy plan for the Plan Year, the employee shall receive
the minimum benefit applicable to the plan which is a top
heavy plan.
(c) If an employee participates in both a defined contribution
plan and a defined benefit plan and both are top heavy plans,
then the employee, for that Plan Year,
B-11
<PAGE>
shall receive the defined benefit plan minimum benefit unless
for that Plan Year the employee has received employer
contributions and forfeitures allocated to his account in the
defined contribution plan in an amount which is at least equal
to five percent (5%) of his compensation.
(d) If an employee participates in two (2) or more defined
contribution plans which are top heavy plans, then the
employee, for that Plan Year, shall receive the defined
contribution plan minimum benefit in that defined contribution
plan which has the earliest original effective date.
3.6. Annual Contribution Limits.
3.6.1. General Rule. Notwithstanding anything apparently to the
contrary in the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, for any Plan Year that this
Plan is a top heavy plan, the defined benefit fraction and defined contribution
fraction of the Appendix to the Plan Statement pertaining to limits under
section 415 of the Code shall be one hundred percent (100%) and not one hundred
twenty-five percent (125%).
3.6.2. Special Rule. Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall not apply to
any top heavy plan if such top heavy plan satisfies the following requirements:
(a) Minimum Benefit Requirement. The top heavy plan (and any plan
required to be included in an aggregation group with such
plan) satisfies the requirements of Section 3.4 of this
Appendix when Section 3.4.2(a)(1) of this Appendix is applied
by substituting three percent (3%) for two percent (2%) and by
increasing (but by no more than ten percentage points) twenty
percent (20%) by one percentage point for each year for which
the plan was taken into account under this Section 3.7.
Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall be applied by
substituting "four percent (4%)" for "three percent (3%)."
Section 3.5(c) of this Appendix shall be applied by
substituting "seven and one-half percent (7-1/2%)" for "five
percent (5%)."
(b) Ninety Percent Rule. A top heavy plan would not be a top heavy
plan if "ninety percent (90%)" were substituted for "sixty
percent (60%)" each place that it appears in the definitions
of top heavy plan and top heavy aggregation group.
3.6.3. Transition Rule. If, but for this Section 3.6.3, Section 3.6.1
of this Appendix would begin to apply with respect to this Plan because it is a
top heavy plan, the application of Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall be
suspended with respect to any individual so long as there are no:
B-12
<PAGE>
(a) employer contributions, forfeitures or voluntary nondeductible
contributions allocated to such individual (if this Plan is a
defined contribution plan), or
(b) accruals for such individual (if this Plan is a defined
benefit plan).
3.6.4. Coordinating Change. If this Plan is a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, then for purposes of the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, section
415(e)(6)(i) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "Forty-one Thousand
Five Hundred Dollars ($41,500)" for "Fifty-one Thousand Eight Hundred
Seventy-five Dollars ($51,875)."
3.7. Bargaining Units. The requirements of Section 3.2 through Section 3.6 of
this Appendix shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of
employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one (1) or
more employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits are the subject of
good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and such employer or
employers.
B-13
<PAGE>
APPENDIX C
QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS
SECTION 1
GENERAL MATTERS
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix.
1.1. General Rule. The Plan shall not honor the creation, assignment or
recognition of any right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant
pursuant to a domestic relations order unless that domestic relations order is a
qualified domestic relations order.
1.2. Alternate Payee Defined. The only persons eligible to be considered
alternate payees with respect to a Participant shall be that Participant's
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent.
1.3. DRO Defined. A domestic relations order is any judgment, decree or order
(including an approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the
provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant and which is
made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property
law).
1.4. QDRO Defined. A qualified domestic relations order is a domestic relations
order which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee's right to
(or assigns to an alternate payee the right to) receive all or a portion of the
Account of a Participant under the Plan and which satisfies all of the following
requirements.
1.4.1. Names and Addresses. The order must clearly specify the name and
the last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant and the name and
mailing address of each alternate payee covered by the order.
1.4.2. Amount. The order must clearly specify the amount or percentage
of the Participant's Account to be paid by the Plan to each such alternate payee
or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined.
1.4.3. Payment Method. The order must clearly specify the number of
payments or period to which the order applies.
1.4.4. Plan Identity. The order must clearly specify that it applies to
this Plan.
C-1
<PAGE>
1.4.5. Settlement Options. Except as provided in Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the order may not require the Plan to provide any type or form of
benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan.
1.4.6. Increased Benefits. The order may not require the Plan to
provide increased benefits.
1.4.7. Prior Awards. The order may not require the payment of benefits
to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee
under another order previously determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.
1.4.8. Exceptions. The order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if:
(a) The order requires payment of benefits be made to an alternate
payee before the Participant has separated from service but as
of a date that is on or after the date on which the
Participant attains (or would have attained) the earliest
payment date described in Section 1.4.10 of this Appendix; and
(b) The order requires that payment of benefits be made to an
alternate payee as if the Participant had retired on the date
on which payment is to begin under such order (but taking into
account only the present value of benefits actually accrued);
and
(c) The order requires payment of benefits to be made to an
alternate payee in any form in which benefits may be paid
under the Plan to the Participant (other than in the form of a
joint and survivor annuity with respect to the alternate payee
and his or her subsequent spouse).
In lieu of the foregoing, the order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if the order: (1) requires that payment of
benefits be made to an alternate payee in a single lump sum as soon as is
administratively feasible after the order is determined to be a qualified
domestic relations order, and (2) does not contain any of the provisions
described in Section 1.4.9 of this Appendix, and (3) provides that the payment
of such single lump sum fully and permanently discharges all obligations of the
Plan to the alternate payee.
1.4.9. Deemed Spouse. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) The order may provide that the former spouse of a Participant
shall be treated as a surviving spouse of such Participant for
the purposes of Section 7 of the Plan Statement (and that any
subsequent or prior spouse of the Participant shall not be
treated as a spouse of the Participant for such purposes), and
C-2
<PAGE>
(b) The order may provide that, if the former spouse has been
married to the Participant for at least one (1) year at any
time, the surviving former spouse shall be deemed to have been
married to the Participant for the one (1) year period ending
on the date of the Participant's death.
1.4.10. Payment Date Defined. For the purpose of Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the earliest payment date means the earlier of:
(a) The date on which the Participant is entitled to a
distribution under the Plan; or
(b) The later of (i) the date the Participant attains age fifty
(50) years, or (ii) the earliest date on which the Participant
could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if the
Participant separated from service.
SECTION 2
PROCEDURES
2.1. Actions Pending Review. During any period when the issue of whether a
domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being
determined by the Committee, the Committee shall cause the Plan to separately
account for the amounts which would be payable to the alternate payee during
such period if the order were determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.
2.2. Reviewing DROs. Upon the receipt of a domestic relations order, the
Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations
order.
2.2.1. Receipt. A domestic relations order shall be considered to have
been received only when the Committee shall have received a copy of a domestic
relations order which is complete in all respects and is originally signed,
certified or otherwise officially authenticated.
2.2.2. Notice to Parties. Upon receipt of a domestic relations order,
the Committee shall notify the Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
that such domestic relations order has been received. The Committee shall
include with such notice a copy of this Appendix.
2.2.3. Comment Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded a comment period of thirty (30) days from the date such notice
is mailed by the Committee in which to make comments or objections to the
Committee concerning whether the domestic relations order is a qualified
domestic relations order.
C-3
<PAGE>
By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant, the thirty (30) day comment period may be shortened.
2.2.4. Initial Determination. Within a reasonable period of time after
the termination of the comment period, the Committee shall give written notice
to the Participant and all persons claiming to be alternate payees and all prior
alternate payees with respect to the Participant of its decision that the
domestic relations order is or is not a qualified domestic relations order. If
the Committee determines that the order is not a qualified domestic relations
order or if the Committee determines that the written objections of any party to
the order being found a qualified domestic relations order are not valid, the
Committee shall include in its written notice:
(i) the specific reasons for its decision;
(ii) the specific reference to the pertinent provisions of
this Plan Statement upon which its decision is based;
(iii) a description of additional material or information,
if any, which would cause the Committee to reach a
different conclusion; and
(iv) an explanation of the procedures for reviewing the
initial determination of the Committee.
2.2.5. Appeal Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded an appeal period of sixty (60) days from the date such an
initial determination and explanation is mailed in which to make comments or
objections concerning whether the original determination of the Committee is
correct. By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons
claiming to be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to
the Participant, the sixty (60) day appeal period may be shortened.
2.2.6. Final Determination. In all events, the final determination of
the Committee shall be made not later than eighteen (18) months after the date
on which first payment would be required to be made under the domestic relations
order if it were a qualified domestic relations order. The final determination
shall be communicated in writing to the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant.
2.3. Final Disposition. If the domestic relations order is finally determined to
be a qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Plan shall pay all amounts required to be paid pursuant to the
domestic relations order to the alternate payee entitled thereto. If the
domestic relations order is finally determined not to be a qualified domestic
relations order and all comment and appeal periods have expired, benefits under
the Plan shall be paid to the person or persons who would have been entitled to
such amounts if there had been no domestic relations order.
C-4
<PAGE>
2.4. Orders Being Sought. If the Committee has notice that a domestic relations
order is being or may be sought but has not received the order, the Committee
shall not (in the absence of a written request from the Participant) delay
payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which otherwise would be
due. If the Committee has determined that a domestic relations order is not a
qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Committee shall not (in the absence of a written request from the
Participant) delay payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which
otherwise would be due even if the Committee has notice that the party claiming
to be an alternate payee or the Participant or both are attempting to rectify
any deficiencies in the domestic relations order. Notwithstanding the above,
after the commencement of a divorce action, the Committee shall comply with a
restraining order, duly issued by the court handling the divorce, reasonably
prohibiting the disposition of a Participant's benefits pending the submission
to the Committee of a domestic relations order or prohibiting the disposition of
a Participant's benefits pending resolution of a dispute with respect to a
domestic relations order.
SECTION 3
PROCESSING OF AWARD
3.1. General Rules. If a benefit is awarded to an alternate payee pursuant to an
order which has been finally determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order, the following rules shall apply.
3.1.1. Source of Award. If a Participant shall have a Vested interest
in more than one Account under the Plan, the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee shall be withdrawn from the Participant's Accounts in proportion to his
Vested interest in each of them.
3.1.2. Effect on Account. For all purposes of the Plan, the
Participant's Account (and all benefits payable under the Plan which are derived
in whole or in part by reference to the Participant's Account) shall be
permanently diminished by the portion of the Participant's Account which is
awarded to the alternate payee. The benefit awarded to an alternate payee shall
be considered to have been a distribution from the Participant's Account for the
limited purpose of applying any rules of the Plan Statement relating to
distributions from an Account that is only partially Vested.
3.1.3. After Death. After the death of an alternate payee, all amounts
awarded to the alternate payee which have not been distributed to the alternate
payee and which continue to be payable shall be paid in a single lump sum
distribution to the personal representative of the alternate payee's estate as
soon as administratively feasible, unless the qualified domestic relations order
clearly provides otherwise. The Participant's Beneficiary designation shall not
be effective to dispose of any portion of the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee, unless the qualified domestic relations order clearly provides otherwise.
C-5
<PAGE>
3.1.4. In-Service Benefits. Any in-service distribution provisions of
the Plan Statement shall not be applicable to the benefit awarded to an
alternate payee.
3.2. Segregated Account. If the Committee determines that it would facilitate
the administration or the distribution of the benefit awarded to the alternate
payee or if the qualified domestic relations order so requires, the benefit
awarded to the alternate payee shall be established on the books and records of
the Plan as a separate account belonging to the alternate payee.
3.3. Former Alternate Payees. If an alternate payee has received all benefits to
which the alternate payee is entitled under a qualified domestic relations
order, the alternate payee will not at any time thereafter be deemed to be an
alternate payee or prior alternate payee for any substantive or procedural
purpose of this Plan.
C-6
<PAGE>
FIRST AMENDMENT
OF
FLUOROWARE, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of _______________, 1995, by
and between FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation, and DANIEL QUERNEMOEN,
STAN GEYER and RICHARD G. REVORD, as trustees;
WITNESSETH: That
WHEREAS, FLUOROWARE, INC. has heretofore, by agreement dated February
8, 1985, established an employee stock ownership plan and trust in a single
document entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST
AGREEMENT (1984 Statement)," effective as of September 1, 1985; and
WHEREAS, FLUOROWARE, INC. has reserved to itself the power to amend
said Trust Agreement; and
WHEREAS, Said Trust Agreement was restated effective September 1, 1995
(which Trust Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the "Plan Statement"); and
WHEREAS, FLUOROWARE, INC. desires to amend the Plan Statement in the
manner hereinafter set forth and the making of this Agreement has been duly
authorized by its Board of Directors;
NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the premises and pursuant to said
power of amendment, the Plan Statement is hereby amended in the following
respects:
1. CORRECTION. Effective September 1, 1995, Section 7.9.1 of the Plan Statement
is amended to read in full as follows:
7.9.1. Election. With respect to Qualifying Employer Securities
acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986, each "qualified Participant" (as
defined below) in the Plan may elect within ninety (90) days after the close of
each Plan Year in the "qualified election period" (as defined below) to direct
the Plan to distribute to the Participant twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Participant's Account in the Plan (to the extent such portion exceeds the amount
to which a prior distribution election under this Section 7.9 applied). In the
case of the election year in which the Participant can make his or her last
election, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting fifty percent
(50%) for twenty-five percent (25%).
2. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as hereinabove expressly amended, the Plan
Statement shall continue in full force and effect.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the Parties hereto has caused these
presents to be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
TRUSTEES: FLUOROWARE, INC.
By
- -------------------------------- -------------------------------------
Daniel Quernemoen Its
By
- -------------------------------- -------------------------------------
Stan Geyer Its
By
- -------------------------------- -------------------------------------
Richard G. Revord Its
-2-
<PAGE>
SECOND AMENDMENT
OF
FLUOROWARE, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of _______________, _____, by
and between FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation, Entegris, Inc., a
Minnesota corporation, and ________________, _________________ and
_________________, as trustees;
WITNESSETH: That
WHEREAS, FLUOROWARE, INC. has heretofore established and maintains a
stock bonus plan which, in most recent amended and restated form, is embodied in
a document entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST
AGREEMENT (1995 Statement)" as amended by one amendment (collectively the "Plan
Statement");
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Plan Statement, FLUOROWARE,
INC. ceased making contributions to the Plan effective April 25, 1997, and all
active Participants as of that date were fully (100%) vested in their Accounts;
WHEREAS, FLUOROWARE, INC. froze participation in the Plan effective
June 1, 1997; and
WHEREAS, FLUOROWARE, INC. has reserved to itself the power to amend the
Plan Statement;
NOW, THEREFORE, The Plan Statement is hereby amended in the following
respects:
1. DISABILITY. Effective for Disability determinations made for Plan Years
beginning on or after September 1, 1999, Section 1.1.7 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended to read in full as follows:
1.1.7. Disability -- a medically determinable physical or mental
impairment which: (i) renders the individual incapable of performing any
substantial gainful employment, (ii) can be expected to be of long-continued and
indefinite duration or result in death, and (iii) is evidenced by a
certification to this effect by a doctor of medicine approved by the
Administrative Committee. In lieu of such a certification, the Administrative
Committee may accept, as proof of Disability, the official written determination
that the individual will be eligible for disability benefits under the federal
Social Security Act as now enacted or hereinafter amended (when any waiting
period expires). Notwithstanding the foregoing,
<PAGE>
no Participant will be considered to have a Disability unless such doctor's
determination or official Social Security determination is received by the
Administrative Committee within twelve (12) months after the Participant's last
day of active work with the Employer or an Affiliate. The Administrative
Committee shall determine the date on which the Disability shall have occurred
if such determination is necessary.
2. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. Effective for determining who is a Highly
Compensated Employee for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1, 1997, the
Plan Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new Section
1.1.16 and all subsequent sections (and cross references thereto) shall be
renumbered:
1.1.16. Highly Compensated Employee -- any employee who (a) is a five
percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B) at any time during the current
Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or (b) receives compensation from the
Employer and all Affiliates during the preceding Plan Year in excess of Eighty
Thousand Dollars ($80,000) (as adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living
increases). For this purpose, "compensation" means compensation within the
meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code; provided, however, that compensation
for the Plan Year ending August 31, 1998 shall include amounts contributed by
the Employer and all Affiliates pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which
are excludable from the employee's gross income under sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code (for later years, such amounts are included
in compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code). Compensation for
any employee who performed services for only part of a year is not annualized
for this purpose.
3. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES. Effective for determining who is a Highly
Compensated Employee for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1, 1997, the
phrase "highly compensated employee (as defined in section 414 of the Code)"
shall be replaced with "Highly Compensated Employee" each time it appears in the
Plan Statement.
4. MILITARY LEAVES. Effective for each Participant who is credited with one or
more Hours of Service on account of the performance of duties, for the Employer
on or after December 12, 1994, Section 1.1.17(d)(i) (formerly Section
1.1.16(d)(i)) shall be deleted and all subsequent sections shall be renumbered.
5. LEASED EMPLOYEES CLARIFICATION. Effective for each Participant who is
credited with one or more Hours of Service on account of the performance of
duties for the Employer on or after September 1, 1997, Section 1.1.17(e)
(formerly Section 1.1.16(e)) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:
(e) Special Rules. For periods prior to September 1, 1984, Hours
of Service may be determined using whatever records are
reasonably accessible and by making whatever calculations are
necessary to determine the approximate number of Hours of
Service completed during such prior period. To the extent not
-2-
<PAGE>
inconsistent with other provisions hereof, Department of Labor
regulations 29 C.F.R.ss. 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are hereby
incorporated by reference herein. To the extent required under
section 414 of the Code, services of leased owners, leased
managers, shared employees, shared leased employees and other
similar classifications (excluding Leased Employees) for the
Employer or an Affiliate shall be taken into account as if
such services were performed as a common law employee of the
Employer for the purposes of determining Eligibility Service,
Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to
Vesting Service and Eligibility Service. For purposes of the
Plan, application of the leased employee rules under section
414(n) of the Code shall be subject to the following: (i)
"contingent services" shall mean services performed by a
person for the Employer or an Affiliate during the period the
person has not performed the services on a substantially full
time basis for a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive
months, (ii) except as provided in (iii), contingent services
shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining
Eligibility Service, Vesting Service and One Year Breaks in
Service as applied to Vesting Service and Eligibility Service,
(iii) contingent services performed by a person who has become
a Leased Employee shall be taken into account for purposes of
determining Eligibility Service, Vesting Service, and One-Year
Breaks in Service as applied to Vesting Service and
Eligibility Service, and (iv) all service performed as a
Leased Employee (i.e., all service following the date an
individual has satisfied all three requirements for becoming a
Leased Employee) shall be taken into account for purposes of
determining Eligibility Service, Vesting Service and One-Year
Breaks in Service as applied to Vesting Service and
Eligibility Service.
6. LEASED EMPLOYEE. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1,
1997, the Plan Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new
Section 1.1.19 and all subsequent sections (and all cross references thereto)
shall be renumbered:
1.1.19. Leased Employee -- any individual (other than an employee of
the Employer or an Affiliate) who performs services for the Employer or an
Affiliate if (i) services are performed under an agreement between the Employer
or an Affiliate and an individual or company, (ii) the individual performs
services for the Employer or an Affiliate on a substantially full time basis for
a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months, and (iii) the individual's
services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer or
an Affiliate. In determining whether an individual is a Leased Employee of the
Employer or an Affiliate, all prior service with the Employer or an Affiliate
(including employment as a common law employee) shall be used for purposes of
satisfying (ii) above. No individual shall be considered a Leased Employee
unless and until all conditions have been satisfied.
7. PLAN NAME. Effective September 1, 1999, Sections 1.1.24 and 1.1.25 (formerly
Sections 1.1.22 and 1.1.23) shall be amended to read in full as follows:
-3-
<PAGE>
1.1.24. Plan -- the tax-qualified stock bonus plan of the Employer
established for the benefit of employees eligible to participate therein, as
first set forth in this Plan Statement. (As used herein, "Plan" refers to the
legal entity established by the Employer and not to the document pursuant to
which the Plan is maintained. That document is referred to herein as the "Plan
Statement.") The Plan shall be referred to as the "ENTEGRIS, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK
OWNERSHIP PLAN."
1.1.25. Plan Statement -- this document entitled "ENTEGRIS, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995 Restatement)" as adopted by
the Principal Sponsor effective as of September 1, 1995, as the same may be
amended from time to time.
8. PRINCIPAL SPONSOR. Effective September 1, 1999, Section 1.1.27 (formerly
Section 1.1.25) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:
1.1.27. Principal Sponsor-- Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
9. EMPLOYER STOCK. Effective September 1, 1999, the introductory paragraph to
Section 1.1.29 (formerly Section 1.1.27) of the Plan Statement shall be amended
to read in full as follows:
1.1.29. Qualifying Employer Securities -- common stock of Entegris,
Inc. or of any other corporation which is an affiliate and a member of a
controlled group of corporations including Entegris, Inc. within the meaning of
section 407(d)(7) of ERISA. If at any time there is more than one class of such
common stock, Qualifying Employer Securities shall mean only that class of
common stock having a combination of voting power and dividend rights equal to
or in excess of:
10. FAMILY AGGREGATION. Effective for compensation paid to employees for Plan
Years beginning on or after September 1, 1997, Section 1.1.30(h) (formerly
Section 1.1.28(h)) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:
(h) Annual Maximum. A Participant's Recognized Compensation for a
Plan Year shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under
section 401(a)(17) of the Code, which is One Hundred Sixty
Thousand Dollars ($160,000) (as adjusted under the Code for
cost-of-living increases).
11. EMPLOYMENT CLASSIFICATION CLARIFICATION. Effective for determining which
persons are employed in Recognized Employment during Plan Years beginning on or
after September 1, 1997, Section 1.1.31 (formerly Section 1.1.29) of the Plan
Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
-4-
<PAGE>
1.1.31. Recognized Employment -- all service with the Employer by
persons classified by the Employer as common law employees, excluding, however,
employment classified by the Employer as:
(a) employment in a unit of employees whose terms and conditions
of employment are subject to a collective bargaining agreement
between the Employer and a union representing that unit of
employees, unless (and to the extent) such collective
bargaining agreement provides for the inclusion of those
employees in the Plan,
(b) employment of a nonresident alien who is not receiving any
earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from
sources within the United States,
(c) employment in a division or facility of the Employer which is
not in existence on September 1, 1984 (that is, was acquired,
established, founded or produced by the liquidation or similar
discontinuation of a separate subsidiary after September 1,
1984) unless and until the Administrative Committee shall
declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,
(d) employment of a United States citizen or a United States
resident alien outside the United States unless and until the
Administrative Committee shall declare such employment to be
Recognized Employment,
(e) services of a person who is not a common law employee of the
Employer including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, services of a Leased Employee, leased owner, leased
manager, shared employee, shared Leased Employee, temporary
worker, independent contractor, contract worker, agency
worker, freelance worker or other similar classification,
(f) employment of a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent
agreed to in writing by the employee, and
(g) employment as a temporary employee.
The Employer's classification of a person at the time of inclusion or exclusion
in Recognized Employment shall be conclusive for the purpose of the foregoing
rules. No reclassification of a person's status with the Employer, for any
reason, without regard to whether it is initiated by a court, governmental
agency or otherwise and without regard to whether or not the Employer agrees to
such reclassification, shall result in the person being included in Recognized
Employment, either retroactively or prospectively. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this provision, however, the Administrative Committee may
declare that a reclassified person will be included in Recognized Employment,
either retroactively or
-5-
<PAGE>
prospectively. Any uncertainty concerning a person's classification shall be
resolved by excluding the person from Recognized Employment.
12. USERRA COMPLIANCE. Effective December 12, 1994, Section 1 of the Plan
Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new Section 1.2 and
all subsequent sections shall be renumbered.
1.2. Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act
of 1994. Effective for veterans rehired on or after December 12, 1994, and
notwithstanding any provision of the Plan Statement to the contrary,
contributions, benefits or service credits, if any, will be provided in
accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.
13. EXEMPT LOANS. Effective September 1, 1999, the Trustee shall no longer be
authorized to enter into an Exempt Loan and the Plan shall no longer be
leverageable and Section 3.1.5 shall be deleted in its entirety with all
subsequent sections (and cross references thereto) renumbered.
14. INVESTMENT OF FUND. Effective September 1, 1999, Section 4.3.1 of the Plan
Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
4.3.1. General Rule. This Plan is a stock bonus plan. To the extent
that Qualifying Employer Securities are available and subject to Section 4.4,
the Trustee may generally invest the Fund in Qualifying Employer Securities;
provided, however, that the Plan need not be primarily invested in Qualifying
Employer Securities.
15. EVENTS OF MATURITY. Effective for all Events of Maturity occurring on or
after January 1, 2000, Section 6.1 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to
read in full as follows:
6.1. Events of Maturity. A Participant's Account shall mature and the Vested
portion shall become distributable in accordance with Section 7 upon the
earliest occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of
the Employer or an Affiliate:
(a) the Participant's death;
(b) the Participant's termination of employment, whether voluntary
or involuntary;
(c) the attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years by a
Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in
Appendix B) at any time during the year in which the
Participant attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years
and the crediting of any amounts to such a Participant's
Account after such time; or
-6-
<PAGE>
(d) the Participant's Disability;
provided, however, that a transfer from Recognized Employment to employment with
the Employer that is other than Recognized Employment or a transfer from the
employment of one Employer participating in the Plan to another such Employer or
to any Affiliate shall not constitute an Event of Maturity.
16. EXCEPTION FOR SMALL AMOUNTS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
September 1, 1997, Section 7.1.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read
in full as follows:
7.1.2. Exception for Small Amounts. A Vested Account which does not
exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) as of the second Annual Valuation Date
coincident with or next following the occurrence of an Event of Maturity
effective as to a Participant, shall be distributed automatically in a single
lump sum as of that date without an application for distribution. If, however,
the distribution is made on account of the Participant's death or Disability
while in the employment of the Employer or the Participant's separation from
service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age, a Vested Account which does
not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) on the first Annual Valuation Date
next following the occurrence of the Participant's Event of Maturity shall be
distributed automatically in a single lump sum as of that date without an
application for distribution. A Participant who has no Vested interest in the
Participant's Account as of the Participant's Event of Maturity shall be deemed
to have received an immediate distribution of the Participant's entire interest
in the Plan as of such Event of Maturity.
17. REQUIRED NOTICES. Effective for providing required notices for distributions
payable on or after September 1, 1999, Section 7.1.4 of the Plan Statement shall
be amended to read in full as follows:
7.1.4. Notices. The Administrative Committee will issue such notices as
may be required under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11) and other sections of the Code
in connection with distributions from the Plan, and no distribution will be made
unless it is consistent with such notice requirements. Generally, distributions
may not commence as of a Valuation Date that is more than ninety (90) days or
less than thirty (30) days after such notices are given to the Participant.
Distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required
under section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations or the notice
required under section 1.402(f)-1 of the Income Tax Regulations is given,
provided however, that:
(a) the Administrative Committee clearly informs the Distributee
that the Distributee has a right to a period of at least
thirty (30) days after receiving such notices to consider
whether or not to elect distribution and, if applicable, to
elect a particular distribution option;
(b) the Distributee, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
elects a distribution; and
-7-
<PAGE>
(c) the Distributee may revoke an affirmative distribution
election by notifying the Administrative Committee of such
revocation prior to the date as of which such distribution is
to be made.
18. ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION. Effective for all distributions payable on
or after January 1, 2000, Section 7.1.5(a) of the Plan Statement shall be
amended to read in full as follows:
(a) Eligible rollover distribution means any distribution of all
or any portion of an Account to a Distributee who is eligible
to elect a direct rollover except (i) any distribution that is
one of a series of substantially equal installments payable
not less frequently than annually over the life expectancy of
such Distributee and such Distributee's designated
Beneficiary, and (ii) any distribution that is one of a series
of substantially equal installments payable not less
frequently than annually over a specified period of ten (10)
years or more, and (iii) any distribution to the extent of
such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the
Code, and (iv) any hardship distribution described under
401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code that is made after December
31, 1999, and (v) the portion of any distribution that is not
includible in gross income (determined without regard to the
exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
employer securities).
19. TIME OF DISTRIBUTION. Effective for distributions occurring on or after Plan
Years beginning on or after September 1, 1999, the last paragraph in Section
7.2.1 shall be amended to read in full as follows:
Distribution shall not be made, however, as of an Annual Valuation Date which is
earlier than the date the Administrative Committee receives any required
application for distribution and any required notice period has expired.
20. TIME OF DISTRIBUTION. Effective for distributions occurring on or after Plan
Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 7.2.2 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended to read in full as follows:
7.2.2. Required Beginning Date. Distribution shall be made as of the
Annual Valuation Date occurring in the calendar year immediately preceding the
calendar year in which the required beginning date effective as to the
Distributee occurs. In all events, distribution shall be made not later than the
required beginning date applicable to the Distributee.
(a) Participant. If the Distributee is a Participant who is not a
five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B), then the
Participant's required beginning date is the later of (i) the
April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant
-8-
<PAGE>
attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years, or (ii) the
April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant
terminates employment.
(b) Special Rule for Participant who is a Five Percent (5%) Owner.
If the Distributee is a Participant who is a five percent (5%)
owner (as defined in Appendix B) at any time during the Plan
Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such
Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years,
then the Participant's required beginning date is the April 1
following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years.
(c) Beneficiary. If the Distributee is the Beneficiary of a
Participant, then the Beneficiary's required beginning date is
the December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the fifth
(5th) anniversary of the Participant's death.
21. DISCLAIMERS BY AND DEFINITIONS OF BENEFICIARIES. Effective with respect to
Participants who die on or after September 1, 1999, Sections 7.5.4 and 7.5.5 of
the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
7.5.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a
distribution of all or a portion of a deceased Participant's Vested Account may
disclaim his or her interest therein subject to the following requirements. To
be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must not have received a distribution of
all or any portion of a Vested Account at the time such disclaimer is executed
and delivered, and, if a natural person, must have attained legal age as of the
date of the disclaimer. Any disclaimer must be in writing and must be executed
by the Beneficiary before a notary public. A disclaimer shall state that the
Beneficiary's entire interest in the undistributed Vested Account is disclaimed
or shall specify what portion thereof is disclaimed. To be effective, duplicate
original executed copies of the disclaimer must be both executed and actually
delivered to both the Administrative Committee and to the Trustee after the date
of the Participant's death but not later than nine (9) months after the date of
the Participant's death. A disclaimer shall be irrevocable when delivered to
both the Administrative Committee and the Trustee. A disclaimer shall be
considered to be delivered to the Administrative Committee or the Trustee only
when actually received by the Administrative Committee or the Trustee (and in
the case of a corporate Trustee, shall be considered to be delivered only when
actually received by a trust officer familiar with the affairs of the Plan). The
Administrative Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the
content, interpretation and validity of a purported disclaimer. Upon the filing
of a disclaimer that complies with the foregoing requirements, the Beneficiary
shall be considered not to have survived the Participant as to the interest
disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall not be considered to be a
transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions of Section 8 and shall
not be considered to be an assignment or alienation of benefits in violation of
federal law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of benefits under this
Plan. No other form of attempted disclaimer shall be recognized by either the
Administrative Committee or the Trustee. The foregoing requirements are solely
for the purpose of disclaiming benefits under the Plan, and compliance with
these requirements does not assure that the disclaimer will be valid for tax
purposes or any
-9-
<PAGE>
other purposes. It is the exclusive responsibility of the disclaimant to
assure compliance with any and all necessary requirements to assure proper tax
treatment of the disclaimer if that is one of its intended purposes.
7.5.5. Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has
otherwise specified in the Participant's Beneficiary designation, when used in a
Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of
the person whose issue are referred to, subject to the following:
(a) a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal
descendants always shall be lineal descendants of each
adoptive parent (and of each adoptive parent's lineal
ancestors);
(b) a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal
descendants never shall be lineal descendants of any former
parent whose parental rights were terminated by the adoption
(or of that former parent's lineal ancestors); except that if,
after a child's parent has died, the child is legally adopted
by a stepparent who is the spouse of the child's surviving
parent, the child and the child's lineal descendants shall
remain lineal descendants of the deceased parent (and the
deceased parent's lineal ancestors);
(c) if the person (or a lineal descendant of the person) whose
issue are referred to is the parent of a child (or is treated
as such under applicable law) but never received the child
into that parent's home and never openly held out the child as
that parent's child (unless doing so was precluded solely by
death), then neither the child nor the child's lineal
descendants shall be issue of the person.
"Child" means an issue of the first generation; "per stirpes" means in equal
shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to and the
issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with such
issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and "survive"
and "surviving" mean living after the death of the Participant.
22. FACILITY OF PAYMENT. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
September 1, 1999, Section 7.7 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:
7.7. Facility of Payment. In case of the legal disability, including minority,
of a Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee entitled to receive any
distribution under the Plan, payment shall be made, if the Administrative
Committee shall be advised of the existence of such condition:
(a) to the duly appointed guardian or conservator of such
Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee, or
-10-
<PAGE>
(b) to the duly appointed attorney-in-fact or other legal
representative of such Participant, Beneficiary or alternate
payee, but only if the appointment has been made in a manner
approved by the Trustee, or
(c) to a person or institution entrusted with the care or
maintenance of the incompetent or disabled Participant,
Beneficiary or alternate payee, provided, however, such person
or institution has satisfied the Administrative Committee that
the payment will be used for the best interest and assist in
the care of such Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee,
and provided further, that no prior claim for said payment has
been made by a duly appointed guardian, conservator,
attorney-in-fact or other legal representative of such
Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee as provided above.
Any payment made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability or obligation of the
Employer, the Administrative Committee, the Trustee and the Fund therefor.
23. AMENDMENT. Effective September 1, 1999, Section 9.1 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended by the addition of the following two sentences at the end of
the section:
No oral or written statement shall be effective to amend the Plan Statement
unless it is duly authorized by the Board of Directors or the Administrative
Committee. The power to amend the Plan Statement may not be delegated.
24. DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND TERMINATION OF PLAN. Effective Plan
Years beginning September 1, 1999, Section 9.2 of the Plan Statement shall be
amended to read in full as follows:
9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan. The Principal
Sponsor reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions
to the Plan and to terminate the Plan herein embodied in its entirety.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, if the
Principal Sponsor applies to the Internal Revenue Service for a ruling that the
termination of the Plan does not adversely affect its qualified status, then all
distributions (other than required distributions under Section 7.1.3) shall be
suspended upon termination of the Plan pending the receipt of a favorable
determination.
25. PASS-THROUGH OF VOTING. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
September 1, 1999, Section 10.7 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read
in full as follows:
10.7. Pass-Through of Voting for Employer Securities. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement, each Participant and Beneficiary shall be
entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner
-11-
<PAGE>
in which all Employer securities which are entitled to vote and are
held in such Participant's or Beneficiary's Account are to be voted as set forth
in this Section 10.7.
10.7.1. Registration-Type Class of Securities. If the Employer has a
registration-type class of securities, each Participant and Beneficiary shall be
entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Employer securities
which are entitled to vote and are held in such Participant's or Beneficiary's
Account are to be voted.
10.7.2. Requirement for Other Employers. If the Employer does not have
a registration-type class of securities, each Participant shall be entitled to
direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Employer securities which are
entitled to vote and are held in such Participant's or Beneficiary's Account are
to be voted for any corporate matter which involves the approval or disapproval
of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification,
liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or
business, or such similar transaction as the Secretary may prescribe in
regulations. On all other matters, the Trustee shall vote such Employer
securities as directed by the Administrative Committee. The Trustee shall have
no discretion in such matter.
10.7.3. Procedures. Unless changed by the Administrative Committee, the
procedures for the pass-through of voting rights on Employer securities are as
follows: The Trustee (as transfer agent for the Employer) shall forward to each
Participant and Beneficiary no later than five business days after the date the
Trustee receives proxy and other proxy soliciting material and/or annual reports
to security holders, (1) a copy of the proxy soliciting material and/or the
annual report to security holders, and (2) a proxy card to vote the shares held
in the Participant's or Beneficiary's Account. Participants and Beneficiaries
shall return the proxy cards directly to the Trustee no later than ten (10) days
prior to the date upon which the issue is to be voted. The Trustee shall not
honor or recognize any proxy which is not timely received by the Trustee. Shares
for which Participants and Beneficiaries do not timely return proxy cards shall
not be voted; provided, however, that the Trustee shall give notice, to each
Participant and Beneficiary receiving a proxy, stating that shares for which no
instructions are received shall not be voted. The Trustee shall vote all shares
for which they have received timely instructions, as instructed. The combined
fractional shares of Participants and Beneficiaries shall be voted to the extent
possible to reflect the instructions of the Participant or Beneficiary to whose
Account the fractional shares are allocated.
26. EXHAUSTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE REMEDIES. Effective for all claims filed on or
after September 1, 1999, Section 11.4 of the Plan Statement shall be amended by
adding thereto the following new Sections 11.4.4, 11.4.5, 11.4.6 and 11.4.7:
11.4.4. Deadline to File Claim. To be considered timely under the
Plan's claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Administrative
Committee within one (1) year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have
known of the principal facts upon which the claim is based.
-12-
<PAGE>
11.4.5. Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies. The exhaustion of the
claim and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute
arising under this Plan. As to such claims and disputes:
(a) no claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to
recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under
the Plan under section 502 or section 510 of ERISA or under
any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until
the claim and review procedure set forth herein have been
exhausted in their entirety; and
(b) in any such legal action all explicit and all implicit
determinations by the Administrative Committee (including, but
not limited to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a
request for a review of a denied claim, was timely filed)
shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law.
11.4.6. Deadline to File Legal Action. No legal action to recover Plan
benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under section 502 or
section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not
statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to this Plan
unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:
(a) thirty (30) months after the claimant knew or reasonably
should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is
based, or
(b) six (6) months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and
review procedure.
11.4.7. Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary.
Knowledge of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known
shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the
Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the
Participant for the purpose of applying the previously specified periods.
27. NAMED FIDUCIARIES. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after September
1, 1999, Section 12.7 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:
12.7. Named Fiduciaries. The Principal Sponsor, the Administrative Committee,
the Trustee and each Participant or Beneficiary exercising pass through voting
rights under Sections 10.7 and 10.13 shall be named fiduciaries for the purpose
of section 402(a) of ERISA.
28. SERVICE OF PROCESS. Effective September 1, 1999, Section 12.8 of the Plan
Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
-13-
<PAGE>
12.8. Service of Process. In the absence of any designation to the contrary by
the Principal Sponsor, the general counsel of the Principal Sponsor is
designated as the appropriate and exclusive agent for the receipt of service of
process directed to the Plan in any legal proceeding, including arbitration,
involving the Plan.
29. SECTION 415 APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
September 1, 1995, Appendix A to the Plan Statement shall be amended by
substituting therefore the Appendix A attached to this amendment.
30. QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after September 1, 1999, Appendix C to the Plan Statement shall
be amended by substituting therefore the Appendix C attached to this amendment.
31. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years beginning on
or after September 1, 1997, Appendix D to the Statement (and all references to
Appendix D in the Plan Statement) shall be deleted.
32. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as hereinabove expressly amended, the Plan
Statement shall continue in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the parties hereto has caused these
presents to be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
TRUSTEES FLUOROWARE, INC.
By
- ----------------------------- -------------------------------
Its
- ----------------------------- ---------------------------
And
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
Its
- ----------------------------- ---------------------------
ENTEGRIS, INC.
By
-------------------------------
Its
---------------------------
And
------------------------------
Its
---------------------------
-14-
<PAGE>
THIRD AMENDMENT
OF
ENTEGRIS, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of _______________, 2000, by
and between ENTEGRIS, INC., a Minnesota corporation, and HSBC Bank U.S.A. as
trustee;
WITNESSETH: That
WHEREAS, ENTEGRIS, INC. maintains a stock bonus plan which, in most
recent amended and restated form, is embodied in a document entitled "ENTEGRIS,
INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995 Statement)" as amended
by two amendments (collectively the "Plan Statement"); and
WHEREAS, ENTEGRIS, INC. has reserved to itself the power to amend the
Plan Statement;
NOW, THEREFORE, The Plan Statement is hereby amended in the following
respects:
1. IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS. Effective May 15, 2000, Section 7 of the Plan
Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new Section 7.10 to
read in full as follows:
7.10. In-Service Distributions.
7.10.1. Distribution upon Offering. Each Participant in the Plan may
elect to direct the Plan to sell Qualified Employer Securities from the
Participant's Account as part of an initial public or secondary offering of
stock of the Principal Sponsor and to distribute the cash proceeds from such
sale to the Participant in the form of a lump-sum payment. The Committee shall
prescribe additional rules regarding the manner of election and the timing and
form of distribution.
7.10.2. Annual In-Service Distribution. Each Participant in the Plan
may elect to direct the Plan to distribute to the Participant up to ten percent
(10%) of the value of the Qualified Employer Securities in the Participant's
Account in the form of a lump-sum cash payment. The earliest date upon which an
election under this Section 7.10.2 may be made effective is May 15, 2001. The
Committee shall prescribe additional rules regarding the manner of election and
the timing and form of distribution.
<PAGE>
7.10.3. Option to Transfer Amounts to 401(k) Plan. A Participant who
elects to distribute amounts under Section 7.10.1 or Section 7.10.2 may elect,
in lieu of a distribution to such Participant, to transfer such amounts to the
Entegris, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan.
7.10.4. Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent shall not be
required to make an in-service distribution to a married Participant.
2. PASS-THROUGH OF VOTING. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
September 1, 1999, Section 10 of the Plan Statement shall be amended by the
addition of the following new Section 10.14:
10.14. Pass-Through of Tender Offer for Employer Securities.
10.14.1. Pass-Through. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan
Statement, each Participant and Beneficiary shall have the right to tender
Employer securities held in such Participant's or Beneficiary's Account as set
forth in this Section 10.14.
10.14.2. Procedures. Upon receipt of a tender offer filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the Trustee shall forward to each
Participant and Beneficiary as of the Valuation Date immediately prior to such
receipt, no later than five business days after such receipt, a copy of the
offer accompanied by the procedures by which a Participant or Beneficiary may
elect to tender the number of shares held for such Participant or Beneficiary as
of the Valuation Date immediately prior to such receipt, which may contemplate
that any such election may be made at a later time. Not later than ten business
days prior to the expiration of the offer (the "Expiration Date"), the Trustee
shall furnish to each Participant and Beneficiary a form providing binding
instructions to the Trustee to tender such number of shares and an envelope
addressed to the Trustee to return such instructions. All such instructions
shall be received by the Trustee no later than five business days prior to the
Expiration Date (unless a shorter time period is acceptable to the Trustee). Any
Participant or Beneficiary may revoke such instructions by writing addressed to
the Trustee received no later than one business day prior to the Expiration
Date. On the Expiration Date the Trustee shall tender that number of shares for
which it has timely received instructions that have not been revoked. Shares for
which Participants and Beneficiaries do not timely return proxy instructions
shall not be tendered; provided, however, that the Trustee shall give notice, to
each Participant and Beneficiary receiving instructions, stating that shares for
which no instructions are received shall not be tendered.
10.14.3. Confidentiality. Participants and Beneficiaries shall have the
right to determine confidentially whether Employer securities will be tendered
in a tender or exchange offer.
10.14.4. Proration. If less than all shares tendered by the Trustee are
accepted, the shares sold for each Participant or Beneficiary shall be in the
same ratio to the number of shares in the Account as the total number of shares
accepted bears to the total number of shares tendered.
-2-
<PAGE>
10.14.5. Future Investments. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan
Statement to the contrary, the proceeds from the sale of Employer securities
pursuant to this Section 10.14 shall be transferred to the Account of a
Participant or Beneficiary and shall be invested in accordance with uniform
rules of the Administrative Committee and shall not be invested in Employer
securities. All future contributions of the Employer to the Participant's
Account shall be credited to the Participant's Account and shall be invested in
accordance with uniform rules of the Committee and shall not be invested in
Employer securities.
3. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as hereinabove expressly amended, the Plan
Statement shall continue in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the parties hereto has caused these
presents to be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
HSBC BANK U.S.A. ENTEGRIS, INC.
By By
--------------------------- -------------------------------
Its Its
--------------------- -------------------------
And
------------------------------
Its
-------------------------
-3-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.5
FLUOROWARE, INC.
PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
First Effective January 1, 1973
As Amended and Restated Effective September 1, 1985
As Amended and Restated Effective September 1, 1995
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC.
PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PREAMBLES ................................................................. 1
SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION ................................................. 2
1.1. Definitions
1.1.1. Accounts
(a) Total Account
(b) Regular Account
(c) Rollover Account
(d) Transfer Account
(e) Suspense Account
1.1.2. Affiliate
1.1.3. Annual Valuation Date
1.1.4. Beneficiary
1.1.5. Code
1.1.6. Committee
1.1.7. Disability
1.1.8. Effective Date
1.1.9. Eligibility Service
1.1.10. Employer
1.1.11. Employment Commencement Date
1.1.12. ERISA
1.1.13. Event of Maturity
1.1.14. Fund
1.1.15. Hours of Service
1.1.16. Investment Manager
1.1.17. Normal Retirement Age
1.1.18. Participant
1.1.19. Period of Service
1.1.20. Period of Severance
1.1.21. Plan
1.1.22. Plan Statement
1.1.23. Plan Year
1.1.24. Principal Sponsor
-i-
<PAGE>
1.1.25. Prior Plan Statement
1.1.26. Recognized Compensation
1.1.27. Recognized Employment
1.1.28. Reemployment Commencement Date
1.1.29. Severance from Service Date
1.1.30. Subfund
1.1.31. Trustee
1.1.32. Valuation Date
1.1.33. Vested
1.1.34. Vesting Service
1.2. Rules of Interpretation
1.3. Transitional Rules
SECTION 2. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION ................................ 12
2.1. General Eligibility Rule
2.2. Special Rule for Former Participants
SECTION 3. CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF ......................... 13
3.1. Employer Contributions
3.1.1. Source of Employer Contributions
3.1.2. Limitation
3.1.3. Form of Payment
3.2. Annual Contributions
3.2.1. Amount
3.2.2. Crediting to Accounts
3.3. Eligible Participants
3.4. Adjustments
3.4.1. Make-Up Contributions for
Omitted Participants
3.4.2. Mistaken Contributions
3.5. Limitation on Annual Additions
3.6. Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact
SECTION 4. INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS ........................ 15
4.1. Establishment of Subfunds
4.1.1. Establishing Commingled Subfunds
4.1.2. Individual Subfunds
4.1.3. Operational Rules
4.1.4. Revising Subfunds
4.2. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts
4.2.1. Intermediate Distributions Adjustment
4.2.2. Investment Adjustment
4.2.3. Contribution Adjustment
-ii-
<PAGE>
4.2.4. Final Distributions Adjustment
4.2.5. Other Rules
4.3. Management and Investment of Fund
SECTION 5. VESTING....................................................... 18
5.1. Regular Account
5.1.1. Progressive Vesting
5.1.2. Full Vesting
5.1.3. Forfeiture Event
5.1.4. Special Rule for Partial Distributions
5.1.5. Effect of Break on Vesting
5.1.6. Pre-Effective Date Vesting
5.2. Other Accounts
SECTION 6. MATURITY...................................................... 20
6.1. Events of Maturity
6.2. Disposition of Nonvested Account
6.2.1. Rehire Before Forfeiture
6.2.2. Rehire After Forfeiture
6.2.3. Forfeitures
6.2.4. Restorations
SECTION 7. DISTRIBUTION.................................................. 22
7.1. Application for Distribution
7.1.1. Application Required
7.1.2. Exception for Small Amounts
7.1.3. Exception for Required Distributions
7.1.4. Notices
7.1.5. Direct Rollover
7.2. Time of Distribution
7.2.1. Earliest Beginning Date
7.2.2. Required Beginning Date
7.3. Forms of Distribution
7.3.1. Forms Available
7.3.2. Presumptive Form
7.3.3. Effect of Reemployment
7.4. Designation of Beneficiaries
7.4.1. Right To Designate
7.4.2. Spousal Consent
7.4.3. Failure of Designation
7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries
7.4.5. Definitions
7.4.6. Special Rules
-iii-
<PAGE>
7.5. Death Prior to Full Distribution
7.6. Distribution in Cash
7.7. Facility of Payment
SECTION 8. SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS........................................ 30
SECTION 9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION..................................... 31
9.1. Amendment
9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan
9.3. Merger or Spinoff of Plans
9.3.1. In General
9.3.2. Limitations
9.3.3. Beneficiary Designations
9.4. Adoption by Affiliates
9.4.1. Adoption by Consent
9.4.2. Procedure for Adoption
9.4.3. Effect of Adoption
SECTION 10. CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE........................................ 33
10.1. Dealings with Trustee
10.1.1. No Duty to Inquire
10.1.2. Assumed Authority
10.2. Compensation of Trustee
10.3. Resignation and Removal of Trustee
10.3.1. Resignation, Removal and Appointment
10.3.2. Automatic Removal
10.3.3. Surviving Trustees
10.3.4. Successor Organizations
10.3.5. Co-Trustee Responsibility
10.3.6. Allocation of Responsibility
10.3.7. Majority Decisions
10.4. Accountings by Trustee
10.4.1. Periodic Reports
10.4.2. Special Reports
10.5. Trustee's Power to Protect Itself on Account of Taxes
10.6. Other Trust Powers
10.7. Investment Managers
10.7.1. Appointment and Qualifications
10.7.2. Removal
10.7.3. Relation to Other Fiduciaries
10.8. No Investment in Employer Real Property
10.9. No Investment in Employer Securities
-iv-
<PAGE>
10.10. Fiduciary Principles
10.11. Prohibited Transactions
10.12. Indemnity
SECTION 11. DETERMINATIONS -- RULES AND REGULATIONS....................... 41
11.1. Determinations
11.2. Rules and Regulations
11.3. Method of Executing Instruments
11.3.1. Employer or Committee
11.3.2. Trustee
11.4. Claims Procedure
11.4.1. Original Claim
11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure
11.4.3. General Rules
11.5. Information Furnished by Participants
SECTION 12. PLAN ADMINISTRATION........................................... 43
12.1. Principal Sponsor
12.1.1. Officers
12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer
12.1.3. Board of Directors
12.2. Committee
12.2.1. Appointment and Removal
12.2.2. Automatic Removal
12.2.3. Authority
12.2.4. Majority Decisions
12.3. Limitation on Authority
12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally
12.3.2. Trustee
12.4. Conflict of Interest
12.5. Dual Capacity
12.6. Administrator
12.7. Named Fiduciaries
12.8. Service of Process
12.9. Administrative Expenses
12.10. IRS Qualification
SECTION 13. IN GENERAL.................................................... 46
13.1. Disclaimers
13.1.1. Effect on Employment
13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits
13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters
13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited
-v-
<PAGE>
13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules
13.4. Continuity
13.5. Execution in Counterparts
SIGNATURES................................................................. 47
APPENDIX A -- LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS AND ANNUAL BENEFITS........... A-1
APPENDIX B -- CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES.............................. B-1
APPENDIX C -- QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATION ORDERS........................... C-1
APPENDIX D -- HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE................................. D-1
-vi-
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC.
PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of _______________, 1995, by and
between FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Principal Sponsor"), and
DANIEL QUERNEMOEN, STAN GEYER and RICHARD G. REVORD, as trustees (collectively,
together with their successors, the "Trustee");
WITNESSETH: That
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has heretofore established and maintained a
money purchase pension plan (the "Plan") which, in most recent amended and
restated form, is embodied in a document dated January 15, 1986 and entitled
"Fluoroware, Inc. Pension Plan Trust Agreement (1985 Restatement)" (as amended
by documents dated August 1, 1989 and October 3, 1989); and
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has reserved to itself the power to make
further amendments of the Plan documents; and
WHEREAS, It is desired to amend and restate the Plan documents to be a
money purchase pension plan in a single document in the manner hereinafter set
forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, The Plan documents are hereby amended and restated,
effective as of September 1, 1995, to read in full as follows:
<PAGE>
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1. Definitions. When the following terms are used herein with initial capital
letters, they shall have the following meanings:
1.1.1. Accounts -- the following Accounts will be maintained under the Plan
for Participants:
(a) Total Account -- for convenience of reference, a Participant's entire
interest in the Fund, including the Participant's Regular Account,
Rollover Account and Transfer Account (but excluding the Participant's
interest in a Suspense Account).
(b) Regular Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
which is credited the Participant's allocable share of the Employer
contributions made pursuant to Section 3.2 (or comparable provisions
of the Prior Plan Statement, together with any increase or decrease
thereon.
(c) Rollover Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
which were credited the Participant's rollover contributions made
under the Prior Plan Statement, together with any increase or decrease
thereon.
(d) Transfer Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
which is credited the Participant's interest, if any, transferred from
another qualified plan by the trustee of such other plan pursuant to
an agreement made under Section 9.3 and not credited to any other
Account pursuant to such agreement (or another provision of this Plan
Statement), together with any increase or decrease thereon.
(e) Suspense Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
which is credited the portion of the Participant's Regular Account
which is not Vested upon the occurrence of an Event of Maturity
(pending reemployment or forfeiture pursuant to Section 6.2), together
with any increase or decrease thereon.
1.1.2. Affiliate -- a business entity which is under "common control" with
the Employer or which is a member of an "affiliated service group" that includes
the Employer, as those terms are defined in section 414(b), (c) and (m) of the
Code. A business entity which is a predecessor to the Employer shall be treated
as an Affiliate if the Employer maintains a plan of such predecessor business
entity or if, and to the extent that, such treatment is otherwise required by
regulations under section 414(a) of the Code. A business entity shall also be
treated as an Affiliate if, and to the extent that, such treatment is required
by regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. In addition to said required
treatment, the Principal Sponsor may, in its discretion, designate as an
Affiliate any business entity which is not such a
-2-
<PAGE>
"common control," "affiliated service group" or "predecessor" business entity
but which is otherwise affiliated with the Employer, subject to such limitations
as the Principal Sponsor may impose.
1.1.3. Annual Valuation Date -- each August 31.
1.1.4. Beneficiary -- a person designated by a Participant (or
automatically by operation of this Plan Statement) to receive all or a part of
the Participant's Vested Total Account in the event of the Participant's death
prior to full distribution thereof. A person so designated shall not be
considered a Beneficiary until the death of the Participant.
1.1.5. Code -- the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including applicable
regulations for the specified section of the Code. Any reference in this Plan
Statement to a section of the Code, including the applicable regulation, shall
be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement
of that section or regulation.
1.1.6. Committee -- the committee established in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12.2, known as the Administrative Committee.
1.1.7. Disability -- a medically determinable physical or mental impairment
which: (i) renders the individual incapable of performing any substantial
gainful employment, (ii) can be expected to be of long-continued and indefinite
duration or result in death, and (iii) is evidenced by a certification to this
effect by a doctor of medicine approved by the Committee. In lieu of such a
certification, the Committee may accept, as proof of Disability, the official
written determination that the individual will be eligible for disability
benefits under the federal Social Security Act as now enacted or hereinafter
amended (when any waiting period expires). The Committee shall determine the
date on which the Disability shall have occurred if such determination is
necessary.
1.1.8. Effective Date -- September 1, 1995, subject to Section 1.3.
1.1.9. Eligibility Service -- a measure of an employee's service with the
Employer and all Affiliates (stated as a number of years) which is equal to the
number of computation periods for which the employee is credited with one
thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service; subject, however, to the following
rules:
(a) Computation Periods. The computation periods for determining
Eligibility Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month period
beginning with the date the employee first performs an Hour of Service
and all Plan Years beginning after such date (irrespective of any
termination of employment and subsequent reemployment).
(b) Completion. A year of Eligibility Service shall be deemed completed
only as of the last day of the computation period (irrespective of the
date in such period that the employee completed one thousand Hours of
Service). (Fractional years of Eligibility Service shall not be
credited.)
-3-
<PAGE>
(c) Pre-Effective Date Service. Eligibility Service shall be credited for
Hours of Service earned and computation periods completed before
September 1, 1995 under the Prior Plan Statement.
(d) Pre-Effective Date Breaks in Service. Eligibility Service cancelled
before September 1, 1995 by operation of the Plan's break in service
rules as they existed before September 1, 1995 shall continue to be
cancelled on and after September 1, 1995.
1.1.10. Employer -- the Principal Sponsor, any business entity that adopts
the Plan pursuant to Section 9.4, and any successor thereof that adopts the
Plan.
1.1.11. Employment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an employee
first performs one (1) Hour of Service for the Employer or an Affiliate (without
regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized Employment or
otherwise).
1.1.12. ERISA -- the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
including applicable regulations for the specified section of ERISA. Any
reference in this Plan Statement to a section of ERISA, including the applicable
regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent
amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.
1.1.13. Event of Maturity -- any of the occurrences described in Section 6
by reason of which a Participant or Beneficiary may become entitled to a
distribution from the Plan.
1.1.14. Fund -- the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee from time to
time, including all contributions and the investments and reinvestments,
earnings and profits thereon, whether invested under the general investment
authority of the Trustee or under the terms applicable to any Subfund
established pursuant to Section 4.1.
1.1.15. Hours of Service -- a measure of an employee's service with the
Employer and all Affiliates, determined for a given computation period and equal
to the number of hours credited to the employee according to the following
rules:
(a) Paid Duty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour for
which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the
performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliate. These hours
shall be credited to the employee for the computation period or
periods in which the duties are performed or, if different, to the
computation period or periods in which the employee is paid for such
hours; provided, however, that no hours will be credited to the
computation period or periods in which the employee is paid for such
hours unless the Hours of Service to be credited are in connection
with a period of no more than thirty-one (31) days that extends beyond
the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed.
(b) Paid Nonduty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour for
which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or
an Affiliate on
-4-
<PAGE>
account of a period of time during which no duties are performed
(irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated)
due to paid time off ("PTO"), vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
(including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
absence; provided, however, that:
(i) no more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be
credited on account of a single continuous period during which
the employee performs no duties (whether or not such period
occurs in a single computation period),
(ii) no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made
under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
applicable workers' compensation, unemployment compensation or
disability insurance laws,
(iii) no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments
which solely reimburse the employee for medical or medically
related expenses incurred by the employee, and
(iv) payments shall be deemed made by or due from the Employer or an
Affiliate whether made directly or indirectly from a trust fund
or an insurer to which the Employer or an Affiliate contributes
or pays premiums.
These hours shall be credited to the employee for the computation
period for which payment is made or, if the payment is not computed by
reference to units of time, the hours shall be credited to the first
computation period in which the event, for which any part of the
payment is made, occurred.
(c) Back Pay. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour for which
back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either
awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an Affiliate. The same Hours
of Servicecredited under paragraph (a) or (b) shall not be credited
under this paragraph (c). The crediting of Hours of Service under this
paragraph (c) for periods and payments described in paragraph (b)
shall be subject to all the limitations of that paragraph. These hours
shall be credited to the employee for the computation period or
periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the
computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.
(d) Unpaid Absences.
(i) Military Leaves. During service in the Armed Forces of the United
States, if the employee both entered such service and returned to
employment with the Employer or an Affiliate from such service
under circumstances entitling the employee to reemployment rights
granted veterans under federal law, the
-5-
<PAGE>
employee shall be credited with the number of Hours of Service
which otherwise would normally have been credited to such
employee but for such absence; provided, however, that if the
employee does not return to employment for any reason other than
death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age within
the time prescribed by law for the retention of veteran's
reemployment rights, such Hours of Service shall not be credited.
(ii) Leaves of Absence. If (and to the extent that) the Administrative
Committee so provides in rules, during each unpaid leave of
absence authorized by the Employer or an Affiliate for Plan
purposes under such rules, the employee shall be credited with
the number of Hours of Service which otherwise would normally
have been credited to such employee but for such absence;
provided, however, that if the employee does not return to
employment for any reason other than death, Disability or
attainment of Normal Retirement Age at the expiration of the
leave of absence, such Hours of Service shall not be credited.
(iii) Parenting Leaves. To the extent not otherwise credited, Hours of
Service shall be credited to an employee for any period of
absence from work beginning in Plan Years commencing after August
31, 1985, due to pregnancy of the employee, the birth of a child
of the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in
connection with the adoption of such child by the employee or for
the purpose of caring for such child for a period beginning
immediately following such birth or placement. The employee shall
be credited with the number of Hours of Service which otherwise
would normally have been credited to such employee but for such
absence. If it is impossible to determine the number of Hours of
Service which would otherwise normally have been so credited, the
employee shall be credited with eight (8) Hours of Service for
each day of such absence. In no event, however, shall the number
of Hours of Service credited for any such absence exceed five
hundred one (501) Hours of Service. Such Hours of Service shall
be credited to the computation period in which such absence from
work begins if crediting all or any portion of such Hours of
Service is necessary to prevent the employee from incurring a
One-Year Break in Service in such computation period. If the
crediting of such Hours of Service is not necessary to prevent
the occurrence of a One- Year Break in Service in that
computation period, such Hours of Service shall be credited in
the immediately following computation period (even though no part
of such absence may have occurred in such subsequent computation
period). These Hours ofService shall not be credited until the
employee furnishes timely information
-6-
<PAGE>
which may be reasonably required by the Committee to establish
that the absence from work is for a reason for which these Hours
of Service may be credited.
(e) Special Rules. For periods prior to September 1, 1976, Hours of
Service may be determined using whatever records are reasonably
accessible and by making whatever calculations are necessary to
determine the approximate number of Hours of Service completed during
such prior period. To the extent not inconsistent with other
provisions hereof, Department of Labor regulations 29 C.F.R. (S)
2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are hereby incorporated by reference herein. To
the extent required under section 414 of the Code, services of leased
employees, leased owners, leased managers, shared employees, shared
leased employees and other similar classifications by the Employer or
an Affiliate shall be taken into account as if such services were
performed as a common law employee of the Employer for the purposes of
determining Eligibility Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as
applied to Eligibility Service.
(f) Equivalency for Exempt Employees. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the foregoing, the Hours of Service for any employee for
whom the Employer or an Affiliate is not otherwise required by state
or federal "wage and hour" or other law to count hours worked shall be
credited on the basis that, without regard to the employee's actual
hours, such employee shall be credited with one hundred ninety (190)
Hours of Service for a calendar month if, under the provisions of this
Section (other than this paragraph), such employee would be credited
with at least one (1) Hour of Service during that calendar month.
1.1.16. Investment Manager -- the person or persons, other than the
Trustee, appointed pursuant to Section 10.7 to manage all or a portion of the
Fund or any Subfund.
1.1.17. Normal Retirement Age -- the date a Participant attains age
sixty-five (65) years.
1.1.18. Participant -- an employee of the Employer who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 or any
comparable provision of the Prior Plan Statement. An employee who has become a
Participant shall be considered to continue as a Participant in the Plan until
the date of the Participant's death or, if earlier, the date when the
Participant is no longer employed in Recognized Employment and upon which the
Participant no longer has any Account under the Plan (that is, the Participant
has both received a distribution of all of the Participant's Vested Total
Account, if any, and the Participant's Suspense Account, if any, has been
forfeited and disposed of as provided in Section 6.2). An employee who has not
become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2
and who made a rollover contribution to the Plan under the Prior Plan Statement
shall be considered a Participant solely for the purpose of making the rollover
contribution and receiving a distribution upon an Event of Maturity in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.
1.1.19. Period of Service -- a measure of an employee's employment with the
Employer and all Affiliates which is equal to the period commencing on the
employee's Employment
-7-
<PAGE>
Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date, whichever is applicable,
and ending on the next following Severance from Service Date; provided, however:
(a) Aggregation. Unless some or all of an employee's service may be
disregarded pursuant to other rules of this Plan Statement, all
discontinuous Periods of Service shall be aggregated in determining
the total of an employee's Period of Service. A Period of Service
shall be stated in yearsand days and when aggregating discontinuous
periods of less than one (1) year, three hundred sixty-five (365) days
shall equal one (1) year.
(b) Service Spanning No. 1. If an employee quits, is discharged or retires
from service with the Employer and all Affiliates and performs an Hour
of Service within the twelve (12) months following the Severance from
Service Date, that Period of Severance shall be deemed to be a Period
of Service.
(c) Service Spanning No. 2. If an employee severs from service by reason
of a quit, a discharge or retirement during the first twelve (12)
months of an absence from service for any reason other than a quit, a
discharge, retirement or death, and then performs an Hour of Service
within the twelve (12) months following the date on which the employee
was first absent from service, the Period of Severance shall be deemed
to be a Period of Service.
(d) Leased Employees. To the extent required under section 414 of the
Code, services of leased employees, leased owners, leased managers,
shared employees, shared leased employees and other similar
classifications by the Employer or an Affiliate shall be taken into
account as if such services were performed as a common law employee of
the Employer for the purposes of determining Vesting Service and
Periods of Severance as applied to Vesting Service.
1.1.20. Period of Severance -- the period of time commencing on an
employee's Severance from Service Date and ending on the date on which that
employee next again performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an
Affiliate (without regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in
Recognized Employment or otherwise). A Period of Severance shall be stated in
years and days.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the limited purpose of determining the
length of a Period of Severance, the Severance from Service Date for an employee
shall be advanced during any period of an absence from work (which began after
December 31, 1984) due to the pregnancy of the employee, the birth of a child of
the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in connection with the
adoption of such child by the employee, or for the purpose of caring for such
child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. In
no event, however, shall the Severance from Service Date be advanced under the
foregoing sentence to a date that is later than the last day of the calendar
month which is two (2) years after the first of such absence. This adjustment in
the Severance from Service Date shall not be made until the employee furnishes
timely information which may be reasonably required by the Committee to
establish that the absence from work is for a reason for which this adjustment
will be made.
-8-
<PAGE>
1.1.21. Plan -- the tax-qualified money purchase pension plan of the
Employer established for the benefit of employees eligible to participate
therein, as first set forth in the Prior Plan Statement and as amended and
restated in this Plan Statement. (As used herein, "Plan" refers to the legal
entity established by the Employer and not to the documents pursuant to which
the Plan is maintained. Those documents are referred to herein as the "Prior
Plan Statement" and the "Plan Statement.") The Plan shall be referred to as the
"FLUOROWARE, INC. PENSION PLAN."
1.1.22. Plan Statement -- this document entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC. PENSION
PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995 Restatement)" as adopted by the Principal Sponsor
generally effective as of September 1, 1995, as the same may be amended from
time to time.
1.1.23. Plan Year -- the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on any
Annual Valuation Date.
1.1.24. Principal Sponsor -- Fluoroware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
1.1.25. Prior Plan Statement -- the series of documents pursuant to which
the Plan was established effective as of January 1, 1973, and operated
thereafter until the Effective Date.
1.1.26. Recognized Compensation -- wages within the meaning of section
3401(a) of the Code for purposes of federal income tax withholding at the source
but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included
in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of
the Code) and paid to the Participant by the Employer for the applicable period;
subject, however, to the following:
(a) Included Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation
there shall be included elective contributions made by the Employer on
behalf of the Participant that are not includible in gross income
under sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of
the Code including elective contributions authorized by the
Participant under a Retirement Savings Agreement, a cafeteria plan or
any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k)
of the Code.
(b) Excluded Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation
there shall be excluded all of the following: (i) reimbursements or
other expense allowances (including all living and other expenses paid
on account of the Participant being on foreign assignment), (ii)
welfare and fringe benefits (both cash and noncash) including
third-party sick pay (i.e., short-term and long- term disability
insurance benefits), income imputed from insurance coverages and
premiums, employee discounts and other similar amounts, payments for
vacation or sick leave accrued but not taken, final payments on
account of termination of employment (i.e., severance payments),
except that final payments on account of settlement for accrued but
unused paid time off shall be taken into account in determining a
Participant's Recognized Compensation, (iii) moving expenses, (iv)
deferred compensation (both when deferred and
-9-
<PAGE>
when received), (v) all bonuses except the Twelve-Hour Equalization
Bonus, (vi) all commissions, (vii) all overtime, and (viii) the value
of a qualified or a non-qualified stock option granted to a
Participant by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in
the Participant's taxable income.
(c) Pre-Participation Employment. Remuneration paid by the Employer
attributable to periods prior to the date the Participant became a
Participant in the Plan shall not be taken into account in determining
the Participant's Recognized Compensation.
(d) Non-Recognized Employment. Remuneration paid by the Employer for
employment that is not Recognized Employment shall not be taken into
account in determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation.
(e) Attribution to Periods. A Participant's Recognized Compensation shall
be considered attributable to the period in which it is actually paid
and not when earned or accrued; provided, however, amounts earned but
not paid in a Plan Year because of the timing of pay periods and pay
days may be included in the Plan Year when earned if these amounts are
paid during the first few weeks of the next Plan Year, the amounts are
included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all
similarly situated Participants and no amount is included in more than
one Plan Year.
(f) Excluded Periods. Amounts received after the Participant's termination
of employment shall not be taken into account in determining a
Participant's Recognized Compensation.
(g) Multiple Employers. If a Participant is employed by more than one
Employer in a Plan Year, a separate amount of Recognized Compensation
shall be determined for each Employer.
(h) Annual Maximum. A Participant's Recognized Compensation for a Plan
Year shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under section
401(a)(17) of the Code. In determining a Participant's Recognized
Compensation, the rules of section 414(q)(6) of the Code apply, except
that in applying such rules, the term "family" shall include only the
spouse of the Participant and lineal descendants of the Participant
who have not attained age nineteen (19) years before the close of the
Plan Year. If Participants are aggregated as such family members (and
do not otherwise agree in writing), the Recognized Compensation of
each family member shall equal the annual compensation limit under
section 401(a)(17) of the Code multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is such family member's Recognized Compensation (before
application of such annual compensation limit) and the denominator of
which is the total Recognized Compensation (before application of such
annual compensation limit) of all such family members. For purposes of
the foregoing, the annual compensation limit under section 401(a)(17)
of the Code
-10-
<PAGE>
shall be Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted under
the Code for cost of living increases) for Plan Years beginning before
January 1, 1994, and shall be One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars
($150,000) (as so adjusted) for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 1994.
1.1.27. Recognized Employment -- all employment with the Employer,
excluding, however, employment classified by the Employer as:
(a) employment in a unit of employees whose terms and conditions of
employment are subject to a collective bargaining agreement between
the Employer and a union representing that unit of employees, unless
(and to the extent) such collective bargaining agreement provides for
the inclusion of those employees in the Plan,
(b) employment of a nonresident alien who is not receiving any earned
income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within
the United States,
(c) employment in a division or facility of the Employer which is not in
existence on September 1, 1985 (that is, was acquired, established,
founded or produced by the liquidation or similar discontinuation of a
separate subsidiary after September 1, 1985) unless and until the
Committee shall declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,
(d) employment of a United States citizen or a United States resident
alien outside the United States unless and until the Committee shall
declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,
(e) employment as a temporary employee,
(f) services of a person who is not a common law employee of the Employer
including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, services
of a leased employee, leased owner, leased manager, shared employee,
shared leased employee or other similar classification, and
(g) employment of a highly compensated employee (as defined in section 414
of the Code) to the extent agreed to in writing by the employee.
1.1.28. Reemployment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an employee
first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an Affiliate following
a Period of Severance that is not deemed to be a Period of Service (without
regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized Employment or
otherwise).
1.1.29. Severance from Service Date -- the earlier of:
-11-
<PAGE>
(a) the date upon which an employee quits, is discharged or retires from
service with the Employer and all Affiliates, or dies; or
(b) the date which is the first anniversary of the first day of a period
in which an employee remains continuously absent from service (with or
without pay) with the Employer and all Affiliates for any reason other
than a quit, a discharge, retirement or death, such as vacation,
holiday, sickness, disability, leave of absence or layoff.
1.1.30. Subfund -- a separate pool of assets of the Fund set aside for
investment purposes under Section 4.1.
1.1.31. Trustee -- the Trustees originally named hereunder and their
successors or successor in trust. Where the context requires, Trustee shall also
mean and refer to any one or more co-trustees serving hereunder.
1.1.32. Valuation Date -- the Annual Valuation Date and such additional
dates, if any, as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine under rules.
1.1.33. Vested -- nonforfeitable, i.e., a claim obtained by a Participant
or the Participant's Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred
benefit hereunder which arises from the Participant's service, which is
unconditional and which is legally enforceable against the Plan.
1.1.34. Vesting Service -- a measure of an employee's service with the
Employer and all Affiliates; subject, however, to the following rules:
(a) Period of Service. Except as provided below, an employee's Vesting
Service as of any date shall be equal to the employee's Period of
Service determined as of that same date.
(b) Vesting in Pre-Five Year Severance Accounts. If an employee has a five
(5) year (or longer) Period of Severance, the employee's Regular
Account shall be divided into the portion attributable to Employer
contributions allocated with respect to employment before such Period
of Severance and the portion attributable to Employer contributions
allocated with respect to employment after such Period of Severance
and employment after such five (5) year (or longer) Period of
Severance shall not be taken into account in computing the Vested
percentage in the employee's Regular Account attributable to Employer
contributions allocated with respect to employment before such five
(5) year (or longer) Period of Severance.
(c) Vesting in Post-Five Year Severance Accounts. Except as provided in
the following sentences of this paragraph, if an employee has a Period
of Severance and returns thereafter to employment with the Employer or
an Affiliate, both employment before and employment after such Period
of Severance shall be
-12-
<PAGE>
taken into account in computing the Vested percentagein the employee's
Regular Account attributable to Employer contributions allocated with
respect to employment after such Period of Severance. If, however, the
employee does not have any Vested interest in a Regular Account upon
the occurrence of a Period of Severance which equals or exceeds in
length the greater of five (5) years or the employee's prior Vesting
Service, such prior Vesting Service shall be disregarded. Any Vesting
Service disregarded by a prior application of this paragraph need not
thereafter be taken into account.
1.2. Rules of Interpretation. An individual shall be considered to have attained
a given age on the individual's birthday for that age (and not on the day
before). The birthday of any individual born on a February 29 shall be deemed to
be February 28 in any year that is not a leap year. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement or any election or designation made under the
Plan, any individual who feloniously and intentionally kills a Participant or
Beneficiary shall be deemed for all purposes of this Plan and all elections and
designations made under this Plan to have died before such Participant or
Beneficiary. A final judgment of conviction of felonious and intentional killing
is conclusive for the purposes of this Section. In the absence of a conviction
of felonious and intentional killing, the Committee shall determine whether the
killing was felonious and intentional for the purposes of this Section. Whenever
appropriate, words used herein in the singular may be read in the plural, or
words used herein in the plural may be read in the singular; the masculine may
include the feminine and the feminine may include the masculine; and the words
"hereof," "herein" or "hereunder" or other similar compounds of the word "here"
shall mean and refer to this entire Plan Statement and not to any particular
paragraph or Section of this Plan Statement unless the context clearly indicates
to the contrary. The titles given to the various Sections of this Plan Statement
are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan
Statement, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning
or intent of any provision hereof. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a
statute or regulation shall be considered also to mean and refer to any
subsequent amendment or replacement of that statute or regulation. This document
has been executed and delivered in the State of Minnesota and has been drawn in
conformity to the laws of that State and shall, except to the extent that
federal law is controlling, be construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of Minnesota.
1.3. Transitional Rules. Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section
1.1.8, the following Section of the Plan Statement is effective January 1, 1987:
3.5; and the following Sections of the Plan Statement are effective September 1,
1987: 3.1.1, 3.2.1, Appendix A, Appendix B, Appendix C and Appendix D.
Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section 1.1.8, the following
Sections of the Plan Statement are effective for Plan Years beginning on or
after September 1, 1989: 1.1.15(e), 10.6(a), 10.6(d), 10.6(h), 10.6(q), 10.6(r),
11.1 and 12.10. Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section 1.1.8, the
following Sections of the Plan Statement are effective for distributions
occurring on or after January 1, 1993: 7.1.4 and 7.1.5. Notwithstanding the
general effective date of Section 1.1.8, Section 7.2 is effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after September 1, 1994.
-13-
<PAGE>
SECTION 2
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1. General Eligibility Rule. Each employee shall become a Participant on the
first day (commencing with the Effective Date) next following the date as of
which the employee has completed one (1) year of Eligibility Service, if the
employee is then employed in Recognized Employment. If the employee is not then
employed in Recognized Employment, the employee shall become a Participant on
the first date thereafter upon which the employee enters Recognized Employment.
2.2. Special Rule for Former Participants. A Participant whose employment with
the Employer terminates and who subsequently is reemployed by the Employer shall
immediately reenter the Plan as a Participant upon the Participant's return to
Recognized Employment.
-14-
<PAGE>
SECTION 3
CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF
3.1. Employer Contributions.
3.1.1. Source of Employer Contributions. All Employer contributions to the
Plan may be made without regard to profits.
3.1.2. Limitation. The contribution of the Employer to the Plan for any
year, when considered in light of its contribution for that year to all other
tax-qualified plans it maintains, shall, in no event, exceed the maximum amount
deductible by it for federal income tax purposes as a contribution to a tax-
qualified money purchase pension plan under section 404 of the Code. Each such
contribution to the Plan is conditioned upon its deductibility for such purpose.
3.1.3. Form of Payment. The appropriate contribution of the Employer to the
Plan, determined as herein provided, shall be paid to the Trustee and may be
paid either in cash or in common shares of the Employer or of any successor or
in other assets of any character of a value equal to the amount of the
contribution or in any combination of the foregoing ways.
3.2. Annual Contributions.
3.2.1. Amount. The amount of the Employer contribution made for each
eligible Participant under Section 3.3 for each Plan Year shall be equal to
seven percent (7%) of the eligible Participant's Recognized Compensation. Such
contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund not
later than the time prescribed by federal law (including extensions) for filing
the federal income tax return of the Employer for the taxable year which ends
nearest to the Plan Year end.
3.2.2. Crediting to Accounts. The Employer contribution made for a
Participant shall be credited to such Participant's Employer Contributions
Account as of the Annual Valuation Date in the Plan Year for which such
contribution is made, or if earlier, the Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the date as of which such contribution is received by the Trustee.
3.3. Eligible Participants. For purposes of this Section 3, a Participant shall
be an eligible Participant for a Plan Year only if:
(a) such Participant is credited with at least one thousand (1,000) Hours
of Service for such Plan Year, or
(b) such Participant terminated the Participant's employment with the
Employer within the Plan Year due to the Participant's death,
retirement at or after Normal Retirement Age or Disability.
No other Participant shall be an eligible Participant.
-15-
<PAGE>
3.4. Adjustments.
3.4.1. Make-Up Contributions for Omitted Participants. If, after the
Employer's annual contribution for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it
should appear that, through oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a Participant
(or an employee who should have been considered a Participant) who should have
been entitled to share in such contribution received no allocation or received
an allocation which was less than the Participant should have received, the
Committee may, at its election, and in lieu of reallocating such contribution,
direct the Employer to make a special make-up contribution for the Account
ofsuch Participant in an amount adequate to provide the same addition to the
Participant's Account for such Plan Year as the Participant should have
received.
3.4.2. Mistaken Contributions. If, after the Employer's annual contribution
for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it should appear that, through
oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a Participant (or an individual who was
not a Participant) received an allocation which was more than the Participant
should have received, the Committee may direct that the mistaken contribution,
adjusted for its pro rata share of any net loss or net gain in the value of the
Fund which accrued while such mistaken contribution was held therein, shall be
withdrawn from the Account of such individual and retained in the Fund and used
to reduce the amount of the next succeeding contribution of the Employer to the
Fund due after the determination that such mistaken contribution had occurred.
3.5. Limitation on Annual Additions. In no event shall amounts be allocated to
the Account of any Participant if, or to the extent, such amounts would exceed
the limitations set forth in Appendix A to this Plan Statement.
3.6. Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact. All Employer
contributions to the Plan are conditioned on their qualification for deduction
for federal income tax purposes under section 404 of the Code. If any such
deduction should be disallowed, in whole or in part, for any Employer
contribution to the Plan for any year, or if any Employer contribution to the
Plan is made by reason of a mistake of fact, then there shall be calculated the
excess of the amount contributed over the amount that would have been
contributed had there not occurred a mistake in determining the deduction or a
mistake of fact. The Principal Sponsor shall direct the Trustee to return such
excess, adjusted for its pro rata share of any net loss (but not any net gain)
in the value of the Fund which accrued while such excess was held therein, to
the Employer within one (1) year of the disallowance of the deduction or the
mistaken payment of the contribution, as the case may be. If the return of such
amount would cause the balance of any Account of any Participant to be reduced
to less than the balance which would have been in such Account had the mistaken
amount not been contributed, however, the amount to be returned to the Employer
shall be limited so as to avoid such reduction.
-16-
<PAGE>
SECTION 4
INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
4.1. Establishment of Subfunds.
4.1.1. Establishing Commingled Subfunds. At the direction of the Committee,
the Trustee shall divide the Fund into two (2) or more Subfunds, which shall
serve as vehicles for the investment of Participants' Accounts and which shall
be managed either by the Trustee or by the Investment Manager, as the Committee
shall determine. The Committee shall determine, with the advice of the Trustee
or such Investment Manager, the general investment characteristics and
objectives of each Subfund. The Trustee or Investment Manager, as the case may
be, shall have complete investment discretion over each Subfund assigned to it,
subject only to the general investment characteristics and objectives
established for the particular Subfund. Until otherwise determined by the
Committee, the Subfunds to be maintained hereunder shall consist of the separate
investment funds established and maintained under the Prior Plan Statement.
4.1.2. Individual Subfunds. The Committee also may (but is not required to)
establish additional Subfunds that consist solely of all or a part of the assets
of a single Participant's Total Account, which assets the Participant controls
by investment directives to the Trustee and which may not be commingled with the
assets of any other Participant's Accounts. In no event, however, shall the
Participant be allowed to direct the investment of assets in such individual
Subfund in any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin,
alcoholic beverage or other similar tangible personal property if the investment
in such property shall have been prohibited by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Notwithstanding anything apparently to the contrary in Section 10.6, each
Participant and each Beneficiary for whom an individually directed Subfund is
maintained shall be responsible for the exercise of any voting or similar rights
which exist with respect to assets in such individually directed Subfund. The
Trustee shall cooperate with Participants and Beneficiaries to permit them to
exercise such rights. The Trustee shall not independently exercise such rights.
Any Beneficiary of a deceased Participant with an individually directed Subfund
shall have the responsibility to direct investments for such Subfund until the
Beneficiary directs the Trustee otherwise in writing.
4.1.3. Operational Rules. In accordance with rules, the Committee shall
determine the circumstances under which a particular Subfund may be elected, or
shall be automatically utilized, the minimum or maximum amount or percentage of
an Account which may be invested in a particular Subfund, the procedures for
making or changing investment elections, the extent (if any) to which
Beneficiaries of deceased Participants may make investment elections and the
effect of a Participant's or Beneficiary's failure to make an effective election
with respect to all or any portion of an Account.
4.1.4. Revising Subfunds. The Committee shall have the power, from time to
time, to dissolve Subfunds, to direct that additional Subfunds be established
and, under rules, to withdraw or limit participation in a particular Subfund. In
connection with the power to commingle reserved to the Trustee under Section
10.6, the Committee shall also have the power to direct the Trustee to
consolidate any separate Subfunds hereunder with any other separate Subfunds
having the same investment objectives
-17-
<PAGE>
which are established under any other retirement plan trust fund of the Employer
or any business entity affiliated in ownership or management with the Employer
of which the Trustee is trustee and which are managed by the Trustee or the same
Investment Manager.
4.2. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts. The Trustee shall value each Subfund
as of each Valuation Date, which valuation shall reflect, as nearly as possible,
the then fair market value of the assets comprising such Subfund (including
income accumulations therein). In makingsuch valuations the Trustee may rely
upon information supplied by any Investment Manager having investment
responsibility over the particular Subfund.
As of each Valuation Date (the "current Valuation Date"), the value of each
Account or portion of an Account invested in a particular Subfund, including
Suspense Accounts, determined as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date
(the "initial Account value") shall be increased (or decreased) by the following
adjustments made in the following sequence:
4.2.1. Intermediate Distributions Adjustment. The initial Account value
shall be reduced by the total amount:
(a) distributed in fact to (or with respect to) the Participant from such
Account, and
(b) transferred from such Account to another Account of that Participant
(or any other Participant) within the Plan (including amounts
transferred to other Subfunds) or to the trustee of another plan
pursuant to an arrangement contemplated under Section 9.3, and
(c) paid as expenses incurred by the Plan which were charged specifically
against that Account (as distinguished from being a general charge
against the assets of the Subfund),
as of a date subsequent to the immediately preceding Valuation Date but prior to
the current Valuation Date.
4.2.2. Investment Adjustment. The initial Account value (as adjusted above)
shall be increased (or decreased) for its proportionate share of:
(a) all the realized and unrealized gains and losses on the assets of the
Subfund, and
(b) all the income earned by the Subfund, and
(c) all the expenses incurred by the Plan and paid generally from the
Subfund (rather than charged specifically against a particular
Account),
as of a date subsequent to the immediately preceding Valuation Date but not
later than the current Valuation Date.
-18-
<PAGE>
4.2.3. Contribution Adjustment. The initial Account value (as adjusted
above) shall be increased by the total amount:
(a) allocated to such Account under Section 3, and
(b) transferred into such Account from another Account of that Participant
(or any other Participant) within the Plan (including amounts
transferred from other Subfunds) or from the trustee of another plan
pursuant to an arrangement contemplated under Section 9.3,
as of a date subsequent to the immediately preceding Valuation Date but not
later than the current Valuation Date.
4.2.4. Final Distributions Adjustment. The initial Account value (as
adjusted above) shall be reduced by the total amount:
(a) distributed in fact to (or with respect to) the Participant from such
Account, and
(b) transferred from such Account to another Account of that Participant
(or any other Participant) within the Plan (including amounts
transferred to other Subfunds) or to the trustee of another plan
pursuant to an arrangement contemplated under Section 9.3, and
(c) paid as expenses incurred by the Plan which were charged specifically
against that Account (as distinguished from being a general charge
against the assets of the Subfund),
as of the current Valuation Date.
4.2.5. Other Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee and the
Trustee may agree in writing to revised rules or additional rules for the
adjustment of Accounts including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the times when contributions shall be credited under Section 3 for
the purposes of allocating gains or losses under this Section 4.
4.3. Management and Investment of Fund. The Fund in the hands of the Trustee,
together with all additional contributions made thereto and together with all
net income thereof, shall be controlled, managed, invested, reinvested and
ultimately paid and distributed to Participants and Beneficiaries by the Trustee
with all the powers, rights and discretions generally possessed by trustees, and
with all the additional powers, rights and discretions conferred upon the
Trustee under this Plan Statement. Except to the extent that the Trustee is
subject to the authorized and properly given investment directions of a
Participant, a Beneficiary or an Investment Manager, and subject to the
directions of the Committee with respect to the payment of benefits hereunder,
the Trustee shall have the exclusive authority to manage and control the assets
of the Fund and shall not be subject to the direction of any person in the
discharge of its duties, nor shall its authority be subject to delegation or
modification except by formal amendment of this Plan Statement.
-19-
<PAGE>
SECTION 5
VESTING
5.1. Regular Account.
5.1.1. Progressive Vesting. Except as hereinafter provided, the Regular
Account of each Participant shall become Vested in accordance with the following
schedule:
When the Participant Has The Vested Portion
Completed the Following of the Participant's
Periods of Vesting Service: Regular Account Will Be:
--------------------------- ------------------------
Less than 2 years 0%
2 years but less than 3 years 25%
3 years but less than 4 years 50%
4 years but less than 5 years 75%
5 years or more 100%
provided, however, that the Vested percentage of any Participant hired before
September 1, 1989, shall be one hundred percent (100%); provided further that
the Vested percentage of that portion of a Participant's Regular Account derived
from Employer contributions accrued as of September 1, 1995 (or the date of
adoption of this Plan Statement, if later) shall not be less than such Vested
percentage computed under the Prior Plan Statement.
5.1.2. Full Vesting. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions for
progressive vesting of Regular Accounts of Participants, the entire Regular
Account of each Participant shall be fully Vested upon the earliest occurrence
of any of the following events while in the employment of the Employer or an
Affiliate:
(a) the Participant's death,
(b) the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age,
(c) the Participant's Disability,
(d) a partial termination of the Plan which is effective as to the
Participant, or
-20-
<PAGE>
(e) a complete termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance of
Employer contributions hereto.
In addition, a Participant who is not in the employment of the Employer or an
Affiliate upon a complete termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance
of Employer contributions hereto, shall be fully Vested if, on the date of such
termination or discontinuance, such Participant has not had an Event of
Maturity.
5.1.3. Forfeiture Event. A Participant who is not in the employment of the
Employer or an Affiliate upon a complete termination of the Plan or a complete
discontinuance of Employer contributions hereto, shall be fully Vested if, on
the date of such termination or discontinuance, such Participant has not had a
"forfeiture event" as described below:
(a) the occurrence after an Event of Maturity of a Period of Severance of
five (5) consecutive years,
(b) the Event of Maturity of a Participant who has no Vested interest in
the Participant's Total Account,
(c) the distribution after an Event of Maturity, to (or with respect to) a
Participant of the entire Vested portion of the Total Account of the
Participant, or
(d) the death of the Participant at a time and under circumstances which
do not entitle the Participant to be fully (100%) Vested in the
Participant's Total Account.
5.1.4. Special Rule for Partial Distributions. If a distribution is made of
less than the entire Regular Account of a Participant who is not then fully
(100%) Vested, then until the Participant becomes fully (100%) Vested in the
Participant's Regular Account or until the Participant incurs a Period of
Severance of five (5) or more years, whichever first occurs, (i) a separate
account shall be established for the portion of the Regular Account not so
distributed and (ii) the Participant's Vested interest in such account at any
relevant time shall not be less than an amount ("X") determined by the formula:
X = P(B + (R x D)) - (R x D). For the purpose of applying the formula, "P" is
the Vested percentage at the relevant time (determined pursuant to Section 5);
"B" is the separate account balance at the relevant time; "D" is the amount of
the distribution; and "R" is the ratio of the separate account balance at the
relevant time to the Regular Account balance immediately after distribution.
5.1.5. Effect of Break on Vesting. If a Participant who is not fully (100%)
Vested incurs a Period of Severance of five (5) or more years, returns to
Recognized Employment and is thereafter eligible for any additional allocation
of Employer contributions, the Participant's undistributed Regular Account, if
any, attributable to Employer contributions allocated as of a date before such
five (5) year Period of Severance and the Participant's new Regular Account
attributable to Employer contributions allocated as of a date after such five
(5) year Period of Severance shall be separately maintained for vesting purposes
until the Participant is fully (100%) Vested.
-21-
<PAGE>
5.1.6. Pre-Effective Date Vesting. For any person who does not perform one
(1) Hour of Service on or after September 1, 1989, the Vesting provisions of the
Plan Statement as they existed before September 1, 1989, shall continue to
apply.
5.2. Other Accounts. The Rollover Account and Transfer Account of each
Participant shall be fully (100%) Vested at all times. SECTION 6
-22-
<PAGE>
SECTION 6
MATURITY
6.1. Events of Maturity. A Participant's Total Account shall mature and the
Vested portion shall become distributable in accordance with Section 7 upon the
earliest occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of
the Employer or an Affiliate:
(a) the Participant's death,
(b) the Participant's separation from service, whether voluntary or
involuntary,
(c) the Participant's attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
years,
(d) the crediting of any amounts to the Participant's Account after the
Participant's attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years,
(e) the Participant's Disability, or
(f) termination of the Plan or a partial termination of the Plan effective
as to the Participant;
provided, however, that a transfer from Recognized Employment to employment with
the Employer that is other than Recognized Employment or a transfer from the
employment of one Employer participating in the Plan to another such Employer or
to any Affiliate shall not constitute an Event of Maturity.
6.2. Disposition of Nonvested Account. Upon the occurrence of a Participant's
Event of Maturity, if any portion of the Participant's Account is not Vested,
the portion of the Participant's Account that is not Vested shall be transferred
to the Participant's suspense account as of the Valuation Date coincident with
or next following such Event of Maturity.
6.2.1. Rehire Before Forfeiture. If such Participant is reemployed by the
Employer or an Affiliate before the earlier of a five (5) year Period of
Severance or distribution of the portion of Participant's Account that is vested
following the Participant's Event of Maturity, the Participant's suspense
account shall be transferred back to and held in the Participant's Account under
the Plan as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the
reemployment date and it shall be held there pending the occurrence of another
Event of Maturity effective as to the Participant, during which period of
subsequent employment the Participant may become Vested in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5.
6.2.2. Rehire After Forfeiture. If such Participant is not reemployed by
the Employer or an Affiliate before the earlier of a five (5) year Period of
Severance or distribution of the portion of Participant's Account that is vested
following the Participant's Event of Maturity, the portion of the Participant's
Account which was not Vested upon such Event of Maturity (and therefore became
the Participant's suspense account):
-23-
<PAGE>
(a) shall be forfeited as of the Annual Valuation Date coincident with or
next following the five (5) year Period of Severance or the
distribution as provided in Section 6.2.3, and
(b) if the Participant returns to employment with the Employer or an
Affiliate before the Participant has a five (5) year Period of
Severance, shall be restored to the Participant's Account (without
adjustment for gains or losses after such Annual Valuation Date) as
provided in Section 6.2.4 if the Participant returns to Recognized
Employment and repays to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund and
crediting to the Participant's Account the entireamount distributed to
(or with respect to) the Participant from such Account after the Event
of Maturity. Such repayment cannot be "rolled over" from an individual
retirement arrangement.
If the distribution was on account of separation from service, such
repayment must be made, however, before the earlier of (i) five (5) years after
the first day on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the
Employer or Affiliate, or (ii) the close of the first Period of Severance of
five (5) consecutive years commencing after distribution. If the distribution
was on account of any other reason, such repayment must be made within five (5)
years after the date of distribution. In either case, such repayment must be
made before the occurrence of a Period of Severance of five (5) consecutive
years after the Event of Maturity and before the termination of this Plan or the
permanent discontinuance of Employer contributions to this Plan.
6.2.3. Forfeitures. Forfeited Suspense Accounts shall be used first to
restore any forfeited Suspense Accounts for rehired Participants of the same
Employer as required in Section 6.2.2; any remaining portion shall then be
retained in the Fund and used to reduce the amount of the next succeeding
contribution of the Employer to the Plan due for such Plan Year. Any Suspense
Accounts remaining at the termination of the Plan shall be considered to be a
discretionary contribution and shall be allocated pursuant to this Section 6 as
if the Plan termination date were an Annual Valuation Date.
6.2.4. Restorations. The amount necessary to make the restoration required
under Section 6.2.2(b) shall come first from Suspense Accounts of Participants
of the rehiring Employer that are to be forfeited on the Annual Valuation Date
on which the restoration is to occur. If such Suspense Accounts are not adequate
for this purpose, the rehiring Employer shall make a contribution adequate to
make the restoration as of that Annual Valuation Date (in addition to any
contributions made under Section 3). If the Participant is rehired by an
Affiliate that is not an Employer, the amount necessary to make the restoration
shall come first from Suspense Accounts of Participants of the Principal Sponsor
that are to be forfeited on the Annual Valuation Date on which the restoration
is to occur and, if such Suspense Accounts are not adequate for this purpose,
then the Principal Sponsor shall make a contribution adequate to make the
restoration as of that Annual Valuation Date (in addition to any contributions
made under Section 3). SECTION 7
-24-
<PAGE>
SECTION 7
DISTRIBUTION
7.1. Application for Distribution.
7.1.1. Application Required. No distribution shall be made from the Plan
until the Committee has received a written application for distribution from the
Participant or the Beneficiary entitled to receive distribution (the
"Distributee"). The Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such
application, the manner of filing such application and the information required
to be furnished in connection with such application.
7.1.2. Exception for Small Amounts. A Vested Total Account which does not
exceed (and has never exceeded) Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) as
of the annual Valuation Date coincident with or next following the occurrence of
an Event of Maturity effective as to a Participant, shall be distributed
automatically in a single lump sum as of that date without a written application
for distribution. A Participant who has no Vested interest in the Participant's
Total Account as of the Participant's Event of Maturity shall be deemed to have
received an immediate distribution of the Participant's entire interest in the
Plan as of such Event of Maturity.
7.1.3. Exception for Required Distributions. Any Vested Total Account for
which no application has been received on the required beginning date effective
as to a Distributee under Section 7.2.2, shall be distributed automatically as
of that date without a written application for distribution.
7.1.4. Notices. The Committee will issue such notices as may be required
under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11), 417(a)(3) and other sections of the Code in
connection with distributions from the Plan. No distribution will be made unless
it is consistent with such notice requirements.
7.1.5. Direct Rollover. A Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct
rollover may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee,
to have all or any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to
an eligible retirement plan specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover. A
Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct rollover includes only a
Participant, a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a Participant and a
Participant's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Appendix C.
(a) Eligible rollover distribution means any distribution of all or any
portion of a Total Account to a Distributee who is eligible to elect a
direct rollover except (i) any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal installments payable not less frequently than
annually over the life expectancy of such Distributee or the joint and
last survivor life expectancy of such Distributee and such
Distributee's designated Beneficiary, and (ii) any distribution that
is one of a series of substantially equal installments payable not
less frequently than annually over a specified period of ten (10)
years or more, and (iii) any distribution to the extent such
distribution is required under section 401(a)(9)
-25-
<PAGE>
of the Code, and (iv) the portion of any distribution that is not
includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion
for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).
(b) Eligible retirement plan means (i) an individual retirement account
described in section 408(a) of the Code, or (ii) an individual
retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code, or (iii)
an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or (iv) a
qualified trust described insection 401(a) of the Code that accepts
the eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an
eligible rollover distribution to a Beneficiary who is the surviving
spouse of a Participant, an eligible retirement plan is only an
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity as
described in section 408 of the Code.
(c) Direct rollover means the payment of an eligible rollover distribution
by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the
Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct rollover.
7.2. Time of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application for
distribution from the Distributee after the occurrence of an Event of Maturity
effective as to a Participant, and after the Participant's Vested Total Account
has been determined and the right of the Distributee to receive a distribution
has been established, the Committee shall cause the Trustee to make distribution
of such Vested Total Account as of (and as soon as administratively feasible
after) a annual Valuation Date specified by the Distributee which is not earlier
than nor later than the dates specified below.
7.2.1. Earliest Beginning Date. Distribution shall not be made as of an
Annual Valuation Date which is earlier than the earliest beginning date.
(a) Participant. If the Distributee is a Participant, the earliest
beginning date is the Annual Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the date of the Participant's Event of Maturity.
(b) Beneficiary. If the Distributee is a Beneficiary of a Participant, the
earliest beginning date is the Annual Valuation Date coincident with
or next following the date of such Participant's death.
Distribution shall not be made, however, as of a annual Valuation Date which is
earlier than the date the Committee receives any required application for
distribution.
7.2.2. Required Beginning Date. Distribution shall be made as of the Annual
Valuation Date occurring in the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar
year in which the required beginning date effective as to the Distributee
occurs. Actual distribution shall be made as soon thereafter as is
administratively feasible. In all events distribution shall be made not later
than the following required beginning date:
-26-
<PAGE>
(a) Participant. If the Distributee is a Participant, the required
beginning date is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years.
(b) Beneficiary. If the Distributee is a Beneficiary of a Participant, the
required beginning date is the December 31 of the calendar year in
which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant's death;
provided, however, that if the Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of
the Participant and if distributions will be made to such surviving
spouse in a Life Annuity Contract, the required beginning date is the
December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have
attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years.
7.3. Forms of Distribution.
7.3.1. Forms Available. At the direction of the Committee (subject to
Section 7.3.2), the Trustee shall make distribution of the Participant's Vested
Total Account to the Distributee in one of the following ways as the Distributee
shall designate in writing:
(a) Lump Sum. If the Distributee is either a Participant or a Beneficiary,
in a single lump sum.
(b) Life Annuities for Participant and Surviving Spouse. If the
Distributee is either a Participant or a Participant's surviving
spouse, by purchasing and distributing a single premium, immediate
(not deferred), fixed (not variable) annuity contract which shall be
nontransferable to anyone but the issuer, and which shall provide for
benefits which are hereinafter defined as a QJ&SA contract in the case
of a married Participant, or a Life Annuity contract in the case of an
unmarried Participant or the surviving spouse of a Participant.
7.3.2. Presumptive Form. The selection of a form of distribution shall be
subject, however, to the following rules:
(a) Required Lump Sum. As provided in Section 7.1.2, if the value of the
Participant's Vested Total Account has never exceeded Three Thousand
Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500), the distribution shall be made in a
single lump sum.
(b) Married Participant. In the case of any distribution which is to be
made:
(i) when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and
(ii) to a Participant who is married on the date when such
distribution is to be made, and
(iii) to a Participant who has not rejected distribution in the form
of a QJ&SA contract,
-27-
<PAGE>
distribution shall be effected for such Participant by applying the
entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
Participant a QJ&SA contract. A Participant may reject distribution in
the form of a QJ&SA contract by filing with the Committee an
affirmative written rejection of distribution in that form and an
election of a lump sum form of distribution not more than ninety (90)
days before the Valuation Date as of which the distribution is made.
Such a rejection may be made or revoked at any time and any number of
times until the Valuation Date as of which the distribution to the
Participant is made. A rejection shall not be effective unless the
Participant's spouse consents. To be valid, the consent of the spouse
must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the distribution,
must be witnessed by a notary public, must be given during the ninety
(90) day period before the Valuation Date as of which the distribution
is made and must relate to that specific distribution. The consent of
the spouse must be to a lump sum form of distribution. The Participant
may elect to change the lump sum form of distribution to the QJ&SA
contract without any requirement of further spousal consent. The
consent of the spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only
with respect to that spouse. Within a reasonable period of time prior
to the date distribution is to be made to the Participant, there shall
be furnished to the Participant a written explanation of the terms and
conditions of the QJ&SA contract, the Participant's right to reject,
and the effect of rejecting, distribution in the form of the QJ&SA
contract, the requirement for the consent of the Participant's spouse,
the right to revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the form of a
QJ&SA contract, and the right to make any number of further
revocations or rejections until the Valuation Date as of which
distribution is made.
(c) Unmarried Participant. In the case of any distribution which is to be
made:
(i) when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and
(ii) to a Participant who is not married on the date when such
distribution is to be made, and
(iii) to a Participant who has not rejected distribution in the form
of a Life Annuity contract,
distribution shall be effected for such Participant by applying the
entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
Participant a Life Annuity contract. A Participant may reject
distribution in the form of a Life Annuity contract by filing with the
Committee an affirmative written rejection of distribution in that
form and an election of a lump sum form of distribution not more than
ninety (90) days before the Valuation Date as of which the
distribution is made. Such a rejection may be made or revoked at any
time and any number of times until the Valuation Date as of which the
distribution to the Participant is made. Within a reasonable period of
time prior to the date distribution is to be made to the Participant,
there shall be furnished to the
-28-
<PAGE>
Participant a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the
Life Annuity contract, the Participant's right to reject, and the
effect of rejecting, distribution in the form of the Life Annuity
contract, the right to revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the
form of a Life Annuity contract, and the right to make any number of
further revocations or rejections until the Valuation Date as of which
distribution is made.
(d) Surviving Spouse. In the case of a distribution which is made:
(i) when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and
(ii) to the surviving spouse of a Participant, and
(iii) when such surviving spouse has not rejected distribution in the
form of a Life Annuity contract,
distribution shall be effected for such surviving spouse by applying
the entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
surviving spouse a Life Annuity contract. A surviving spouse may
reject distribution in the form of a Life Annuity contract by filing
with the Committee an affirmative written rejection of distribution in
that form and an election of a lump sum form of distribution not more
than ninety (90) days before the Valuation Date as of which the
distribution is made. Such a rejection may be made or revoked at any
time and any number of times until the Valuation Date as of which
distribution to the surviving spouse is made. Within a reasonable
period of time prior to the date distribution is to be made to the
surviving spouse, there shall be furnished to the surviving spouse a
written explanation of the terms and conditions of the Life Annuity
contract, the surviving spouse's right to reject, and the effect of a
rejection of, distribution in the form of the Life Annuity contract,
the right to revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the form of a
Life Annuity contract, and the right to make any number of further
revocations or rejections until the Valuation Date as of which
distribution is made.
(e) QJ&SA Contract. A QJ&SA contract is an immediate annuity contract
issued as an individual policy or under a master or group contract
which provides for a monthly annuity payable to and for the lifetime
of the Participant beginning as of the annual Valuation Date as of
which it is purchased with a survivor annuity payable monthly after
the death of the Participant to and for the lifetime of the surviving
spouse of the Participant (to whom the Participant was married on the
date as of which the first payment is due) inan amount equal to fifty
percent (50%) of the amount payable during the joint lives of the
Participant and the surviving spouse. The contract shall be a QJ&SA
contract only if it is issued on a premium basis which does not
discriminate on the basis of the sex of the Participant or the
surviving spouse.
-29-
<PAGE>
(f) Life Annuity Contract. A Life Annuity contract is an immediate annuity
contract issued as an individual policy or under a group or master
contract which provides for a monthly annuity payable to and for (i)
the lifetime of an unmarried Participant beginning as of the annual
Valuation Date as of which it is purchased, or (ii) the lifetime of
the surviving spouse of a Participant beginning as of the annual
Valuation Date as of which it is purchased. The contract shall be a
Life Annuity contract only if it is issued on a premium basis which
does not discriminate on the basis of the sex of the Participant or
the surviving spouse.
7.3.3. Effect of Reemployment. If a Participant is reemployed by the
Employer or an Affiliate after distribution has been scheduled to be made but
before the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age and before actual
distribution, distribution of the Participant's Vested Total Account shall be
suspended and the Vested Total Account shall continue to be held in the Fund
until another Event of Maturity effective as to the Participant shall occur
after the Participant's reemployment. It is the general intent of this Plan that
no distributions shall be made before the Normal Retirement Age of a Participant
while a Participant is employed by the Employer or an Affiliate.
7.4. Designation of Beneficiaries.
7.4.1. Right To Designate. Each Participant may designate, upon forms to be
furnished by and filed with the Committee, one or more primary Beneficiaries or
alternative Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified part of the
Participant's Vested Total Account in the event of the Participant's death. The
Participant may change or revoke any such designation from time to time without
notice to or consent from any Beneficiary or spouse. No such designation, change
or revocation shall be effective unless executed by the Participant and received
by the Committee during the Participant's lifetime. If, however, such
designation of a Beneficiary is made before the first day of the Plan Year in
which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35) years and the Participant
dies on or after that date while married, the Beneficiary designation is void.
7.4.2. Spousal Consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a designation will
not be valid for the purpose of paying benefits from the Plan to anyone other
than a surviving spouse of the Participant (if there is a surviving spouse)
unless that surviving spouse consents in writing to the designation of another
person as Beneficiary. To be valid, the consent of such spouse must be in
writing, must acknowledge the effect of the designation of the Beneficiary and
must be witnessed by a notary public. The consent of the spouse must be to the
designation of a specific named Beneficiary which may not be changed without
further spousal consent, or alternatively, the consent of the spouse must
expressly permit the Participant to make and to change the designation of
Beneficiaries without any requirement of further spousal consent. The consent of
the spouse to a Beneficiary is a waiver of the spouse's rights to death benefits
under the Plan (otherwise sometimes known as the qualified preretirement
survivor annuity). The consent of the surviving spouse need not be given at the
time the designation is made. The consent of the surviving spouse need not be
given before the death of the Participant. The consent of the surviving spouse
will be required, however, before benefits can be paid to any person other than
the surviving spouse. The consent of a spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be
effective only with respect to that spouse.
-30-
<PAGE>
7.4.3. Failure of Designation. If a Participant:
(a) fails to designate a Beneficiary,
(b) designates a Beneficiary and thereafter such designation is revoked
without another Beneficiary being named, or
(c) designates one or more Beneficiaries and all such Beneficiaries so
designated fail to survive the Participant,
such Participant's Vested Total Account, or the part thereof as to which such
Participant's designation fails, as the case may be, shall be payable to the
first class of the following classes of automatic Beneficiaries with a member
surviving the Participant and (except in the case of the Participant's surviving
issue) in equal shares if there is more than one member in such class surviving
the Participant:
Participant's surviving spouse
Participant's surviving issue per stirpes and not per capita
Participant's surviving parents
Participant's surviving brothers and sisters
Representative of Participant's estate.
7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a
distribution of all or a portion of a deceased Participant's Vested Total
Account may disclaim his or her interest therein subject to the following
requirements. To be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must be a natural
person, must not have received a distribution of all or any portion of a Vested
Total Account at the time such disclaimer is executed and delivered, and must
have attained at least age twenty-one (21) years as of the date of the
Participant's death. Any disclaimer must be in writing and must be executed
personally by the Beneficiary before a notary public. A disclaimer shall state
that the Beneficiary's entire interest in the undistributed Vested Total Account
is disclaimed or shall specify what portion thereof is disclaimed. To be
effective, duplicate original executed copies of the disclaimer must be both
executed and actually delivered to both the Committee and to the Trustee after
the date of the Participant's death but not later than one hundred eighty (180)
days after the date of the Participant's death. A disclaimer shall be
irrevocable when delivered to both the Committee and the Trustee. A disclaimer
shall be considered to be delivered to the Committee or the Trustee only when
actually received by the Committee or the Trustee (and in the case of a
corporate Trustee, shall be considered to be delivered only when actually
received by a trust officer familiar with the affairs of the Plan). The
Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content,
interpretation and validity of a purported disclaimer. Upon the filing of a
valid disclaimer, the Beneficiary shall be considered not to have survived the
Participant as to the interest disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall
not be considered to be a transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions
of Section 8 and shall not be considered to be an assignment or alienation of
benefits in violation of federal law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of
benefits under this Plan. No other form of attempted disclaimer shall be
recognized by either the Committee or the Trustee.
7.4.5. Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has
otherwise specified in the Participant's Beneficiary designation, when used in a
Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of
the person whose issue are referred to, including legally
-31-
<PAGE>
adopted descendants and their descendants but not including illegitimate
descendants and their descendants; "child" means an issue of the first
generation; "per stirpes" means in equal shares among living children of the
person whose issue are referred to and the issue (taken collectively) of each
deceased child of such person, with such issue taking by right of representation
of such deceased child; and "survive" and "surviving" mean living after the
death of the Participant.
7.4.6. Special Rules. Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in the
Participant's Beneficiary designation, the following rules shall apply:
(a) If there is not sufficient evidence that a Beneficiary was living at
the time of the death of the Participant, it shall be deemed that the
Beneficiary was not living at the time of the death of the
Participant.
(b) The automatic Beneficiaries specified in Section 7.4.3 and the
Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed at the
time of the Participant's death so that, if a Beneficiary survives the
Participant but dies before the receipt of all payments due such
Beneficiary hereunder, such remaining payments shall be payable to the
representative of such Beneficiary's estate.
(c) If the Participant designates as a Beneficiary the person who is the
Participant's spouse on the date of the designation, either by name or
by relationship, or both, the dissolution, annulment or other legal
termination of the marriage between the Participant and such person
shall automatically revoke such designation. (The foregoing shall not
prevent the Participant from designating a former spouse as a
Beneficiary on a form executed by the Participant and received by the
Committee after the date of the legal termination of the marriage
between the Participant and such former spouse, and during the
Participant's lifetime.)
(d) Any designation of a nonspouse Beneficiary by name that is accompanied
by a description of relationship to the Participant shall be given
effect without regard to whether the relationship to the Participant
exists either then or at the Participant's death.
(e) Any designation of a Beneficiary only by statement of relationship to
the Participant shall be effective only to designate the person or
persons standing in such relationship to the Participant at the
Participant's death.
A Beneficiary designation is permanently void if it either is executed or is
filed by a Participant who, at the time of such execution or filing, is then a
minor under the law of the state of the Participant's legal residence. The
Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content,
interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary designation.
7.5. Death Prior to Full Distribution. If a Participant dies after the
Participant's Event of Maturity but before distribution of the Participant's
Vested Total Account has been made, the undistributed Vested Total Account shall
be distributed in the same manner as hereinbefore provided in
-32-
<PAGE>
the Event of Maturity by reason of death. If, at the death of the Participant,
any payment to the Participant was due or otherwise pending but not actually
paid, the amount of such payment shall be included in the Vested Total Account
which is payable to the Beneficiary (and shall not be paid to the Participant's
estate).
7.6. Distribution in Cash. Distribution of a Participant's Vested Total Account
shall be made in cash.
7.7. Facility of Payment. In case of the legal disability, including minority,
of a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any distribution under the
Plan, payment shall be made, if the Committee shall be advised of the existence
of such condition:
(a) to the duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal
representative of such Participant or Beneficiary, or
(b) to a person or institution entrusted with the care or maintenance of
the incompetent or disabled Participant or Beneficiary, provided such
person or institution has satisfied the Committee that the payment
will be used for the best interest and assist in the care of such
Participant or Beneficiary, and provided further, that no prior claim
for said payment has been made by aduly appointed guardian,
conservator or other legal representative of such Participant or
Beneficiary.
Any payment made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability or obligation of the
Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and the Fund therefor.
-33-
<PAGE>
SECTION 8
SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS
No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any transmissible interest in any
Account nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any power to anticipate,
alienate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same while in the possession or
control of the Trustee, nor shall the Trustee, the Employer or the Committee
recognize any assignment thereof, either in whole or in part, nor shall any
Account be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment or
other legal process while in the possession or control of the Trustee.
The power to designate Beneficiaries to receive the Vested Total Account of a
Participant in the event of death shall not permit or be construed to permit
such power or right to be exercised by the Participant so as thereby to
anticipate, pledge, mortgage or encumber the Participant's Account or any part
thereof, and any attempt of a Participant so to exercise said power in violation
of this provision shall be of no force and effect and shall be disregarded by
the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee.
This Section shall not prevent the Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from
exercising, in their discretion, any of the applicable powers and options
granted to them upon the occurrence of an Event of Maturity, as such powers may
be conferred upon them by any applicable provision hereof. This Section shall
not prevent the Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from observing the terms
of a qualified domestic relations order as provided in Appendix C to this Plan
Statement.
-34-
<PAGE>
SECTION 9
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
9.1. Amendment. The Principal Sponsor reserves the power to amend this Plan
Statement in any respect and either prospectively or retroactively or both:
(a) in any respect by resolution of its Board of Directors; and
(b) in any respect that does not materially increase the cost of the Plan
by action of the Committee (with the written concurrence of the Chief
Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor);
provided that no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest the Total
Account of any Participant unless the same shall have been adopted with the
consent of the Secretary of Labor pursuant to the provisions of ERISA, or in
order to comply with the provisions of the Code and the regulations and rulings
thereunder affecting the tax-qualified status of the Plan and the deductibility
of Employer contributions thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment
shall be effective to increase the duties of the Trustee without its consent.
9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan. The Principal
Sponsor reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions
to the Plan and to terminate the Plan herein embodied in its entirety.
9.3. Merger or Spinoff of Plans.
9.3.1. In General. The Principal Sponsor may cause all or a part of this
Plan to be merged with all or a part of any other plan and may cause all or a
part of the assets and liabilities to be transferred from this Plan to another
plan. In the case of merger or consolidation of this Plan with, or transfer of
assets and liabilities of this Plan to, any other plan, each Participant shall
(if such other plan were then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after
the merger, consolidation or transfer which is not less than the benefit the
Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). If the Principal
Sponsor agrees to a transfer of assets and liabilities to or from another plan,
the agreement under which such transfer is concluded (or an amendment of or
appendix to this Plan Statement) shall specify the Accounts to which the
transferred amounts are to be credited.
9.3.2. Limitations. In no event shall assets be transferred from any other
plan to this Plan unless this Plan complies (or has been amended to comply) with
the optional form of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the
Internal Revenue Code (or, where applicable, the distribution rules of section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to such transferred assets. In
no event shall assets be transferred from this Plan to any other plan unless
such other plan complies (or has been amended to comply) with the optional form
of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code
with respect to such transferred assets.
-35-
<PAGE>
9.3.3. Beneficiary Designations. If assets and liabilities are transferred
from another plan to this Plan, Beneficiary designations made under that plan
shall become void with respect to deaths occurring on or after the date as of
which such transfer is made and the Beneficiary designation rules of this Plan
Statement shall apply beginning on such date.
9.4. Adoption by Affiliates.
9.4.1. Adoption by Consent. The Principal Sponsor may consent to the
adoption of the Plan by any business entity affiliated in ownership with the
Principal Sponsor subject to such conditions as the Principal Sponsor may
impose.
9.4.2. Procedure for Adoption. Any such adopting business entity shall
initiate its adoption of the Plan by delivery of a certified copy of the
resolutions of its board of directors (or other authorized body or individual)
adopting this Plan Statement to the Principal Sponsor. Upon the consent by the
Principal Sponsor to the adoption by the adopting business entity, and the
delivery to the Trustee of written evidence of the Principal Sponsor's consent,
the adoption of the Plan by the adopting business entity shall be effective as
of the date specified by the Principal Sponsor. If such adopting business entity
is not a corporation, any reference in the Plan Statement to its board of
directors shall be deemed to refer to such entity's governing body or other
authorized individual.
9.4.3. Effect of Adoption. Upon the adoption of the Plan by an adopting
business entity as heretofore provided, the adopting business entity shall be an
Employer hereunder in all respects. Each adopting business entity, as a
condition of continued participation in the Plan, delegates to the Principal
Sponsor the sole power and authority over all Plan matters except that the board
of directors of each adopting business entity shall have the power to amend this
Plan Statement as applied to it by establishing a successor plan to which assets
and liabilities may be transferred as provided in Section 9.3 and to terminate
the Plan as applied to it. Each reference herein to the Employer shall include
the Principal Sponsor and all adopting business entities unless the context
clearly requires otherwise.
-36-
<PAGE>
SECTION 10
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
10.1. Dealings with Trustee.
10.1.1. No Duty to Inquire. No person, firm or corporation dealing with the
Trustee shall be required to take cognizance of the provisions of this Plan
Statement or be required to make inquiry as to the authority of the Trustee to
do any act which the Trustee shall do hereunder. No person, firm or corporation
dealing with the Trustee shall be required to see either to the administration
of the Plan or the Fund or to the faithful performance by the Trustee of its
duties hereunder (except to the extent otherwise provided by ERISA). Any such
person, firm or corporation shall be entitled to assume conclusively that the
Trustee is properly authorized to do any act which it shall do hereunder. Any
such person, firm or corporation shall be under no liability to anyone
whomsoever for any act done hereunder pursuant to the written direction of the
Trustee.
10.1.2. Assumed Authority. Any such person, firm or corporation may
conclusively assume that the Trustee has full power and authority to receive and
receipt for any money or property becoming due and payable to the Trustee. No
such person shall be bound to inquire as to the disposition or application of
any money or property paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the written
directions of the Trustee.
10.2. Compensation of Trustee. If a corporate Trustee shall be acting hereunder,
the corporate Trustee shall be entitled to receive compensation for its services
as Trustee hereunder as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Principal
Sponsor and the Trustee. Any individual Trustee who already receives full-time
pay from the Employer shall receive no compensation for services hereunder.
Other individual Trustees shall likewise serve without compensation unless they
shall otherwise specifically agree with the Principal Sponsor to the contrary.
In any event, however, the Trustee (whether corporate or individual Trustees be
acting) shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for reasonable expenses,
fees, costs and other charges incurred by it or payable by it on account of the
administration of the Plan and the Fund to the extent approved by the Principal
Sponsor. Such items of expense and compensation shall be payable out of the Fund
in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Trustee, except to the
extent that the Employer, in its discretion, directly pays the Trustee.
10.3. Resignation and Removal of Trustee.
10.3.1. Resignation, Removal and Appointment. The Trustee (or in the event
two or more co-trustees are acting, any such co-trustee) may resign by giving
thirty (30) days' notice of intention so to do to the Principal Sponsor or such
shorter notice as the Principal Sponsor may approve. The Principal Sponsor may
remove any Trustee or successor Trustee hereunder by giving such Trustee (or any
co-trustee) thirty (30) days' written notice of removal by certified mail. The
Principal Sponsor shall have the power to appoint one or more individual or
corporate Trustees, or both, as additional or successor Trustees.
-37-
<PAGE>
10.3.2. Automatic Removal. If any individual who is a Trustee is a
director, officer or employee when appointed as a Trustee, then such individual
shall be automatically removed as a Trustee at the earliest time such individual
ceases to be a director, officer or employee. This removal shall occur
automatically and without any requirement for action by the Principal Sponsor or
any notice to the individual so removed.
10.3.3. Surviving Trustees. When any person appointed, qualified and
serving as a Trustee hereunder shall cease to be a Trustee of the Fund, the
remaining Trustee or Trustees then serving hereunder, or the successor Trustee
or Trustees appointed hereunder, as the case may be, shall thereupon be and
become vested with full title and right to possession of allassets and records
of the Plan and the Fund in the possession or control of such prior Trustee, and
the prior Trustee shall forthwith account for and deliver the same to such
remaining or successor Trustee or Trustees.
10.3.4. Successor Organizations. By designating a corporate Trustee,
original or successor, hereunder, there is included in such designation and as a
part thereof any other corporation possessing trust powers and authorized by law
to accept the Plan and the Fund into which or with which the designated
corporate Trustee, original or successor, shall be converted, consolidated or
merged, and the corporation into which or with which any corporate Trustee
hereunder shall be so converted, consolidated or merged shall continue to be the
corporate Trustee of the Plan and the Fund.
10.3.5. Co-Trustee Responsibility. No Trustee shall be or become liable for
any act or omission of a co-trustee serving hereunder with the Trustee (except
to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA) or of a prior Trustee
hereunder, it being the purpose and intent that each Trustee shall be liable
only for the Trustee's own acts or omissions during the Trustee's term of
service as Trustee hereunder.
10.3.6. Allocation of Responsibility. If there shall at any time be two (2)
or more co-trustees serving hereunder, such Trustees, in addition to all other
powers and authorities vested in them by law or conferred upon them by any
provision of this Plan Statement, shall have power to allocate and reallocate
from time to time to any one or more of their number specific responsibilities,
obligations or duties and may delegate and redelegate from time to time to any
one or more of their number the exercise of any right, power or discretion
vested in the Trustees by law or conferred upon them by any provision of this
Plan Statement, and any person, firm or corporation dealing with the co-trustees
with respect to the Plan or the Fund may assume conclusively that any action
taken or instrument executed by any one of such co-trustees is the action of all
the co-trustees serving hereunder, and that authority for the doing of such act
or the execution of such instrument has been conferred upon and delegated to the
Trustee doing such act or executing such instrument. If any responsibility,
obligation, duty, right, power or discretion vested in the Trustee is allocated
or delegated to one or more co-trustees, the remaining co-trustees shall not be
or become liable for an act or omission by the co-trustees to whom a right,
power or discretion was delegated while such co-trustees were acting pursuant to
such delegation.
10.3.7. Majority Decisions. If there shall at any time be three (3) or more
co-trustees serving hereunder who are qualified to perform a particular act, the
same may be performed, on behalf of all, by a majority of those qualified, with
or without the concurrence of the minority. No person who failed to join or
concur in such act shall be held liable for the consequences thereof, except to
the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA.
-38-
<PAGE>
10.4. Accountings by Trustee.
10.4.1. Periodic Reports. The Trustee shall render to the Principal Sponsor
and to the Committee an account and report as soon as practicable after each
Annual Valuation Date (and as soon as may be practicable after each other
Valuation Date) showing all transactions affecting the administration of the
Plan and the Fund, including, but not necessarily limited to, such information
concerning the Plan and the Fund and the administration thereof by the Trustee
as shall be requested in writing by the Principal Sponsor or the Committee.
10.4.2. Special Reports. The Trustee shall also render such further reports
from time to time as may be requested by the Principal Sponsor and shall submit
its final report and account to the Principal Sponsor when it shall cease to be
Trustee hereunder, whether by resignation or other cause.
10.5. Trustee's Power to Protect Itself on Account of Taxes. As a condition to
making the distribution of a Participant's Vested Total Account during the
Participant's lifetime, the Trustee may require the Participant (or the person
or persons entitled to receive theParticipant's Vested Total Account in the
event of the Participant's death) to furnish the Trustee with proof of payment
of all income, inheritance, estate, transfer, legacy and succession taxes and
all other taxes of any different type or kind that may be imposed under or by
virtue of any state or federal statute or law upon the payment, transfer,
descent or distribution of such Vested Total Account and for the payment of
which the Trustee may, in its judgment, be directly or indirectly liable. In
lieu of the foregoing, the Trustee may deduct, withhold and transmit to the
proper taxing authorities any such tax which it may be permitted or required to
deduct and withhold and the Vested Total Account to be distributed in such case
shall be correspondingly reduced. Unless the Principal Sponsor and the Trustee
agree otherwise in writing, the Trustee shall be responsible for withholding
federal income taxes and for providing all required notices and elections
concerning such withholding to all Participants and Beneficiaries.
10.6. Other Trust Powers. Except to the extent that the Trustee is subject to
the authorized and properly given investment directions of a Participant,
Beneficiary or Investment Manager (and in extension, but not in limitation, of
the rights, powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee herein), the
Trustee shall have and may exercise from time to time in the administration of
the Plan and the Fund, for the purpose of distribution after the termination
thereof, and for the purpose of distribution of Vested Total Accounts, without
order or license of any court, any one or more or all of the following rights,
powers and discretions:
(a) To invest and reinvest any Subfunds established pursuant to Section
4.1 in accordance with the investment characteristics and objectives
determined therefor and to invest and reinvest the assets of the Fund
in any securities or properties in which an individual could invest
the individual's own funds and which it deems for the best interest of
the Fund, without limitation by any statute, rule of law or regulation
of any governmental body prescribing or limiting the investment of
trust assets by corporate or individual trustees, in or to certain
kinds, types or classes of investments or prescribing or limiting the
portion of the Fund which may be invested in any one property or kind,
type or class of investment. Specifically and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Trustee may invest and reinvest
principal and accumulated
-39-
<PAGE>
income of the Fund in any real or personal property; preferred or
common stocks of any kind or class of any corporation, including but
not limited to investment and small business investment companies of
all types; voting trust certificates; interests in investment trusts;
shares of mutual funds; interests in any limited or general
partnership or other business enterprise, however organized and for
whatever purpose; group or individual annuity contracts (which may
involve investment in the issuer's general account or any of its
separate accounts); interests in common or collective trusts, variable
interest notes or any other type of collective fund maintained by a
bank or similar institution (whether or not the Trustee hereunder);
bonds, notes and debentures, secured or unsecured; mortgages, leases
or other interests in real or personal property; interests in mineral,
gas, oil or timber properties or other wasting assets; call options;
put options; commodity or financial futures contracts; foreign
currency; interest-bearing certificates or accounts in a bank or
similar financial institution, including the Trustee or an affiliate
of the Trustee provided such certificates, accounts or instruments
bear a reasonable rate of interest; insurance contracts on the life of
any "keyman" or shareholder of the Employer; or conditional sales
contracts. Prior to maturity and distribution of the Vested Total
Accounts of Participants, the Trustee shall commingle the Accounts of
Participants in each Subfund and invest, reinvest, control and manage
each of the same as a common trust fund.
(b) To sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any asset of whatsoever
character at any time held by the Trustee in trust hereunder.
(c) To segregate any part or portion of the Fund for the purpose of
administration or distribution thereof and, in its sole discretion, to
hold the Fund uninvested whenever and for so long as, in the Trustee's
discretion, the same is likely to be required for the payment in cash
of Accounts normally expected to become distributable in the near
future, or whenever, and for as long as, market conditions are
uncertain, or for any other reason which, in the Trustee's discretion,
requires such action or makes such action advisable.
(d) To hold uninvested reasonable amounts of cash whenever it is deemed
advisable to do so to facilitate disbursements or for other
operational reasons, and to deposit the same, with or without
interest, in the commercial or savings departments of the Trustee
serving hereunder or of any other bank, trust company or other
financial institution including those affiliated with the Trustee.
(e) To register any investment held in the Fund in the name of the
Trustee, without trust designation, or in the name of a nominee or
nominees, and to hold any investment in bearer form, but the records
of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are
part of the Fund, and the Trustee shall be as responsible for any act
or default of any such nominee as for its own.
-40-
<PAGE>
(f) Subject to the prior approval of the Committee, to retain and employ
such attorneys, agents and servants as may be necessary or desirable,
in the opinion of the Trustee, in the administration of the Fund, and
to pay them such reasonable compensation for their services as may be
agreed upon as an expense of administration of the Fund, including
power to employ and retain counsel upon any matter of doubt as to the
meaning of or interpretation to be placed upon this Plan Statement or
any provisions thereof with reference to any question arising in the
administration of the Fund or pertaining to the distribution thereof
or pertaining to the rights and liabilities of the Trustee hereunder
or to the rights and claims of Participants and Beneficiaries. The
Trustee, in any such event, may act in reliance upon the advice,
opinions, records, statements and computations of any attorneys and
agents and on the records, statements and computations of any servants
so selected by it in good faith and shall be released and exonerated
of and from all liability to anyone in so doing (except to the extent
that liability is imposed under ERISA).
(g) Subject to the prior approval of the Committee, to institute,
prosecute and maintain, or to defend, any proceeding at law or in
equity concerning the Plan or the Fund or the assets thereof or any
claims thereto, or the interests of Participants and Beneficiaries
hereunder at the sole cost and expense of the Fund or at the sole cost
and expense of the Total Account of the Participant who may be
concerned therein or who may be affected thereby as, in the Trustee's
opinion, shall be fair and equitable in each case, and to compromise,
settle and adjust all claims and liabilities asserted by or against
the Plan or the Fund or asserted by or against the Trustee, on such
terms as the Trustee, in each such case, shall deem reasonable and
proper. The Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to institute,
prosecute, maintain or defend any suit, action or other legal
proceeding unless it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction against
all expenses and liabilities which it may sustain or anticipate by
reason thereof.
(h) To institute, participate and join in any plan of reorganization,
readjustment, merger or consolidation with respect to the issuer of
any securities held by the Trustee hereunder, and to use any other
means of protecting anddealing with any of the assets of the Fund
which it believes reasonably necessary or proper and, in general, to
exercise each and every other power or right with respect to each
asset or investment held by it hereunder as individuals generally have
and enjoy with respect to their own assets and investment, including
power to vote upon any securities or other assets having voting power
which it may hold from time to time, and to give proxies with respect
thereto, with or without power of substitution or revocation, and to
deposit assets or investments with any protective committee, or with
trustees or depositaries designated by any such committee or by any
such trustees or any court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an
Investment Manager shall have any or all of such powers and rights
with respect to Plan assets for which it has investment responsibility
but only if (and only to the extent that) such powers and rights are
expressly given
-41-
<PAGE>
to such Investment Manager in a written agreement signed by it and
acknowledged in writing by the Trustee. In all other cases, such
powers and rights shall be exercised solely by the Trustee.
Furthermore, neither the Trustee nor the Investment Manager, as the
case may be, shall vote or take similar actions with respect to any
security in which it may have an interest, direct or indirect. In such
case, the Trustee or Investment Manager shall notify the Principal
Sponsor and the Principal Sponsor shall direct the Trustee or the
Investment Manager with respect to such voting or similar action.
(i) In any matter of doubt affecting the meaning, purpose or intent of any
provision of this Plan Statement which directly affects its duties, to
determine such meaning, purpose or intent.
(j) To require, as a condition to distribution of any Vested Total
Account, proof of identity or of authority of the person entitled to
receive the same, including power to require reasonable
indemnification on that account as a condition precedent to its
obligation to make distribution hereunder.
(k) To collect, receive, receipt and give quittance for all payments that
may be or become due and payable on account of any asset in trust
hereunder which has not, by act of the Trustee taken pursuant thereto,
been made payable to others; and payment thereof by the company
issuing the same, or by the party obligated thereon, as the case may
be, when made to the Trustee hereunder or to any person or persons
designated by the Trustee, shall acquit, release and discharge such
company or obligated party from any and all liability on account
thereof.
(l) To determine from time to time, as required for the purpose of
distribution or for the purpose of allocating trust income or for any
other purpose of the Plan, the then value of the Fund and the Accounts
in the Fund, the Trustee, in each such case, using and employing for
that purpose the fair market value of each of the assets constituting
the Fund. Each such determination so made by the Trustee in good faith
shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons interested or
becoming interested in the Plan or the Fund.
(m) To receive and retain contributions made in a form other than cash in
the form in which the same are received until such time as the
Trustee, in its sole discretion, deems it advisable to sell or
otherwise dispose of such assets.
(n) To commingle, for investment purposes, the assets of the Fund with the
assets of any other qualified retirement plan trust fund of the
Employer, provided that the records of the Trustee shall reflect the
relative interests of the separate trusts in such commingled fund.
(o) To grant options for the sale or other disposition of Fund assets; to
purchase options for the acquisition of assets of any type; and to buy
and sell (including short sales) call options, put options and futures
contracts.
-42-
<PAGE>
(p) To have and to exercise such other and additional powers as may be
advisable or proper in its opinion for the effective and economical
administration of the Fund.
(q) To deposit any part or all of the assets in any collective trust fund
which is now or hereafter maintained by the Trustee, an agent of the
Trustee or an Investment Manager as a medium for the collective
investment of funds of pension, profit sharing or other employee
benefit plans, and which is qualified under section 401(a) of the Code
and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Code, and to
withdraw any part or all of the assets so deposited and any assets
deposited with the trustee of a collective trust fund shall be held
and invested by the trustee thereunder pursuant to all the terms and
conditions of the trust agreement or declaration of trust establishing
the fund, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall
prevail over any contrary provisions of this Plan Statement.
(r) To deposit any part or all of the assets with the trustee of any
master investment trust maintained by the Principal Sponsor for the
investment of assets of qualified pension, profit sharing or stock
bonus plans it or its subsidiaries maintain and to withdraw any part
or all of the assets so deposited, and any assets deposited with the
trustee of a master investment trust shall be held and invested by
that trustee pursuant to the terms and conditions of the master
investment trust document, which is hereby incorporated herein by
reference and shall prevail over any contrary provision of this Plan
Statement.
10.7. Investment Managers.
10.7.1. Appointment and Qualifications. The Principal Sponsor shall have
the power to appoint from time to time one or more Investment Managers to direct
the Trustee in the investment of, or to assume complete investment
responsibility over, all or any portion of the Fund. An Investment Manager may
be any person or firm (a) which is either (1) registered as an investment
adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (2) a bank, or (3) an
insurance company which is qualified to perform the services of an Investment
Manager under the laws of more than one state; and (b) which acknowledges in
writing that it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan. The conditions
prescribed in the preceding sentence shall apply to the issuer of any group
annuity contract hereunder only if, and to the extent that, such issuer would
otherwise be considered a "fiduciary" with respect to the Plan, within the
meaning of ERISA.
10.7.2. Removal. The Principal Sponsor may remove any such Investment
Manager and shall have the power to appoint a successor or successors from time
to time in succession to any Investment Manager who shall be removed, shall
resign or shall otherwise cease to serve hereunder.
10.7.3. Relation to Other Fiduciaries. The Trustee shall comply with all
investment directions given to the Trustee with respect to the designated
portion of the Fund, and the Trustee shall be released and exonerated of and
from all liability for or on account of any action taken or not taken by it
pursuant to the directions of such Investment Manager, except to the extent that
liability is imposed
-43-
<PAGE>
under ERISA. Neither the Employer or any of its officers, directors or employees
nor any member of the Committee shall be liable for the acts or omissions of the
Trustee or of any Investment Manager appointed hereunder. The fees and expenses
of any Investment Manager, as agreed upon from time to time between
theInvestment Manager and the Employer, shall be charged to and paid from the
Fund in a fair and equitable manner, except to the extent that the Employer, in
its discretion, may pay such directly to the Investment Manager.
10.8. No Investment in Employer Real Property. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement, the Plan may not acquire or hold any "employer
real property" as that term is defined in section 407(d) of ERISA.
10.9. No Investment in Employer Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan Statement, the Plan may not acquire or hold any "employer security"
as that term is defined in section 407(d)(5) of ERISA).
10.10. Fiduciary Principles. The Trustee and each other fiduciary hereunder, in
the exercise of each and every power or discretion vested in them by the
provisions of this Plan Statement, shall (subject to the provisions of ERISA)
discharge their duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the
Participants and Beneficiaries:
(a) for the exclusive purpose of:
(i) providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries, and
(ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan,
(b) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances
then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and
familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise
of a like character and with like aims,
(c) by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk
of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent
not to do so, and
(d) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan,
insofar as they are consistent with the provisions of ERISA.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, any provision
hereof which purports to relieve a fiduciary from responsibility or liability
for any responsibility, obligation or duty under Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I
of ERISA shall, to the extent the same is inconsistent with said Part 4, be
deemed void.
10.11. Prohibited Transactions. Except as may be permitted by law, no Trustee
or other fiduciary hereunder shall permit the Plan to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any of the following transactions with a person who is a
"disqualified person" (as defined in section 4975 of the Code) or a "party in
interest" (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA):
-44-
<PAGE>
(a) sale, exchange or leasing of any property between the Plan and such
person,
(b) lending of money or other extension of credit between the Plan and
such person,
(c) furnishing of goods, services or facilities between the Plan and such
person,
(d) transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, such person of the
income or assets of the Plan,
(e) act by such person who is a fiduciary hereunder whereby the fiduciary
deals with the income or assets of the Plan in the fiduciary's own
interest or for the fiduciary's own account, or
(f) receipt of any consideration for the fiduciary's own personal account
by such person who is a fiduciary from any party dealing with the Plan
in connection with a transaction involving the income or assets of the
Plan.
10.12. Indemnity. Each individual (as distinguished from corporate) trustee of
the Plan or officer, director or employee of the Employer shall, except as
prohibited by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer from any and
all liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal fees), to the extent not
covered by liability insurance, arising out of any action taken by such
individual with respect to the Plan, whether imposed under ERISA or otherwise,
unless the liability, cost or expense arises from the individual's claim for his
or her own benefit, the proven gross negligence, the bad faith or, if the
individual had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, the
criminal misconduct of such individual. This indemnification shall continue as
to an individual who has ceased to be a trustee of the Plan or officer, director
or employee of the Employer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such an individual.
-45-
<PAGE>
SECTION 11
DETERMINATIONS -- RULES AND REGULATIONS
11.1. Determinations. The Committee shall make such determinations as may be
required from time to time in the administration of the Plan. The Committee
shall have the sole discretion, authority and responsibility to interpret and
construe the Plan Statement and to determine all factual and legal questions
under the Plan, including but not limited to the entitlement of employees,
Participants and Beneficiaries and the amounts of their respective interests.
The Trustee and other interested parties may act and rely upon all information
reported to them hereunder and need not inquire into the accuracy thereof, nor
be charged with any notice to the contrary.
11.2. Rules and Regulations. Any rule not in conflict or at variance with the
provisions hereof may be adopted by the Committee.
11.3. Method of Executing Instruments.
11.3.1. Employer or Committee. Information to be supplied or written
notices to be made or consents to be given by the Principal Sponsor, the
Employer or the Committee pursuant to any provision of this Plan Statement may
be signed in the name of the Principal Sponsor or Employer by any officer or by
any employee who has been authorized to make such certification or to give such
notices or consents or by any Committee member.
11.3.2. Trustee. Any instrument or written notice required, necessary or
advisable to be made or given by the Trustee may be signed by any Trustee, if
all Trustees serving hereunder are individuals, or by any authorized officer or
employee of the Trustee, if a corporate Trustee shall be acting hereunder as
sole Trustee, or by any such officer or employee of the corporate Trustee or by
an individual Trustee acting hereunder, if corporate and individual Trustees
shall be serving as co-trustees hereunder.
11.4. Claims Procedure. Until modified by the Committee, the claims procedure
set forth in this Section 11.4 shall be the claims procedure for the resolution
of disputes and disposition of claims arising under the Plan. An application for
a distribution under Section 7 shall be considered as a claim for the purposes
of this Section.
11.4.1. Original Claim. Any employee, former employee, or Beneficiary of
such employee or former employee may, if the employee, former employee or
Beneficiary so desires, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits
under the Plan. Within ninety (90) days after the filing of such a claim, the
Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether the claim is upheld or
denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice
describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of
additional time (but not more than one hundred eighty days from the date the
claim was filed) to reach a decision on the claim. If the claim is denied in
whole or in part, the Committee shall state in writing:
(a) the specific reasons for the denial,
-46-
<PAGE>
(b) the specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan
Statement on which the denial is based,
(c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for
the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such
material or information is necessary, and
(d) an explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in this
Section.
11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure. Within sixty (60) days after receipt of
notice that the claim has been denied in whole or in part, the claimant may file
with the Committee a written request for a review and may, in conjunction
therewith, submit written issues and comments. Within sixty (60) days after the
filing of such a request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant in
writing whether, upon review, the claim was upheld or denied in whole or in part
or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special
circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than
one hundred twenty days from the date the request for review was filed) to reach
a decision on the request for review.
11.4.3. General Rules.
(a) No inquiry or question shall be deemed to be a claim or a request for
a review of a denied claim unless made in accordance with the claims
procedure. The Committee may require that any claim for benefits and
any request for a review of a denied claim be filed on forms to be
furnished by the Committee upon request.
(b) All decisions on claims and on requests for a review of denied claims
shall be made by the Committee unless delegated as provided in Section
12.2.
(c) The Committee may, in its discretion, hold one or more hearings on a
claim or a request for a review of a denied claim.
(d) Claimants may be represented by a lawyer or other representative at
their own expense, but the Committee reserves the right to require the
claimant to furnish written authorization. A claimant's representative
shall be entitled to copies of all notices given to the claimant.
(e) The decision of the Committee on a claim and on a request for a review
of a denied claim shall be served on the claimant in writing. If a
decision or notice is not received by a claimant within the time
specified, the claim or request for a review of a denied claim shall
be deemed to have been denied.
(f) Prior to filing a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim,
the claimant or the claimant's representative shall have a reasonable
opportunity to review a copy of this Plan Statement and all other
pertinent documents in the possession of the Employer, the Committee
and the Trustee.
-47-
<PAGE>
11.5. Information Furnished by Participants. Neither the Employer nor the
Committee nor the Trustee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the
computation of the Account of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of
fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Employer, the
Committee or the Trustee and used by them in determining the Participant's
Account. Neither the Employer nor the Committee nor the Trustee shall be
obligated or required to increase the Account of such Participant which, on
discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such
misstatement of the Participant. However, the Account of any Participant which
is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount
appropriate for the Participant in view of the truth. Any refund received upon
reduction of an Account so made shall be used to reduce the next succeeding
contribution of the Employer to the Plan.
-48-
<PAGE>
SECTION 12
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
12.1. Principal Sponsor.
12.1.1. Officers. Except as hereinafter provided, functions generally
assigned to the Principal Sponsor shall be discharged by its officers or
delegated and allocated as provided herein.
12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer. Except as hereinafter provided, the Chief
Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor may delegate or redelegate and
allocate and reallocate to one or more persons or to a committee of persons
jointly or severally, and whether or not such persons are directors, officers or
employees, such functions assigned to the Principal Sponsor hereunder as the
Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem advisable.
12.1.3. Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of
Directors of the Principal Sponsor shall have the exclusive authority, which may
not be delegated, to act for the Principal Sponsor:
(a) to terminate the Plan,
(b) to appoint or remove a Trustee or accept the resignation of a Trustee;
to appoint or remove an Investment Manager,
(c) to determine the Employer contribution under Section 3; to reduce,
suspend or discontinue contributions to the Plan,
(d) to consent to the adoption of the Plan by other affiliated business
entities; to establish conditions and limitations upon such adoption
of the Plan by other affiliated business entities; to designate
Affiliates, and
(e) to cause the Plan to be merged with another plan and to transfer
assets and liabilities between the Plan and another.
12.2. Committee.
12.2.1. Appointment and Removal. The Committee shall consist of such
members as may be determined and appointed from time to time by the Principal
Sponsor and they shall serve at the pleasure of such Principal Sponsor. Members
of the Committee shall serve without compensation, but their reasonable expenses
shall be an expense of the administration of the Fund and shall be paid by the
Trustee from and out of the Fund except to the extent the Employer, in its
discretion, directly pays such expenses.
12.2.2. Automatic Removal. If any individual who is a member of the
Committee is a director, officer or employee when appointed as a member of the
Committee, then such individual
-49-
<PAGE>
shall be automatically removed as a member of the Committee at the earliest time
such individual ceases to be a director, officer or employee. This removal shall
occur automatically and without any requirement for action by the Principal
Sponsor or any notice to the individual so removed.
12.2.3. Authority. The Committee may elect such officers as the Committee
may decide upon. The Committee shall:
(a) establish rules for the functioning of the Committee, including the
times and places for holding meetings, the notices to be given in
respect of suchmeetings and the number of members who shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business,
(b) organize and delegate to such of its members as it shall select
authority to execute or authenticate rules, advisory opinions or
instructions, and other instruments adopted or authorized by the
Committee; adopt such bylaws or regulations as it deems desirable for
the conduct of its affairs; appoint a secretary, who need not be a
member of the Committee, to keep its records and otherwise assist the
Committee in the performance of its duties; keep a record of all its
proceedings and acts and keep all books of account, records and other
data as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
notify the Employer and the Trustee of any action taken by the
Committee and, when required, notify any other interested person or
persons,
(c) determine from the records of the Employer the compensation, service
records, status and other facts regarding Participants and other
employees,
(d) cause to be compiled at least annually, from the records of the
Committee and the reports and accountings of the Trustee, a report or
accounting of the status of the Plan and the Accounts of the
Participants, and make it available to each Participant who shall have
the right to examine that part of such report or accounting (or a true
and correct copy of such part) which sets forth the Participant's
benefits and ratable interest in the Fund,
(e) prescribe forms to be used for applications for participation,
benefits, notifications, etc., as may be required in the
administration of the Plan,
(f) set up such rules as are deemed necessary to carry out the terms of
this Plan Statement,
(g) resolve all questions of administration of the Plan not specifically
referred to in this Section,
(h) delegate or redelegate to one or more persons, jointly or severally,
and whether or not such persons are members of the Committee or
employees of the Employer, such functions assigned to the Committee
hereunder as it may from time to time deem advisable, and
-50-
<PAGE>
(i) perform all other acts reasonably necessary for administering the Plan
and carrying out the provisions of this Plan Statement and performing
the duties imposed on it.
12.2.4. Majority Decisions. If there shall at any time be three (3) or more
members of the Committee serving hereunder who are qualified to perform a
particular act, the same may be performed, on behalf of all, by a majority of
those qualified, with or without the concurrence of the minority. No person who
failed to join or concur in such act shall be held liable for the consequences
thereof, except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA.
12.3. Limitation on Authority.
12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally. No action taken by any fiduciary, if
authority to take such action has been delegated or redelegated to it, shall be
the responsibility of any other fiduciary except as may be required by the
provisions of ERISA. Except to the extent imposed by ERISA, no fiduciary shall
have the duty to question whether any other fiduciary is fulfilling all of the
responsibility imposed upon such other fiduciary by the Plan Statement or by
ERISA.
12.3.2. Trustee. The responsibilities and obligations of the Trustee shall
be strictly limited to those set forth in this Plan Statement. The Trustee shall
have no authority or duty to determine or enforce payment of any Employer
contribution under the Plan or to determine the existence, nature or extent of
any individual's rights in the Fund or under the Plan or question any
determination made by the Principal Sponsor or the Committee regarding the same.
Nor shall the Trustee be responsible in any way for the manner in which the
Principal Sponsor, the Employer or the Committee carries out its
responsibilities under this Plan Statement or, more generally, under the Plan.
The Trustee shall give the Principal Sponsor notice of (and tender to the
Principal Sponsor) the prosecution or defense of any litigation involving the
Plan, the Fund or other fiduciaries of the Plan.
12.4. Conflict of Interest. If any officer or employee of the Employer, any
member of the board of directors of the Employer, any member of the Committee or
any Trustee to whom authority has been delegated or redelegated hereunder shall
also be a Participant or Beneficiary in the Plan, the individual shall have no
authority as such officer, employee, member or Trustee with respect to any
matter specially affecting his or her individual interest hereunder (as
distinguished from the interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries or a
broad class of Participants and Beneficiaries), all such authority being
reserved exclusively to the other officers, employees, members or Trustees as
the case may be, to the exclusion of such Participant or Beneficiary, and such
Participant or Beneficiary shall act only in his or her individual capacity in
connection with any such matter.
12.5. Dual Capacity. Individuals, firms, corporations or partnerships identified
herein or delegated or allocated authority or responsibility hereunder may serve
in more than one fiduciary capacity.
12.6. Administrator. The Principal Sponsor shall be the administrator for
purposes of section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.
-51-
<PAGE>
12.7. Named Fiduciaries. The Employer, the officers and board of directors of
the Principal Sponsor, the Committee and the Trustee shall be named fiduciaries
for the purpose of section 402(a) of ERISA.
12.8. Service of Process. In the absence of any designation to the contrary by
the Principal Sponsor, the President of the Principal Sponsor is designated as
the appropriate and exclusive agent for the receipt of service of process
directed to the Plan in any legal proceeding, including arbitration, involving
the Plan.
12.9. Administrative Expenses. The reasonable expenses of administering the Plan
shall be payable out of the Fund except to the extent that the Employer, in its
discretion, directly pays the expenses.
12.10. IRS Qualification. This Plan is intended to qualify under section 401(a)
of the Code as a defined contribution money purchase pension plan (and not as a
defined contribution profit sharing plan or stock bonus plan or a defined
benefit pension plan).
-52-
<PAGE>
SECTION 13
IN GENERAL
13.1. Disclaimers.
13.1.1. Effect on Employment. Neither the terms of this Plan Statement nor
the benefits hereunder nor the continuance thereof shall be a term of the
employment of any employee, and the Employer shall not be obligated to continue
the Plan. The terms of this Plan Statement shall not give any employee the right
to be retained in the employment of the Employer.
13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits. Neither the Employer nor any of its
officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the
Committee nor the Trustee in any way guarantee the Fund against loss or
depreciation, nor do they guarantee the payment of any benefit or amount which
may become due and payable hereunder to any Participant, Beneficiary or other
person. Each Participant, Beneficiary or other person entitled at any time to
payments hereunder shall look solely to the assets of the Fund for such
payments. If a Vested Total Account shall have been distributed to a former
Participant, Beneficiary or any other person entitled jointly to the receipt
thereof (or shall have been transferred to the Trustee of another tax-qualified
deferred compensation plan), such former Participant, Beneficiary or other
person, as the case may be, shall have no further right or interest in the other
assets of the Fund.
13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters. Neither the Employer nor any of its officers
nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the Committee shall
in any manner be liable to any Participant, Beneficiary or other person for any
act or omission of the Trustee (except to the extent that liability is imposed
under ERISA). Neither the Employer nor any of its officers nor any member of its
board of directors nor any member of the Committee nor the Trustee shall be
under any liability or responsibility (except to the extent that liability is
imposed under ERISA) for failure to effect any of the objectives or purposes of
the Plan by reason of loss or fluctuation in the value of Fund or for the form,
genuineness, validity, sufficiency or effect of any Fund asset at any time held
hereunder, or for the failure of any person, firm or corporation indebted to the
Fund to pay such indebtedness as and when the same shall become due or for any
delay occasioned by reason of any applicable law, order or regulation or by
reason of any restriction or provision contained in any security or other asset
held by the Fund. Except as is otherwise provided in ERISA, the Employer and its
officers, the members of its board of directors, the members of the Committee,
the Trustee and other fiduciaries shall not be liable for an act or omission of
another person with regard to a fiduciary responsibility that has been allocated
to or delegated in whole or in part to such other person pursuant to the terms
of this Plan Statement or pursuant to procedures set forth in this Plan
Statement.
13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited. The Fund from time to time hereunder shall
at all times be a trust fund separate and apart from the assets of the Employer,
and no part thereof shall be or become available to the Employer or to creditors
of the Employer under any circumstances other than those specified in Section
3.4 and Appendix A to this Plan Statement. It shall be impossible for any part
of the corpus or income of the Fund to be used for, or diverted to, purposes
other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries (except
as hereinbefore provided).
-53-
<PAGE>
13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules. The rules set forth in Appendix B to this
Plan Statement (concerning additional provisions that apply if the Plan becomes
top heavy) are incorporated herein.
13.4. Continuity. The tenure and membership of any Committee previously
appointed, the rules of administration adopted and the Beneficiary designations
in effect under the Prior PlanStatement shall, to the extent not inconsistent
with this Plan Statement, continue in full force and effect until altered as
provided herein.
13.5. Execution in Counterparts. This Plan Statement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which, without production of the others, shall
be deemed to be an original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the parties hereto has caused these presents to
be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
TRUSTEES FLUOROWARE, INC.
__________________________________ By__________________________________
Its_______________________________
__________________________________
And_________________________________
__________________________________
Its______________________________
-54-
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS
AND ANNUAL BENEFITS
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1.1. Annual Addition. Annual addition means, with respect to any Participant for
a limitation year, the sum of:
(i) all employer contributions (including employer
contributions of the Participant's earnings
reductions under section 401(k), section 403(b) and
section 408(k) of the Code) allocable as of a date
during such limitation year to the Participant under
all defined contribution plans;
(ii) all forfeitures allocable as of a date during such
limitation year to the Participant under all defined
contribution plans; and
(iii) all Participant contributions made as of a date
during such limitation year to all defined
contribution plans.
1.1.1. Specific Inclusions. With regard to a plan which contains a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement or matching contributions or employee
contributions, excess contributions and excess aggregate contributions (whether
or not distributed during or after the limitation year) shall be considered
annual additions in the year contributed. Excess deferrals that are not
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are annual additions.
1.1.2. Specific Exclusions. The annual addition shall not, however,
include any portion of a Participant's rollover contributions or any additions
to accounts attributable to a plan merger or a transfer of plan assets or
liabilities or any other amounts excludable under law. Excess deferrals that are
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are not annual additions.
1.1.3. ESOP Rules. In the case of an employee stock ownership plan
within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code, annual additions shall not
include any dividends or gains on sale of
A-1
<PAGE>
employer securities held by the employee stock ownership plan (regardless of
whether such dividends or gains are (i) on securities which are allocated to
Participants' accounts or (ii) on securities which are not allocated to
Participants' accounts which, in the case of dividends used to pay principal on
an employee stock ownership plan loan, result in employer securities being
allocated to Participants' accounts or, in the case of a sale, result in sale
proceeds being allocated to Participants' accounts). In the case of an employee
stock ownership plan within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code under
which no more than one-third (1/3rd) of the employer contributions for a
limitation year which are deductible under section 404(a)(9) of the Code are
allocated to highly compensated employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the
Code), annual additions shall not include forfeitures of employer securities
under the employee stock ownership plan if such securities were acquired with
the proceeds of an exempt loan or, if the Employer is not an S corporation as
defined in section 1361(a)(1) of the Code, employer contributions to the
employee stock ownership plan which are deductible by the employer under section
404(a)(9)(B) of the Code and charged against the Participant's account (i.e.,
interest payments).
1.2. Annual Benefit. Annual benefit means a retirement benefit under a defined
benefit plan which is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity.
1.2.1. Straight Life Annuity. Except as provided below, a benefit
payable in a form other than a straight life annuity will be adjusted to the
actuarial equivalent straight life annuity before applying the limitations of
this Appendix. This actuarial equivalent straight life annuity shall be the
greater of (A) the equivalent straight life annuity computed using the interest
rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit
plan for determining the amount of the particular form of benefit that is
payable under the plan, or (B) in the case of a form of benefit subject to
section 417(e)(3) of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality table prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this
purpose, or (C) in the case of a form of benefit not subject to section
417(e)(3)of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed using a five
percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this purpose.
1.2.2. Excluded Contributions. The annual benefit does not include any
benefits attributable to employee contributions, rollover contributions or the
assets transferred from a qualified plan that was not maintained by a controlled
group member.
1.2.3. Ancillary Benefits. No actuarial adjustment to the annual
benefit is required for: (i) the value of a qualified joint and survivor annuity
(to the extent such value exceeds the sum of the value of a straight life
annuity beginning on the same date and the value of post-retirement death
benefits that would be paid even if the annuity were not in the form of a joint
and survivor annuity), or (ii) the value of benefits that are not directly
related to retirement benefits (such as a pre-retirement disability benefit, a
pre-retirement death benefit or a post-retirement medical benefit), or (iii) the
value of post-retirement cost of living increases made in accordance with
regulations under the Code.
A-2
<PAGE>
1.3. Controlled Group Member. Controlled group member means the Employer and
each member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b)
of the Code and as modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly
controlled trades or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code and as
modified by section 415(h) of the Code), affiliated service groups (as defined
in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Employer is a part and other
organizations required to be aggregated for this purpose under section 414(o) of
the Code.
1.4. Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. Defined benefit plan and
defined contribution plan have the meanings assigned to those terms by section
415(k)(1) of the Code. Whenever reference is made to defined benefit plans and
defined contribution plans in this Appendix, it shall include all such plans
maintained by the Employer and all controlled group members.
1.5. Defined Benefit Fraction.
1.5.1. General Rule. Defined benefit fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits
under all defined benefit plans determined as of the close of the limitation
year, and the denominator of which is the lesser of:
(i) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
limitation in effect under section 415(b)(l)(A) of
the Code as of the close of such limitation year
(i.e., 125% of $90,000 as adjusted for cost of
living, commencement dates, length of service and
other factors), or
(ii) one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
which may be taken into account under section
415(b)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
Participant as of the close of such limitation year
(i.e., 140% of the Participant's highest average
compensation as adjusted for cost of living, length
of service and other factors).
1.5.2. Transition Rule. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant
was a participant as of the first day of the first limitation year beginning
after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans which were in
existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than
one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the sum of the annual benefits under
such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last
limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in
the terms and conditions of the defined benefit plans after May 5, 1986. The
preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in
the aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.
A-3
<PAGE>
1.6. Defined Contribution Fraction.
1.6.1. General Rule. Defined contribution fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's annual additions (including
employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account established for
the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance benefits with
respect to a key employee as defined in section 416 of the Code under a welfare
benefit fund or individual medical account) as of the close of the limitation
year and for all prior limitation years, and the denominator of which is the sum
of the amounts determined under paragraph (i) or (ii) below, whichever is the
lesser, for such limitation year and for each prior limitation year in which the
Participant had any service with the Employer (regardless of whether that or any
other defined contribution plan was in existence during those years or continues
in existence):
(i) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
limitation in effect under section 415(c)(l)(A) of
the Code for such limitation year determined without
regard to section 415(c)(6) of the Code (i.e., 125%
of $30,000 as adjusted for cost of living), or
(ii) one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
which may be taken into account under section
415(c)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
individual under the defined contribution plan for
such limitation year (i.e., 140% of 25% of the
Participant's ss. 415 compensation for such
limitation year).
1.6.2. TEFRA Transition Rule. The Employer may elect that the amount
taken into account for each Participant for all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1983, under Section 1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) shall be
determined pursuant to the special transition rule provided in section 415(e)(6)
of the Code.
1.6.3. Employee Contributions. Notwithstanding the definition of
"annual additions," for the purpose of determining the defined contribution
fraction in limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987, employee
contributions shall not be taken into account to the extent that they were not
required to be taken into account under section 415 of the Code prior to the Tax
Reform Act of 1986.
1.6.4. Annual Denominator. The amounts to be determined under Section
1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) for the limitation year and for all prior
limitation years in which the Participant had any service with the Employer
shall be determined separately for each such limitation year on the basis of
which amount is the lesser for each such limitation year.
1.6.5. Historical Amounts. For all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1976, the dollar limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code is
Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000). For limitation years ending after
December 31, 1975, and before January 1, 1999, the amount shall be:
A-4
<PAGE>
For limitation years The ss. 415(c)(1)(A)
ending during: dollar amount is:
---------------- ------------------
1976 $26,825
1977 $28,175
1978 $30,050
1979 $32,700
1980 $36,875
1981 $41,500
1982 $45,475
1983 - 2000 $30,000
1.6.6. Relief Rule. If the Participant was a participant as of the end
of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986,
in one or more defined contribution plans which were in existence on May 6,
1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed one (1.0).
Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of the excess of the sum of
the fractions over one (1.0), times the denominator of this fraction, will be
permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the
last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any
changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made after May 6, 1986, but
using the section 415 limitations applicable to the first limitation year
beginning on or after January 1, 1987.
1.7. Highest Average Compensation. Highest average compensation means the
averagess. 415 compensation for the three (3) consecutive calendar years during
which the Participant was both an active participant in the defined benefit plan
and had the greatest aggregate compensation from the Employer.
1.8. Individual Medical Account. Individual medical account means an account, as
defined in section 415(1)(2) of the Code maintained by the Employer or a
controlled group member which provides an annual addition.
1.9. Limitation Year. Limitation year means the Plan Year.
1.10. Maximum Permissible Addition.
1.10.1. General Rule. Maximum permissible addition (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined contribution plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, the lesser of:
A-5
<PAGE>
(i) Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000), as adjusted
automatically for increases in the cost of living by
the Secretary of the Treasury, or
(ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant'sss. 415
compensation for such limitation year.
1.10.2. Medical Benefits. The dollar limitation in Section 1.10.1(i),
but not the amount determined in Section 1.10.1(ii), shall be reduced by the
amount of employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account
established for the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance
benefits with respect to a key employee (as defined in section 416 of the Code)
under a welfare benefit fund or an individual medical account.
1.11. Maximum Permissible Benefit. Maximum permissible benefit (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined benefit plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, an amount determined as follows:
1.11.1. SSRA Commencement. If the annual benefit commences at the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit is the lesser
of:
(i) Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000), or
(ii) the Participant's highest average compensation.
1.11.2. Early Commencement. If the annual benefit commences before the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit may not exceed
the lesser of the actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
annual benefit beginning at the social security retirement age or the
Participant's highest average compensation. If the annual benefit commences
before the social security retirement age but after age sixty-two (62) years,
this actuarial equivalent shall be the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual
benefit reduced in accordance with reductions in social security benefits (i.e.,
5/9% for each of the first 36 months and 5/12% for each additional month by
which the commencement date precedes the social security retirement age). If the
annual benefit commences before age sixty-two (62) years, this actuarial
equivalent shall be the actuarial equivalent of the maximum permissible benefit
as reduced under the prior sentence to age sixty-two (62) years. This actuarial
equivalent (i.e., the pre-age 62 years actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser
of (A) the equivalent amount computed using the interest rate and mortality
table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit plan for determining
the amount of the early retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or
(B) the equivalent amount computed using five percent (5%) interest and the
applicable mortality table as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for
these purposes.
1.11.3. Late Commencement. If the annual benefit commences after the
social security retirement age, the benefit may not exceed the lesser of the
actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual benefit
beginning at the social security retirement age or the Participant's highest
average
A-6
<PAGE>
compensation. This actuarial equivalent (i.e., the post-social security
retirement age actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser of (A) the equivalent
amount computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor)
specified in the defined benefit plan for determining the amount of the late
retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or (B) the equivalent amount
computed using five percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table as
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for these purposes.
1.11.4. Cost of Living Adjustments. Effective on January 1, 1988 and
each January 1 thereafter, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) limit and the
highest average compensation limit (for Participants who have separated from
service) shall be adjusted automatically for increases in the cost of living by
the Secretary of the Treasury. The new amounts will apply to limitation years
ending within such calendar year.
1.11.5. Participation Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten
(10) years of participation in the plan, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the highest average
compensation limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to ninety thousand
dollars ($90,000) as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by a
fraction:
(i) the numerator of which is the number of years (and
part thereof) of participation, and
(ii) the denominator of which is ten (10).
1.11.6. Service Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten (10)
years of service with the controlled group members, the highest average
compensation limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the Ninety
Thousand Dollar limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to the highest
average compensation limit as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by
a fraction:
(i) the numerator of which is the number of years (and
part thereof) of service, and
(ii) the denominator of which is ten (10).
1.12. Projected Annual Benefit. Projected annual benefit means the annual
benefit payable to the Participant at his or her normal retirement age (as
defined in the defined benefit plan) adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity form (or, if it would be a lesser amount, to any
actuarially equivalent qualified joint and survivor annuity form that is
available under the defined benefit plan) assuming that:
(i) the Participant continues employment and
participation under the defined benefit plan until
his or her normal retirement age (as defined in the
defined benefit plan) or, if later, until his or her
current age, and
A-7
<PAGE>
(ii) the Participant's ss. 415 compensation and all other
factors used to determine annual benefits under the
defined benefit plan remain unchanged for all future
limitation years.
1.13. Section 415 Compensation. Section 415 compensation (sometimes, "ss. 415
compensation") shall mean, with respect to any limitation year, the total wages,
salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal
services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer to the
extent that such amounts are includible in gross income but determined without
regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). Without
regard to whether it is or is not includible in gross income, subject to other
limitations and rules of this Section, (i) ss. 415 compensation shall include
foreign earned income as defined in section 911(b) of the Code whether or not
excludable from gross income under section 911 of the Code, and (ii) ss. 415
compensation shall be determined without regard to the exclusions from gross
income in section 931 and section 933 of the Code. For limitation years
beginning after December 31, 1991, ss. 415 compensation shall be determined on a
cash basis. For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1997, ss. 415
compensation shall also include any elective deferral as defined in section
402(g)(3) of the Code and any amount which is contributed or deferred by an
Employer at the election of the employee and which is not includible in the
gross income of the employee by reason of section 125, section 132(f) or section
457 of the Code.
1.14. Social Security Retirement Age. Social security retirement age means the
age used as retirement age under section 216(l) of the Social Security Act
except that such section shall be applied (i) without regard to the age increase
factor, and (ii) as if the early retirement age under section 216(1)(2) of the
Social Security Act were age sixty-two (62) years.
1.15. Welfare Benefit Fund. Welfare benefit fund means a fund as defined in
section 419(e) of the Code which provides post-retirement medical benefits
allocated to separate accounts for key employees as defined in section
419A(d)(3).
SECTION 2
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be allocated to the account of any Participant under a defined
contribution plan for any limitation year an amount which would cause the annual
addition for such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible addition.
A-8
<PAGE>
SECTION 3
DEFINED BENEFIT LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be accrued for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit
plan an amount which would cause the annual benefit for any limitation year for
such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible benefit.
SECTION 4
COMBINED PLANS LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, during
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000, there shall not be allocated
to the account of any Participant under a defined contribution plan or accrued
for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit plan any amount which
would cause the sum of such Participant's defined benefit fraction and defined
contribution fraction to exceed one (1.0) at the close of any limitation year.
SECTION 5
REMEDIAL ACTION
5.1. Defined Contribution Plans Only. If a Participant's annual additions for a
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible addition, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the following shall occur in the following
sequence.
5.1.1. Employee After Tax Contributions and Elective Deferrals. The
defined contribution plan shall:
(i) return any unmatched employee contributions made by
the Participant for the limitation year to the
Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
of gains but not losses while held in the defined
contribution plan), and
(ii) distribute unmatched elective deferrals (within the
meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
their proportionate share of gains but not losses
while held in the defined contribution plan), and
A-9
<PAGE>
(iii) return any matched employee contributions made by the
Participant for the limitation year to the
Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
of gains but not losses while held in the defined
contribution plan), and
(iv) distribute matched elective deferrals (within the
meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
their proportionate share of gains but not losses
while held in the defined contribution plan).
To the extent matched employee contributions are returned or any matched
elective deferrals are distributed, any matching contribution made with respect
thereto shall be forfeited and reallocated to Participants as provided in the
defined contribution plan.
5.1.2. Employer Contributions. If, after taking all the actions
contemplated by Section 5.1.1, an excess still exists, the defined contribution
plan shall dispose of the excess as follows.
(a) Covered. If that Participant is covered by the defined
contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, the
Employer shall cause such excess to be used to reduce employer
contributions for the next limitation year ("second limitation
year") and succeeding limitation years, as necessary, for that
Participant.
(b) Not Covered. If the Participant is not covered by the defined
contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, however,
then the excess amounts must be held unallocated in an "excess
account" for the second limitation year (or succeeding
limitation years) and allocated and reallocated in the second
limitation year (or succeeding limitation year) to all the
remaining Participants in the defined contribution plan as if
an employer contribution for the second limitation year (or
succeeding limitation year). However, if the allocation or
reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant to the provisions
of the defined contribution plan causes the limitations of
this Appendix to be exceeded with respect to each Participant
for the second limitation year (or succeeding limitation
years), then these amounts must be held unallocated in an
excess account. If an excess account is in existence at any
time during the second limitation year (or any succeeding
limitation year), all amounts in the excess account must be
allocated and reallocated to Participants' accounts (subject
to the limitations of this Appendix) as if they were
additional employer contributions before any employer
contribution and any Participant contributions which would
constitute annual additions may be made to the defined
contribution plan for that limitation year. Furthermore, the
excess amounts must be used to reduce employer contributions
for the second limitation year (and succeeding limitation
years, as necessary) for all of the remaining Participants.
A-10
<PAGE>
(c) No Distributions. Excess amounts may not be distributed from
the defined contribution plan to Participants or former
Participants.
If an excess account is in existence at any time during a limitation
year, the gains and losses and other income attributable to the excess account
shall be allocated to such excess account. To the extent that investment gains
or other income or investment losses are allocated to the excess account, the
entire amount allocated to Participants from the excess account, including any
such gains or other income or less any losses, shall be considered as an annual
addition. If the defined contribution plan should be terminated prior to the
date any such temporarily held, unallocated excess can be allocated to the
Accounts of Participants, the date of termination shall be deemed to be an
Annual Valuation Date for the purpose of allocating such excess and, if any
portion of such excess cannot be allocated as of such deemed Annual Valuation
Date by reason of the limitations of this Appendix, such remaining excess shall
be returned to the Employer.
5.1.3. Sequence of Plans. Each step of remedial action under Section
5.1.1 and Section 5.1.2 as may be necessary to correct an excess allocation
shall be made in all defined contribution plans before the next step of remedial
action is made. Each such step shall be made in the defined contribution plans
in the following sequence:
(i) all profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing
cash or deferred arrangements,
(ii) all money purchase pension plans other than money
purchase pension plans that are part of employee
stock ownership plans,
(iii) all profit sharing and stock bonus plans other than
profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing cash
or deferred arrangements and employee stock ownership
plans,
(iv) all employee stock ownership plans.
If an excess allocation occurs in two (2) or more plans in the same category,
correction of the excess allocation shall be made in chronological order as
determined by the effective date of each plan (using the original effective date
of the plan) beginning with the most recently established plan.
5.2. Defined Benefit Plans Only.
5.2.1. General Rule. If a Participant's annual benefit for any
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible benefit, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the defined benefit plan shall cease the
accrual of benefits or reduce benefits previously accrued.
A-11
<PAGE>
5.2.2. Sequence of Plans. Such remedial action as may be necessary to
prevent an annual benefit from exceeding the maximum permissible benefit in a
limitation year shall be made in defined benefit plans as follows.
(a) Single Plan. If the Participant is accruing benefits in only
one defined benefit plan during such limitation year, all such
cessations and reductions shall be made in that plan; and
(b) Other Plans In Earlier Years. To the extent that such
cessations and reductions are not adequate and the Participant
has accrued benefits in one or more other defined benefit
plans in earlier limitation years, such cessations and
reduction of accrued benefits under other plans shall be made
in chronological order as determined by the effective date of
each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
beginning with the most recently established plan; and
(c) Multiple Plans. If the Participant is concurrently accruing
benefits in more than one defined benefit plan during such
limitation year, such cessations and reductions of accrued
benefits under such defined benefit plans shall be made in
chronological order as determined by the effective date of
each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
beginning with the most recently established plan.
5.3. Combined Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. If the sum of a
Participant's defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction
would exceed one (1.0) at the end of any limitation year beginning before
January 1, 2000, to the extent necessary to eliminate the excess the following
shall occur in the following sequence.
(a) Defined Benefit. The cessation and reduction of accruals
described in Section 5.2 shall be made.
(b) Defined Contribution. The actions described in Section 5.1
shall be taken.
A-12
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of the Plan Statement,
if, after applying the special definitions set forth in Section 1 of this
Appendix, this Plan is determined under Section 2 of this Appendix to be a top
heavy plan for a Plan Year, then the special rules set forth in Section 3 of
this Appendix shall apply. For so long as this Plan is not determined to be a
top heavy plan, the special rules in Section 3 of this Appendix shall be
inapplicable to this Plan.
SECTION 1
SPECIAL DEFINITIONS
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1.1. Aggregated Employers. Aggregated employers means the Employer and each
other corporation, partnership or proprietorship which is a "predecessor" to the
Employer, or is under "common control" with the Employer, or is a member of an
"affiliated service group" that includes the Employer, as those terms are
defined in section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
1.2. Aggregation Group. Aggregation group means a grouping of this Plan and:
(a) if any Participant in the Plan is a key employee, each other
qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan of the
aggregated employers in which a key employee is a Participant
(and for this purpose, a key employee shall be considered a
Participant only during periods when he is actually accruing
benefits and not during periods when he has preserved accrued
benefits attributable to periods of participation when he was
not a key employee), and
(b) each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
plan of the aggregated employers which is required to be taken
into account for this Plan or any plan described in paragraph
(a) above to satisfy the qualification requirements under
section 410 or section 401(a)(4) of the Code, and
(c) each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
plan of the aggregated employers which is not included in
paragraph (a) or (b) above, but which the
B-1
<PAGE>
Employer elects to include in the aggregation group and which,
when included, would not cause the aggregation group to fail
to satisfy the qualification requirements under section 410 or
section 401(a)(4) of the Code.
1.3. Compensation. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, compensation
means the wages, tips and other compensation paid to the Participant by the
Employer and reportable in the box designated "wages, tips, other compensation"
on Treasury Form W-2 (or any comparable successor box or form) for the
applicable period but determined without regard to any rules that limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). In determining compensation there shall be
included elective contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the
Participant that are not includible in gross income under sections 125,
402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code including elective
contributions authorized by the Participant under a cafeteria plan or any
qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of the Code. For the
purposes of this Appendix (excluding Section 1.6 of this Appendix), compensation
shall be limited to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted under
the Code for cost of living increases) for Plan Years beginning before January
1, 1994, and One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (as so adjusted)
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993.
1.4. Determination Date. Determination date means, for the first (1st) Plan Year
of a plan, the last day of such first (1st) Plan Year, and for each subsequent
Plan Year, the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.
1.5. Five Percent Owner. Five percent owner means for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than five percent (5%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and,
for each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than five percent (5%) of the capital interest or the profits interest in such
aggregated employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.
1.6. Key Employee. Key employee means each Participant (whether or not then an
employee) who at any time during a Plan Year (or any of the four preceding Plan
Years) is:
(a) an officer of any aggregated employer (excluding persons who
have the title of an officer but not the authority and
including persons who have the authority of an officer but not
the title) having an annual compensation from all aggregated
employers for any such Plan Year in excess of fifty percent
(50%) of the amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of
the Code for any such Plan Year, or
B-2
<PAGE>
(b) one (1) of the ten (10) employees (not necessarily
Participants) owning (or considered to own within the meaning
of the shareholder attribution rules) both more than one-half
of one percent (1/2%) ownership interest in value and the
largest percentage ownership interests in value of any of the
aggregated employers (which are owned by employees) and who
has an annual compensation from all the aggregated employers
in excess of the limitation in effect under section
415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year, or
(c) a five percent owner, or
(d) a one percent owner having an annual compensation from the
aggregated employers of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($150,000);
provided, however, that no more than fifty (50) employees (or, if lesser, the
greater of three of all the aggregated employers' employees or ten percent of
all the aggregated employers' employees) shall be treated as officers. For the
purposes of determining ownership percentages, each corporation, partnership and
proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated shall be viewed as a separate
entity. For purposes of paragraph (b) above, if two (2) employees have the same
interest in any of the aggregated employers, the employee having the greatest
annual compensation from that aggregated employer shall be treated as having a
larger interest. For the purpose of determining compensation, however, all
compensation received from all aggregated employers shall be taken into account.
The term "key employee" shall include the beneficiaries of a deceased key
employee.
1.7. One Percent Owner. One percent owner means, for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than one percent (1%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
one percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and, for
each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than one percent (1%) of the capital or the profits interest in such aggregated
employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.
1.8. Shareholder Attribution Rules. Shareholder attribution rules means the
rules of section 318 of the Code, (except that subparagraph (C) of section
318(a)(2) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "5 percent" for "50
percent") or, if the Employer is not a corporation, the rules determining
ownership in such Employer which shall be set forth in regulations prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury.
1.9. Top Heavy Aggregation Group. Top heavy aggregation group means any
aggregation group for which, as of the determination date, the sum of:
B-3
<PAGE>
(i) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits
for key employees under all defined benefit plans
included in such aggregation group, and
(ii) the aggregate of the accounts of key employees under
all defined contribution plans included in such
aggregation group,
exceed sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all employees. In
applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:
(a) For the purpose of determining the present value of the
cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
(5) year period ending on the determination date.
(b) Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
plan maintained by another employer and made after December
31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).
(c) If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
respect to a plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
employee shall not be taken into account.
(d) The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
determination date for that Plan Year.
(e) In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
(other than a key
B-4
<PAGE>
employee) shall be determined under the method which is used
for accrual purposes for all plans of the employer or if there
is no method which is used for accrual purposes under all
plans of the employer, as if such benefit accrued not more
rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under section
411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In determining this present value,
the mortality and interest assumptions shall be those which
would be used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in
valuing the defined benefit plan if it terminated on such
valuation date. The accrued benefit to be valued shall be the
benefit expressed as a single life annuity.
(f) In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
the determination date shall be included even if such
contributions are not required.
(g) If any individual has not performed any services for any
employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
shall not be taken into account.
(h) For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
aggregation group for such Plan Year.
1.10. Top Heavy Plan. Top heavy plan means a qualified plan under which (as of
the determination date):
(i) if the plan is a defined benefit plan, the present
value of the cumulative accrued benefits for key
employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present
value of the cumulative accrued benefits for all
employees, and
(ii) if the plan is a defined contribution plan, the
aggregate of the accounts of key employees exceeds
sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate of all of the
accounts of all employees.
In applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:
B-5
<PAGE>
(a) Each plan of an Employer required to be included in an
aggregation group shall be a top heavy plan if such
aggregation group is a top heavy aggregation group.
(b) For the purpose of determining the present value of the
cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
(5) year period ending on the determination date.
(c) Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
plan maintained by another employer and made after December
31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).
(d) If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
respect to the plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
employee shall not be taken into account.
(e) The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
determination date for that Plan Year.
(f) In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
(other than a key employee) shall be determined under the
method which is used for accrual purposes for all plans of the
employer or if there is no method which is used for accrual
purposes under all plans of the employer, as if such benefit
accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
permitted under section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In
determining this present value, the mortality and interest
assumptions shall be those which would be used by the Pension
Benefit Guaranty
B-6
<PAGE>
Corporation in valuing the defined benefit plan if it
terminated on such valuation date. The accrued benefit to be
valued shall be the benefit expressed as a single life
annuity.
(g) In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
the determination date shall be included even if such
contributions are not required.
(h) If any individual has not performed any services for any
employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
shall not be taken into account.
(i) For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
aggregation group for such Plan Year.
SECTION 2
DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVINESS
Once each Plan Year, as of the determination date for that Plan Year, the
administrator of this Plan shall determine if this Plan is a top heavy plan.
SECTION 3
CONTINGENT PROVISIONS
3.1. When Applicable. If this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, the following provisions shall apply for that Plan Year (and, to the
extent hereinafter specified, for subsequent Plan Years), notwithstanding any
provisions to the contrary in the Plan.
B-7
<PAGE>
3.2. Vesting Requirement.
3.2.1. General Rule. During any Plan Year that the Plan is determined
to be a Top Heavy Plan, then all accounts of all Participants in a defined
contribution plan that is a top heavy plan and the accrued benefits of all
Participants in a defined benefit plan that is a top heavy plan shall be vested
and nonforfeitable in accordance with the following schedule if, and to the
extent, that it is more favorable than other provisions of the Plan:
If the Participant Has His Vested
Completed the Following Percentage
Years of Vesting Service: Shall Be:
-------------------------- -----------
Less than 2 years 0%
2 years but less than 3 years 20%
3 years but less than 4 years 40%
4 years but less than 5 years 60%
5 years but less than 6 years 80%
6 years or more 100%
3.2.2. Subsequent Year. In each subsequent Plan Year that the Plan is
determined not to be a top heavy plan, the other nonforfeitability provisions of
the Plan Statement (and not this section) shall apply in determining the vested
and nonforfeitable rights of Participants who do not have five (5) or more years
of Vesting Service (three or more years of Vesting Service for Participants who
have one or more Hours of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1988) as of the beginning of such subsequent Plan Year; provided, however, that
they shall not be applied in a manner which would reduce the vested and
nonforfeitable percentage of any Participant.
3.2.3. Cancellation of Benefit Service. If this Plan is a defined
benefit plan and if the Participant's vested percentage is determined under this
Appendix and if a Participant receives a lump sum distribution of the present
value of the vested portion of his accrued benefit, the Plan shall:
(a) thereafter disregard the Participant's service with respect to
which he received such distribution in determining his accrued
benefit, and
(b) permit the Participant who receives a distribution of less
than the present value of his entire accrued benefit to
restore this service by repaying (after returning to
employment covered under the Plan) to the trustee the amount
of such distribution together with interest at the interest
rate of five percent (5%) per annum compounded annually (or
such other interest rate as is provided by law for such
repayment). If the distribution was on account of separation
from service such repayment must be made before the earlier
of,
B-8
<PAGE>
(i) five (5) years after the first date on which the
Participant is subsequently reemployed by the
employer, or
(ii) the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive
one-year breaks in service commencing after the
distribution.
If the distribution was on account of any other reason, such repayment must be
made within five (5) years after the date of the distribution.
3.3. Defined Contribution Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.
3.3.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined contribution plan, then
for any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the
Employer shall make a contribution for allocation to the account of each
employee who is a Participant for that Plan Year and who is not a key employee
in an amount (when combined with other Employer contributions and forfeited
accounts allocated to his account) which is at least equal to three percent (3%)
of such Participant's compensation. (This minimum contribution amount shall be
further reduced by all other Employer contributions to this Plan or any other
defined contribution plans.) This contribution shall be made for each
Participant who has not separated from service with the Employer at the end of
the Plan Year (including for this purpose any Participant who is then on
temporary layoff or authorized leave of absence or who, during such Plan Year,
was inducted into the Armed Forces of the United States from employment with the
Employer) including, for this purpose, each employee of the Employer who would
have been a Participant if he had: (i) completed one thousand (1,000) Hours of
Service (or the equivalent) during the Plan Year, and (ii) made any mandatory
contributions to the Plan, and (iii) earned compensation in excess of the stated
amount required for participation in the Plan.
3.3.2. Special Rule. Subject to the following rules, the percentage
referred to in Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall not exceed the percentage at
which contributions are made (or required to be made) under this Plan for the
Plan Year for that key employee for whom that percentage is the highest for the
Plan Year.
(a) The percentage referred to above shall be determined by
dividing the Employer contributions for such key employee for
such Plan Year by his compensation for such Plan Year.
(b) For the purposes of this Section 3.3, all defined contribution
plans required to be included in an aggregation group shall be
treated as one (l) plan.
(c) The exception contained in this Section 3.3.2 shall not apply
to (be available to) this Plan if this Plan is required to be
included in an aggregation group if including
B-9
<PAGE>
this Plan in an aggregation group enables a defined benefit
plan to satisfy the qualification requirements of section 410
or section 401(a)(4) of the Code.
3.3.3. Salary Reduction and Matching Contributions. For the purpose of
this Section 3.3, all Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction
or similar arrangement shall be taken into account for the purpose of
determining the minimum percentage contribution required to be made for a
particular Plan Year for a Participant who is not a key employee but not for the
purpose of determining whether that minimum contribution requirement has been
satisfied. For the purpose of this Section 3.3 during all Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988, all Employer matching contributions shall be taken into
account for the purposes of determining the minimum percentage contribution
required to be made for a particular Plan Year for a Participant who was not a
key employee but not for the purpose of determining whether that minimum
contribution requirement has been satisfied.
3.4. Defined Benefit Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.
3.4.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined benefit plan, then for
any Plan Year that the Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the accrued
benefit for each Participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than
one-twelfth (l/12th) of the applicable percentage of the Participant's average
compensation for years in the testing period.
3.4.2. Special Rules and Definitions. In applying the general rule of
Section 3.4.1 of this Appendix, the following special rules and definitions
shall apply:
(a) The term "applicable percentage" means the lesser of:
(i) two percent (2%) multiplied by the number of years of
service with the Employer, or
(ii) twenty percent (20%).
(b) For the purpose of this Section 3.4, a Participant's years of
service with the Employer shall be equal to the Participant's
Vesting Service except that a year of Vesting Service shall
not be taken into account if:
(i) the Plan was not a top heavy plan for any Plan Year
ending during such year of Vesting Service, or
(ii) such year of Vesting Service was completed in a Plan
Year beginning before January l, 1984.
B-10
<PAGE>
(c) A Participant's "testing period" shall be the period of five
(5) consecutive years during which the Participant had the
greatest compensation from the Employer; provided, however,
that:
(i) the years taken into account shall be properly
adjusted for years not included in a year of service,
and
(ii) a year shall not be taken into account if such year
ends in a Plan Year beginning before January l, 1984,
or such year begins after the close of the last year
in which the Plan was a top heavy plan.
(d) An individual shall be considered a Participant for the
purpose of accruing the minimum benefit only if such
individual has at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
during a benefit accrual computation period (or equivalent
service determined under Department of Labor regulations).
Furthermore, such individual shall accrue a minimum benefit
only for a benefit accrual computation period in which such
individual has one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service (or
equivalent service). An individual shall not fail to accrue
the minimum benefit merely because the individual: (i) was not
employed on a specified date, or (ii) was excluded from
participation (or otherwise failed to accrue a benefit)
because the individual's compensation was less than a stated
amount, or (iii) because the individual failed to make any
mandatory contributions.
3.4.3. Accruals Preserved. In years subsequent to the last Plan Year in
which this Plan is a top heavy plan, the other benefit accrual rules of the Plan
Statement shall be applied to determine the accrued benefit of each Participant,
except that the application of such other rules shall not serve to reduce a
Participant's accrued benefit as determined under this Section 3.4.
3.5. Priorities Among Plans. In applying the minimum benefit provisions of this
Appendix in any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan,
the following rules shall apply:
(a) If an employee participates only in this Plan, the employee
shall receive the minimum benefit applicable to this Plan.
(b) If an employee participates in both a defined benefit plan and
a defined contribution plan and only one (1) of such plans is
a top heavy plan for the Plan Year, the employee shall receive
the minimum benefit applicable to the plan which is a top
heavy plan.
(c) If an employee participates in both a defined contribution
plan and a defined benefit plan and both are top heavy plans,
then the employee, for that Plan Year,
B-11
<PAGE>
shall receive the defined benefit plan minimum benefit unless
for that Plan Year the employee has received employer
contributions and forfeitures allocated to his account in the
defined contribution plan in an amount which is at least equal
to five percent (5%) of his compensation.
(d) If an employee participates in two (2) or more defined
contribution plans which are top heavy plans, then the
employee, for that Plan Year, shall receive the defined
contribution plan minimum benefit in that defined contribution
plan which has the earliest original effective date.
3.6. Annual Contribution Limits.
3.6.1. General Rule. Notwithstanding anything apparently to the
contrary in the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, for any Plan Year that this
Plan is a top heavy plan, the defined benefit fraction and defined contribution
fraction of the Appendix to the Plan Statement pertaining to limits under
section 415 of the Code shall be one hundred percent (100%) and not one hundred
twenty-five percent (125%).
3.6.2. Special Rule. Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall not apply to
any top heavy plan if such top heavy plan satisfies the following requirements:
(a) Minimum Benefit Requirement. The top heavy plan (and any plan
required to be included in an aggregation group with such
plan) satisfies the requirements of Section 3.4 of this
Appendix when Section 3.4.2(a)(1) of this Appendix is applied
by substituting three percent (3%) for two percent (2%) and by
increasing (but by no more than ten percentage points) twenty
percent (20%) by one percentage point for each year for which
the plan was taken into account under this Section 3.7.
Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall be applied by
substituting "four percent (4%)" for "three percent (3%)."
Section 3.5(c) of this Appendix shall be applied by
substituting "seven and one-half percent (7-1/2%)" for "five
percent (5%)."
(b) Ninety Percent Rule. A top heavy plan would not be a top heavy
plan if "ninety percent (90%)" were substituted for "sixty
percent (60%)" each place that it appears in the definitions
of top heavy plan and top heavy aggregation group.
3.6.3. Transition Rule. If, but for this Section 3.6.3, Section 3.6.1
of this Appendix would begin to apply with respect to this Plan because it is a
top heavy plan, the application of Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall be
suspended with respect to any individual so long as there are no:
B-12
<PAGE>
(a) employer contributions, forfeitures or voluntary nondeductible
contributions allocated to such individual (if this Plan is a
defined contribution plan), or
(b) accruals for such individual (if this Plan is a defined
benefit plan).
3.6.4. Coordinating Change. If this Plan is a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, then for purposes of the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, section
415(e)(6)(i) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "Forty-one Thousand
Five Hundred Dollars ($41,500)" for "Fifty-one Thousand Eight Hundred
Seventy-five Dollars ($51,875)."
3.7. Bargaining Units. The requirements of Section 3.2 through Section 3.6 of
this Appendix shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of
employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one (1) or
more employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits are the subject of
good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and such employer or
employers.
B-13
<PAGE>
APPENDIX C
QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS
SECTION 1
GENERAL MATTERS
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix.
1.1. General Rule. The Plan shall not honor the creation, assignment or
recognition of any right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant
pursuant to a domestic relations order unless that domestic relations order is a
qualified domestic relations order.
1.2. Alternate Payee Defined. The only persons eligible to be considered
alternate payees with respect to a Participant shall be that Participant's
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent.
1.3. DRO Defined. A domestic relations order is any judgment, decree or order
(including an approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the
provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant and which is
made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property
law).
1.4. QDRO Defined. A qualified domestic relations order is a domestic relations
order which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee's right to
(or assigns to an alternate payee the right to) receive all or a portion of the
Account of a Participant under the Plan and which satisfies all of the following
requirements.
1.4.1. Names and Addresses. The order must clearly specify the name and
the last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant and the name and
mailing address of each alternate payee covered by the order.
1.4.2. Amount. The order must clearly specify the amount or percentage
of the Participant's Account to be paid by the Plan to each such alternate payee
or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined.
1.4.3. Payment Method. The order must clearly specify the number of
payments or period to which the order applies.
1.4.4. Plan Identity. The order must clearly specify that it applies to
this Plan.
C-1
<PAGE>
1.4.5. Settlement Options. Except as provided in Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the order may not require the Plan to provide any type or form of
benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan.
1.4.6. Increased Benefits. The order may not require the Plan to
provide increased benefits.
1.4.7. Prior Awards. The order may not require the payment of benefits
to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee
under another order previously determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.
1.4.8. Exceptions. The order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if:
(a) The order requires payment of benefits be made to an alternate
payee before the Participant has separated from service but as
of a date that is on or after the date on which the
Participant attains (or would have attained) the earliest
payment date described in Section 1.4.10 of this Appendix; and
(b) The order requires that payment of benefits be made to an
alternate payee as if the Participant had retired on the date
on which payment is to begin under such order (but taking into
account only the present value of benefits actually accrued);
and
(c) The order requires payment of benefits to be made to an
alternate payee in any form in which benefits may be paid
under the Plan to the Participant (other than in the form of a
joint and survivor annuity with respect to the alternate payee
and his or her subsequent spouse).
In lieu of the foregoing, the order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if the order: (1) requires that payment of
benefits be made to an alternate payee in a single lump sum as soon as is
administratively feasible after the order is determined to be a qualified
domestic relations order, and (2) does not contain any of the provisions
described in Section 1.4.9 of this Appendix, and (3) provides that the payment
of such single lump sum fully and permanently discharges all obligations of the
Plan to the alternate payee.
1.4.9. Deemed Spouse. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) The order may provide that the former spouse of a Participant
shall be treated as a surviving spouse of such Participant for
the purposes of Section 7 of the Plan Statement (and that any
subsequent or prior spouse of the Participant shall not be
treated as a spouse of the Participant for such purposes), and
C-2
<PAGE>
(b) The order may provide that, if the former spouse has been
married to the Participant for at least one (1) year at any
time, the surviving former spouse shall be deemed to have been
married to the Participant for the one (1) year period ending
on the date of the Participant's death.
1.4.10. Payment Date Defined. For the purpose of Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the earliest payment date means the earlier of:
(a) The date on which the Participant is entitled to a
distribution under the Plan; or
(b) The later of (i) the date the Participant attains age fifty
(50) years, or (ii) the earliest date on which the Participant
could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if the
Participant separated from service.
SECTION 2
PROCEDURES
2.1. Actions Pending Review. During any period when the issue of whether a
domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being
determined by the Committee, the Committee shall cause the Plan to separately
account for the amounts which would be payable to the alternate payee during
such period if the order were determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.
2.2. Reviewing DROs. Upon the receipt of a domestic relations order, the
Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations
order.
2.2.1. Receipt. A domestic relations order shall be considered to have
been received only when the Committee shall have received a copy of a domestic
relations order which is complete in all respects and is originally signed,
certified or otherwise officially authenticated.
2.2.2. Notice to Parties. Upon receipt of a domestic relations order,
the Committee shall notify the Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
that such domestic relations order has been received. The Committee shall
include with such notice a copy of this Appendix.
2.2.3. Comment Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded a comment period of thirty (30) days from the date such notice
is mailed by the Committee in which to make comments or objections to the
Committee concerning whether the domestic relations order is a qualified
domestic relations order.
C-3
<PAGE>
By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant, the thirty (30) day comment period may be shortened.
2.2.4. Initial Determination. Within a reasonable period of time after
the termination of the comment period, the Committee shall give written notice
to the Participant and all persons claiming to be alternate payees and all prior
alternate payees with respect to the Participant of its decision that the
domestic relations order is or is not a qualified domestic relations order. If
the Committee determines that the order is not a qualified domestic relations
order or if the Committee determines that the written objections of any party to
the order being found a qualified domestic relations order are not valid, the
Committee shall include in its written notice:
(i) the specific reasons for its decision;
(ii) the specific reference to the pertinent provisions of
this Plan Statement upon which its decision is based;
(iii) a description of additional material or information,
if any, which would cause the Committee to reach a
different conclusion; and
(iv) an explanation of the procedures for reviewing the
initial determination of the Committee.
2.2.5. Appeal Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded an appeal period of sixty (60) days from the date such an
initial determination and explanation is mailed in which to make comments or
objections concerning whether the original determination of the Committee is
correct. By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons
claiming to be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to
the Participant, the sixty (60) day appeal period may be shortened.
2.2.6. Final Determination. In all events, the final determination of
the Committee shall be made not later than eighteen (18) months after the date
on which first payment would be required to be made under the domestic relations
order if it were a qualified domestic relations order. The final determination
shall be communicated in writing to the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant.
2.3. Final Disposition. If the domestic relations order is finally determined to
be a qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Plan shall pay all amounts required to be paid pursuant to the
domestic relations order to the alternate payee entitled thereto. If the
domestic relations order is finally determined not to be a qualified domestic
relations order and all comment and appeal periods have expired, benefits under
the Plan shall be paid to the person or persons who would have been entitled to
such amounts if there had been no domestic relations order.
C-4
<PAGE>
2.4. Orders Being Sought. If the Committee has notice that a domestic relations
order is being or may be sought but has not received the order, the Committee
shall not (in the absence of a written request from the Participant) delay
payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which otherwise would be
due. If the Committee has determined that a domestic relations order is not a
qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Committee shall not (in the absence of a written request from the
Participant) delay payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which
otherwise would be due even if the Committee has notice that the party claiming
to be an alternate payee or the Participant or both are attempting to rectify
any deficiencies in the domestic relations order. Notwithstanding the above,
after the commencement of a divorce action, the Committee shall comply with a
restraining order, duly issued by the court handling the divorce, reasonably
prohibiting the disposition of a Participant's benefits pending the submission
to the Committee of a domestic relations order or prohibiting the disposition of
a Participant's benefits pending resolution of a dispute with respect to a
domestic relations order.
SECTION 3
PROCESSING OF AWARD
3.1. General Rules. If a benefit is awarded to an alternate payee pursuant to an
order which has been finally determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order, the following rules shall apply.
3.1.1. Source of Award. If a Participant shall have a Vested interest
in more than one Account under the Plan, the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee shall be withdrawn from the Participant's Accounts in proportion to his
Vested interest in each of them.
3.1.2. Effect on Account. For all purposes of the Plan, the
Participant's Account (and all benefits payable under the Plan which are derived
in whole or in part by reference to the Participant's Account) shall be
permanently diminished by the portion of the Participant's Account which is
awarded to the alternate payee. The benefit awarded to an alternate payee shall
be considered to have been a distribution from the Participant's Account for the
limited purpose of applying any rules of the Plan Statement relating to
distributions from an Account that is only partially Vested.
3.1.3. After Death. After the death of an alternate payee, all amounts
awarded to the alternate payee which have not been distributed to the alternate
payee and which continue to be payable shall be paid in a single lump sum
distribution to the personal representative of the alternate payee's estate as
soon as administratively feasible, unless the qualified domestic relations order
clearly provides otherwise. The Participant's Beneficiary designation shall not
be effective to dispose of any portion of the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee, unless the qualified domestic relations order clearly provides otherwise.
C-5
<PAGE>
3.1.4. In-Service Benefits. Any in-service distribution provisions of
the Plan Statement shall not be applicable to the benefit awarded to an
alternate payee.
3.2. Segregated Account. If the Committee determines that it would facilitate
the administration or the distribution of the benefit awarded to the alternate
payee or if the qualified domestic relations order so requires, the benefit
awarded to the alternate payee shall be established on the books and records of
the Plan as a separate account belonging to the alternate payee.
3.3. Former Alternate Payees. If an alternate payee has received all benefits to
which the alternate payee is entitled under a qualified domestic relations
order, the alternate payee will not at any time thereafter be deemed to be an
alternate payee or prior alternate payee for any substantive or procedural
purpose of this Plan.
C-6
<PAGE>
FIRST AMENDMENT
OF
FLUOROWARE, INC.
PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of May 14, 1998, by and between
FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Principal Sponsor"), and Daniel
Quernemoen, James Dauwalter, Stan Geyer, and Richard G. Revord, as trustees
(collectively, together with their successors, the "Trustee");
WITNESSETH: That
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has heretofore established and maintains a
money purchase pension plan for the benefit of eligible employees which, in most
recent amended and restated form, is embodied in a document dated August 26,
1995 and entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC. PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995
Restatement)" (the "Plan Statement"); and
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has reserved to itself the power to amend
the Plan Statement;
NOW, THEREFORE, The Plan Statement is hereby amended in the following
respects:
1. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION. Effective for Recognized Compensation received on or
after June 3, 1998, Section 3.2 of the Plan Years shall be amended to read in
full as follows:
3.2.1. Amount. The amount of the Employer contribution made for each
eligible Participant under Section 3.3 for the Plan Year ending August 31, 1998
shall be equal to (i) seven percent (7%) of the eligible Participant's
Recognized Compensation received during the period from September 1, 1997 to
June 2, 1998, and (ii) zero percent (0%) of the eligible Participant's
Recognized Compensation received during the period from June 3, 1998 to August
31, 1998. The amount of the Employer contribution made for each eligible
Participant under Section 3.3 for each Plan Year ending on or after August 31,
1999 shall be equal to seven percent (7%) of the eligible Participant's
Recognized Compensation. Such contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee
for deposit in the Fund not later than the time prescribed by federal law
(including extensions) for filing the federal income tax return of the Employer
for the taxable year which ends nearest to the Plan Year end.
2. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as herein expressly amended, the Plan
Statement shall continue in full force and effect.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the Parties hereto has caused these presents to
be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
TRUSTEES: FLUOROWARE, INC.
__________________________________ By__________________________________
Daniel Quernemoen
Its_______________________________
__________________________________
James Dauwalter
And_________________________________
Its______________________________
__________________________________
Stan Geyer
__________________________________
Richard G. Revord
-2-
<PAGE>
SECOND AMENDMENT
OF
FLUOROWARE, INC.
PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
(1995 Restatement)
THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of December __, 1999, by and
between FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Principal Sponsor"),
Entegris, Inc. and ____________________ and ____________________ as trustees
(collectively, together with their successors, the "Trustee");
WITNESSETH: That
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has heretofore established and maintains a
money purchase pension plan for the benefit of eligible employees which, in most
recent amended and restated form, is embodied in a document dated August 26,
1995 and entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC. PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995
Restatement)" (the "Plan Statement"); and
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has reserved to itself the power to amend
the Plan Statement;
NOW, THEREFORE, The Plan Statement is hereby amended in the following
respects:
1. ACCOUNTS. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.1 shall be amended to read
in full as follows:
1.1.1. Accounts-- the following Accounts will be maintained under the Plan
for Participants:
(a) Total Account -- a Participant's entire interest in the Fund,
including his Regular Account, his Rollover Account, if any, and his
Transfer Account, if any.
(b) Regular Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
which is credited his allocable share of the Employer contributions,
together with any increase or decrease thereon.
(c) Rollover Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
which were credited any rollover contributions made under the Prior
Plan Statement, together with any increase or decrease thereon.
<PAGE>
(d) Transfer Account-- the Account maintained for each Participant to
which is credited his interest, if any, transferred from another
qualified plan by the trustee of such other plan pursuant to an
agreement made under Section 9.4 hereof and not credited to any other
Account pursuant to such agreement (or another provision of this Plan
Statement), together with any increase or decrease thereon.
2. CHANGE OF PLAN YEAR. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after September
1, 1999, the Plan Year beginning on September 1, 1999 shall end on December 31,
1999 and Section 1.1.3 shall be amended to read in full as follows:
1.1.3 Annual Valuation Date-- each December 31.
3. CHANGE OF PLAN YEAR. In connection with the above change of Plan Year, the
following special transition rules shall apply as if fully set forth in the Plan
Statement:
(a) Eligibility Service. For purposes of determining an employee's
Eligibility Service, the twelve (12) month periods ending on the
following dates shall be considered Plan Years for purposes of
determining computation periods: August 31, 1999 and each prior August
31; and December 31, 1999 and each later December 31. Services
performed and Hours of Service earned during the period beginning
January 1, 1999 and ending on August 31, 1999 shall be taken into
account in the computation period ending August 31, 1999 and in the
computation period ending December 31, 1999.
(b) One-Year Break in Service. For purposes of determining whether an
Employee has incurred a One-Year Break in Service, the twelve (12)
month periods ending on the following dates shall be considered Plan
Years for purposes of determining computation periods: August 31, 1999
and each prior August 31; and December 31, 1999 and each later
December 31. Services performed and Hours of Service earned during the
period beginning January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be
taken into account in the computation period ending August 31, 1999
and in the computation period ending December 31, 1999.
(c) Recognized Compensation. For purposes of determining Recognized
Compensation, the remuneration paid to the Participant for the period
beginning January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken
into account for the full Plan Year ending August 31, 1999 but shall
not be taken into account for the short Plan Year ending December 31,
1999. The annual maximum limit for Recognized Compensation shall be
prorated for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.
(d) Vesting Service. For purposes of determining an Employee's Vesting
Service, the twelve (12) month periods ending on the following dates
shall be considered Plan Years for purposes of
-2-
<PAGE>
determining computation periods: August 31, 1999 and each prior August
31; and December 31, 1999 and each later December 31. Services
performed and Hours of Service earned during the period beginning
January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account
in computation period ending August 31, 1999 and in the computation
period ending December 31, 1999.
(g) ss. 415 Annual Additions. For purposes of determining ss. 415
compensation, remuneration attributable to the period beginning
January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account
for the full Plan Year ending August 31, 1999 but shall not be taken
into account for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999. The
$30,000 annual addition limit shall be prorated to $7,500 for the
short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.
(k) Annual Contributions. For purposes of determining Employer
contributions for Participants as provided in Section 3.2, services
performed during and remuneration attributable to the period beginning
January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account
for the full Plan Year ending August 31, 1999 but shall not be taken
into account for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.
(l) 1,000 Hour Rule. For purposes of determining whether a Participant is
an eligible Participant under Section 3.3, the twelve (12) month
periods ending on the following dates shall be considered Plan Years
for purposes of determining computation periods: August 31, 1999 and
each prior August 31; and December 31, 1999 and each later December
31. Hours of Service earned during the period beginning January 1,
1999 and ending on August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account in the
computation period ending August 31, 1999 and in the computation
period ending December 31, 1999.
(m) Adjustments. For purposes of determining make-up contributions for
omitted participants and correcting mistaken contributions under
Section 3.4, events attributable to the period beginning January 1,
1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account for the
full Plan Year ending August 31, 1999 but shall not be taken into
account for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.
(s) ss. 416 Top Heavy Plan Rules. For purposes of applying contingent top
heavy plan rules, the period beginning January 1, 1999 and ending
August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account for the full Plan Year
ending August 31, 1999 but shall not be taken into account for the
short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999. In determining compensation
for purposes of applying the top heavy rules, all applicable
compensation limits shall be prorated for the short Plan Year ending
December 31, 1999. In determining eligibility for the minimum benefit
under Section 3.3.1, any applicable hours of service requirement shall
be prorated for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.
-3-
<PAGE>
4. DISABILITY. Effective for Disability determinations made for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.7 of the Plan Statement shall
be amended to read in full as follows:
1.1.7. Disability -- a medically determinable physical or mental impairment
which: (i) renders the individual incapable of performing any substantial
gainful employment, (ii) can be expected to be of long-continued and indefinite
duration or result in death, and (iii) is evidenced by a certification to this
effect by a doctor of medicine approved by the Committee. In lieu of such a
certification, the Committee may accept, as proof of Disability, the official
written determination that the individual will be eligible for disability
benefits under the federal Social Security Act as now enacted or hereinafter
amended (when any waiting period expires). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
Participant will be considered to have a Disability unless such doctor's
determination or official Social Security determination is received by the
Committee within twelve (12) months after the Participant's last day of active
work with the Employer or an Affiliate. The Committee shall determine the date
on which the Disability shall have occurred if such determination is necessary.
5. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. Effective for determining who is a Highly
Compensated Employee for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1, 1997, the
Plan Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new Section
1.1.15 and all subsequent sections (and cross references thereto) shall be
renumbered:
1.1.15. Highly Compensated Employee -- any employee who (a) is a five
percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B) at any time during the current
Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or (b) receives compensation from the
Employer and all Affiliates during the preceding Plan Year in excess of Eighty
Thousand Dollars ($80,000) (as adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living
increases). For this purpose, "compensation" means compensation within the
meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code; provided, however, that compensation
for the Plan Year ending August 31, 1997 shall include amounts contributed by
the Employer and all Affiliates pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which
are excludable from the employee's gross income under sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code (for later years, such amounts are included
in compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code). Compensation for
any employee who performed services for only part of a year is not annualized
for this purpose.
6. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. Effective September 1, 1997, the term "highly
compensated employee (as defined in section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code)"
shall be replaced with "Highly Compensated Employee" each time it appears in the
Plan Statement.
7. MILITARY LEAVES. Effective for each Participant who is credited with one or
more Hours of Service on account of the performance of duties for the Employer
on or after December 12, 1994, Section 1.1.16(d)(i) (formerly Section
1.1.15(d)(i)) of the Plan Statement shall be deleted and all subsequent sections
shall be relettered.
-4-
<PAGE>
8. LEASED EMPLOYEES CLARIFICATION. Effective for each Participant who is
credited with one or more Hours of Service on account of the performance of
duties for the Employer on or after September 1, 1997, Section 1.1.16(e)
(formerly Section 1.1.15(e)) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:
(e) Special Rules. For periods prior to September 1, 1976, Hours of
Service may be determined using whatever records are reasonably
accessible and by making whatever calculations are necessary to
determine the approximate number of Hours of Service completed during
such prior period. To the extent not inconsistent with other
provisions hereof, Department of Labor regulations 29 C.F.R.ss.
2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are hereby incorporated by reference herein. To
the extent required under section 414 of the Code, services of leased
owners, leased managers, shared employees, shared leased employees and
other similar classifications (excluding Leased Employees) for the
Employer or an Affiliate shall be taken into account as if such
services were performed as a common law employee of the Employer for
the purposes of determining Eligibility Service, Vesting Service and
One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to Vesting Service and
Eligibility Service. For purposes of the Plan, application of the
leased employee rules under section 414(n) of the Code shall be
subject to the following: (i) "contingent services" shall mean
services performed by a person for the Employer or an Affiliate during
the period the person has not performed the services on a
substantially full time basis for a period of at least twelve (12)
consecutive months, (ii) except as provided in (iii), contingent
services shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining
Eligibility Service, Vesting Service and One Year Breaks in Service as
applied to Vesting Service and Eligibility Service, (iii) contingent
services performed by a person who has become a Leased Employee shall
be taken into account for purposes of determining Eligibility Service,
Vesting Service, and One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to Vesting
Service and Eligibility Service, and (iv) all service performed as a
Leased Employee (i.e., all service following the date an individual
has satisfied all three requirements for becoming a Leased Employee)
shall be taken into account for purposes of determining Eligibility
Service, Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to
Vesting Service and Eligibility Service.
9. LEASED EMPLOYEE. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1,
1997, the Plan Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new
Section 1.1.18 and all subsequent sections (and all cross references thereto)
shall be renumbered:
1.1.18. Leased Employee-- any individual (other than an employee of the
Employer or an Affiliate) who performs services for the Employer or an Affiliate
if (i) services are performed under an
-5-
<PAGE>
agreement between the Employer or an Affiliate and an individual or company,
(ii) the individual performs services for the Employer or an Affiliate on a
substantially full time basis for a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive
months, and (iii) the individual's services are performed under the primary
direction or control of the Employer or an Affiliate. In determining whether an
individual is a Leased Employee of the Employer or an Affiliate, all prior
service with the Employer or an Affiliate (including employment as a common law
employee) shall be used for purposes of satisfying (ii) above. No individual
shall be considered a Leased Employee unless and until all conditions have been
satisfied.
10. PARTICIPANT. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.20 (formerly Section
1.1.18) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
1.1.20. Participant -- an employee of the Employer who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 or any
comparable provision of the Prior Plan Statement. An employee who has become a
Participant shall be considered to continue as a Participant in the Plan until
the date of the Participant's death or, if earlier, the date when the
Participant is no longer employed in Recognized Employment and upon which the
Participant no longer has any Account under the Plan (that is, the Participant
has both received a distribution of all of the Participant's Vested Total
Account, if any, and the non-Vested portion of his Account has been forfeited
and disposed of as provided in Section 6.2). An employee who has not become a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 and who
made a rollover contribution to the Plan under the Prior Plan Statement shall be
considered a Participant solely for the purpose of making the rollover
contribution and receiving a distribution upon an Event of Maturity in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.
11. PRINCIPAL SPONSOR. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.26 (formerly
Section 1.1.24) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:
1.1.26. Principal Sponsor-- Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
12. RECOGNIZED COMPENSATION - EXCLUDED ITEMS. Effective for compensation paid to
employees for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section
1.1.28(b) (formerly Section 1.1.26(b)) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to
read in full as follows:
(b) Excluded Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation
there shall be excluded all of the following: (i) reimbursements or
other expense allowances (including all living and other expenses paid
on account of the Participant being on foreign assignment), (ii)
welfare and fringe benefits (both cash and noncash) including
third-party sick pay (i.e., short-term and long-term disability
insurance benefits), income imputed from insurance coverages and
premiums, employee discounts and other similar amounts, payments for
vacation or sick leave accrued but not taken, final payments on
account of termination of employment (i.e., severance payments),
except that final payments on account of
-6-
<PAGE>
settlement for accrued but unused paid time off shall be taken into
account in determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation, (iii)
moving expenses, (iv) deferred compensation (both when deferred and
when received), and (v) the value of a qualified or a non-qualified
stock option granted to a Participant by the Employer to the extent
such value is includable in the Participant's taxable income.
13. RECOGNIZED COMPENSATION - FAMILY AGGREGATION. Effective for compensation
paid to employees for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1, 1997,
Section 1.1.28(h) (formerly Section 1.1.26(h)) of the Plan Statement shall be
amended to read in full as follows:
(h) Annual Maximum. A Participant's Recognized Compensation for a Plan
Year shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under section
401(a)(17) of the Code, which is One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars
($160,000) (as adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living increases).
14. EMPLOYMENT CLASSIFICATION CLARIFICATION. Effective for determining which
persons are employed in Recognized Employment during Plan Years beginning on or
after September 1, 1997, Section 1.1.29 (formerly Section 1.1.27) of the Plan
Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
1.1.29. Recognized Employment -- all service with the Employer by persons
classified by the Employer as common law employees, excluding, however, service
classified by the Employer as:
(a) employment in a unit of employees whose terms and conditions of
employment are subject to a collective bargaining agreement between
the Employer and a union representing that unit of employees, unless
(and to the extent) such collective bargaining agreement provides for
the inclusion of those employees in the Plan,
(b) employment of a nonresident alien who is not receiving any earned
income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within
the United States,
(c) employment in a division or facility of the Employer which is not in
existence on September 1, 1985 (that is, was acquired, established,
founded or produced by the liquidation or similar discontinuation of a
separate subsidiary after September 1, 1985) unless and until the
Committee shall declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,
(d) employment of a United States citizen or a United States resident
alien outside the United States unless and until the Committee shall
declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,
-7-
<PAGE>
(e) services of a person who is not a common law employee of the Employer
including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, services
of a Leased Employee, leased owner, leased manager, shared employee,
shared Leased Employee, temporary worker, independent contractor,
contract worker, agency worker, freelance worker or other similar
classification,
(f) employment of a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent agreed to in
writing by the employee, and
(g) employment as a temporary employee.
The Employer's classification of a person at the time of inclusion or exclusion
in Recognized Employment shall be conclusive for the purpose of the foregoing
rules. No reclassification of a person's status with the Employer, for any
reason, without regard to whether it is initiated by a court, governmental
agency or otherwise and without regard to whether or not the Employer agrees to
such reclassification, shall result in the person being included in Recognized
Employment, either retroactively or prospectively. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this provision, however, the Principal Sponsor may declare that
a reclassified person will be included in Recognized Employment, either
retroactively or prospectively. Any uncertainty concerning a person's
classification shall be resolved by excluding the person from Recognized
Employment.
15. VALUATION DATE. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.34 (formerly Section
1.1.32) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
1.1.34. Valuation Date-- any date that the New York Stock Exchange is open
and conducting business.
16. USERRA COMPLIANCE. Effective December 12, 1994, Section 1 of the Plan
Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new Section 1.2 and
all subsequent sections shall be renumbered.
1.2. Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act
of 1994. Effective for veterans rehired on or after December 12, 1994, and
notwithstanding any provision of the Plan Statement to the contrary,
contributions, benefits or service credits, if any, will be provided in
accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.
17. ENTRANCE DATES. Effective for employees who first become Participants in
Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 2.1 of the Plan
Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
-8-
<PAGE>
2.1. General Eligibility Rule. Each employee shall become a Participant on
the first day of the first, fourth, seventh or tenth month of the Plan Year
coincident with or next following the date as of which the employee has
completed one (1) year of Eligibility Service, if the employee is then employed
in Recognized Employment. If the employee is not then employed in Recognized
Employment, the employee shall become a Participant on the first date thereafter
upon which the employee enters Recognized Employment.
18. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. Effective for Employer contributions made for Plan
Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 3.2.1 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended to read in full as follows:
3.2.1. Amount. The amount of the Employer contribution made for each
eligible Participant under Section 3.3 for each Plan Year shall be equal to
three percent (3%) of the eligible Participant's Recognized Compensation. Such
contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund not
later than the time prescribed by federal law (including extensions) for filing
the federal income tax return of the Employer for the taxable year which ends
nearest to the Plan Year end.
19. ESTABLISHMENT OF SUBFUNDS Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2000, Section 4.1 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:
4.1.1. Establishing Commingled Subfunds. At the direction of the Committee,
the Trustee shall divide the Fund into two (2) or more Subfunds, which shall
serve as vehicles for the investment of Participants' Accounts. The Committee
shall determine the general investment characteristics and objectives of each
Subfund and, with respect to each Subfund, shall either (i) designate that the
Trustee or an Investment Manager or the Committee has investment discretion over
such Subfund, or (ii) designate one or more selected pooled investment vehicles
(such as collective funds, group trusts, mutual funds, group annuity contracts
and separate accounts under insurance contracts) to constitute such Subfund. The
Trustee, Investment Manager or the Committee, as the case may be, shall have
complete investment discretion over each Subfund to which it has been assigned
investment discretion, subject only to the general investment characteristics
and objectives established for the particular Subfund. Until otherwise
determined by the Committee, the Subfunds to be maintained hereunder shall
consist of the separate investment funds established and maintained under the
Prior Plan Statement.
4.1.2. Individual Subfunds. The Committee also may (but is not required to)
establish additional Subfunds that consist solely of all or a part of the assets
of a single Participant's Total Account, which assets the Participant controls
by investment directives to the Trustee and which may not be commingled with the
assets of any other Participant's Accounts. In no event, however, shall the
Participant be allowed to direct the investment of assets in such individual
Subfund in any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin,
alcoholic beverage or other similar tangible personal property if the investment
in such property shall have been prohibited by the Secretary of the Treasury.
-9-
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding anything apparently to the contrary in Section 10.6, each
Participant, each Beneficiary and each alternate payee for whom an individually
directed Subfund is maintained shall be responsible for the exercise of any
voting or similar rights which exist with respect to assets in such individually
directed Subfund. The Trustee shall cooperate with Participants, Beneficiaries
and alternate payees to permit them to exercise such rights. The Trustee shall
not independently exercise such rights. Any Beneficiary of a deceased
Participant with an individually directed Subfund shall have the responsibility
to direct investments for such Subfund until the Beneficiary directs the Trustee
otherwise in writing.
4.1.3. Operational Rules. The Committee shall adopt rules specifying the
circumstances under which a particular Subfund may be elected, or shall be
automatically utilized, the minimum or maximum amount or percentage of an
Account which may be invested in a particular Subfund, the procedures for making
or changing investment elections, the extent (if any) to which Beneficiaries of
deceased Participants may make investment elections and the effect of a
Participant's or Beneficiary's failure to make an effective election with
respect to all or any portion of an Account.
4.1.4. Revising Subfunds. The Committee shall have the power, from time to
time, to dissolve Subfunds, to direct that additional Subfunds be established
and, under rules, to withdraw or limit participation in a particular Subfund. In
connection with the power to commingle reserved to the Trustee under Section
10.6, the Committee shall also have the power to direct the Trustee to
consolidate any separate Subfunds hereunder with any other separate Subfunds
having the same investment objectives which are established under any other
retirement plan trust fund of the Employer or any business entity affiliated in
ownership or management with the Employer of which the Trustee is trustee and
which are managed by the Trustee or the same Investment Manager.
4.1.5. ERISA Section 404(c) Compliance. The Committee may establish
investment Subfunds and operational rules which are intended to satisfy section
404(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder. Such investment Subfunds shall
permit Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees the opportunity to
choose from at least three investment alternatives, each of which is
diversified, each of which presents materially different risk and return
characteristics, and which, in the aggregate, enable Participants, Beneficiaries
and alternate payees to achieve a portfolio with appropriate risk and return
characteristics consistent with minimizing risk through diversification. Such
operational rules shall provide the following, and shall otherwise comply with
section 404(c) of ERISA and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder
from time to time:
(a) Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees may give investment
instructions to the Trustee at least once every three months;
(b) the Trustee must follow the investment instructions of Participants,
Beneficiaries and alternate payees that comply with the Plan's
operational rules, provided that the Trustee may in any event decline
to follow any investment instructions that:
-10-
<PAGE>
(i) would result in a prohibited transaction described in section 406
of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code;
(ii) would result in the acquisition of an asset that might generate
income which is taxable to the Plan;
(iii) would not be in accordance with the documents and instruments
governing the Plan insofar as they are consistent with Title I of
ERISA;
(iv) would cause a fiduciary to maintain indicia of ownership of any
assets of the Plan outside of the jurisdiction of the district
courts of the United States other than as permitted by section
404(b) of ERISA and Department of Labor regulation section
2050.404b-1;
(v) would jeopardize the Plan's tax status under the Code;
(vi) could result in a loss in excess of a Participant's,
Beneficiary's or Alternate Payee's Account balance;
(c) Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees shall be periodically
informed of actual expenses to their Accounts which are imposed by the
Plan and which are related to their Plan investment decisions.
(d) With respect to any Subfund consisting of Employer securities and
intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of ERISA, (i)
Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees shall be entitled to
all voting, tender and other rights appurtenant to the ownership of
such securities, (ii) procedures shall be established to ensure the
confidential exercise of such rights, except to the extent necessary
to comply with federal and state laws not preempted by ERISA, and
(iii) the Trustee or other independent fiduciary designated by the
Committee shall ensure the sufficiency of and compliance with such
confidentiality procedures.
20. VALUATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on
or after January 1, 2000, Section 4.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to
read in full as follows:
4.2. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts.
4.2.1. Valuation of Fund. The Trustee shall value each subfund from time to
time (but not less frequently than each Annual Valuation Date), which valuation
shall reflect, as nearly as possible, the then fair market value of the assets
comprising such subfund (including income accumulations therein).
-11-
<PAGE>
In making such valuations, the Trustee may rely upon information supplied by any
Investment Manager having investment responsibility over the particular subfund.
4.2.2. Adjustment of Accounts. The Principal Sponsor shall cause the value
of each Account or portion of an Account invested in a particular subfund
(including undistributed Total Accounts) to be increased (or decreased) from
time to time for distributions, contributions, investment gains (or losses) and
expenses charged to the Account.
4.2.3. Rules. The Committee shall establish additional rules for the
adjustment of Accounts, including the times when contributions shall be credited
under Section 3 for the purposes of allocating gains or losses under this
Section 4.
21. MANAGING AND INVESTING FUNDS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2000, Section 4.3 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:
4.3. Management and Investment of Fund. The Fund in the hands of the Trustee,
together with all additional contributions made thereto and together with all
net income thereof, shall be controlled, managed, invested, reinvested and
ultimately paid and distributed to Participants and Beneficiaries and alternate
payees by the Trustee with all the powers, rights and discretions generally
possessed by trustees, and with all the additional powers, rights and
discretions conferred upon the Trustee under this Plan Statement. Except to the
extent that the Trustee is subject to the authorized and properly given
investment directions of the Committee, an Investment Manager, a Participant, a
Beneficiary or an alternate payee, and subject to the directions of the
Committee with respect to the payment of benefits hereunder, the Trustee shall
have the exclusive authority to manage and control the assets of the Fund and
shall not be subject to the direction of any person in the discharge of its
duties, nor shall its authority be subject to delegation or modification except
by formal amendment of this Plan Statement.
22. MATURITY. Effective for all Events of Maturity occurring on or after January
1, 2000, Section 6 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:
SECTION 6
MATURITY
6.1. Events of Maturity. A Participant's Total Account shall mature and the
Vested portion shall become distributable in accordance with Section 7 upon the
earliest occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of
the Employer or an Affiliate:
(a) the Participant's death;
-12-
<PAGE>
(b) the Participant's termination of employment, whether voluntary or
involuntary;
(c) the attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years by a
Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix
B) at any time during the year in which the Participant attained age
seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years and the crediting of any amounts
to such a Participant's Account after such time; or
(d) the Participant's Disability;
provided, however, that a transfer from Recognized Employment to employment with
the Employer that is other than Recognized Employment or a transfer from the
employment of one Employer participating in the Plan to another such Employer or
to any Affiliate shall not constitute an Event of Maturity.
6.2. Forfeitures.
6.2.1. Forfeiture of Nonvested Portion of Accounts. Following the
occurrence of a Participant's Event of Maturity, the non-Vested portion of the
Participant's Regular Account, if any, shall be forfeited as soon as
administratively practicable on or after the Participant's forfeiture event. A
forfeiture event shall occur with respect to a Participant upon the earliest of:
(a) the occurrence after an Event of Maturity of five (5) consecutive
One-Year Breaks in Service,
(b) the distribution after an Event of Maturity to (or with respect to) a
Participant of the entire Vested portion of the Total Account of the
Participant,
(c) the death of the Participant at a time and under circumstances which
do not entitle the Participant to be fully (100%) Vested in the
Participant's Total Account, or
(d) the Event of Maturity of a Participant who has no Vested interest in
the Participant's Total Account.
6.2.2. Restoration Upon Rehire After Forfeiture. If the Participant returns
to employment with the Employer or an Affiliate after the non-Vested portion of
the Participant's Regular Account has been forfeited and before the Participant
has five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, the amount so forfeited
shall be restored to the Participant's Regular Account as of the Valuation Date
coincident with or next following the date the Participant returns (without
adjustment for gains or losses after such forfeiture).
6.2.3. Use of Forfeitures. Forfeitures shall be used for the following
purposes (and, unless the Principal Sponsor determines otherwise, in the
following order): to make restorations for rehired
-13-
<PAGE>
Participants of the same Employer as required in Section 6.2.2, to reduce
Employer contributions, to reduce Plan expenses in the Plan Year in which the
Participant's forfeiture event occurred or in the succeeding Plan Year, or to
correct errors, omissions and exclusions. To the extent forfeitures are used to
reduce Employer contributions, they shall be added as soon as administratively
practicable to the reduced Employer contribution, if any, to be allocated to the
Regular Accounts of all Participants employed by the same Employer as provided
in Section 3.1. Any forfeitures remaining at the termination of the Plan shall
be considered to be a discretionary contribution and shall be allocated to the
Regular Accounts of Participants in the same ratio in which the Recognized
Compensation of each such eligible Participant for the Plan Year bears to the
Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year of all such eligible Participants.
6.2.4. Source of Restoration. The amount necessary to make the restoration
required under Section 6.2.2 shall come first from the forfeitures of
Participants of the rehiring Employer. If such forfeitures are not adequate for
this purpose, the rehiring Employer shall make a contribution adequate to make
the restoration (in addition to any contributions made under Section 3). If the
Participant is rehired by an Affiliate that is not an Employer, the amount
necessary to make the restoration shall come first from the forfeitures of
Participants of the Principal Sponsor and, if such forfeitures are not adequate
for this purpose, then the Principal Sponsor shall make a contribution adequate
to make the restoration (in addition to any contributions made under Section 3).
23. EXCEPTION FOR SMALL AMOUNTS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
September 1, 1997, Section 7.1.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read
in full as follows:
7.1.2. Exception for Small Amounts. A Vested Total Account which does not
exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) shall be distributed automatically in a
single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant's
Event of Maturity without an application for distribution. A Participant who has
no Vested interest in the Participant's Total Account as of the Participant's
Event of Maturity shall be deemed to have received an immediate distribution of
the Participant's entire interest in the Plan as of such Event of Maturity.
24. REQUIRED NOTICES. Effective for providing required notices for distributions
payable on or after January 1, 2000, Section 7.1.4 of the Plan Statement shall
be amended to read in full as follows:
7.1.4. Notices. The Committee will issue such notices as may be required
under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11), 417(a)(3) and other sections of the Code in
connection with distributions from the Plan, and no distribution will be made
unless it is consistent with such notice requirements. Generally, distributions
may not commence as of a date that is more than ninety (90) days or less than
thirty (30) days after such notices are given to the Participant. Distribution
may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under section
1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations or the notice required under
section 1.402(f)-1 of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided however,
that:
-14-
<PAGE>
(a) the Committee clearly informs the distributee that the distributee has
a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving such
notices to consider whether or not to elect distribution and, if
applicable, to elect a particular distribution option;
(b) the distributee, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a
distribution; and
(c) the distributee may revoke an affirmative distribution election by
notifying the Committee of such revocation prior to the date as of
which such distribution is to be made; and
(d) the date as of which distribution is to be made is at least seven (7)
days after the date the distributee received the notice required under
section 417(a)(3) of the Code.
25. ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION. Effective for all distributions occurring on
or after January 1, 2000, Section 7.1.5(a) of the Plan Statement shall be
amended to read in full as follows:
(a) Eligible rollover distribution means any distribution of all or any
portion of a Total Account to a distributee who is eligible to elect a
direct rollover except (i) any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal installments payable not less frequently than
annually over the life expectancy of such distributee and such
distributee's designated Beneficiary, and (ii) any distribution that
is one of a series of substantially equal installments payable not
less frequently than annually over a specified period of ten (10)
years or more, and (iii) any distribution to the extent of such
distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code, and (iv)
any hardship distribution described under 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the
Code that is made after December 31, 1999, and (v) the portion of any
distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined
without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
respect to employer securities).
26. TIME OF DISTRIBUTION. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
January 1, 2000, the introductory paragraph to Section 7.2 and Section 7.2.1 of
the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
7.2. Time of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application for
distribution from the distributee after the occurrence of an Event of Maturity
effective as to a Participant, and after the right of the distributee to receive
a distribution has been established, the Committee shall cause the Trustee to
determine the value of the Participant's Vested Total Account and to make
distribution of such Vested Total Account as soon as administratively
practicable after the distributee requests a distribution.
-15-
<PAGE>
Distribution, however, shall not be made or commenced as of a date which is
earlier than nor later than the dates specified below:
7.2.1. Earliest Beginning Date. Distribution shall not be made earlier than
the earliest beginning date.
(a) Participant. If the distributee is a Participant, the earliest
beginning date is the Participant's Event of Maturity.
(b) Beneficiary. If the distributee is a Beneficiary of a Participant, the
earliest beginning date is the date of such Participant's death.
Distribution shall not be made, however, as of a date which is earlier than the
date the Committee receives any required application for distribution and any
required notice period has expired.
27. TIME OF DISTRIBUTION. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
January 1, 2000, Section 7.2.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:
7.2.2. Required Beginning Date. Distribution shall be made or commenced not
later than the required beginning date applicable to the distributee.
(a) Participant. If the distributee is a Participant who is not a five
percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B), then the Participant's
required beginning date is the later of (i) the April 1 following the
calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and
one-half (70-1/2) years, or (ii) the April 1 following the calendar
year in which the Participant terminates employment.
(b) Special Rule for Participant who is a Five Percent (5%) Owner. If the
distributee is a Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner (as
defined in Appendix B) at any time during the Plan Year in which such
Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years, then the
Participant's required beginning date is the April 1 following the
calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and
one-half (70-1/2) years.
(c) Beneficiary. If the distributee is the Beneficiary of a Participant,
then the Beneficiary's required beginning date is the December 31 of
the calendar year in which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary of the
Participant's death; provided, however, that if the Beneficiary is the
surviving spouse of the Participant and if distributions will be made
to such surviving spouse in the Life Annuity Contract, the required
beginning date is the December 31 of the calendar year in which the
Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
years.
-16-
<PAGE>
28. FORMS OF DISTRIBUTIONS. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
September 1, 1997, Section 7.3.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read
in full as follows:
7.3.2. Presumptive Form. The selection of a form of distribution shall be
subject, however, to the following:
(a) Required Lump Sum. As provided in Section 7.1.2, if the value of the
Participant's Vested Total Account does not exceed Five Thousand
Dollars ($5,000)), the distribution shall be made in a single lump
sum.
(b) Married Participant. In the case of any distribution which is to be
made:
(i) when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and
(ii) to a Participant who is married on the date when such
distribution is to be made, and
(iii) to a Participant who has not rejected distribution in the form
of a QJ&SA contract,
distribution shall be effected for such Participant by applying the
entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
Participant a QJ&SA contract. A Participant may reject distribution in
the form of a QJ&SA contract by filing with the Committee an
affirmative written rejection of distribution in that form and an
election of a lump sum form of distribution not more than ninety (90)
days before the date of distribution. Such a rejection may be made or
revoked at any time and any number of times until the date of
distribution. A rejection shall not be effective unless the
Participant's spouse consents. To be valid, the consent of the spouse
must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the distribution,
must be witnessed by a notary public, must be given during the ninety
(90) day period before the date of distribution and must relate to
that specific distribution. The consent of the spouse must be to a
lump sum form of distribution. The Participant may elect to change the
form of distribution to the QJ&SA contract without any requirement of
further spousal consent. The consent of the spouse shall be
irrevocable and shall be effective only with respect to that spouse.
Distribution shall not commence more than ninety (90) days after nor,
subject to Section 7.1.4, less than thirty (30) days after the date
the Participant is furnished with a written explanation of the terms
and conditions of the QJ&SA contract, the Participant's right to
reject, and the effect of rejecting, distribution in the form of the
QJ&SA contract, the requirement for the consent of the Participant's
spouse, the right to
-17-
<PAGE>
revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the form of a QJ&SA
contract, and the right to make any number of further revocations or
rejections until the date of distribution.
(c) Unmarried Participant. In the case of any distribution which is to be
made:
(i) when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and
(ii) to a Participant who is not married on the date when such
distribution is to be made, and
(iii) to a Participant who has not rejected distribution in the form
of a Life Annuity contract,
distribution shall be effected for such Participant by applying the
entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
Participant a Life Annuity contract. A Participant may reject
distribution in the form of a Life Annuity contract by filing with the
Committee an affirmative written rejection of distribution in that
form and an election of a lump sum form of distribution not more than
ninety (90) days before the date of distribution. Such a rejection may
be made or revoked at any time and any number of times until the date
of distribution. Distribution shall not commence more than ninety (90)
days after nor, subject to Section 7.1.4, less than thirty (30) days
after the Participant is furnished with a written explanation of the
terms and conditions of the Life Annuity contract, the Participant's
right to reject, and the effect of rejecting, distribution in the form
of the Life Annuity contract, the right to revoke a prior rejection of
distribution in the form of a Life Annuity contract, and the right to
make any number of further revocations or rejections until the date of
distribution.
(d) Surviving Spouse. In the case of a distribution which is made:
(i) when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and
(ii) to the surviving spouse of a Participant, and
(iii) when such surviving spouse has not rejected distribution in the
form of a Life Annuity contract,
distribution shall be effected for such surviving spouse by applying
the entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
surviving spouse a Life Annuity contract. A surviving spouse may
reject distribution in the form of a Life
-18-
<PAGE>
Annuity contract by filing with the Committee an affirmative written
rejection of distribution in that form and an election of a lump sum
form of distribution not more than ninety (90) days before the date of
distribution. Such a rejection may be made or revoked at any time and
any number of times until the date of distribution. Distribution shall
not commence more than ninety (90) days after nor, subject to Section
7.1.4, less than thirty (30) days after the Participant is furnished
with a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the Life
Annuity contract, the surviving spouse's right to reject, and the
effect of a rejection of, distribution in the form of the Life Annuity
contract, the right to revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the
form of a Life Annuity contract, and the right to make any number of
further revocations or rejections until the date of distribution.
(e) QJ&SA Contract. A QJ&SA contract is an immediate annuity contract
issued as an individual policy or under a master or group contract
which provides for a monthly annuity payable to and for the lifetime
of the Participant beginning as of the date of distribution with a
survivor annuity payable monthly after the death of the Participant to
and for the lifetime of the surviving spouse of the Participant (to
whom the Participant was married on the date as of which the first
payment is due) in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the
amount payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the
surviving spouse. The contract shall be a QJ&SA contract only if it is
issued on a premium basis which does not discriminate on the basis of
the sex of the Participant or the surviving spouse.
(f) Life Annuity Contract. A Life Annuity contract is an immediate annuity
contract issued as an individual policy or under a group or master
contract which provides for a monthly annuity payable to and for (i)
the lifetime of an unmarried Participant beginning as of the date of
distribution, or (ii) the lifetime of the surviving spouse of a
Participant beginning as of the date of distribution. The contract
shall be a Life Annuity contract only if it is issued on a premium
basis which does not discriminate on the basis of the sex of the
Participant or the surviving spouse.
29. DISCLAIMERS BY AND DEFINITIONS OF BENEFICIARIES. Effective with respect to
Participants who die on or after January 1, 2000, Sections 7.4.4 and 7.4.5 of
the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:
7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a
distribution of all or a portion of a deceased Participant's Vested Total
Account may disclaim his or her interest therein subject to the following
requirements. To be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must not have received a
distribution of all or any portion of a Vested Total Account at the time such
disclaimer is executed and delivered, and, if a natural person, must have
attained legal age as of the date of the disclaimer. Any disclaimer must be in
writing and must be executed by the Beneficiary before a notary public. A
disclaimer shall state that the
-19-
<PAGE>
Beneficiary's entire interest in the undistributed Vested Total Account is
disclaimed or shall specify what portion thereof is disclaimed. To be effective,
duplicate original executed copies of the disclaimer must be both executed and
actually delivered to both the Committee and to the Trustee after the date of
the Participant's death but not later than nine (9) months after the date of the
Participant's death. A disclaimer shall be irrevocable when delivered to both
the Committee and the Trustee. A disclaimer shall be considered to be delivered
to the Committee or the Trustee only when actually received by the Committee or
the Trustee (and in the case of a corporate Trustee, shall be considered to be
delivered only when actually received by a trust officer familiar with the
affairs of the Plan). The Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole
judge of the content, interpretation and validity of a purported disclaimer.
Upon the filing of a disclaimer that complies with the foregoing requirements,
the Beneficiary shall be considered not to have survived the Participant as to
the interest disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall not be considered
to be a transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions of Section 8 and
shall not be considered to be an assignment or alienation of benefits in
violation of federal law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of benefits
under this Plan. No other form of attempted disclaimer shall be recognized by
either the Committee or the Trustee. The foregoing requirements are solely for
the purpose of disclaiming benefits under the Plan, and compliance with these
requirements does not assure that the disclaimer will be valid for tax purposes
or any other purposes. It is the exclusive responsibility of the disclaimant to
assure compliance with any and all necessary requirements to assure proper tax
treatment of the disclaimer if that is one of its intended purposes.
7.4.5. Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has
otherwise specified in the Participant's Beneficiary designation, when used in a
Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of
the person whose issue are referred to, subject to the following:
(a) a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal descendants
always shall be lineal descendants of each adoptive parent (and of each adoptive
parent's lineal ancestors);
(b) a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal descendants
never shall be lineal descendants of any former parent whose parental
rights were terminated by the adoption (or of that former parent's
lineal ancestors); except that if, after a child's parent has died,
the child is legally adopted by a stepparent who is the spouse of the
child's surviving parent, the child and the child's lineal descendants
shall remain lineal descendants of the deceased parent (and the
deceased parent's lineal ancestors);
(c) if the person (or a lineal descendant of the person) whose issue are
referred to is the parent of a child (or is treated as such under
applicable law) but never received the child into that parent's home
and never openly held out the child as that parent's child (unless
doing so was precluded solely by death), then neither the child nor
the child's lineal descendants shall be issue of the person.
-20-
<PAGE>
"Child" means an issue of the first generation; "per stirpes" means in equal
shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to and the
issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with such
issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and "survive"
and "surviving" mean living after the death of the Participant.
30. FACILITY OF PAYMENT. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
January 1, 2000, Section 7.7 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:
7.7. Facility of Payment. In case of the legal disability, including minority,
of a Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee entitled to receive any
distribution under the Plan, payment shall be made, if the Committee shall be
advised of the existence of such condition:
(a) to the duly appointed guardian or conservator of such Participant,
Beneficiary or alternate payee, or
(b) to the duly appointed attorney-in-fact or other legal representative
of such Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee, but only if the
appointment has been made in a manner approved by the Trustee, or
(c) to a person or institution entrusted with the care or maintenance of
the incompetent or disabled Participant, Beneficiary or alternate
payee, provided, however, such person or institution has satisfied the
Committee that the payment will be used for the best interest and
assist in the care of such Participant, Beneficiary or alternate
payee, and provided further, that no prior claim for said payment has
been made by a duly appointed guardian, conservator, attorney-in-fact
or other legal representative of such Participant, Beneficiary or
alternate payee as provided above.
Any payment made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability or obligation of the
Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and the Fund therefor.
31. AMENDMENT. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 9.1 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended to read in full as follows:
9.1. Amendment. The Principal Sponsor reserves the power to amend this Plan
Statement in any respect and either prospectively or retroactively or both:
(a) in any respect by resolution of its Board of Directors; and
-21-
<PAGE>
(b) in any respect that does not materially increase the cost of the Plan
by action of the Committee (with the written concurrence of the Chief Executive
Officer of the Principal Sponsor);
provided that no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest the Total
Account of any Participant unless the same shall have been adopted with the
consent of the Secretary of Labor pursuant to the provisions of ERISA, or in
order to comply with the provisions of the Code and the regulations and rulings
thereunder affecting the tax-qualified status of the Plan and the deductibility
of Employer contributions thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment
shall be effective to increase the duties of the Trustee without its consent. No
oral or written statement shall be effective to amend the Plan Statement unless
it is duly authorized by the Board of Directors or the Committee. The power to
amend the Plan Statement may not be delegated. Notwithstanding anything in this
Plan Statement to the contrary, the Committee may adopt rules to facilitate
compliance with the rules and requirements of the Securities Exchange
Commission, including Section 16, which rules may limit rights under the Plan
for certain Participants.
32. DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND TERMINATION OF PLAN. Effective for Plan
Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 9.2 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended to read in full as follows:
9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan. The Principal
Sponsor reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions
to the Plan and to terminate the Plan herein embodied in its entirety.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, if the
Principal Sponsor applies to the Internal Revenue Service for a ruling that the
termination of the Plan does not adversely affect its qualified status, then all
distributions (other than required distributions under Section 7.1.3) and the
making of new loans shall be suspended upon termination of the Plan pending the
receipt of a favorable determination.
33. OTHER TRUST POWERS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January
1, 2000, the introductory paragraph to Section 10.6 of the Plan Statement shall
be amended to read in full as follows:
10.6. Other Trust Powers. Except to the extent that the Trustee is subject to
the authorized and properly given investment directions of a Participant,
Beneficiary, alternate payee, Investment Manager or the Committee (and in
extension, but not in limitation, of the rights, powers and discretions
conferred upon the Trustee herein), the Trustee shall have and may exercise from
time to time in the administration of the Plan and the Fund, for the purpose of
distribution after the termination thereof, and for the purpose of distribution
of Vested Total Accounts, without order or license of any court, any one or more
or all of the following rights, powers and discretions:
-22-
<PAGE>
34. ALTERNATE PAYEES. Effective January 1, 2000, the phrase "Participants and
Beneficiaries" shall be replaced with "Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate
payees" each time it appears in Section 10.6 of the Plan Statement.
35. EXHAUSTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE REMEDIES. Effective for all claims filed on or
after January 1, 2000, Section 11.4 of the Plan Statement shall be amended by
adding thereto the following new Sections 11.4.4, 11.4.5, 11.4.6 and 11.4.7:
11.4.4. Deadline to File Claim. To be considered timely under the Plan's
claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee within one
(1) year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the
principal facts upon which the claim is based. If or to the extent that the
claim relates to a failure to effect a Participant's or Beneficiary's investment
directions, the one (1) year period shall be thirty (30) days.
11.4.5. Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies. The exhaustion of the claim
and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising
under this Plan. As to such claims and disputes:
(a) no claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to recover
Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under
section 502 or section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of
law, whether or not statutory, until the claim and review procedure
set forth herein have been exhausted in their entirety; and
(b) in any such legal action all explicit and all implicit determinations
by the Committee (including, but not limited to, determinations as to
whether the claim, or a request for a review of a denied claim, was
timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by
law.
11.4.6. Deadline to File Legal Action. No legal action to recover Plan
benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under section 502 or
section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not
statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to this Plan
unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:
(a) thirty (30) months after the claimant knew or reasonably should have
known of the principal facts on which the claim is based, or
(b) six (6) months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and review
procedure.
If or to the extent that the claim relates to a failure to effect a
Participant's or Beneficiary's investment directions, the thirty (30) month
period shall be nineteen (19) months.
-23-
<PAGE>
11.4.7. Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary. Knowledge
of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known shall be
imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the
Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the
Participant for the purpose of applying the previously specified periods.
36. PLAN ADMINISTRATION. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January
1, 2000, Section 12.9 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:
12.9. Named Fiduciaries. The Principal Sponsor, the Committee and the Trustee
shall be named fiduciaries for the purpose of section 402(a) of ERISA.
37. SECTION 415 APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
September 1, 1995, Appendix A to the Plan Statement shall be amended by
substituting therefor the Appendix A attached to this amendment.
38. QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Appendix C to the Plan Statement shall be
amended by substituting therefor the Appendix C attached to this amendment.
39. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years beginning on
or after September 1, 1997, Appendix D to the Plan Statement shall be deleted
without replacement.
40. PLAN NAME. Effective January 1, 2000, Sections 1.1.23 and 1.1.24 (formerly
Sections 1.1.21 and 1.1.2) shall be amended to read in full as follows:
1.1.23. Plan -- the tax-qualified money purchase pension plan of the
Employer established for the benefit of employees eligible to participate
therein, as first set forth in the Prior Plan Statement and as amended and
restated in this Plan Statement. (As used herein, "Plan" refers to the legal
entity established by the Employer and not to the documents pursuant to which
the Plan is maintained. Those documents are referred to herein as the "Prior
Plan Statement" and the "Plan Statement.") The Plan shall be referred to as the
"ENTEGRIS, INC. PENSION PLAN."
1.1.24. Plan Statement -- this document entitled "ENTEGRIS, INC. PENSION
PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995 Restatement)" as adopted by the Principal Sponsor
generally effective as of September 1, 1995, as the same may be amended from
time to time.
41. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as hereinabove expressly amended, the Plan
Statement shall continue in full force and effect.
-24-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the Parties hereto has caused these presents to
be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
ENTEGRIS, INC.: FLUOROWARE, INC.:
By _______________________________ By _______________________________
Its ___________________________ Its ___________________________
And ______________________________ And ______________________________
Its __________________________ Its __________________________
TRUSTEES:
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
-25-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.6
ENTEGRIS, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN
First Effective January 1, 2000
<PAGE>
ENTEGRIS, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PREAMBLES.....................................................................1
SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION......................................................2
1.1. Definitions
1.1.1. Accounts
(a) Total Account
(b) Retirement Savings Account
(c) Employer Matching Account
(d) Employer Profit Sharing Account
(e) Rollover Account
(f) Transfer Account
1.1.2. Affiliate
1.1.3. Alternate Payee
1.1.4. Annual Valuation Date
1.1.5. Beneficiary
1.1.6. Code
1.1.7. Committee
1.1.8. Disability
1.1.9. Effective Date
1.1.10. Eligibility Service
1.1.11. Employer
1.1.12. Employment Commencement Date
1.1.13. Enrollment Date
1.1.14. ERISA
1.1.15. Event of Maturity
1.1.16. Fund
1.1.17. Highly Compensated Employee
1.1.18. Hour of Service (for Vesting Service)
1.1.19. Hour of Service (for Eligibility)
1.1.20. Investment Manager
1.1.21. Leased Employee
1.1.22. Normal Retirement Age
-i-
<PAGE>
1.1.23. One-Year Break in Service
1.1.24. Participant
1.1.25. Period of Service
1.1.26. Period of Severance
1.1.27. Plan
1.1.28. Plan Statement
1.1.29. Plan Year
1.1.30. Principal Sponsor
1.1.31. Recognized Compensation
1.1.32. Recognized Employment
1.1.33. Reemployment Commencement Date
1.1.34. Retirement Savings Election
1.1.35. Severance from Service Date
1.1.36. Subfund
1.1.37. Trust Agreement
1.1.38. Trustee
1.1.39. Valuation Date
1.1.40. Vested
1.1.41. Vesting Service
1.2. Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment and
Reemployment Rights Act of 1994
1.3. Rules of Interpretation
1.4. Plan Contingent Upon Initial Qualification
1.5. Special Rules for Merged Plans
SECTION 2. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION....................................17
2.1. General Eligibility Rule
2.2. Special Eligibility Rule for Employer Contributions
2.3. Enrollment
2.4. Retirement Savings Election
2.5. Modifications of Retirement Savings Election
2.5.1. Increase or Decrease
2.5.2. Termination of Retirement Savings Election
2.5.3. Termination of Recognized Employment
SECTION 3. CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF.............................19
3.1. Employer Contributions
3.1.1. Source of Employer Contributions
3.1.2. Limitation
-ii-
<PAGE>
3.1.3. Form of Payment
3.2. Retirement Savings Contributions
3.2.1 Amount
3.2.2. Allocation
3.3. Employer Matching Contributions
3.3.1. Amount and Eligibility
3.3.2. Matching Contributions Determined on an Annual
Basis
3.3.3. Allocation
3.4. Discretionary Contributions
3.4.1. Amount
3.4.2. Allocation
3.4.3. Advance Contributions
3.5. Eligible Participants
3.6. Adjustments
3.6.1. Make-Up Contributions for Omitted Participants
3.6.2. Mistaken Contributions
3.7. Rollover Contributions
3.7.1. Contingent Provision
3.7.2. Eligible Contributions
3.7.3. Specific Review
3.7.4. Allocation
3.8. Limitation on Annual Additions
3.9. Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact
SECTION 4. INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS............................24
4.1. Establishment of Subfunds
4.1.1. Establishing Commingled Subfunds
4.1.2. Individual Subfunds
4.1.3. Operational Rules
4.1.4. Revising Subfunds
4.1.5. ERISA Section 404(c) Compliance
4.2. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts
4.2.1. Valuation of Fund
4.2.2. Adjustment of Accounts
4.2.3. Rules
4.3. Management and Investment of Fund
-iii-
<PAGE>
SECTION 5. VESTING..........................................................28
5.1. Employer Profit Sharing Account
5.1.1. Graduated Vesting
5.1.2. Full Vesting
5.1.3. Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination Before
Forfeiture Event
5.1.4. Special Rule for Partial Distributions
5.1.5. Effect of Break on Vesting
5.2. Other Accounts
SECTION 6. MATURITY.........................................................30
6.1. Events of Maturity
6.2. Forfeitures
6.2.1. Forfeiture of Nonvested Portion of Accounts
6.2.2. Restoration Upon Rehire After Forfeiture
6.2.3. Use of Forfeitures
6.2.4. Source of Restoration
SECTION 7. DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS..........................................33
7.1. Distributions to Participants Upon Event of Maturity
7.1.1. Application For Distribution Required
7.1.2. Spousal Consent Not Required
7.1.3. Form of Distribution
7.1.4. Time of Distribution
7.1.5. Required Beginning Date for Non-Five Percent (5%)
Owners
7.1.6. Required Beginning Date for Five Percent (5%)
Owners
7.1.7. Effect of Reemployment
7.1.8. Death Prior to Distribution
7.2. In-Service Distributions and Hardship Distributions
7.2.1. Age 59-1/2 Distributions
7.2.2. Hardship Distributions
7.3. Distributions to Beneficiary
7.3.1. Application For Distribution Required
7.3.2. Form of Distribution
7.3.3. Time of Distribution
7.3.4. Required Beginning Date
-iv-
<PAGE>
7.4. Designation of Beneficiaries
7.4.1. Right To Designate
7.4.2. Spousal Consent
7.4.3. Failure of Designation
7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries
7.4.5. Definitions
7.4.6. Special Rules
7.5. General Distribution Rules
7.5.1. Notices
7.5.2. Direct Rollover
7.5.3. Compliance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code
7.5.4. Distribution in Cash
7.5.5. Facility of Payment
7.6. Loans
7.6.1. Availability
7.6.2. Spousal Consent Not Required
7.6.3. Administration
7.6.4. Loan Terms
7.6.5. Collateral
7.6.6. Loan Rules
7.6.7. Effect on Distributions
7.6.8. Tax Reporting
7.6.9. Truth in Lending
7.6.10. Effect of Participant Bankruptcy
7.6.11. ERISA Compliance-- Loans Available to Parties in
Interest
SECTION 8. SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS...........................................48
SECTION 9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION........................................49
9.1. Amendment
9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan
9.3. Merger or Spinoff of Plans
9.3.1. In General
9.3.2. Limitations
9.3.3. Beneficiary Designations
9.4. Adoption by Other Employers
9.4.1. Adoption by Consent
9.4.2. Procedure for Adoption
9.4.3. Effect of Adoption
-v-
<PAGE>
SECTION 10. FIDUCIARY MATTERS................................................51
10.1. Fiduciary Principles
10.2. Prohibited Transactions
10.3. Indemnity
SECTION 11. DETERMINATIONS-- RULES AND REGULATIONS...........................53
11.1. Determinations
11.2. Rules and Regulations
11.3. Method of Executing Instruments
11.3.1. Employer or Committee
11.3.2. Trustee
11.4. Claims Procedure
11.4.1. Original Claim
11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure
11.4.3. General Rules
11.4.4. Deadline to File Claim
11.4.5. Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
11.4.6. Deadline to File Legal Action
11.4.7. Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to
Beneficiary
11.5. Information Furnished by Participants
SECTION 12. PLAN ADMINISTRATION..............................................57
12.1. Principal Sponsor
12.1.1. Officers
12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer
12.1.3. Board of Directors
12.2. Committee
12.2.1. Appointment and Removal
12.2.2. Automatic Removal
12.2.3. Authority
12.2.4. Majority Decisions
12.3. Limitation on Authority
12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally
12.3.2. Trustee
-vi-
<PAGE>
12.4. Conflict of Interest
12.5. Dual Capacity
12.6. Administrator
12.7. Named Fiduciaries
12.8. Service of Process
12.9. Administrative Expenses
12.10. IRS Qualification
SECTION 13. IN GENERAL.......................................................61
13.1. Disclaimers
13.1.1. Effect on Employment
13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits
13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters
13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited
13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules
APPENDIX A-- LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS AND
ANNUAL BENEFITS...............................................A-1
APPENDIX B-- CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES...............................B-1
APPENDIX C-- QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATION ORDERS............................C-1
APPENDIX D-- 401(k), 401(m) & 402(g) COMPLIANCE............................D-1
-vii-
<PAGE>
ENTEGRIS, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN
WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor, by resolution of its Board of
Directors, has authorized the creation of a profit sharing plan for the benefit
of its eligible employees, said plan to be contained and set forth in a Plan
Statement; and
WHEREAS, This is the Plan Statement so contemplated;
NOW, THEREFORE, The parties hereto do hereby create and establish a
profit sharing plan, effective as of January 1, 2000, to read in full as
follows:
<PAGE>
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1. Definitions. When the following terms are used herein with initial capital
letters, they shall have the following meanings:
1.1.1. Accounts-- the following Accounts will be maintained under the
Plan for Participants:
(a) Total Account -- for convenience of reference, a Participant's
entire interest in the Fund, including the Participant's
Retirement Savings Account, Employer Matching Account,
Employer Profit Sharing Account, Rollover Account and Transfer
Account.
(b) Retirement Savings Account -- the Account maintained for each
Participant to which are credited the Employer contributions
made in consideration of such Participant's elective
contributions pursuant to Section 3.2, or Employer
contributions made pursuant to Section 2.3 of Appendix D,
together with any increase or decrease thereon.
(c) Employer Matching Account -- the Account maintained for each
Participant to which is credited the Participant's allocable
share of the Employer contributions made pursuant to Section
3.3, or made pursuant to Section 3.3 of Appendix D, together
with any increase or decrease thereon.
(d) Employer Profit Sharing Account -- the Account maintained for
each Participant to which is credited the Participant's
allocable share of the Employer contributions made pursuant to
Section 3.4, together with any increase or decrease thereon.
(e) Rollover Account -- the Account maintained for each
Participant to which are credited the Participant's rollover
contributions made pursuant to Section 3.7, together with any
increase or decrease thereon.
(f) Transfer Account -- the Account maintained for each
Participant to which is credited the Participant's interest,
if any, transferred from another qualified plan by the trustee
of such other plan pursuant to an agreement made under Section
9.3 and not credited to any other Account pursuant to such
agreement (or another provision of this Plan Statement),
together with any increase or decrease thereon.
-2-
<PAGE>
1.1.2. Affiliate -- a business entity which is under "common control"
with the Employer or which is a member of an "affiliated service group" that
includes the Employer, as those terms are defined in section 414(b), (c) and (m)
of the Code. A business entity which is a predecessor to the Employer shall be
treated as an Affiliate if the Employer maintains a plan of such predecessor
business entity or if, and to the extent that, such treatment is otherwise
required by regulations under section 414(a) of the Code. A business entity
shall also be treated as an Affiliate if, and to the extent that, such treatment
is required by regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. In addition to said
required treatment, the Principal Sponsor may, in its discretion, designate as
an Affiliate any business entity which is not such a "common control,"
"affiliated service group" or "predecessor" business entity but which is
otherwise affiliated with the Employer, subject to such limitations as the
Principal Sponsor may impose.
1.1.3. Alternate Payee -- any spouse, former spouse, child or other
dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as
having a right to receive all or a portion of the Account of a Participant under
the Plan.
1.1.4. Annual Valuation Date-- each December 31.
1.1.5. Beneficiary -- a person designated by a Participant (or
automatically by operation of this Plan Statement) to receive all or a part of
the Participant's Vested Total Account in the event of the Participant's death
prior to full distribution thereof. A person so designated shall not be
considered a Beneficiary until the death of the Participant.
1.1.6. Code -- the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including applicable
regulations for the specified section of the Code. Any reference in this Plan
Statement to a section of the Code, including the applicable regulation, shall
be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement
of that section or regulation.
1.1.7. Committee-- the committee established in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12.2, known as the Administrative Committee.
1.1.8. Disability -- a medically determinable physical or mental
impairment which: (i) renders the individual incapable of performing any
substantial gainful employment, (ii) can be expected to be of long-continued and
indefinite duration or result in death, and (iii) is evidenced by a
certification to this effect by a doctor of medicine approved by the Committee.
In lieu of such a certification, the Committee may accept, as proof of
Disability, the official written determination that the individual will be
eligible for disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act as now
enacted or hereinafter amended (when any waiting period expires).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant will be considered to have a
Disability unless such doctor's determination or official Social Security
determination is received by the Committee within twelve (12) months after the
Participant's last day of active work with the Employer
-3-
<PAGE>
or an Affiliate. The Committee shall determine the date on which the Disability
shall have occurred if such determination is necessary.
1.1.9. Effective Date-- January 1, 2000.
1.1.10. Eligibility Service -- a measure of an employee's service with
the Employer and all Affiliates (stated as a number of years) which is equal to
the number of computation periods for which the employee is credited with one
thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service (as determined under Section 1.1.19);
subject, however, to the following rules:
(a) Computation Periods. The computation periods for determining
Eligibility Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month
period beginning with the date the employee first performs an
Hour of Service and all Plan Years beginning after such date
(irrespective of any termination of employment and subsequent
reemployment).
(b) Completion. A year of Eligibility Service shall be deemed
completed only as of the last day of the computation period
(irrespective of the date in such period that the employee
completed one thousand Hours of Service). (Fractional years of
Eligibility Service shall not be credited.)
(c) Pre-Effective Date Service. Eligibility Service shall be
credited for Hours of Service earned and computation periods
completed before the Effective Date as if this Plan Statement
were then in effect.
(d) Pre-Effective Date Breaks in Service. Eligibility Service
cancelled before the Effective Date by operation of the Plan's
break in service rules as they existed before the Effective
Date shall continue to be cancelled on and after the Effective
Date.
(e) Post Effective Date Breaks in Service. If the employee has any
break in service occurring before or after the Effective Date,
the employee's service both before and after such break in
service shall be taken into account in computing Eligibility
Service for the purpose of determining the employee's
entitlement to become a Participant in the Plan.
1.1.11. Employer -- the Principal Sponsor, any business entity that
adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 9.4, and any successor thereof that adopts
the Plan.
-4-
<PAGE>
1.1.12. Employment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an employee
first performs one (1) Hour of Service for the Employer or an Affiliate (without
regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized Employment or
otherwise).
1.1.13. Enrollment Date -- (i) January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1
and (ii) such other dates as the Committee may by rule establish from time to
time for the commencement of retirement savings under Section 2.3.
1.1.14. ERISA -- the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
including applicable regulations for the specified section of ERISA. Any
reference in this Plan Statement to a section of ERISA, including the applicable
regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent
amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.
1.1.15. Event of Maturity-- any of the occurrences described in Section
6 by reason of which a Participant or Beneficiary may become entitled to a
distribution from the Plan.
1.1.16. Fund -- the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee from time to
time, including all contributions and the investments and reinvestments,
earnings and profits thereon, whether invested under the general investment
authority of the Trustee or under the terms applicable to any Subfund
established pursuant to Section 4.1.
1.1.17. Highly Compensated Employee -- any employee who (a) is a five
percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B) at any time during the current
Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year, or (b) receives compensation from the
Employer and all Affiliates during the preceding Plan Year in excess of Eighty
Thousand Dollars ($80,000) (as adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living
increases). For this purpose, "compensation" means compensation as defined in
section 415(c)(3) of the Code. Compensation for any employee who performed
services for only part of a year is not annualized for this purpose.
1.1.18. Hour of Service (for Vesting Service) -- each hour for which
the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for
the Employer or an Affiliate and each hour for which back pay, irrespective of
mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or
an Affiliate. These hours shall be credited to the employee for the period or
periods in which the duties are performed.
1.1.19. Hour of Service (for Eligibility) -- for purposes of
determining Eligibility Service under Section 1.1.10 and whether a Participant
shall be an Eligible Participant for a Plan Year under Section 3.5, a measure of
an employee's service with the Employer and all Affiliates, determined for a
given computation period and equal to the number of hours credited to the
employee according to the following rules:
-5-
<PAGE>
(a) Paid Duty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour
for which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for
the performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliate.
These hours shall be credited to the employee for the
computation period or periods in which the duties are
performed.
(b) Paid Nonduty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each
hour for which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
by the Employer or an Affiliate on account of a period of time
during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether
the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation,
holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff,
jury duty, military duty or leave of absence; provided,
however, that:
(i) no more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service
shall be credited on account of a single continuous
period during which the employee performs no duties
(whether or not such period occurs in a single
computation period),
(ii) no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of
payments made under a plan maintained solely for the
purpose of complying with applicable workers'
compensation, unemployment compensation or disability
insurance laws,
(iii) no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of
payments which solely reimburse the employee for
medical or medically related expenses incurred by the
employee, and
(iv) payments shall be deemed made by or due from the
Employer or an Affiliate whether made directly or
indirectly from a trust fund or an insurer to which
the Employer or an Affiliate contributes or pays
premiums.
These hours shall be credited to the employee for the
computation period for which payment is made or, if the
payment is not computed by reference to units of time, the
hours shall be credited to the first computation period in
which the event, for which any part of the payment is made,
occurred.
(c) Back Pay. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour
for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has
been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an
Affiliate. The same Hours of Service credited under paragraph
(a) or (b) shall not be credited under this paragraph (c). The
crediting of Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) for
periods and payments described in paragraph (b) shall be
subject to all the limitations of that paragraph. These
-6-
<PAGE>
hours shall be credited to the employee for the computation
period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains
rather than the computation period in which the award,
agreement or payment is made.
(d) Unpaid Absences.
(i) Leaves of Absence. If (and to the extent that) the
Committee so provides in rules, during each unpaid
leave of absence authorized by the Employer or an
Affiliate for Plan purposes under such rules, the
employee shall be credited with the number of Hours
of Service which otherwise would normally have been
credited to such employee but for such absence;
provided, however, that if the employee does not
return to employment for any reason other than death,
Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age at
the expiration of the leave of absence, such Hours of
Service shall not be credited.
(ii) Parenting Leaves. To the extent not otherwise
credited and solely for the purpose of determining
whether a One-Year Break in Service has occurred,
Hours of Service shall be credited to an employee for
any period of absence from work beginning in Plan
Years commencing after December 31, 1984, due to
pregnancy of the employee, the birth of a child of
the employee, the placement of a child with the
employee in connection with the adoption of such
child by the employee or for the purpose of caring
for such child for a period beginning immediately
following such birth or placement. The employee shall
be credited with the number of Hours of Service which
otherwise would normally have been credited to such
employee but for such absence. If it is impossible to
determine the number of Hours of Service which would
otherwise normally have been so credited, the
employee shall be credited with eight (8) Hours of
Service for each day of such absence. In no event,
however, shall the number of Hours of Service
credited for any such absence exceed five hundred one
(501) Hours of Service. Such Hours of Service shall
be credited to the computation period in which such
absence from work begins if crediting all or any
portion of such Hours of Service is necessary to
prevent the employee from incurring a One-Year Break
in Service in such computation period. If the
crediting of such Hours of Service is not necessary
to prevent the occurrence of a One-Year Break in
Service in that computation period, such Hours of
Service shall be credited in the immediately
following computation period (even though no part of
such absence may have occurred in such subsequent
computation period). These Hours of Service shall not
be credited until the employee
-7-
<PAGE>
furnishes timely information which may be reasonably
required by the Committee to establish that the
absence from work is for a reason for which these
Hours of Service may be credited.
(e) Special Rules. For periods prior to January 1, 2000,
Hours of Service may be determined using whatever
records are reasonably accessible and by making
whatever calculations are necessary to determine the
approximate number of Hours of Service completed
during such prior period. To the extent not
inconsistent with other provisions hereof, Department
of Labor regulations 29 C.F.R.ss. 2530.200b-2(b) and
(c) are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
(f) Equivalency for Exempt Employees. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Hours
of Service for any employee for whom the Employer or
an Affiliate is not otherwise required by state or
federal "wage and hour" or other law to count hours
worked shall be credited on the basis that, without
regard to the employee's actual hours, such employee
shall be credited with one hundred ninety (190) Hours
of Service for a calendar month if, under the
provisions of this Section (other than this
paragraph), such employee would be credited with at
least one (1) Hour of Service during that calendar
month.
1.1.20. Investment Manager -- the person or persons, other than the
Trustee, appointed pursuant to the Trust Agreement to manage all or a portion of
the Fund or any Subfund.
1.1.21. Leased Employee -- any individual (other than an employee of
the Employer or an Affiliate) who performs services for the Employer or an
Affiliate if (i) services are performed under an agreement between the Employer
or an Affiliate and an individual or company, (ii) the individual performs
services for the Employer or an Affiliate on a substantially full time basis for
a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months, and (iii) the individual's
services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer or
an Affiliate. In determining whether an individual is a Leased Employee of the
Employer or an Affiliate, all prior service with the Employer or an Affiliate
(including employment as a common law employee) shall be used for purposes of
satisfying (ii) above. No individual shall be considered a Leased Employee
unless and until all conditions have been satisfied.
1.1.22. Normal Retirement Age-- the date a Participant attains age
sixty-five (65) years.
1.1.23. One-Year Break in Service -- a Plan Year for which an employee
is not credited with more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service. (A One-Year
Break in Service shall be deemed to occur only on the last day of such Plan
Year.)
-8-
<PAGE>
1.1.24. Participant -- an employee of the Employer who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2. An
employee who has become a Participant shall be considered to continue as a
Participant in the Plan until the date of the Participant's death or, if
earlier, the date when the Participant is no longer employed in Recognized
Employment and upon which the Participant no longer has any Account under the
Plan (that is, the Participant has both received a distribution of all of the
Participant's Vested Total Account, if any, and the non-Vested portion of the
Participant's Total Account, if any, has been forfeited and disposed of as
provided in Section 6.2). An employee who has not become a Participant in the
Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 and who makes a rollover
contribution to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 shall be
considered a Participant solely for the purpose of making the rollover
contribution and receiving a distribution upon an Event of Maturity in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.
1.1.25. Period of Service -- a measure of an employee's employment with
the Employer and all Affiliates which is equal to the period commencing on the
employee's Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date,
whichever is applicable, and ending on the next following Severance from Service
Date; provided, however:
(a) Aggregation. Unless some or all of an employee's service may
be disregarded pursuant to other rules of this Plan Statement,
all discontinuous Periods of Service shall be aggregated in
determining the total of an employee's Period of Service. A
Period of Service shall be stated in years and days and when
aggregating discontinuous periods of less than one (1) year,
three hundred sixty-five (365) days shall equal one (1) year.
(b) Service Spanning No. 1. If an employee quits, is discharged or
retires from service with the Employer and all Affiliates and
performs an Hour of Service within the twelve (12) months
following the Severance from Service Date, that Period of
Severance shall be deemed to be a Period of Service.
(c) Service Spanning No. 2. If an employee severs from service by
reason of a quit, a discharge or retirement during the first
twelve (12) months of an absence from service for any reason
other than a quit, a discharge, retirement or death, and then
performs an Hour of Service within the twelve (12) months
following the date on which the employee was first absent from
service, the Period of Severance shall be deemed to be a
Period of Service.
(d) Special Rules. For periods prior to January 1, 2000, Hours of
Service may be determined using whatever records are
reasonably accessible and by making whatever calculations are
necessary to determine the approximate number of Hours of
Service completed during such prior period. To the extent not
inconsistent with other provisions hereof, Department of Labor
regulations 29
-9-
<PAGE>
C.F.R. ss. 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are hereby incorporated by
reference herein. To the extent required under section 414 of
the Code, services of leased owners, leased managers, shared
employees, shared leased employees and other similar
classifications (excluding Leased Employees) for the Employer
or an Affiliate shall be taken into account as if such
services were performed as a common law employee of the
Employer for the purposes of determining Vesting Service and
One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to Vesting Service. For
purposes of the Plan, application of the leased employee rules
under section 414(n) of the Code shall be subject to the
following: (i) "contingent services" shall mean services
performed by a person for the Employer or an Affiliate during
the period the person has not performed the services on a
substantially full time basis for a period of at least twelve
(12) consecutive months, (ii) except as provided in (iii),
contingent services shall not be taken into account for
purposes of determining Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in
Service as applied to Vesting Service, (iii) contingent
services performed by a person who has become a Leased
Employee shall be taken into account for purposes of
determining Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as
applied to Vesting Service, and (iv) all service performed as
a Leased Employee (i.e, all service following the date an
individual has satisfied all three requirements for becoming a
Leased Employee) shall be taken into account for purposes of
determining Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as
applied to Vesting Service.
1.1.26. Period of Severance -- the period of time commencing on an
employee's Severance from Service Date and ending on the date on which that
employee next again performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an
Affiliate (without regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in
Recognized Employment or otherwise). A Period of Severance shall be stated in
years and days.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the limited purpose of determining
the length of a Period of Severance, the Severance from Service Date for an
employee shall be advanced during any period of an absence from work (which
began after December 31, 1984) due to the pregnancy of the employee, the birth
of a child of the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in
connection with the adoption of such child by the employee, or for the purpose
of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth
or placement. In no event, however, shall the Severance from Service Date be
advanced under the foregoing sentence to a date that is later than the last day
of the calendar month which is two (2) years after the first of such absence.
This adjustment in the Severance from Service Date shall not be made until the
employee furnishes timely information which may be reasonably required by the
Committee to establish that the absence from work is for a reason for which this
adjustment will be made.
1.1.27. Plan -- the tax-qualified profit sharing plan of the Employer
established for the benefit of employees eligible to participate therein, as
first set forth in this Plan Statement. (As used herein,
-10-
<PAGE>
"Plan" refers to the legal entity established by the Employer and not to the
document pursuant to which the Plan is maintained. That document is referred to
herein as the "Plan Statement.") The Plan shall be referred to as the "ENTEGRIS,
INC. 401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN."
1.1.28. Plan Statement-- this document entitled "ENTEGRIS, INC. 401(k)
SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN" as adopted by the Principal Sponsor effective
as of January 1, 2000, as the same may be amended from time to time.
1.1.29. Plan Year-- the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on
any December 31.
1.1.30. Principal Sponsor-- Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
1.1.31. Recognized Compensation -- wages within the meaning of section
3401(a) of the Code for purposes of federal income tax withholding at the source
but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included
in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of
the Code) and paid to the Participant by the Employer for the applicable period;
subject, however, to the following:
(a) Included Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized
Compensation there shall be included elective contributions
made by the Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
includible in gross income under sections 125, 132(f),
402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code
including elective contributions authorized by the Participant
under a Retirement Savings Election, a cafeteria plan or any
other qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section
401(k) of the Code.
(b) Excluded Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized
Compensation there shall be excluded all of the following: (i)
reimbursements or other expense allowances (including all
living and other expenses paid on account of the Participant
being on foreign assignment), (ii) welfare and fringe benefits
(both cash and noncash) including third-party sick pay (i.e.,
short-term and long-term disability insurance benefits),
income imputed from insurance coverages and premiums, employee
discounts and other similar amounts, payments for vacation or
sick leave accrued but not taken, final payments on account of
termination of employment (i.e., severance payments), except
that final payments on account of settlement for accrued but
unused paid time off shall be taken into account in
determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation, (iii)
moving expenses, (iv) deferred compensation (both when
deferred and when received), and (v) the value of a qualified
or a non-qualified stock option granted to a Participant by
the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the
Participant's taxable income.
-11-
<PAGE>
(c) Pre-Participation Employment. Remuneration paid by the
Employer attributable to periods prior to the date the
Participant became a Participant in the Plan shall not be
taken into account in determining the Participant's Recognized
Compensation.
(d) Non-Recognized Employment. Remuneration paid by the Employer
for employment that is not Recognized Employment shall not be
taken into account in determining a Participant's Recognized
Compensation.
(e) Attribution to Periods. A Participant's Recognized
Compensation shall be considered attributable to the period in
which it is actually paid and not when earned or accrued.
(f) Excluded Periods. Amounts received after the Participant's
termination of employment shall not be taken into account in
determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation.
(g) Multiple Employers. If a Participant is employed by more than
one Employer in a Plan Year, a separate amount of Recognized
Compensation shall be determined for each Employer.
(h) Annual Maximum. A Participant's Recognized Compensation for a
Plan Year shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under
section 401(a)(17) of the Code, which is One Hundred Sixty
Thousand Dollars ($160,000) (as adjusted under the Code for
cost-of-living increases).
1.1.32. Recognized Employment -- all service with the Employer by
persons classified by the Employer as common law employees, excluding, however,
service classified by the Employer as:
(a) employment in a unit of employees whose terms and conditions
of employment are subject to a collective bargaining agreement
between the Employer and a union representing that unit of
employees, unless (and to the extent) such collective
bargaining agreement provides for the inclusion of those
employees in the Plan,
(b) employment of a nonresident alien who is not receiving any
earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from
sources within the United States,
(c) employment in a division or facility of the Employer which is
not in existence on the Effective Date (that is, was acquired,
established, founded or produced by the liquidation or similar
discontinuation of a separate subsidiary after the Effective
-12-
<PAGE>
Date) unless and until the Committee shall declare such
employment to be Recognized Employment,
(d) employment of a United States citizen or a United States
resident alien outside the United States unless and until the
Committee shall declare such employment to be Recognized
Employment,
(e) services of a person who is not a common law employee of the
Employer including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, services of a Leased Employee, leased owner, leased
manager, shared employee, shared Leased Employee, temporary
worker, independent contractor, contract worker, agency
worker, freelance worker or other similar classification,
(f) employment of a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent
agreed to in writing by the employee, and
(g) employment as a temporary employee.
The Employer's classification of a person at the time of inclusion or exclusion
in Recognized Employment shall be conclusive for the purpose of the foregoing
rules. No reclassification of a person's status with the Employer, for any
reason, without regard to whether it is initiated by a court, governmental
agency or otherwise and without regard to whether or not the Employer agrees to
such reclassification, shall result in the person being included in Recognized
Employment, either retroactively or prospectively. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this provision, however, the Committee may declare that a
reclassified person will be included in Recognized Employment, either
retroactively or prospectively. Any uncertainty concerning a person's
classification shall be resolved by excluding the person from Recognized
Employment.
1.1.33. Reemployment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an
Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an Affiliate
following a Period of Severance that is not deemed to be a Period of Service
(without regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized
Employment or otherwise).
1.1.34. Retirement Savings Election-- the election made by a
Participant as provided in Section 2.3.
1.1.35. Severance from Service Date-- the earlier of:
(a) the date upon which an employee quits, is discharged or
retires from service with the Employer and all Affiliates, or
dies; or
-13-
<PAGE>
(b) the date which is the first anniversary of the first day of a
period in which an employee remains continuously absent from
service (with or without pay) with the Employer and all
Affiliates for any reason other than a quit, a discharge,
retirement or death, such as vacation, holiday, sickness,
disability, leave of absence or layoff.
1.1.36. Subfund-- a separate pool of assets of the Fund set aside for
investment purposes under Section 4.1.
1.1.37. Trust Agreement -- the separate document entitled "T. Rowe
Price Trust Company Qualified Plan Trust Agreement" entered into by and between
the Principal Sponsor and the Trustee effective as of January 1, 2000, as may be
amended from time to time.
1.1.38. Trustee -- the Trustee originally named in the Trust Agreement
and its successor or successors in trust. Where the context requires, Trustee
shall also mean and refer to any one or more co-trustees serving hereunder.
1.1.39. Valuation Date-- any date that the New York Stock Exchange is
open and conducting business.
1.1.40. Vested-- nonforfeitable.
1.1.41. Vesting Service -- a measure of an employee's employment with
the Employer and all Affiliates which is equal to the employee's Period of
Service; subject, however, to the following rules:
(a) Period of Service. Except as provided below, an employee's
Vesting Service as of any date shall be equal to the
employee's Period of Service determined as of that same date.
(b) Vesting in Pre-Five Year Severance Accounts. If an employee
has a five (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance, the
employee's Employer Profit Sharing Account shall be divided
into the portion attributable to Employer contributions
allocated with respect to employment before such Period of
Severance and the portion attributable to Employer
contributions allocated with respect to employment after such
Period of Severance and employment after such five (5) year
(or longer) Period of Severance shall not be taken into
account in computing the Vested percentage in the employee's
Employer Profit Sharing Account attributable to Employer
contributions allocated with respect to employment before such
five (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance.
-14-
<PAGE>
(c) Vesting in Post-Five Year Severance Accounts. Except as
provided in the following sentences of this paragraph, if an
employee has a Period of Severance and returns thereafter to
employment with the Employer or an Affiliate, both employment
before and employment after such Period of Severance shall be
taken into account in computing the Vested percentage in the
employee's Employer Profit Sharing Account attributable to
Employer contributions allocated with respect to employment
after such Period of Severance. If, however, the employee does
not have any Vested interest in an Employer Profit Sharing
Account upon the occurrence of a Period of Severance which
equals or exceeds in length the greater of five (5) years or
the employee's prior Vesting Service, such prior Vesting
Service shall be disregarded. Any Vesting Service disregarded
by a prior application of this paragraph need not thereafter
be taken into account.
1.2. Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act
of 1994. Effective for veterans rehired on or after December 12, 1994, and
notwithstanding any provision of the Plan Statement to the contrary,
contributions, benefits or service credits, if any, will be provided in
accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.
1.3. Rules of Interpretation. An individual shall be considered to have attained
a given age on the individual's birthday for that age (and not on the day
before). The birthday of any individual born on a February 29 shall be deemed to
be February 28 in any year that is not a leap year. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement or any election or designation made under the
Plan, any individual who feloniously and intentionally kills a Participant or
Beneficiary shall be deemed for all purposes of this Plan and all elections and
designations made under this Plan to have died before such Participant or
Beneficiary. A final judgment of conviction of felonious and intentional killing
is conclusive for the purposes of this Section. In the absence of a conviction
of felonious and intentional killing, the Committee shall determine whether the
killing was felonious and intentional for the purposes of this Section. Whenever
appropriate, words used herein in the singular may be read in the plural, or
words used herein in the plural may be read in the singular; the masculine may
include the feminine and the feminine may include the masculine; and the words
"hereof," "herein" or "hereunder" or other similar compounds of the word "here"
shall mean and refer to this entire Plan Statement and not to any particular
paragraph or Section of this Plan Statement unless the context clearly indicates
to the contrary. The titles given to the various Sections of this Plan Statement
are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan
Statement, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning
or intent of any provision hereof. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a
statute or regulation shall be considered also to mean and refer to any
subsequent amendment or replacement of that statute or regulation. This document
has been executed and delivered in the State of Minnesota and has been drawn in
conformity to the laws of that State and shall, except to the extent that
federal law is controlling, be construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of Minnesota.
-15-
<PAGE>
1.4. Plan Contingent Upon Initial Qualification. The establishment of the Plan
and each contribution made hereunder are conditioned upon receipt of a favorable
determination from the Internal Revenue Service as to the initial qualification
of the Plan under the pertinent provisions of the Code. If the Plan is found not
to so qualify, the Principal Sponsor may, within one (1) year of receiving
notice of denial of qualification, at its election, rescind the Plan, and the
Trustee may be directed to return contributions made during the period it is not
so qualified to the Employer or to the Participants, as the case may be,
adjusted for their pro rata share of earnings and market gains or losses which
accrued while they were held in the Fund.
1.5. Special Rules for Merged Plans. As of March 1, 2000, the assets of the
Empak, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (the "Empak Plan") and the Fluoroware, Inc.
401(k) Savings Plan shall become part of the assets of this Plan. Any optional
form of distribution or other "section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" (as defined
by Treasury Regulations ss.1.411(d)-4) available as to all or a portion of the
transferred assets that is not available under this Plan shall continue to be
available but only with respect to the portion of transferred assets to which
such protected benefit applies.
-16-
<PAGE>
SECTION 2
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1. General Eligibility Rule. Each employee shall become a Participant on the
January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 coincident with or next following the
date as of which the employee is employed in Recognized Employment. A
Participant whose employment with the Employer terminates and who subsequently
is reemployed by the Employer shall reenter the Plan as a Participant on the
January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 coincident with or next following the
date of the Participant's return to Recognized Employment.
2.2. Special Eligibility Rule for Employer Contributions. With respect to
contributions made pursuant to Section 3.3 and 3.4 of the Plan Statement, each
employee shall become a Participant on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October
1 coincident with or next following the date as of which the employee has
completed one (1) year of Eligibility Service if the employee is then employed
in Recognized Employment. If the employee is not then employed in Recognized
Employment, the employee shall become a Participant on the January 1, April 1,
July 1 or October 1 coincident with or next following the date upon which the
employee enters Recognized Employment. A Participant whose employment with the
Employer terminates and who subsequently is reemployed by the Employer shall
reenter the Plan as a Participant on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1
coincident with or next following the date of the Participant's return to
Recognized Employment.
2.3. Enrollment. Each employee who is or will become a Participant as provided
in Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 may enroll for elective contributions by providing
a Retirement Savings Election to the Committee prior to the Enrollment Date as
of which the employee desires to make it effective. If an employee does not
enroll when first eligible to do so, the employee may enroll as of any
subsequent business day by providing a Retirement Savings Election to the
Committee prior to that Enrollment Date.
The Committee shall have the authority to adopt rules that modify and waive the
enrollment procedures set forth in this Section 2 during the year beginning on
the Effective Date, to ensure that orderly enrollments might be completed. This
authority to modify and waive the enrollment procedures does not authorize the
Committee to modify the job classification requirements for participation in the
Plan.
2.4. Retirement Savings Election. Subject to the following rules, the Retirement
Savings Election of each Participant shall provide for elective contributions
through a reduction equal to not less than one percent (1%) nor more than
fifteen percent (15%) of the amount of Recognized Compensation which otherwise
would be paid to the Participant by the Employer each payday. Such elective
contributions, under the Plan and any other plan of the Employer and Affiliates
for that Participant's taxable year shall not exceed the dollar limit in effect
for that taxable year under section 402(g) of the Code (which is $10,500 for
2000 and is adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living increases). The Committee
may, from time to time under rules, change the minimum and maximum allowable
elective contributions. The reductions in
-17-
<PAGE>
earnings for elective contributions elected by the Participant shall be made by
the Employer from the Participant's remuneration each payday on and after the
Enrollment Date for so long as the Retirement Savings Election remains in
effect. The Committee shall specify the method (including telephonic, electronic
or similar methods) of providing or modifying a Retirement Savings Election and
all procedures for providing and accepting Retirement Savings Elections and
notices, including requirements for advance notice.
2.5. Modifications of Retirement Savings Election. The Retirement Savings
Election of a Participant may be modified as follows:
2.5.1. Increase or Decrease. A Participant may, upon giving prior
notice to the Committee, modify the Retirement Savings Election to increase or
decrease the amount of elective contributions. Such increase or decrease shall
be effective as of the first day of the first payroll period for which
implementing such increase or decrease is administratively practicable.
2.5.2. Termination of Retirement Savings Election. A Participant who
has a Retirement Savings Election in effect may, upon giving prior notice to the
Committee, completely terminate the Retirement Savings Election as of the first
day of any payroll period for which implementing such termination is
administratively practicable. Thereafter, such Participant may provide a new
Retirement Savings Election to the Committee if the Participant is employed in
Recognized Employment. Such Retirement Savings Election shall be effective as of
the first day of the first payroll period for which implementing election is
administratively practicable.
2.5.3. Termination of Recognized Employment. The Retirement Savings
Election of a Participant who ceases to be employed in Recognized Employment
shall be terminated automatically as of the date the Participant ceases to be
employed in Recognized Employment. If such Participant returns to Recognized
Employment, the Participant may provide a new Retirement Savings Election
effective as of the date of the Participant's return to Recognized Employment or
as of the first payday on or after any subsequent Enrollment Date.
-18-
<PAGE>
SECTION 3
CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF
3.1. Employer Contributions.
3.1.1. Source of Employer Contributions. All Employer contributions to
the Plan may be made without regard to profits. The Principal Sponsor shall have
the sole power and authority to determine Employer contributions except that if
the Principal Sponsor so consents, each adopting business entity under Section
9.4 shall be treated as an "Employer" under this Section and, as such, may
separately determine the amount of all Employer contributions, and such
contributions (and any forfeitures related thereto) shall be allocated only to
the accounts of Participants who are employed by that particular Employer.
3.1.2. Limitation. The contribution of the Employer to the Plan for any
year, when considered in light of its contribution for that year to all other
tax-qualified plans it maintains, shall, in no event, exceed the maximum amount
deductible by it for federal income tax purposes as a contribution to a
tax-qualified profit sharing plan under section 404 of the Code. Each such
contribution to the Plan is conditioned upon its deductibility for such purpose.
3.1.3. Form of Payment. The appropriate contribution of the Employer to
the Plan, determined as herein provided, shall be paid to the Trustee and may be
paid either in cash or in other assets of any character of a value equal to the
amount of the contribution or in any combination of the foregoing ways.
3.2. Retirement Savings Contributions.
3.2.1. Amount. Within the time required by regulations of the United
States Department of Labor, the Employer shall contribute to the Trustee for
deposit in the Fund the reduction in Recognized Compensation which was elected
by each Participant pursuant to a Retirement Savings Election.
3.2.2. Allocation. The portion of this contribution made with respect
to each Participant shall be allocated to that Participant's Retirement Savings
Account for the Plan Year with respect to which it is made and, for the purposes
of Section 4, shall be credited as soon as practicable after it is received by
the Trustee.
3.3. Employer Matching Contributions.
3.3.1. Amount and Eligibility. The Employer shall contribute to the
Trustee for deposit in the Fund and for crediting to the Participant's Employer
Matching Account an amount which will equal one hundred percent (100%) of the
amount of the first three percent (3%) and fifty percent (50%) of the
-19-
<PAGE>
amount of the next two percent (2%) of reduction in Recognized Compensation for
each pay period which was agreed to by the Participant pursuant to a Retirement
Savings Election. Such Employer matching contributions shall be delivered to the
Trustee for deposit in the Fund not later than the time prescribed by federal
law (including extensions) for filing the federal income tax return of the
Employer for the taxable year in which the Plan Year ends.
3.3.2. Matching Contributions Determined on an Annual Basis. If the
matching contributions made with respect to any Participant for the Plan Year
are less than one hundred percent (100%) of the first three percent (3%) and
fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the next two percent (2%) of reduction in
Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year, then the Employer shall make an
additional matching contribution to the Plan so that the total matching
contributions with respect to such Participant for such Plan Year will equal one
hundred percent (100%) of the first three percent (3%) and fifty percent (50%)
of the amount of the next two percent (2%) of the Participant's reduction in
Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year.
3.3.3. Allocation. The Employer matching contribution which is made
with respect to a Participant shall be allocated to that Participant's Employer
Matching Account for the Plan Year with respect to which it is made and, for the
purposes of Section 4, shall be credited as soon as practicable after it is
received by the Trustee.
3.4. Discretionary Contributions.
3.4.1. Amount. The Employer may (but shall not be required to) make
discretionary contributions from year to year during the continuance of the Plan
in such amounts as the Employer shall from time to time determine. Such
contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund not
later than the time prescribed by federal law (including extensions) for filing
the federal income tax return of the Employer for the taxable year in which the
Plan Year ends.
3.4.2. Allocation. The Employer discretionary contribution for a Plan
Year shall be allocated to the Employer Profit Sharing Accounts of eligible
Participants under Section 3.5. The contribution shall be allocated to the
Employer Profit Sharing Accounts of eligible Participants in the ratio which the
Recognized Compensation of each such eligible Participant for the Plan Year
bears to the Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year of all such eligible
Participants. The amount so allocated to an eligible Participant shall be
allocated to such Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account for the Plan
Year with respect to which it is made and, for the purposes of Section 4, shall
be credited as soon as practicable after it is received by the Trustee.
3.4.3. Advance Contributions. If the Employer shall make and designate
a discretionary contribution for allocation as of an Annual Valuation Date which
is subsequent to the actual date of contribution, then:
-20-
<PAGE>
(a) such contribution will be segregated for investment purposes
by the Trustee from the other assets of the Fund until such
subsequent Annual Valuation Date, and
(b) the amount of such segregated contribution (adjusted for gains
or losses) shall be allocated as of such Annual Valuation Date
as if it were an Employer contribution made in fact on that
Annual Valuation Date.
3.5. Eligible Participants. For purposes of this Section 3, a Participant shall
be an eligible Participant for a Plan Year only if such Participant satisfies
all of the following requirements in either (a) or (b) below:
(a) the Participant:
(i) is credited with at least one thousand (1,000) Hours
of Service for such Plan Year, and
(ii) is on the last day of such Plan Year, an employee of
the Employer (including for this purpose any
Participant who then is on temporary layoff or
authorized leave of absence or who, during such Plan
Year, was inducted into the Armed Forces of the
United States from employment with the Employer); or
(b) the Participant terminates employment with the Employer within
the Plan Year by reason of death, retirement at or after the
Participant's Normal Retirement Age or Disability.
No other Participant shall be an eligible Participant.
3.6. Adjustments.
3.6.1. Make-Up Contributions for Omitted Participants. If, after the
Employer's contribution for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it should
appear that, through oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a Participant (or an
employee who should have been considered a Participant) who should have been
entitled to share in such contribution received no allocation or received an
allocation which was less than the Participant should have received, the
Committee may, at its election, and in lieu of reallocating such contribution,
direct the Employer to make a special make-up contribution (or direct that
forfeitures be used) for the Account of such Participant in an amount adequate
to provide the same addition to the Participant's Account for such Plan Year as
the Participant should have received.
3.6.2. Mistaken Contributions. If, after the Employer's contribution
for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it should appear that, through
oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a
-21-
<PAGE>
Participant (or an individual who was not a Participant) received an allocation
which was more than the Participant should have received, the Committee may
direct that the mistaken contribution, adjusted for its pro rata share of any
net loss or net gain in the value of the Fund which accrued while such mistaken
contribution was held therein, shall be withdrawn from the Account of such
individual and retained in the Fund and used to reduce the amount of the next
succeeding contribution of the Employer to the Fund due after the determination
that such mistaken contribution had occurred.
3.7. Rollover Contributions.
3.7.1. Contingent Provision. The provisions of this Rollover
Contributions Section shall be subject to such conditions and limitations as the
Committee may prescribe from time to time for administrative convenience and to
preserve the tax-qualified status of the Plan.
3.7.2. Eligible Contributions. Each employee in Recognized Employment
may contribute to the Plan, within such time and in such form and manner as may
be prescribed by the Committee in accordance with those provisions of federal
law relating to rollover contributions, cash (or the cash proceeds from
distributed property) received by the Participant or employee in an eligible
rollover distribution from a qualified plan or from an individual retirement
account or annuity established solely to hold such eligible rollover
distribution. Also, the Committee may establish rules and conditions regarding
the acceptance of direct rollovers under section 401(a)(31) of the Code from
trustees or custodians of other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
plans.
3.7.3. Specific Review. The Committee shall have the right to reject,
or to direct the Trustee to return, any such rollover contribution if, in the
opinion of the Committee, the acceptance thereof might jeopardize the
tax-qualified status of the Plan or unduly complicate its administration, but
the acceptance of any such rollover contribution shall not be regarded as an
opinion or guarantee on the part of the Employer, the Committee, the Trustee or
the Plan as to the tax consequences which may result to the contributing
Participant thereby.
3.7.4. Allocation. The rollover contribution made by an employee in
Recognized Employment to the Plan shall be allocated to the Participant's
Rollover Account and, for the purposes of Section 4, shall be credited as soon
as practicable after it is received by the Trustee.
3.8. Limitation on Annual Additions. In no event shall amounts be allocated to
the Account of any Participant if, or to the extent, such amounts would exceed
the limitations set forth in Appendix A to this Plan Statement.
3.9. Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact. All Employer
contributions to the Plan are conditioned on their qualification for deduction
for federal income tax purposes under section 404 of the Code. If any such
deduction should be disallowed, in whole or in part, for any Employer
contribution to the Plan for any year, or if any Employer contribution to the
Plan is made by reason of a mistake of fact,
-22-
<PAGE>
then there shall be calculated the excess of the amount contributed over the
amount that would have been contributed had there not occurred a mistake in
determining the deduction or a mistake of fact. The Principal Sponsor shall
direct the Trustee to return such excess, adjusted for its pro rata share of any
net loss (but not any net gain) in the value of the Fund which accrued while
such excess was held therein, to the Employer within one (1) year of the
disallowance of the deduction or the mistaken payment of the contribution, as
the case may be. If the return of such amount would cause the balance of any
Account of any Participant to be reduced to less than the balance which would
have been in such Account had the mistaken amount not been contributed, however,
the amount to be returned to the Employer shall be limited so as to avoid such
reduction.
-23-
<PAGE>
SECTION 4
INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
4.1. Establishment of Subfunds.
4.1.1. Establishing Commingled Subfunds. At the direction of the
Committee, the Trustee shall divide the Fund into two (2) or more Subfunds,
which shall serve as vehicles for the investment of Participants' Accounts. The
Committee shall determine the general investment characteristics and objectives
of each Subfund and, with respect to each Subfund, shall either (i) designate
that the Trustee or an Investment Manager or the Committee has investment
discretion over such Subfund, or (ii) designate one or more selected pooled
investment vehicles (such as collective funds, group trusts, mutual funds, group
annuity contracts and separate accounts under insurance contracts) to constitute
such Subfund. The Trustee, Investment Manager or the Committee, as the case may
be, shall have complete investment discretion over each Subfund to which it has
been assigned investment discretion, subject only to the general investment
characteristics and objectives established for the particular Subfund.
4.1.2. Individual Subfunds. The Committee also may (but is not required
to) establish additional Subfunds that consist solely of all or a part of the
assets of a single Participant's Total Account, which assets the Participant
controls by investment directives to the Trustee and which may not be commingled
with the assets of any other Participant's Accounts. In no event, however, shall
the Participant be allowed to direct the investment of assets in such individual
Subfund in any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin,
alcoholic beverage or other similar tangible personal property if the investment
in such property shall have been prohibited by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Each Participant, each Beneficiary and each Alternate Payee for whom an
individually directed Subfund is maintained shall be responsible for the
exercise of any voting or similar rights which exist with respect to assets in
such individually directed Subfund. The Trustee shall cooperate with
Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees to permit them to exercise such
rights. The Trustee shall not independently exercise such rights. Any
Beneficiary of a deceased Participant with an individually directed Subfund
shall have the responsibility to direct investments for such Subfund until the
Beneficiary directs the Trustee otherwise in writing.
4.1.3. Operational Rules. The Committee shall adopt rules specifying
the circumstances under which a particular Subfund may be elected, or shall be
automatically utilized, the minimum or maximum amount or percentage of an
Account which may be invested in a particular Subfund, the procedures for making
or changing investment elections, the extent (if any) to which Beneficiaries of
deceased Participants may make investment elections and the effect of a
Participant's or Beneficiary's failure to make an effective election with
respect to all or any portion of an Account.
-24-
<PAGE>
4.1.4. Revising Subfunds. The Committee shall have the power, from time
to time, to dissolve Subfunds, to direct that additional Subfunds be established
and, under rules, to withdraw or limit participation in a particular Subfund. In
connection with the power to commingle reserved to the Trustee under Section
10.6, the Committee shall also have the power to direct the Trustee to
consolidate any separate Subfunds hereunder with any other separate Subfunds
having the same investment objectives which are established under any other
retirement plan trust fund of the Employer or any business entity affiliated in
ownership or management with the Employer of which the Trustee is trustee and
which are managed by the Trustee or the same Investment Manager.
4.1.5. ERISA Section 404(c) Compliance. The Committee may establish
investment Subfunds and operational rules which are intended to satisfy section
404(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder. Such investment Subfunds shall
permit Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees the opportunity to
choose from at least three investment alternatives, each of which is
diversified, each of which presents materially different risk and return
characteristics, and which, in the aggregate, enable Participants, Beneficiaries
and Alternate Payees to achieve a portfolio with appropriate risk and return
characteristics consistent with minimizing risk through diversification. Such
operational rules shall provide the following, and shall otherwise comply with
section 404(c) of ERISA and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder
from time to time:
(a) Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees may give
investment instructions to the Trustee at least once every
three months;
(b) the Trustee must follow the investment instructions of
Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees that comply
with the Plan's operational rules, provided that the Trustee
may in any event decline to follow any investment instructions
that:
(i) would result in a prohibited transaction described in
section 406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code;
(ii) would result in the acquisition of an asset that
might generate income which is taxable to the Plan;
(iii) would not be in accordance with the documents and
instruments governing the Plan insofar as they are
consistent with Title I of ERISA;
(iv) would cause a fiduciary to maintain indicia of
ownership of any assets of the Plan outside of the
jurisdiction of the district courts of the United
States other than as permitted by section 404(b) of
ERISA and Department of Labor regulation section
2050.404b-1;
(v) would jeopardize the Plan's tax status under the
Code;
-25-
<PAGE>
(vi) could result in a loss in excess of a Participant's,
Beneficiary's or Alternate Payee's Account balance;
(c) Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees shall be
periodically informed of actual expenses to their Accounts
which are imposed by the Plan and which are related to their
Plan investment decisions.
(d) With respect to any Subfund consisting of Employer securities
and intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of
ERISA, (i) Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees
shall be entitled to all voting, tender and other rights
appurtenant to the ownership of such securities, (ii)
procedures shall be established to ensure the confidential
exercise of such rights, except to the extent necessary to
comply with federal and state laws not preempted by ERISA, and
(iii) the Trustee or other independent fiduciary designated by
the Committee shall ensure the sufficiency of and compliance
with such confidentiality procedures.
4.2. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts.
4.2.1. Valuation of Fund. The Trustee shall value each Subfund from
time to time (but not less frequently than each Annual Valuation Date), which
valuation shall reflect, as nearly as possible, the then fair market value of
the assets comprising such Subfund (including income accumulations therein). In
making such valuations, the Trustee may rely upon information supplied by any
Investment Manager having investment responsibility over the particular Subfund.
4.2.2. Adjustment of Accounts. The Principal Sponsor shall cause the
value of each Account or portion of an Account invested in a particular Subfund
(including undistributed Total Accounts) to be increased (or decreased) from
time to time for distributions, contributions, investment gains (or losses) and
expenses charged to the Account.
4.2.3. Rules. The Committee shall establish additional rules for the
adjustment of Accounts, including the times when contributions shall be credited
under Section 3 for the purposes of allocating gains or losses under this
Section 4.
4.3. Management and Investment of Fund. The Fund in the hands of the Trustee,
together with all additional contributions made thereto and together with all
net income thereof, shall be controlled, managed, invested, reinvested and
ultimately paid and distributed to Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate
Payees by the Trustee with all the powers, rights and discretions generally
possessed by trustees, and with all the additional powers, rights and
discretions conferred upon the Trustee under this Plan Statement. Except to the
extent that the Trustee is subject to the authorized and properly given
investment directions or other directions of a Participant, a Beneficiary, an
Alternate Payee, an Investment Manager
-26-
<PAGE>
or the Committee, and subject to the directions of the Committee with respect to
the payment of benefits hereunder, the Trustee shall have the exclusive
authority to manage and control the assets of the Fund and shall not be subject
to the direction of any person in the discharge of its duties, nor shall its
authority be subject to delegation or modification except by formal amendment of
this Plan Statement.
-27-
<PAGE>
SECTION 5
VESTING
5.1. Employer Profit Sharing Account.
5.1.1. Graduated Vesting. Except as hereinafter provided, the Vested
portion of each Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account shall be
determined in accordance with the following schedule:
When the Participant Has The Vested Portion of the
Completed the Following Participant's Employer Profit
Years of Vesting Service: Sharing Account Will Be:
------------------------- -----------------------------
Less than 2 years 0%
2 years but less than 3 years 25%
3 years but less than 4 years 50%
4 years but less than 5 years 75%
5 years or more 100%
5.1.2. Full Vesting. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions
for vesting of Employer Profit Sharing Accounts, each Participant's Employer
Profit Sharing Account shall become fully (100%) vested upon the earliest
occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of the
Employer or an Affiliate:
(a) the Participant's death,
(b) the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age,
(c) the Participant's Disability,
(d) a partial termination of the Plan which is effective as to the
Participant, or
(e) a complete termination of the Plan or a complete
discontinuance of Employer contributions hereto.
5.1.3. Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination Before Forfeiture Event. If a
Participant is not in the employment of the Employer or an Affiliate upon a
complete termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance of Employer
contributions hereto, then the Participant's Employer Profit Sharing
-28-
<PAGE>
Account shall become fully (100%) vested if, on the date of such termination or
discontinuance, such Participant has not had a "forfeiture event" as described
in Section 6.2.1.
5.1.4. Special Rule for Partial Distributions. If a distribution is
made of less than the entire Employer Profit Sharing Account of a Participant
who is not then fully (100%) vested, then until the Participant's Employer
Profit Sharing Account becomes fully (100%) vested or until the Participant
incurs five (5) or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, whichever first
occurs, the Participant's Vested interest in such Employer Profit Sharing
Account at any relevant time shall not be less than an amount ("X") determined
by the formula X = P(B + D) - D. For the purpose of applying the formula, "P" is
the Vested percentage at the relevant time (determined pursuant to Section 5);
"B" is the account balance at the relevant time; and "D" is the amount of the
distribution.
5.1.5. Effect of Break on Vesting. If a Participant who is not fully
(100%) vested incurs five (5) or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service,
returns to Recognized Employment and is thereafter eligible for any additional
allocation of Employer contributions, the Participant's undistributed Employer
Profit Sharing Account, if any, attributable to Employer contributions allocated
as of a date before such five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service and the
Participant's new Employer Profit Sharing Account attributable to Employer
contributions allocated as of a date after such five (5) consecutive One-Year
Breaks in Service shall be separately maintained for vesting purposes until the
Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account becomes fully (100%) Vested.
5.2. Other Accounts. Each Participant's Retirement Savings Account, Employer
Matching Account, Rollover Account and Transfer Account shall be fully (100%)
vested at all times.
-29-
<PAGE>
SECTION 6
MATURITY
6.1. Events of Maturity. A Participant's Total Account shall mature and the
Vested portion shall become distributable in accordance with Section 7 upon the
earliest occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of
the Employer or an Affiliate:
(a) the Participant's death;
(b) the Participant's separation from service, whether voluntary
or involuntary;
(c) the attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years by a
Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in
Appendix B) at any time during the year in which the
Participant attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years
and the crediting of any amounts to such a Participant's
Account after such time;
(d) the Participant's Disability;
(e) the disposition by the Employer (which is a corporation) to an
unrelated corporation of substantially all the assets (within
the meaning of section 409(d)(2) of the Code) used by the
Employer in a trade or business of the Employer, if the
Employer continues to maintain this Plan after the
disposition, but only with respect to employees who continue
employment with the corporation acquiring such assets and only
if the purchase and sale agreement specifically authorizes
distribution of this Plan's assets in connection with such
disposition; or
(f) the disposition by the Employer (which is a corporation) to an
unrelated corporation of the Employer's interest in a
subsidiary (within the meaning of section 409(d)(3) of the
Code), if the Employer continues to maintain this Plan after
the disposition, but only with respect to employees who
continue employment with such subsidiary and only if the
purchase and sale agreement specifically authorizes
distribution of this Plan's assets in connection with such
disposition;
provided, however, that a transfer from Recognized Employment to employment with
the Employer that is other than Recognized Employment or a transfer from the
employment of one Employer participating in the Plan to another such Employer or
to any Affiliate shall not constitute an Event of Maturity.
-30-
<PAGE>
6.2. Forfeitures.
6.2.1. Forfeiture of Nonvested Portion of Accounts. Following the
occurrence of a Participant's Event of Maturity, the non-Vested portion of the
Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account, if any, shall be forfeited as
soon as administratively practicable on or after the Participant's forfeiture
event. A forfeiture event shall occur with respect to a Participant upon the
earliest of:
(a) a Period of Severance of five (5) years,
(b) the distribution after an Event of Maturity to (or with
respect to) a Participant of the entire Vested portion of the
Total Account of the Participant,
(c) the death of the Participant at a time and under circumstances
which do not entitle the Participant to be fully (100%) Vested
in the Participant's Total Account, or
(d) the Event of Maturity of a Participant who has no Vested
interest in the Participant's Total Account.
6.2.2. Restoration Upon Rehire After Forfeiture. If the Participant
returns to Recognized Employment with the Employer or an Affiliate after the
non-Vested portion of the Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account has been
forfeited and before the Participant has incurred a Period of Severance of five
(5) years, the amount so forfeited shall be restored to the Participant's
Employer Profit Sharing Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the date the Participant returns (without adjustment for gains or
losses after such forfeiture).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such restoration shall be made only if
the Participant repays to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund and crediting to
the Participant's Retirement Savings Account, Employer Matching Account and
Employer Profit Sharing Account the entire amount, if any, distributed to (or
with respect to) the Participant after the Event of Maturity. Such repayment
cannot be "rolled over" from an individual retirement arrangement. If the
distribution was on account of separation from service, such repayment must be
made, however, before the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the first day on
which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or Affiliate,
or (ii) the close of the first Period of Severance of five (5) years commencing
after the distribution. If the distribution was on account of any other reason,
such repayment must be made within five (5) years after the date of
distribution. In either case, such repayment must be made before the occurrence
of a Period of Severance of five (5) years after the Event of Maturity and
before the termination of this Plan or the permanent discontinuance of Employer
contributions to this Plan.
6.2.3. Use of Forfeitures. Forfeitures shall be used for the following
purposes (and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, in the following
order): to make restorations for rehired Participants, to reduce Employer
matching contributions,
-31-
<PAGE>
to reduce Employer discretionary contributions, to reduce Plan expenses in the
Plan Year in which the Participant's forfeiture event occurred or in the
succeeding Plan Year, or to correct errors, omissions and exclusions. To the
extent forfeitures are used to reduce Employer matching contributions, they
shall be added as soon as administratively practicable to the reduced Employer
matching contribution, if any, to be allocated to the Employer Matching Accounts
of all Participants, as provided in Section 3.3. To the extent forfeitures are
used to reduce Employer discretionary contributions, they shall be added as soon
as administratively practicable to the reduced Employer discretionary
contribution, if any, to be allocated to the Employer Profit Sharing Accounts of
all Participants as provided in Section 3.4. Any forfeitures remaining at the
termination of the Plan shall be considered to be a discretionary contribution
and shall be allocated pursuant to Section 3.4.
6.2.4. Source of Restoration. The amount necessary to make the
restoration required under Section 6.2.2 shall come first from the forfeitures
of Participants. If such forfeitures are not adequate for this purpose, the
rehiring Employer shall make a contribution adequate to make the restoration (in
addition to any contributions made under Section 3).
-32-
<PAGE>
SECTION 7
DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS
7.1. Distributions to Participants Upon Event of Maturity.
7.1.1. Application For Distribution Required. No distribution shall be
made from the Plan until the Committee has received an application for
distribution from the Participant entitled to receive distribution. The
Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such application, the method
of filing such application (including telephonic, electronic or similar methods)
and the information required to be furnished in connection with such
application.
(a) Exception for Small Amounts. If a Participant whose Vested
Total Account does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000)
incurs an Event of Maturity, then such Vested Total Account
shall be distributed automatically in a single lump sum as
soon as administratively practicable following such Event of
Maturity without an application for distribution. A
Participant who has no Vested interest in the Participant's
Total Account as of the Participant's Event of Maturity shall
be deemed to have received an immediate distribution of the
Participant's entire interest in the Plan as of such Event of
Maturity.
(b) Exception for Required Distributions. Any Vested Total Account
for which no application has been timely received on or before
the required beginning date effective as to a Participant
under Section 7.1.5 or Section 7.1.6, shall be distributed
automatically in a single lump sum without an application for
distribution.
7.1.2. Spousal Consent Not Required. The consent of a Participant's
spouse shall not be required to make distributions from the Plan.
7.1.3. Form of Distribution. The only form of distribution available
under this Plan is a lump sum payment.
7.1.4. Time of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application
from the Participant requesting distribution after an Event of Maturity, and
after the right of the Participant to receive a distribution has been
established, the Committee shall cause the Trustee to determine the value of the
Participant's Vested Total Account and to make distribution of such Vested Total
Account in a single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the
Participant requests a distribution. No distribution, however, shall be made as
of a Valuation Date preceding the date the Participant's application is received
by the Committee.
-33-
<PAGE>
7.1.5. Required Beginning Date for Non-Five Percent (5%) Owners.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution to the Participant shall be made not
later than the required beginning date, which is the later of (i) the April 1
following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and
one-half (70-1/2) years, or (ii) the April 1 following the calendar year in
which the Participant terminates employment.
7.1.6. Required Beginning Date for Five Percent (5%) Owners.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan Statement, if the Participant
is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B) at any time during the
Plan Year in which such Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
years, distribution shall not be made later than the required beginning date.
The required beginning date for such Participant shall be the April 1 following
the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half
(70-1/2) years. If any amounts are thereafter credited to such Participant's
Accounts, then for purposes of Section 7.1.1(b) each subsequent December 31
shall be treated as a required beginning date.
7.1.7. Effect of Reemployment. If a Participant is reemployed by the
Employer or an Affiliate before the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age
and before distribution is completed, the Participant's Vested Total Account
shall continue to be held in the Fund until the Participant incurs another Event
of Maturity after the Participant's reemployment. It is the general intent of
this Plan that no distributions shall be made before the Normal Retirement Age
of a Participant while the Participant is employed by the Employer or an
Affiliate.
7.1.8. Death Prior to Distribution. If a Participant dies after the
Participant's Event of Maturity but before distribution of the Participant's
Vested Total Account has been completed, the undistributed Vested Total Account
shall be distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary as provided in Section
7.3.
7.2. In-Service Distributions and Hardship Distributions.
7.2.1. Age 59-1/2 Distributions. A Participant may receive a
distribution while employed from the vested portion of the Accounts listed in
(b) below if the Participant has attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2)
years. To receive such a distribution, the Participant must apply to the
Committee. In the application, the Participant shall specify the dollar amount
to be distributed. Such distribution shall be approved by the Committee and such
distribution shall be made in a lump sum cash payment as soon as
administratively practicable following the approval of the application by the
Committee.
(a) Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent shall not be
required to make an age 59-1/2 distribution to a married
Participant.
-34-
<PAGE>
(b) Sequence of Accounts. Each distribution made pursuant to this
Section 7.2. shall first be taken from and charged to the
Participant's Accounts in the following sequence:
Rollover Account
Transfer Account
Employer Matching Account
Employer Profit Sharing Account
Retirement Savings Account.
(c) Coordination with Section 4.1. If a distribution is made from
an Account which is invested in more than one (1) Subfund
authorized and established under Section 4.1, the amount
distributed shall be charged to each Subfund in the same
proportions as the Account is invested in each Subfund.
7.2.2. Hardship Distributions. A Participant may receive a hardship
distribution while employed from the Vested portion of the Accounts listed in
(e) below if the Committee determines that such hardship distribution is for one
of the purposes described in (a) below and the conditions in (b) and (d) below
have been fulfilled. To receive such a distribution, the Participant must apply
to the Committee. In the application, the Participant shall specify the dollar
amount to be distributed. Such hardship distribution shall be approved by the
Committee and such hardship distribution shall be made in a lump sum cash
payment as soon as administratively practicable following the approval of the
application by the Committee.
(a) Purposes. Hardship distributions shall be allowed under
Section 7.2.2 only if the Participant establishes that the
hardship distribution is to be made for one of the following
purposes:
(i) expenses for medical care described in section 213(d)
of the Code previously incurred by the Participant,
the Participant's spouse or any dependents of the
Participant (as defined in section 152 of the Code)
or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care
described in section 213(d) of the Code,
(ii) costs directly related to the purchase of a principal
residence for the Participant (excluding mortgage
payments),
(iii) payment of tuition, related educational fees and room
and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of
post-secondary education for the Participant, or the
Participant's spouse, children or dependents (as
defined in section 152 of the Code), or
-35-
<PAGE>
(iv) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the
Participant from the Participant's principal
residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of that
principal residence.
Such purposes shall be considered to be an immediate and heavy
financial need of the Participant.
(b) Limitations. In no event shall the cumulative amount of
hardship distributions withdrawn from a Participant's
Retirement Savings Account exceed the amount of contributions
to that Account made pursuant to Section 3.2 (i.e., hardship
distributions from that Account shall not include any earnings
on such contributions or any curative allocations or earnings
on curative allocations made pursuant to Section 2.1.3 of
Appendix D). The amount of the hardship distribution shall not
exceed the amount of the Participant's immediate and heavy
financial need; provided, however, that the amount of the
immediate and heavy financial need may include amounts
necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or
penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
distribution. In addition, a hardship distribution which
includes a portion of the Participant's Retirement Savings
Account shall not be allowed unless the Participant has
obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions,
and all nontaxable loans (at the time of the loan) currently
available under all plans maintained by the Employer and
Affiliates. Other funds are not currently available unless the
funds are available prior to or coincidently with the date the
hardship distribution is available.
(c) Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent shall not be
required to make a hardship distribution to a married
Participant.
(d) Coordination with Other Plans. The rules described in this
Section 7.2.2(d) apply only if the hardship distribution
includes a portion of the Participant's Retirement Savings
Account. The Participant's Retirement Savings Election and
elective contributions and employee contributions under all
other plans maintained by the Employer and Affiliates shall be
canceled for twelve (12) months after receipt of a hardship
distribution and shall not be automatically reinstated.
Thereafter, the Participant may, upon giving prior notice to
the Committee, enter into a new Retirement Savings Election
effective as of any subsequent Enrollment Date following such
twelve (12) month period, provided the Participant is in
Recognized Employment on that date. In addition, the
Participant shall not be allowed to make elective
contributions under the Plan and all other plans maintained by
the Employer and Affiliates for the Participant's taxable year
immediately following the taxable year of the hardship
distribution which exceed the dollar limit in effect for that
taxable year under section 402(g) of the Code
-36-
<PAGE>
(which is $10,500 for 2000 and which is adjusted under the
Code for cost-of-living increases) less the amount of such
Participant's elective contributions for the taxable year of
the hardship distribution. For the purposes of this Section
7.2.2(d), all other plans maintained by the Employer and
Affiliates shall mean all qualified and nonqualified plans of
deferred compensation maintained by the Employer and
Affiliates (including stock option, stock purchase or similar
plans).
(e) Sequence of Accounts. Each hardship distribution made pursuant
to this Section 7.2.2 shall first be taken from and charged to
the Participant's Accounts in the following sequence:
Rollover Account
Employer Profit Sharing Account
Retirement Savings Account.
(f) Coordination with Section 4.1. If the hardship distribution is
made from a Retirement Savings Account which is invested in
more than one (1) Subfund authorized and established under
Section 4.1, the amount withdrawn shall be charged to each
Subfund in the same proportions as the Retirement Savings
Account is invested in each Subfund.
7.3. Distributions to Beneficiary.
7.3.1. Application For Distribution Required. No distribution shall be
made from the Plan until the Committee has received an application for
distribution from the Beneficiary of a Participant entitled to receive
distribution. The Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such
application, the method of filing such application (including telephonic,
electronic or similar methods) and the information required to be furnished in
connection with such application.
(a) Exception for Small Amounts. Upon the death of a Participant
whose Vested Total Account does not exceed Five Thousand
Dollars ($5,000), such Participant's Vested Total Account
shall be distributed to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum
as soon as administratively practicable following such
Participant's death without an application for distribution.
(b) Exception for Required Distributions. Any Vested Total Account
for which no application has been timely received on or before
the required beginning date effective as to a Beneficiary
under Section 7.3.4, shall be distributed automatically in a
single lump sum without an application for distribution.
-37-
<PAGE>
7.3.2. Form of Distribution. The only form of distribution available
under this Plan is a lump sum payment.
7.3.3. Time of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application
for distribution from the Beneficiary after the Participant's death, and after
the right of the Beneficiary to receive a distribution has been established, the
Committee shall cause the Trustee to determine the value of the Participant's
Vested Total Account and to make distribution of such Vested Total Account in a
single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Beneficiary
requests a distribution. No distribution, however, shall be made as of a
Valuation Date preceding the date the Beneficiary's application is received by
the Committee.
7.3.4. Required Beginning Date. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan Statement, distribution to the Beneficiary of a Participant shall be
made not later than the required beginning date, which is the December 31 of the
calendar year in which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant's
death.
7.4. Designation of Beneficiaries.
7.4.1. Right To Designate. Each Participant may designate, upon forms
to be furnished by and filed with the Committee, one or more primary
Beneficiaries or alternative Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified part of
the Participant's Vested Total Account in the event of the Participant's death.
The Participant may change or revoke any such designation from time to time
without notice to or consent from any Beneficiary or spouse. No such
designation, change or revocation shall be effective unless executed by the
Participant and received by the Committee during the Participant's lifetime.
7.4.2. Spousal Consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a designation
will not be valid for the purpose of paying benefits from the Plan to anyone
other than a surviving spouse of the Participant (if there is a surviving
spouse) unless that surviving spouse consents in writing to the designation of
another person as Beneficiary. To be valid, the consent of such spouse must be
in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the designation of the Beneficiary
and must be witnessed by a notary public. The consent of the spouse must be to
the designation of a specific named Beneficiary which may not be changed without
further spousal consent, or alternatively, the consent of the spouse must
expressly permit the Participant to make and to change the designation of
Beneficiaries without any requirement of further spousal consent. The consent of
the spouse to a Beneficiary is a waiver of the spouse's rights to death benefits
under the Plan. The consent of the surviving spouse need not be given at the
time the designation is made. The consent of the surviving spouse need not be
given before the death of the Participant. The consent of the surviving spouse
will be required, however, before benefits can be paid to any person other than
the surviving spouse. The consent of a spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be
effective only with respect to that spouse.
-38-
<PAGE>
7.4.3. Failure of Designation. If a Participant:
(a) fails to designate a Beneficiary,
(b) designates a Beneficiary and thereafter such designation is
revoked without another Beneficiary being named, or
(c) designates one or more Beneficiaries and all such
Beneficiaries so designated fail to survive the Participant,
such Participant's Vested Total Account, or the part thereof as to which such
Participant's designation fails, as the case may be, shall be payable to the
first class of the following classes of automatic Beneficiaries with a member
surviving the Participant and (except in the case of the Participant's surviving
issue) in equal shares if there is more than one member in such class surviving
the Participant:
Participant's surviving spouse
Participant's surviving issue per stirpes and not per capita
Participant's surviving parents
Participant's surviving brothers and sisters
Representative of Participant's estate.
7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a
distribution of all or a portion of a deceased Participant's Vested Total
Account may disclaim his or her interest therein subject to the following
requirements. To be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must be a natural
person, must not have received a distribution of all or any portion of a Vested
Total Account at the time such disclaimer is executed and delivered, and must
have attained at least age twenty-one (21) years as of the date of the
Participant's death. Any disclaimer must be in writing and must be executed
personally by the Beneficiary before a notary public. A disclaimer shall state
that the Beneficiary's entire interest in the undistributed Vested Total Account
is disclaimed or shall specify what portion thereof is disclaimed. To be
effective, duplicate original executed copies of the disclaimer must be both
executed and actually delivered to both the Committee and to the Trustee after
the date of the Participant's death but not later than nine (9) months after the
date of the Participant's death. A disclaimer shall be irrevocable when
delivered to both the Committee and the Trustee. A disclaimer shall be
considered to be delivered to the Committee or the Trustee only when actually
received by the Committee or the Trustee (and in the case of a corporate
Trustee, shall be considered to be delivered only when actually received by a
trust officer familiar with the affairs of the Plan). The Committee (and not the
Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content, interpretation and validity of
a purported disclaimer. Upon the filing of a valid disclaimer, the Beneficiary
shall be considered not to have survived the Participant as to the interest
disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall not be considered to be a
transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions of Section 8 and shall
not be
-39-
<PAGE>
considered to be an assignment or alienation of benefits in violation of federal
law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of benefits under this Plan. No
other form of attempted disclaimer shall be recognized by either the Committee
or the Trustee.
7.4.5. Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has
otherwise specified in the Participant's Beneficiary designation, when used in a
Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of
the person whose issue are referred to, subject to the following:
(a) a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal
descendants always shall be lineal descendants of each
adoptive parent (and of each adoptive parent's lineal
ancestors);
(b) a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal
descendants never shall be lineal descendants of any former
parent whose parental rights were terminated by the adoption
(or of that former parent's lineal ancestors); except that if,
after a child's parent has died, the child is legally adopted
by a stepparent who is the spouse of the child's surviving
parent, the child and the child's lineal descendants shall
remain lineal descendants of the deceased parent (and the
deceased parent's lineal ancestors);
(c) if the person (or a lineal descendant of the person) whose
issue are referred to is the parent of a child (or is treated
as such under applicable law) but never received the child
into that parent's home and never openly held out the child as
that parent's child (unless doing so was precluded solely by
death), then neither the child nor the child's lineal
descendants shall be issue of the person.
"Child" means an issue of the first generation; "per stirpes" means in equal
shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to and the
issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with such
issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and "survive"
and "surviving" mean living after the death of the Participant.
7.4.6. Special Rules. Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in
the Participant's Beneficiary designation, the following rules shall apply:
(a) If there is not sufficient evidence that a Beneficiary was
living at the time of the death of the Participant, it shall
be deemed that the Beneficiary was not living at the time of
the death of the Participant.
(b) The automatic Beneficiaries specified in Section 7.4.3 and the
Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed
at the time of the Participant's
-40-
<PAGE>
death so that, if a Beneficiary survives the Participant but
dies before the receipt of all payments due such Beneficiary
hereunder, such remaining payments shall be payable to the
representative of such Beneficiary's estate.
(c) If the Participant designates as a Beneficiary the person who
is the Participant's spouse on the date of the designation,
either by name or by relationship, or both, the dissolution,
annulment or other legal termination of the marriage between
the Participant and such person shall automatically revoke
such designation. (The foregoing shall not prevent the
Participant from designating a former spouse as a Beneficiary
on a form executed by the Participant and received by the
Committee after the date of the legal termination of the
marriage between the Participant and such former spouse, and
during the Participant's lifetime.)
(d) Any designation of a nonspouse Beneficiary by name that is
accompanied by a description of relationship to the
Participant shall be given effect without regard to whether
the relationship to the Participant exists either then or at
the Participant's death.
(e) Any designation of a Beneficiary only by statement of
relationship to the Participant shall be effective only to
designate the person or persons standing in such relationship
to the Participant at the Participant's death.
A Beneficiary designation is permanently void if it either is executed or is
filed by a Participant who, at the time of such execution or filing, is then a
minor under the law of the state of the Participant's legal residence. The
Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content,
interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary designation.
7.5. General Distribution Rules.
7.5.1. Notices. The Committee will issue such notices as may be
required under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11) and other sections of the Code in
connection with distributions from the Plan. No distribution will be made unless
it is consistent with such notice requirements. Generally, distributions may not
commence as of a date that is more than ninety (90) days or less than thirty
(30) days after such notices are given to the Participant. Distribution may
commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under section
1.411(a)-11(c) of the income tax regulations or the notice required under
section 1.402(f)-1 of the income tax regulations is given, provided however,
that:
(a) the Committee clearly informs the distributee that the
distributee has a right to a period of at least thirty (30)
days after receiving such notices to consider whether or not
to elect distribution;
-41-
<PAGE>
(b) the distributee, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
elects a distribution; and
(c) the distributee may revoke an affirmative distribution
election by notifying the Committee of such revocation prior
to the date as of which such distribution is to be made.
7.5.2. Direct Rollover. A distributee who is eligible to elect a direct
rollover may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee,
to have all or any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to
an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. A
distributee who is eligible to elect a direct rollover includes only a
Participant, a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a Participant and a
Participant's spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Appendix C.
(a) Eligible rollover distribution means any distribution of all
or any portion of a Total Account to a distributee who is
eligible to elect a direct rollover except (i) any
distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
installments payable not less frequently than annually over
the life expectancy of such distributee or the joint and last
survivor life expectancy of such distributee and such
distributee's "designated beneficiary" as determined under
section 401(a)(9) of the Code, and (ii) any distribution that
is one of a series of substantially equal installments payable
not less frequently than annually over a specified period of
ten (10) years or more, and (iii) any distribution to the
extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9)
of the Code, and (iv) any hardship distribution described
under section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code that is made
after December 31, 1999, and (v) the portion of any
distribution that is not includible in gross income
(determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
appreciation with respect to employer securities).
(b) Eligible retirement plan means (i) an individual retirement
account described in section 408(a) of the Code, or (ii) an
individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of
the Code, or (iii) an annuity plan described in section 403(a)
of the Code, or (iv) a qualified trust described in section
401(a) of the Code that accepts the eligible rollover
distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover
distribution to a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a
Participant, an eligible retirement plan is only an individual
retirement account or individual retirement annuity as
described in section 408 of the Code.
(c) Direct rollover means the payment of an eligible rollover
distribution by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan
specified by the distributee who is eligible to elect a direct
rollover.
-42-
<PAGE>
7.5.3. Compliance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, all distributions under this Plan
shall comply with the minimum distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of
the Code.
7.5.4. Distribution in Cash. Distribution of a Participant's Vested
Total Account shall be made in cash. If, however, the Vested Total Account to be
distributed is in whole or in part invested in an individual Subfund, at the
election of the distributee, the Trustee shall cause distribution of that
portion of the Vested Total Account to be made in kind.
7.5.5. Facility of Payment. In case of the legal disability, including
minority, of a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee entitled to receive
any distribution under the Plan, payment shall be made, if the Committee shall
be advised of the existence of such condition:
(a) to the duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal
representative of such Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate
Payee, or
(b) to a person or institution entrusted with the care or
maintenance of the incompetent or disabled Participant,
Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, provided, however, such person
or institution has satisfied the Committee that the payment
will be used for the best interest and assist in the care of
such Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, and provided
further, that no prior claim for said payment has been made by
a duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal
representative of such Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate
Payee.
Any payment made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability or obligation of the
Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and the Fund therefor.
7.6. Loans. The provisions of this Section shall be subject to the following
rules, conditions and limitations:
7.6.1. Availability. Loans shall be made available to all Participants
(without regard to whether they are actively employed by the Employer or an
Affiliate) subject to limitations and conditions established under this Section
on a reasonably equivalent basis and shall not be made available to Highly
Compensated Employees in an amount (expressed as a percentage of the Vested
Total Account) greater than is made available to other employees.
7.6.2. Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent shall not be
required to make a loan to a married Participant.
-43-
<PAGE>
7.6.3. Administration. Loan requests shall be granted or denied solely
on the basis of this Section. There shall be no discretion to grant or deny a
loan request. Denials shall be processed under the claims procedure rules of the
Plan. Loans shall be approved (or denied) by the Committee. The Committee shall
be contacted for this purpose at the address shown in the summary plan
description. A copy of these rules, loan application forms, specimen promissory
notes and any other information that is available concerning loans shall be made
available at that address upon request. Loans under this Plan and any other plan
maintained by the Employer and all Affiliates will be considered separate loans.
Therefore, separate loan applications and promissory notes will need to be
completed for loans from this Plan or any other plan. A loan will be made upon
completion of a loan application, the execution of a promissory note and the
completing of such other forms and the furnishing of such other information as
may be required to comply with this Section. The promissory note will be a
negotiable instrument. The Trustee will not, however, sell any note. The
Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such application, the method
of filing such application (including telephonic, electronic or similar methods)
and the information required to be furnished in connection with such
application.
7.6.4. Loan Terms. The total amount of such loans to any Participant
shall not exceed the lesser of:
(a) Fifty percent (50%) of the Vested amount of that Participant's
Total Account, or
(b) Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000);
provided, however, that the Fifty Thousand Dollar ($50,000) limitation shall be
reduced by the excess (if any) of: (i) the highest outstanding balance of loans
from the Plan (and all other plans of the Employer and all Affiliates) to such
Participant during the one-year period ending on the day before the new loan is
made, over (ii) the outstanding balance of all loans from the Plan (and all
other plans of the Employer and all Affiliates) to such Participant on the day
the new loan is made.
Except for any permitted suspension of payments during a leave of
absence, any such loan must be repaid at least monthly in substantially level
amounts, including principal and interest, over the term of the loan. Any such
loan shall provide that it shall be repaid within a definite period of time to
be specified by the Participant in the loan application and the promissory note.
That period shall not exceed five (5) years unless such loan is to a Participant
and is used to acquire a principal residence for the Participant and then it
shall not exceed ten (10) years.
7.6.5. Collateral. Every loan made under these rules shall be secured
by that portion of the Participant's Total Account which does not exceed fifty
percent (50%) of the sum total of the Participant's Vested Total Account. This
dollar amount shall be determined immediately after the
-44-
<PAGE>
origination of the loan (and shall be reduced by the amount of any unpaid
principal and interest on any earlier loan which is similarly secured). This
security interest shall exist without regard to whether it is or is not
referenced in the loan documents. The Plan shall be permitted to realize on this
collateral (as hereinafter provided) by any means including (but not limited to)
offset. No other collateral shall be permitted or required.
7.6.6. Loan Rules. The Committee may adopt rules for the administration
of loans that are not inconsistent with the Plan Statement, including the
following rules:
(a) Loan Amount. Loans will not be made in a principal amount less
than One Thousand Dollars ($1,000).
(b) Interest Rate. The interest rate on any loan shall be equal to
the prime rate (the base rate on corporate loans at large
United States money center commercial banks) as published for
the first business day of the calendar month in which the loan
is granted by The Wall Street Journal in its Money Rates
column or any comparable successor rate so published plus one
percent (1%). If the prime rate is published as a range of
rates, the highest prime rate in the range shall be used.
(c) Accounting for Loan. For the purpose of determining the extent
to which a Total Account is entitled to share in income, gains
or losses of the Fund under Section 4, the same shall be
deemed to be reduced by the unpaid balance of any outstanding
loans to the Participant, and the interest payments on such
loans shall be credited to the Participant's Total Account. If
a loan is made to a person who has assets in more than one
Account, such loan shall be deemed to have been made from the
Accounts pro rata. Repayments of principal on loans and
payments of interest shall be apportioned among the Accounts
from which the loan was made in proportion to the amounts by
which the Accounts were initially reduced in order to make the
loan. If a loan is made from an Account which is invested in
more than one Subfund authorized and established under Section
4.1, the amount withdrawn in order to make the loan shall be
charged to each Subfund in the same proportions as the Account
is invested in each Subfund. All repayments of principal and
interest shall be reinvested in the same manner as
contributions under the Participant's investment elections in
effect at the time the repayment is received.
(d) Payments. All Participants who are actively employed by the
Employer shall make payment of loans by monthly or more
frequent payroll deduction. The making of the loan shall be
considered an irrevocable authorization for payroll deduction.
To the extent that the available payroll amount is not
sufficient to
-45-
<PAGE>
satisfy the payment obligation, the Participant shall make
monthly payment by personal check, cashier's check, certified
check or money order delivered to the Trustee or to the
Committee as agent for the Trustee (at the address shown in
the Plan's summary plan description) by the due date for the
payment. All payments by Participants who are not actively
employed shall be made quarterly by personal check, cashier's
check, certified check or money order delivered to the Trustee
or to the Committee as agent for the Trustee at the address
shown in the Plan's summary plan description by the due date
for the payment.
(e) Prepayments. The loan may be prepaid in whole (but not in
part) at any time.
(f) Termination of Employment. The entire outstanding principal
and unpaid interest shall be due and payable on the date
forty-five (45) days after the Participant's termination of
employment with the Employer and all Affiliates.
(g) Death of the Participant. The death of the Participant shall
terminate the loan. The unpaid principal and interest due and
owing on the date of the Participant's death shall be offset
against the Participant's Total Account. No payments shall be
permitted after the Participant's death. The tax consequences
of the offset shall be reported to the Participant's estate
and not to the Beneficiary.
(h) Event of Default. Subject to subsection (i) below, nonpayment
within ten (10) days after the due date shall be an event of
default. If a payment is not made by payroll deduction, then
payment shall be considered made for this purpose only when
the personal check, cashier's check, certified check or money
order is received in fact by the Trustee or the Committee as
agent for the Trustee. Upon the occurrence of an event of
default, the Participant's Vested Accounts in the Plan given
as security shall be offset by the amount of the then
outstanding balance of the loan in default (including, to the
extent required under the Code, interest on the amount in
default from the time of the default until the time of the
offset). In the case of a Participant who has not had an Event
of Maturity, however, this offset shall be deferred until an
Event of Maturity as to such Participant, but, in the interim,
it shall not be possible to cure the default. Such offset
shall be automatic. No notice shall be required prior to
offset.
(i) Suspension of Payments During Leave of Absence. If the
Participant is on an authorized leave of absence as determined
by the Committee, and the Participant's wages during the leave
are less than the amount of the loan
-46-
<PAGE>
payment, then loan payments shall be suspended for a period of
up to one (1) year; provided, however, that the Participant's
death even while payments are suspended shall nevertheless
terminate the loan as provided in subsection (g). Upon the
Participant's return to active employment with the Employer or
an Affiliate, the Participant shall resume making payments on
the loan by monthly or more frequent payroll deduction. The
Trustee shall adjust the amount of each periodic payment, so
that the unpaid balance of the Participant's loan will
continue to be paid in equal periodic installments each
payroll period in amounts sufficient to retire the entire loan
indebtedness (principal and interest) by the original maturity
date of the loan.
(j) Miscellaneous. Loans will be made only as of a Valuation Date.
No loan shall be made to any Participant who has any loan
which is currently in default or any loan which was in default
at any time during the preceding twelve (12) months. No
Participant shall have more than one (1) loan outstanding.
(k) Fees. The loan shall be subject to any origination fees
charged by the Trustee and approved by the Committee. No loan
application shall be approved unless it is accompanied by any
required origination fee.
7.6.7. Effect on Distributions. If any distribution is to be made after
an Event of Maturity when a loan is outstanding, the first asset distributed
(after offset to satisfy any default) shall be the unpaid promissory note.
7.6.8. Tax Reporting. To the extent required by section 72(p) of the
Code, the Trustee shall report, from time to time, distributions of income in
connection with loans made under this Plan. The operation of those tax rules is
entirely independent of the rules of the Plan.
7.6.9. Truth in Lending. This Plan shall make all disclosures required
under federal truth-in-lending regulations (Regulation Z issued by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
7.6.10. Effect of Participant Bankruptcy. To the extent required by
bankruptcy laws, loans shall be subject to stay, discharge, reinstatement and
other matters.
7.6.11. ERISA Compliance -- Loans Available to Parties in Interest.
Loans shall be available to Participants and Beneficiaries who are parties in
interest as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA. An Alternate Payee shall be
considered a Beneficiary for this purpose only after the domestic relations
order has been finally determined to be a qualified domestic relations order as
defined in Appendix C to the Plan Statement.
-47-
<PAGE>
SECTION 8
SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS
No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any transmissible interest in any
Account nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any power to anticipate,
alienate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same while in the possession or
control of the Trustee, nor shall any Account be subject to attachment,
garnishment, execution following judgment or other legal process while in the
possession or control of the Trustee, nor shall the Trustee, the Employer or the
Committee recognize any assignment thereof, either in whole or in part, except
as is specifically permitted under section 401(a)(13) of the Code or the
regulations thereunder.
The power to designate Beneficiaries to receive the Vested Total Account of a
Participant in the event of death shall not permit or be construed to permit
such power or right to be exercised by the Participant so as thereby to
anticipate, pledge, mortgage or encumber the Participant's Account or any part
thereof, and any attempt of a Participant so to exercise said power in violation
of this provision shall be of no force and effect and shall be disregarded by
the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee.
This Section shall not prevent the Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from
exercising, in their discretion, any of the applicable powers and options
granted to them upon the occurrence of an Event of Maturity, as such powers may
be conferred upon them by any applicable provision hereof, nor prevent the Plan
from offsetting a Participant's Vested Total Account by the amount of the then
outstanding balance of the loan in default. This Section shall not prevent the
Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from observing the terms of a qualified
domestic relations order as provided in Appendix C to this Plan Statement.
-48-
<PAGE>
SECTION 9
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
9.1. Amendment. The Principal Sponsor reserves the power to amend this Plan
Statement in any respect and either prospectively or retroactively or both;
provided that no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest the Total
Account of any Participant unless the same shall have been adopted with the
consent of the Secretary of Labor pursuant to the provisions of ERISA, or in
order to comply with the provisions of the Code and the regulations and rulings
thereunder affecting the tax-qualified status of the Plan and the deductibility
of Employer contributions thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment
shall be effective to increase the duties of the Trustee without its consent. No
oral or written statement shall be effective to amend the Plan Statement unless
it is duly authorized by the Board of Directors or the Committee. The power to
amend the Plan Statement may not be delegated. Notwithstanding anything in this
Plan Statement to the contrary, the Committee may adopt rules to facilitate
compliance with the federal securities laws and all regulations and rules
thereunder, including Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act, which rules may
limit rights under the Plan for certain Participants.
9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan. The Principal
Sponsor reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions
to the Plan and to terminate the Plan herein embodied in its entirety.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, if the
Principal Sponsor applies to the Internal Revenue Service for a ruling that the
termination of the Plan does not adversely affect its qualified status, then all
distributions (other than required distributions under Sections 7.1.1(b) and
7.3.1(b)) and the making of new loans shall be suspended upon termination of the
Plan pending the receipt of a favorable determination.
9.3. Merger or Spinoff of Plans.
9.3.1. In General. The Principal Sponsor may cause all or a part of
this Plan to be merged with all or a part of any other plan and may cause all or
a part of the assets and liabilities to be transferred from this Plan to another
plan. In the case of merger or consolidation of this Plan with, or transfer of
assets and liabilities of this Plan to, any other plan, each Participant shall
(if such other plan were then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after
the merger, consolidation or transfer which is not less than the benefit the
Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). If the Principal
Sponsor agrees to a transfer of assets and liabilities to or from another plan,
the agreement under which such transfer is concluded (or an amendment of or
appendix to this Plan Statement) shall specify the Accounts to which the
transferred amounts are to be credited.
9.3.2. Limitations. For any asset transfer to this Plan from a
tax-qualified plan which is subject to the joint and survivor annuity and
pre-retirement annuity rules of section 401(a)(11) of the Code, the optional
form of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code or the
distribution
-49-
<PAGE>
rules of section 401(k) of the Code, the Committee shall adopt rules to comply
with section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code. In no event shall assets be
transferred from any other plan to this Plan unless this Plan complies (or has
been amended to comply) with the optional form of benefit requirements of
section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code (or, where applicable, the distribution
rules of section 401(k) of the Code) with respect to such transferred assets. In
no event shall assets be transferred from this Plan to any other plan unless
such other plan complies (or has been amended to comply) with the optional form
of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code
and the distribution rules of section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code with
respect to such transferred assets.
9.3.3. Beneficiary Designations. If assets and liabilities are
transferred from another plan to this Plan, Beneficiary designations made under
that plan shall become void with respect to deaths occurring on or after the
date as of which such transfer is made and the Beneficiary designation rules of
this Plan Statement shall apply beginning on such date.
9.4. Adoption by Other Employers.
9.4.1. Adoption by Consent. The Principal Sponsor may consent to the
adoption of the Plan by any business entity subject to such conditions as the
Principal Sponsor may impose.
9.4.2. Procedure for Adoption. Any such adopting business entity shall
initiate its adoption of the Plan by delivery of a certified copy of the
resolutions of its board of directors (or other authorized body or individual)
adopting this Plan Statement to the Principal Sponsor. Upon the consent by the
Principal Sponsor to the adoption by the adopting business entity, and the
delivery to the Trustee of written evidence of the Principal Sponsor's consent,
the adoption of the Plan by the adopting business entity shall be effective as
of the date specified by the Principal Sponsor. If such adopting business entity
is not a corporation, any reference in the Plan Statement to its board of
directors shall be deemed to refer to such entity's governing body or other
authorized individual.
9.4.3. Effect of Adoption. Upon the adoption of the Plan by an adopting
business entity as heretofore provided, the adopting business entity shall be an
Employer hereunder in all respects. Each adopting business entity, as a
condition of continued participation in the Plan, delegates to the Principal
Sponsor the sole power and authority over all Plan matters except that the board
of directors of each adopting business entity shall have the power to amend this
Plan Statement as applied to it by establishing a successor plan to which assets
and liabilities may be transferred as provided in Section 9.3 and to terminate
the Plan as applied to it. Each reference herein to the Employer shall include
the Principal Sponsor and all adopting business entities unless the context
clearly requires otherwise.
-50-
<PAGE>
SECTION 10
FIDUCIARY MATTERS
10.1. Fiduciary Principles. The Trustee and each other fiduciary hereunder, in
the exercise of each and every power or discretion vested in them by the
provisions of this Plan Statement, shall (subject to the provisions of ERISA)
discharge their duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the
Participants and Beneficiaries:
(a) for the exclusive purpose of:
(i) providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries,
and
(ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the
Plan,
(b) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the
circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in
a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in
the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like
aims,
(c) by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize
the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is
clearly prudent not to do so, and
(d) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the
Plan, insofar as they are consistent with the provisions of
ERISA.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, any provision
hereof which purports to relieve a fiduciary from responsibility or liability
for any responsibility, obligation or duty under Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I
of ERISA shall, to the extent the same is inconsistent with said Part 4, be
deemed void.
10.2. Prohibited Transactions. Except as may be permitted by law, no Trustee or
other fiduciary hereunder shall permit the Plan to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any of the following transactions with a person who is a
"disqualified person" (as defined in section 4975 of the Code) or a "party in
interest" (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA):
(a) sale, exchange or leasing of any property between the Plan and
such person,
(b) lending of money or other extension of credit between the Plan
and such person,
(c) furnishing of goods, services or facilities between the Plan
and such person,
-51-
<PAGE>
(d) transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, such person of
the income or assets of the Plan,
(e) act by such person who is a fiduciary hereunder whereby the
fiduciary deals with the income or assets of the Plan in the
fiduciary's own interest or for the fiduciary's own account,
or
(f) receipt of any consideration for the fiduciary's own personal
account by such person who is a fiduciary from any party
dealing with the Plan in connection with a transaction
involving the income or assets of the Plan.
10.3. Indemnity. Each individual (as distinguished from corporate) trustee of
the Plan or officer, director or employee of the Employer shall, except as
prohibited by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer from any and
all liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal fees), to the extent not
covered by liability insurance, arising out of any action taken by such
individual with respect to the Plan, whether imposed under ERISA or otherwise.
No such indemnification, however, shall be required or provided if such
liability arises (i) from the individual's claim for his own benefit, or (ii)
from the proven gross negligence or the bad faith of the individual, or (iii)
from the criminal misconduct of such individual if the individual had reason to
believe the conduct was unlawful. This indemnification shall continue as to an
individual who has ceased to be a trustee of the Plan or officer, director or
employee of the Employer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors
and administrators of such an individual.
-52-
<PAGE>
SECTION 11
DETERMINATIONS -- RULES AND REGULATIONS
11.1. Determinations. The Committee shall make such determinations as may be
required from time to time in the administration of the Plan. The Committee
shall have the sole discretion, authority and responsibility to interpret and
construe the Plan Statement and to determine all factual and legal questions
under the Plan, including but not limited to the entitlement of employees,
Participants and Beneficiaries and the amounts of their respective interests.
The Trustee and other interested parties may act and rely upon all information
reported to them hereunder and need not inquire into the accuracy thereof, nor
be charged with any notice to the contrary.
11.2. Rules and Regulations. Any rule not in conflict or at variance with the
provisions hereof may be adopted by the Committee.
11.3. Method of Executing Instruments.
11.3.1. Employer or Committee. Information to be supplied or written
notices to be made or consents to be given by the Principal Sponsor, the
Employer or the Committee pursuant to any provision of this Plan Statement may
be signed in the name of the Principal Sponsor or Employer by any officer or by
any employee who has been authorized to make such certification or to give such
notices or consents or by any Committee member.
11.3.2. Trustee. Any instrument or written notice required, necessary
or advisable to be made or given by the Trustee may be signed by any Trustee, if
all Trustees serving hereunder are individuals, or by any authorized officer or
employee of the Trustee, if a corporate Trustee shall be acting hereunder as
sole Trustee, or by any such officer or employee of the corporate Trustee or by
an individual Trustee acting hereunder, if corporate and individual Trustees
shall be serving as co-trustees hereunder.
11.4. Claims Procedure. Until modified by the Committee, the claims procedure
set forth in this Section 11.4 shall be the claims procedure for the resolution
of disputes and disposition of claims arising under the Plan. An application for
a distribution under Section 7 shall be considered as a claim for the purposes
of this Section.
11.4.1. Original Claim. Any employee, former employee, or Beneficiary
of such employee or former employee may, if the employee, former employee or
Beneficiary so desires, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits
under the Plan. Within ninety (90) days after the filing of such a claim, the
Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether the claim is upheld or
denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice
describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of
additional time (but not more than one hundred eighty days from the date the
claim
-53-
<PAGE>
was filed) to reach a decision on the claim. If the claim is denied in whole or
in part, the Committee shall state in writing:
(a) the specific reasons for the denial,
(b) the specific references to the pertinent provisions of this
Plan Statement on which the denial is based,
(c) a description of any additional material or information
necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an
explanation of why such material or information is necessary,
and
(d) an explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in
this Section.
11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure. Within sixty (60) days after receipt
of notice that the claim has been denied in whole or in part, the claimant may
file with the Committee a written request for a review and may, in conjunction
therewith, submit written issues and comments. Within sixty (60) days after the
filing of such a request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant in
writing whether, upon review, the claim was upheld or denied in whole or in part
or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special
circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than
one hundred twenty days from the date the request for review was filed) to reach
a decision on the request for review.
11.4.3. General Rules.
(a) No inquiry or question shall be deemed to be a claim or a
request for a review of a denied claim unless made in
accordance with the claims procedure. The Committee may
require that any claim for benefits and any request for a
review of a denied claim be filed on forms to be furnished by
the Committee upon request.
(b) All decisions on claims and on requests for a review of denied
claims shall be made by the Committee unless delegated as
provided in Section 12.2.
(c) The Committee may, in its discretion, hold one or more
hearings on a claim or a request for a review of a denied
claim.
(d) Claimants may be represented by a lawyer or other
representative at their own expense, but the Committee
reserves the right to require the claimant to furnish written
authorization. A claimant's representative shall be entitled
to copies of all notices given to the claimant.
-54-
<PAGE>
(e) The decision of the Committee on a claim and on a request for
a review of a denied claim shall be served on the claimant in
writing. If a decision or notice is not received by a claimant
within the time specified, the claim or request for a review
of a denied claim shall be deemed to have been denied.
(f) Prior to filing a claim or a request for a review of a denied
claim, the claimant or the claimant's representative shall
have a reasonable opportunity to review a copy of this Plan
Statement and all other pertinent documents in the possession
of the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee.
11.4.4. Deadline to File Claim. To be considered timely under the
Plan's claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee
within one (1) year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of
the principal facts upon which the claim is based. If or to the extent that the
claim relates to a failure to effect a Participant's or Beneficiary's investment
directions, the one (1) year period shall be thirty (30) days.
11.4.5. Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies. The exhaustion of the
claim and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute
arising under this Plan. As to such claims and disputes:
(a) no claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to
recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under
the Plan under section 502 or section 510 of ERISA or under
any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until
the claim and review procedure set forth herein have been
exhausted in their entirety; and
(b) in any such legal action all explicit and all implicit
determinations by the Committee (including, but not limited
to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a
review of a denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded
the maximum deference permitted by law.
11.4.6. Deadline to File Legal Action. No legal action to recover Plan
benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under section 502 or
section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not
statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to this Plan
unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:
(a) thirty (30) months after the claimant knew or reasonably
should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is
based, or
(b) six (6) months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and
review procedure.
-55-
<PAGE>
If or to the extent that the claim relates to a failure to effect a
Participant's or Beneficiary's investment directions or a Participant's election
regarding contributions, the thirty (30) month period shall be nineteen (19)
months.
11.4.7. Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary.
Knowledge of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known
shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the
Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the
Participant for the purpose of applying the previously specified periods.
11.5. Information Furnished by Participants. Neither the Employer nor the
Committee nor the Trustee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the
computation of the Account of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of
fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Employer, the
Committee or the Trustee and used by them in determining the Participant's
Account. Neither the Employer nor the Committee nor the Trustee shall be
obligated or required to increase the Account of such Participant which, on
discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such
misstatement of the Participant. However, the Account of any Participant which
is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount
appropriate for the Participant in view of the truth. Any refund received upon
reduction of an Account so made shall be used to reduce the next succeeding
contribution of the Employer to the Plan.
-56-
<PAGE>
SECTION 12
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
12.1. Principal Sponsor.
12.1.1. Officers. Except as hereinafter provided, functions generally
assigned to the Principal Sponsor shall be discharged by its officers or
delegated and allocated as provided herein.
12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer. Except as hereinafter provided, the
Chief Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor may delegate or redelegate and
allocate or reallocate to one or more persons or to a committee of persons
jointly or severally, and whether or not such persons are directors, officers or
employees, such functions assigned to the Principal Sponsor hereunder as the
Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem advisable.
12.1.3. Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of
Directors of the Principal Sponsor shall have the exclusive authority, which may
not be delegated (except as provided in paragraph (a) below), to act for the
Principal Sponsor:
(a) to amend this Plan Statement (except that the authority to
make such amendments as are required to obtain or maintain the
qualification of the Plan under sections 401(a) and 501(a) of
the Code may be delegated); to terminate the Plan,
(b) to consent to the adoption of the Plan by other business
entities; to establish conditions and limitations upon such
adoption of the Plan by other business entities; to designate
Affiliates, and
(c) to cause the Plan to be merged with another plan and to
transfer assets and liabilities between the Plan and another.
12.2. Committee.
12.2.1. Appointment and Removal. The Committee shall consist of such
members as may be determined and appointed from time to time by the Chief
Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor and they shall serve at the pleasure
of such Chief Executive Officer. Members of the Committee shall serve without
compensation, but their reasonable expenses shall be an expense of the
administration of the Fund and shall be paid by the Trustee from and out of the
Fund except to the extent the Employer, in its discretion, directly pays such
expenses.
-57-
<PAGE>
12.2.2. Automatic Removal. If any individual who is a member of the
Committee is a director, officer or employee when appointed as a member of the
Committee, then such individual shall be automatically removed as a member of
the Committee at the earliest time such individual ceases to be a director,
officer or employee. This removal shall occur automatically and without any
requirement for action by the Chief Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor
or any notice to the individual so removed.
12.2.3. Authority. The Committee may elect such officers as the
Committee may decide upon. The Committee shall:
(a) establish rules for the functioning of the Committee,
including the times and places for holding meetings, the
notices to be given in respect of such meetings and the number
of members who shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business,
(b) organize and delegate to such of its members as it shall
select authority to execute or authenticate rules, advisory
opinions or instructions, and other instruments adopted or
authorized by the Committee; adopt such bylaws or regulations
as it deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs; appoint
a secretary, who need not be a member of the Committee, to
keep its records and otherwise assist the Committee in the
performance of its duties; keep a record of all its
proceedings and acts and keep all books of account, records
and other data as may be necessary for the proper
administration of the Plan; notify the Employer and the
Trustee of any action taken by the Committee and, when
required, notify any other interested person or persons,
(c) determine from the records of the Employer the compensation,
service records, status and other facts regarding Participants
and other employees,
(d) cause to be compiled at least annually, from the records of
the Committee and the reports and accountings of the Trustee,
a report or accounting of the status of the Plan and the
Accounts of the Participants, and make it available to each
Participant who shall have the right to examine that part of
such report or accounting (or a true and correct copy of such
part) which sets forth the Participant's benefits and ratable
interest in the Fund,
(e) prescribe forms, procedures and methods (including telephonic,
electronic or similar methods) to be used for applications for
participation, benefits, notifications, etc., as may be
required in the administration of the Plan,
(f) set up such rules as are deemed necessary to carry out the
terms of this Plan Statement,
-58-
<PAGE>
(g) resolve all questions of administration of the Plan not
specifically referred to in this Section,
(h) delegate or redelegate to one or more persons, jointly or
severally, and whether or not such persons are members of the
Committee or employees of the Employer, such functions
assigned to the Committee hereunder as it may from time to
time deem advisable, and
(i) perform all other acts reasonably necessary for administering
the Plan and carrying out the provisions of this Plan
Statement and performing the duties imposed on it.
12.2.4. Majority Decisions. If there shall at any time be three (3) or
more members of the Committee serving hereunder who are qualified to perform a
particular act, the same may be performed, on behalf of all, by a majority of
those qualified, with or without the concurrence of the minority. No person who
failed to join or concur in such act shall be held liable for the consequences
thereof, except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA.
12.3. Limitation on Authority.
12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally. No action taken by any fiduciary, if
authority to take such action has been delegated or redelegated to it, shall be
the responsibility of any other fiduciary except as may be required by the
provisions of ERISA. Except to the extent imposed by ERISA, no fiduciary shall
have the duty to question whether any other fiduciary is fulfilling all of the
responsibility imposed upon such other fiduciary by the Plan Statement or by
ERISA.
12.3.2. Trustee. The responsibilities and obligations of the Trustee
shall be strictly limited to those set forth in this Plan Statement. The Trustee
shall have no authority or duty to determine or enforce payment of any Employer
contribution under the Plan or to determine the existence, nature or extent of
any individual's rights in the Fund or under the Plan or question any
determination made by the Principal Sponsor or the Committee regarding the same.
Nor shall the Trustee be responsible in any way for the manner in which the
Principal Sponsor, the Employer or the Committee carries out its
responsibilities under this Plan Statement or, more generally, under the Plan.
The Trustee shall give the Principal Sponsor notice of (and tender to the
Principal Sponsor) the prosecution or defense of any litigation involving the
Plan, the Fund or other fiduciaries of the Plan.
12.4. Conflict of Interest. If any officer or employee of the Employer, any
member of the board of directors of the Employer, any member of the Committee or
any Trustee to whom authority has been delegated or redelegated hereunder shall
also be a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee in the Plan, the
individual shall have no authority as such officer, employee, member or Trustee
with respect to any matter specially affecting his or her individual interest
hereunder (as distinguished from the interests of all Participants,
Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees or a broad class of Participants,
Beneficiaries and Alternate
-59-
<PAGE>
Payees), all such authority being reserved exclusively to the other officers,
employees, members or Trustees as the case may be, to the exclusion of such
Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, and such Participant, Beneficiary
or Alternate Payee shall act only in his or her individual capacity in
connection with any such matter.
12.5. Dual Capacity. Individuals, firms, corporations or partnerships identified
herein or delegated or allocated authority or responsibility hereunder may serve
in more than one fiduciary capacity.
12.6. Administrator. The Principal Sponsor shall be the administrator for
purposes of section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.
12.7. Named Fiduciaries. The Principal Sponsor, the Committee and the Trustee
shall be named fiduciaries for the purpose of section 402(a) of ERISA.
12.8. Service of Process. In the absence of any designation to the contrary by
the Principal Sponsor, the general counsel of the Principal Sponsor is
designated as the appropriate and exclusive agent for the receipt of service of
process directed to the Plan in any legal proceeding, including arbitration,
involving the Plan.
12.9. Administrative Expenses. The reasonable expenses of administering the Plan
shall be payable out of the Fund except to the extent that the Employer, in its
discretion, directly pays the expenses.
12.10. IRS Qualification. This Plan is intended to qualify under section 401(a)
of the Code as a defined contribution profit sharing plan (and not as a defined
contribution or stock bonus plan or money purchase pension plan or a defined
benefit pension plan).
-60-
<PAGE>
SECTION 13
IN GENERAL
13.1. Disclaimers.
13.1.1. Effect on Employment. Neither the terms of this Plan Statement
nor the benefits hereunder nor the continuance thereof shall be a term of the
employment of any employee, and the Employer shall not be obligated to continue
the Plan. The terms of this Plan Statement shall not give any employee the right
to be retained in the employment of the Employer.
13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits. Neither the Employer nor any of its
officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the
Committee nor the Trustee in any way guarantee the Fund against loss or
depreciation, nor do they guarantee the payment of any benefit or amount which
may become due and payable hereunder to any Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate
Payee or other person. Each Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate Payee or other
person entitled at any time to payments hereunder shall look solely to the
assets of the Fund for such payments. If a Vested Total Account shall have been
distributed to a former Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate Payee or any other
person entitled jointly to the receipt thereof (or shall have been transferred
to the Trustee of another tax-qualified deferred compensation plan), such former
Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate Payee or other person, as the case may be,
shall have no further right or interest in the other assets of the Fund.
13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters. Neither the Employer nor any of its
officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the
Committee shall in any manner be liable to any Participant, Beneficiary,
Alternate Payee or other person for any act or omission of the Trustee (except
to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA). Neither the Employer nor
any of its officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of
the Committee nor the Trustee shall be under any liability or responsibility
(except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA) for failure to
effect any of the objectives or purposes of the Plan by reason of loss or
fluctuation in the value of Fund or for the form, genuineness, validity,
sufficiency or effect of any Fund asset at any time held hereunder, or for the
failure of any person, firm or corporation indebted to the Fund to pay such
indebtedness as and when the same shall become due or for any delay occasioned
by reason of any applicable law, order or regulation or by reason of any
restriction or provision contained in any security or other asset held by the
Fund. Except as is otherwise provided in ERISA, the Employer and its officers,
the members of its board of directors, the members of the Committee, the Trustee
and other fiduciaries shall not be liable for an act or omission of another
person with regard to a fiduciary responsibility that has been allocated to or
delegated in whole or in part to such other person pursuant to the terms of this
Plan Statement or pursuant to procedures set forth in this Plan Statement.
-61-
<PAGE>
13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited. The Fund from time to time hereunder shall
at all times be a trust fund separate and apart from the assets of the Employer,
and no part thereof shall be or become available to the Employer or to creditors
of the Employer under any circumstances other than those specified in Section
1.4 and Section 3.9 and Appendix A to this Plan Statement. It shall be
impossible for any part of the corpus or income of the Fund to be used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and
Beneficiaries (except as hereinbefore provided).
13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules. The rules set forth in Appendix B to this
Plan Statement (concerning additional provisions that apply if the Plan becomes
top heavy) are incorporated herein.
-62-
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS
AND ANNUAL BENEFITS
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1.1. Annual Addition. Annual addition means, with respect to any Participant for
a limitation year, the sum of:
(i) all employer contributions (including employer
contributions of the Participant's earnings
reductions under section 401(k), section 403(b) and
section 408(k) of the Code) allocable as of a date
during such limitation year to the Participant under
all defined contribution plans;
(ii) all forfeitures allocable as of a date during such
limitation year to the Participant under all defined
contribution plans; and
(iii) all Participant contributions made as of a date
during such limitation year to all defined
contribution plans.
1.1.1. Specific Inclusions. With regard to a plan which contains a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement or matching contributions or employee
contributions, excess contributions and excess aggregate contributions (whether
or not distributed during or after the limitation year) shall be considered
annual additions in the year contributed. Excess deferrals that are not
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are annual additions.
1.1.2. Specific Exclusions. The annual addition shall not, however,
include any portion of a Participant's rollover contributions or any additions
to accounts attributable to a plan merger or a transfer of plan assets or
liabilities or any other amounts excludable under law. Excess deferrals that are
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are not annual additions.
1.1.3. ESOP Rules. In the case of an employee stock ownership plan
within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code, annual additions shall not
include any dividends or gains on sale of
A-1
<PAGE>
employer securities held by the employee stock ownership plan (regardless of
whether such dividends or gains are (i) on securities which are allocated to
Participants' accounts or (ii) on securities which are not allocated to
Participants' accounts which, in the case of dividends used to pay principal on
an employee stock ownership plan loan, result in employer securities being
allocated to Participants' accounts or, in the case of a sale, result in sale
proceeds being allocated to Participants' accounts). In the case of an employee
stock ownership plan within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code under
which no more than one-third (1/3rd) of the employer contributions for a
limitation year which are deductible under section 404(a)(9) of the Code are
allocated to highly compensated employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the
Code), annual additions shall not include forfeitures of employer securities
under the employee stock ownership plan if such securities were acquired with
the proceeds of an exempt loan or, if the Employer is not an S corporation as
defined in section 1361(a)(1) of the Code, employer contributions to the
employee stock ownership plan which are deductible by the employer under section
404(a)(9)(B) of the Code and charged against the Participant's account (i.e.,
interest payments).
1.2. Annual Benefit. Annual benefit means a retirement benefit under a defined
benefit plan which is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity.
1.2.1. Straight Life Annuity. Except as provided below, a benefit
payable in a form other than a straight life annuity will be adjusted to the
actuarial equivalent straight life annuity before applying the limitations of
this Appendix. This actuarial equivalent straight life annuity shall be the
greater of (A) the equivalent straight life annuity computed using the interest
rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit
plan for determining the amount of the particular form of benefit that is
payable under the plan, or (B) in the case of a form of benefit subject to
section 417(e)(3) of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality table prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this
purpose, or (C) in the case of a form of benefit not subject to section
417(e)(3)of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed using a five
percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this purpose.
1.2.2. Excluded Contributions. The annual benefit does not include any
benefits attributable to employee contributions, rollover contributions or the
assets transferred from a qualified plan that was not maintained by a controlled
group member.
1.2.3. Ancillary Benefits. No actuarial adjustment to the annual
benefit is required for: (i) the value of a qualified joint and survivor annuity
(to the extent such value exceeds the sum of the value of a straight life
annuity beginning on the same date and the value of post-retirement death
benefits that would be paid even if the annuity were not in the form of a joint
and survivor annuity), or (ii) the value of benefits that are not directly
related to retirement benefits (such as a pre-retirement disability benefit, a
pre-retirement death benefit or a post-retirement medical benefit), or (iii) the
value of post-retirement cost of living increases made in accordance with
regulations under the Code.
A-2
<PAGE>
1.3. Controlled Group Member. Controlled group member means the Employer and
each member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b)
of the Code and as modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly
controlled trades or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code and as
modified by section 415(h) of the Code), affiliated service groups (as defined
in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Employer is a part and other
organizations required to be aggregated for this purpose under section 414(o) of
the Code.
1.4. Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. Defined benefit plan and
defined contribution plan have the meanings assigned to those terms by section
415(k)(1) of the Code. Whenever reference is made to defined benefit plans and
defined contribution plans in this Appendix, it shall include all such plans
maintained by the Employer and all controlled group members.
1.5. Defined Benefit Fraction.
1.5.1. General Rule. Defined benefit fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits
under all defined benefit plans determined as of the close of the limitation
year, and the denominator of which is the lesser of:
(i) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
limitation in effect under section 415(b)(l)(A) of
the Code as of the close of such limitation year
(i.e., 125% of $90,000 as adjusted for cost of
living, commencement dates, length of service and
other factors), or
(ii) one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
which may be taken into account under section
415(b)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
Participant as of the close of such limitation year
(i.e., 140% of the Participant's highest average
compensation as adjusted for cost of living, length
of service and other factors).
1.5.2. Transition Rule. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant
was a participant as of the first day of the first limitation year beginning
after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans which were in
existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than
one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the sum of the annual benefits under
such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last
limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in
the terms and conditions of the defined benefit plans after May 5, 1986. The
preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in
the aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.
A-3
<PAGE>
1.6. Defined Contribution Fraction.
1.6.1. General Rule. Defined contribution fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's annual additions (including
employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account established for
the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance benefits with
respect to a key employee as defined in section 416 of the Code under a welfare
benefit fund or individual medical account) as of the close of the limitation
year and for all prior limitation years, and the denominator of which is the sum
of the amounts determined under paragraph (i) or (ii) below, whichever is the
lesser, for such limitation year and for each prior limitation year in which the
Participant had any service with the Employer (regardless of whether that or any
other defined contribution plan was in existence during those years or continues
in existence):
(i) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
limitation in effect under section 415(c)(l)(A) of
the Code for such limitation year determined without
regard to section 415(c)(6) of the Code (i.e., 125%
of $30,000 as adjusted for cost of living), or
(ii) one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
which may be taken into account under section
415(c)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
individual under the defined contribution plan for
such limitation year (i.e., 140% of 25% of the
Participant's ss. 415 compensation for such
limitation year).
1.6.2. TEFRA Transition Rule. The Employer may elect that the amount
taken into account for each Participant for all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1983, under Section 1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) shall be
determined pursuant to the special transition rule provided in section 415(e)(6)
of the Code.
1.6.3. Employee Contributions. Notwithstanding the definition of
"annual additions," for the purpose of determining the defined contribution
fraction in limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987, employee
contributions shall not be taken into account to the extent that they were not
required to be taken into account under section 415 of the Code prior to the Tax
Reform Act of 1986.
1.6.4. Annual Denominator. The amounts to be determined under Section
1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) for the limitation year and for all prior
limitation years in which the Participant had any service with the Employer
shall be determined separately for each such limitation year on the basis of
which amount is the lesser for each such limitation year.
1.6.5. Historical Amounts. For all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1976, the dollar limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code is
Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000). For limitation years ending after
December 31, 1975, and before January 1, 1999, the amount shall be:
A-4
<PAGE>
For limitation years The ss. 415(c)(1)(A)
ending during: dollar amount is:
---------------- ------------------
1976 $26,825
1977 $28,175
1978 $30,050
1979 $32,700
1980 $36,875
1981 $41,500
1982 $45,475
1983 - 2000 $30,000
1.6.6. Relief Rule. If the Participant was a participant as of the end
of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986,
in one or more defined contribution plans which were in existence on May 6,
1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed one (1.0).
Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of the excess of the sum of
the fractions over one (1.0), times the denominator of this fraction, will be
permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the
last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any
changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made after May 6, 1986, but
using the section 415 limitations applicable to the first limitation year
beginning on or after January 1, 1987.
1.7. Highest Average Compensation. Highest average compensation means the
averagess. 415 compensation for the three (3) consecutive calendar years during
which the Participant was both an active participant in the defined benefit plan
and had the greatest aggregate compensation from the Employer.
1.8. Individual Medical Account. Individual medical account means an account, as
defined in section 415(1)(2) of the Code maintained by the Employer or a
controlled group member which provides an annual addition.
1.9. Limitation Year. Limitation year means the Plan Year.
1.10. Maximum Permissible Addition.
1.10.1. General Rule. Maximum permissible addition (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined contribution plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, the lesser of:
A-5
<PAGE>
(i) Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000), as adjusted
automatically for increases in the cost of living by
the Secretary of the Treasury, or
(ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant'sss. 415
compensation for such limitation year.
1.10.2. Medical Benefits. The dollar limitation in Section 1.10.1(i),
but not the amount determined in Section 1.10.1(ii), shall be reduced by the
amount of employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account
established for the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance
benefits with respect to a key employee (as defined in section 416 of the Code)
under a welfare benefit fund or an individual medical account.
1.11. Maximum Permissible Benefit. Maximum permissible benefit (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined benefit plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, an amount determined as follows:
1.11.1. SSRA Commencement. If the annual benefit commences at the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit is the lesser
of:
(i) Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000), or
(ii) the Participant's highest average compensation.
1.11.2. Early Commencement. If the annual benefit commences before the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit may not exceed
the lesser of the actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
annual benefit beginning at the social security retirement age or the
Participant's highest average compensation. If the annual benefit commences
before the social security retirement age but after age sixty-two (62) years,
this actuarial equivalent shall be the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual
benefit reduced in accordance with reductions in social security benefits (i.e.,
5/9% for each of the first 36 months and 5/12% for each additional month by
which the commencement date precedes the social security retirement age). If the
annual benefit commences before age sixty-two (62) years, this actuarial
equivalent shall be the actuarial equivalent of the maximum permissible benefit
as reduced under the prior sentence to age sixty-two (62) years. This actuarial
equivalent (i.e., the pre-age 62 years actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser
of (A) the equivalent amount computed using the interest rate and mortality
table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit plan for determining
the amount of the early retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or
(B) the equivalent amount computed using five percent (5%) interest and the
applicable mortality table as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for
these purposes.
1.11.3. Late Commencement. If the annual benefit commences after the
social security retirement age, the benefit may not exceed the lesser of the
actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual benefit
beginning at the social security retirement age or the Participant's highest
average
A-6
<PAGE>
compensation. This actuarial equivalent (i.e., the post-social security
retirement age actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser of (A) the equivalent
amount computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor)
specified in the defined benefit plan for determining the amount of the late
retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or (B) the equivalent amount
computed using five percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table as
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for these purposes.
1.11.4. Cost of Living Adjustments. Effective on January 1, 1988 and
each January 1 thereafter, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) limit and the
highest average compensation limit (for Participants who have separated from
service) shall be adjusted automatically for increases in the cost of living by
the Secretary of the Treasury. The new amounts will apply to limitation years
ending within such calendar year.
1.11.5. Participation Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten
(10) years of participation in the plan, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the highest average
compensation limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to ninety thousand
dollars ($90,000) as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by a
fraction:
(i) the numerator of which is the number of years (and
part thereof) of participation, and
(ii) the denominator of which is ten (10).
1.11.6. Service Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten (10)
years of service with the controlled group members, the highest average
compensation limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the Ninety
Thousand Dollar limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to the highest
average compensation limit as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by
a fraction:
(i) the numerator of which is the number of years (and
part thereof) of service, and
(ii) the denominator of which is ten (10).
1.12. Projected Annual Benefit. Projected annual benefit means the annual
benefit payable to the Participant at his or her normal retirement age (as
defined in the defined benefit plan) adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity form (or, if it would be a lesser amount, to any
actuarially equivalent qualified joint and survivor annuity form that is
available under the defined benefit plan) assuming that:
(i) the Participant continues employment and
participation under the defined benefit plan until
his or her normal retirement age (as defined in the
defined benefit plan) or, if later, until his or her
current age, and
A-7
<PAGE>
(ii) the Participant's ss. 415 compensation and all other
factors used to determine annual benefits under the
defined benefit plan remain unchanged for all future
limitation years.
1.13. Section 415 Compensation. Section 415 compensation (sometimes, "ss. 415
compensation") shall mean, with respect to any limitation year, the total wages,
salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal
services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer to the
extent that such amounts are includible in gross income but determined without
regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). Without
regard to whether it is or is not includible in gross income, subject to other
limitations and rules of this Section, (i) ss. 415 compensation shall include
foreign earned income as defined in section 911(b) of the Code whether or not
excludable from gross income under section 911 of the Code, and (ii) ss. 415
compensation shall be determined without regard to the exclusions from gross
income in section 931 and section 933 of the Code. For limitation years
beginning after December 31, 1991, ss. 415 compensation shall be determined on a
cash basis. For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1997, ss. 415
compensation shall also include any elective deferral as defined in section
402(g)(3) of the Code and any amount which is contributed or deferred by an
Employer at the election of the employee and which is not includible in the
gross income of the employee by reason of section 125, section 132(f) or section
457 of the Code.
1.14. Social Security Retirement Age. Social security retirement age means the
age used as retirement age under section 216(l) of the Social Security Act
except that such section shall be applied (i) without regard to the age increase
factor, and (ii) as if the early retirement age under section 216(1)(2) of the
Social Security Act were age sixty-two (62) years.
1.15. Welfare Benefit Fund. Welfare benefit fund means a fund as defined in
section 419(e) of the Code which provides post-retirement medical benefits
allocated to separate accounts for key employees as defined in section
419A(d)(3).
SECTION 2
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be allocated to the account of any Participant under a defined
contribution plan for any limitation year an amount which would cause the annual
addition for such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible addition.
A-8
<PAGE>
SECTION 3
DEFINED BENEFIT LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be accrued for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit
plan an amount which would cause the annual benefit for any limitation year for
such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible benefit.
SECTION 4
COMBINED PLANS LIMITATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, during
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000, there shall not be allocated
to the account of any Participant under a defined contribution plan or accrued
for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit plan any amount which
would cause the sum of such Participant's defined benefit fraction and defined
contribution fraction to exceed one (1.0) at the close of any limitation year.
SECTION 5
REMEDIAL ACTION
5.1. Defined Contribution Plans Only. If a Participant's annual additions for a
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible addition, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the following shall occur in the following
sequence.
5.1.1. Employee After Tax Contributions and Elective Deferrals. The
defined contribution plan shall:
(i) return any unmatched employee contributions made by
the Participant for the limitation year to the
Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
of gains but not losses while held in the defined
contribution plan), and
(ii) distribute unmatched elective deferrals (within the
meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
their proportionate share of gains but not losses
while held in the defined contribution plan), and
A-9
<PAGE>
(iii) return any matched employee contributions made by the
Participant for the limitation year to the
Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
of gains but not losses while held in the defined
contribution plan), and
(iv) distribute matched elective deferrals (within the
meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
their proportionate share of gains but not losses
while held in the defined contribution plan).
To the extent matched employee contributions are returned or any matched
elective deferrals are distributed, any matching contribution made with respect
thereto shall be forfeited and reallocated to Participants as provided in the
defined contribution plan.
5.1.2. Employer Contributions. If, after taking all the actions
contemplated by Section 5.1.1, an excess still exists, the defined contribution
plan shall dispose of the excess as follows.
(a) Covered. If that Participant is covered by the defined
contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, the
Employer shall cause such excess to be used to reduce employer
contributions for the next limitation year ("second limitation
year") and succeeding limitation years, as necessary, for that
Participant.
(b) Not Covered. If the Participant is not covered by the defined
contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, however,
then the excess amounts must be held unallocated in an "excess
account" for the second limitation year (or succeeding
limitation years) and allocated and reallocated in the second
limitation year (or succeeding limitation year) to all the
remaining Participants in the defined contribution plan as if
an employer contribution for the second limitation year (or
succeeding limitation year). However, if the allocation or
reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant to the provisions
of the defined contribution plan causes the limitations of
this Appendix to be exceeded with respect to each Participant
for the second limitation year (or succeeding limitation
years), then these amounts must be held unallocated in an
excess account. If an excess account is in existence at any
time during the second limitation year (or any succeeding
limitation year), all amounts in the excess account must be
allocated and reallocated to Participants' accounts (subject
to the limitations of this Appendix) as if they were
additional employer contributions before any employer
contribution and any Participant contributions which would
constitute annual additions may be made to the defined
contribution plan for that limitation year. Furthermore, the
excess amounts must be used to reduce employer contributions
for the second limitation year (and succeeding limitation
years, as necessary) for all of the remaining Participants.
A-10
<PAGE>
(c) No Distributions. Excess amounts may not be distributed from
the defined contribution plan to Participants or former
Participants.
If an excess account is in existence at any time during a limitation
year, the gains and losses and other income attributable to the excess account
shall be allocated to such excess account. To the extent that investment gains
or other income or investment losses are allocated to the excess account, the
entire amount allocated to Participants from the excess account, including any
such gains or other income or less any losses, shall be considered as an annual
addition. If the defined contribution plan should be terminated prior to the
date any such temporarily held, unallocated excess can be allocated to the
Accounts of Participants, the date of termination shall be deemed to be an
Annual Valuation Date for the purpose of allocating such excess and, if any
portion of such excess cannot be allocated as of such deemed Annual Valuation
Date by reason of the limitations of this Appendix, such remaining excess shall
be returned to the Employer.
5.1.3. Sequence of Plans. Each step of remedial action under Section
5.1.1 and Section 5.1.2 as may be necessary to correct an excess allocation
shall be made in all defined contribution plans before the next step of remedial
action is made. Each such step shall be made in the defined contribution plans
in the following sequence:
(i) all profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing
cash or deferred arrangements,
(ii) all money purchase pension plans other than money
purchase pension plans that are part of employee
stock ownership plans,
(iii) all profit sharing and stock bonus plans other than
profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing cash
or deferred arrangements and employee stock ownership
plans,
(iv) all employee stock ownership plans.
If an excess allocation occurs in two (2) or more plans in the same category,
correction of the excess allocation shall be made in chronological order as
determined by the effective date of each plan (using the original effective date
of the plan) beginning with the most recently established plan.
5.2. Defined Benefit Plans Only.
5.2.1. General Rule. If a Participant's annual benefit for any
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible benefit, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the defined benefit plan shall cease the
accrual of benefits or reduce benefits previously accrued.
A-11
<PAGE>
5.2.2. Sequence of Plans. Such remedial action as may be necessary to
prevent an annual benefit from exceeding the maximum permissible benefit in a
limitation year shall be made in defined benefit plans as follows.
(a) Single Plan. If the Participant is accruing benefits in only
one defined benefit plan during such limitation year, all such
cessations and reductions shall be made in that plan; and
(b) Other Plans In Earlier Years. To the extent that such
cessations and reductions are not adequate and the Participant
has accrued benefits in one or more other defined benefit
plans in earlier limitation years, such cessations and
reduction of accrued benefits under other plans shall be made
in chronological order as determined by the effective date of
each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
beginning with the most recently established plan; and
(c) Multiple Plans. If the Participant is concurrently accruing
benefits in more than one defined benefit plan during such
limitation year, such cessations and reductions of accrued
benefits under such defined benefit plans shall be made in
chronological order as determined by the effective date of
each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
beginning with the most recently established plan.
5.3. Combined Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. If the sum of a
Participant's defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction
would exceed one (1.0) at the end of any limitation year beginning before
January 1, 2000, to the extent necessary to eliminate the excess the following
shall occur in the following sequence.
(a) Defined Benefit. The cessation and reduction of accruals
described in Section 5.2 shall be made.
(b) Defined Contribution. The actions described in Section 5.1
shall be taken.
A-12
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of the Plan Statement,
if, after applying the special definitions set forth in Section 1 of this
Appendix, this Plan is determined under Section 2 of this Appendix to be a top
heavy plan for a Plan Year, then the special rules set forth in Section 3 of
this Appendix shall apply. For so long as this Plan is not determined to be a
top heavy plan, the special rules in Section 3 of this Appendix shall be
inapplicable to this Plan.
SECTION 1
SPECIAL DEFINITIONS
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1.1. Aggregated Employers. Aggregated employers means the Employer and each
other corporation, partnership or proprietorship which is a "predecessor" to the
Employer, or is under "common control" with the Employer, or is a member of an
"affiliated service group" that includes the Employer, as those terms are
defined in section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
1.2. Aggregation Group. Aggregation group means a grouping of this Plan and:
(a) if any Participant in the Plan is a key employee, each other
qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan of the
aggregated employers in which a key employee is a Participant
(and for this purpose, a key employee shall be considered a
Participant only during periods when he is actually accruing
benefits and not during periods when he has preserved accrued
benefits attributable to periods of participation when he was
not a key employee), and
(b) each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
plan of the aggregated employers which is required to be taken
into account for this Plan or any plan described in paragraph
(a) above to satisfy the qualification requirements under
section 410 or section 401(a)(4) of the Code, and
(c) each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
plan of the aggregated employers which is not included in
paragraph (a) or (b) above, but which the
B-1
<PAGE>
Employer elects to include in the aggregation group and which,
when included, would not cause the aggregation group to fail
to satisfy the qualification requirements under section 410 or
section 401(a)(4) of the Code.
1.3. Compensation. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, compensation
means the wages, tips and other compensation paid to the Participant by the
Employer and reportable in the box designated "wages, tips, other compensation"
on Treasury Form W-2 (or any comparable successor box or form) for the
applicable period but determined without regard to any rules that limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). In determining compensation there shall be
included elective contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the
Participant that are not includible in gross income under sections 125,
402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code including elective
contributions authorized by the Participant under a cafeteria plan or any
qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of the Code. For the
purposes of this Appendix (excluding Section 1.6 of this Appendix), compensation
shall be limited to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted under
the Code for cost of living increases) for Plan Years beginning before January
1, 1994, and One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (as so adjusted)
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993.
1.4. Determination Date. Determination date means, for the first (1st) Plan Year
of a plan, the last day of such first (1st) Plan Year, and for each subsequent
Plan Year, the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.
1.5. Five Percent Owner. Five percent owner means for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than five percent (5%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and,
for each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than five percent (5%) of the capital interest or the profits interest in such
aggregated employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.
1.6. Key Employee. Key employee means each Participant (whether or not then an
employee) who at any time during a Plan Year (or any of the four preceding Plan
Years) is:
(a) an officer of any aggregated employer (excluding persons who
have the title of an officer but not the authority and
including persons who have the authority of an officer but not
the title) having an annual compensation from all aggregated
employers for any such Plan Year in excess of fifty percent
(50%) of the amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of
the Code for any such Plan Year, or
B-2
<PAGE>
(b) one (1) of the ten (10) employees (not necessarily
Participants) owning (or considered to own within the meaning
of the shareholder attribution rules) both more than one-half
of one percent (1/2%) ownership interest in value and the
largest percentage ownership interests in value of any of the
aggregated employers (which are owned by employees) and who
has an annual compensation from all the aggregated employers
in excess of the limitation in effect under section
415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year, or
(c) a five percent owner, or
(d) a one percent owner having an annual compensation from the
aggregated employers of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($150,000);
provided, however, that no more than fifty (50) employees (or, if lesser, the
greater of three of all the aggregated employers' employees or ten percent of
all the aggregated employers' employees) shall be treated as officers. For the
purposes of determining ownership percentages, each corporation, partnership and
proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated shall be viewed as a separate
entity. For purposes of paragraph (b) above, if two (2) employees have the same
interest in any of the aggregated employers, the employee having the greatest
annual compensation from that aggregated employer shall be treated as having a
larger interest. For the purpose of determining compensation, however, all
compensation received from all aggregated employers shall be taken into account.
The term "key employee" shall include the beneficiaries of a deceased key
employee.
1.7. One Percent Owner. One percent owner means, for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than one percent (1%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
one percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and, for
each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than one percent (1%) of the capital or the profits interest in such aggregated
employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.
1.8. Shareholder Attribution Rules. Shareholder attribution rules means the
rules of section 318 of the Code, (except that subparagraph (C) of section
318(a)(2) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "5 percent" for "50
percent") or, if the Employer is not a corporation, the rules determining
ownership in such Employer which shall be set forth in regulations prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury.
1.9. Top Heavy Aggregation Group. Top heavy aggregation group means any
aggregation group for which, as of the determination date, the sum of:
B-3
<PAGE>
(i) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits
for key employees under all defined benefit plans
included in such aggregation group, and
(ii) the aggregate of the accounts of key employees under
all defined contribution plans included in such
aggregation group,
exceed sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all employees. In
applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:
(a) For the purpose of determining the present value of the
cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
(5) year period ending on the determination date.
(b) Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
plan maintained by another employer and made after December
31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).
(c) If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
respect to a plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
employee shall not be taken into account.
(d) The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
determination date for that Plan Year.
(e) In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
(other than a key
B-4
<PAGE>
employee) shall be determined under the method which is used
for accrual purposes for all plans of the employer or if there
is no method which is used for accrual purposes under all
plans of the employer, as if such benefit accrued not more
rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under section
411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In determining this present value,
the mortality and interest assumptions shall be those which
would be used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in
valuing the defined benefit plan if it terminated on such
valuation date. The accrued benefit to be valued shall be the
benefit expressed as a single life annuity.
(f) In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
the determination date shall be included even if such
contributions are not required.
(g) If any individual has not performed any services for any
employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
shall not be taken into account.
(h) For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
aggregation group for such Plan Year.
1.10. Top Heavy Plan. Top heavy plan means a qualified plan under which (as of
the determination date):
(i) if the plan is a defined benefit plan, the present
value of the cumulative accrued benefits for key
employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present
value of the cumulative accrued benefits for all
employees, and
(ii) if the plan is a defined contribution plan, the
aggregate of the accounts of key employees exceeds
sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate of all of the
accounts of all employees.
In applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:
B-5
<PAGE>
(a) Each plan of an Employer required to be included in an
aggregation group shall be a top heavy plan if such
aggregation group is a top heavy aggregation group.
(b) For the purpose of determining the present value of the
cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
(5) year period ending on the determination date.
(c) Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
plan maintained by another employer and made after December
31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).
(d) If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
respect to the plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
employee shall not be taken into account.
(e) The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
determination date for that Plan Year.
(f) In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
(other than a key employee) shall be determined under the
method which is used for accrual purposes for all plans of the
employer or if there is no method which is used for accrual
purposes under all plans of the employer, as if such benefit
accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
permitted under section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In
determining this present value, the mortality and interest
assumptions shall be those which would be used by the Pension
Benefit Guaranty
B-6
<PAGE>
Corporation in valuing the defined benefit plan if it
terminated on such valuation date. The accrued benefit to be
valued shall be the benefit expressed as a single life
annuity.
(g) In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
the determination date shall be included even if such
contributions are not required.
(h) If any individual has not performed any services for any
employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
shall not be taken into account.
(i) For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
aggregation group for such Plan Year.
SECTION 2
DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVINESS
Once each Plan Year, as of the determination date for that Plan Year, the
administrator of this Plan shall determine if this Plan is a top heavy plan.
SECTION 3
CONTINGENT PROVISIONS
3.1. When Applicable. If this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, the following provisions shall apply for that Plan Year (and, to the
extent hereinafter specified, for subsequent Plan Years), notwithstanding any
provisions to the contrary in the Plan.
B-7
<PAGE>
3.2. Vesting Requirement.
3.2.1. General Rule. During any Plan Year that the Plan is determined
to be a Top Heavy Plan, then all accounts of all Participants in a defined
contribution plan that is a top heavy plan and the accrued benefits of all
Participants in a defined benefit plan that is a top heavy plan shall be vested
and nonforfeitable in accordance with the following schedule if, and to the
extent, that it is more favorable than other provisions of the Plan:
If the Participant Has His Vested
Completed the Following Percentage
Years of Vesting Service: Shall Be:
-------------------------- -----------
Less than 2 years 0%
2 years but less than 3 years 20%
3 years but less than 4 years 40%
4 years but less than 5 years 60%
5 years but less than 6 years 80%
6 years or more 100%
3.2.2. Subsequent Year. In each subsequent Plan Year that the Plan is
determined not to be a top heavy plan, the other nonforfeitability provisions of
the Plan Statement (and not this section) shall apply in determining the vested
and nonforfeitable rights of Participants who do not have five (5) or more years
of Vesting Service (three or more years of Vesting Service for Participants who
have one or more Hours of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1988) as of the beginning of such subsequent Plan Year; provided, however, that
they shall not be applied in a manner which would reduce the vested and
nonforfeitable percentage of any Participant.
3.2.3. Cancellation of Benefit Service. If this Plan is a defined
benefit plan and if the Participant's vested percentage is determined under this
Appendix and if a Participant receives a lump sum distribution of the present
value of the vested portion of his accrued benefit, the Plan shall:
(a) thereafter disregard the Participant's service with respect to
which he received such distribution in determining his accrued
benefit, and
(b) permit the Participant who receives a distribution of less
than the present value of his entire accrued benefit to
restore this service by repaying (after returning to
employment covered under the Plan) to the trustee the amount
of such distribution together with interest at the interest
rate of five percent (5%) per annum compounded annually (or
such other interest rate as is provided by law for such
repayment). If the distribution was on account of separation
from service such repayment must be made before the earlier
of,
B-8
<PAGE>
(i) five (5) years after the first date on which the
Participant is subsequently reemployed by the
employer, or
(ii) the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive
one-year breaks in service commencing after the
distribution.
If the distribution was on account of any other reason, such repayment must be
made within five (5) years after the date of the distribution.
3.3. Defined Contribution Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.
3.3.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined contribution plan, then
for any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the
Employer shall make a contribution for allocation to the account of each
employee who is a Participant for that Plan Year and who is not a key employee
in an amount (when combined with other Employer contributions and forfeited
accounts allocated to his account) which is at least equal to three percent (3%)
of such Participant's compensation. (This minimum contribution amount shall be
further reduced by all other Employer contributions to this Plan or any other
defined contribution plans.) This contribution shall be made for each
Participant who has not separated from service with the Employer at the end of
the Plan Year (including for this purpose any Participant who is then on
temporary layoff or authorized leave of absence or who, during such Plan Year,
was inducted into the Armed Forces of the United States from employment with the
Employer) including, for this purpose, each employee of the Employer who would
have been a Participant if he had: (i) completed one thousand (1,000) Hours of
Service (or the equivalent) during the Plan Year, and (ii) made any mandatory
contributions to the Plan, and (iii) earned compensation in excess of the stated
amount required for participation in the Plan.
3.3.2. Special Rule. Subject to the following rules, the percentage
referred to in Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall not exceed the percentage at
which contributions are made (or required to be made) under this Plan for the
Plan Year for that key employee for whom that percentage is the highest for the
Plan Year.
(a) The percentage referred to above shall be determined by
dividing the Employer contributions for such key employee for
such Plan Year by his compensation for such Plan Year.
(b) For the purposes of this Section 3.3, all defined contribution
plans required to be included in an aggregation group shall be
treated as one (l) plan.
(c) The exception contained in this Section 3.3.2 shall not apply
to (be available to) this Plan if this Plan is required to be
included in an aggregation group if including
B-9
<PAGE>
this Plan in an aggregation group enables a defined benefit
plan to satisfy the qualification requirements of section 410
or section 401(a)(4) of the Code.
3.3.3. Salary Reduction and Matching Contributions. For the purpose of
this Section 3.3, all Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction
or similar arrangement shall be taken into account for the purpose of
determining the minimum percentage contribution required to be made for a
particular Plan Year for a Participant who is not a key employee but not for the
purpose of determining whether that minimum contribution requirement has been
satisfied. For the purpose of this Section 3.3 during all Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988, all Employer matching contributions shall be taken into
account for the purposes of determining the minimum percentage contribution
required to be made for a particular Plan Year for a Participant who was not a
key employee but not for the purpose of determining whether that minimum
contribution requirement has been satisfied.
3.4. Defined Benefit Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.
3.4.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined benefit plan, then for
any Plan Year that the Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the accrued
benefit for each Participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than
one-twelfth (l/12th) of the applicable percentage of the Participant's average
compensation for years in the testing period.
3.4.2. Special Rules and Definitions. In applying the general rule of
Section 3.4.1 of this Appendix, the following special rules and definitions
shall apply:
(a) The term "applicable percentage" means the lesser of:
(i) two percent (2%) multiplied by the number of years of
service with the Employer, or
(ii) twenty percent (20%).
(b) For the purpose of this Section 3.4, a Participant's years of
service with the Employer shall be equal to the Participant's
Vesting Service except that a year of Vesting Service shall
not be taken into account if:
(i) the Plan was not a top heavy plan for any Plan Year
ending during such year of Vesting Service, or
(ii) such year of Vesting Service was completed in a Plan
Year beginning before January l, 1984.
B-10
<PAGE>
(c) A Participant's "testing period" shall be the period of five
(5) consecutive years during which the Participant had the
greatest compensation from the Employer; provided, however,
that:
(i) the years taken into account shall be properly
adjusted for years not included in a year of service,
and
(ii) a year shall not be taken into account if such year
ends in a Plan Year beginning before January l, 1984,
or such year begins after the close of the last year
in which the Plan was a top heavy plan.
(d) An individual shall be considered a Participant for the
purpose of accruing the minimum benefit only if such
individual has at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
during a benefit accrual computation period (or equivalent
service determined under Department of Labor regulations).
Furthermore, such individual shall accrue a minimum benefit
only for a benefit accrual computation period in which such
individual has one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service (or
equivalent service). An individual shall not fail to accrue
the minimum benefit merely because the individual: (i) was not
employed on a specified date, or (ii) was excluded from
participation (or otherwise failed to accrue a benefit)
because the individual's compensation was less than a stated
amount, or (iii) because the individual failed to make any
mandatory contributions.
3.4.3. Accruals Preserved. In years subsequent to the last Plan Year in
which this Plan is a top heavy plan, the other benefit accrual rules of the Plan
Statement shall be applied to determine the accrued benefit of each Participant,
except that the application of such other rules shall not serve to reduce a
Participant's accrued benefit as determined under this Section 3.4.
3.5. Priorities Among Plans. In applying the minimum benefit provisions of this
Appendix in any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan,
the following rules shall apply:
(a) If an employee participates only in this Plan, the employee
shall receive the minimum benefit applicable to this Plan.
(b) If an employee participates in both a defined benefit plan and
a defined contribution plan and only one (1) of such plans is
a top heavy plan for the Plan Year, the employee shall receive
the minimum benefit applicable to the plan which is a top
heavy plan.
(c) If an employee participates in both a defined contribution
plan and a defined benefit plan and both are top heavy plans,
then the employee, for that Plan Year,
B-11
<PAGE>
shall receive the defined benefit plan minimum benefit unless
for that Plan Year the employee has received employer
contributions and forfeitures allocated to his account in the
defined contribution plan in an amount which is at least equal
to five percent (5%) of his compensation.
(d) If an employee participates in two (2) or more defined
contribution plans which are top heavy plans, then the
employee, for that Plan Year, shall receive the defined
contribution plan minimum benefit in that defined contribution
plan which has the earliest original effective date.
3.6. Annual Contribution Limits.
3.6.1. General Rule. Notwithstanding anything apparently to the
contrary in the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, for any Plan Year that this
Plan is a top heavy plan, the defined benefit fraction and defined contribution
fraction of the Appendix to the Plan Statement pertaining to limits under
section 415 of the Code shall be one hundred percent (100%) and not one hundred
twenty-five percent (125%).
3.6.2. Special Rule. Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall not apply to
any top heavy plan if such top heavy plan satisfies the following requirements:
(a) Minimum Benefit Requirement. The top heavy plan (and any plan
required to be included in an aggregation group with such
plan) satisfies the requirements of Section 3.4 of this
Appendix when Section 3.4.2(a)(1) of this Appendix is applied
by substituting three percent (3%) for two percent (2%) and by
increasing (but by no more than ten percentage points) twenty
percent (20%) by one percentage point for each year for which
the plan was taken into account under this Section 3.7.
Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall be applied by
substituting "four percent (4%)" for "three percent (3%)."
Section 3.5(c) of this Appendix shall be applied by
substituting "seven and one-half percent (7-1/2%)" for "five
percent (5%)."
(b) Ninety Percent Rule. A top heavy plan would not be a top heavy
plan if "ninety percent (90%)" were substituted for "sixty
percent (60%)" each place that it appears in the definitions
of top heavy plan and top heavy aggregation group.
3.6.3. Transition Rule. If, but for this Section 3.6.3, Section 3.6.1
of this Appendix would begin to apply with respect to this Plan because it is a
top heavy plan, the application of Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall be
suspended with respect to any individual so long as there are no:
B-12
<PAGE>
(a) employer contributions, forfeitures or voluntary nondeductible
contributions allocated to such individual (if this Plan is a
defined contribution plan), or
(b) accruals for such individual (if this Plan is a defined
benefit plan).
3.6.4. Coordinating Change. If this Plan is a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, then for purposes of the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, section
415(e)(6)(i) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "Forty-one Thousand
Five Hundred Dollars ($41,500)" for "Fifty-one Thousand Eight Hundred
Seventy-five Dollars ($51,875)."
3.7. Bargaining Units. The requirements of Section 3.2 through Section 3.6 of
this Appendix shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of
employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one (1) or
more employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits are the subject of
good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and such employer or
employers.
B-13
<PAGE>
APPENDIX C
QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS
SECTION 1
GENERAL MATTERS
Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix.
1.1. General Rule. The Plan shall not honor the creation, assignment or
recognition of any right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant
pursuant to a domestic relations order unless that domestic relations order is a
qualified domestic relations order.
1.2. Alternate Payee Defined. The only persons eligible to be considered
alternate payees with respect to a Participant shall be that Participant's
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent.
1.3. DRO Defined. A domestic relations order is any judgment, decree or order
(including an approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the
provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant and which is
made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property
law).
1.4. QDRO Defined. A qualified domestic relations order is a domestic relations
order which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee's right to
(or assigns to an alternate payee the right to) receive all or a portion of the
Account of a Participant under the Plan and which satisfies all of the following
requirements.
1.4.1. Names and Addresses. The order must clearly specify the name and
the last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant and the name and
mailing address of each alternate payee covered by the order.
1.4.2. Amount. The order must clearly specify the amount or percentage
of the Participant's Account to be paid by the Plan to each such alternate payee
or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined.
1.4.3. Payment Method. The order must clearly specify the number of
payments or period to which the order applies.
1.4.4. Plan Identity. The order must clearly specify that it applies to
this Plan.
C-1
<PAGE>
1.4.5. Settlement Options. Except as provided in Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the order may not require the Plan to provide any type or form of
benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan.
1.4.6. Increased Benefits. The order may not require the Plan to
provide increased benefits.
1.4.7. Prior Awards. The order may not require the payment of benefits
to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee
under another order previously determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.
1.4.8. Exceptions. The order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if:
(a) The order requires payment of benefits be made to an alternate
payee before the Participant has separated from service but as
of a date that is on or after the date on which the
Participant attains (or would have attained) the earliest
payment date described in Section 1.4.10 of this Appendix; and
(b) The order requires that payment of benefits be made to an
alternate payee as if the Participant had retired on the date
on which payment is to begin under such order (but taking into
account only the present value of benefits actually accrued);
and
(c) The order requires payment of benefits to be made to an
alternate payee in any form in which benefits may be paid
under the Plan to the Participant (other than in the form of a
joint and survivor annuity with respect to the alternate payee
and his or her subsequent spouse).
In lieu of the foregoing, the order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if the order: (1) requires that payment of
benefits be made to an alternate payee in a single lump sum as soon as is
administratively feasible after the order is determined to be a qualified
domestic relations order, and (2) does not contain any of the provisions
described in Section 1.4.9 of this Appendix, and (3) provides that the payment
of such single lump sum fully and permanently discharges all obligations of the
Plan to the alternate payee.
1.4.9. Deemed Spouse. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) The order may provide that the former spouse of a Participant
shall be treated as a surviving spouse of such Participant for
the purposes of Section 7 of the Plan Statement (and that any
subsequent or prior spouse of the Participant shall not be
treated as a spouse of the Participant for such purposes), and
C-2
<PAGE>
(b) The order may provide that, if the former spouse has been
married to the Participant for at least one (1) year at any
time, the surviving former spouse shall be deemed to have been
married to the Participant for the one (1) year period ending
on the date of the Participant's death.
1.4.10. Payment Date Defined. For the purpose of Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the earliest payment date means the earlier of:
(a) The date on which the Participant is entitled to a
distribution under the Plan; or
(b) The later of (i) the date the Participant attains age fifty
(50) years, or (ii) the earliest date on which the Participant
could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if the
Participant separated from service.
SECTION 2
PROCEDURES
2.1. Actions Pending Review. During any period when the issue of whether a
domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being
determined by the Committee, the Committee shall cause the Plan to separately
account for the amounts which would be payable to the alternate payee during
such period if the order were determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.
2.2. Reviewing DROs. Upon the receipt of a domestic relations order, the
Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations
order.
2.2.1. Receipt. A domestic relations order shall be considered to have
been received only when the Committee shall have received a copy of a domestic
relations order which is complete in all respects and is originally signed,
certified or otherwise officially authenticated.
2.2.2. Notice to Parties. Upon receipt of a domestic relations order,
the Committee shall notify the Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
that such domestic relations order has been received. The Committee shall
include with such notice a copy of this Appendix.
2.2.3. Comment Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded a comment period of thirty (30) days from the date such notice
is mailed by the Committee in which to make comments or objections to the
Committee concerning whether the domestic relations order is a qualified
domestic relations order.
C-3
<PAGE>
By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant, the thirty (30) day comment period may be shortened.
2.2.4. Initial Determination. Within a reasonable period of time after
the termination of the comment period, the Committee shall give written notice
to the Participant and all persons claiming to be alternate payees and all prior
alternate payees with respect to the Participant of its decision that the
domestic relations order is or is not a qualified domestic relations order. If
the Committee determines that the order is not a qualified domestic relations
order or if the Committee determines that the written objections of any party to
the order being found a qualified domestic relations order are not valid, the
Committee shall include in its written notice:
(i) the specific reasons for its decision;
(ii) the specific reference to the pertinent provisions of
this Plan Statement upon which its decision is based;
(iii) a description of additional material or information,
if any, which would cause the Committee to reach a
different conclusion; and
(iv) an explanation of the procedures for reviewing the
initial determination of the Committee.
2.2.5. Appeal Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded an appeal period of sixty (60) days from the date such an
initial determination and explanation is mailed in which to make comments or
objections concerning whether the original determination of the Committee is
correct. By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons
claiming to be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to
the Participant, the sixty (60) day appeal period may be shortened.
2.2.6. Final Determination. In all events, the final determination of
the Committee shall be made not later than eighteen (18) months after the date
on which first payment would be required to be made under the domestic relations
order if it were a qualified domestic relations order. The final determination
shall be communicated in writing to the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant.
2.3. Final Disposition. If the domestic relations order is finally determined to
be a qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Plan shall pay all amounts required to be paid pursuant to the
domestic relations order to the alternate payee entitled thereto. If the
domestic relations order is finally determined not to be a qualified domestic
relations order and all comment and appeal periods have expired, benefits under
the Plan shall be paid to the person or persons who would have been entitled to
such amounts if there had been no domestic relations order.
C-4
<PAGE>
2.4. Orders Being Sought. If the Committee has notice that a domestic relations
order is being or may be sought but has not received the order, the Committee
shall not (in the absence of a written request from the Participant) delay
payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which otherwise would be
due. If the Committee has determined that a domestic relations order is not a
qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Committee shall not (in the absence of a written request from the
Participant) delay payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which
otherwise would be due even if the Committee has notice that the party claiming
to be an alternate payee or the Participant or both are attempting to rectify
any deficiencies in the domestic relations order. Notwithstanding the above,
after the commencement of a divorce action, the Committee shall comply with a
restraining order, duly issued by the court handling the divorce, reasonably
prohibiting the disposition of a Participant's benefits pending the submission
to the Committee of a domestic relations order or prohibiting the disposition of
a Participant's benefits pending resolution of a dispute with respect to a
domestic relations order.
SECTION 3
PROCESSING OF AWARD
3.1. General Rules. If a benefit is awarded to an alternate payee pursuant to an
order which has been finally determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order, the following rules shall apply.
3.1.1. Source of Award. If a Participant shall have a Vested interest
in more than one Account under the Plan, the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee shall be withdrawn from the Participant's Accounts in proportion to his
Vested interest in each of them.
3.1.2. Effect on Account. For all purposes of the Plan, the
Participant's Account (and all benefits payable under the Plan which are derived
in whole or in part by reference to the Participant's Account) shall be
permanently diminished by the portion of the Participant's Account which is
awarded to the alternate payee. The benefit awarded to an alternate payee shall
be considered to have been a distribution from the Participant's Account for the
limited purpose of applying any rules of the Plan Statement relating to
distributions from an Account that is only partially Vested.
3.1.3. After Death. After the death of an alternate payee, all amounts
awarded to the alternate payee which have not been distributed to the alternate
payee and which continue to be payable shall be paid in a single lump sum
distribution to the personal representative of the alternate payee's estate as
soon as administratively feasible, unless the qualified domestic relations order
clearly provides otherwise. The Participant's Beneficiary designation shall not
be effective to dispose of any portion of the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee, unless the qualified domestic relations order clearly provides otherwise.
C-5
<PAGE>
3.1.4. In-Service Benefits. Any in-service distribution provisions of
the Plan Statement shall not be applicable to the benefit awarded to an
alternate payee.
3.2. Segregated Account. If the Committee determines that it would facilitate
the administration or the distribution of the benefit awarded to the alternate
payee or if the qualified domestic relations order so requires, the benefit
awarded to the alternate payee shall be established on the books and records of
the Plan as a separate account belonging to the alternate payee.
3.3. Former Alternate Payees. If an alternate payee has received all benefits to
which the alternate payee is entitled under a qualified domestic relations
order, the alternate payee will not at any time thereafter be deemed to be an
alternate payee or prior alternate payee for any substantive or procedural
purpose of this Plan.
C-6
<PAGE>
APPENDIX D
401(k), 401(m), & 402(g) COMPLIANCE
Introduction. This Appendix D contains rules for complying with the
nondiscrimination provisions of sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code and the
limitations imposed under section 402(g) of the Code.
Priority. Determinations under this Appendix shall be made in the
following order:
(1) Excess deferrals under Section 1,
(2) Excess contributions under Section 2,
(3) Excess aggregate contributions under Section 3.
The amount of excess contributions shall be reduced by excess deferrals
previously distributed to such Participant for the Participant's taxable year
ending with or within such Plan Year.
SECTION 1
SECTION 402(g) COMPLIANCE
1.1. Excess Deferrals.
1.1.1. In General. A Participant may attribute to this Plan any excess
deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the
Committee in writing not later than the March 1 following such taxable year of
the amount of the excess deferral to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant
shall be deemed to have notified the Plan of excess deferrals to the extent the
Participant has excess deferrals for the taxable year calculated by taking into
account only the amount of elective contributions allocated to the Participant's
Retirement Savings Account and to any other plan of the Employer and Affiliates.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan Statement, a Participant's
excess deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed to the Participant no later than the first April 15 following the
close of the Participant's taxable year.
1.1.2. Definitions. For purposes of this Appendix, excess deferrals
shall mean the amount of elective contributions allocated to the Participant's
Retirement Savings Account for a
D-1
<PAGE>
Participant's taxable year and which the Participant or the Employer, where
applicable, allocates to this Plan pursuant to the claim procedure described
below.
1.1.3. Claims. The Participant's claim shall be in writing; shall be
submitted to the Committee not later than March 1 with respect to the
immediately preceding taxable year; shall specify the amount of the
Participant's excess deferrals for the preceding taxable year; and shall be
accompanied by the Participant's written statement that if such amounts are not
distributed, such excess deferrals, when added to amounts deferred under other
plans or arrangements described in sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the
Code, will exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by section 402(g) of the
Code for the taxable year in which the deferral occurred. The Employer shall
notify the Plan on behalf of the Participant where the excess deferrals occur in
the Plan or the combined plans of the Employer and Affiliates.
1.1.4. Determination of Income or Loss. The excess deferrals shall be
adjusted for income or loss. Unless the Committee and the Trustee agree
otherwise in writing, the income or loss allocable to excess deferrals shall be
determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's
elective contributions for the Plan Year ending within such preceding taxable
year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess deferrals on behalf of
the Participant for such preceding taxable year and the denominator of which is
the Participant's Retirement Savings Account balance attributable to elective
contributions on the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately before the
last day of such preceding taxable year without regard to any income or loss
occurring during such taxable year.
1.1.5. Accounting for Excess Deferrals. Excess deferrals shall be
distributed from the Participant's Retirement Savings Account.
1.1.6. Orphaned Matching Contributions. If excess deferrals are
distributed pursuant to this Section 1.1, applicable matching contributions
under Section 3.3 of the Plan Statement shall be treated as forfeitures and
reallocated as provided in Section 6.2 of the Plan Statement.
SECTION 2
SECTION 401(k) COMPLIANCE
2.1. Section 401(k) Compliance.
2.1.1. Safe Harbor Compliance. If the Plan satisfies the requirements
of section 401(k)(12) of the Code for any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1998, the provisions of this Section 2.1 of Appendix D shall not apply to the
Plan for such Plan Year.
D-2
<PAGE>
2.1.2. Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 2, the
following special definitions shall apply:
(a) An eligible employee means an individual who is entitled to
provide a Retirement Savings Election for all or a part of the
Plan Year (whether or not the individual does so).
(b) An eligible Highly Compensated Employee means an eligible
employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee.
(c) Deferral percentage means the ratio (calculated separately for
each eligible employee) of:
(i) the total amount, for the Plan Year, of Employer
contributions credited to the eligible employee's
Retirement Savings Account excluding any Employer
contributions to the Retirement Savings Account used
in determining the contribution percentage in Section
3.1.2(c)(i) and including, if the Committee elects,
all or a portion of the amount of Employer
contributions credited to the eligible employee's
Employer Matching Account that are not used in
determining the contribution percentage in Section
3.1.2(c)(i), to
(ii) the eligible employee's Recognized Compensation for
the portion of such Plan Year that the employee is an
eligible employee.
For this purpose, Employer contributions will be considered
made in the Plan Year if they are allocated as of a date
during such Plan Year and are delivered to the Trustee within
twelve (12) months after the end of such Plan Year.
(d) Average deferral percentage means, for a specified group of
eligible employees for the Plan Year, the average of the
deferral percentages for all eligible employees in such group.
2.1.3. Special Rules. For purposes of this Section 2.1, the following
special rules apply:
(a) Rounding. The deferral percentage of each eligible employee
and the average deferral percentage for each group of eligible
employees shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of
one percent.
(b) Multiple Plans. In the case of an eligible Highly Compensated
Employee who participates in any other plan of the Employer
and Affiliates (other than an
D-3
<PAGE>
employee stock ownership plan described in sections 409(a) and
4975(e)(7) of the Code) to which Employer contributions are
made on behalf of the eligible Highly Compensated Employee
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, all such Employer
contributions, and if used to determine the deferral
percentage of eligible employees, matching contributions (as
defined in section 401(m)(4)(A) of the Code which meet the
requirements of sections 401(k)(2)(B) and 401(k)(2)(C) of the
Code) shall be aggregated for purposes of determining the
eligible Highly Compensated Employee's deferral percentage;
provided, however, that such Employer contributions made under
an employee stock ownership plan shall not be aggregated.
(c) Permissive Aggregation. If this Plan satisfies the
requirements of sections 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such
sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then
this Section 2.1 shall be applied by determining the average
deferral percentage of eligible employees as if all such plans
were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to
satisfy section 401(k) of the Code only if they have the same
Plan Year and use the same 401(k) testing method.
2.1.4. The 401(k) Tests. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, at
least one of the following two (2) tests must be satisfied for each Plan Year:
Test 1: The average deferral percentage for the group of eligible
Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year is not
more than the average deferral percentage of all other
eligible employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by one
and twenty-five hundredths (1.25).
Test 2: The excess of the average deferral percentage for the group of
eligible Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan
Year over the average deferral percentage of all other
eligible employees for the current Plan Year is not more than
two (2) percentage points, and the average deferral percentage
for the group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees for the
current Plan Year is not more than the average deferral
percentage of all other eligible employees for the current
Plan Year multiplied by two (2).
The Committee may, however, elect in accordance with further guidance issued by
the Secretary of the Treasury to substitute the average deferral percentage of
all other eligible employees for the preceding Plan Year for the average
deferral percentage of all other eligible employees for the current Plan Year in
Tests 1 and 2 above. Any election made by the Committee to use the average
deferral percentage of all other
D-4
<PAGE>
eligible employees for the preceding Plan Year in Tests 1 and 2 above, may only
be changed in the manner prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
2.1.5. Preventative Action Prior to Plan Year End. If the Committee
determines that neither of the tests described in Section 2.1.4 will be
satisfied (or may not be satisfied) for a Plan Year, then during such Plan Year,
the Committee may from time to time establish (and modify) a maximum amount of
contributions that can be made pursuant to a Retirement Savings Election by
eligible Highly Compensated Employees that is less than the amount that would
otherwise be permitted. No contributions shall be permitted to be made in excess
of that maximum after the date such maximum is effective. The Committee shall
prescribe rules concerning such modifications, including the frequency of
applying the tests described in Section 2.1.4 and the commencement and
termination dates for any modifications.
2.2. Distribution of Excess Contributions.
2.2.1. In General. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan
Statement, excess contributions for a Plan Year, plus any income and minus any
loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of the
following Plan Year, to eligible Highly Compensated Employees as determined in
this Section.
2.2.2. Determining Excess Contributions. For purposes of this Section
2.2, excess contributions shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess
of:
(a) the aggregate amount of Employer contributions taken into
account in computing the average deferral percentage of
eligible Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
(b) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the
section 401(k) test described in Section 2.1 of this Appendix.
Such maximum amount of contributions shall be determined by
reducing (not distributing) eligible Highly Compensated
Employees' contributions as follows:
(i) The contributions made pursuant to a Retirement
Savings Election of the eligible Highly Compensated
Employee who has the highest deferral percentage (as
defined in Section 2.1 of this Appendix) shall be
reduced by the amount required to cause such eligible
Highly Compensated Employee's deferral percentage to
equal the next highest deferral percentage of an
eligible Highly Compensated Employee.
(ii) If neither the tests is satisfied after such
reduction, the contributions made pursuant to a
Retirement Savings Election of the eligible Highly
Compensated Employees who then have the highest
deferral percentage
D-5
<PAGE>
(including those eligible Highly Compensated
Employees whose contributions were reduced under (i)
above) shall be reduced by the amount required to
cause such eligible Highly Compensated Employees'
deferral percentage to equal the next highest
deferral percentage of an eligible Highly Compensated
Employee.
(iii) If neither of the tests is satisfied after such
reduction, this method of reduction shall be repeated
one or more additional times until one of the tests
is satisfied.
2.2.3. Method of Distributing Excess Contributions. Excess
contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed from the Retirement Savings Account and Employer Matching Account,
if applicable, in proportion to the Participant's elective contributions and
matching contributions, if applicable, (as defined in section 401(m)(4)(A) of
the Code which meet the requirements of sections 401(k)(2)(B) and 401(k)(2)(C)
of the Code) for the Plan Year. The amount of excess contributions to be
distributed on behalf of each eligible Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan
Year shall be equal to the amount of reduction determined as follows:
(a) The contributions made pursuant to a Retirement Savings
Election of the eligible Highly Compensated Employee who has
the highest dollar amount of such contributions shall be
reduced by the amount required to cause such eligible Highly
Compensated Employee's contributions to equal the next highest
dollar amount contributed by eligible Highly Compensated
Employees (and the amount credited pursuant to Section 3.2 of
the Plan Statement, and the applicable amount, if any,
credited pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Plan Statement shall
be reduced accordingly).
(b) If any excess contributions remain after performing (a), then
the eligible Highly Compensated Employees who have the next
highest dollar amount of contributions made pursuant to a
Retirement Savings Election (including those eligible Highly
Compensated Employees reduced under (a) above) shall be
reduced by the amount required to cause such eligible Highly
Compensated Employees' contributions to equal the next highest
dollar amount contributed by eligible Highly Compensated
Employees (and the amount credited pursuant to Section 3.2 of
the Plan Statement, and the applicable amount, if any,
credited pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Plan Statement shall
be reduced accordingly).
(c) If any excess contributions remain after performing (a) and
(b), this method of reduction shall be repeated one or more
additional times until no excess contributions remain.
D-6
<PAGE>
Provided, however, if the total amount of reduction determined in (a), (b) and
(c) would be greater than the amount of excess contributions, then the final
reduction amount shall be decreased so that the total amount of reductions
equals the amount of excess contributions.
2.2.4. Determination of Income or Loss. The excess contributions to be
distributed to any eligible Highly Compensated Employee shall be adjusted for
income or loss. Unless the Committee and the Trustee agree otherwise in writing,
the income or loss allocable to excess contributions to be distributed shall be
determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the eligible Highly
Compensated Employee's elective contributions, and if used to determine an
eligible Highly Compensated Employee's deferral percentage under Section 2.1 of
this Appendix, matching contributions (as defined in section 401(m)(4) of the
Code which meet the requirements of sections 401(k)(2)(B) and 401(k)(2)(C) of
the Code) for the Plan Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess
contributions to be distributed to the eligible Highly Compensated Employee for
the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the eligible Highly
Compensated Employees's account balances attributable to elective contributions
and such matching contributions on the last day of the Plan Year, without regard
to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year.
2.2.5. Orphaned Matching Contributions. If excess contributions are
distributed pursuant to this Section 2.2, applicable matching contributions
under Section 3.3 of the Plan Statement shall be treated as forfeitures and
reallocated as provided in Section 6.2 of the Plan Statement.
2.3. Section 401(k) Curative Allocation.
2.3.1. Amount and Eligibility. If neither of the section 401(k) tests
set forth in Section 2.1 of this Appendix has been satisfied and a distribution
of "excess contributions" has not been made pursuant to Section 2.2 of this
Appendix, then the Employer shall make a discretionary contribution for that
Plan Year. Forfeitures shall not be included in this allocation. Only those
Participants who were not eligible Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan
Year and for whom some contribution was made pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan
Statement for such Plan Year shall share in such allocation. This allocation
shall be made first to the Participant with the least amount of compensation and
then, in ascending order of compensation, to other Participants. The amount of
the Employer discretionary contribution to be so allocated shall be that amount
required to cause the Plan to satisfy either of the section 401(k) tests set
forth in Section 2.1 of this Appendix for the Plan Year; provided, however, that
in no case shall amounts be so allocated to cause a Participant's deferral
percentage to exceed twenty percent (20%). Such Employer discretionary
contribution shall be treated as elective contributions subject to section
1.401(k)-1(b)(5) of the Income Tax Regulations, which is incorporated herein.
2.3.2. Crediting to Account. The Employer discretionary contribution
which is so allocated to a Participant shall be allocated to that Participant's
Retirement Savings Account for the Plan Year with respect to which it is made
and, for the purposes of Section 4, shall be credited as soon as practicable
after it is received by the Trustee.
D-7
<PAGE>
SECTION 3
SECTION 401(m) COMPLIANCE
3.1. Section 401(m) Compliance.
3.1.1. Safe Harbor Compliance. If the Plan satisfies the requirements
of section 401(m)(11) of the Code for any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1998, the provisions of this Section 3.1 of Appendix D shall not apply to the
Plan for such Plan Year.
3.1.2. Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 3, the
following special definitions shall apply:
(a) An eligible employee means an individual who is eligible to
receive an Employer matching contribution for any portion of
the Plan Year (whether or not the individual does so).
(b) An eligible Highly Compensated Employee means an eligible
employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee.
(c) Contribution percentage means the ratio (calculated separately
for each eligible employee) of:
(i) the total amount, for the Plan Year, of Employer
contributions credited to the eligible employee's
Employer Matching Account excluding any Employer
matching contributions used in determining the
deferral percentage under Section 2.1.2(c)(i) of this
Appendix, and including, if the Committee elects, all
or a portion of the Employer contributions credited
to the eligible employee's Retirement Savings
Account, provided that the 401(k) compliance testing
under Section 2.1 of this Appendix is satisfied both
with and without exclusion of such Employer
contributions, to
(ii) the eligible employee's Recognized Compensation for
the portion of such Plan Year that the employee is an
eligible employee.
For this purpose, Employer contributions will be considered
made in the Plan Year if they are allocated as of a date
during such Plan Year and are delivered to the Trustee within
twelve (12) months after the end of such Plan Year.
D-8
<PAGE>
(d) Average contribution percentage means, for a specified group
of eligible employees for the Plan Year, the average of the
contribution percentages for all eligible employees in such
group.
3.1.3. Special Rules. For purposes of this Section 3.1, the following
special rules apply:
(a) Rounding. The contribution percentage of each eligible
employee and the average contribution percentage for each
group of eligible employees shall be calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth of one percent.
(b) Multiple Plans. In the case of an eligible Highly Compensated
Employee who participates in any other plan of the Employer
and Affiliates (other than an employee stock ownership plan
described in sections 409(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Code) to
which Employer matching contributions are made on behalf of
the eligible Highly Compensated Employee, all such Employer
matching contributions, and if used to determine the
contribution percentage of eligible employees, Employer
contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
shall be aggregated for purposes of determining the eligible
Highly Compensated Employee's contribution percentage;
provided, however, that such Employer contributions made under
an employee stock ownership plan shall not be aggregated.
(c) Permissive Aggregation. If this Plan satisfies the
requirements of sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such
sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then
this Section 3.1 shall be applied by determining the average
contribution percentage of eligible employees as if all such
plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to
satisfy section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the same
Plan Year and they use the same 401(m) testing method.
3.1.4. The 401(m) Tests. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, at
least one of the following two tests must be satisfied for each Plan Year:
Test 1: The average contribution percentage for the group of eligible
Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year is not
more than the average contribution percentage of all other
eligible employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by one
and twenty-five hundredths (1.25).
Test 2: The excess of the average contribution percentage for the
group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees for the current
Plan Year over the average contribution
D-9
<PAGE>
percentage of all other eligible employees for the current
Plan Year is not more than two (2) percentage points, and the
average contribution percentage for the group of eligible
Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year is not
more than the average contribution percentage of all other
eligible employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by two
(2).
The Committee may, however, elect in accordance with further guidance issued by
the Secretary of the Treasury to substitute the average contribution percentage
of all other eligible employees for the preceding Plan Year for the average
contribution percentage of all other eligible employees for the current Plan
Year in Tests 1 and 2 above. Any election made by the Committee to use the
average contribution percentage of all other eligible employees for the
preceding Plan Year in Tests 1 and 2 above may only be changed in the manner
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
To the extent prescribed under regulations issued by the Secretary of
the Treasury, for a Plan Year in which Test 1 is not satisfied for the section
401(k) test in Section 2.1 of this Appendix, nor is Test 1 satisfied for the
401(m) test in this Section 3.1, the sum of the actual deferral percentage and
the average contribution percentage of the eligible Highly Compensated Employees
must not exceed the "aggregate limit" defined below.
"Aggregate limit" shall mean the greater of (a) or (b):
(a) The sum of:
(i) 125 percent of the greater of the average deferral
percentage or the average contribution percentage of
eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
Plan Year, plus
(ii) two percentage points plus the lesser of the average
deferral percentage or the average contribution
percentage of eligible non-Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year (in no event, however,
shall this amount exceed two times the lesser of such
average deferral percentage or such average
contribution percentage), or
(b) The sum of:
(i) 125 percent of the lesser of the average deferral
percentage or the average contribution percentage of
eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
Plan Year, plus
(ii) two percentage points plus the greater of the average
deferral percentage or the average contribution
percentage of eligible non-Highly
D-10
<PAGE>
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (in no event,
however, shall this amount exceed two times the
greater of such average deferral percentage or such
average contribution percentage).
3.1.5. Preventative Action Prior to Plan Year End. If the Committee
determines that neither of the tests described in Section 3.1.4 will be
satisfied (or may not be satisfied) for a Plan Year, then during such Plan Year,
the Committee may from time to time establish (and modify) maximums for Employer
matching contributions of eligible Highly Compensated Employees that are less
than the contributions which would otherwise be permitted or provided. No
Employer matching contributions shall be made in excess of such maximums after
the date such maximums are effective. The Committee shall prescribe rules
concerning such modifications, including the frequency of applying the tests
designed in Section 3.1.4 and the commencement and termination dates for any
modifications.
3.2. Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions.
3.2.1. In General. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan
Statement, excess aggregate contributions, plus any income and minus any loss
allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of the
following Plan Year to eligible Highly Compensated Employees as determined in
this Section.
3.2.2. Determining Excess Aggregate Contributions. For purposes of this
Section, excess aggregate contributions shall mean, with respect to any Plan
Year, the excess of:
(a) the aggregate amount of contributions taken into account in
computing the average contribution percentage of eligible
Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
(b) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the
section 401(m) tests described in Section 3.1 of this
Appendix. Such maximum amount of contributions shall be
determined by reducing (not distributing) eligible Highly
Compensated Employees' contributions as follows:
(i) The Employer matching contributions for the eligible
Highly Compensated Employee who has the highest
contribution percentage shall be reduced by the
amount required to cause such eligible Highly
Compensated Employee's contribution percentage to
equal the next highest contribution percentage of an
eligible Highly Compensated Employee.
(ii) If neither of the tests is satisfied after such
reduction, the Employer matching contributions for
eligible Highly Compensated Employees who then have
the highest contribution percentage (including those
reduced
D-11
<PAGE>
under (i) above) shall be reduced by the amount
required to cause such eligible Highly Compensated
Employees' contribution percentage to equal the next
highest contribution percentage of an eligible Highly
Compensated Employee.
(iii) If neither of the tests is satisfied after such
reductions, this method of reduction shall be
repeated one or more additional times until one of
the tests is satisfied.
3.2.3. Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess aggregate
contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed from the Participant's Employer Matching Account (and, if
applicable, the Participant's Retirement Savings Account in proportion to the
Participant's Employer matching contributions, and if used to determine the
contribution percentage under Section 3.1 of this Appendix, elective
contributions for the Plan Year. The amount of excess aggregate contributions to
be distributed on behalf of each eligible Highly Compensated Employee for the
Plan Year shall be equal to the amount of reduction determined as follows:
(a) The Employer matching contributions of the eligible Highly
Compensated Employee who has the highest dollar amount of such
contributions shall be reduced by the amount required to cause
such eligible Highly Compensated Employee's contributions to
equal the next highest dollar amount received by eligible
Highly Compensated Employees.
(b) If any excess aggregate contributions remain after performing
(a), then the eligible Highly Compensated Employees who have
the next highest dollar amount of Employer matching
contributions (including those reduced under (a) above) shall
be reduced by the amount required to cause such eligible
Highly Compensated Employees' contributions to equal the next
highest dollar amount received by eligible Highly Compensated
Employees.
(c) If any excess aggregate contributions remain after performing
(a) and (b), this method of reduction shall be repeated one or
more additional times until no excess aggregate contributions
remain.
Provided, however, if the total amount of reduction determined in (a) through
(c) would be greater than the amount of excess aggregate contributions, then the
final reduction amount shall be decreased so that the total amount of reductions
equals the amount of excess aggregate contributions.
3.2.4. Determination of Income or Loss. The excess aggregate
contributions to be distributed to any eligible Highly Compensated Employee
shall be adjusted for income or loss. Unless the Committee and the Trustee agree
otherwise in writing, the income or loss allocable to excess aggregate
D-12
<PAGE>
contributions to be distributed shall be determined by multiplying the income or
loss allocable to the eligible Highly Compensated Employee's Employer matching
contributions (to the extent used to determine the eligible Highly Compensated
Employee's contribution percentage under Section 3.1 of this Appendix), and if
used to determine an eligible Highly Compensated Employee's contribution
percentage under Section 3.1 of this Appendix, elective contributions for the
Plan Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess aggregate
contributions to be distributed to the eligible Highly Compensated Employee for
the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the eligible Highly
Compensated Employees's account balances attributable to Employer matching
contributions and such elective contributions on the last day of the Plan Year,
without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year.
3.2.5. Orphaned Matching Contributions. If elective contributions
treated as excess aggregate contributions are distributed pursuant to this
Section 3.2, applicable matching contributions under Section 3.3 of the Plan
Statement shall be treated as forfeitures and reallocated as provided in Section
6.2.
3.3. Section 401(m) Curative Allocation.
3.3.1. Amount and Eligibility. If neither of the section 401(m) tests
set forth in Section 3.1 of this Appendix has been satisfied and a distribution
of "excess aggregate contributions" has not been made pursuant to Section 3.2 of
this Appendix, then the Employer shall make an additional matching contribution
for that Plan Year. Forfeitures shall not be included in this allocation. Only
those Participants who were not eligible Highly Compensated Employees for that
Plan Year and who were entitled to receive an Employer matching contribution
shall share in such allocation. This allocation shall be made first to the
Participant with the least amount of compensation and then, in ascending order
of compensation, to other Participants. The amount of the Employer matching
contribution to be so allocated shall be that amount required to cause the Plan
to satisfy either of the section 401(m) tests set forth in Section 3.1 of this
Appendix for the Plan Year.
3.3.2. Crediting to Account. The Employer matching contribution which
is so allocated to a Participant shall be allocated to that Participant's
Employer Matching Account for the Plan Year with respect to which it is made
and, for the purposes of Section 4, shall be credited as soon as practicable
after it is received by the Trustee.
SECTION 4
SEPARATE TESTING FOR EARLY ENTRY
4.1. Disaggregation for Compliance Testing Purposes. Pursuant to section
410(b)(4)(B) of the Code, the Employer shall apply section 410(b) of the Code
separately to (a) the portion of the Plan (the "Early Entry Plan") that benefits
only employees who satisfy age and service conditions under the Plan that
D-13
<PAGE>
are lower than the greatest minimum age and service conditions permitted under
Code section 410(a), and (b) the remaining portion of the Plan (the "Safe Harbor
Plan"). The Plan shall be treated as two separate plans (the Early Entry Plan
and the Safe Harbor Plan) for purposes of Code section 401(k). The safe harbor
requirements of Code section 401(k)(12) will be satisfied only with respect to
the Safe Harbor Plan.
4.1.1. Early Entry Plan. Eligible employees who have not satisfied the
Eligibility Service requirements under Section 2.2 of the Plan Statement and who
have not become Participants as to Employer matching contributions shall be
included in the Early Entry Plan. The provisions of Section 2.1 of Appendix D
shall apply to the Early Entry Plan. An eligible employee shall cease to be a
Participant in the Early Entry Plan as of the quarterly date the eligible
employee becomes a Participant as to Employer matching contributions under
Section 2.2 of the Plan Statement. Each eligible employee's deferral percentage
under Section 2.1.2(c) of this Appendix D shall be calculated based on Employer
contributions credited to the eligible employee's Retirement Savings Account and
Recognized Compensation earned for that portion of the Plan Year in which such
eligible employee is a Participant in the Early Entry Plan.
4.1.2. Safe Harbor Plan. Eligible employees who satisfy the Eligibility
Service requirements under Section 2.2 of the Plan Statement and who become
Participants as to Employer matching contributions shall be included in the Safe
Harbor Plan. If the Safe Harbor Plan satisfies the requirements of section
401(k)(12) of the Code for a Plan Year, the provisions of Section 2.1 of
Appendix D shall not apply to the Safe Harbor Plan for such Plan Year.
4.2. Highly Compensated Employees. Employer contributions made on behalf of a
Highly Compensated Employee who is a Participant under both the Early Entry Plan
and the Safe Harbor Plan during a Plan Year, but who is not simultaneously a
Participant under both such Plans, shall not be aggregated and treated as made
under one arrangement under section 1.401(k)-1(g)(1)(ii)(B) of the income tax
regulations.
D-14
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.7
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into in Chanhassen,
Minnesota this 1st day of January, 1999 (the "Effective Date"), by and between
DELMER JENSEN ("Jensen") and EMPAK, INC., a Minnesota corporation ("Empak").
Recitals
WHEREAS, Jensen has served in various capacities on behalf of Empak and, in
connection therewith, has made invaluable contributions to Empak's continued
success; and
WHEREAS, Jensen is currently employed by Empak as its Chief Executive
Officer and serves as the chairman of the Board of Directors; and
WHEREAS, Empak desires to retain the services of Jensen through December
31, 2002; and
WHEREAS, Empak desires to assure the full time services of Jensen for a
minimum of six months from the Effective Date and to induce Jensen to extend the
period of full time service beyond six (6) months from the Effective Date; and
WHEREAS, Jensen wishes to be assured that his family will be entitled to a
minimum period of continued compensation in the event of his death; and
WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of Empak and Jensen to enter into a
contract of employment under the terms and conditions stated hereunder.
Agreement
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter
contained, it is hereby agreed:
1) Employment - Empak agrees that it shall employ Jensen to provide such
time, energy and attention as may be reasonably required under the terms of this
Agreement to perform those duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by
the Board of Directors of Empak. Jensen hereby accepts employment upon the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth. In performance of his duties hereunder,
Jensen agrees to comply with such reasonable rules, regulations and policies,
consistent with Jensen's obligations, as Empak may from time to time adopt.
2) Term - Empak agrees that, beginning on the Effective Date, it shall
employ Jensen for a forty-eight (48) month term ending on December 31, 2002,
unless this Agreement is terminated earlier as
<PAGE>
provided in Section 8 herein (the "Term"). During the first six (6) month period
of this Agreement, Jensen shall be employed on a full time basis devoting
substantially all of his time and effort to the interests of Empak. Thereafter,
subject to Jensen's election to exercise his right to extend full time
employment under Section 3 (c) beyond the first six (6) months, Jensen shall be
available on an as needed/part time basis to a maximum of seventy (70) hours per
month to render such services as may be directed, from time to time, by the
Board of Directors of Empak.
3) Consideration -
(a) Signing Bonus - As consideration for entering into this Agreement,
Jensen shall receive a one-time bonus equal to Seventy-five Thousand
Dollars ($75,000) ("Signing Bonus").
(b) Salary - Subject to the provisions of Section 8 hereof, Empak
agrees to pay Jensen the sum of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
($250,000) per annum during the first two (2) years. Beginning on January
1, 2001 and for the remainder of the term, Empak agrees to pay Jensen the
sum of One Hundred Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($125,000) per annum. The
salary consideration specified herein is payable without regard to whether
Jensen elects to extend his period of full time service beyond the first
six (6) months. Jensen shall be paid in accordance with Empak's general
payroll practices for executive employees.
(c) Extension of Full Time Service - In consideration for exercising
his right to extend the period of full time service beyond the first six
(6) months after the Effective Date, Jensen shall receive extension
bonus(es) according to the following schedule:
(1) First Optional Period - In consideration for extending the period
of full time employment from July 1, 1999 to December 31, 1999,
Jensen shall receive an extension bonus equal to Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($50,000) ("First Extension Bonus").
(2) Second Optional Period - In consideration for extending the
period of full - time employment from January 1, 2000 to June 30,
2000, Jensen shall receive an Extension Bonus equal to Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($50,000) ("Second Extension Bonus").
Upon exercising his rights to extend the period of full time service under
Subsection 3(c), Jensen shall become obligated to devote substantially all of
his time and effort to the interests of Empak for the remainder of the
respective Optional Period.
-2-
<PAGE>
4) Salary Continuation in the Event of Death -
In the event of Jensen's death during the first two years of this
Agreement, Empak shall provide a death benefit to Jensen's heirs, executors or
administrators equal to the gross amount of two (2) years' compensation.
5) Other Benefits -
(a) Expenses - During the Term of this Agreement, Empak shall
reimburse Jensen for all reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of Empak
upon presentation of adequate documentation. Reimbursement shall coincide
with payment of Jensen's compensation.
(b) Vacation - During the Term of this Agreement, Jensen shall be
entitled to annual vacation without reduction in salary commensurate with
Empak's executive compensation guidelines.
(c) Fringe Benefits - During the Term of this Agreement and subject to
the provisions of Section 8 herein, Jensen shall be entitled to participate
in fringe benefit programs provided by Empak for its employees. Empak shall
be under no contractual obligation to maintain and continue any fringe
benefit programs once established. Fringe benefits may include, but shall
not be limited to, pension and/or profit sharing plans, health, disability
and group life insurance programs.
(d) Automobile - During the Term of this Agreement, Jensen shall be
entitled to the full time use of a company car similar in kind and quality
to the BMW 740 currently assigned and in use. Jensen's use of a company car
shall be subject to Empak's Auto Allowance Guideline, as amended from time
to time. In the event of Jensen's death, Disability or upon termination of
this Agreement, the company car then in use and assigned to Jensen at the
time of such event shall be transferred and assigned, for no consideration,
to Jensen or his heirs or executors as they may direct.
6) Duty Not to Disclose - Jensen shall not, during the Term of this
Agreement or after employment with Empak, disclose to any other person, firm or
corporation or in any way use for his benefit, or to the detriment of Empak, any
information or knowledge obtained during the course of his employment with
Empak, except as required in the conduct of Empak's business or as authorized in
writing by Empak. Jensen shall not, either during the Term of this Agreement or
after termination of his employment, disturb, hire, entice or in any other way
persuade or attempt to persuade any employee, dealer, supplier, customer or
subcontractor of Empak to discontinue his, her or its relationship with Empak.
7) Property of Empak - All memoranda, notes, records, papers and other
documents and all copies thereof relating to Empak's operation of its business
and all objects related thereto shall remain the property of Empak including,
but not limited to, those developed, investigated or considered by Empak. Jensen
shall not copy or duplicate any of the aforementioned documents or objects nor
use any information
-3-
<PAGE>
confirmed therewith, except for Empak's benefit, either during the Term of this
Agreement or after his employment.
8) Termination - In addition to the expiration of the Term specified in
Section 3, this Agreement shall terminate:
(a) If Jensen resigns from Empak, such termination shall be effective
thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to Empak; or
(b) Effective immediately upon notice by Empak, if any of the
following occurs:
(i) Jensen's theft of Company property or Jensen's dishonesty;
(ii) Jensen's material violation of Empak's rules, regulations or
policies;
(iii) Jensen's commission of a crime or other act which would
materially damage the reputation of Empak; or
(iv) Jensen's material violation of this Agreement.
Upon termination of Jensen's employment under this Section 8: (i) Jensen
shall be entitled to receive all compensation earned under this Agreement to the
date of termination, and thereafter Jensen shall have no right to receive any
compensation hereunder; and (ii) Jensen shall surrender to Empak the automobile
referenced in Section 5.
9) Jensen's Obligations Upon Termination - Upon termination of this
Agreement for cause or otherwise, Jensen shall immediately:
(a) Discontinue the servicing of any of Empak's customers, and the use
of any property, facilities and services provided by Empak;
(b) Discontinue the use of any and all customer lists or contacts,
unless a written agreement thereon provides otherwise;
(c) Return to Empak equipment, lists and other documents, and property
of Empak; and
(d) Discontinue further representation of himself as an agent,
employee or other personin connection with Empak.
-4-
<PAGE>
10) Assignment - This Agreement shall be personal to Jensen and shall not
be assignable by him. Empak may transfer or assign this Agreement or any of it
rights or obligations hereunder with or without notice to Jensen.
11) Law Governing - This Agreement shall be construed and governed in
accordance with the substantive laws (but not the laws of conflict) of the State
of Minnesota.
12) Arbitration - Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration,
to be conducted in Minneapolis, Minnesota before a single arbitrator,
administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial
Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
13) Entire Agreement - This Agreement contains the entire agreement between
the parties related to the subject matter hereof and no amendments hereto shall
be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto. There is
merged herewith all prior and collateral representations, promises and
conditions concerning Jensen and Empak. This Agreement supersedes and nullifies
any preexisting agreements or arrangements between the parties relating to the
subject matter of this Agreement.
14) Severable - In the event any portion of this Agreement shall be held to
be invalid, the same shall not affect in any respect whatsoever the validity of
the remainder of this Agreement.
15) Captions - Article, paragraph or section titles or other headings
contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed a
part of the context of this Agreement.
16) Binding Effect - This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of all of the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators,
permitted assigns and successors in interest.
17) Notices - Any notice required or permitted to be given under this
Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and sent by registered or certified
mail to Jensen's residence or to the principal office of Empak, whichever shall
be applicable.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.
Empak, Inc.
By: /s/ Delmer Jensen
------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Its: Director Delmer Jensen
-5-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.8
LEASE AGREEMENT
---------------
THIS LEASE is made this 15th day of June, 1993, by and between FLENINGE
PARTNERSHIP, a Minnesota general partnership (hereinafter "Landlord"), and
EMPAK, INC., a Minnesota corporation (hereinafter "Tenant").
Landlord and Tenant, intending to be legally bound, hereby covenant and
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1.
LEASED PREMISES
---------------
Landlord does hereby lease, demise and let unto Tenant, and Tenant does
hereby hire and take from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein (the Lease) that certain parcel of real property situated in the City of
Chanhassen, County of Carver, State of Minnesota, legally described as follows:
Lot 008, Block 005 and Lot 009, Block 005, Chanhassen Lakes Business Park
(the Land), subject to all easements and rights-of-way of record, together with
all structures thereon and all appurtenances thereto (the Improvements), all of
which Land and Improvements are hereinafter referred to as the "Leased
Premises."
ARTICLE 2.
TERM
----
The term of this lease shall commence the 1st day of September, 1993, and
shall terminate the 31st day of August, 2001, unless sooner terminated as
provided herein.
ARTICLE 3.
RENT
----
Tenant shall pay to Landlord as the annual "Base Rent" the sum of Three and
80/100 Dollars ($3.80) per square foot based on the total usable square footage
of the Leased Premises which is determined to be Sixty Thousand (60,000) square
feet, for a total annual rental rate of Two Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand and
No/100 Dollars ($228,000.00) per year and Nineteen Thousand and No/100 Dollars
($19,000.00) per month. Effective January 1, 1994, and the first day of every
third (3rd) January thereafter during the term of this lease, the Base Rent
shall be increased by an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) the increase in
the Consumer Price Index -United States City Average, All Urban Consumers, as
published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, based upon the 1982/1984 base index
for (i) the preceding 12-month period with respect to the increase on January 1,
1994; and (ii) the preceding 36-month period for all subsequent rent increases.
The Base Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments and shall be
payable in advance on or before the first (1st) day of each and every month.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 4.
NET LEASE
---------
4.1) It is the intention and purpose of the parties hereto that the
Lease shall be a "Net Lease" to Landlord. All costs and expenses of
whatever character or kind, general and special, ordinary and
extraordinary, foreseeable or unforeseeable, and of every kind and nature
whatsoever that may be necessary in or about the operation of the Leased
Premises, including all hazard and liability insurance, taxes, special
assessments, utilities, maintenance and repairs, except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, shall be paid by Tenant as "Additional Rent"
hereunder.
4.2) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant covenants
and agrees that if at any time it fails to pay any amount required by the
Lease, or to obtain, pay for, maintain or deliver any of the insurance
policies herein provided for, or fails to make any other payment or perform
any other act required to be made or performed by the Lease, then Landlord,
without notice to or demand upon Tenant, without waiving or releasing
Tenant from any obligation of Tenant contained in the Lease, and without
any obligation to do so, may effect any such insurance coverage and pay
premiums therefor and may make any other payment or perform any other act
on the part of Tenant to be made and performed as provided in the Lease and
in exercising such right to pay necessary and incidental costs and
expenses. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary and incidental
costs and expenses in connection with performance of any such act by
Landlord, together with interest thereon at a rate of eighteen percent
(18%) per annum from the date of making of such expenditure by Landlord,
shall be payable to Landlord as Additional Rent, and except as otherwise
provided for in the Lease, shall be payable on demand or at the option of
Landlord may be added to any monthly rental then due or thereafter becoming
due under the Lease. Tenant covenants to pay any such sum or sums with
interest as aforesaid and Landlord shall have (in addition to any right or
remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment
by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in payment of rent.
ARTICLE 5.
TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS
---------------------
5.1) Tenant, in addition to the Base Rent and Additional Rent provided
for herein, shall pay to the public authorities charged with collection
thereof, promptly as the same may be due and payable, all real property
taxes, installments of special assessments and improvements (Impositions)
which are due and payable during tho term of this lease. Impositions
payable in the first and last calendar year of the lease term shall be
equitably prorated based upon the portion of the year included in the lease
term. If Tenant shall default in the payment of any Imposition required to
be herein, Landlord shall have the right to pay the same, together with any
penalties and/or interest, in which event the amount so paid by Landlord
shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand, together with interest
thereon at a rate of
-2-
<PAGE>
Eighteen Percent (18%) per annum from the date making such expenditure by
Landlord. Tenant shall pay all personal property and similar taxes on its
property in the Leased Premises.
5.2) Tenant shall have the right to contest or appeal any imposition
in Tenant's or Landlord's name, at Tenant's sole cost and expense. If
nonpayment of the Imposition creates a lien upon the Leased Premises,
Landlord may, at its option, request Tenant to deposit with it an amount
equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the contested and unpaid
Imposition. Such amount shall be returned to Tenant upon the successful
appeal of the Imposition or upon payment of it. Tenant shall give Landlord
written notice of Tenant's intention to contest or appeal any Imposition at
least twenty (20) days prior to the delinquency thereof. Tenant shall hold
Landlord harmless against all loss, cost, expense, attorneys' fees or
damages resulting from such contest or appeal.
5.3) Tenant shall pay directly to the appropriate governmental
authorities, as Additional Rent hereunder, before any fine, penalty,
interest or costs may be added thereto for the nonpayment thereof, any tax
or excise imposed or assessed on rent, on any leasehold interest, any right
of occupancy, any investment of Tenant in the Leased Premises, any personal
property of any kind owned, installed or used by Tenant, including Tenant's
leasehold improvements, any privilege tax, sales tax, gross proceeds tax,
etc., however described, by any federal, state, county or municipal
governmental authority or any subdivision thereof or other governmental
authority.
ARTICLE 6.
UTILITIES
---------
Tenant shall directly pay or cause to be paid, as Additional Rent
hereunder, all charges for sewer and water services, gas, electricity, light,
heat, air conditioning, power, telephone or other services or utility used,
rendered or supplied upon or in connection with the Leased Premises (the
Utilities) during the Term hereof. Tenant shall contract for the Utilities in
Tenant's own name and shall hold Landlord harmless from any liability or expense
for any such charge. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord
paid statements, invoices or cancelled checks evidencing the payment of all
obligations undertaken by Tenant hereunder.
ARTICLE 7.
REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS
------------------------------------
7.1) Tenant shall, during the Term of the Lease and at Tenant's
expense, keep the leased Premises and appurtenances and every part thereof
in good order, condition and repair, including, without limitation, all
Improvements (including foundations, walls and roof) the sidewalks,
entrances, passages, courts, vestibules, stairways, corridors, halls,
elevators, air conditioning equipment, heating equipment, water system,
toilet facilities and all other machinery and equipment in the
Improvements. Tenant shall make all repairs to the exterior of the
Improvements and shall keep and maintain all landscaped areas in a neat,
orderly and trim condition at its expense. If Tenant does not keep and
-3-
<PAGE>
maintain the Leased premises as herein provided, Landlord may, but shall
not be obligated to, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall
pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost thereof forthwith upon being
billed for the same. All damage or injury to the Leased premises and to its
fixtures, appurtenances, and equipment caused by Tenant moving property in
or out of the Leased Premises or by installation, removal of furniture,
fixtures, equipment or other property by Tenant, its agents, contractors,
servants or employees, or resulting from any other cause of any other kind
or nature whatsoever due to carelessness, omission, neglect, improper
conduct or other causes of Tenant, its servants, employees, agents,
visitors or licensees, shall be repaired, restored or replaced promptly by
Tenant at its sole cost and expense to the satisfaction of Landlord. If
Tenant fails to make such repairs, restorations or replacements, the same
may be made by Landlord and the same shall be at the expense of Tenant and
collectible as Additional Rent or otherwise, and shall be paid by Tenant to
Landlord within five (5) days after rendition of a bill or statement
therefor.
7.2) Except as otherwise provided herein, no improvements, alterations
or replacements shall be made to the Leased Premises or any portion thereof
without the prior written consent of Landlord.
7.3) Tenant shall not suffer or permit any statements of mechanic's
liens to be filed against the Leased Premises or any part thereof by reason
of work, labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been
supplied to Tenant or anyone holding the Leased Premises or any part
thereof through or under Tenant. If any such statement of mechanic's lien
shall at any time be filed against the Leased Premises, Tenant shall cause
the same to be discharged of record within sixty (60) days after the date
of actual notice to Tenant of filing the same. If Tenant shall fail to
discharge such mechanic's lien within such period or fail to deposit an
amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the amount claimed with
the court within such period, then in addition to any other right or remedy
of Landlord, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the
same either by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the
discharge of such lien by deposit in court or by giving security or in such
other manner as is, or may be, prescribed by law. Any amount paid by
Landlord for any of the aforesaid purposes, and all reasonable other
expenses of Landlord, including reasonable attorneys' fees, in or about
procuring the discharge of such lien, with all necessary disbursements in
connection therewith, with interest thereon at the rate of eight percent
(8%) per annum from the date of payment, shall be repaid by Tenant to
Landlord on demand, and if unpaid may be treated as Additional Rent.
Nothing herein contained shall imply any consent or agreement on the part
of Landlord to subject Landlord's estate to liability under any mechanic's
lien law.
ARTICLE 8.
INSURANCE
---------
8.1) Tenant shall, as Additional Rent hereunder and at Tenant's sole
cost and expense, keep the Leased Promises, including all buildings,
improvements, furniture and equipment on, in or appurtenant thereto at the
commencement of the Term and thereafter erected thereon or therein,
-4-
<PAGE>
including all alterations, rebuildings, replacements, changes, additions
and improvements, fully insured for the mutual benefit of Landlord and
Tenant, as their interests may appear, as named insureds (a) against lost
or damage by fire and (b) against those perils included from time to time
in the standard form of extended coverage insurance endorsement, including
but without limiting the generality at the foregoing, wind storm, hail,
explosion, vandalism, riot and civil commotion, damage from vehicles, and
smoke damage.
8.2) All policies of insurance relating to fire and extended coverage
shall provide that the proceeds thereof shall be payable to Landlord, and
if Landlord requires, shall also be payable to the holder of any mortgage
now or hereafter becoming a lien on the fee of the Leased Premises, or any
part thereof, as the interest of such holder appears, pursuant to a
standard mortgagee clause. All such policies of insurance shall provide
that any loss shall be payable to Landlord notwithstanding any act or
omission of Tenant which might otherwise result in a forfeiture or
reduction of said insurance.
8.3) Tenant shall also, as Additional Rent hereunder and at Tenant's
sole cost and expense, but for the mutual benefit of Landlord and Tenant,
as named insureds, maintain during the Term of the Lease (a) general public
liability insurance against claims for personal injury, death or property
damage occurring upon, in or about the Leased Premises, and on, in or about
the adjoining lands, streets and passageways, such insurance to afford
protection to the limit of not less than One Million and no/100 Dollars
($1,000,000.00) in respect to injury or death to a single person, and to
the limit of not less than Two Million and no/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00)
in respect to any one (1) accident and to the limit of not less than Five
Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) in respect to any
property damage; (b) steam boiler insurance on all steam boilers, pressure
boilers or other such apparatus as Landlord may deem necessary to be
covered by such insurance and in such amount or amounts as Landlord may
from time to time reasonably require.
8.4) All policies of insurance shall be written by companies
satisfactory to Landlord, and shall be written in such form and shall be
distributed in such companies as shall be reasonably acceptable to
landlord. Such policies shall be delivered to Landlord endorsed `premium
paid' by the company or agency issuing the same or accompanied by other
evidence satisfactory to Landlord that the premiums thereon have been paid,
not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of any then current
policy.
8.5) Landlord agrees that such policy or policies may contain a waiver
of subrogation clause as to Tenant. Provided the aforesaid fire and
extended coverage insurance is in full force and effect and remains so,
Landlord waives, releases and discharges Tenant from all claims or demands
whatsoever which Landlord may have or acquire in the future arising out of
damage to or destruction of the Leased Premises by fire or extended
coverage risk, whether such claim or demand may arise because of the
negligence of Tenant, its agents or employees or otherwise, and Landlord
agrees to look only to the insurance coverage in the event of such loss.
-5-
<PAGE>
8.6) Tenant shall insure the contents of the Improvements owned by
Tenant, for the benefit of Tenant, against loss or damage by fire,
windstorm, or other casualty for such amount as Tenant may desire, and
Tenant agrees that such policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation
clause as to Landlord. Tenant waives, releases and discharges Landlord from
all claims or demands whatsoever which Tenant may have or acquire by fire
or extended coverage risk, whether such claim or demand may arise because
of the negligence of Landlord, its agents or employees or otherwise, and
Tenant agrees to look to insurance coverage only in the event of such loss.
ARTICLE 9.
QUIET ENJOYMENT
---------------
Landlord represents and warrants that it is the lawful owner of the Leased
Premises; that it has the full right and power to make the Lease; that if and so
long as Tenant shall not be in default hereunder, Tenant shall quietly hold,
occupy and enjoy the Leased Premises during all of the Term of the Lease.
ARTICLE 10.
DESTRUCTION BY FIRE
-------------------
10.1) Subject to the provisions of Article 10.4, if the Improvements,
or any portion thereof, are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty,
however or by whomever caused, Landlord shall repair, rebuild and restore
the same with due diligence and dispatch (subject to the approval of the
holders of any mortgages on the Property) so that the Improvements will be
restored to at least the same good order and condition as existed prior to
damage or destruction. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Leased
Premises is damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall
have the option, in its sole discretion, to decline to rebuild the Leased
Premises. If Landlord so declines, this Lease shall terminate as of the
date of such damage or destruction. If such damage renders only part of the
Leased Premises unfit for Tenant's normal business purposes, Base Rent and
any additional rent shall remain unabated.
10.2) Tenant will repair and replace all improvements and betterments
placed upon the Leased Premises by it, and such repair and replacement
shall be made at its own expense and not at the expense of Landlord.
10.3) If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree on whether the
Leased Premises is fit for Tenant's normal business purposes, such question
shall be submitted to arbitration as provided in Article 12 hereof.
10.4) If the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, is damaged or
destroyed by the willful or negligent conduct of Tenant or its agents,
employees or independent contractors, Tenant shall promptly repair such
damage or replace such improvement so destroyed; provided that if such
damage or
-6-
<PAGE>
destruction is caused by negligence and is or would be covered by the
insurance required to be procured and maintained by the terms of Article 8
then, to the extent that the cost of repairing or replacing such damage or
destruction does not exceed the amounts of such insurance, Tenant shall be
relieved from such obligation to repair or replace. Base Rent and
Additional Rent shall not be abated as a result of willful conduct of
Tenant or its agents, employees or independent contractors which result in
or cause such damage or destruction.
ARTICLE 11.
CONDEMNATION
------------
11.1) If during the Term of the Lease the entire Leased Premises shall
be taken as a result of the power of eminent domain, condemnation
proceedings or other like proceedings (the Proceedings), the Lease and all
right, title and interest of Tenant hereunder shall cease and come to an
end on the date of taking of possession pursuant to the Proceedings.
Landlord shall be entitled to and shall receive the total award made in the
Proceedings. Tenant hereby assigns any interest in any such award to
Landlord.
11.2) If during the Term less than the entire Leased Premises, but
twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Improvements (calculated by the
number of square feet of floor space) or fifty percent (50%) or more of the
Land shall be taken by the Proceedings, the Lease shall, upon taking of
possession pursuant the Proceedings, terminate as to the portion of the
Land and Improvements so taken, and Tenant may terminate the Lease as to
the remainder of the Leased Premises. Such termination as to the remainder
of the Leased Premises shall be effected by a notice to Landlord in writing
given not more than sixty (60) days after the date of taking of possession
pursuant to such Proceedings, and shall specify a date not more than sixty
(60) days after the giving of such notice as the date of such termination.
Upon the date specified in such notice, the Term and all right, title and
interest of Tenant hereunder shall cease and come to an end. If Tenant
elects not to terminate the Lease, the Lease shall continue in full force
and effect, but the Base Rent shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with
the percentage of value of the Leased Premises so taken compared with the
total value of the Leased Premises immediately prior to said taking.
Nothing herein contained shall affect Tenant's obligation to pay in full
the Additional Rent. Landlord shall, however, at Landlord's sole cost and
expense, restore that portion of the Leased Premises not so taken to a
complete architectural unit for the use and occupancy of Tenant. The Lease
shall continue in full force and effect, but the Base Rent shall be reduced
pro rata as aforesaid.
ARTICLE 12.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
-------------------------
12.1) Tenant shall have the full right to assign, transfer or sublease
its rights under this Lease Agreement, with the prior written consent of
Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably
-7-
<PAGE>
withheld. No such assignment, transfer or subleasing shall relieve Tenant
from any of its obligations contained in this Lease Agreement.
ARTICLE 13.
DEFAULTS OF TENANT
------------------
13.1) If during the Term of the Lease (a) Tenant shall make an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (b) a voluntary petition be
filed by Tenant under the Bankruptcy Act of the United States or any state
statute similar thereto, or Tenant be adjudged insolvent or a bankrupt
pursuant to an involuntary petition, or (c) a receiver or trustee be
appointed for the property of Tenant by reason of insolvency of Tenant, or
(d) any department of the state or federal government, or any officer
thereof duly authorized, shall take possession of the business or property
of Tenant by reason of the insolvency of the Tenant, or (e) if, under
Chapter XI of the Bankruptcy Act, Tenant continues in possession without
the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or (f) Tenant is the subject of
any petition or proceeding related to relief from creditors, the Lease
shall, upon the happening of any of said contingencies and at Landlord's
option, be terminated and the same shall expire as fully and completely as
if the day of the happening of such contingency were the date herein
specifically fixed for the expiration of the Term, and Tenant will then
quit and surrender the Leased Premises, but Tenant shall remain liable as
hereinafter provided.
13.2) If during the Term of the Lease Tenant shall default in
fulfilling any of the covenants of the Lease (other than the covenants for
the payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent), Landlord may give Tenant
notice of any default or of the happening of any contingency referred to in
this paragraph, and if at the expiration of thirty (30) days after the
service of such notice the default or contingency upon which said notice
was based shall continue to exist, or in the case of a default or
contingency which cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of
thirty (30) days, if Tenant fails to proceed promptly after the service of
such notice and with all due diligence to cure the same and thereafter to
prosecute the curing of such default with all due diligence, Landlord, at
its option, may terminate the Lease, and upon such termination, Tenant will
quit and surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain
liable as hereinafter provided.
13.3) If Tenant shall default in the payment of the Base Rent
expressly reserved hereunder, or any part of the same, and such default
shall continue for fifteen (15) days after notice thereof by Landlord, or
such default in the payment of any item of Additional Rent to be paid by
Tenant hereunder, or any part of the same, and such default shall continue
for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by Landlord, or if the Lease
shall expire as provided in Paragraphs 13.1 or 13.2 of this Article,
Landlord or Landlord's agents and servants may immediately or at any time
thereafter re-enter the Leased Premises and remove all persons and any or
all property therefrom, either by summary dispossession proceedings or by
any suitable action or proceedings at law or by force or otherwise and
repossess and enjoy said Leased Premises, together with all additions,
alterations and improvements, without re-entry and repossession working
forfeiture or waiver of the rents to be paid and the
-8-
<PAGE>
covenants to be performed by Tenant during the Term hereof. Upon the
expiration of the Term of the Lease by reason of any of the events
described in Paragraphs 13.1 or 13.2, or in the event of termination of the
Lease by summary dispossession proceedings or under any provision of law
now or hereafter in force by reason of or based upon or arising out of a
default under or a breach of the Lease on the part of Tenant (except where
such breach or default is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
to be justified because of Landlord's acts or omissions), or upon Landlord
recovering possession of the Leased Premises in the manner or in any of the
circumstances whatsoever, whether with or without legal proceedings, by
reason of or based upon or arising out of a default under or a breach of
the Lease on the part of Tenant, Landlord may, at its option, at any time
and from time to time, relet the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, for
the account of Tenant or otherwise, and receive and collect the rents
therefor, applying the same first to the payment of such expenses as
Landlord may have incurred in recovering possession of the Leased Premises,
including legal expenses and attorneys' fees, and for putting the same into
good order or condition or preparing or altering the same for re-rental and
all other expenses, commissions and charges paid, assumed, or incurred by
Landlord in reletting the Leased Premises and then to the fulfillment of
the covenants of Tenant hereunder. Any such reletting herein provided for
may be for the remainder of the Term of the Lease as originally granted or
for a longer or shorter period. In any such case or whether or not the
Leased Premises, or any part thereof, is relet, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord the Base Rent and the Additional Rent required to be paid by
Tenant up to the time of such termination of the Lease, as the case may be,
and thereafter, except in a case where liability of Tenant as hereinafter
provided arises by reason of any of the contingencies referred in Paragraph
13.l hereof, Tenant covenants and agrees, if required by Landlord, to pay
to Landlord until the end of the Term of the Lease the equivalent of the
amount of all the Base Rent and Additional Rent reserved herein less the
net proceeds of reletting, if any. Landlord shall have the election, in
place and stead of holding Tenant so liable, forthwith to recover against
Tenant, as damages for loss of the bargain and not as penalty, an aggregate
sum which at the time of such termination of the Lease for such recovery of
possession of the Leased Premises by Landlord, as the case may be,
represents the then present worth of the excess, if any, of the aggregate
of the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder that would
have accrued for the balance of the Term, over the aggregate rental value
of the Leased Premises for the balance of such Term.
13.4) The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort under the
terms of the Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of
any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may be lawfully
entitled in case of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any
provision of the Lease. The failure of Landlord to insist in any one or
more cases upon the strict performance of any of the covenants of the Lease
or to exercise any option herein contained shall not be construed as a
waiver or a relinquishment for the future of such covenant or option. A
receipt by Landlord of Base Rent or Additional Rent, including payment of
Base Rent or Additional Rent by Tenant's receiver, trustee in bankruptcy,
creditor or assignee, with knowledge of breach of any covenant hereof
(other than the payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent) shall not be
deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision
of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing
and signed by Landlord. In addition to other remedies
-9-
<PAGE>
provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the restraint by
injunction for the violation or attempted or threatened violation of the
covenants, conditions or provisions of the Lease.
ARTICLE 14.
ATTORNEYS FEES
--------------
If it is necessary for Landlord to retain the services of an attorney at
law to enforce any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof, or to collect
any sums due hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand, as Additional
Rent hereunder, the cost of such services.
ARTICLE 15.
REMOVAL OF IMPROVEMENTS AND FIXTURES
------------------------------------
Any improvements or fixtures installed by Tenant in the Improvements or on
the Land, whether used solely in Tenant's business or whether usable in the
Improvements without regard to such business or otherwise, shall become the
property of Landlord upon the termination of the Lease.
ARTICLE 16.
CONDITION OF LEASED PREMISES AT TERMINATION
-------------------------------------------
At the termination of the Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall
return the Leased Premises in as good a condition as when Tenant took
possession, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and condemnation, damage or
destruction as described in Articles 10 and 11 herein.
ARTICLE 17.
HOLDING OVER
------------
In the absence of any written agreement to the contrary, if Tenant should
continue to occupy the Leased Premises following the expiration of the Term of
the Lease, Tenant shall so remain as a hold-over tenant from month to month and
all provisions of the Lease applicable to such tenancy shall remain in full
force and effect. During such tenancy, the same Base Rent and the same terms and
conditions as prevailed during the last month of the Term demised shall prevail.
In any such event, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for damages which Landlord
may incur as a result of such holding over, including but not limited to damages
incurred because of loss of a prospective successor tenant. If Tenant is a
hold-over tenant and if Tenant continues to occupy the Leased Premises following
the termination of such hold-over (by a proper notice as to such month-to-month
tenancy), then the foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply in the same
manner as when Tenant continued in occupancy following the expiration of the
Term of the Lease.
-10-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 18.
USE OF LEASED PREMISES
----------------------
The Leased Premises shall be used only for manufacturing and warehousing.
Tenant shall not use or occupy the Leased Premises or knowingly permit the
Leased Premises to be used or occupied contrary to any statute, rule, order,
ordinance, requirement or regulation applicable thereto or in any manner which
would violate any certificate of occupancy affecting the same, or which would
cause structural injury to the Leased Premises or cause the value or usefulness
of the Leased Premises or any part thereof to substantially diminish (reasonable
wear and tear excepted) or which would constitute a public or private nuisance
or waste. Tenant shall not use the Premises in such a manner that would cause
any hazardous substance (as that term is defined by federal or state statutes),
asbestos or petroleum product to contaminate the Leased Premises. Tenant shall
be solely responsible for the clean-up of the Premises should the Premises
become contaminated as a result of Tenant's action. Tenant shall promptly upon
discovery of any such use, take all necessary steps to compel the discontinuance
of such use.
ARTICLE 19.
PERMITS
-------
Tenant shall maintain in force and effect all permits, licenses and similar
authorizations to use the Leased Premises for the aforesaid purposes required by
any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the use thereof. Tenant's
failure to maintain such permits, licenses and similar authorizations shall not
relieve Tenant from the performance of its obligations and covenants hereunder
(except obligations and covenants as may be prohibited by law), nor from the
obligations to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent, as set forth herein. Tenant
shall, at Landlord's request, join with Landlord in executing, acknowledging and
delivering any and all petitions, consents, subordinations, plats, or easement
deeds that may be required for the installation of any utilities, public
improvements, roads, water lines, sewer lines, storm drainage facilities,
subdivision, rezoning, special use, platting or other similar development of the
Leased Premises, which do not affect Tenant's use of the Leased Premises during
the Term of the Lease.
ARTICLE 20.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW
-------------------
Tenant, at its sole expense, shall promptly comply with all laws,
ordinances and requirements of federal, state, county and municipal authorities
relating to Tenant's use and occupation of the Leased Premises, and with any
lawful order or direction of any public officer relating to Tenant's use and
occupation of the Leased Premises during the Term of the Lease. Nothing herein
contained, however, shall prohibit Tenant from appealing from or contesting the
validity or legality of such laws, ordinances, requirements, orders or
directions and, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, Tenant
-11-
<PAGE>
shall not be deemed, to be in default hereunder so long as Tenant diligently
prosecutes such appeal or contest.
ARTICLE 21.
LANDLORD'S ACCESS TO PREMISES
-----------------------------
21.1) Tenant shall permit Landlord and the authorized representatives
of Landlord to enter the Leased Premises at all times during usual business
hours for the purpose of inspecting the same and making any necessary
repairs to comply with any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or
requirements of any public authority or of the Board of Fire Underwriters
or any similar board. Nothing herein shall imply any duty upon the part of
Landlord to do any such work which, under any provision of the Lease,
Tenant may be required to perform, and the performance thereof by Landlord
shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant's default in failing to perform the
same. Landlord may, during the progress of any work in the Leased Premises,
reasonably keep and store upon the Leased Premises all necessary materials,
tools and equipment. Landlord shall not in any event be liable (except in
the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its
agents) for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, loss of business or
other damage to Tenant by reason of making repairs or the performance of
any work in the Leased Premises, or on account of bringing materials,
supplies and equipment onto or through the Leased Premises during the
course thereof, and the obligations of Tenant under the Lease shall not
hereby be affected in any manner whatsoever. Landlord shall, however, in
connection with the doing of any such work cause as little inconvenience,
annoyance, disturbance, loss of business or other damage to Tenant as may
reasonably be possible in the circumstances.
21.2) Landlord is hereby given the right during usual business hours
to enter the Leased Premises and to exhibit the same for the purpose of
sale and lease during the final six (6) months of the Term hereof. Landlord
shall be entitled to display on the Leased Premises in such manner as not
to unreasonably interfere with Tenant's business the usual `For Sale' or
`To Let' signs, and Tenant agrees that such signs may remain unmolested
upon the Leased Premises and Landlord may exhibit said Leased Premises to
prospective Tenants during such period.
ARTICLE 22.
INDEMNITY
---------
Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord against and from any and
all claims by or on behalf of any person or persons, firm or firms, corporation
or corporations, arising from the conduct or management of or from any work or
thing whatsoever done in, on or about the Leased Premises, and will further
indemnify and save Landlord harmless against and from any and all claims arising
during the Term of the Lease from any condition of the Leased Premises or any
street, curb, sidewalk adjoining the Leased Premises, or of any passageways or
spaces therein or appurTenant thereto, or arising from any breach or default on
the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part
of Tenant to be performed, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, or arising from
any act of
-12-
<PAGE>
negligence of Tenant, or any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or
licensees, or arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to
any person, firm or corporation occurring during the Term of the Lease, in or
about the Leased Premises, or upon or under the sidewalks and the land adjacent
thereto, and from and against all costs, reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses
and liabilities incurred in or about any such claim or action or proceeding
brought thereon; and in case any action or proceeding is brought against
Landlord by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, shall
resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to
Landlord.
ARTICLE 23.
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
--------------------
Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than twenty
(20) days' prior notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to
Landlord a statement in writing certifying that the Lease is unmodified and in
full force and effect (or if there shall have been modifications that the Lease
is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications) and the A
dates to which the Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid in advance, if
any, and stating whether or not (to the best knowledge of Tenant) Landlord is in
default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in
the Lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have
knowledge, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this
Article shall be in a form approved by and may be relied upon by any prospective
assignee of Landlord's interest in the Lease or any mortgagee of the Leased
Premises or any assignee of any mortgage upon the Leased Premises.
ARTICLE 24.
SUBORDINATION
-------------
This Lease is subject and subordinate to all mortgages and other collateral
agreements which may now or hereafter affect the premises, and to all renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions thereof (hereinafter
referred to as the "mortgage"). This clause shall be self-operative and no
further instrument of subordination will be required. If additional confirmation
of such subordination is requested, Tenant, without expense to Lessor, shall
execute promptly any appropriate instrument Lessor may request. Provided,
however, that in the event that the holder of the mortgage forecloses the
mortgage or takes a deed from the owner of the premises in lieu of mortgage
foreclosure, the mortgage holder, at its election may give written notice to
Tenant of its intention to hold Tenant to the terms of this Lease within twenty
(20) days after the expiration of the period of redemption or delivery of the
deed in lieu of foreclosure, whichever is applicable, in which event this Lease
shall be deemed to be a direct Lease between the said mortgage holder and Tenant
as of the date of exercise of election and this Lease shall thereafter be in
full force and effect according to the terms herein and Tenant shall be bound to
the mortgagee under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease for
the balance of the term hereof remaining. In the event of any such election by
the mortgage holder, however, Tenant shall, and does hereby, remise, release and
forever discharge
-13-
<PAGE>
mortgage holder of, from and against any and all undertakings,
agreements and liabilities of Lessor under the terms of this Lease, excepting
only the covenant of quiet possession, and Tenant agrees that thereupon and
thereafter all rentals reserved hereunder, as well as any rental accrued to the
effective date of such election by mortgage holder, shall be absolutely due and
owing by Tenant to Lessor, free from any right of set-off or counter-claim,
excepting only in respect of breaches by the mortgage holder, after giving such
election, of the Lessor's covenant of quiet possession; and except for such
covenant of quiet possession, Tenant shall thereupon and thereafter be liable to
such mortgage holder, as Lessor, for each and every covenant, agreement and
undertaking contained herein on the part of Tenant to be performed.
ARTICLE 25.
RELEASE OF LANDLORD
-------------------
If Landlord sells or otherwise transfers all of its interest in the Leased
Premises, Landlord shall, without further action by any party, be released and
discharged from any further obligation or duty under the Lease, and no claim or
demand upon Landlord shall thereafter be made by Tenant arising out of any
obligation or duty of Landlord hereunder. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall
execute an attornment agreement with Landlord's transferee in form satisfactory
to such transferee.
ARTICLE 26.
SEVERABILITY
------------
If any term, condition or provision of the Lease or the application thereof
to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be held to be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder thereof and the application of such terms,
provisions and conditions shall, in all other respects, continue to be effective
and to be complied with to the full extent permitted by law.
ARTICLE 27.
SHORT FORM LEASE
----------------
At the request of either party hereto, a short form lease shall be prepared
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of the parties and shall
be executed by each of the parties in duplicate, such lease to be filed for
record in Carver County, Minnesota.
ARTICLE 28.
NOTICES
-------
Any notice or election herein requested or permitted to be given or served
by either party hereto upon the other, shall be deemed given or served in
accordance with the provisions of the Lease if delivered to either party hereto
and receipt is obtained therefor, or if mailed in a sealed wrapper by United
States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed to such
other party as
-24-
<PAGE>
the address hereinafter specified. Unless and until changed by
notice as herein provided, notices and communications shall be addressed as
follows:
If to Landlord: Fleninge Partnership
121 West Third Street
Chaska, MN 55318
with a Copy to: Dennis L. Monroe
Krass & Monroe Chartered
1100 Southpoint Center
1650 West 82nd Street
Bloomington, MN 55431
If to Tenant: Empak, Inc.
____________________________
____________________________
Each such mailed notice or communications shall be deemed to have been given to,
or served upon the party to which addressed, on the date the same is deposited
in the United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, properly
addressed in the manner above provided. Each such delivered notice or
communication shall be deemed to have been given to, or served upon, the party
to whom delivered, upon delivery thereof in the manner above provided. Either
party may change the address to which mailed notice is to be sent to it by
giving to the other party hereto not less than thirty (30) days' advance written
notice thereof. All payments of Base Rent or Additional Rent hereunder shall be
made to Landlord at the address above designated, or as may be hereafter
designated.
ARTICLE 29.
HEADINGS
--------
The headings incorporated in the Lease are for convenience in reference
only and are not a part of the Lease and do not in any way limit or add to the
terms and provisions hereof.
ARTICLE 30.
BINDING EFFECT
--------------
All of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall
extend to, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective heirs, successors and assigns.
-15-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 31.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
----------------
This Lease Agreement contains the entire agreement between Landlord and
Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and, upon the effective date
hereof, this Lease Agreement shall supersede all prior understandings and
agreements, including, but not limited to that certain Lease Agreement dated
October 22, 1981, between Fluoroware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, and Empak,
Inc., as extended and renewed, the Landlord's interest in the same being
assigned to Landlord as of April 12, 1991, and as amended by Amendment to Lease
Agreement dated September 1, 1992. This Lease Agreement may only be amended or
modified by a written instrument signed by all of the parties thereto.
-16-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease the day and year
first above written.
LANDLORD:
FLENINGE PARTNERSHIP
By: /s/ Wayne Bongard
-------------------------------------
Its:
------------------------------
TENANT:
EMPAK, INC.
By: /s/ illegible
-------------------------------------
Its: C.E.O.
------------------------------
STATE OF MINNESOTA)
) ss.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN)
On this ___ day of June, 1993, before me personally appeared
_____________________, a general partner of FLENINGE PARTNERSHIP, a Minnesota
general partnership, on behalf of the partnership.
--------------------------
Notary Public
STATE OF MINNESOTA)
) ss.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN)
On this ___ day of June, 1993, before me personally appeared
_____________________, the _________________________ of EMPAK, INC., a Minnesota
corporation, on behalf of the corporation.
--------------------------
Notary Public
-17-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.9
CASTLE ROCK FACILITY
LEASE
THIS LEASE is made this September 22, 1998, by and between WAYNE C BONGARD
("Landlord"), and EMPAK, INC. ("Tenant").
Landlord and Tenant, intending to be legally bound, hereby covenant and
agree as follows:
Article 1.
Premises
Landlord does hereby lease, demise, and let unto Tenant, and Tenant does
hereby hire and take from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein (the "Lease"), certain land having as its principal address 702 Santa Fe
Boulevard, Castle Rock, Colorado, situated in Douglas County (the "Land"),
subject to all easements and rights-of-way of record, together with all
structures thereon and all appurtenances thereto (the "Improvements"), all of
which Land and Improvements are hereinafter referred to as the Premises.
Upon the Commencement Date hereof, the Land will consist of two (2)
parcels, legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein
by reference. The parties intend to replat existing Parcels I and 2 into one
parcel. The parties agree that the new legal description be and the same is
hereby incorporated herein by reference, upon the said replatting, and no formal
act or amendment shall be required for said purpose. The parties agree that the
act of replatting said Parcels I and 2 shall have no effect whatsoever upon the
rights and obligations of the parties as set forth herein.
Article 2.
Term
The term of the Lease shall commence on September 22, 1998 (the
"Commencement Date") and terminate on September 30, 2005 (the "Term") unless
sooner terminated as provided herein.
Article 3.
Rent
Tenant shall pay to Landlord as monthly "Base Rent" during the Term an
amount equal to Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) but in no event less
than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of the monthly debt service
due and payable by Landlord on financing secured by a first lien against the
Premises and/or and such additional financing as may be secured from time to
time to improve the Premises. Debt service shall include all costs associated
with procuring such financing. If there is no financing or the amount of the
financing is reduced to a level such that the Base Rent is materially below
market rent, then the Base Rent shall, at Landlord's option, be increased to
reflect the
<PAGE>
then-current market rental rates. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree
upon said rental amount, the rental amount shall be determined by a qualified
appraiser. The costs of the appraiser's services shall be divided equally
between Landlord and Tenant.
The Base Rent shall be payable in advance, on or before the first (1st) day
of each and every month, commencing on the Commencement Date, and continuing
during, the Term. Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to
tenant notice of the initial amount of Base Rent, and thereafter Landlord shall
deliver notice of any change(s) in the Base Rent payments resulting from changes
in Landlord's debt service obligations.
Article 4.
Net Lease
4.1. It is the intention and purpose of the parties hereto that the
Lease shall be a "Net Lease" to Landlord. All costs and expenses of
whatever character or kind, general and special, ordinary and
extraordinary, foreseeable or unforeseeable, and of every kind and nature
whatsoever that may be necessary in or about the operation of the Premises,
including all hazard and liability insurance, taxes, special assessments,
utilities, maintenance, and repairs, except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, shall be paid by Tenant as "Additional Rent" hereunder.
4.2. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant covenants
and agrees that if at any time it fails to pay any amount required by the
Lease, or to obtain, pay for, maintain, or deliver any of the insurance
policies herein provided for, or fails to make any other payment or perform
any other act required to be made or performed by the Tenant, then
Landlord, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, without waiving or
releasing Tenant from any obligation of Tenant contained in this Lease, and
without any obligation to do so, may effect any such insurance coverage and
pay premiums therefor and may make any other payment or perform any other
act on the part of Tenant to be made and performed as provided in this
Lease, in such manner and to such extent as Landlord may deem desirable. In
exercising such right to pay necessary and incidental costs and expenses,
all sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary and incidental costs and
expenses in connection with performance of any such act by Landlord,
together with interest thereon at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum
from the date of making of such expenditure by Landlord, shall be payable
to Landlord as Additional Rent, and except as otherwise provided for in
this Lease, shall be payable on demand, or at the option of Landlord, may
be added to any monthly rental then due or thereafter becoming due under
the Lease. Tenant covenants to pay any such sum or sums with interest as
aforesaid and Landlord shall have (in addition to any right or remedy of
Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment by Tenant
as in the case of default by Tenant in payment of rent.
2
<PAGE>
Article 5.
Taxes and Assesments
5.1 Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent hereunder, before any fine,
penalty, interest, or costs may be added thereto for the nonpayment
thereof, all real estate taxes and installments of special assessments
payable during the Term of this Lease which shall during the Term be laid,
assessed, levied, or imposed upon, or shall become payable as a lien upon
the premises or any part thereof ("Impositions").
5.2 Tenant shall have the right to contest or appeal any Imposition in
Tenant's or Landlord's name, at Tenant's sole cost and expense. If
nonpayment of the Imposition creates a lien upon the Premises, Landlord
may, at his or its option, request Tenant to deposit with it an amount
equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the contested and unpaid
Imposition. Such amount shall be returned to Tenant upon the successful
appeal of the Imposition or upon payment of said Imposition. Tenant shall
give Landlord written notice of Tenant's intention to contest or appeal any
Imposition at least twenty (20) days prior to the delinquency thereof.
Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless against all loss, cost, expense,
attorneys' fees, or damages resulting from such contest or appeal.
5.3 Tenant shall pay directly to the appropriate governmental
authorities, as Additional Rent hereunder, before any fine, penalty,
interest, or costs may be added thereto for the nonpayment thereof, any tax
or excise imposed or assessed on rent, on any leasehold interest, on any
right of occupancy, on any investment of Tenant in the Premises, on any
personal property of any kind owned, installed, or used by Tenant,
including Tenant's leasehold improvements, on any privilege tax, sales tax,
gross proceeds tax, etc., however described, by any federal, state, county
or municipal governmental authority or any subdivision thereof or other
governmental authority. Tenant shall not be required to pay any federal or
state or local income tax for which Landlord may become liable during the
Initial Term or any Option Term of the Lease.
Article 6.
Utilities
Tenant shall directly pay or cause to be paid, as Additional Rent
hereunder, all charges for sewer and water services, gas, electricity, light,
heat, air conditioning, power, telephone, or other services or utility used,
rendered, or supplied upon or in connection with the Premises (the "Utilities")
during the Term hereof, Tenant shall contract for the Utilities in Tenant's own
name and shall hold Landlord harmless from any liability or expense for any such
charge. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord paid
statements, invoices, or cancelled checks evidencing the payment of all
obligations undertaken by Tenant hereunder.
3
<PAGE>
Article 7.
Repairs, Maintenance and Alterations
7.1 Tenant shall, during the Term of this Lease and at Tenant's
expense, keep the Premises and appurtenances and every part thereof in good
order, condition, and repair, including, without limitation, the sidewalks,
entrances, passages, courts, vestibules, stairways, corridors, halls,
elevators, air conditioning equipment, heating equipment, water system,
toilet facilities, and all other machinery and equipment in the
Improvements. Except as herein provided, Tenant shall make all repairs to
the exterior of the Improvements, shall make all structural repairs, and
shall keep and maintain all landscaped areas in a neat, orderly, and trim
condition at its expense. If Tenant does not keep and maintain the Premises
as herein provided, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and
replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost
thereof forthwith upon being billed for the same. All damage or injury to
the Premises and to its fixtures, appurtenances, and equipment caused by
Tenant moving property in or out of the Premises or by installation,
removal of furniture, fixtures, equipment, or other property by Tenant, its
agents, contractors, servants, or employees, or resulting from any other
cause of any other kind or nature whatsoever due to carelessness, omission,
neglect, improper conduct, or other causes of Tenant, its servants,
employees, agents, visitors, or licensees, shall be repaired, restored, or
replaced promptly by Tenant at its sole cost and expense to the
satisfaction of Landlord. If Tenant fails to make such repairs,
restorations, or replacements, the same may be made by Landlord and the
same shall be at the expense of Tenant and collectible as Additional Rent
or otherwise, and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days
after rendition of a bill or statement therefor.
7.2 Except as otherwise provided herein, no improvements, alterations,
or replacements shall be made to the Premises or any portion thereof
without the prior written consent of Landlord.
7.3 Tenant shall not suffer or permit any statements of mechanic's
liens to be filed against the Premises or any part thereof by reason of
work, labor, services, or materials supplied or claimed to have been
supplied to Tenant or anyone holding the Premises or any part thereof
through or under Tenant. If any such statement of mechanic's lien shall at
any time be filed against the Premises, Tenant shall cause the same to be
discharged of record within thirty (30) days after the date of actual
notice to Tenant of filing the same. If Tenant shall fail to discharge such
mechanic's lien within such period or fail to deposit an amount equal to
one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the amount claimed with the court
within such period, then in addition to any other right or remedy of
Landlord, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same
either by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the discharge
of such lien by deposit in court or by giving security or in such other
manner as is, or may be, prescribed by law. Any amount paid by Landlord for
any of the aforesaid purposes and all other reasonable expenses of
Landlord, including reasonable attorneys' fees, in or about procuring the
discharge of such lien, with all necessary disbursements in connection
therewith, with interest thereon at the rate of eight percent (8%) per
annum from the date of payment, shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord on
demand, and if unpaid may be treated as Additional Rent. Nothing herein
4
<PAGE>
contained shall imply any consent or agreement on the part of Landlord to
subject Landlord's estate to liability under any mechanic's lien law.
Article 8.
Insurance
8.1 Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent hereunder, and at Tenant's
sole cost and expense, keep the Premises, including all buildings,
improvements, furniture, and equipment on, in, or appurtenant thereto at
the commencement of the Term and thereafter erected thereon or therein,
including all alterations, rebuildings, replacements, changes, additions,
and improvements, fully insured for the mutual benefit of Landlord and
Tenant, as their interests may appear, as named insureds: (a) against loss
or damage by fire, and (b) against those perils included from time-to-time
in the standard form of extended coverage insurance endorsement, including
but without limiting the generality or the foregoing, windstorm, hail,
explosion, vandalism, riot and civil commotion, damage from vehicles, smoke
damage, and such other coverage as may be deemed necessary by Landlord,
provided that such additional coverage is obtainable.
8.2 All policies of insurance relating to fire and extended coverage
shall provide that the proceeds thereof shall be payable to Landlord, and
if Landlord requires, shall also be payable to the holder of any mortgage
now or hereafter becoming a lien on the fee of the Premises, or any part
thereof, as the interest of such holder appears, pursuant to a standard
mortgagee clause. All such policies of insurance shall provide that any
loss shall be payable to Landlord notwithstanding any act or omission of
Tenant which might otherwise result in a forfeiture or reduction of said
insurance.
8.3 Tenant shall also pay, as Additional Rent hereunder, and at
Tenants sole cost and expense, but for the mutual benefit of Landlord and
Tenant, as named insureds, maintain during the Term of the Lease: (a)
general public liability insurance against claims for personal injury,
death, or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Premises, and on,
in, or about the adjoining lands, streets, and passageways, such insurance
to afford protection to the limit of not less than $1,000,000.00 In respect
to injury or death to a single person, and to the limit of not less than
$2,000,000.00 in respect to any one (1) accident and to the limit of not
less than $500,000.00 in respect to any property damage, (b) steam boiler
insurance an all steam boilers, pressure boilers, or other such apparatus
as Landlord may deem necessary to be covered by such insurance and in such
amount or amounts as Landlord may from time-to-time reasonably require.
8.4 All policies of insurance shall be written in companies
satisfactory to Landlord, and shall be written in such form and shall be
distributed by such agencies as shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.
Such policies shall be delivered to Landlord endorsed "premium paid" by the
company or agency issuing the same or accompanied by another evidence
satisfactory to Landlord that the premiums thereon have been paid, not less
than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of any then current policy.
5
<PAGE>
8.5 Landlord agrees that such policy or policies may contain a waiver
of subrogation clause as to Tenant. Provided the aforesaid fire and
extended coverage insurance is in full force and effect and remains so,
Landlord waives, releases, and discharges Tenant from all claims or demands
whatsoever which Landlord may have or acquire in the future arising out of
damage to or destruction of the Premises by fire or extended coverage risk,
whether such claim or demand may arise because of the negligence of Tenant,
its agents, or employees or otherwise, and Landlord agrees to look only to
the insurance coverage in the event of such loss.
8.6 Tenant shall insure the contents of the Improvements owned by
Tenant, for the benefit of Tenant, against loss or damage by fire,
windstorm, or other casualty for such amount as Tenant may desire, and
Tenant agrees that such policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation
clause as to Landlord. Tenant waives, releases, and discharges Landlord
from all claims or demands whatsoever which Tenant may have or acquire by
reason of fire or extended coverage risk, whether such claim or demand may
arise because of the negligence of Landlord, its agents or employees or
otherwise, and Tenant agrees to look to insurance coverage only in the
event of such loss.
8.7 The insurance requirements otherwise set forth in this Article 8
notwithstanding, if any mortgagee of the Premises or other lender of
Landlord requires insurance coverages or limits in addition to or
inconsistent with the foregoing, Landlord shall so notify Tenant and Tenant
shall modify the insurance coverages and/or limits to conform with said
mortgagee's or lender's requirements so long as said requirements are not
materially different from the typical requirements of mortgagees and
lenders for similar properties and similar credit risks.
Article 9.
Quiet Enjoyment
Landlord represents and warrants that: (a) it is the lawful owner or the
Premises, (b) that it has the full right and power to make the Lease, (c) that
if and so long as Tenant shall not be in default hereunder, Tenant shall quietly
hold, occupy, and enjoy the Premises during all of the Term.
Article 10.
Destruction by Fire
10.1 Subject to the provisions of Article 10.4 and to the availability
of insurance proceeds, if the Improvements, or any portion thereof, are
damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, however or by whomever
caused, Landlord shall repair, rebuild, and restore the same with due
diligence and dispatch (subject to the approval of the holders of any
mortgages on the Property) so that the Improvements will be restored to at
least the same good order and condition as existed prior to damage or
destruction. If more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises is damaged or
destroyed by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall have the option, in its
sole discretion, to decline to rebuild the Premises. If Landlord so
declines, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or
destruction. If
6
<PAGE>
Landlord elects to repair the Premises, and if such damage in the
reasonable opinion of the Landlord renders the entire Premises unfit for
Tenant's normal business purposes, and Tenant by reason thereof
discontinues business in the Premises, Base Rent shall be abated for a
period during which no part of the Premises is fit for such business
purposes and during which time Tenant discontinues business. If such damage
renders only part of the Premises unfit for Tenant's normal business
purposes, Base Rent shall be apportioned on a square foot of Premises area
basis and the proportion thereof applicable to each part of the Premises
upon which Tenant discontinues its business operations shall be abated for
the period during which such part is not fit for Tenant's normal business
purposes and during which Tenant discontinues such business operations.
10.2 Tenant will repair and replace all improvements and betterments
placed upon the Premises by it, and such repair and replacement shall be
made at its own expense and not at the expense of Landlord.
10.3 If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree on whether the
Premises is fit for Tenant's normal business purposes, such question shall
be submitted to arbitration as provided in Article 12 hereof.
10.4 If the Premises, or any part thereof, is damaged or destroyed by
the willful or negligent conduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, or
independent contractors, Tenant shall promptly repair such damage or
replace such improvement so destroyed; provided that if such damage or
destruction is caused by negligence and is or would be covered by the
insurance required to be procured and maintained by the terms of Article 8
then, to the extent that the cost of repairing or replacing such damage or
destruction does not exceed the amounts of such insurance, Tenant shall be
relieved from such obligation to repair or replace. Base Rent and
Additional Rent shall not be abated as a result or willful conduct of
Tenant or its agents, employees, or independent contractors which result in
or cause damage or destruction.
Article 11.
Condemnation
11.1 If during the Term of The Lease the entire Premises shall be
taken as a result of the power of eminent domain, condemnation proceedings,
or other like proceedings (the "Proceedings"), the Lease and all right,
title, and interest of Tenant hereunder shall cease and come to an end on
the date of taking of possession pursuant to the Proceedings. Landlord
shall be entitled to and shall receive the total award made in the
Proceedings, Tenant hereby assigns any interest in any such award to
Landlord.
11.2 If during the Term less than the entire Premises, but fifty
percent (50%) or more of the Improvements (calculated by the number of
square feet of floor space) or fifty percent (50%) or more of the Land
shall be taken by the Proceedings, the Lease shall, upon taking of
possession pursuant to
7
<PAGE>
the Proceedings, terminate as to the portion of the Land and Improvements
so taken, and Tenant may terminate the Lease as to the remainder of the
Premises. Such termination as to the remainder of the Premises shall be
effected by a notice to Landlord in writing given not more than sixty (60)
days after the date of taking of possession pursuant to such Proceedings,
and shall specify a date not more than sixty (60) days after the giving of
such notice as the date of such termination. Upon the date specified in
such notice, the Term and all right, title, and interest of Tenant
hereunder shall cease and come to an end. If Tenant elects not to terminate
the Lease, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but the Base
Rent shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with the percentage of value
of the Premises so taken compared with the total value of the Premises
immediately prior to said taking. Nothing herein contained shall affect
Tenant's obligation to pay in full the Additional Rent. Landlord shall,
however, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, restore that portion of the
Premises not so taken to a complete architectural unit for the use and
occupancy of Tenant. The Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but
the Base Rent shall be reduced pro rata as aforesaid. If the parties cannot
agree on the pro rata reduction of the Base rent after said taking, or on
the allocation of any award made in the Proceedings, as above set forth,
Landlord and Tenant shall submit the question to arbitration as provided in
Article 12 hereof
Article 12.
Arbitration
In cases in which a dispute arises under the Lease, the same shall be
settled by arbitration in accordance with the then existing rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered
maybe entered in any court having Jurisdiction thereof. Any such
arbitration shall be had before a panel of three (3) arbitrators (unless
Landlord or Tenant agree to one (1) arbitrator) designated by the American
Arbitration Association in accordance with the rules of such association,
and the decision of the majority or such arbitrators shall be binding upon
the parties. The arbitrators designated and acting under the Lease shall
make their award in strict conformity with such rules and shall have no
power to depart from or change any of the provisions thereof. Each party to
the arbitration shall pay one-half (1/2) of the costs thereof. All
arbitration proceedings hereunder shall be conducted in Denver, Colorado,
or such other location as mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.
Article 13.
Assignment and Subletting
Tenant shall not assign or transfer any of its rights under the Lease or
sublease any part of the Premises (an "Assignment") without prior written
consent from Landlord. No such Assignment shall relieve Tenant from any of its
obligations contained in the Lease, nor shall any Assignment be effective unless
the assignee shall, at the time of such Assignment, assume in writing all the
terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease to be performed thereafter by
Tenant and shall agree in writing to be bound thereby. Tenant agrees to pay on
behalf of Landlord any and all costs of Landlord, including
8
<PAGE>
reasonable attorneys' fees occasioned by each Assignment. Consent by Landlord to
any Assignment shall not be a waiver of Landlord's rights as to a subsequent
Assignment.
Article 14.
Defaults of Lessee
14.1 If during the Term of the Lease: (a) Tenant shall make an
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (b) Tenant shall file a
voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any
state statute similar thereto, or Tenant be adjudged insolvent or a
bankrupt pursuant to an involuntary petition; or (c) a receiver or trustee
be appointed for the property of Tenant by reason of insolvency of Tenant;
or (d) any department of the state or federal government, or any officer
thereof duly authorized, shall take possession of the business or property
of Tenant by reason of the insolvency of the Tenant; or (e) Tenant
continues in possession without the appointment of a receiver or trustee
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (f) Tenant is the subject of
any petition or proceeding related to relief from creditors, the Lease
shall, upon the happening of any of said contingencies and at Landlord's
sole option, be terminated and the same shall expire as fully and
completely as if the day of the happening of such contingency were the date
herein specifically fixed for the expiration of the Term and Tenant will
then quit and surrender the Premises, but Tenant shall remain liable as
hereinafter provided.
14.2 If during the Term Tenant shall default in fulfilling any of the
covenants of the Lease (other than the covenants for the payment of Base
Rent or Additional Rent), Landlord may give Tenant notice of any default or
of the happening of any contingency referred to in this paragraph, and if
at the expiration of thirty (30) days after the service of such notice the
default or contingency upon which said notice was based shall continue to
exist, or in the case of a default or contingency which cannot with due
diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, if Tenant fails to
proceed promptly after the service of such notice and with all due
diligence to cure the same and thereafter to prosecute the curing of such
default with all due diligence, Landlord, at its option, may terminate the
Lease, and upon such termination, Tenant will quit and surrender the
Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter
provided.
14.3 If Tenant shall default in the payment of the Base Rent expressly
reserved hereunder, or any part of the same, and such default shall
continue for ten ( 10) days after notice thereof by Landlord, or such
default in the payment of any item of Additional Rent to be paid by Tenant
hereunder, or any part of the same, and such default shall continue for
thirty (30) days after notice thereof by Landlord, or if the Lease shall
expire as provided in paragraphs 14.1 or 14.2 of this Article, Landlord or
Landlord's agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter
re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and any or all property
therefrom, either by summary dispossession proceedings or by any suitable
action or proceedings at law or by force or otherwise and repossess and
enjoy said Premises, together with all additions, alterations, and
improvements, without re-entry and repossession working a forfeiture or
waiver of the rents to be paid and the covenants to be performed by Tenant
during the
9
<PAGE>
Term hereof. Upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease by reason of any
of the events described in paragraphs 14.1 or 14.2, or in the event of
termination of the Lease by summary dispossession proceedings or under any
provision of law now or hereafter in force by reason or based upon or
arising out of a default under or a breach of the Lease on the part of
Tenant (except; where such breach or default is determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be justified because of Landlord's acts or
omissions), or upon Landlord recovering possession of the Premises in the
manner or in any of the circumstances described, whether with or without
legal proceedings, by reason of or based upon or arising out of a default
under or a breach of the Lease on the part of Tenant, Landlord may, at its
option, at any time and from time-to-time, relet the Premises, or any part
thereof, for the account of Tenant or otherwise, and receive and collect
the rents therefor, applying the same first to the payment of such expenses
as Landlord may have incurred in recovering possession of the Premises,
including legal expenses and attorneys' fees, and for putting the same into
good order or condition or preparing or altering the same for the rental
and all other expenses, commissions, and charges paid, assumed, or incurred
by Landlord in reletting, the Premises and then to the fulfillment of the
covenants of Tenant hereunder. Any such reletting herein provided for may
be for the remainder or the Term of the Lease as originally granted or for
a longer or shorter period. In any such case or whether or not the
Premises, or any part thereof, is relet, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the
Base Rent and the Additional Rent required to be paid by tenant up to the
time of such termination of the Lease, as the case may be, and thereafter,
except in a case where liability of Tenant as hereinafter provided arises
by reason of any of the contingencies referred to in paragraph 14.1 hereof,
Tenant covenants and agrees, if required by Landlord, to pay to Landlord
until the end of the Term of the Lease the equivalent of the amount of all
the Base Rent and Additional Rent reserved herein less the net proceeds of
reletting, if any. Landlord shall have the election, in place and stead of
holding Tenant so liable, forthwith to recover against Tenant, as damages
for loss of the bargain and not as penalty, an aggregate sum which at the
time of such termination of the Lease for such recovery of possession of
the Premises by Landlord, as the case may be, represents the then present
worth of the excess, if any, of the aggregate of the Base Rent and
Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder that would have accrued over
the balance of the Term, over the aggregate rental value of the Premises
for the balance of such Term.
14.4 The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort under the
terms of the Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of
any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may be lawfully
entitled in case of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any
provision of the Lease. The failure of Landlord to insist in any one or
more cases upon the strict performance or any of the covenants of the Lease
or to exercise any option herein contained shall not be construed as a
waiver or a relinquishment for the future of such covenant or option. A
receipt by Landlord of Base Rent or Additional Rent, including payment of
Base Rent or Additional Rent by Tenant's receiver, trustee in bankruptcy,
creditor, or assignee, with knowledge of breach of any covenant herein
(other than the payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent) shall not be
deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision
of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing
and signed by Landlord. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Lease,
Tenant shall not be deemed to have waived any rights that may be available
pursuant to
10
<PAGE>
Colorado unlawful detainer, eviction, ejectment or similar laws. In
addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be
entitled to the restraint by injunction for the violation or attempted or
threatened violation of the covenants, conditions, or provisions of the
Lease.
Article 15.
Attorneys Fees
If it is necessary for Landlord to retain the services of an attorney at
law to enforce any of the terms, covenants, or provisions hereof, or to collect
any sums due hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand, as Additional
Rent hereunder, the cost of such services.
Article 16.
Removal of Improvements and Fixtures
Any improvements or fixtures installed by Tenant in the Improvements or on
the Land, whether used solely in Tenant's business or whether usable in the
improvements without regard to such business or otherwise, shall become the
property of Landlord upon the termination of the Lease, except that Tenant may
remove such items that are not integral to the construction or use of the
Premises, so long as Tenant repairs any damage caused by any such removal.
Article 17.
Condition of Premises at Termination
At the termination of the Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall
return the Premises in as good a condition as when Tenant took possession,
ordinary wear and tear excepted and condemnation, damage, or destruction as
described in Articles 10 and 11 herein.
Article 18.
Holding Over
In the absence of any written agreement to the contrary, if Tenant should
continue to occupy the Premises following the expiration or the Term of the
Lease, Tenant shall so remain as a tenant from month to month and all provisions
of the Lease applicable to such tenancy shall remain in full force and effect.
During such tenancy, the same Base Rent and the same terms and conditions as
prevailed during the last month of the Term demised shall prevail. In any such
event, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for damages which Landlord may incur
as a result of such holding over, including but not limited to, damages incurred
because of loss of a prospective successor tenant. If Tenant is a hold-over
tenant and if Tenant continues to occupy the Premises following the termination
of such holdover (by a proper notice as to such month-to-month tenancy), then
the foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply in the same manner as when
Tenant continued in occupancy following the expiration of the Term of the Lease.
11
<PAGE>
Article 19.
Use of Premises
The Premises shall be used only for the operation of a plastic injection
molding facility and related and ancillary uses and/or such other lawful use(s)
as agreed upon by Landlord, which agreement will not be unreasonably withheld.
Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises or knowingly permit the Premises to
be used or occupied contrary to any statute, rule, order, ordinance,
requirement, or regulation applicable thereto or in any manner which would
violate any certificate of occupancy affecting the same, or which would cause
structural injury to the Premises or cause the value or usefulness of the
Premises or any part thereof to substantially diminish (reasonable wear and tear
excepted) or which would constitute a public or private nuisance or waste.
Tenant shall promptly upon discovery or any such use, take all necessary steps
to compel the discontinuance of such use.
Article 20.
Permits
Tenant shall maintain in force and effect all permits, licenses, and
similar authorizations to use the Premises for the aforesaid purposes required
by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the use thereof. Tenant's
failure to maintain such permits, licenses, and similar authorizations shall not
relieve Tenant from the performance of its obligations and covenants hereunder
(except obligations and covenants as may be prohibited by law), nor from the
obligations to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent, as set forth herein. Tenant
shall, at Landlord's request, Join with Landlord in executing, acknowledging,
and delivering any and all petitions, consents, subordinations, plats, or
easement deeds that may be required for the installation of any utilities,
public improvements, roads, water lines, sewer lines, storm drainage facilities,
subdivision, rezoning, special use, platting, or other similar development of
the Premises, which do not affect Tenant's use of the Premises during the Term.
Article 21.
Compliance with Law
Tenant, at its sole expense, shall promptly comply with all laws,
ordinances, and requirements of federal, state, county, and municipal
authorities relating to Tenant's use and occupation of the Premises, and with
any lawful order or direction of any public officer relating to Tenant's use and
occupation of the Premises during the Term of the Lease. Nothing herein
contained, however, shall prohibit Tenant from appealing from or contesting the
validity or legality of such laws, ordinances, requirements, orders, or
directions and, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, Tenant
shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder so long as Tenant diligently
prosecutes such appeal or contest.
12
<PAGE>
Article 22.
Landlord's Access to Premises
22.1 Tenant shall permit Landlord and the authorized representatives
of Landlord to enter the Premises at all times during usual business hours
for the purpose or inspecting the same and making any necessary repairs to
comply with any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or requirements of
any public authority or of the Board of Fire Underwriters or any similar
board. Nothing herein shall imply any duty upon the part of Landlord to do
any such work which, under any provision of the Lease, Tenant may be
required to perform, and the performance thereof by Landlord shall not
constitute a waiver of Tenant's default in failing to perform the same.
Landlord may, during the progress of any work in the Premises, reasonably
keep and store upon the Premises all necessary materials, tools, and
equipment. Landlord shall not in any event be liable for inconvenience,
annoyance, disturbance, loss of business, or other damage to Tenant by
reason of making repairs or the performance of any work in the Premises, or
on account of bringing materials, supplies, and equipment onto or through
the Premises during the course thereof, and the obligations thereof
22.2 Landlord is hereby given the right during usual business hours to
enter the Premises and to exhibit the same for the purpose of sale. During
the final six (6) months of the Term hereof Landlord shall be entitled to
display on the Premises in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere
with Tenant's business. Tenant agrees that the usual "For Sale" or "To Let"
signs may remain unmolested upon the Premises and Landlord may exhibit said
Premises to prospective tenants during such period.
Article 23.
Indemnity
Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord against and from any and
all claims by or on behalf of any person or persons, firm or firms, corporation
or corporations, arising from the conduct or management of or from any work or
thing whatsoever done in, on, or about the Premises, and will further indemnify
and save Landlord harmless against and from any and all claims arising during
the Term of the Lease from any condition of the Premises or any street, curb,
sidewalk adjoining the Premises, or of any passageways or spaces therein or
appurtenant thereto, or arising from any breach or default on the part of Tenant
in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be
performed, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, or arising from any act of
negligence of Tenant, or any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees, or
licensees, or arising from any accident, injury, or damage whatsoever caused to
any person, firm, or corporation occurring during the Term of the Lease, in or
about the Premises, or upon or under the sidewalks and the land adjacent
thereto, and from and against all costs, reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses,
and liabilities incurred in or about any such claim or action or proceeding
brought thereon; and in case any action or proceeding is brought against
Landlord by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, shall
resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to
Landlord.
13
<PAGE>
Article 24.
Estoppel Certificate
Tenant shall, at any time and from time-to-time, upon not less than twenty
(20) days' prior notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to
Landlord a statement in writing certifying that the Lease is unmodified and in
full force and effect (or if there shall have been modifications that the Lease
is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications) and the
dates to which the Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid in advance, if
any, and stating whether or not (to the best knowledge of Tenant) Landlord is in
default in the performance of any covenant, agreement, or condition contained in
the Lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have
knowledge, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this
Article shall be in a form approved by and may be relied upon by any prospective
assignee of Landlord's interest in the Lease or any mortgagee of the Premises or
any assignee of any mortgage upon the Premises.
Article 25.
Subordination
The Lease shall, at Landlord's election, be subject and subordinate to the
terms and conditions of all mortgages and deeds or trust which may now or
hereafter encumber the Premises, and to all renewals, modifications,
consolidations, replacements, and extensions of such mortgages and deeds of
trust, provided that the mortgagee or other lender executes and delivers to
Tenant a "nondisturbance agreement" stating that so long as Tenant is not in
material default, the tenancy shall not be disturbed and the terms of this Lease
shall be honored irrespective or remedial action taken against Landlord. In
confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute any
certificate of subordination or other such documents which Landlord or its
mortgagees or other lenders may request, which documentation shall also include
the foregoing nondisturbance provisions.
Article 26.
Signs
Upon prior written approval by Landlord of design and construction, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant may erect such signs upon
the Premises as it may deem desirable, as long as said signs do not exceed in
weight the safe carrying capacity or any bearing structure or violate the laws
of the state or ordinances of the municipality in which the Premises is
situated.
Article 27.
Notices
Any notice or election herein requested or permitted to be given or served
by either party hereto upon the other, shall be deemed given or served in
accordance with the provisions of the Lease if delivered to either party hereto
and receipt is obtained therefor, or if mailed in a sealed wrapper by
14
<PAGE>
United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed
to such other party at the address hereinafter specified. Unless and until
changed by notice as herein provided, notices and communications shall be
addressed as follows:
If to Landlord: Wayne Bongard
EMPAK, INC.
4405 ArrowsWest Drive
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80907-3445
If to Tenant: EMPAK, INC.
4405 ArrowsWest Drive
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80907-3445
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Each such mailed notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given
to, or served upon the party to which addressed, on the date the same is
deposited In the United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
properly addressed in the manner above provided. Each such delivered notice or
communication shall be deemed to have been given to, or served upon, the party
to whom delivered, upon delivery thereof in the manner above provided. Either
party may change the address to which mailed notice is to be sent by giving to
the other party hereto not less than thirty (30) days' advance written notice
thereof. All payments of Base Rent or Additional Rent hereunder shall be made to
Landlord at the address above designated, or as may be hereafter designated.
Article 28.
Miscellaneous
28.1 Entire Agreement. The Lease contains the entire agreement between
the parties, and there are no other terms, obligations, covenants,
representations, statements, or conditions, oral or otherwise, of any kind
whatsoever. Any agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change,
modify, discharge, or effect an abandonment of the Lease in whole or in
part unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the party against
whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge, or abandonment is
sought.
28.2 Release of Landlord. If Landlord sells or otherwise transfers all
of its interest in the Premises, Landlord shall, without further action by
any party, be released and discharged from any further obligation or duty
under the Lease, and no claim or demand upon Landlord shall thereafter be
made by Tenant arising out of any obligation or duty of Landlord hereunder.
Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute an attornment agreement with
Landlord's transferee in form satisfactory to such transferee.
15
<PAGE>
28.3 Severability. If any term, condition, or provision of the Lease
or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any
extent, be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder thereof and
the application of such terms, provisions, and conditions to persons or
circumstances other than those as to whom it shall be held invalid or
unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and the Lease and all the
terms, provisions, and conditions hereof shall, in all other respects,
continue to be effective and to be complied with to the full extent
permitted by law.
28.4 Short Form Lease. At the request of either party hereto, a short
form lease shall be prepared in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to each of the parties and shall be executed by each of the parties in
duplicate, such lease to be filed for record in Douglas County, Colorado.
28.5 Heading. The headings incorporated in the Lease are for
convenience in reference only and are not a part of the Lease and do not in
any way limit or add to the terms and provisions hereof
28.6 Binding Effect. All of the covenants, conditions, and agreements
herein contained shall extend to, be binding upon, and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, and
assigns.
16
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease the day and
year first above written.
LANDLORD:
/s/ Wayne C. Bongard
------------------------------------
Wayne C. Bongard
TENANT:
Empak, Inc.
By: /s/ Wayne C. Bongard
------------------------------------
Its: President
----------------------------
17
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
to that certain
Lease
by and between
WAYNE C. BONGARD, Landlord
and
EMPAK, INC., Tenant
Legal Description of the Property:
Parcel 1:
Lot 1, Block 1, Citadel Station Filing No. 1, according to the
recorded plat thereof, County of Douglas, State of Colorado; and
Parcel 2:
Lot 2, Block 1, Citadel Station Filing No. 1, according to the
recorded plat thereof, County of Douglas, State of Colorado.
18
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.10
AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and
entered into this 29th day of April, 1999, by and between EMPAK, INC., a
Minnesota corporation (the "Sublessor"), and EMPLAST, INC., a Minnesota
corporation (the "Sublessee").
1) Master Lease. The Sublessor is the lessee pursuant to a lease dated
April 21, 1989 (the "Lease"); as amended by a lease addendum dated May 4, 1989
(the "Lease Addendum"); and an undated second lease addendum (the "Second Lease
Addendum"); wherein County 17, Chanhassen Partnership (the "Lessor") leased to
the Sublessor the premises as described in the Lease, which is commonly
described as: 950 Lake Drive, Chanhassen, Minnesota 55317 (the "Master
Premises"). The Lease, the Lease Addendum and the Second Lease Addendum are
collectively referred to as the "Master Lease."
This Agreement supersedes, as of June 1, 1999, that certain Sublease
Agreement dated April 27, 1998, by and between the Sublessor and the Sublessee.
2) Description of the Leased Premises. The Sublessor, for and in
consideration of the rents hereinafter provided and the covenants and agreements
hereinafter contained, hereby subleases to the Sublessee the entire Master
Premises, as more fully described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Leased
Premises").
3) Term. The term of this Agreement (the "Term" ) shall be deemed to
commence on June 1, 1999 (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue for a
period ending on November 30, 2004.
4) Rent. For the first year of the Term, i.e., June 1, 1999 through May 31,
2000, the Sublessee shall pay annual rent of $550,000 to the Sublessor. Such
annual rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments. One each anniversary of
the Commencement Date, the annual rent to be paid by the Sublessee to the
Sublessor shall increase by $50,000; provided, however, in no event shall the
Sublessee pay the Sublessor, as the annual rent hereunder, an amount which
exceeds those amounts payable by the Sublessor as "Base Rent" and/or "Additional
Rent" under the Master Lease during such annual period.
5) Use of the Leased Premises. The Sublessee shall use the Leased Premises
in a manner consistent with that contemplated by the Master Lease. The Sublessor
shall be entitled to use portions of the Leased Premises on the following
conditions: (i) it receives the prior written approval of the Sublessee (which
approval may be withheld, or revoked at any time, at the Sublessee's
discretion); and (ii) that such use does not interfere with the Sublessee's use
of the Leased Premises.
6) Assignment and Subletting. The Sublessee shall not assign this Agreement
or sublet all or a portion of the Leased Premises without the prior written
consent of the Sublessor and the Lessor under
<PAGE>
the Master Lease. No such sublease or assignment shall release the Sublessee
from liability for performance of each of the covenants and conditions contained
in this Agreement including, but not limited to, the payment of rent for the
remaining portion of the Term. The Sublessor's right to assign the Master Lease
is, and shall remain, absolute and unqualified.
7) Compliance with Laws. The Sublessee agrees to comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations relative to the use and occupancy of the
Leased Premises and shall follow and any all lawful orders, rules and
regulations of proper health officers and fire officials and any other officials
of state or local government charged with the supervision or monitoring of the
use or operation of the Leased Premises. The Sublessor agrees to comply with all
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations relative to the use and occupancy of the
Master Premises.
8) Alterations and Repairs by the Sublessee. The Sublessee may, at its
expense, make such alterations and repairs to the Leased Premises as may be
required for the purposes of its business; provided, however, that the Sublessee
may not alter, improve or remodel the Leased Premises without the prior written
consent of the Sublessor and the Lessor under the Master Lease and further
provided that any alterations shall promptly be restored by the Sublessee to
their condition at the beginning of this Agreement at the expense of the
Sublessee, unless the Sublessee has obtained the prior written approval of the
Lessor under the Master Lease, in which case the Sublessee shall not be required
to so restore the Leased Premises. The Sublessee agrees to keep the Leased
Premises free and clear of any claims of liens of any persons who, at the
direction of the Sublessee, furnishes labor and material to and for the benefit
of the Leased Premises or the Sublessee, and shall provide, upon request,
appropriate evidence of compliance with the terms of this Section 8, including
lien waivers if requested.
9) The Sublessee's Fight to Remove Fixtures. The Sublessee shall have the
right to remove from the Leased Premises, at the termination of this Agreement,
all machinery, apparatus and equipment attached to the Leased Premises. The
Sublessee shall restore and repair any damage to the Leased Premises caused by
the removal of such machinery, apparatus and equipment.
10) Condition of the Leased Premises. The Sublessee has examined and knows
the condition of the Leased Premises and receives and accepts the same in
"as-is" condition.
11) Structural Repairs. During the Term of this Agreement, the Sublessor
shall be responsible for the repair and maintenance of the structure housing the
Leased Premises and the basic utility and mechanical systems servicing the
Leased Premises and shall keep such structure and utilities in good working
order and condition during the Term of this Agreement.
12) Maintenance and Repair of the Leased Premises. The Sublessee shall be
responsible, except as otherwise provided herein, for all cleaning and
maintenance to the interior of the Leased Premises and shall keep the Leased
Premises in good order and condition during the Term of this Agreement, ordinary
wear and tear excepted. The Sublessee shall also be responsible for maintaining,
repairing and
-2-
<PAGE>
replacing those components of the utility and mechanical systems
which exclusively serve the Leased Premises. By way of example (and not
limitation), the Sublessee shall maintain, repair and replace light fixtures,
light bulbs, electrical outlets and circuits which exclusively serve the Leased
Premises, drains, sinks and other plumbing fixtures which exclusively serve the
Leased Premises, and ducts, vents, grills and other portions of the heating,
ventilation and air conditioning delivery system that exclusively serve the
Leased Premises.
13) Common Areas. All areas necessary for access to and maintenance of
common utilities or utilities servicing one portion of the Master Premises or
another shall be accessible to both parties to insure the operation of their
respective businesses. Access shall be granted in cases of emergency and in all
other cases upon reasonable notice.
14) Signs. The Sublessee shall be permitted to display such signs (which
shall remain the property of the Sublessee) as may be approved by the Sublessor
outside the Leased Premises which comply with all local rules relating to such
sips and the Master Lease.
15) Indemnification by the Sublessee. The Sublessee agrees to indemnify and
save the Sublessor harmless from and against any and all claims arising from any
act, omission or negligence of the Sublessee or its contractors, licensees,
agent, servants or employees, or arising from any accident, injury or damage
whatsoever caused to any person or property occurring in, on or about the Leased
Premises or any part thereof (except where such accident, injury or damage was
in any manner attributable to the acts or omissions of the Sublessor, its
contractors, licensees, agents, servants, invitees or employees) and from and
against all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with
any such claim or proceeding brought thereon.
16) Indemnification by the Sublessor. The Sublessor agrees to indemnify and
save the Sublessee harmless from and against any and all claims arising from any
act, omission or negligence of the Sublessor or its contractors, licensees,
agents, servants or employees, or arising from any accident, injury or damage
whatsoever caused to any person or property occurring in, on or about any
portion of the Master Premises, other than the Leased Premises (except where
such accident, injury or damage was in any manner attributable to the acts or
omissions of the Sublessee, its contractors, licensees, agents, servants,
invitees or employees) and from and against all costs, expenses and liabilities
incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon.
17) Default. This Agreement is made upon the express condition that if: (a)
a default occurs in any of the Sublessee's covenants and agreements herein
contained and such default continues for five (5) days in the case of a default
in the payment of any rent herein provided, or for thirty (30) days after
written notice of a default has been given to the Sublessee in the case of any
other default; or (b) if this Agreement, by act of the Sublessee or by operation
of law or otherwise, devolves or passes to any party other than the Sublessee,
except with the written consent of the Sublessor and the Lessor under the Master
Lease, then in any such event the Sublessor may elect, without notice, to
terminate this Agreement and
-3-
<PAGE>
declare the Term ended, to reenter the Leased Premises thereof, either with or
without process of law, to expel and remove the Sublessee or any person or
persons occupying the Leased Premises, using such force as may be necessary to
do so, and again to repossess and enjoy the Leased Premises without prejudice to
any remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears or for future accruing
rent or other breach or covenants. Such expulsion or removal, whether by direct
act of the Sublessor or through the legal proceedings, shall not affect the
liability of the Sublessee for the past due rent or future rent to accrue under
this Agreement. In any of such events, the Sublessor is hereby authorized to
relet the Leased Premises in whole or part upon such terms as the Sublessor may
deem best and to that end is hereby authorized, at the Sublessor's option and at
the expense of the Sublessee, to clean and repair (to the extent the Sublessee
would be responsible for such repairs hereunder) the Leased Premises and, after
paying the reasonable expenses of so doing and the costs and expenses of
reletting, to apply the net proceeds thereof upon the rent and other charges
herein reserved, the Sublessee hereby agreeing to pay any deficiency that may
arise.
In the event of the filing of any petition with respect to the Sublessee
under the United States Bankruptcy Code or under any laws relating to insolvency
or settlement procedures with creditors, or the adjudication of the Sublessee as
a bankrupt or insolvent, or the appointment of a receiver for the Sublessee by
any court having jurisdiction or the making by the Sublessee of any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, this Agreement shall, at the
Sublessor's option, be terminated without requirement of any prior entry or
other action by the Sublessor, except that such termination shall become
effective only at the expiration of ten (10) days after the Sublessor has given
the Sublessee written notice of such election, such notice to be given within
thirty (30) days after the Sublessor has acquired knowledge of the occurrence of
any such event. Despite any such termination, however, the Sublessor shall be
entitled to recover the rent reserved in this Agreement for the remainder of the
Term.
The Sublessee agrees to pay and discharge all reasonable costs, attorneys'
fees and expenses that may be incurred by the Sublessor in the event of a breach
hereof by the Sublessee or in the event it becomes necessary for such other
party to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. The Sublessor agrees to pay
and discharge all reasonable costs, attorneys' fees and expenses that may be
incurred by the Sublessee in the event of a breach hereof by the Sublessor or in
the event it becomes necessary for the Sublessee to enforce the provisions of
this Agreement.
A waiver of default or breach of the covenants, terms and conditions of
this Agreement by either party hereto shall not be deemed a waiver of any
subsequent default or breach.
18) Occupancy After the Expiration of the Term. If the Sublessee continues
to occupy the Leased Premises after the last day of the Tenn or after the last
day of any extension of the Term, and the Sublessor elects to accept rent
thereafter, a tenancy from month-to-month only shall be created and not for any
longer period; provided, however, in the event that the Sublessee continues to
occupy the Leased Premises after the expiration of the Master Lease, it shall be
responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by the Sublessor to the Lessor
as set forth in the Master Lease.
-4-
<PAGE>
19) Condemnation. In the event of the condemnation of the Master Premises
for public use, each of the parties hereto shall have and retain their separate
and independent rights for loss, costs and damages against the condemning
authority. In the event of such condemnation of all or substantially all of the
Leased Premises, or so much of the improved portion thereof as to render the
balance thereof impractical for the use of the Sublessee, as the Sublessee in
the exercise of sound business judgment shall determine, this Agreement shall
terminate thirty (30) days after the Sublessee so notifies the Sublessor. In the
event less than all or substantially all of the Leased Premises is condemned,
and the balance remaining may practically be devoted to the use of the
Sublessee, as the Sublessee in the exercise of sound business judgment shall
determine, this Agreement shall not terminate, but rental shall thereafter be
reduced to the extent that the use of the facilities are impaired by such
taking.
20) Waiver. The failure of the Sublessor to insist upon a strict
performance of any of the terms, conditions and covenant herein shall not be
deemed a waiver of any rights or remedies that the Sublessor may have and shall
not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of default in the terms,
conditions and covenants herein contained.
21) Notices.
(a) All notices to the Sublessee shall be sent by United States
certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Sublessee at 950
Lake Drive, Chanhassen, Minnesota 55317, or such other address as the
Sublessee shall hereafter designate in writing to the Sublessor.
(b) All notices to the Sublessor shall be sent by United States
certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Sublessor at
4405 ArrowsWest Drive, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80907, or at such other
address as the Sublessor shall hereafter designate in writing to the
Sublessee. Rent shall be paid at this address.
(c) All notices shall be deemed to have, been given when deposited in
the United States Mail in sealed envelopes with postage prepaid thereon.
22) Subordination. This Agreement shall be subordinate to any mortgages
that may now exist or that may hereafter be placed upon the Master Premises and
to any and al) advances made thereunder and to the interest on the indebtedness
evidenced by such mortgages, and all renewals, replacements and extensions
thereof. Upon receipt of a request from the Lessor under the Master Lease, the
Sublessee shall promptly execute and deliver to the Lessor under the Master
Lease or to any proposed holder of a mortgage or to any proposed purchaser of
the Leased Premises, a certificate certifying that this Agreement is in full
force and effect and that there are no offsets against rent nor defenses to the
Sublessee's performance under this Sublease Agreement, or setting forth any such
offsets or defenses claimed by the Sublessee, as the case may be.
-5-
<PAGE>
23) Persons Bound. The terms, covenants and conditions hereof shall bind
the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
representatives, successors and assigns.
24) Other Provisions. All applicable terms and conditions of the Master
Lease are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement as if the
Sublessor were the Lessor thereunder, the Sublessee were the Lessee thereunder,
and the Leased Premises were the Master Premises thereunder. The Sublessee
assumes and agrees to perform the Lessee's obligations under the Master Lease
during the Term to the extent that such obligations are applicable to the Leased
Premises, except that the obligation to pay rent to the Lessor under the Master
Lease shall be considered performed by Sublessee to the extent and in the amount
rent is paid to the Sublessor in accordance with this Agreement. The Sublessee
shall not commit or suffer any act or omission that will violate any of the
provisions of the Master Lease. The Sublessor shall exercise due diligence in
attempting to cause the Lessor to perform its obligations under the Master Lease
for the benefit of the Sublessee. If the Master Lease terminates, this Agreement
shall terminate and the parties shall be relieved of any further liability or
obligation under this Agreement; provided, however, that if the Master Lease
terminates as of a result of a default or breach of the Sublessor or the
Sublessee under this Agreement and/or the Master Lease, then the defaulting
party shall be liable to the non-defaulting party of the damages suffered as a
result of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that
the Master Lease gives the Sublessor any right to terminate the Master Lease in
the event of the partial or total damage, destruction or condemnation of the
Master Premises, then the exercise of such right by the Sublessor shall not
constitute a default or breach hereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
signed the day and year first above written.
THE SUBLESSOR:
Empak, Inc.
Dated: , 1999 By: /s/ illegible
------------------ --------------------------------
Its:
THE SUBLESSEE:
Emplast, Inc.
Dated: 4/29 , 1999 By: /s/ illegible
------------------ --------------------------------
Its: CEO
-6-
<PAGE>
Consent to this Agreement by the Lessor:
The undersigned, the Lessor under the Master Lease, hereby consents to this
Agreement without waiver of any restriction contained in the Master Lease
concerning further assignment or subletting. The Lessor certifies that, as of
the date of the Lessor's execution hereof, the Sublessor is not in default or
breach of any of the provisions of the Master Lease, and that the Master Lease
has not been amended or modified except as expressly set forth in this
Agreement.
COUNTY 17, CHANHASSEN PARTNERSHIP
By:
-------------------------------------
Its: Partner
This instrument Was Drafted By:
Robert E. Boyle & Associates, P.A.
145 Paramount Plaza III
7831 Glenroy Road
Bloomington, Minnesota 55439
-7-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.11
REAL ESTATE PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
THIS REAL ESTATE PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of
March 15, 2000, by and between Fleninge Partnership, a Minnesota general
partnership ("Seller"), and Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, or its
assigns ("Purchaser").
WHEREAS, Seller is the owner of certain improved commercial real estate and
related personal property, and certain right, title and interest in and to the
same, all as described in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to purchase such property from Seller, and
Seller desires to sell such property to Purchaser, in accordance with the terms,
provisions and conditions of this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual
covenants and promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of all of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Sale of Subject Property. Seller shall sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser
shall purchase from Seller, all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to
the following property (collectively, "Subject Property"):
(a) Real Property. Fee simple interest in that certain parcel of real
estate consisting of approximately 4.37 acres, located at 1501 Park Road,
Chanhassen, Minnesota, and legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto
and made a part hereof ("Land"), together with (i) all building structures,
improvements and fixtures owned by Seller or in which Seller has an
interest located on the Land, including, without limitation, the office,
manufacturing, warehouse and co-generation facilities and storage tanks
("Improvements"), and (ii) all of Seller's rights, privileges, servitudes
and appurtenances thereunto belonging or appertaining, including, without
limitation, all right, title and interest of Seller, if any, in and to the
streets, alleys and rights-of-way adjacent to the Land and the Improvements
(collectively, "Real Property").
(b) Personal Property. All of the equipment and personal property
owned by Seller and used in the operation of the Real Property and
described on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof ("Personal
Property").
(c) Permits. All of Seller's interest in and to the licenses, permits
and certificates of occupancy described on Exhibit C attached hereto and
made a part hereof, to the extent that the same are assignable ("Permits").
(d) Warranties. All of Seller's interest in and to all unexpired
warranties and guaranties (i) given or assigned to, or benefitting, Seller
or the Real Property or the Personal Property, (ii) regarding the
acquisition, construction, design, use, operation, management or
maintenance of the Real Property or the Personal Property, and (iii)
described on Exhibit D
<PAGE>
attached hereto and made a part hereof, to the extent that the same are
assignable ("Warranties").
(e) Plans. All of Seller's interest in and to all final plans and
specifications relating to the construction of the Improvements.
(f) Books and Records. All of Seller's books and records regarding
acquisition, leasing, maintenance and operation of the Subject Property.
2. Purchase Price. As consideration for the purchase of the Subject
Property, Purchaser shall pay to Seller the sum ("Purchase Price") of Two
Million Five Hundred Thirty Thousand and No/100 Dollars (US) ($2,530,000.00).
The Purchase Price shall be payable at Closing to Seller, or at the direction of
Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, plus or minus
prorations and other adjustments hereunder.
3. Contingency Periods.
(a) Conditions Precedent. Purchaser's obligation to consummate the
transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the
satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions (individually, a
"Condition Precedent" and collectively, "Conditions Precedent"), on or
before the Closing Date:
(i) Title/Survey. Seller shall furnish to Purchaser (A) a current
title insurance commitment for an owner's title insurance policy
issued by the Title Company showing title in Seller, with the
commitment of the Title Company to remove the general exceptions by
means of an extended coverage endorsement ("Commitment"), together
with copies of all underlying title documents listed in the Commitment
other than any financing documents encumbering the Real Property which
will be paid and satisfied prior to or at Closing, and (B) a survey
("Survey") for the Real Property prepared in accordance with the
Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for Class A Land Title Surveys
jointly established by ALTA/ACSM, as revised in 1992, and certified to
Purchaser, Seller and the Title Company. If the Survey discloses
survey defects or if the Commitment shows exceptions (collectively,
"Unpermitted Encumbrances") other than the matters set forth on
Exhibit E attached hereto and made a part hereof (collectively,
"Permitted Encumbrances"), then Purchaser shall notify Seller, in
writing, on or before a date ten (10) days after Purchaser has
received the Commitment and Survey, specifying the Unpermitted
Encumbrances. In such event, Purchaser shall have received adequate
assurances that the Unpermitted Encumbrances will be removed at or
before Closing.
(ii) Documents. Seller shall, within five (5) days following
execution of this Agreement deliver to Purchaser true and correct
copies of all Permits, Warranties,
2
<PAGE>
Plans and any environmental assessments or soils reports in Seller's
possession with respect to the Subject Property, for Purchaser's
review and analysis.
(iii) Termination Rights. If any one or more of the Conditions
Precedent have not been satisfied on or before the Closing Date, then
this Agreement may be terminated, at Purchaser's sole option, by
written notice from Purchaser to Seller. Such written notice of
termination may be given at any time on or before the Closing Date.
Except as otherwise provided herein, upon such termination, and (y)
neither party will have any further rights or obligations regarding
this Agreement or the Subject Property. Failure of Purchaser to give
Seller written notice of termination on or before the Closing Date
shall constitute an irrevocable waiver by Purchaser of the Conditions
Precedent. Seller and Purchaser hereby acknowledge and agree that all
of the Conditions Precedent are specifically stated in this Section
3(a), and are for the sole and exclusive benefit of Purchaser, and
that Purchaser shall have the right unilaterally to waive, in whole or
in part, any Condition Precedent by written notice to Seller.
4. Covenants by Seller. Seller covenants and agrees with Purchaser that
from the date hereof until the "Closing Date" (as defined in Section 8(a)
hereof), except as otherwise provided herein, Seller shall refrain from
transferring the Subject Property, or any portion thereof, or creating on the
Subject Property any easements or restrictions; provided, however, that nothing
herein shall preclude Seller's replacement of any equipment, supplies or
machinery in the ordinary course of operating the Subject Property with similar
equipment, supplies or machinery of at least equal quality and value.
5. Representations and Warranties by Seller. Seller hereby represents and
warrants to Purchaser as follows:
(a) Authority. Seller is a general partnership duly organized and
validly existing under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Seller has the
requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations
under this Agreement and under each of Seller's Closing Documents (as such
term is defined in Section 9(a) hereof). This Agreement and each of
Seller's Closing Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary
action on the part of Seller and have been or will be duly executed and
delivered by Seller. Seller's execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and each of Seller's Closing Documents will not conflict with or
result in a violation of Seller's organizational documents, or any
judgment, order, or decree of any court or arbiter to which Seller is a
party. This Agreement and each of Seller's Closing Documents are valid and
binding obligations of Seller, and are enforceable against Seller in
accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, creditors' rights and other similar laws.
(b) Utilities. Seller has received no written notice of actual or
threatened reduction or curtailment of any utility service currently
supplied to the Real Property.
3
<PAGE>
(c) Hazardous Substances. Seller has not received any notice from any
applicable governmental authority that any hazardous substances have been
placed or located upon the Real Property in violation of applicable
environmental laws.
(d) FIRPTA. Seller is not a "foreign person," "foreign partnership,"
"foreign trust" or "foreign estate" as those terms are defined in Section
1445 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(e) Proceedings. There is no action, litigation, condemnation or
proceeding of any kind pending or, to the best of Seller's knowledge,
threatened against Seller, which would have a material and adverse affect
on the ability of Seller to perform its obligations under this Agreement,
or against the Real Property or any portion thereof.
(f) Condition of the Real Property. Seller has not received written
notice from any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Real
Property of any violation of any applicable law, rule, regulation or code
of any such governmental authority, which has not been cured or remedied.
Except as disclosed by any engineering reports received by Purchaser with
respect to the Real Property, the major structural, mechanical and
electrical systems included among the Improvements are in good working
order and condition to perform the work or function for which they are
intended.
(g) Books and Records. The books and records relating to the Subject
Property which have been made or will be made available to Purchaser, and
which have been prepared by Seller's property manager, accurately reflect
the operation of the Subject Property.
(h) EMPAK Lease. EMPAK, INC., a Minnesota corporation ("EMPAK") is not
in default under that certain Lease Agreement by and between Seller (as
Landlord) and EMPAK (as Tenant), dated June 15, 1993 (the "EMPAK Lease"),
nor is EMPAK in arrears in the payment of any sums or in the performance of
any obligations required of it thereunder. Except for Seller's ongoing
maintenance responsibilities as landlord, all alterations, installations,
decorations and other work required to be performed by Seller, as landlord,
under the provisions of the Lease has been completed and fully paid for, or
will be completed and fully paid for on or before the Closing Date.
(i) Real Estate Taxes and Special Assessments. Except as shown on any
tax bills delivered to Purchaser or as shown on the Commitment, Seller has
not received any notice of and, to the best of Seller's knowledge, there is
no proposed increase in the assessed valuation of the Subject Property or
any special assessments which affect the Subject Property.
(j) Absence of Bankruptcy. Neither Seller nor any of its partners has
commenced (within the meaning of any bankruptcy law) a voluntary case,
consented to the entry of an order for relief against it in a voluntary
case, or has consented to the appointment of a receiver of it or for all or
any substantial part of its property, nor has a court of competent
jurisdiction entered an order or decree under any Bankruptcy law that is
for relief against Seller or any of its
4
<PAGE>
partners in an involuntary case or appoints a receiver of Seller or any of
its partners for all or any substantial portion of its property.
(k) Condemnation. Seller has not received from any governmental
authority notice of any, and to the best of Seller's knowledge there is no,
pending or contemplated condemnation proceedings affecting the Subject
Property or any part thereof.
(l) Title to Personal Property. Seller has good and marketable title
to, and owns outright, the Personal Property, free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances, security interests and adverse claims of any kind or
character, other than liens which will be released on or before the Closing
Date.
(m) Parking Facilities. The parking facilities included as part of the
Subject Property comply with all local and other governmental requirements
and there are no operating or other agreements affecting such parking
facilities.
(n) Mechanics' Liens. All bills and claims for labor performed and
materials furnished to or for the benefit of the Subject Property for all
periods prior to the Closing Date have been (or prior to Closing will be)
paid in full, and on the Closing Date there shall be no mechanics' liens or
materialmen's liens (whether or not perfected) on or affecting the Subject
Property.
(o) Driveways and Access. Access to and egress from the Subject
Property is available and provided by public streets or roads; and, to the
best of Seller's knowledge, there are no federal, state, county, municipal
or other governmental plans to change the highway or road system in the
vicinity of the Subject Property or to restrict or change access from any
such highway or road to the Subject Property.
(p) No Unrecorded Liens. No lender of Seller or any entity affiliated
with Seller has a right to encumber the Real Property or the Personal
Property, or any part thereof, except for such liens, security interests or
other encumbrances as will be discharged on or prior to the Closing Date.
(q) Brokerage Agreements. There does not currently exist any exclusive
or continuing leasing or brokerage agreements as to any space in the Real
Property.
(r) Insurance. Seller has not received from any insurance company
which carries insurance on the Subject Property, or any board of fire
underwriters or similar organization, any notice of default or any notice
threatening to terminate any of the insurance policies Seller maintains on
the Subject Premises. Seller has not received any notice from any insurance
company or inspection or rating bureau setting forth any requirements as a
condition to the continuation of any insurance coverage on or with respect
to the Subject Property or the
5
<PAGE>
continuation thereof at premium rates existing at present, which has not
been remedied or satisfied.
(s) No Untrue Statements. No representation and warranty made by
Seller in this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact
or fails to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein not misleading.
6. Representations and Warranties by Purchaser. Purchaser hereby represents
and warrants to Seller as follows: (a) Purchaser is a corporation duly organized
and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Minnesota; (b) Purchaser has the requisite power and authority to enter into and
perform its obligations under this Agreement and under each of Purchaser's
Closing Documents (as such term is defined in Section 9(c) hereof); (c) this
Agreement and each of Purchaser's Closing Documents have been duly authorized by
all necessary action on the part of Purchaser and have been or will be duly
executed and delivered by Purchaser; (d) Purchaser's execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and each of Purchaser's Closing Documents will not
conflict with or result in a violation of Purchaser's organizational documents,
or any judgment, order, or decree of any court or arbiter to which Purchaser is
a party; and (e) this Agreement and each of Purchaser's Closing Documents are
valid and binding obligations of Purchaser, and are enforceable against
Purchaser in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, creditors' rights and other similar laws.
7. Other Matters Related to Representations and Warranties of Seller and
Purchaser. The respective representations and warranties of Seller and Purchaser
contained in this Agreement shall survive Closing; provided, however, that any
cause of action that either party may have against the other party by reason of
a breach or default of any representations and warranties set forth herein shall
automatically expire on the date which is two (2) years after the Closing Date
("Warranty Expiration Date"), except that the same shall not expire as to any
such breach or default as to which Purchaser has instituted litigation against
Seller prior to the Warranty Expiration Date.
8. Closing.
(a) Closing Date. The closing of the purchase and sale contemplated by
this Agreement ("Closing") shall occur on or before May 1, 2000, or on such
earlier date as Seller and Purchaser may mutually agree ("Closing Date"),
at the office of the Title Company or at such other location as Seller and
Purchaser may mutually agree.
(b) Purchaser's Closing Conditions Precedent. Purchaser's obligation
to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall be
subject to the satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions
("Purchaser's Closing Conditions Precedent"); provided, however, that
Purchaser shall have the unilateral right to waive any Purchaser's Closing
Conditions Precedent, in whole or in part, by written notice to Seller:
6
<PAGE>
(i) The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in
Section 5 hereof shall be true and complete.
(ii) Seller shall have performed all of the obligations required
to be performed by Seller under this Agreement, as and when required
by this Agreement.
(c) Seller's Conditions Precedent. Seller's obligation to consummate
the transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the
satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions ("Seller's
Closing Conditions Precedent"); provided, however that Seller shall have
the unilateral right to waive any Seller's Closing Conditions Precedent, in
whole or in part, by written notice to Purchaser:
(i) The representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth in
Section 6 hereof shall be true and complete in all material respects.
(ii) Purchaser shall have performed all of the obligations
required to be performed by Purchaser under this Agreement, as and
when required by this Agreement, in all material respects.
9. Closing Deliveries.
(a) Seller's Closing Documents. On the Closing Date, Seller shall
execute and/or deliver to Purchaser, or cause to be executed and/or
delivered to Purchaser, the following documents (collectively, "Seller's
Closing Documents"):
(i) Deed. A Warranty Deed conveying the Real Property to
Purchaser, free and clear of all encumbrances, except the Permitted
Encumbrances in the form set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto and
made a part hereof.
(ii) Bill of Sale. A Bill of Sale transferring the Personal
Property to Purchaser free and clear of all encumbrances in the form
set forth in Exhibit G attached hereto and made a part hereof.
(iii) Original Documents. The original versions of the Permits,
the Warranties and the Plans, to the extent that the same are in
Seller's possession and have not previously been delivered to
Purchaser.
(iv) FIRPTA Affidavit. A non-foreign affidavit properly
containing such information as is required by Internal Revenue Code
Section 1445(b)(2) and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
7
<PAGE>
(v) Title Documents. Such affidavits or other documents as may be
reasonably required by the Title Company in order to record the
Warranty Deed and to issue the Title Policy (as such term is defined
in Section 9(b) hereof).
(vi) A Certificate of Real Estate Value.
(vii) Partner Certificate. A certificate of a partner of Seller
dated as of the Closing Date, certifying in such detail as Purchaser
may request to the fulfillment of the conditions specified in sections
8(b)(i) and 8(b)(ii).
(b) Title Policy. At Closing, Seller shall cause the Title Company to
deliver to Purchaser the owner's title insurance policy as contemplated by
the Commitment free and clear of all encumbrances except Permitted
Encumbrances ("Title Policy").
(c) Purchaser's Closing Documents. On the Closing Date, Purchaser
shall execute and/or deliver to Seller, or cause to be executed and/or
delivered to Seller, the following documents (collectively, "Purchaser's
Closing Documents"):
(i) Purchase Price. The entire Purchase Price, plus or minus
prorations and other adjustments hereunder, if any, by wire transfer
of immediately available funds.
(ii) Title Documents. Such affidavits or other documents as may
be reasonably required by the Title Company in order to record the
Warranty Deed and to issue the Title Policy.
(iii) Officer Certificate. A certificate of an officer of
Purchaser dated as of the Closing Date, certifying in such detail as
Seller may request to the fulfillment of the conditions specified in
sections 8(c)(i) and 8(c)(ii).
(d) Purchaser's and Seller's Closing Documents. On the Closing Date,
Seller and Purchaser shall jointly execute and deliver the following:
(i) Closing Statement. A Closing Statement in form and substance
reasonably acceptable to both Purchaser and Seller, and consistent
with the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement.
(ii) Termination of EMPAK Lease. A termination of the EMPAK Lease
in form and substance reasonable acceptable to both Purchaser and
Seller, effective as of the Closing Date.
(iii) Assignment of Plans, Permits and Warranties and Assumption
Agreement. An Assignment of Permits, Warranties and Plans and
Assumption Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (A)
Seller shall assign to Purchaser
8
<PAGE>
all of Seller's right, title and interest as owner in, to and under
the Permits, Warranties and Plans, and Purchaser shall assume all
obligations of the owner under the Permits, Warranties and Plans with
respect to any event, fact or circumstance which occurs on or after
the Closing Date; (B) Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
Purchaser from and against any default in the performance by the owner
of its obligations under the Permits, Warranties and Plans with
respect to any event, fact or circumstance which occurs prior to the
Closing Date, and Purchaser shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
Seller from and against any default in the performance by the owner of
its obligations under the Permits, Warranties and Plans with respect
to any event fact or circumstance which occurs on or after the Closing
Date; (C) Purchaser shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Seller
and its affiliates from any unauthorized use of the Plans, as more
particularly set forth in Section 1(e) hereof; and (D) the total
liability of either Seller or Purchaser for breach thereof shall be
limited to the purchase price of the Subject Property.
(iv) Miscellaneous. Such other documents, instruments and
affidavits as shall be reasonably necessary to consummate the
transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including, without
limitation, affidavits identifying any brokers involved as the only
persons entitled to a brokerage or similar commission in connection
with the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby.
10. Adjustment and Prorations. Seller and Purchaser shall make all
adjustments and apportion all expenses with respect to the Subject Property,
including, without limitation, the following:
(a) Real Estate Taxes and Special Assessments. Seller shall be
responsible for payment to the collection authorities of all real estate
taxes and installments of special assessments affecting the Real Property
(collectively, "Taxes") which have been assessed and which are due and
payable as of the date immediately preceding the Closing Date ("Proration
Date"), and Purchaser shall be responsible for payment to the collecting
authorities of all Taxes which have been or will be assessed and which
become due and payable after the Proration Date. There will be no further
proration of Taxes.
(b) Title Insurance/Survey. Seller and Purchaser shall each pay fifty
percent (50%) of the costs of title examination, preparation of the title
commitment and the premium for the owners Title Policy, provided however,
that, in the event that the aggregate costs of the title examination,
preparation of the title commitment and premium for the owners' Title
Policy exceeds $3,500.00, Purchaser's obligation with respect to such costs
shall be limited to $1,750.00, and Seller shall pay for the excess of such
aggregate costs. Seller shall pay for the cost of the Survey. Purchaser
shall pay for the cost of any endorsements to the Title Policy, other than
the extended coverage endorsement, which Purchaser is able to obtain from
the Title Company. Purchaser shall also pay for the cost of any lender's
title insurance policy.
9
<PAGE>
(c) Closing Fee. Seller and Purchaser will each pay one-half of any
reasonable and customary closing fee charged by the Title Company.
(d) Deed or Transfer Tax. Seller shall pay all applicable deed, stamp
or transfer taxes imposed by the state, county, municipality or other local
authority in which the Land is located.
(e) Rents and Similar Items. The current and prepaid rental payments
under the EMPAK Lease shall be prorated as of the Proration Date. Any
unapplied security deposits in the possession of Seller and any interest
accrued thereon which is required to be paid to EMPAK shall be credited to
Purchaser at Closing.
(f) Recording Costs. Seller shall pay the cost of recording any
documents necessary to place record title in the condition required by this
Agreement. Purchaser shall pay the cost of recording the Warranty Deed and
all other documents.
(g) Attorneys' Fees. Each of the parties shall pay its own attorneys'
fees, except that a party defaulting under this Agreement or any closing
document will pay the reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs incurred
by the nondefaulting party to enforce successfully its rights regarding
such default.
(h) Mortgage Tax. Purchaser shall pay any mortgage tax on the
mortgage, if any, securing its financing.
(i) Other Costs. All other costs shall be allocated in accordance with
the customs prevailing in similar transactions in the Minneapolis-St. Paul
metropolitan area.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all prorations
provided for herein shall be final.
11. Default.
(a) If Purchaser defaults in its obligation to consummate this
Agreement, Seller shall be entitled to either (i) terminate this Agreement,
or (ii) to enforce specific performance of the terms, provisions and
conditions of this Agreement.
(b) If Seller defaults in its obligation to consummate this Agreement,
then (i) Purchaser may recover from Seller any and all damages suffered by
Purchaser as a result of such default, including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees and costs; and (ii) Purchaser shall further be
entitled either to terminate this Agreement, or to enforce specific
performance of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement.
10
<PAGE>
(c) The right of either party to enforce specific performance of the
terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement shall terminate six (6)
months after the date of the alleged default.
12. Damage. If, prior to the Closing Date, all or any material portion of
the Improvements are substantially damaged by fire or other casualty, at
Purchaser's option (to be exercised by Purchaser's written notice to Seller
given within five (5) business days after the date of substantial damage), this
Agreement shall terminate. In the event of any such termination of this
Agreement, neither party will have any further obligations under this Agreement.
If Purchaser fails to elect to terminate (in the manner provided in this Section
12) despite such damage, or if the Improvements are damaged but not
substantially, Seller shall promptly commence to repair such damage and to
return the Improvements to substantially their condition prior to such damage,
or Purchaser may elect to undertake such repairs in which case Seller shall
assign to Purchaser all insurance benefits and proceeds related to such damage.
If such damage shall not be completely repaired prior to the Closing Date, but
Seller is diligently proceeding to repair, then Seller shall complete the repair
after the Closing Date and shall be entitled to receive the proceeds of all
insurance related to such damage; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have
the right to delay the Closing Date until repair is completed.
13. Condemnation. If, prior to the Closing Date, eminent domain proceedings
are commenced against all or any substantial part of the Subject Property,
Seller shall immediately give notice to Purchaser of such fact and, at
Purchaser's option (to be exercised by Purchaser's written notice to Seller
given within 30 days after Seller's initial notice to Purchaser), this Agreement
shall terminate. In the event of any such termination of this Agreement, neither
party will have any further obligations under this Agreement. If Purchaser fails
to elect to terminate (in the manner provided in this Section 13), then there
shall be no reduction in the Purchase Price, and Seller shall assign to
Purchaser at the Closing Date all of Seller's right, title and interest in and
to any award made or to be made in the condemnation proceedings. Prior to the
Closing Date, Seller shall not designate counsel, appear in, or otherwise act
with respect to the condemnation proceedings without Purchaser's prior written
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided,
however, that if any action is necessary with respect to such proceeding to
avoid any forfeiture or material prejudice, Seller shall be entitled to take
such action as and to the extent it reasonably deems necessary, without
obtaining Purchaser's prior written consent. For purposes of this Section, the
words "substantial part" shall mean the fair market value of the portion of the
Subject Property to be so taken exceeds One Hundred Thousand and 00/100ths
Dollars ($100,000.00) or if the portion of the Subject Property to be so taken
renders the Subject Property, in Purchaser's sole opinion, unsuitable for
Purchaser's intended use of the Subject Property.
14. Brokers' Commissions. Seller hereby represents and warrants to
Purchaser that in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby, no third
party broker or finder has been engaged or consulted by Seller or is entitled to
compensation or commission in connection herewith. Seller shall defend,
indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser from and against any and all claims of
brokers, finders or any like third party claiming any right to commission or
compensation by or through any acts of Seller in connection herewith. Purchaser
hereby represent and warrants to Seller that in connection with
11
<PAGE>
the transaction contemplate hereby, no third party broker or finder has been
engaged or consulted by Purchaser or is entitled to compensation or commission
in connection herewith. Purchaser shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
Seller from and against any and all claims of brokers, finders or any like party
claiming any right to commission or compensation by or through any acts of
Purchaser in connection herewith. The indemnity obligations hereunder shall
include all damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including,
without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising from and
related to matters being indemnified hereunder. No other broker, finder or like
party shall be entitled to rely (as a third party beneficiary or otherwise) on
the provisions herein in claiming any right to commission or compensation or
otherwise.
15. Like-Kind Exchange. Purchaser or Seller may desire to exchange other
property of like kind and qualifying use within the meaning of Internal Revenue
Code Section 1031 and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereunder, for the
Subject Property. Purchaser and Seller therefore expressly reserve the right to
assign its rights, but not its obligations, hereunder to a Qualified
Intermediary, as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1031 (k)-(1)(g)(4),
on or before the Closing Date. If so requested, either party shall execute such
additional documents and shall take such additional actions as may be necessary
or appropriate to facilitate any such like-kind exchange, and otherwise to
cooperate in a reasonable manner in connection therewith; provided, however,
that neither party shall be obligated to incur any cost, expense or liability in
connection therewith or as a result thereof.
16. Notices. Any notice or other communication in connection with this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by United States certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, by nationally recognized overnight
courier guaranteeing next day delivery, by facsimile, or by personal delivery,
in each case properly addressed as follows:
If to Seller: Fleninge Partnership
121 West Third Street
Chaska, MN 55318
Attn.: Lars Akerberg
Facsimile No.:612-448-6650
With a copy to: William J. Platt
218 Pine Street
Chaska, MN 55318
Facsimile No.:612-448-4029
If to Purchaser: Entegris, Inc.
3500 Lyman Blvd.
Chaska, MN 55318
Attn.: Guy Milliren, Sr. Vice President - Operations
Facsimile No.: 612-556-8644
12
<PAGE>
With a copy to: Dunkley, Bennett & Christensen, P.A.
701 Fourth Avenue South, Suite 700
Minneapolis, MN 55415
Attn.: Jay L. Bennett
Facsimile No.: 612-339-9545
All notices shall be deemed given three (3) business days following deposit in
the United States mail with respect to certified mail, one (1) business day
following deposit if delivered to an overnight courier guaranteeing next day
delivery, and on the same day if sent by personal delivery, facsimile (with
proof of delivery or transmission). Attorneys for each party shall be authorized
to give notices for each such party. Any party may change its address for the
service of notice by giving written notice of such change to the other party, in
any manner above specified.
17. Captions. The section headings or captions appearing in this Agreement
are for convenience only, are not a part of this Agreement, and are not to be
considered in interpreting this Agreement.
18. Entire Agreement; Modification. This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein
contained. All prior negotiations, discussions, writings and agreements between
the parties with respect to the subject matter herein contained are superseded
and of no further force and effect. No covenant, term or condition of this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by either party, unless such
waiver is in writing signed by the party charged with such waiver.
19. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
20. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.
21. Severability. The unenforceability or invalidity of any provisions
hereof shall not render any other provision herein contained unenforceable or
invalid.
22. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.
23. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
24 Exhibits. The following exhibits are attached hereto and made a part
hereof, with the same force and effect as if specifically set forth herein:
Exhibit A -- Legal description of Land
13
<PAGE>
Exhibit B -- Description of Personal Property
Exhibit C -- Schedule of Permits
Exhibit D -- Schedule of Warranties
Exhibit E -- Permitted Encumbrances
Exhibit F -- Deed
Exhibit G -- Bill of Sale
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above written:
SELLER: PURCHASER:
FLENINGE PARTNERSHIP ENTEGRIS, INC.
By: /s/ Lars Akerberg By: /s/ John Villas
------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Lars Akerberg John Villas
Its General Partner Its Chief Financial Officer
14
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
Legal Description of Land
Lot Eight (8) and Nine (9), Block Five (5), Chanhassen Lakes Business Park
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
Description of Personal Property
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
Schedule of Permits
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT D
Schedule of Warranties
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E
Permitted Encumbrances
1. Taxes and assessments which are a lien, but which are not yet billed, or
are billed all but are not yet delinquent, and any assessments not shown on
the public record as of the date of closing;
2. Assessment Agreement dated May 3, 1982, filed August 26, 1982 as Document
No. 35566, Office of the Registrar of Titles, Carver County, Minnesota.
3. Declaration of Covenants and Restrictions dated August 13, 1979, filed
August 21, 1979 in the Office of the Carver County Recorder in Book 41 of
Miscellaneous at pages 254 through 268 as Document No. 43770.
4. Survey of Bolton & Menk, Inc. dated April 11, 1991 discloses the
encroachment of an electric transformer over and upon the Northeasterly lot
lines of the Real Property.
5. Such other covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements or other title
matters and exceptions as may be consented to by Purchaser in a separate
writing.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT F
AFTER RECORDING,
PLEASE RETURN TO:
Dunkley, Bennett & Christensen, P.A.
Attn.: William R. Peck
701 Fourth Avenue South, Suite 700
Minneapolis, MN 55415
WARRANTY DEED
THIS DEED is made and entered into on ________________, 2000, by and
between Fleninge Partnership, a Minnesota general partnership, whose address is
121 West Third Street, Chaska, Minnesota 55318 ("Grantor") and Entegris, Inc., a
Minnesota corporation, whose address is 3500 Lyman Blvd., Chaska, MN 55318
("Grantee").
WITNESSETH:
In consideration of Two Million Five Hundred Thirty Thousand and No/100
Dollars (US) ($2,530,000.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantor does hereby
GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL and CONVEY, with Warranty, unto Grantee, its successors and
assigns, in fee simple, the parcel of land located in the City of Chanhassen,
County of Carver, State of Minnesota, described on Exhibit A attached hereto.
TOGETHER with all buildings, fixtures and other improvements located in or
on such parcel of land; and
TOGETHER with all easements, right-of-way, appurtenances, licenses and
privileges belonging or appurtenant to such land; and
TOGETHER with all mineral, gas, oil and water rights, sewer rights, other
utility rights, and development rights now or hereafter allocated or allocable
to such land; and
TOGETHER with all right, title and interest of Grantor in and to any land
lying in the bed of any street, road, avenue or alley, open or closed, adjacent
to such land, to the center line thereof.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all of the aforesaid property (the "Property") unto the
use and benefit of Grantee, its successors and assigns, in fee simple forever,
<PAGE>
This conveyance is expressly made subject to easements, covenants,
conditions and restrictions of record insofar as they lawfully affect the
Property.
Grantor covenants that it has the right to convey the Property to Grantee
and that Grantor will execute such further assurances of the Property as may be
requisite.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused its duly authorized officer to
execute and deliver this Deed as of the date first above written.
GRANTOR:
FLENINGE PARTNERSHIP,
a Minnesota general partnership
By:
--------------------------------------
Name: Lars Akerberg
Its: General Partner
STATE OF MINNESOTA
COUNTY OF
-----------------------
I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the jurisdiction aforesaid,
do hereby certify that Lars Akerberg who is a general partner of Fleninge
Partnership, a Minnesota general partnership, is signed to the foregoing and
annexed instrument, did personally appear before me this day and acknowledged
the same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
GIVEN under my hand and seal this _______ day of _______________, 2000.
-----------------------------------------
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commissions Expires:__________________
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT G
Bill of Sale
THIS BILL OF SALE ("Bill of Sale") is executed on this _____ day of
_______________, 2000, by Fleninge Partnership, a Minnesota general partnership,
having an office at 121 West Third Street, Chaska, Minnesota 55318 ("Seller"),
in favor of Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation having an office at whose
address is 3500 Lyman Blvd., Chaska, MN 55318 ("Purchaser").
1. Reference to Purchase Agreement. Reference is made to a Real Estate
Purchase and Sale Agreement dated _____________, 2000, between Seller and
Purchaser, pursuant to which Seller has agreed to sell to Purchaser, and
Purchaser has agreed to purchase from Seller, the improved real property and
other assets described therein (the "Purchase Agreement"). Capitalized terms
used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in
the Purchase Agreement.
2. Sale. For good and valuable consideration received by Seller, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Seller hereby sells,
assigns and transfers the Personal Property to Purchaser. Seller covenants and
agrees to warrant and forever defend title to the Personal Property unto
Purchaser against all and every person or persons, Except as set forth in the
immediately preceding sentence, Seller makes no warranties or representations as
to the Personal Property.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has executed this Bill of Sale the day and year
first above written.
SELLER:
FLENINGE PARTNERSHIP,
a Minnesota general partnership
By:
-------------------------------------
-------------------------------------
Its General Partner
STATE OF MINNESOTA
COUNTY OF ________________________
I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the jurisdiction aforesaid,
do hereby certify that Lars Akerberg who is a general partner of Fleninge
Partnership, a Minnesota general partnership, is signed to the foregoing and
annexed instrument, did personally appear before me this day and acknowledged
the same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
GIVEN under my hand and seal this _______ day of _______________, 2000.
----------------------------------------
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commissions Expires:__________________
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.12
PROMISSORY NOTE
---------------
$801,347 City of Colorado Springs
County of El Paso
State of Colorado
For value received, Wayne C. Bongard estate, promises to pay to the order
of Empak, Inc. (the "Payee" or "Holder"), at 4405 Arrowswest Drive, Colorado
Springs, Colorado 80907, or at such other place as the Holder may designate in
writing, the sum of Eight Hundred One Thousand Three Hundred Forty Seven Dollars
($801,347) together with interest from April 15, 1999 until paid at the rate of
eight percent (8%) per annum.
Principal will be repaid in equal installments over a 36-month period
beginning October 15, 2001.
Interest shall be paid to Empak, Inc. on a quarterly basis due on May 15th,
August 15th, November 15th, February 15th until such time that repayment of the
principal amount of this note begins. At that time, interest will become part of
each principal payment installment.
This Promissory Note is subject to prepayment at any time in whole or in
part without prepayment penalty.
This note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Colorado.
Executed this 15th day of April, 1999:
/s/ Jim Bernards /s/ Jerry Urbanski
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------------------
Jim Bernards Jerry Urbanski
WCB Estate Executor CFO--Empak, Inc.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.13
PROMISSORY NOTE
$4,138,379.00 Chaska, Minnesota
In consideration for the surrender and cancellation of applicable stock
certificates reflecting ownership of 68,950 shares of Fluoroware, Inc. stock and
pursuant to an agreement under the corporation's applicable Stock Purchase and
Redemption Agreement, Fluoroware, Inc. hereby agrees to pay to Dan Quernemoen
and/or to his heirs or assigns the sum of Four Million One Hundred Thirty Eight
Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Nine and 00/100ths Dollars ($4,138,379.00) at
eight percent (8%) interest over a term of fifteen (15) years as more
particularly specified on the "Amortization of Redemption Financing" schedule
attached hereto as Exhibit A.
This Promissory Note is an unsecured obligation of the corporation and
shall be deemed subordinate in right of payment of existing and future secured
obligations of the corporation as well as existing and future unsecured senior
Notes and Bank lines of credit.
Dated: January 5, 1996
FLUOROWARE, INC.
By: /s/ Stan Geyer
-------------------------------------
Stan Geyer
President
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC. NOTE PAYABLE TO
DAN QUERNEMOEN PROMISSORY NOTE VALUE $4,138,379.00
JANUARY 5, 1996 MONTHLY PAYMENT IN ADVANCE $39,286.59
ANNUAL INTEREST RATE (%) 8.00
NOTE VALUE = 68,950(SHARES) $60.02(BOOK VALUE) = $4,138,379
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DATE PERIOD PAYMENT INTEREST BALANCE OUTSTANDING
PAID PAID BALANCE
- ---------------------- ---------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
JANUARY 5, 1996 0 $39,286.59 $0.00 39,286.59 $4,099,092.41
1 39,286.59 27,327.28 11,959.31 4,087,133.09
2 39,286.59 27,247.55 12,039.04 4,075,094.05
3 39,286.59 27,167.29 12,119.30 4,062,974.74
4 39,286.59 27,086.50 12,200.09 4,050,774.65
5 39,286.59 27,005.16 12,281.43 4,038,493.21
6 39,286.59 26,923.29 12,363.30 4,026,129.91
7 39,286.59 26,840.87 12,445.72 4,013,684.18
8 39,286.59 26,757.89 12,528.70 4,001,155.48
9 39,286.59 26,674.37 12,612.22 3,988,543.25
10 39,286.59 26,590.29 12,696.30 3.975,846.95
11 39,286.59 26,505.65 12,780.94 3,963,066.01
JANUARY 5, 1997 12 39,286.59 26,420.44 12,866.15 3,950,199.85
13 39,286.59 26,334.67 12,951.92 3,937,247.93
14 39,286.59 26,248.32 13,038.27 3,924,209.65
15 39,286.59 26,161.40 13,125.19 3,911,084.46
16 39,286.59 26,073.90 13,212.69 3,897,871.76
17 39,286.59 25,985.81 13,300.78 3,884,570.98
18 39,286.59 25,897.14 13,389.45 3,871,181.52
19 39,286.59 25,807.88 13,478.71 3,857,702.81
20 39,286.59 25,718.02 13,568.57 3,844,134.23
21 39,286.59 25,627.56 13,659.03 3,830,475.20
22 39,286.59 25,536.50 13,750.09 3,816,725.11
23 39,286.59 25,444.83 13,841.76 3,802,883.34
JANUARY 5, 1998 24 39,266.59 25,352.56 13,934.03 3,788,949.31
25 39,286.59 25,259.66 14,026.93 3,774,922.37
26 39,286.59 25,166.15 14,120.44 3,760,801.93
27 39,286.59 25,072.01 14,214.58 3,746,587.34
28 39,286.59 24,977.25 14,309.34 3,732,278.00
29 39,286.59 24,881.85 14,404.74 3,717,873.25
30 39,286.59 24,785.82 14,500.77 3,703,372.48
31 39,286.59 24,689.15 14,597.44 3,688,775.03
32 39,286.59 24,591.83 14,694.76 3,674,080.27
33 39,286.59 24,493.87 14,792.72 3,659,287.55
34 39,286.59 24,395.25 14,891.34 3,644,396.20
35 39,286.59 24,295.97 14,990.62 3,629,405.58
JANUARY 5, 1999 36 39,286.59 24,196.04 15,090.55 3,614,315.02
37 39,286.59 24,095.43 15,191.16 3,599,123.86
38 39,286.59 23,994.16 15,292.43 3,583,831.42
39 39,286.59 23,892.21 15,394.38 3,568,437.04
40 39,286.59 23,789.58 15,497.01 3,552,940.02
41 39,286.59 23,686.27 15,600.32 3,537,339.70
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-2-
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC. NOTE PAYABLE TO
DAN QUERNEMOEN PROMISSORY NOTE VALUE $4,138,379.00
JANUARY 5, 1996 MONTHLY PAYMENT IN ADVANCE $39,286.59
ANNUAL INTEREST RATE (%) 8.00
NOTE VALUE = 68,950(SHARES) $60.02(BOOK VALUE) = $4,138,379
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DATE PERIOD PAYMENT INTEREST BALANCE OUTSTANDING
PAID PAID BALANCE
- ---------------------- ---------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
42 39,286.59 23,582.26 15,704.33 3,521,635.38
43 39,286.59 23,477.57 15,809.02 3,505,826.34
44 39,286.59 23,372.18 15,914.41 3,489,911.93
45 39,286.59 23,266.08 16,020.51 3,473,891.41
46 39,286.59 23,159.28 16,127.31 3,457,764.10
47 39,286.59 23,051.76 16,234.83 3,441,529.26
JANUARY 5, 2000 48 39,286.59 22,943.53 16,343.06 3,425,186.20
49 39,286.59 22,834.57 16,452.02 3,408,734.17
50 39,286.59 22,724.89 16,561.70 3,392,172.47
51 39,286.59 22,614.48 16,672.11 3,375,500.35
52 39,286.59 22,503.34 16,783.25 3,358,717.10
53 39,286.59 22,391.45 16,895.14 3,341,821.95
54 39,286.59 22,278.81 17,007.78 3,324,814.17
55 39,286.59 22,165.43 17,121.16 3,307,693.01
56 39,286.59 22,051.29 17,235.30 3,290,457.70
57 39,286.59 21,936.38 17,350.21 3,273,107.49
58 39,286.59 21,820.72 17,465.87 3,255,641.61
59 39,286.59 21,704.28 17,582.31 3,238,059,30
JANUARY 5, 2001 60 39,286.59 21,587.06 17,699.53 3,220,359.76
61 39,286.59 21,469.07 17,817.52 3,202,542.24
62 39,286.59 21,350.28 17,936.31 3,184,605.92
63 39,286.59 21,230.71 18,055.88 3,166,550.04
64 39,286.59 21,110.33 18,176.26 3,148,373.77
65 39,286.59 20,989.16 18,297.43 3,130,076.34
66 39,286.59 20,867.18 18,419.41 3,111,656.93
67 39,286.59 20,744.38 18,542.21 3,093,114.71
68 39,286.59 20,620.76 18,665.83 3,074,448.88
69 39,286.59 20,496.33 18,790.26 3,055,658.61
70 39,286.59 20,371.06 18,915.53 3,036,743.08
71 39,286.59 20,244.95 19,041.64 3,017,701.43
JANUARY 5, 2002 72 39,286.59 20,118.01 19,168.58 2,998,532.85
73 39,286.59 19,990.22 19,296.37 2,979,236.47
74 39,286.59 19,861.58 19,425.01 2,959,811.46
75 39,286.59 19,732.08 19,554.51 2,940,256.94
76 39,286.59 19,601.71 19,684.88 2,920,572.06
77 39,286.59 19,470.48 19,816.11 2,900,755.95
78 39,286.59 19,338.37 19,948.22 2,880,807.72
79 39,286.59 19,205.38 20,081.21 2,860,726.51
80 39,286.59 19,071.51 20,215.08 2,840,511.42
81 39,286.59 18,936.74 20,349.85 2,820,161.57
82 39,286.59 18,801.08 20,485.51 2,799,676.05
83 39,286.59 18,664.51 20,622.08 2,779,053.97
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-3-
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC. NOTE PAYABLE TO
DAN QUERNEMOEN PROMISSORY NOTE VALUE $4,138,379.00
JANUARY 5, 1996 MONTHLY PAYMENT IN ADVANCE $39,286.59
ANNUAL INTEREST RATE (%) 8.00
NOTE VALUE = 68,950(SHARES) $60.02(BOOK VALUE) = $4,138,379
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DATE PERIOD PAYMENT INTEREST BALANCE OUTSTANDING
PAID PAID BALANCE
- ---------------------- ---------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
JANUARY 5,2003 84 39,286.59 18,527.03 20,759.58 2,758,294.40
85 39,286.59 18,388.63 20,897.96 2,737,396.44
86 39,286.59 18,249.31 21,037.28 2,716,359.15
87 39,286.59 18,109.06 21,177.53 2,695,181.62
88 39,286.59 17,967.88 21,318.71 2,673,862.91
89 39,286.59 17,825.75 21,460.84 2,652,402.06
90 39,286.59 17,682.68 21,603.91 2,630,798.15
91 39,286.59 17,538.65 21,747.94 2,609,050.20
92 39,286.59 17,393.67 21,892.92 2,587,157.28
93 39,286.59 17,247.72 22,038.87 2,565,118.40
94 39,286.59 17,100.79 22,185.80 2,542,932.60
95 39,286.59 16,952.88 22,333.71 2,520,598.88
JANUARY 5, 2004 96 39,286.59 16,803.99 22,482.60 2,498,116.28
97 39,286.59 16,654.11 22,632.48 2,475,483.80
98 39,286.59 16,503.23 22,783.36 2,452,700.43
99 39,286.59 16,351.34 22,935.25 2,429,765.18
100 39,286.59 16,198.43 23,088.16 2,406,677.01
101 39,286.59 16,044.51 23,242.08 2,383,434.93
102 39,286.59 15,889.57 23,397.02 2,360,037.90
103 39,286.59 15,733.59 23,553.00 2,336,484.90
104 39,286.59 15,576.57 23,710.02 2,312,774.87
105 39,286.59 15,418.50 23,868.09 2,288,906.78
106 39,286.59 15,259.38 24,027.21 2,264,879.56
107 39,286.59 15,099.20 24,187.39 2,240,692.17
JANUARY 5,2005 108 39,286.59 14,937.95 24,348.64 2,216,343.53
109 39,286.59 14,775.62 24,510.97 2,191,832.55
110 39,286.59 14,612.22 24,674.37 2,167,158.18
111 39,286.59 14,447.72 24,838.87 2,142,319.30
112 39,286.59 14,282.13 25,004.46 2,117,314.84
113 39,286.59 14,115.43 25,171.16 2,092,143.67
114 39,286.59 13,947.62 25,338.97 2,066,804.70
115 39,286.59 13,778.70 25,507.89 2,041,296.80
116 39,286.59 13,608.65 25,677.94 2,015,618.86
117 39,286.59 13,437.46 25,849.13 1,989,769.72
118 39,286.59 13,265.13 26,021.48 1,963,748.26
119 39,286.59 13,091.66 26,194.93 1,937,553.33
JANUARY 5, 2006 120 39,286.59 12,917.02 26,369.57 1,911,183.75
121 39,286.59 12,741.23 26,545.36 1,884,638.39
122 39,286.59 12,564.26 26,722.33 1,857,916.05
123 39,286.59 12,386.11 26,900.48 1,831,015.57
124 39,286.59 12,206.77 27,079.82 1,803,935.74
125 39,286.59 12,026.24 27,260.35 1,776,675.39
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-4-
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC. NOTE PAYABLE TO
DAN QUERNEMOEN PROMISSORY NOTE VALUE $4,138,379.00
JANUARY 5, 1996 MONTHLY PAYMENT IN ADVANCE $39,286.59
ANNUAL INTEREST RATE (%) 8.00
NOTE VALUE = 68,950(SHARES) $60.02(BOOK VALUE) = $4,138,379
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DATE PERIOD PAYMENT INTEREST BALANCE OUTSTANDING
PAID PAID BALANCE
- ---------------------- ---------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
126 39,286.59 11,844.50 27,442.09 1,749,233.29
127 39,286.59 11,661.56 27,625.03 1,721,608.26
128 39,286.59 11,477.39 27,809.20 1,693,799.05
129 39,286.59 11,291.99 27,994.60 1,665,804.45
130 39,286.59 11,105.36 28,181.23 1,637,623.22
131 39,286.59 10,917.49 28,369.10 1,609,254.11
JANUARY 5, 2007 132 39,286.59 10,728.36 28,558.23 1,580,695.88
133 39,286.59 10,537.97 28,748.62 1,551,947.25
134 39,286.59 10,346.32 28,940.27 1,523,006.98
135 39,286.59 10,153.38 29,133.21 1,493,873.76
136 39,286.59 9,959.16 29,327.43 1,464,546.33
137 39,286.59 9,763.64 29,522.95 1,435,023.37
138 39,286.59 9,566.82 29,719.77 1,405,303.60
139 39,286.59 9,368.69 29,917.90 1,375,385.69
140 39,286.59 9,169.24 30,117.35 1,345,268.34
141 39,286.59 8,968.46 30,318.13 1,314,950.21
142 39,286.59 8,766.33 30,520.26 1,284,429.94
143 39,286.59 8,562.87 30,723.72 1,253,706.22
JANUARY 5, 2008 144 39,266.59 8,358.04 30,928.55 1,222,777.66
145 39,286.59 8,151.85 31,134.74 1,191,642.92
146 39,286.59 7,944.29 31,342.30 1,160,300.61
147 39,286.59 7,735.34 31,551.25 1,128,749.38
148 39,286.59 7,525.00 31,761.59 1,096,987.76
149 39,286.59 7,313-25 31,973.34 1,065,014.42
150 39,286.59 7,100.10 32,186.49 1,032,827.92
151 39,286.59 6,885.52 32,401.07 1,000,426.85
152 39,286.59 6,669.51 32,617.08 967,809.77
153 39,286.59 6,452.07 32,834.52 934,975.24
154 39,286.59 6,233.17 33,053.42 901,921.82
155 39,286.59 6,012.81 33,273.78 868,648.03
JANUARY 5,2009 156 39,286.59 5,790.99 33,495.80 835,152.43
157 39,286.59 5,567.68 33,718.91 801,433.51
158 39,286.59 5,342.89 33,943.70 767,489.81
159 39,286.59 5,116.60 34,169.99 733,319.81
160 39,286.59 4,888.80 34,397.79 698,922.02
161 39,286.59 4,659.48 34,627.11 664,294.90
162 39,286.59 4,428.63 34,857.96 629,436.94
163 39,286.59 4,196.25 35,090.34 594,346.60
164 39,286.59 3,962.31 35,324.28 559,022.31
165 39,286.59 3,726.82 35,559.77 523,462.54
166 39,286.59 3,489.75 35,796.64 487,665.69
167 39,286.59 3,251.10 36,035.49 451,630.20
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-5-
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC. NOTE PAYABLE TO
DAN QUERNEMOEN PROMISSORY NOTE VALUE $4,138,379.00
JANUARY 5, 1996 MONTHLY PAYMENT IN ADVANCE $39,286.59
ANNUAL INTEREST RATE (%) 8.00
NOTE VALUE = 68,950(SHARES) $60.02(BOOK VALUE) = $4,138,379
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DATE PERIOD PAYMENT INTEREST BALANCE OUTSTANDING
PAID PAID BALANCE
- ---------------------- ---------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
IANUARY 5, 2010 168 39,288.59 3,010.87 36,275.72 415,354.47
169 39,286.59 2,769.03 38,517.56 378,836.91
170 39,286.59 2,525.58 36,761.01 342,075.89
171 39,286.59 2,280.51 37,006.08 305,069.81
172 39,286.59 2,033.80 37,252.79 267,817.01
173 39,286.59 1,785.45 37,501.14 230,315.87
174 39,286.59 1,535.44 37,751.15 192,564.72
175 39,286.59 1,283.76 38,002.83 154,561.88
176 39,286.59 1,030.41 38,256.18 116,305.70
177 39,286.59 775.37 38,511.22 77,794.47
178 39,286.59 518.63 38,767.96 39,026.51
179 39,286.68 260.18 39,026.50 0.00
JANUARY 5, 2011 180 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
================= ================== =================== =====================
$7,071,587.11 $2,933,208.11 $4,138,379.00
</TABLE>
-6-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.14
GUARANTY
THIS GUARANTY, dated as of March 1, 1994, is made and given by EMPAK, INC.,
a Minnesota corporation (the "Guarantor"), in favor of FIRST BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (the "Bank").
RECITALS
A. The Bank has extended and/or may from time to time hereafter extend
credit accommodations to Wayne C. Bongard, a resident of the State of Minnesota
(the "Borrower").
B. In connection with those credit accommodations the Bank has required
that this Guaranty be executed and delivered by the Guarantor.
C. Guarantor leases real estate from the Borrower, the acquisition of which
has been financed by the Bank.
D. The Guarantor expects to derive benefits from the extension of credit
accommodations to the Borrower by the Bank and finds it advantageous, desirable
and in the best interests of the Guarantor to execute and deliver this Guaranty
to the Bank.
NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the credit accommodations to be
extended to the Borrower and for other good and valuable consideration, the
Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the bank as follows:
Section 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Guaranty the following terms
shall have the meaning indicated:
"Bank" shall have the meaning indicated in the opening paragraph
hereof.
"Borrower" shall have the meaning indicated in Recital A.
"Guarantor" shall have the meaning indicated in the opening paragraph
hereof.
"Obligations" shall mean all liabilities and obligations of the
Borrower to the Bank under that certain Loan Agreement by and between the
Borrower and the Bank and dated as of March 1, 1994, and all principal of,
and interest on, that certain promissory note of the Borrower to the Bank
dated March 1, 1994 and any extension, renewal or replacement thereof, in
all cases whether due or to become due, and whether now existing or
hereafter arising or incurred.
<PAGE>
"Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, firm, association, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or governmental agency or political subdivision or any other entity,
whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.
Section 2. The Guaranty. The Guarantor hereby absolutely and
unconditionally guarantees to the Bank the payment when due (whether at a stated
maturity or earlier by reason of acceleration or otherwise) and performance of
the Obligations.
Section 3. Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty is an absolute,
unconditional, complete and continuing guaranty of payment and performance of
the Obligations, and the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be
released, in whole or in part, by any action or thing which might, but for this
provision of this Guaranty, be deemed a legal or equitable discharge of a surety
or guarantor, other than irrevocable payment and performance in full of the
Obligations. No notice of the Obligations to which this Guaranty may apply, or
of any renewal or extension thereof need be given to the Guarantor and none of
the foregoing acts shall release the Guarantor from liability hereunder. The
Guarantor hereby expressly waives (a) demand of payment, presentment, protest,
notice of dishonor, nonpayment or nonperformance on any and all forms of the
Obligations; (b) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and notice of any
liability to which it may apply; (c) all other notices and demands of any kind
and description relating to the Obligations now or hereafter provided for by any
agreement, statute, law, rule or regulation; and (d) any and all defenses of the
Borrower pertaining to the Obligations except for the defense of discharge by
payment. The Guarantor shall not be exonerated with respect to the Guarantor's
liabilities under this Guaranty by any act or thing except irrevocable payment
and performance of the Obligations, it being the purpose and intent of this
Guaranty that the Obligations constitute the direct and primary obligations of
the Guarantor and that the covenants, agreements and all obligations of the
Guarantor hereunder be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable. The Guarantor
shall be and remain liable for any deficiency remaining after foreclosure of any
mortgage, deed of trust or security agreement securing all or any part of the
Obligations, whether or not the liability of the Borrower or any other Person
for such deficiency is discharged pursuant to statute, judicial decision or
Person for such or otherwise. The acceptance of this Guaranty by the Bank is not
intended and does not release any liability previously existing of any guarantor
or surety of any indebtedness of the Borrower to the Bank.
Section 4. Other Transactions. The Bank is expressly authorized (a) to
exchange, surrender or release with or without consideration any or all
collateral and security which may at any time be placed with it by the Borrower
or by any other Person or to forward or deliver any or all such collateral and
security directly to the Borrower for collection and remittance or for credit,
or to collect the same in any other manner without notice to the Guarantor; and
(b) to amend, modify, extend or supplement the Credit Agreement, any note or
other instrument evidencing the Obligations or any part thereof and any other
agreement with respect to the Obligations, waive compliance by the Borrower or
any other Person with the respective terms thereof and settle or compromise any
of the Obligations without notice to the Guarantor and without in any manner
affecting the absolute liabilities of the
-2-
<PAGE>
Guarantor hereunder. No invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of all or
any part of the Obligations or of any security therefor or other recourse with
respect thereto shall affect, impair or be a defense to this Guaranty. The
liabilities of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected or impaired by any
failure, delay, neglect or omission on the part of the Bank to realize upon any
of the Obligations of the Borrower to the Bank, or upon any collateral or
security for any or all of the Obligations, nor by the taking by the Bank of (or
the failure to take) any other guaranty or guaranties to secure the Obligations,
nor by the taking by the Bank of (or the failure to take or the failure to
perfect its security interest in or other Lien on) collateral or security of any
kind. No act or omission of the Bank, whether or not such action or failure to
act varies or increases the risk of, or affects the rights or remedies of the
Guarantor, shall affect or impair the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.
The Guarantor acknowledges that this Guaranty is in effect and binding without
reference to whether this Guaranty is signed by any other Person or Persons,
that possession of this Guaranty by the Bank shall be conclusive evidence of due
delivery hereof by the Guarantor and that this Guaranty shall continue in full
force and effect, both as to the Obligations then existing and/or thereafter
created notwithstanding the release of or extension of time to any other
guarantor of the Obligation or any part thereof.
Section 5. Actions Not Required. The Guarantor hereby waives any and all
right to cause a marshalling of the assets of the Borrower or any other action
by any court or other governmental body with respect thereto or to cause the
Bank to proceed against any security for the Obligations or any other recourse
which the Bank may have with respect thereto and further waives any and all
requirements that the Bank institute any action or proceeding at law or in
equity, or obtain any judgment, against the Borrower or any other Person, or
with respect to any collateral security for the Obligations, as a condition
precedent to making demand on or bringing an action or obtaining and/or
enforcing a judgment against, the Guarantor upon this Guaranty. The Guarantor
further acknowledges that time is of the essence with respect to the Guarantor's
obligations under this Guaranty. Any remedy or right hereby granted which shall
be found to be unenforceable as to any Person or under any circumstance, for any
reason, shall in no way limit or prevent the enforcement of such remedy or right
as to any other Person or circumstance, nor shall such unenforceability limit or
prevent enforcement of any other remedy or right hereby granted.
Section 6. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by
the Guarantor hereunder or any setoff or application of funds of the Guarantor
by the Bank, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the
rights of the Bank against the Borrower or any other guarantor or any collateral
security or guaranty or right of offset held by the Bank for the payment of the
Obligations, nor shall the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any
contribution or reimbursement from the borrower or any other guarantor in
respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to
the Bank by the borrower on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any
amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at
any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such
amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Bank, segregated from
other fund of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor,
be turned over to the Bank, if required), to be applied against the Obligations,
whether matured or
-3-
<PAGE>
unmatured, in such order as the Bank may determine. Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing, to the extent
(a) any right of subrogation which the Guarantor may have pursuant to
this Guaranty or otherwise, or
(b) any right of reimbursement or contribution or similar right
against the Borrower, any property of the Borrower or any other guarantor
of any of the Obligations
would result in the Guarantor being a "creditor" of the Borrower within the
meaning of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code as now
in effect or hereafter amended, or any comparable provision of any successor
statute, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives such right of subrogation,
reimbursement or contribution.
Section 7. Application of Payments. Any and all payments upon the
Obligations made by the Guarantor or by any other Person, and/or the proceeds of
any or all collateral or security for any of the Obligations, may be applied by
the Bank on such items of the Obligations as the Bank may elect.
Section 8. Recovery of Payment. If any payment received by the Bank and
applied to the Obligations is subsequently set aside, recovered, rescinded or
required to be returned for any reason (including, without limitation, the
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Borrower or any other obligor),
the Obligations to which such payment was applied shall for the purposes of this
Guaranty be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such
application, and this Guaranty shall be enforceable as to such Obligations as
fully as if such application had never been made. References in this Guaranty to
amounts "Irrevocably paid" or to "irrevocable payment" refer to payments that
cannot be set aside, recovered, rescinded or required to be returned for any
reason.
Section 9. Borrower's Financial Condition. The Guarantor is familiar with
the financial condition of the Borrower, and the Guarantor has executed and
delivered this Guaranty based on the Guarantor's own judgment and not in
reliance upon any statement or representation of the Bank. The Bank shall have
no obligation to provide the Guarantor with any advice whatsoever or to inform
the Guarantor at any time of the Bank's actions, evaluations or conclusions on
the financial condition or any other matter concerning the Borrower.
Section 10. Remedies. All remedies afforded to the Bank by reason of this
Guaranty are separate and cumulative remedies and it is agreed that no one of
such remedies, whether or not exercised by the Bank, shall be deemed to be in
exclusion of any of the other remedies available to the Bank and shall in no way
limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable remedy which the Bank may have
hereunder and with respect to the Obligations. Mere delay or failure to act
shall not preclude the exercise or enforcement of any rights and remedies
available to the Bank.
-4-
<PAGE>
Section 11. Bankruptcy of the Borrower. The Guarantor expressly agrees that
the liabilities and obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall not
in any way be impaired or otherwise affected by the institution by or against
the Borrower or any other Person of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or any other similar proceedings for
relief under any bankruptcy law or similar law for the relief of debtors and
that an discharge of any of the Obligations pursuant to any such bankruptcy or
similar law or other law shall not diminish, discharge or otherwise affect in
any way the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, and that upon the
institution of any of the above actions, such obligations shall be enforceable
against the Guarantor.
Section 12. Costs and Expenses. The Guarantor will pay or reimburse the
Bank on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including in each case all
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Bank arising out of or
in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty against the Guarantor or
arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Guarantor to fully and
timely perform the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.
Section 13. Waivers and Amendments. This Guaranty can be waived, modified,
amended, terminated or discharged only explicitly in a writing signed by the
Bank. A waiver so signed shall be effective only in the specific instance and
for the specific purpose given.
Section 14. Notices. Any notice or other communication to any party in
connection this Guaranty shall be in writing and shall be sent by manual
delivery, telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, overnight courier or United
States mail (postage prepaid) addressed to such party at the address specified
on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party shall have
specified to the other party hereto in writing. All periods of notice shall be
measured from the date of delivery hereof if manually delivered, from the date
of sending thereof if sent by telegram, telex or facsimile transmission, from
the first business day after the date of sending if sent by overnight courier,
or from four days after the date of mailing if mailed.
Section 15. Guarantor Acknowledgements. The Guarantor hereby acknowledges
that (a) counsel has advised the Guarantor in the negotiation, execution and
delivery of this Guaranty, (b) the Bank has no fiduciary relationship to the
Guarantor, the relationship being solely that of debtor and creditor, and (c) no
joint venture exists between the Guarantor and the Bank.
Section 16. Representations and Warranties. The Guarantor hereby represents
and warrants to the Bank that:
16(a) The Guarantor is a corporation duly incorporated, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation and has the corporate power and authority and the legal right
to own and operate its properties and to conduct the business in which it
is currently engaged.
-5-
<PAGE>
16(b) The Guarantor has the corporate power and authority and the
legal right to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under,
this Guaranty and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize
such execution, delivery and performance.
16(c) This Guaranty constitutes its legal, valid and binding
obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether
enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
16(d) The execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty will
not (i) violate any provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation or
any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of
any court, governmental agency or arbitrator presently in effect having
applicability to the Guarantor, (ii) violate or contravene any provision of
its Articles of Incorporation or bylaws, or (iii) result in a breach or
constitute a default under any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any
other agreement, lease or instrument to which it is a party or by which it
or any of its properties may be bound or result in the creation of any lien
thereunder. The Guarantor is not in default under or in violation of any
such law, statute, rule or regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction,
decree, determination or award or any such indenture, loan or credit
agreement or other agreement, lease or instrument in any case in which the
consequences of such default or violation could have a material adverse
effect on its business, operations, properties, assets or condition
(financial or otherwise).
16(e) No order, consent, approval, license, authorization or
validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by,
any governmental or public body or authority is required on the part of the
Guarantor to authorize, or is required in connection with the execution,
delivery and performance of, or the legality, validity, binding effect or
enforceability of, this Guaranty.
16(f) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the
knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting it or any of
its properties before any court or arbitrator, or any governmental
department, board, agency or other instrumentality which, if determined
adversely to the Guarantor, would have a material adverse effect on its
business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) or on
its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
16(g) It expects to derive benefits from the transactions resulting in
the creation of the Obligations. The Bank may rely conclusively on the
continuing warranty, hereby made, that the Guarantor continues to be
benefitted by the Bank's extension of credit accommodations to the Borrower
and the Bank shall have no duty to inquire into or confirm the receipt of
any such benefits, and this Guaranty shall be effective and enforceable by
the Bank without regard to the receipt, nature or value of any such
benefits.
-6-
<PAGE>
Section 17. Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty shall (a) remain in full
force and effect until irrevocable payment in full of the Obligations and the
expiration of the obligations, if any, of the Bank to extend credit
accommodations to the Borrower, (b) be binding upon the Guarantor, its
successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by,
the Bank and its respective successors, transferees, and assigns.
Section 18. Governing Law and Construction. THE VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION AND
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
MINNESOTA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, BUT
GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.
Whenever possible, each provision of this Guaranty and any other statement,
instrument or transaction contemplated hereby or relating hereto shall be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under such applicable
law, but if any provision of this Guaranty or any other statement, instrument or
transaction contemplated hereby or relating hereto shall be held to be
prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Guaranty or any other statement, instrument or transaction contemplated hereby
or relating hereto.
Section 19. Consent to Jurisdiction. AT THE OPTION OF THE BANK, THIS
GUARANTY MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR MINNESOTA STATE COURT SITTING
IN MINNEAPOLIS OR ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA; AND THE GUARANTOR CONSENTS TO THE
JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN
SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT THE GUARANTOR COMMENCES ANY ACTION
IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS GUARANTY, THE BANK
AT ITS OPTION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE
JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH TRANSFER CANNOT BE
ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT
PREJUDICE.
Section 20. Counterparts. This Guaranty may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the
same instrument.
Section 21. Covenants. The Guarantor agrees that the covenants and
agreements of the Guarantor set forth in Articles V and VI of that certain Loan
Agreement made by and between the Guarantor and the Bank of even date with this
Guaranty (as hereafter amended, the "Loan Agreement") (a) are incorporated
herein by reference as if fully set forth herein, including all necessary
definitions and
-7-
<PAGE>
related provisions of the Loan Agreement, and (b) shall survive and be binding
upon the Guarantor following termination of the Loan Agreement until the
obligations are irrevocably paid in full.
Section 22. General. All representations and warranties contained in this
Guaranty or in any other agreement between the Guarantor and the Bank shall
survive the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and the
creation and payment of the Obligations. Captions in this Guaranty are for
reference and convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation or
meaning of any provision of this Guaranty.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of the date
first above written.
EMPAK, INC.
By
--------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
Address:
930 Lake Drive
Chanhassen, Minnesota 55317
FAX: (612) 949-1288
Address for the Bank:
First Bank National Association
First Bank Place
601 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55402-4302
Attention: William T. Bailey
Fax (612) 973-0822
-8-
<PAGE>
GUARANTOR'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The undersigned has guaranteed payment and performance of obligations of
Wayne C. Bongard (the "Borrower") to U.S. Bank National Association (the "Bank")
pursuant to the terms of a Guaranty, dated, as of March 1, 1994 (the
"Guaranty"), which obligations include without limitation obligations under the
Loan Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1994 between the Borrower and the Bank (as
amended, the "Credit Agreement"). The undersigned acknowledges that it has
received a copy of the proposed First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, to be
dated on or about September 22, 1998 (the "Amendment"). The undersigned agrees
and acknowledges that the Amendment shall in no way impair or limit the right of
the Bank under the Guaranty, and confirms that by the Guaranty, the undersigned
continues to guaranty payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower
to the Bank, including without limitation obligations under the Credit Agreement
as amended pursuant to the Amendment, and under the Note issued in connection
with the Amendment. The undersigned hereby confirms that the Guaranty remains in
full force and effect, enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with
its terms.
EMPAK, INC.
By: /s/ Wayne Bongard
-------------------------------------
Title: President
-----------------------------------
-9-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.15
================================================================================
CONSOLIDATION AGREEMENT
by and among
ENTEGRIS, INC.
a Minnesota corporation,
FLUOROWARE, INC.
a Minnesota corporation,
and
EMPAK, INC.
a Minnesota corporation,
June 1, 1999
================================================================================
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S> <C>
ARTICLE I. ORGANIZATION MATTERS...........................................................................2
1.1 Formation of the Company............................................................2
1.2 Management..........................................................................2
1.3 Board/Strategic Integration Team....................................................3
ARTICLE II. THE EXCHANGE...................................................................................3
2.1 Exchange of Shares by the Fluoroware Shareholders...................................3
2.2 Exchange of Shares by the Empak Shareholders........................................3
2.3 Reissuance of Warrants, Options, etc................................................4
2.4 Fractional Shares...................................................................4
2.5 The Closing.........................................................................4
2.6 Shareholder Agreements..............................................................5
2.7 Designation of Shareholder Representatives..........................................5
ARTICLE III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
FLUOROWARE.....................................................................................5
3.1 Incorporation and Corporate Power...................................................6
3.2 Authority...........................................................................6
3.3 No Breach...........................................................................6
3.4 Governmental Authorities; Consents..................................................6
3.5 Capital Stock.......................................................................7
3.6 Financial Statements................................................................7
3.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities..................................................7
3.8 No Material Adverse Changes.........................................................8
3.9 Absence of Certain Developments.....................................................8
3.10 Tax Matters.........................................................................9
3.11 Contracts and Commitments..........................................................11
3.12 No Defaults........................................................................14
3.13 Intellectual Property Rights.......................................................14
3.14 Litigation.........................................................................16
3.15 Employees..........................................................................16
3.16 Employee Benefit Plans.............................................................16
3.17 Customers and Suppliers............................................................18
3.18 Compliance with Laws; Permits......................................................18
3.19 Brokerage..........................................................................18
3.20 Inventory..........................................................................19
</TABLE>
-i-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
3.21 Accounts and Notes Receivable......................................................19
3.22 Affiliate Transactions.............................................................19
3.23 Real Estate........................................................................19
3.24 Condition of Assets................................................................20
3.25 Environmental Matters..............................................................21
3.26 Year 2000 Compliance...............................................................24
3.27 Warranties.........................................................................25
3.28 Disclosure.........................................................................25
ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF EMPAK ......................................................26
4.1 Incorporation; Corporate Power; Subsidiary.........................................26
4.2 Authority..........................................................................26
4.3 No Breach..........................................................................26
4.4 Governmental Authorities; Consents.................................................27
4.5 Capital Stock......................................................................27
4.6 Financial Statements...............................................................27
4.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.................................................28
4.8 No Material Adverse Changes........................................................28
4.9 Absence of Certain Developments....................................................28
4.10 Tax Matters........................................................................29
4.11 Contracts and Commitments..........................................................31
4.12 No Defaults........................................................................33
4.13 Intellectual Property Rights.......................................................34
4.14 Litigation.........................................................................35
4.15 Employees..........................................................................36
4.16 Employee Benefit Plans.............................................................36
4.17 Customers and Suppliers............................................................37
4.18 Compliance with Laws; Permits......................................................38
4.19 Brokerage..........................................................................38
4.20 Inventory..........................................................................38
4.21 Accounts and Notes Receivable......................................................38
4.22 Affiliate Transactions.............................................................39
4.23 Real Estate........................................................................39
4.24 Conditions of Assets...............................................................40
4.25 Environmental Matters..............................................................40
4.26 Year 2000 Compliance...............................................................44
4.27 Warranties.........................................................................44
4.28 Disclosure.........................................................................45
ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.................................................45
</TABLE>
-ii-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
5.1 Incorporation and Corporate Power..................................................45
5.2 Execution, Delivery; Valid and Binding Agreement...................................45
5.3 Validity of the Company Shares.....................................................46
5.4 No Breach..........................................................................46
5.5 Governmental Authorities; Consents.................................................46
5.6 Brokerage........................................................................46
ARTICLE VI. COVENANTS OF EMPAK AND FLUOROWARE.............................................................46
6.1 Conduct of the Business............................................................46
6.2 Access to Books and Records........................................................48
6.3 Hart-Scott-Rodino Filing...........................................................49
6.4 Other Regulatory Filings...........................................................49
6.5 Conditions.........................................................................49
6.6 No Negotiations....................................................................49
6.7 Tax and Accounting Treatment.......................................................50
ARTICLE VII. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.........................................................................50
7.1 Conditions to the Fluoroware Shareholders' Obligations.............................50
7.2 Conditions to the Empak Shareholders' Obligations..................................52
ARTICLE VIII. TERMINATION...................................................................................55
8.1 Termination........................................................................55
8.2 Effect of Termination..............................................................55
ARTICLE IX. SURVIVAL; OFFSET RIGHTS.......................................................................55
9.1 Survival...........................................................................55
9.2 Indemnification Commitments........................................................56
9.3 Limitations on Indemnification Commitments.........................................56
9.4 Insurance Proceeds.................................................................58
9.5 Claims Procedure...................................................................58
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS.................................................................................59
10.1 Press Releases and Announcements...................................................59
10.2 Expenses...........................................................................60
10.3 Amendment and Waiver...............................................................60
</TABLE>
-iii-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
10.4 Notices............................................................................60
10.5 Assignment.........................................................................61
10.6 Severability.......................................................................61
10.7 Complete Agreement.................................................................61
10.8 Counterparts.......................................................................61
10.9 Governing Law......................................................................61
List of Schedules and Exhibits
Schedule A-1 - Fluoroware Shareholder List
Schedule A-2 - Empak Shareholder List
Exhibit A - Shareholder Agreement
Exhibit B - Legal Opinion - Empak's Legal Counsel
Exhibit C - Legal Opinion - Fluoroware's Legal Counsel
</TABLE>
-iv-
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATION AGREEMENT
-----------------------
This Consolidation Agreement, dated as June 1, 1999, is made
and entered into by and among ENTEGRIS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the
"Company"), FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation ("Fluoroware"), and EMPAK,
INC., a Minnesota corporation ("Empak").
WHEREAS, the persons listed on schedule A-1 to this agreement
(the "Fluoroware Shareholders") are the record and beneficial owners of all of
the outstanding shares of capital stock of Fluoroware; and
WHEREAS, the persons listed on schedule A-2 to this agreement
(the "Empak Shareholders") are the record and beneficial owners of all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of Empak; and
WHEREAS, the Company is a newly-organized corporation which
has been established for the purposes of facilitating the consolidation of the
business operations of Fluoroware and Empak; and
WHEREAS, Fluoroware Shareholders and the Empak Shareholders
(collectively, the "Shareholders") intend to transfer their respective equity
interests in Fluoroware and Empak to the Company, on the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth in this agreement, in exchange for all of the
outstanding shares of the Company's common stock (the "Exchange") so that the
Shareholders will be in "control" of the Company immediately after the Exchange;
and
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of Fluoroware and
Empak has determined that it is advisable and in the respective best interests
of Fluoroware and Empak and their shareholders that the Exchange take place on
the terms set forth in this agreement; and
WHEREAS, for federal income tax purposes, it is intended that
the Exchange qualify as a tax-free transfer of property by the Shareholders
under the provisions of section 351 of the United States Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"); and
WHEREAS, for accounting purposes, it is intended by Fluoroware
and Empak that the Exchange be accounted for as a "pooling of interests."
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and commitments of the parties
set forth in this agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Empak, Fluoroware and the
Company agree as follows:
<PAGE>
ARTICLE I
ORGANIZATION MATTERS
1.1 Formation of the Company. Each of Empak and Fluoroware
acknowledges that the Company was incorporated as a Minnesota corporation for
the purposes of facilitating the Exchange and of acting as a holding company
which will initially own and operate Fluoroware and Empak as wholly-owned
subsidiaries. Each of Empak and Fluoroware will deliver a copy of the articles
of incorporation and bylaws of the Company to their respective Shareholders
prior to the completion of the Exchange.
1.2 Management.
(a) Immediately following the completion of the Exchange, the
Board of Directors of the Company shall consist of up to nine (9) persons, three
(3) of whom shall be designated by Fluoroware's current Board of Directors,
three (3) of whom shall be designated by Empak's current Board of Directors, and
up to three (3) of whom shall be independent persons who are initially
designated by the mutual agreement of the other members of the Company's Board
of Directors. The initial Board members shall use their best efforts to mutually
agree upon and select the three (3) independent directors by September 1, 1999.
Daniel Quernemoen will serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors for an
initial term of one (1) year, and the Board of Directors will establish
appropriate audit and compensation committees.
(b) Immediately following the completion of the Exchange and
for a period of at least one (1) year from the Closing Date, the executive
officers of the Company shall be as follows:
Position Name
-------- ----
Chief Executive Officer/ Stan Geyer
President, Secretary
Executive Vice President/ Del Jensen
Operations and Integration
(c) Immediately following the completion of the Exchange, the
Board of Directors of each of Fluoroware and Empak shall be changed to be
identical to the Board of Directors of the Company, and the executive officers
of each of Fluoroware and Empak shall be the respective executive officers of
each of such corporations as of the Closing Date.
(d) Subject to sections 1.2(a) and (b), the persons who
constitute the Boards of Directors and executive officers of the Company, Empak
and Fluoroware may be changed from time to time in accordance with each
corporation's governing instruments and applicable law.
-2-
<PAGE>
1.3 Board/Strategic Integration Team. A Board Integration
Team, initially consisting of Stan Geyer, Jim Bernards, Jim Dauwalter and Del
Jensen, shall oversee the integration of the operations and businesses of Empak
and Fluoroware for a period of at least one (1) year following the Closing Date.
The Board Integration Team shall be responsible for selecting appropriate
representatives of Fluoroware and Empak to constitute a Strategic Integration
Team to implement a comprehensive plan for the integration of all aspects of the
businesses of the Company.
ARTICLE II
THE EXCHANGE
2.1 Exchange of Shares by the Fluoroware Shareholders.
(a) Fluoroware shall use its best efforts to cause each of the
Fluoroware Shareholders to assign, transfer and deliver to the Company, on the
Closing Date, the certificates evidencing that number of shares of Fluoroware
capital stock (the "Fluoroware Shares") owned by such Fluoroware Shareholder and
set forth after such Fluoroware Shareholder's name on schedule A-1, and that
such certificates shall be properly endorsed for transfer on the stock registry
of Fluoroware.
(b) The Company shall issue and deliver up to 1.1579232 shares
of the Company's common stock ("Company Shares") to each of the Fluoroware
shareholders who tender their Fluoroware Shares to the Company pursuant to this
agreement, which Company Shares shall, subject to the provisions of article IX,
be delivered at the following times:
(i) On the Closing Date, the Company shall issue and
deliver to such Fluoroware Shareholders 1.1000270
Company Shares for each Fluoroware Share owned by
such Fluoroware Shareholder and delivered to the
Company on the Closing Date; and
(ii) On the first anniversary of the Closing Date,
the Company shall also issue and deliver to such
Fluoroware Shareholders, for each Fluoroware Share
owned by such Fluoroware Shareholder and delivered to
the Company on the Closing Date, that number of
additional Company Shares (the "Fluoroware Holdback
Shares") as is equal to (A) .0578962, multiplied by
(B) the Fluoroware Adjustment as determined pursuant
to section 9.3(e).
2.2 Exchange of Shares by the Empak Shareholders.
(a) Empak shall use its best efforts to cause each of the
Empak Shareholders to assign, transfer and deliver to the
Company, on the Closing Date, the certificates evidencing that
number of shares of Empak capital stock (the "Empak Shares")
owned by such Empak Shareholder and set forth after such Empak
Shareholder's name on
-3-
<PAGE>
schedule A-2, and that such certificates shall be properly
endorsed for transfer on the stock registry of Empak.
(b) The Company shall issue and deliver up to 1.8318759
Company Shares to each of the Empak shareholders who tender
their Empak Shares to the Company pursuant to this agreement,
which Company Shares shall, subject to the provisions of
article IX, be delivered at the following times:
(i) On the Closing Date, the Company shall issue and
deliver to such Empak Shareholders 1.7402821 Company
Shares for each Empak Share owned by such Empak
Shareholder and delivered to the Company on the
Closing Date; and
(ii) On the first anniversary of the Closing Date,
the Company shall also issue and deliver to such
Empak shareholders, for each Empak Share owned by
such Empak Shareholder and delivered to the Company
on the Closing Date, that number of additional
Company Shares (the "Empak Holdback Shares") as is
equal to (A) .0915938, multiplied by (B) the Empak
Adjustment, as determined pursuant to section 9.3(e).
2.3 Reissuance of Warrants, Options, etc. On the Closing Date,
the Board of Directors of the Company shall offer to exchange warrants or
options of the Company which reflect the conversion ratios set forth in sections
2.1 and 2.2 for all outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Fluoroware Shares or Empak Shares that are issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the Closing Date, which substitute warrants and options shall have
terms (including exercise prices (appropriately adjusted to reflect the
conversion ratios set forth in sections 2.1 and 2.2), vesting schedules and
exercise periods) that are comparable to the warrants or options being exchanged
and shall include such holdback and other provisions as shall be permitted or
required to comply with applicable rules relating to "pooling of interests" and
the continuation of the employee incentive stock option treatment for those
options which currently qualify as incentive stock options .
2.4 Fractional Shares. No certificates or scrip representing
fractional Company Shares shall be issued to any of the Shareholders upon the
Exchange, and the number of Company Shares issuable to any Shareholder pursuant
to this article II shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole number.
2.5 The Closing. The closing of the Exchange and the other
transactions contemplated by this agreement (the "Closing") will take place at
1:00 p.m. at the Fluoroware corporate offices at 3500 Lyman Boulevard, Chaska,
Minnesota, Minnesota 55318 on June 7, 1999 (the "Closing Date"), or at such
other date and time as the chief executive officers of Fluoroware and
-4-
<PAGE>
Empak shall agree upon (which shall be at least three (3) business days after
delivery of written notice of the Closing Date to the Shareholders).
2.6 Shareholder Agreements. Prior to the Closing Date,
Fluoroware and Empak shall use their best efforts to obtain from their
respective Shareholders executed agreements (the "Shareholder Agreements")
pursuant to which the Shareholders shall (a) make certain investment
representations relative to Company Shares, (b) make certain other
representations relative to the Fluoroware Shares or Empak Shares, as the case
may be, (c) acknowledge and agree to the reduction of the number of the
Fluoroware Holdback Shares or the Empak Holdback Shares that will be delivered
by the Company pursuant to section 2.1(b)(ii) or 2.2(b)(ii), as the case may be,
to the extent required to satisfy claims under article IX, and (d) to designate
the Shareholder Representatives referenced in section 2.7 and to empower them to
act on their behalf in the manner contemplated by section 2.7. The Shareholder
Agreements shall be in the form attached to this agreement as Exhibit A.
2.7 Designation of Shareholder Representatives.
(a) Prior to the Closing Date, Fluoroware shall use its best
efforts to obtain from each of the Fluoroware Shareholders, such Fluoroware
Shareholder's authorization to designate Stan Geyer as his/its representative
(the "Fluoroware Representative") for purposes (i) of resolving, settling or
otherwise dealing with any claims made against the Fluoroware Holdback Shares
pursuant to article IX of this agreement, (ii) of pursuing claims against the
Empak Holdback Shares pursuant to article IX, and (iii) of otherwise acting as
the representative of the Fluoroware Shareholders on matters specified in this
agreement or in the Shareholder Agreements.
(b) Prior to the Closing Date, Empak shall use its best
efforts to obtain from each of the Empak Shareholders, such Empak Shareholder's
authorization to designate James Bernards and Robert E. Boyle as its
representatives (the "Empak Representatives") for purposes (i) of resolving,
settling or otherwise dealing with any indemnification claims made against the
Empak Holdback Shares pursuant to article IX of this agreement, (ii) of pursuing
claims against the Fluoroware Holdback Shares pursuant to article IX, and (iii)
of otherwise acting as the representative of the Empak Shareholders on matters
specified in this agreement or in the Shareholder Agreements. (The Fluoroware
Representative and the Empak Representatives shall sometimes be collectively
referred to as the "Shareholder Representatives".)
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FLUOROWARE
As a material inducement to the Company and Empak to enter
into this agreement and to the Empak Shareholders to exchange their Empak Shares
for Company Shares on the terms set forth in this agreement, and with the
understanding that the Company, Empak and the Empak Shareholders will be relying
thereon in consummating the transactions contemplated by this agreement,
-5-
<PAGE>
Fluoroware represents and warrants to the Company, Empak and the Empak
Shareholders that, except as set forth in the disclosure schedule delivered to
the Empak Representatives by Fluoroware on or before the Closing Date (the
"Fluoroware Disclosure Schedule"):
3.1 Incorporation and Corporate Power. Fluoroware is a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the state of Minnesota and has all requisite corporate power and
authority and all authorizations, licenses, permits and certifications necessary
to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted
and presently proposed to be conducted. The copies of Fluoroware's articles of
incorporation and bylaws which have been furnished by Fluoroware to the Empak
Representatives prior to the date of this agreement are correct and complete as
of the date of this agreement and reflect all amendments made thereto.
Fluoroware is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in every
jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or its ownership of property
requires it to be so qualified, except for those jurisdictions in which the
failure to be so qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a
material adverse effect on Fluoroware's financial condition. Fluoroware does not
own any equity interest in any partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited
liability company, other organization, entity or enterprise of any form or
nature.
3.2 Authority. The execution and delivery of this agreement
and the consummation of the transactions by this agreement have been duly and
validly authorized by its Board of Directors and no other corporate proceedings
on the part of Fluoroware are necessary to authorize this agreement or to
consummate the Exchange or the transactions contemplated hereby. This agreement
has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Fluoroware and constitutes a
valid, legal and binding agreement which is enforceable against Fluoroware in
accordance with its terms.
3.3 No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this
agreement by Fluoroware and the consummation by Fluoroware and the Fluoroware
Shareholders of the transactions contemplated by this agreement do not, and will
not, conflict with or result in a breach of any of the provisions of, constitute
a default under, result in a violation of, result in the creation of a right of
termination or acceleration or any lien, security interest, charge or
encumbrance upon any assets of Fluoroware, or require any authorization,
consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or other
governmental body, under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or
bylaws of Fluoroware or any indenture, mortgage, lease, loan agreement or other
agreement or instrument by which Fluoroware is bound or affected, or any law,
statute, rule or regulation or order, judgment or decree to which Fluoroware is
subject.
3.4 Governmental Authorities; Consents. Fluoroware is not
required to submit any notice, report or other filing with any governmental
authority in connection with the execution or delivery by it of this agreement
or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. No approval or
authorization of any governmental or regulatory authority or any other party or
person is required to be
-6-
<PAGE>
obtained by Fluoroware in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance of this agreement by the Fluoroware Shareholders or the transactions
contemplated hereby.
3.5 Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of Fluoroware
consists of, or on the Closing Date will consist of, 60,000,000 shares of common
stock, $.01 par value per share, of which 15,545,073 shares are issued and
outstanding and are beneficially and legally owned by the Fluoroware
Shareholders in the respective amounts specified on schedule A-1. All of the
outstanding Fluoroware Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable. Fluoroware has no other equity securities or
securities containing any equity features authorized, issued or outstanding.
There are no agreements or other rights or arrangements existing which provide
for the sale or issuance of capital stock by Fluoroware, and there are no
rights, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or agreements of any
kind outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire from Fluoroware any shares of
capital stock or other securities of Fluoroware of any kind. There are no
agreements or other obligations (contingent or otherwise) which may require
Fluoroware to repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock.
3.6 Financial Statements. Fluoroware has delivered to the
Company and the Empak Representatives copies of (a) the unaudited balance sheet,
as of February 28, 1999, of Fluoroware (the "Fluoroware Latest Balance Sheet")
and the unaudited statements of earnings, shareholders' equity and cash flows of
Fluoroware for the six-month period then ended (such statements and the
Fluoroware Latest Balance Sheet being herein referred to as the "Fluoroware
Latest Financial Statements"), and (b) audited balance sheets, as of August 29,
1998 and August 30, 1997, of Fluoroware and the audited statements of earnings,
shareholders' equity and cash flows of Fluoroware for each of the fiscal years
then ended (collectively, the "Fluoroware Annual Financial Statements"). The
Fluoroware Latest Financial Statements and the Fluoroware Annual Financial
Statements are based upon the information contained in the books and records of
Fluoroware and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition
of Fluoroware as of the dates thereof and results of operations for the periods
referred to therein. The Fluoroware Annual Financial Statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied throughout the periods indicated. The Fluoroware Latest
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles applicable to unaudited interim financial statements (and
thus may not contain all the information and footnotes required by generally
accepted accounting principles or complete financial statements) consistently
with the Fluoroware Annual Financial Statements and reflect all adjustments
(which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly
the financial positions, results of operation and cash flows for all periods
presented.
3.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as reflected in
the Fluoroware Latest Balance Sheet, Fluoroware has no liabilities (whether
accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated or otherwise, whether due or to
become due, whether known or unknown, and regardless of when asserted) arising
out of transactions entered into, or any action or inaction, or any state of
facts existing, with respect to or based upon transactions or events occurring
prior to the date of this agreement,
-7-
<PAGE>
except liabilities which have arisen after the date of the Fluoroware Latest
Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business (none of which is an uninsured
liability for breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement, claim
or lawsuit).
3.8 No Material Adverse Changes. Since the date of the
Fluoroware Latest Balance Sheet (the "Fluoroware Balance Sheet Date"), there has
been no material adverse change in the business or financial condition of
Fluoroware.
3.9 Absence of Certain Developments. Since the Fluoroware
Balance Sheet Date, Fluoroware has not:
(a) borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject to any
liability in excess of $100,000, except (i) current liabilities incurred in the
ordinary course of business, or (ii) liabilities under contracts entered into in
the ordinary course of business;
(b) mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any lien, charge or any
other encumbrance, any of its assets with a fair market value in excess of
$100,000, except (i) liens for current property taxes not yet due and payable,
(ii) liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for
obligations not yet due to carriers, warehousemen, laborers, materialmen and the
like, (iii) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers' compensation
laws, or (iv) liens created in the ordinary course of business;
(c) sold, assigned or transferred (including, without
limitation, transfers to any employees, affiliates or shareholders) any tangible
assets with a fair market value in excess of $100,000, or canceled any debts or
claims, in each case, except in the ordinary course of business;
(d) licensed, sublicensed, sold, assigned or transferred
(including, without limitation, licenses or transfers to any employees,
affiliates or shareholders) any patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights,
trade secrets, computer software or other intellectual property or other
intangible assets;
(e) waived any rights of material value (i.e. with a financial
impact of $50,000 or more) or suffered any extraordinary losses, except in the
ordinary course of business;
(f) declared or paid any dividends or other distributions with
respect to any Fluoroware Shares or redeemed or purchased, directly or
indirectly, any shares of Fluoroware Shares or any options;
(g) issued, sold or transferred any of its equity securities,
securities convertible into or exchangeable for its equity securities or
warrants, options or other rights to acquire its equity securities, or any bonds
or debt securities;
-8-
<PAGE>
(h) other than payment of compensation for services rendered
to Fluoroware in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices,
entered into any transaction with any officer, director or more than 5%
shareholder of Fluoroware or any other entity in which Fluoroware has an equity
interest;
(i) taken any other action or entered into any other
transaction other than in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with
past custom and practice, other than the transactions contemplated by this
agreement;
(j) suffered any theft, damage, destruction or loss of or to
any property or properties owned or used by it, whether or not covered by
insurance;
(k) made or granted any increase in any Plans (as defined in
section 3.16) or arrangement, or amended or terminated any existing Plan or
arrangement, or adopted any new Plan or arrangement or made any commitment or
incurred any liability to any labor organization;
(l) made any single capital expenditure or commitment therefor
in excess of $100,000;
(m) made any change in accounting principles or practices from
those utilized in the preparation of the Fluoroware Annual Financial Statements.
3.10 Tax Matters.
(a) Fluoroware and any subsidiary, any affiliated, combined or
unitary group of which Fluoroware or any subsidiary is or was a member, any
"Plans" (as defined in section 3.16), as the case may be (each, a "Tax
Affiliate" and, collectively, the "Tax Affiliates") have: (i) timely filed all
returns, declarations, reports, estimates, information returns, and statements
("Fluoroware Returns") required to be filed by it in respect of any "Taxes" (as
defined in subsection 3.10(i)) or required to be filed by it by a taxing
authority having jurisdiction; (ii) timely and properly paid (or has had paid on
its behalf) all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Fluoroware Returns and
such Fluoroware Returns properly reflect the liability for Taxes of Fluoroware
and its Tax Affiliates; (iii) established on the Fluoroware Latest Balance
Sheet, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, reserves
that are adequate for the payment of any Taxes not yet due and payable; (iv)
complied with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations relating to the
withholding of Taxes and the payment thereof (including, without limitation,
withholding of Taxes under sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code, or similar
provisions under any foreign laws), and timely and properly withheld from
individual employee wages and paid over to the proper governmental authorities
all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under all applicable laws.
-9-
<PAGE>
(b) There are no liens for Taxes upon any assets of
Fluoroware, except liens for Taxes not yet due.
(c) No deficiency for any Taxes has been proposed, asserted or
assessed against Fluoroware that has not been resolved and paid in full. No
waiver, extension or comparable consent given by Fluoroware regarding the
application of the statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes or
Fluoroware Returns is outstanding, nor is any request for any such waiver or
consent pending. There is no Tax audit or other administrative proceeding or
court proceeding with regard to any Taxes or Fluoroware Returns pending, nor has
there been any notice to Fluoroware by any Taxing authority regarding any such
Tax, audit or other proceeding, nor has Fluoroware received notice of any such
Tax audit or other proceeding threatened with regard to any Taxes or Fluoroware
Returns. Fluoroware is not aware of any unresolved questions, claims or disputes
concerning the liability for Taxes of Fluoroware or the Tax Affiliates which
would exceed the estimated reserves established on its books and records.
(d) Neither Fluoroware nor any Tax Affiliate is a party to any
agreement, contract or arrangement that would result, separately or in the
aggregate, in the payment of any "excess parachute payments" within the meaning
of section 280G of the Code and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this agreement will not be a factor causing payments to be made
by Fluoroware or any Tax Affiliate that are not deductible (in whole or in part)
under section 280G of the Code.
(e) No property of Fluoroware or any Tax Affiliate is property
that Fluoroware or any Tax Affiliates will be required to treat as being owned
by another person under the provisions of section 168(f)(8) of the Code (as in
effect prior to amendment by the Tax Reform Act of 1986) or is "tax-exempt use
property" within the meaning of section 168 of the Code.
(f) Neither Fluoroware nor any Tax Affiliate is required to
include in income any adjustment under section 481(a) of the Code by reason of a
voluntary change in accounting method initiated by Fluoroware or any Tax
Affiliate and neither Fluoroware nor any Tax Affiliate has received notice that
the Internal Revenue Service has proposed any such adjustment or change in
accounting method.
(g) All transactions that could give rise to an understatement
of federal income tax (within the meaning of section 6661 of the Code as it
applied prior to repeal) or an underpayment of tax (within the meaning of
section 6662 of the Code) were reported in a manner for which there is
substantial authority or were adequately disclosed (or, with respect to
Fluoroware Returns filed before the Closing Date, will be reported in such a
manner or adequately disclosed) on the Fluoroware Returns required in accordance
with sections 6661(b)(2)(B) and 6662(d)(2)(B) of the Code.
-10-
<PAGE>
(h) Neither Fluoroware nor any Tax Affiliate has engaged in
any transaction that would result in a deemed election under section 338(e) of
the Code, and neither Fluoroware nor any Tax Affiliate will engage in any such
transaction within any applicable "consistency period" (as such term is defined
in section 338 of the Code).
(i) For purposes of this agreement, the term "Taxes" means all
taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments, including, without
limitation, all net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad
valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll,
employment, social security, unemployment, excise, estimated, severance, stamp,
occupation, property, or other taxes, customs duties, fees, assessments, or
charges of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, all interest and
penalties thereon, and additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any
taxing authority, domestic or foreign, upon the Constituent Corporation and its
Tax Affiliates.
3.11 Contracts and Commitments. Fluoroware has furnished to
Empak complete information about its assets, business and contractual
commitments including, without limitation, the information listed in this
section 3.11, and such information, and the copies of documents evidencing such
information that were provided to Empak for review, are correct in all material
respects.
1. A list of all equipment (including motor
vehicles), machinery, furniture, fixtures,
furnishings, leasehold improvements and
other similar property that are owned by
Fluoroware and that are being used by
Fluoroware in connection with the business
conducted by it.
2. Each real property lease and any other
instrument under which Fluoroware claims or
holds an interest in real property owned by
another person.
3. Each personal property lease to which
Fluoroware is a party.
4. Listings of all intangible personal property
used by Fluoroware in the conduct of its
trade or business, including without
limitation, all computer programs, trade
secrets, trademarks, trade names, service
names, service marks, copyrights, patents,
patent licenses, applications for any and
all of the foregoing and registrations
thereof owned by Fluoroware or used in its
operations.
5. A legal description of each parcel of real
property owned by Fluoroware, and lists each
mortgage, easement, restriction or other
encumbrance on or affecting each such
parcel.
-11-
<PAGE>
6. Each other agreement, whether oral or
written, to which Fluoroware is a party,
including the following:
(i) Each executory or partially
executory contract, commitment,
agreement or arrangement made in the
ordinary course of business by
Fluoroware involving (A) an
expenditure or ongoing commitments
of more than $10,000, or (B)
commitment by Fluoroware for
delivery of its products or services
over a period of more than thirty
(30) days from the date of this
agreement and for an aggregate price
of more than $10,000, or (C) capital
expenditures in excess of $10,000.
(iii) Each contract continuing over a
period of more than six (6) months
from its date, which is not
terminable by Fluoroware upon not
more than thirty (30) days notice.
(iv) Each agreement for the sale of any
capital asset of Fluoroware made or
entered into within twelve (12)
months of the date of this
agreement.
(v) Each employment contract or
agreement relating thereto between
Fluoroware and any officer,
consultant, director or employee,
including any bonus, incentive or
deferred compensation plans, any
confidentiality or non-compete
agreements, and any arrangements
which encourage or compensate
Fluoroware's employees to stay with
or leave Fluoroware following the
Closing.
(vi) Each plan or contract or arrangement
of Fluoroware (including Plans),
providing for pensions, life
insurance, medical insurance,
disability insurance, vacations and
other employees' benefits or
compensation plans, whether formal
or informal.
(vii) Each contract between Fluoroware and
any business partner, joint
venturer, dealer, distributor,
broker, agent, sales representative,
equipment manufacturer or
representatives or agents thereof.
(viii) Each license, royalty or other
contract or agreement relating to
intangible personal property.
-12-
<PAGE>
(ix) Each agreement not made in the
ordinary course of Fluoroware's
business.
(x) Each loan agreement, credit facility
or other instrument pursuant to
which Fluoroware is obligated to the
repayment of indebtedness.
7. A list of each policy of liability, property
damage, comprehensive, vehicle, workers'
compensation, key man, disability, fidelity,
errors and omissions, directors' and
officers' and other forms of insurance owned
or maintained by Fluoroware during the past
three (3) years and contains a brief
description of any claims made thereunder
during such period of time.
8. Copies of all permits, licenses, exemptions,
variances, and other approvals and
authorizations which are necessary to
conduct the business of Fluoroware.
9. A list of all personal property owned by any
third parties (whether a customer, supplier
or other person) for which Fluoroware is
responsible, other than property leased by
Fluoroware.
10. A list of each bank or other financial
institution in which Fluoroware has an
account or depository arrangement, together
with the account names and numbers and the
names of all persons authorized to take any
actions with respect thereto.
11. A list of each employee of Fluoroware and
position, title, remuneration.
12. Each contract, agreement or understanding
(a) relating to the voting of Fluoroware
Shares or the election of directors of
Fluoroware; (b) which prohibits Fluoroware
from freely engaging in business anywhere in
the world; (c) relating to any guaranty of
any obligation for borrowed money or
otherwise.
True and correct copies of all documents described in this
section 3.11 have been delivered or made available to Empak or the Empak
Representatives or will be made available upon request and will be signed by an
officer of Fluoroware for identification upon request of Empak or the Empak
Representatives.
-13-
<PAGE>
3.12 No Defaults. Each of the leases, contracts, agreements
and insurance policies referred to in section 3.11 is in full force and effect
as of the date hereof with no defaults existing thereunder. Fluoroware is not in
default or breach under any of such leases, contracts, agreements and policies,
and no other party to any such leases, contracts, agreements and policies is in
default or breach thereunder (other than failure by one or more of such other
parties to make timely payment of accounts receivable arising thereunder).
3.13 Intellectual Property Rights.
(a) Definitions.
(i) "Copyrights" shall mean rights in original works
of authorship including, without limitation, computer programs
as those terms are used in 17 U.S.C.ss.101 et seq. and rights
under corresponding foreign laws.
(ii) "Intellectual Property Rights" shall mean the
Copyrights, Patent Rights, Trademarks, Know-How and Trade
Secrets and all other similar rights, that are owned, licensed
or controlled by Fluoroware and used in or held for use in
connection with the operation of its business.
(iii) "Know-How" shall mean (A) design documents, (B)
specifications and performance criteria, (C) operating
instructions and maintenance manuals, (D) computer software
tools and related documentation, including, without
limitation, source and object code copies therefor in
electronic or printed forms, (E) prototypes, models or
samples, (F) files relating to applications for Intellectual
Property Rights, and (G) all other tangible materials (not
necessarily proprietary) used in or held for use in connection
with the Intellectual Property Rights.
(iv) "Licensed Software" shall mean all software used
by Fluoroware under license as part of Fluoroware's business
(or for which Fluoroware has a right to reproduce and
distribute copies as part of Fluoroware's business).
(v) "Patent Rights" shall mean rights provided by a
United States or foreign patent, including reissues or
extensions thereof, and on applications for the foregoing,
including any divisions, continuations and
continuations-in-part thereof filed by Fluoroware.
(vi) "Trade Secrets" shall mean all proprietary
information that is used in or held by Fluoroware for use in
connection with the Fluoroware Intellectual Property Rights
and that (A) derives independent economic value, actual or
potential, from not being generally known to, and not being
readily ascertainable by proper means
-14-
<PAGE>
by, third parties who can obtain economic value from its
disclosure or use and (B) is the subject of efforts by
Fluoroware that have been reasonable under the circumstances
to maintain its secrecy. Trade Secrets may include, without
limitation, source and object code, software documentation,
computer program designs, and information regarding future
business opportunities.
(vii) "Trademarks" shall mean trade names,
trademarks, service marks, trade dress and product
configurations that are used or, if any, are presently subject
to an intent to use application to register in the United
States Patent and Trademark Office by Fluoroware in connection
with the operation of its business, and all (A) goodwill and
common law rights associated therewith, (B) registration
applications pending thereon in any state and in any country,
and (C) registrations issued thereon in any state and in any
country.
(b) Certain Representations and Warranties Regarding
Intellectual Property.
(i) Fluoroware owns or has the exclusive right to use
the Intellectual Property Rights and has the right to fully
use and exploit all the Trade Secrets and Know-How. Fluoroware
has taken all reasonably necessary action to protect the
Intellectual Property Rights, including, without limitation,
use of reasonable secrecy measures to protect the Trade
Secrets included in the Intellectual Property Rights.
Fluoroware has not granted to any third party any license for
or access to the Intellectual Property Rights and has not
previously assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered the
Intellectual Property Rights.
(ii) The Intellectual Property Rights comprise all
intellectual property rights used by Fluoroware in the conduct
of its business.
(iii) No claim by any third party contesting the
validity of the Intellectual Property Rights has been made, is
currently outstanding or is threatened, and Fluoroware has not
received any notice of any facts suggesting any infringement,
misappropriation or violation by others of the Intellectual
Property Rights.
(iv) No infringement, illicit copying,
misappropriation or violation of any third party intellectual
property rights has or will occur with respect to Fluoroware's
use of the Intellectual Property Rights as currently being
used by Fluoroware or the continuing conduct of Fluoroware's
business as now conducted.
(v) Fluoroware has valid licenses to use the
intellectual property rights of third parties which are used
in Fluoroware's business but are not owned by Fluoroware.
Except for the licenses for licensed software which have been
provided to
-15-
<PAGE>
Empak for review, there are no other agreements requiring
Fluoroware to make payments or provide any consideration for,
or restricting Fluoroware's right to use, any intellectual
property rights of third parties.
(vi) Fluoroware has performed all material
obligations required to be performed by it, and is not in
default under material contract or arrangement relating to any
Intellectual Property Rights.
3.14 Litigation. Fluoroware is not a party to, or the subject
of, any litigation pending or threatened. Fluoroware is not the subject of any
investigation by any governmental or quasi-governmental body or agency or legal,
administrative or arbitration proceeding, and there are no facts which might
result in or form the basis for any such investigation or proceeding. There is
no outstanding judgment, order, junction or decree affecting Fluoroware or its
properties, assets or business or preventing the consummation of the Exchange.
3.15 Employees. To Fluoroware's knowledge, no management or
key employee of Fluoroware intends to terminate his/her employment with
Fluoroware. Fluoroware has complied with all laws relating to the employment of
labor, including provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity,
collective bargaining and the payment of social security and other taxes. There
is not pending or, to the knowledge of Fluoroware, threatened any labor dispute,
strike or work stoppage against Fluoroware which may interfere with the
continued operation of the business activities of Fluoroware. None of Fluoroware
or any representative or employee of Fluoroware has committed any unfair labor
practices in connection with the operation of Fluoroware's business, and there
is not pending or threatened any charge or complaint against Fluoroware by the
National Labor Relations Board or any comparable state agency. Fluoroware is not
or will not become, liable for any retroactive workers' compensation insurance
premiums or retroactive unemployment compensation experience ratings or charges
in connection with the operation of its business relating to the period of time
prior to the date of this agreement. No employee of Fluoroware is subject to any
secrecy or noncompetition agreement or any other agreement or restriction of any
kind that would impede in any way the ability of such employee to carry out
fully all activities of such employee in furtherance of the business of
Fluoroware. No employee or former employee of Fluoroware has any claim with
respect to any intellectual property rights of Fluoroware.
3.16 Employee Benefit Plans.
(a) Except for plans, contracts or arrangements which
Fluoroware has provided to Empak for review, with respect to all employees and
former employees of Fluoroware and all dependents and beneficiaries of such
employees and former employees, (i) Fluoroware does not maintain or contribute
to any nonqualified deferred compensation or retirement plans, contracts or
arrangements; (ii) Fluoroware does not maintain or contribute to any qualified
defined contribution plans (as defined in Section 3(34) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
-16-
<PAGE>
("ERISA"), or Section 414(i) of the Code; (iii) Fluoroware does not maintain or
contribute to any qualified defined benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(35)
of ERISA or Section 414(j) of the Code); and (iv) Fluoroware does not maintain
or contribute to any employee welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1)
of ERISA, other than plans that are excluded from the coverage of ERISA by
reason of the regulations promulgated thereunder).
(b) To the extent required (either as a matter of law or to
obtain the intended tax treatment and tax benefits), all employee benefit plans
(as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) Fluoroware maintains or to which it
contributes (collectively, the "Fluoroware Plans") comply in all respects with
the requirements of ERISA and the Code. With respect to the Fluoroware Plans,
(i) all required contributions which are due have been made and a proper accrual
has been made for all contributions due; (ii) there are no actions, suits or
claims pending, other than routine uncontested claims for benefits and actions
relating to qualified domestic relations orders; and (iii) there have been no
prohibited transactions (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of
the Code).
(c) Fluoroware has delivered to the Empak Representative true
and complete copies of (i) the most recent determination letter, if any,
received by Fluoroware from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the
Fluoroware Plans which Fluoroware maintains or to which it contributes and any
amendment to any Fluoroware Plan made subsequent to any Fluoroware Plan
amendments covered by any such determination letter; (ii) the most recent
financial statements and annual report or return for the Fluoroware Plans; and
(iii) the most recently prepared actuarial valuation reports, if any.
(d) Fluoroware does not contribute (and has never contributed)
to any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA. Fluoroware has
no actual or potential liabilities under Section 4201 of ERISA for any complete
or partial withdrawal from a multiemployer plan. Fluoroware has no actual or
potential liability for death or medical benefits after separation from
employment, other than (i) death benefits under the employee benefit plans or
programs (whether or not subject to ERISA) made available to Empak for review
and (ii) health care continuation benefits described in Section 4980B of the
Code.
(e) Neither Fluoroware nor any of its directors, officers,
employees or other "fiduciaries", as such term is defined in Section 3(21) of
ERISA, has committed any breach of fiduciary responsibility imposed by ERISA or
any other applicable law with respect to the Fluoroware Plans which would
subject the Company, Fluoroware, any Fluoroware subsidiary, or any of their
respective directors, officers or employees to any liability under ERISA or any
applicable law.
(f) Fluoroware has not incurred any liability for any tax or
civil penalty or any disqualification of any employee benefit plan (as defined
in Section 3(3) of ERISA) imposed by Sections 4980B and 4975 of the Code and
Part 6 of Title I and Section 502(i) of ERISA.
-17-
<PAGE>
3.17 Customers and Suppliers. As of the date of this
agreement, the relationships of Fluoroware with its customers and suppliers are
good commercial working relationships. No customer or supplier has indicated
that it will stop or decrease the amount of business done with Fluoroware,
except for changes in the ordinary course of Fluoroware's business.
3.18 Compliance with Laws; Permits.
(a) Fluoroware is not currently being charged with, any
violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 or the regulations
promulgated thereunder (collectively, the "ADA") or similar state laws or
regulations, nor has Fluoroware been notified of any problems, which through the
passage of time or the future to take corrective action, could result in a
violation of the ADA or such state's laws or regulations. Fluoroware has
provided the Empak Representative with any written materials in its possession
which assess or relate to the status of Fluoroware's real property or
Fluoroware's compliance with ADA and such state's laws or regulations.
Fluoroware is not currently being charged with nor, to its knowledge, is it
operating its business in violation of any applicable foreign, federal, state or
municipal laws, regulations or ordinances including, without limitation, the
federal Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the federal Occupational Safety and
Health Act of 1970, or the regulations promulgated thereunder ("OSHA"), or any
other applicable foreign, federal, state or municipal statute, law, regulation
or ordinance relating to occupational health and safety, nor is Fluoroware
relying on any exemption from or deferral of any such applicable statute, law or
regulation that would not be available to it or the Company after the Exchange.
(b) Fluoroware has, in full force and effect, all licenses,
permits and certificates, from federal, state, local and foreign authorities
(including, without limitation, federal and state agencies regulating
occupational health and safety) used in and, individually or in the aggregate,
material to the business or financial condition of Fluoroware or necessary to
conduct its business and own and operate its properties (collectively, the
"Fluoroware Permits"). Fluoroware has conducted its business in substantial
compliance with all material terms and conditions of the Fluoroware Permits.
(c) Fluoroware has not made or agreed to make gifts of money,
other property or similar benefits (other than incidental gifts of articles of
nominal value) to any actual or potential customer, supplier, governmental
employee or any other person in a position to assist or hinder Fluoroware in
connection with any actual or proposed transaction.
3.19 Brokerage. No third party shall be entitled to receive
any brokerage commissions, finder's fees, fees for financial advisory services
or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of
Fluoroware or any of the Fluoroware Shareholders.
3.20 Inventory. All inventories reflected in the Fluoroware
Latest Balance Sheet are stated at the lower of cost or market and, as so
stated, are in good condition and are currently usable
-18-
<PAGE>
or salable in the category in which they are inventoried, in the ordinary course
of business of Fluoroware, without discounts other than normal trade discounts
regularly offered by Fluoroware for prompt payment or quantity purchase.
3.21 Accounts and Notes Receivable. To the extent they exceed
the reserves for doubtful accounts, the accounts and notes receivable of
Fluoroware as set forth in the Fluoroware Latest Balance Sheet, and all accounts
receivable of Fluoroware that have arisen since the Latest Balance Sheet Date
are valid and enforceable obligations due to Fluoroware and shall be collectible
by Fluoroware in the ordinary course of business. The goods and services sold
and delivered by Fluoroware that give rise to such accounts and notes receivable
were sold and delivered in conformity with the applicable purchase orders,
agreements and specifications. Such accounts and notes receivable are subject to
no valid defense or offsets except routine customer complaints of an immaterial
nature.
3.22 Affiliate Transactions. Other than pursuant to this
agreement, no officer, director or employee of Fluoroware or any member of the
immediate family of any such officer, director or employee, or any entity in
which any of such persons owns any beneficial interest (other than any
publicly-held corporation whose stock is traded on a national securities
exchange or in the over-the-counter market and less than one percent of the
stock of which is beneficially owned by any of such persons) (collectively
"insiders"), has any agreement with Fluoroware (other than normal employment
arrangements) or any interest in any property, real, personal or mixed, tangible
or intangible, used in or pertaining to the business of Fluoroware (other than
ownership of Fluoroware Shares). None of the insiders has any direct or indirect
interest in any competitor, supplier or customer of Fluoroware or in any person,
firm or entity from whom or to whom Fluoroware leases any property, or in any
other person, firm or entity with whom Fluoroware transacts business of any
nature. For purposes of this section 3.22, the members of the immediate family
of an officer, director or employee shall consist of the spouse, parents,
children, siblings, mothers- and fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, and
brothers- and sisters-in-law of such officer, director or employee.
3.23 Real Estate.
(a) Fluoroware has good and marketable title in fee simple to
all real property and improvements which are owned by it and used in its
business (the "Fluoroware Owned Real Property"), free and clear of all liens,
mortgages, encumbrances, covenants, charges, easements, restrictions,
reservations, leases and assessments of any nature whatsoever. All of the
buildings, improvements and structures located on the Fluoroware Owned Real
Property or located on the real property subject to the leases to which
Fluoroware is a party (the "Fluoroware Leased Real Property") are in good
operating condition and repair and suitable for the purposes for which they are
being used. Each has adequate rights of ingress and egress for the operation of
its business as it is currently being conducted by Fluoroware and has access,
sufficient for the conduct of Fluoroware's business as now conducted or as
presently proposed to be conducted, to all utilities, including electricity,
sanitary and
-19-
<PAGE>
storm sewer, potable water, natural gas and other utilities, used in the
operation of the business of Fluoroware at that location. No such building,
structure or improvement, or any appurtenance thereto or equipment therein, or
the operation or maintenance thereof, violates any restrictive covenant or any
provision of any federal, state or local law, ordinance or zoning, fire, safety,
pollution or health regulations, or encroaches on any property owned by others.
No condemnation proceeding is pending or threatened with respect to the
Fluoroware Owned Real Property or the Fluoroware Leased Real Property. No change
is pending or threatened in any provision of any federal, state or local law,
ordinance or zoning or other regulation which might materially interfere with
the present or proposed use of any building, improvement or structure located on
the Fluoroware Owned Real Property or the Fluoroware Leased Real Property.
(b) Fluoroware has previously delivered to the Empak
Representatives a true and complete copy of each lease (including all amendments
and supplements thereto) of each real property leased or otherwise used by
Fluoroware in its business. Each such lease is in full force and effect, and
constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Fluoroware and each other
party thereto, enforceable by Fluoroware against the lessor thereof in
accordance with its terms. Neither Fluoroware nor any other party to any such
lease is in default of or under any such lease. The transaction contemplated by
this agreement will not result in the default of or under any such lease or
require the consent of the lessor under any such lease.
(c) The leases to which Fluoroware is are party are in full
force and effect, and Fluoroware holds a valid and existing leasehold interest
under each of such leases. Fluoroware is not in default, and no circumstances
exist which, if not remedied, would, either with or without notice or the
passage of time or both, result in such default under any of such leases.
3.24 Condition of Assets.
(a) Fluoroware owns good and marketable title to each of the
tangible personal properties and tangible and intangible assets reflected on the
Fluoroware Latest Balance Sheet, or acquired since the date thereof, free and
clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for (i) liens for taxes not yet due
or delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii)
liens identified in the Fluoroware Disclosure Statement, (iii) assets disposed
of since the Fluoroware Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business,
(iv) liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for
obligations not yet due or delinquent and (v) liens in respect of pledges or
deposits under workers' compensation laws.
(b) The buildings, equipment and other tangible assets used by
Fluoroware in the conduct of its business are, in all material respects, in good
condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and are adequate and
suitable for the purposes for which they are currently being used.
-20-
<PAGE>
3.25 Environmental Matters.
(a) As used in this section 3.25, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:
(i) "Clean-up" shall mean removal and/or remediation
of, or other response (including, without limitation, testing,
monitoring, sampling or investigating of any kind) to, any
Release of Hazardous Substances or Contamination, to the
satisfaction of all applicable governmental agencies, in
compliance with Environmental Laws and in compliance with good
commercial practice.
(ii) "Contamination" shall mean the presence of, or
Release on, under, from or to the Property of any Hazardous
Substance, except the routine storage and use of Hazardous
Substances from time to time in the ordinary course of
business, in compliance with Environmental Laws and in
compliance with good commercial practice.
(iii) "Environmental Documents" shall mean (A) any
and all documents received by Fluoroware from the United
States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and/or any
state, county or municipal environmental or health agency
concerning the environmental condition of the Fluoroware
Property or the effect of Fluoroware's business operations on
the environmental condition of the Fluoroware Property; (B)
any and all documents submitted by Fluoroware to the EPA
and/or any state, county or municipal environmental or health
agency concerning the environmental condition of the
Fluoroware Property or the effect of Fluoroware's business
operations on the environmental condition of the Fluoroware
Property; and (C) any and all reviews, audits, reports, or
other analyzes concerning Contamination.
(iv) "Environmental Law(s)" shall mean any and all
federal, state and local laws, statutes, codes, ordinances,
regulations, rules, policies, consent decrees, judicial
orders, administrative orders or other requirements relating
to the environment or to human health or safety associated
with the environment, all as amended or modified from time to
time. Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the
following statutes and all rules and regulations relating
thereto, all as amended or modified from time to time:
A. The Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), as amended
by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
of 1986 ("SARA") 42 U.S.C.ss.ss.9601-9675; the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976
("RCRA") 42 U.S.C.ss.6901-6991; the Clean Water Act
33 U.S.C.ss. 1321 et seq; the Clean Air Act
-21-
<PAGE>
42 U.S.C.ss.ss.7401 et seq; the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide and Rodenticide Act ("FIFRA") 7
U.S.C.ss.136 et seq; the Toxic Substances Control Act
("TSCA") 15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 2601-2671; and
B. The Minnesota Environmental Response and
Liability Act ("MERLA") Minn. Stat. Ch. 115B; the
Minnesota Petroleum Tank Release Cleanup Act, Minn.
Stat. Ch. 115C; the Minnesota Agricultural Chemical
Liability, Incidents, and Enforcement Act, Minn.
Stat. Ch. 18D; and the Minnesota Agricultural
Chemical Response and Reimbursement Law, Minn. Stat.
Ch. 18E.
(v) "Hazardous Substance(s)" shall mean (A) any
substance, the presence of which requires investigation or
remediation under any Environmental Law or under common law;
(B) any dangerous, toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable,
infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise
hazardous substance which is regulated by any Environmental
Law; (C) any substance, the presence of which causes or
threatens to cause a nuisance upon the Fluoroware Property or
to adjacent properties or poses or threatens to pose a hazard
to the health or safety of persons on or about the Fluoroware
Property; (D) any substance, the presence of which on
properties adjacent to the Property could constitute a
trespass by Fluoroware; and (E) urea-formaldehyde,
polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos or asbestos-containing
materials, petroleum and petroleum products; provided,
however, that substances otherwise within the meaning of
Hazardous Substances and held for resale or used in the
preparation of pharmaceuticals shall not be considered
Hazardous Substances.
(vi) "Fluoroware Property" shall refer to any real
property currently owned by Fluoroware, any real property
currently leased by Fluoroware and any other real property
that has been previously owned or used by Fluoroware in the
operation of its business.
(vii) "Regulatory Action(s)" shall mean any claim,
demand, action or proceeding brought or instigated by any
governmental authority in connection with any Environmental
Law (including without limitation civil, criminal and/or
administrative proceedings), whether or not seeking costs,
damages, penalties or expenses.
(viii) "Release" shall mean the spilling, leaking,
disposing, discharging, emitting, depositing, injecting,
leaching, escaping or any other release or threatened release,
however defined, and whether intentional or unintentional, of
any Hazardous Substance.
-22-
<PAGE>
(ix) "Third Party Claim(s)" shall mean third party
claims, actions, demands or proceedings (other than Regulatory
Actions) based on negligence, trespass, strict liability,
nuisance, toxic tort or detriment to human health or welfare
due to any Release of Hazardous Substances or Contamination,
and whether or not seeking costs, damages, penalties or
expenses.
(b) No Third Party Claims and/or Regulatory Actions have been
asserted or assessed against Fluoroware or the Fluoroware Property and no Third
Party Claims and/or Regulatory Actions are pending or threatened against
Fluoroware or the Fluoroware Property, arising out of or due to, or allegedly
arising out of or due to, (i) the Release on, under or from the Fluoroware
Property of any Hazardous Substances; (ii) any Contamination of the Fluoroware
Property, including without limitation, the presence of any Hazardous Substance
which has come to be located on or under the Fluoroware Property from another
location; (iii) any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Law with
respect to the Fluoroware Property or Fluoroware's business operations on the
Fluoroware Property; (iv) any injury to human health or safety or to the
environment by reason of the past or present condition of, or past or present
activities on or under, the Fluoroware Property; or (v) the generation,
manufacture, storage, treatment, handling, transportation or other use, however
defined, of any Hazardous Substance on the Fluoroware Property.
(c) Fluoroware's storage, transportation, handling, use or
disposal, if any, of Hazardous Substances on or under the Fluoroware Property
and/or disposal elsewhere, if any, of Hazardous Substances generated on or from
the Fluoroware Property is currently, and at all times has been, in compliance
with all applicable Environmental Laws.
(d) Fluoroware has delivered to the Empak Representatives,
prior to the execution and delivery of this agreement, complete copies of any
and all Environmental Documents.
(e) Fluoroware has not transported nor arranged for the
transportation of any Hazardous Substances to any location which is: (i) listed
on the EPA's National Priorities List of Hazardous Waste Sites (the "National
Priorities List"); (ii) listed for possible inclusion on the National Priorities
List, in CERCLIS or on any similar state list; or (iii) the subject of any
Regulatory Action which may lead to claims against Fluoroware for damages to
natural resources, personal injury, Clean-up costs or Clean-up work, including,
but not limited to, claims under CERCLA.
(f) The Fluoroware Property is not listed in the National
Priorities List or any other list, schedule, log, inventory or record, however
defined, maintained by any federal, state or local governmental agency with
respect to sites from which there is or has been a Release of any Hazardous
Substance or any Contamination.
(g) No part of the Fluoroware Property was ever used, nor is
it now being used, (A) as a landfill, dump or other disposal, storage, transfer
or handling area for Hazardous Substances,
-23-
<PAGE>
excepting, however, for the routine storage and use of Hazardous Substances from
time to time in the ordinary course of business, in compliance with
Environmental Laws and in compliance with good commercial practice; (B) for
industrial, military or manufacturing purposes; or (C) as a gasoline service
station or a facility for selling, dispensing, storing, transferring or handling
petroleum and/or petroleum products.
(h) There are no underground or aboveground storage tanks
(whether or not currently in use), urea-formaldehyde materials, asbestos,
asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) or nuclear fuels
or wastes, located on or under the Fluoroware Property, and no underground tank
previously located on the Fluoroware Property has been removed therefrom.
(i) There has not been, or is not now occurring, any Release
of any Hazardous Substance on, under or from the Fluoroware Property. There has
not been, and is not now present, any Contamination on the Fluoroware Property.
(j) The Fluoroware Property and the use and operation thereof,
are currently and, at all times during either Fluoroware's ownership or
operation thereof, have been, and, to the best of Fluoroware's knowledge after
due inquiry, at all times during the ownership and/or operation thereof by prior
owners and/or users have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental
Laws.
(k) There are no liens against the Fluoroware Property arising
under any Environmental Law, or based upon a Regulatory Action and/or Third
Party Claim.
(l) There are no wells (as said term is defined in Minn.
Stat.ss. 103I.005, Subd. 21) on the Fluoroware Property. This disclosure is
intended to satisfy the requirements of Minn. Stat.ss. 103I.235, Subd. 1(a).
(m) All chemical substances contained in Fluoroware's
commercially-sold product lines were included on the initial inventory list
promulgated under the United States Toxic Substances Control Act or were the
subject of a premanufacturing notice filed with the EPA under such act.
Fluoroware's material safety data sheets for its assets accurately and properly
reflect any hazardous ingredients in any products manufactured or sold by
Fluoroware in the conduct of its business.
3.26 Year 2000 Compliance. All software used by Fluoroware in
the operation of its business (the "Software") is Year 2000 Compliant, including
date century recognition, calculations which accommodate same century and
multi-century formulas and date values that reflect the century. As used herein,
"Year 2000 Compliant" shall mean the ability of the Software to (i) consistently
handle date information before, during and after January 1, 2000,
including but not limited to accepting date input, providing date output, and
performing calculations on dates or portions of dates; (ii) function accurately
in accordance with all documentation without interruption before, during and
after January 1, 2000, without any change of operations associated with the
advent of the new century; (iii) respond to
-24-
<PAGE>
two-digit date input in a way that resolves any ambiguity as to century in a
disclosed, defined and predetermined manner; and (iv) store and provide output
of date information in ways that are unambiguous as to century.
3.27 Warranties.
(a) Fluoroware has provided Empak with an accurate listing of
all claims outstanding, pending or, to the best knowledge of Fluoroware,
threatened for breach of any warranty relating to any products sold by
Fluoroware prior to the date hereof. The reserves for warranty claims on the
Fluoroware Latest Balance Sheet are consistent with Fluoroware's prior practices
and are fully adequate to cover all warranty claims made or to be made against
any products of Fluoroware sold prior to the date thereof.
(b) The goods and services sold by Fluoroware (i) conform in
all respects with the specification, documentation, performance standard,
representation or statement (if any) made or provided with respect thereto by or
with authorization of Fluoroware and (ii) there has not been any material claim
by any customer or other person alleging that any such goods and services does
not conform in all respects with any specification, documentation, performance,
standard, representation or statement made or provided by or on behalf of
Fluoroware, and, to the knowledge of Fluoroware, there is no basis for any such
claim.
(c) Other than its obligations to perform under the contracts
to which it is a party and which have been made available to Empak for review,
Fluoroware has not incurred or become subject to any material liability arising
from (i) any product, system, program, other asset designed, developed,
manufactured, assembled, sold, supplied, installed, repaired, licensed or made
available by Fluoroware, or (ii) any consulting services, installation services,
programming services, repair services, maintenance services, training services,
support services or other services performed by Fluoroware.
3.28. Disclosure. Neither this agreement nor any of the exhibits,
schedules or any of the documents delivered by or on behalf of Fluoroware
pursuant to this agreement nor the Fluoroware Disclosure Schedule nor any of the
financial statements referred to in section 3.6, taken as a whole, contains any
untrue statement of a material fact regarding Fluoroware or its business or any
of the other matters dealt with in this article III relating to Fluoroware or
the transactions contemplated by this agreement. This agreement, the exhibits or
schedules hereto, the documents delivered to Empak by or on behalf of Fluoroware
pursuant to this agreement, the Disclosure Schedule and the financial statements
referred to in section 3.6, taken as a whole, do not omit any material fact
necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the
circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, and there is no fact
known to Fluoroware which has not been disclosed to the Empak Representatives
which materially affects adversely or could reasonably be anticipated to
materially affect adversely the assets, financial condition, operating results,
customer, employee or supplier relations, business condition or prospects of
Fluoroware or the Company.
-25-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF EMPAK
As a material inducement to the Company and Fluoroware to
enter into this agreement and to the Fluoroware Shareholders to exchange their
Fluoroware Shares for Company Shares on the terms set forth in this agreement,
and with the understanding that the Company, Fluoroware and the Fluoroware
Shareholders will be relying thereon in consummating the transactions
contemplated by this agreement, Empak represents and warrants to the Company,
Fluoroware and the Fluoroware Shareholders that, except as set forth in the
disclosure schedule delivered to the Fluoroware Representative by Empak on or
before the Closing Date (the "Empak Disclosure Schedule"):
4.1 Incorporation; Corporate Power; Subsidiary. Empak is a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the state of Minnesota and has all requisite corporate power and
authority and all authorizations, licenses, permits and certifications necessary
to own and operate its properties; to carry on its business as now conducted and
presently proposed to be conducted and to execute and deliver this agreement and
consummate the transactions contemplated by this agreement. The copies of
Empak's articles of incorporation and bylaws which have been furnished by Empak
to the Fluoroware Representative prior to the date of this agreement are correct
and complete as of the date of this agreement and reflect all amendments made
thereto. Empak is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in every
jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or its ownership of property
requires it to be so qualified, except for those jurisdictions in which the
failure to be so qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a
material adverse effect on Empak's financial condition. Empak does not own any
equity interest in any partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited
liability company or other organization, entity or enterprise of any form or
nature.
4.2 Authority. The execution and delivery of this agreement
and the consummation of the transactions by this agreement have been duly and
validly authorized by its Board of Directors and no other corporate proceedings
on the part of Empak are necessary to authorize this agreement or to consummate
the Exchange or the transactions contemplated hereby. This agreement has been
duly and validly executed and delivered by Empak and constitutes a valid, legal
and binding agreement which is enforceable against Empak in accordance with its
terms.
4.3 No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this
agreement by Empak and the consummation by Empak and the Empak Shareholders of
the transactions contemplated by this agreement do not conflict with or result
in a breach of any of the provisions of, constitute a default under, result in a
violation of, result in the creation of a right of termination or acceleration
or any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of Empak,
or require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or
notice to any court or other governmental body, under the provisions of the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Empak or any indenture, mortgage,
lease, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument by which Empak is bound
-26-
<PAGE>
or affected, or any law, statute, rule or regulation or order, judgment or
decree to which Empak is subject.
4.4 Governmental Authorities; Consents. Empak is not required
to submit any notice, report or other filing with any governmental authority in
connection with the execution or delivery by it of this agreement or the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. No approval or
authorization of any governmental or regulatory authority or any other party or
person is required to be obtained by Empak in connection with the execution,
delivery and performance of this agreement by the Empak Shareholders or the
transactions contemplated hereby.
4.5 Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of Empak
consists of 15,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share of which
6,550,662 shares are issued and outstanding and are beneficially and legally
owned by the Empak Shareholders in the respective amounts specified on schedule
A-2. All of the outstanding Empak Shares have been duly authorized and are
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Empak has no other equity
securities or securities containing any equity features authorized, issued or
outstanding. There are no agreements or other rights or arrangements existing
which provide for the sale or issuance of capital stock by Empak, and there are
no rights, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or agreements of
any kind outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire from Empak any shares of
capital stock or other securities of Empak of any kind. There are no agreements
or other obligations (contingent or otherwise) which may require Empak to
repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock.
4.6 Financial Statements. Empak has delivered to the Company
and the Fluoroware Representative copies of (a) the unaudited balance sheet, as
of February 28, 1999, of Empak (the "Empak Latest Balance Sheet") and the
unaudited statements of earnings, shareholders' equity and cash flows of Empak
for the six-month period then ended (such statements and the Empak Latest
Balance Sheet being herein referred to as the "Empak Latest Financial
Statements"), and (b) audited balance sheets, as of August 31, 1998 and August
31, 1997, of Empak and the audited statements of earnings, shareholders' equity
and cash flows of Empak for each of the fiscal years then ended (collectively,
the "Empak Annual Financial Statements"). The Empak Latest Financial Statements
and the Empak Annual Financial Statements are based upon the information
contained in the books and records of Empak and fairly present, in all material
respects, the financial condition of Empak as of the dates thereof and results
of operations for the periods referred to therein. The Empak Annual Financial
Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, consistently applied throughout the periods indicated. The Empak
Latest Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles applicable to unaudited interim financial
statements (and thus may not contain all the information and footnotes required
by generally accepted accounting principles or complete financial statements)
consistently with the Empak Annual Financial Statements and reflect all
adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to
present fairly the financial positions, results of operation and cash flows for
all periods presented.
-27-
<PAGE>
4.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as reflected in
the Empak Latest Balance Sheet, Empak has no liabilities (whether accrued,
absolute, contingent, unliquidated or otherwise, whether due or to become due,
whether known or unknown, and regardless of when asserted) arising out of
transactions entered into, or any action or inaction, or any state of facts
existing, with respect to or based upon transactions or events occurring prior
to the date of this agreement, except liabilities which have arisen after the
date of the Empak Latest Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business (none
of which is an uninsured liability for breach of contract, breach of warranty,
tort, infringement, claim or lawsuit).
4.8 No Material Adverse Changes. Since the date of the Empak
Latest Balance Sheet (the "Empak Balance Sheet Date"), there has been no
material adverse change in the business or financial condition of Empak.
4.9 Absence of Certain Developments. Since the Empak Balance
Sheet Date, Empak has not:
(a) borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject to any
liability in excess of $100,000, except (i) current liabilities incurred in the
ordinary course of business, or (ii) liabilities under contracts entered into in
the ordinary course of business;
(b) mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any lien, charge or any
other encumbrance, any of its assets with a fair market value in excess of
$100,000, except (i) liens for current property taxes not yet due and payable,
(ii) liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for
obligations not yet due to carriers, warehousemen, laborers, materialmen and the
like, (iii) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers' compensation
laws, or (iv) liens created in the ordinary course of business;
(c) sold, assigned or transferred (including, without
limitation, transfers to any employees, affiliates or shareholders) any tangible
assets with a fair market value in excess of $100,000, or canceled any debts or
claims, in each case, except in the ordinary course of business;
(d) licensed, sublicensed, sold, assigned or transferred
(including, without limitation, licenses or transfers to any employees,
affiliates or shareholders) any patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights,
trade secrets, computer software or other intellectual property or other
intangible assets;
(e) waived any rights of material value (i.e. with a financial
impact of $50,000 or more) or suffered any extraordinary losses, except in the
ordinary course of business;
(f) declared or paid any dividends or other distributions with
respect to any Empak Shares or redeemed or purchased, directly or indirectly,
any Empak Shares or any options;
-28-
<PAGE>
(g) issued, sold or transferred any of its equity securities,
securities convertible into or exchangeable for its equity securities or
warrants, options or other rights to acquire its equity securities, or any bonds
or debt securities;
(h) other than payment of compensation for services rendered
to Empak in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices,
entered into any transaction with any officers, directors or more than 5%
shareholders of Empak or any other entity in which Empak has an equity interest;
(i) taken any other action or entered into any other
transaction other than in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with
past custom and practice, other than the transactions contemplated by this
agreement;
(j) suffered any theft, damage, destruction or loss of or to
any property or properties owned or used by it, whether or not covered by
insurance;
(k) made or granted any increase in any Plans (as defined in
section 4.16) or arrangement, or amended or terminated any existing Plan or
arrangement, or adopted any new Plan or arrangement or made any commitment or
incurred any liability to any labor organization;
(l) made any single capital expenditure or commitment therefor
in excess of $100,000;
(m) made any change in accounting principles or practices from
those utilized in the preparation of the Empak Annual Financial Statements.
4.10 Tax Matters.
(a) Empak and any subsidiary, any affiliated, combined or
unitary group of which Empak or any subsidiary is or was a member, any "Plans"
(as defined in section 4.16), as the case may be (each, a "Tax Affiliate" and,
collectively, the "Tax Affiliates") has: (i) timely filed all returns,
declarations, reports, estimates, information returns, and statements ("Empak
Returns") required to be filed by it in respect of any "Taxes" (as defined in
subsection 3.10(i)) or required to be filed by it by a taxing authority having
jurisdiction; (ii) timely and properly paid (or has had paid on its behalf) all
Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Empak Returns and such Empak Returns
properly reflect the liability for Taxes of Empak and its Tax Affiliates;
(iii) established on the Empak Latest Balance Sheet, in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, reserves that are adequate for the
payment of any Taxes not yet due and payable; (iv) complied with all applicable
laws, rules, and regulations relating to the withholding of Taxes and the
payment thereof (including, without limitation, withholding of Taxes under
sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code, or similar provisions under any foreign
laws), and timely and properly withheld from individual employee wages and paid
over to the
-29-
<PAGE>
proper governmental authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid
over under all applicable laws.
(b) There are no liens for Taxes upon any assets of Empak,
except liens for Taxes not yet due.
(c) No deficiency for any Taxes has been proposed, asserted or
assessed against Empak that has not been resolved and paid in full. No waiver,
extension or comparable consent given by Empak regarding the application of the
statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes or Empak Returns is
outstanding, nor is any request for any such waiver or consent pending. There is
no Tax audit or other administrative proceeding or court proceeding with regard
to any Taxes or Empak Returns pending, nor has there been any notice to Empak by
any Taxing authority regarding any such Tax, audit or other proceeding, nor has
Empak received notice of any such Tax audit or other proceeding threatened with
regard to any Taxes or Empak Returns. Empak is not aware of any unresolved
questions, claims or disputes concerning the liability for Taxes of Empak or the
Tax Affiliates which would exceed the estimated reserves established on its
books and records.
(d) Neither Empak nor any Tax Affiliate is a party to any
agreement, contract or arrangement that would result, separately or in the
aggregate, in the payment of any "excess parachute payments" within the meaning
of section 280G of the Code and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this agreement will not be a factor causing payments to be made
by Empak or any Tax Affiliate that are not deductible (in whole or in part)
under section 280G of the Code.
(e) No property of Empak or any Tax Affiliate is property that
Empak or any Tax Affiliates will be required to treat as being owned by another
person under the provisions of section 168(f)(8) of the Code (as in effect prior
to amendment by the Tax Reform Act of 1986) or is "tax-exempt use property"
within the meaning of section 168 of the Code.
(f) Neither Empak nor any Tax Affiliate is required to include
in income any adjustment under section 481(a) of the Code by reason of a
voluntary change in accounting method initiated by Empak or any Tax Affiliate
and neither Empak nor any Tax Affiliate has received notice that the Internal
Revenue Service has proposed any such adjustment or change in accounting method.
(g) All transactions that could give rise to an understatement
of federal income tax (within the meaning of section 6661 of the Code as it
applied prior to repeal) or an underpayment of tax (within the meaning of
section 6662 of the Code) were reported in a manner for which there is
substantial authority or were adequately disclosed (or, with respect to Empak
Returns filed before the Closing Date, will be reported in such a manner or
adequately disclosed) on the Empak Returns required in accordance with sections
6661(b)(2)(B) and 6662(d)(2)(B) of the Code.
-30-
<PAGE>
(h) Neither Empak nor any Tax Affiliate has engaged in any
transaction that would result in a deemed election under section 338(e) of the
Code, and neither Empak nor any Tax Affiliate will engage in any such
transaction within any applicable "consistency period" (as such term is defined
in section 338 of the Code).
4.11 Contracts and Commitments. Empak has furnished to
Fluoroware complete information about its assets, business and contractual
commitments including, without limitation, the information listed in this
section 4.11, and such information, and the copies of documents evidencing such
information that were provided to Fluoroware for review, are correct in all
material respects.
1. A list of all equipment (including motor
vehicles), machinery, furniture, fixtures,
furnishings, leasehold improvements and
other similar property that are owned by
Empak and that are being used by Empak in
connection with the business conducted by
it..
2. Each real property lease and any other
instrument under which Empak claims or holds
an interest in real property owned by
another person.
3. Each personal property lease to which Empak
is a party.
4. Listings of all intangible personal property
used by Empak in the conduct of its trade or
business, including without limitation, all
computer programs, trade secrets,
trademarks, trade names, service names,
service marks, copyrights, patents, patent
licenses, applications for any and all of
the foregoing and registrations thereof
owned by Empak or used in its operations.
5. A legal description of each parcel of real
property owned by Empak, and lists each
mortgage, easement, restriction or other
encumbrance on or affecting each such
parcel.
6. Each other agreement, whether oral or
written, to which Empak is a party,
including the following:
(i) Each executory or partially
executory contract, commitment,
agreement or arrangement made in the
ordinary course of business by Empak
involving (A) an expenditure or
ongoing commitments of more than
$10,000, or (B) commitment by Empak
for delivery of its products or
services over a period of more than
thirty (30) days from the date of
this agreement and
-31-
<PAGE>
for an aggregate price of more than
$10,000, or (C) capital expenditures
in excess of $10,000.
(iii) Each contract continuing over a
period of more than six (6) months
from its date, which is not
terminable by Empak upon not more
than thirty (30) days notice.
(iv) Each agreement for the sale of any
capital asset of Empak made or
entered into within twelve (12)
months of the date of this
agreement.
(v) Each employment contract or
agreement relating thereto between
Empak and any officer, consultant,
director or employee, including any
bonus, incentive or deferred
compensation plans, any
confidentiality or non-compete
agreements, and any arrangements
which encourage or compensate
Empak's employees to stay with or
leave Empak following the Closing.
(vi) Each plan or contract or arrangement
of Empak (including Plans),
providing for pensions, life
insurance, medical insurance,
disability insurance, vacations and
other employees' benefits or
compensation plans, whether formal
or informal.
(vii) Each contract between Empak and any
business partner, joint venturer,
dealer, distributor, broker, agent,
sales representative, equipment
manufacturer or representatives or
agents thereof.
(viii) Each license, royalty or other
contract or agreement relating to
intangible personal property.
(ix) Each agreement not made in the
ordinary course of Empak's business.
(x) Each loan agreement, credit facility
or other instrument pursuant to
which Empak is obligated to the
repayment of indebtedness.
7. A list of each policy of liability, property
damage, comprehensive, vehicle, workers'
compensation, key man, disability, fidelity,
errors and omissions, directors' and
officers' and other forms of insurance owned
or maintained by Empak during the past three
(3) years and contains a
-32-
<PAGE>
brief description of any claims made
thereunder during such period of time.
8. Copies of all permits, licenses, exemptions,
variances, and other approvals and
authorizations which are necessary to
conduct the business of Empak.
9. A list of all personal property owned by any
third parties (whether a customer, supplier
or other person) for which Empak is
responsible, other than property leased by
Empak.
10. A list of each bank or other financial
institution in which Empak has an account or
depository arrangement, together with the
account names and numbers and the names of
all persons authorized to take any actions
with respect thereto.
11. A list of each employee of Empak and
position, title, remuneration.
12. Each contract, agreement or understanding
(a) relating to the voting of Empak Shares
or the election of directors of Empak; (b)
which prohibits Empak from freely engaging
in business anywhere in the world; (c)
relating to any guaranty of any obligation
for borrowed money or otherwise.
True and correct copies of all documents described in this
section 4.11 have been delivered or made available to Fluoroware or the
Fluoroware Representatives or will be made available upon request and will be
signed by an officer of Empak for identification upon request of Fluoroware or
the Fluoroware Representative.
4.12 No Defaults. Each of the leases, contracts, agreements
and insurance policies described in section 4.11 is in full force and effect as
of the date hereof with no defaults existing thereunder. Empak is not in default
or breach under any of such leases, contracts, agreements and policies, and no
other party to any such leases, contracts, agreements and policies is in default
or breach thereunder (other than failure by one or more of such other parties to
make timely payment of accounts receivable arising thereunder).
-33-
<PAGE>
4.13 Intellectual Property Rights.
(a) Definitions.
(i) "Copyrights" shall mean rights in original works
of authorship including, without limitation, computer programs
as those terms are used in 17 U.S.C.ss.101 et seq. and rights
under corresponding foreign laws.
(ii) "Intellectual Property Rights" shall mean the
Copyrights, Patent Rights, Trademarks, Know-How and Trade
Secrets and all other similar rights, that are owned, licensed
or controlled by Empak and used in or held for use in
connection with the operations of its business.
(iii) "Know-How" shall mean (A) design documents, (B)
specifications and performance criteria, (C) operating
instructions and maintenance manuals, (D) computer software
tools and related documentation, including, without
limitation, source and object code copies therefor in
electronic or printed forms, (E) prototypes, models or
samples, (F) files relating to applications for Intellectual
Property Rights, and (G) all other tangible materials (not
necessarily proprietary) used in or held for use in connection
with the Intellectual Property Rights.
(iv) "Licensed Software" shall mean all software used
by Empak under license as part of Empak's business (or for
which Empak has a right to reproduce and distribute copies as
part of Empak's business).
(v) "Patent Rights" shall mean rights provided by a
United States or foreign patent, including reissues or
extensions thereof, and on applications for the foregoing,
including any divisions, continuations and
continuations-in-part thereof filed by Empak.
(vi) "Trade Secrets" shall mean all proprietary
information that is used in or held by Empak for use in
connection with the Empak Intellectual Property Rights and
that (A) derives independent economic value, actual or
potential, from not being generally known to, and not being
readily ascertainable by proper means by, third parties who
can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use and (B)
is the subject of efforts by Empak that have been reasonable
under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. Trade Secrets
may include, without limitation, source and object code,
software documentation, computer program designs, and
information regarding future business opportunities.
(vii) "Trademarks" shall mean trade names,
trademarks, service marks, trade dress and product
configurations that are used or, if any, are presently subject
to
-34-
<PAGE>
an intent to use application to register in the United States
Patent and Trademark Office by Empak in connection with the
operations of its business, and all (A) goodwill and common
law rights associated therewith, (B) registration applications
pending thereon in any state and in any country, and (C)
registrations issued thereon in any state and in any country.
(b) Certain Representations and Warranties Regarding
Intellectual Property.
(i) Empak owns or has the exclusive right to use the
Intellectual Property Rights and has the right to fully use
and exploit all the Trade Secrets and Know-How. Empak has
taken all reasonably necessary action to protect the
Intellectual Property Rights including, without limitation,
use of reasonable secrecy measures to protect the Trade
Secrets included in the Intellectual Property Rights. Empak
has not granted to any third party any license for or access
to the Intellectual Property Rights and has not previously
assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered the Intellectual
Property Rights.
(ii) The Intellectual Property Rights comprise all
intellectual property rights used by Empak in the conduct of
its business.
(iii) No claim by any third party contesting the
validity of the Intellectual Property Rights has been made, is
currently outstanding or is threatened, and Empak has not
received any notice of any facts suggesting any infringement,
misappropriation or violation by others of the Intellectual
Property Rights.
(iv) No infringement, illicit copying,
misappropriation or violation of any third party intellectual
property rights has or will occur with respect to Empak's use
of the Intellectual Property Rights as currently being used by
Empak or the continuing conduct of Empak's business as now
conducted.
(v) Empak has valid licenses to use the intellectual
property rights of third parties which are used in Empak's
business but are not owned by Empak. Except for the licenses
for licensed software which have been provided to Fluoroware
for review, there are no other agreements requiring Empak to
make payments or provide any consideration for, or restricting
Empak's right to use, any intellectual property rights of
third parties.
(vi) Empak has performed all material obligations
required to be performed by it, and is not in default under
material contract or arrangement relating to any Intellectual
Property Rights.
-35-
<PAGE>
4.14 Litigation. Empak is not a party to, or the subject of,
any litigation pending or threatened. Empak is not the subject of any
investigation by any governmental or quasi-governmental body or agency or legal,
administrative or arbitration proceeding, and there are no facts which might
result in or form the basis for any such investigation or proceeding. There is
no outstanding judgment, order, junction or decree affecting Empak or its
properties, assets or business or preventing the consummation of the Exchange.
4.15 Employees. To Empak's knowledge, no management or key
employee of Empak intends to terminate his/her employment with Empak. Empak has
complied with all laws relating to the employment of labor, including provisions
thereof relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective bargaining and
the payment of social security and other taxes. There is not pending or, to the
knowledge of Empak, threatened any labor dispute, strike or work stoppage
against Empak which may interfere with the continued operation of the business
activities of Empak. None of Empak or any representative or employee of Empak
has committed any unfair labor practices in connection with the operation of
Empak's business, and there is not pending or threatened any charge or complaint
against Empak by the National Labor Relations Board or any comparable state
agency. Empak is not or will not become, liable for any retroactive workers'
compensation insurance premiums or retroactive unemployment compensation
experience ratings or charges in connection with the operation of its business
relating to the period of time prior to the date of this agreement. No employee
of Empak is subject to any secrecy or noncompetition agreement or any other
agreement or restriction of any kind that would impede in any way the ability of
such employee to carry out fully all activities of such employee in furtherance
of the business of Empak. No employee or former employee of Empak has any claim
with respect to any intellectual property rights of Empak.
4.16 Employee Benefit Plans.
(a) Except for plans, contracts or arrangements which Empak
has provided to Fluoroware for review, with respect to all employees and former
employees of Empak and all dependents and beneficiaries of such employees and
former employees, (i) Empak does not maintain or contribute to any nonqualified
deferred compensation or retirement plans, contracts or arrangements; (ii) Empak
does not maintain or contribute to any qualified defined contribution plans (as
defined in Section 3(34) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended ("ERISA"), or Section 414(i) of the Code, (iii) Empak does not
maintain or contribute to any qualified defined benefit plans (as defined in
Section 3(35) of ERISA or Section 414(j) of the Code); and (iv) Empak does not
maintain or contribute to any employee welfare benefit plans (as defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA, other than plans that are excluded from the coverage of
ERISA by reason of the regulations promulgated thereunder).
(b) To the extent required (either as a matter of law or to
obtain the intended tax treatment and tax benefits), all employee benefit plans
(as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) Empak maintains or to which it contributes
(collectively, the "Empak Plans") comply in all respects with the
-36-
<PAGE>
requirements of ERISA and the Code. With respect to the Empak Plans, (i) all
required contributions which are due have been made and a proper accrual has
been made for all contributions due; (ii) there are no actions, suits or claims
pending, other than routine uncontested claims for benefits and actions relating
to qualified domestic relations orders; and (iii) there have been no prohibited
transactions (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code).
(c) Empak has delivered to the Fluoroware Representative true
and complete copies of (i) the most recent determination letter, if any,
received by Empak from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the Empak Plans
which Empak maintains or to which it contributes and any amendment to any Empak
Plan made subsequent to any Empak Plan amendments covered by any such
determination letter; (ii) the most recent financial statements and annual
report or return for the Empak Plans; and (iii) the most recently prepared
actuarial valuation reports, if any.
(d) Empak does not contribute (and has never contributed) to
any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA. Empak has no
actual or potential liabilities under Section 4201 of ERISA for any complete or
partial withdrawal from a multiemployer plan. Empak has no actual or potential
liability for death or medical benefits after separation from employment, other
than (i) death benefits under the employee benefit plans or programs (whether or
not subject to ERISA) provided to Fluoroware for review and (ii) health care
continuation benefits described in Section 4980B of the Code.
(e) Neither Empak nor any of its directors, officers,
employees or other "fiduciaries", as such term is defined in Section 3(21) of
ERISA, has committed any breach of fiduciary responsibility imposed by ERISA or
any other applicable law with respect to the Empak Plans which would subject the
Company, Empak, any Empak subsidiary, or any of their respective directors,
officers or employees to any liability under ERISA or any applicable law.
(f) Empak has not incurred any liability for any tax or civil
penalty or any disqualification of any employee benefit plan (as defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA) imposed by Sections 4980B and 4975 of the Code and Part 6
of Title I and Section 502(i) of ERISA.
4.17 Customers and Suppliers. As of the date of this
agreement, the relationships of Empak with its customers and suppliers are good
commercial working relationships. No customer or supplier has indicated that it
will stop or decrease the amount of business done with Empak, except for changes
in the ordinary course of Empak's business.
4.18 Compliance with Laws; Permits.
-37-
<PAGE>
(a) Empak is not currently being charged with any violations
of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 or the regulations promulgated
thereunder (collectively, the "ADA") or similar state laws or regulations, nor
has Empak been notified of any problems, which through the passage of time or
the future to take corrective action, could result in a violation of the ADA or
such state's laws or regulations. Empak has provided the Fluoroware
Representative with any written materials in its possession which assess or
relate to the status of Empak's real property or Empak's compliance with ADA and
such state's laws or regulations. Empak is not currently being charged with nor,
to its knowledge, is it operating its business in violation of any applicable
foreign, federal, state or municipal laws, regulations or ordinances including,
without limitation, the federal Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the federal
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, or the regulations promulgated
thereunder ("OSHA"), or any other applicable foreign, federal, state or
municipal statute, law, regulation or ordinance relating to occupational health
and safety, nor is Empak relying on any exemption from or deferral of any such
applicable statute, law or regulation that would not be available to it or the
Company after the Exchange.
(b) Empak has, in full force and effect, all licenses, permits
and certificates, from federal, state, local and foreign authorities (including,
without limitation, federal and state agencies regulating occupational health
and safety) used in and, individually or in the aggregate, material to the
business or financial condition of Empak or necessary to conduct its business
and own and operate its properties (collectively, the "Empak Permits"). Empak
has conducted its business in substantial compliance with all material terms and
conditions of the Empak Permits.
(c) Empak has not made or agreed to make gifts of money, other
property or similar benefits (other than incidental gifts of articles of nominal
value) to any actual or potential customer, supplier, governmental employee or
any other person in a position to assist or hinder Empak in connection with any
actual or proposed transaction.
4.19 Brokerage. No third party shall be entitled to receive
any brokerage commissions, finder's fees, fees for financial advisory services
or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of Empak or
any of the Empak Shareholders.
4.20 Inventory. All inventories reflected in the Empak Latest
Balance Sheets are stated at the lower of cost or market and, as so stated, are
in good condition and are currently usable or salable in the category in which
they are inventoried, in the ordinary course of business of Empak, without
discounts other than normal trade discounts regularly offered by Empak for
prompt payment or quantity purchase.
4.21 Accounts and Notes Receivable. To the extent they exceed
the reserves for doubtful accounts, the accounts and notes receivable of Empak
as set forth in the Empak Latest
-38-
<PAGE>
Balance Sheets. and all accounts receivable of Empak that have arisen since the
Latest Balance Sheet Date are valid and enforceable obligations due to Empak and
shall be collectible by Empak in the ordinary course of business. The goods and
services sold and delivered by Empak that give rise to such accounts and notes
receivable were sold and delivered in conformity with the applicable purchase
orders, agreements and specifications. Such accounts and notes receivable are
subject to no valid defense or offsets except routine customer complaints of an
immaterial nature.
4.22 Affiliate Transactions. Other than pursuant to this
agreement, no officer, director or employee of Empak or any member of the
immediate family of any such officer, director or employee, or any entity in
which any of such persons owns any beneficial interest (other than any
publicly-held corporation whose stock is traded on a national securities
exchange or in the over-the-counter market and less than one percent of the
stock of which is beneficially owned by any of such persons) (collectively
"insiders"), has any agreement with Empak (other than normal employment
arrangements) or any interest in any property, real, personal or mixed, tangible
or intangible, used in or pertaining to the business of Empak (other than
ownership of Empak Shares). None of the insiders has any direct or indirect
interest in any competitor, supplier or customer of Empak or in any person, firm
or entity from whom or to whom Empak leases any property, or in any other
person, firm or entity with whom Empak transacts business of any nature. For
purposes of this section 4.22, the members of the immediate family of an
officer, director or employee shall consist of the spouse, parents, children,
siblings, mothers- and fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, and brothers-
and sisters-in-law of such officer, director or employee.
4.23 Real Estate.
(a) Empak has good and marketable title in fee simple to all
real property and improvements which are owned by Empak and used in its business
(the "Empak Owned Real Property"), free and clear of all liens, mortgages,
encumbrances, covenants, charges, easements, restrictions, reservations, leases
and assessments of any nature whatsoever. All of the buildings, improvements and
structures located on the Empak Owned Real Property or located on the real
property subject to the leases to which Empak is a party (the "Empak Leased Real
Property") are in good operating condition and repair and suitable for the
purposes for which they are being used. Each has adequate rights of ingress and
egress for the operation of its business as it is currently being conducted by
Empak, and has access, sufficient for the conduct of Empak's business as now
conducted or as presently proposed to be conducted, to all utilities, including
electricity, sanitary and storm sewer, potable water, natural gas and other
utilities, used in the operation of the business of Empak at that location. No
such building, structure or improvement, or any appurtenance thereto or
equipment therein, or the operation or maintenance thereof, violates any
restrictive covenant or any provision of any federal, state or local law,
ordinance or zoning, fire, safety, pollution or health regulations, or
encroaches on any property owned by others. No condemnation proceeding is
pending or threatened with respect to the Empak Owned Real Property or the Empak
Leased Real Property. No change is pending or threatened in any provision of any
federal, state or local law, ordinance or
-39-
<PAGE>
zoning or other regulation which might materially interfere with the present or
proposed use of any building, improvement or structure located on the Empak
Owned Real Property or the Empak Leased Real Property.
(b) Empak has previously delivered to the Fluoroware
Representative a true and complete copy of each lease (including all amendments
and supplements thereto) for property leased or otherwise used by Empak in its
business. Each such lease is in full force and effect, and constitutes a legal,
valid, and binding obligation of Empak and each other party thereto, enforceable
by Empak against the lessor thereof in accordance with its terms. Neither Empak
nor any other party to any such lease is in default of or under any such lease.
The transaction contemplated by this agreement will not result in the default of
or under any such lease or require the consent of the lessor under any such
lease.
(c) The leases to which Empak is a party are in full force and
effect, and Empak holds a valid and existing leasehold interest under each of
such leases. Empak is not in default, and no circumstances exist which, if not
remedied, would, either with or without notice or the passage of time or both,
result in such default under any of such leases.
4.24 Conditions of Assets.
(a) Empak owns good and marketable title to each of the
tangible personal properties and tangible and intangible assets reflected on the
Empak Latest Balance Sheet, or acquired since the date thereof, free and clear
of all liens and encumbrances, except for (i) liens for taxes not yet due or
delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii)
liens identified in the Empak Disclosure Statement, (iii) assets disposed of
since the Empak Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business, (iv)
liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for
obligations not yet due or delinquent and (v) liens in respect of pledges or
deposits under workers' compensation laws.
(b) The buildings, equipment and other tangible assets used by
Empak in the conduct of its business are, in all material respects, in good
condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and are adequate and
suitable for the purposes for which they are currently being used.
4.25 Environmental Matters.
(a) As used in this section 4.25, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:
(i) "Clean-up" shall mean removal and/or remediation
of, or other response (including, without limitation, testing,
monitoring, sampling or investigating of any kind) to, any
Release of Hazardous Substances or Contamination, to the
-40-
<PAGE>
satisfaction of all applicable governmental agencies, in
compliance with Environmental Laws and in compliance with good
commercial practice.
(ii) "Contamination" shall mean the presence of, or
Release on, under, from or to the Empak Property of any
Hazardous Substance, except the routine storage and use of
Hazardous Substances from time to time in the ordinary course
of business, in compliance with Environmental Laws and in
compliance with good commercial practice.
(iii) "Environmental Documents" shall mean (A) any
and all documents received by Empak from the United States
Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and/or any state,
county or municipal environmental or health agency concerning
the environmental condition of the Empak Property or the
effect of Empak's business operations on the environmental
condition of the Empak Property; (B) any and all documents
submitted by Empak to the EPA and/or any state, county or
municipal environmental or health agency concerning the
environmental condition of the Empak Property or the effect of
Empak's business operations on the environmental condition of
the Empak Property; and (C) any and all reviews, audits,
reports, or other analyzes concerning Contamination.
(iv) "Environmental Law(s)" shall mean any and all
federal, state and local laws, statutes, codes, ordinances,
regulations, rules, policies, consent decrees, judicial
orders, administrative orders or other requirements relating
to the environment or to human health or safety associated
with the environment, all as amended or modified from time to
time. Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the
following statutes and all rules and regulations relating
thereto, all as amended or modified from time to time:
A. The Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), as amended
by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
of 1986 ("SARA") 42 U.S.C.ss.ss.9601-9675; the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976
("RCRA") 42 U.S.C.ss.6901-6991; the Clean Water Act
33 U.S.C.ss. 1321 et seq; the Clean Air Act 42
U.S.C.ss.ss.7401 et seq; the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide and Rodenticide Act ("FIFRA") 7
U.S.C.ss.136 et seq; the Toxic Substances Control Act
("TSCA") 15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 2601-2671; and
B. The Minnesota Environmental Response and
Liability Act ("MERLA") Minn. Stat. Ch. 115B; the
Minnesota Petroleum Tank Release Cleanup Act, Minn.
Stat. Ch. 115C; the Minnesota Agricultural Chemical
Liability, Incidents, and Enforcement Act, Minn.
Stat. Ch. 18D; and the
-41-
<PAGE>
Minnesota Agricultural Chemical Response and
Reimbursement Law, Minn. Stat. Ch. 18E.
(v) "Hazardous Substance(s)" shall mean (A) any
substance, the presence of which requires investigation or
remediation under any Environmental Law or under common law;
(B) any dangerous, toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable,
infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise
hazardous substance which is regulated by any Environmental
Law; (C) any substance, the presence of which causes or
threatens to cause a nuisance upon the Empak Property or to
adjacent properties or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to
the health or safety of persons on or about the Empak
Property; (D) any substance, the presence of which on
properties adjacent to the Empak Property could constitute a
trespass by Empak; and (E) urea-formaldehyde, polychlorinated
biphenyls, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials,
petroleum and petroleum products; provided, however, that
substances otherwise within the meaning of Hazardous
Substances and held for resale or used in the preparation of
pharmaceuticals shall not be considered Hazardous Substances.
(vi) "Empak Property" shall refer to any real
property currently owned by Empak, any real property currently
leased by Empak and any other real property that has been
previously owned or used by Empak in the operation of its
business.
(vii) "Regulatory Action(s)" shall mean any claim,
demand, action or proceeding brought or instigated by any
governmental authority in connection with any Environmental
Law (including without limitation civil, criminal and/or
administrative proceedings), whether or not seeking costs,
damages, penalties or expenses.
(viii) "Release" shall mean the spilling, leaking,
disposing, discharging, emitting, depositing, injecting,
leaching, escaping or any other release or threatened release,
however defined, and whether intentional or unintentional, of
any Hazardous Substance.
(ix) "Third Party Claim(s)" shall mean third party
claims, actions, demands or proceedings (other than Regulatory
Actions) based on negligence, trespass, strict liability,
nuisance, toxic tort or detriment to human health or welfare
due to any Release of Hazardous Substances or Contamination,
and whether or not seeking costs, damages, penalties or
expenses.
(b) No Third Party Claims and/or Regulatory Actions have been
asserted or assessed against Empak or the Empak Property and no Third Party
Claims and/or Regulatory Actions are pending or threatened against Empak or the
Empak Property, arising out of or due to, or allegedly arising out of or due to,
(i) the Release on, under or from the Empak Property of any Hazardous
-42-
<PAGE>
Substances; (ii) any Contamination of the Empak Property, including without
limitation, the presence of any Hazardous Substance which has come to be located
on or under the Empak Property from another location; (iii) any violation or
alleged violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Empak Property or
Empak's business operations on the Empak Property; (iv) any injury to human
health or safety or to the environment by reason of the past or present
condition of, or past or present activities on or under, the Empak Property; or
(v) the generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, handling, transportation or
other use, however defined, of any Hazardous Substance on the Empak Property.
(c) Empak's storage, transportation, handling, use or
disposal, if any, of Hazardous Substances on or under the Empak Property and/or
disposal elsewhere, if any, of Hazardous Substances generated on or from the
Empak Property is currently, and at all times has been, in compliance with all
applicable Environmental Laws.
(d) Empak has delivered to the Fluoroware Representative,
prior to the execution and delivery of this agreement, complete copies of any
and all Environmental Documents.
(e) Empak has not transported nor arranged for the
transportation of any Hazardous Substances to any location which is: (i) listed
on the EPA's National Priorities List of Hazardous Waste Sites (the "National
Priorities List"); (ii) listed for possible inclusion on the National Priorities
List, in CERCLIS or on any similar state list; or (iii) the subject of any
Regulatory Action which may lead to claims against Empak for damages to natural
resources, personal injury, Clean-up costs or Clean-up work, including, but not
limited to, claims under CERCLA.
(f) The Empak Property is not listed in the National
Priorities List or any other list, schedule, log, inventory or record, however
defined, maintained by any federal, state or local governmental agency with
respect to sites from which there is or has been a Release of any Hazardous
Substance or any Contamination.
(g) No part of the Empak Property was ever used, nor is it now
being used, (A) as a landfill, dump or other disposal, storage, transfer or
handling area for Hazardous Substances, excepting, however, for the routine
storage and use of Hazardous Substances from time to time in the ordinary course
of business, in compliance with Environmental Laws and in compliance with good
commercial practice; (B) for industrial, military or manufacturing purposes; or
(C) as a gasoline service station or a facility for selling, dispensing,
storing, transferring or handling petroleum and/or petroleum products.
(h) There are no underground or aboveground storage tanks
(whether or not currently in use), urea-formaldehyde materials, asbestos,
asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) or nuclear fuels
or wastes, located on or under the Empak Property, and no underground tank
previously located on the Empak Property has been removed therefrom.
-43-
<PAGE>
(i) There has not been, or is not now occurring, any Release
of any Hazardous Substance on, under or from the Empak Property. There has not
been, and is not now present, any Contamination of the Empak Property.
(j) The Empak Property and the use and operation thereof, are
currently and, at all times during Empak's ownership or operation thereof, have
been, and, to the best of Empak's knowledge after due inquiry, at all times
during the ownership and/or operation thereof by prior owners and/or users have
been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.
(k) There are no liens against the Empak Property arising
under any Environmental Law, or based upon a Regulatory Action and/or Third
Party Claim.
(l) There are no wells (as said term is defined in Minn.
Stat.ss. 103I.005, Subd. 21) on the Empak Property.
(m) All chemical substances contained in Empak's
commercially-sold product lines were included on the initial inventory list
promulgated under the United States Toxic Substances Control Act or were the
subject of a premanufacturing notice filed with the EPA under such act. Empak's
material safety data sheets for its assets accurately and properly reflect any
hazardous ingredients in any products manufactured or sold by Empak in the
conduct of its business.
4.26 Year 2000 Compliance. All software used by Empak in the
operation of its business (the "Software") is Year 2000 Compliant, including
date century recognition, calculations which accommodate same century and
multi-century formulas and date values that reflect the century. As used herein,
"Year 2000 Compliant" shall mean the ability of the Software to (i) consistently
handle date information before, during and after January 1, 2000, including but
not limited to accepting date input, providing date output, and performing
calculations on dates or portions of dates; (ii) function accurately in
accordance with all documentation without interruption before, during and after
January 1, 2000, without any change of operations associated with the advent of
the new century; (iii) respond to two-digit date input in a way that resolves
any ambiguity as to century in a disclosed, defined and predetermined manner;
and (iv) store and provide output of date information in ways that are
unambiguous as to century.
4.27 Warranties.
(a) Empak has provided Fluoroware with an accurate listing of
a claims or threatened claims for breach of any warranty relating to any
products sold by Empak prior to the date hereof. The reserves for warranty
claims on the Empak Latest Balance Sheet are consistent with Empak's prior
practices and are fully adequate to cover all warranty claims made or to be made
against any products of Empak sold prior to the date thereof.
-44-
<PAGE>
(b) The goods and services sold by Empak (i) conform in all
respects with the specification, documentation, performance standard,
representation or statement (if any) made or provided with respect thereto by or
with authorization of Empak and (ii) there has not been any material claim by
any customer or other person alleging that any such goods and services does not
conform in all respects with any specification, documentation, performance,
standard, representation or statement made or provided by or on behalf of Empak,
and, to the knowledge of Fluoroware, there is no basis for any such claim.
(c) Other than its obligations to perform under the contracts
to which it is a party , Empak has not incurred or become subject to any
material liability arising from (i) any product, system, program, other asset
designed, developed, manufactured, assembled, sold, supplied, installed,
repaired, licensed or made available by Empak, or (ii) any consulting services,
installation services, programming services, repair services, maintenance
services, training services, support services or other services performed by
Empak.
4.28 Disclosure. Neither this agreement nor any of the
exhibits, schedules or any of the documents delivered by or on behalf of Empak
pursuant to this agreement nor the Empak Disclosure Schedule nor any of the
financial statements referred to in section 4.6, taken as a whole, contains any
untrue statement of a material fact regarding Empak or its business or any of
the other matters dealt with in this article IV relating to Empak or the
transactions contemplated by this agreement. This agreement, the exhibits or
schedules hereto, the documents delivered to Fluoroware by or on behalf of Empak
pursuant to this agreement, the Disclosure Schedule and the financial statements
referred to in section 4.6, taken as a whole, do not omit any material fact
necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the
circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, and there is no fact
which has not been disclosed to the Fluoroware Representative of which Empak is
aware which materially affects adversely or could reasonably be anticipated to
materially affect adversely the assets, financial condition, operating results,
customer, employee or supplier relations, business condition or prospects of
Empak or the Company.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
As a material inducement to the Fluoroware Shareholders and the Empak
Shareholders to enter into the Shareholder Agreements and to complete the
Exchange on the terms set forth in this agreement and with the understanding
that the Shareholders will be relying thereon in consummating the Exchange and
the other transactions contemplated by this agreement, the Company hereby
represents and warrants to each of the Shareholders as follows:
5.1 Incorporation and Corporate Power. The Company is a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the state of Minnesota, with the
-45-
<PAGE>
requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this agreement and perform
its obligations hereunder.
5.2 Execution, Delivery; Valid and Binding Agreement. The
execution, delivery and performance of this agreement, by the Company, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly
authorized by all requisite corporate action, and no other corporate proceedings
on its part are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery or performance of
this agreement This agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
Company and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company,
enforceable in accordance with its terms.
5.3 Validity of the Company Shares. The Company Shares to be
issued pursuant to this agreement will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable and subject to no preemptive rights.
5.4 No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this
agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
contemplated hereby do not conflict with or result in any breach of any of the
provisions of, constitute a default under, result in a violation of, result in
the creation of a right of termination or acceleration of any lien, security
interest, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company, or require any
authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any
court or other governmental body, under the provisions of the articles or
certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any indenture,
mortgage, lease, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument by which the
Company is bound or affected, or any law, statute, rule or regulation or order,
judgment or decree to which the Company is subject.
5.5 Governmental Authorities; Consents. The Company is not
required to submit any notice, report or other filing with any governmental
authority in connection with the execution or delivery by it of this agreement
or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. No consent,
approval or authorization of any governmental or regulatory authority or any
other party or person is required to be obtained by the Company in connection
with its execution, delivery and performance of this agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.
5.6 Brokerage. No third party shall be entitled to receive any
brokerage commissions, finder's fees, fees for financial advisory services or
similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the
Company.
-46-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS OF EMPAK AND FLUOROWARE
6.1 Conduct of the Business. Each of Fluoroware and Empak (the
"Constituent Corporations" or each singly a "Constituent Corporation") shall
observe each term set forth in this section 6.1 and agrees that, from the date
hereof until the Closing Date, unless otherwise consented to by the other
Constituent Corporation in writing:
(a) The business of such Constituent Corporation shall be
conducted only in, and such Constituent Corporation shall not take any action
except in, the ordinary course of such Constituent Corporation's business, on an
arm's-length basis and in accordance in all material respects with all
applicable laws, rules and regulations and such Constituent Corporation's past
custom and practice;
(b) Such Constituent Corporation shall not, directly or
indirectly, do or permit to occur any of the following: (i) issue or sell any
additional shares of, or any options, warrants, conversion privileges or rights
of any kind to acquire any shares of, any of its capital stock, (ii) sell,
pledge, dispose of or encumber any of its assets, except in the ordinary course
of business; (iii) amend or propose to amend its certificate of incorporation or
bylaws; (iv) split, combine or reclassify any outstanding shares of its capital
stock, or declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution payable
in cash, stock, property or otherwise with respect to shares of its capital
stock; (v) redeem, purchase or acquire or offer to acquire any shares of such
Constituent Corporation's capital stock or other securities of such Constituent
Corporation; (vi) acquire (by merger, exchange, consolidation, acquisition of
stock or assets or otherwise) any corporation, partnership, joint venture or
other business organization or division or material assets thereof; (vii) incur
any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any debt securities except the
borrowing of working capital in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past practice; (viii) permit any accounts payable owed to trade creditors
to remain outstanding more than 60 days; (ix) accelerate, beyond the normal
collection cycle, collection of accounts receivable; or (x) enter into or
propose to enter into, or modify or propose to modify, any agreement,
arrangement or understanding with respect to any of the matters set forth in
this section 6.1(b);
(c) Such Constituent Corporation shall not, directly or
indirectly, enter into or modify any employment, severance or similar agreements
or arrangements with, or grant any bonuses, salary increases, severance or
termination pay to, any officers, directors, employees or consultants, or take
any action with respect to the grant of any bonuses, salary increases, severance
or termination pay or with respect to any increase of benefits payable in effect
on the date of this agreement;
(d) Such Constituent Corporation shall not adopt or amend any
bonus, profit sharing, compensation, stock option, pension, retirement, deferred
compensation, employment or other employee benefit plan, trust, fund or group
arrangement for the benefit or welfare of any employees or any bonus, profit
sharing, compensation, stock option, pension, retirement, deferred compensation,
employment or other employee benefit plan, agreement, trust, fund or
arrangements for the benefit or welfare of any director;
-47-
<PAGE>
(e) Such Constituent Corporation shall not cancel or terminate
its current insurance policies or cause any of the coverage thereunder to lapse,
unless simultaneously with such termination, cancellation or lapse, replacement
policies providing coverage equal to or greater than the coverage under the
canceled, terminated or lapsed policies for substantially similar premiums are
in full force and effect;
(f) Such Constituent Corporation shall (i) use its best
efforts to preserve intact such Constituent Corporation's business organization
and goodwill, keep available the services of such Constituent Corporation's
officers and employees as a group and maintain satisfactory relationships with
suppliers, distributors, customers and others having business relationships with
such Constituent Corporation; (ii) confer on a regular and frequent basis with
representatives of the other Constituent Corporation to report operational
matters and the general status of ongoing operations; (iii) not intentionally
take any action which would render, or which reasonably may be expected to
render, any representation or warranty made by it in this agreement untrue at
the Closing; (iv) notify the other Constituent Corporation of any emergency or
other change in the normal course of such Constituent Corporation's business or
in the operation of such Constituent Corporation's properties and of any
governmental or third party complaints, investigations or hearings (or
communications indicating that the same may be contemplated) if such emergency,
change, complaint, investigation or hearing would be material, individually or
in the aggregate, to the business, operations or financial condition of such
Constituent Corporation or to such Constituent Corporation's ability to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this agreement; and (v) promptly
notify the other Constituent Corporation in writing if such Constituent
Corporation shall discover that any representation or warranty made by its
shareholders in this agreement was when made, or has subsequently become, untrue
in any respect;
(g) Such Constituent Corporation shall (i) file any Tax
returns, elections or information statements with respect to any liabilities for
Taxes of such Constituent Corporation or other matters relating to Taxes of such
Constituent Corporation which pursuant to applicable law must be filed prior to
the Closing Date; (ii) promptly upon filing provide copies of any such Tax
returns, elections or information statements to the other Constituent
Corporation; (iii) make any such Tax elections or other discretionary positions
with respect to Taxes taken by or affecting such Constituent Corporation only
upon prior consultation with and consent of the other Constituent Corporation;
and (iv) not amend any Return; and
(h) Such Constituent Corporation shall not perform any act
referenced by (or omit to perform any act which omission is referenced by) the
terms of section 3.9 or section 4.9.
6.2 Access to Books and Records. Between the date of this
agreement and the Closing Date, each Constituent Corporation shall afford to the
other Constituent Corporation and the Fluoroware Representative or the Empak
Representatives (collectively, the "Representatives") full access at all
reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to the offices, properties, books,
records, officers, employees and other items of such Constituent Corporation,
and the work papers of its regular
-48-
<PAGE>
independent accountants, relating to work done by such accountants with respect
to such Constituent Corporation for each of the fiscal years ended in August,
1998 and 1997, and otherwise provide such assistance as is reasonably requested
by the Fluoroware Representative or the Empak Representatives, as the case may
be, in order that the other Constituent Corporation may have a full opportunity
to make such investigation and evaluation as it shall reasonably desire to make
of the business and affairs of such Constituent Corporation. In addition, such
Constituent Corporation and its officers and directors shall cooperate fully
(including providing introductions, where necessary) with the other Constituent
Corporation to enable the other Constituent Corporation to contact such third
parties, including customers, prospective customers, specifying agencies,
vendors, or suppliers of such Constituent Corporation as the other Constituent
Corporation deems reasonably necessary to complete its due diligence; provided
that, the other Constituent Corporation agrees not to initiate such contacts
without the prior approval of such Constituent Corporation, which approval will
not be unreasonably withheld. Any information obtained by the other Constituent
Corporation or its representatives in connection with such investigation,
evaluation and due diligence shall be maintained by the other Constituent
Corporation or its representatives on a confidential basis in accordance with
the confidentiality commitments set forth in the letter of intent, dated March
15, 1999, between the Constituent Corporations, and the separate confidentiality
agreement between the Constituent Corporations, dated September 25, 1998 and
October 12, 1998.
6.3 Hart-Scott-Rodino Filing. Fluoroware, Empak and any
Shareholder who is an "Ultimate Parent Entity" of either Fluoroware or Empak
shall cooperate with each other and cause to be filed with the Federal Trade
Commission (the "FTC") and the U.S. Department of Justice the premerger
notification filing required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Anti-Trust Improvements
Act of 1976 (the "Hart-Scott-Rodino Act"), and shall make available to each
other such financial and other information as may be needed to complete and file
the forms required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act. Each of Empak and Fluoroware
shall be responsible for the payment of one-half (1/2) of the filing date
payable to the FTC for the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act notification filing.
6.4 Other Regulatory Filings. Each Constituent Corporation
shall, as promptly as practicable after the execution of this agreement, make or
cause to be made all filings and submissions under any laws or regulations
applicable to such Constituent Corporation for the consummation of the
transactions contemplated herein. Each Constituent Corporation will coordinate
and cooperate with the other Constituent Corporation in exchanging such
information, will not make any such filing without providing to the other
Constituent Corporation a final copy thereof for its review and consent at least
two full business days in advance of the proposed filing and will provide such
reasonable assistance as the other Constituent Corporation may request in
connection with all of the foregoing.
6.5 Conditions. Each Constituent Corporation shall take all
commercially reasonable actions necessary or desirable to cause the conditions
set forth in sections 7.1 and 7.2 to be satisfied and to consummate the
transactions contemplated herein as soon as reasonably possible after the
satisfaction thereof (but in any event within three business days of such date).
-49-
<PAGE>
6.6 No Negotiations. Neither Constituent Corporation shall
enter into any negotiations or agreement, or make any undertaking or commitment,
(i) to merge or consolidate with, or acquire substantially all of the property
and assets of, any other corporation or person, (ii) to sell, lease or exchange
all or substantially all of their respective properties and assets to any
other corporation or person or (iii) otherwise to cause the ownership or control
of such Constituent Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to be transferred to
any party other than the other Constituent Corporation.
6.7 Tax and Accounting Treatment. Each Constituent Corporation
shall use all reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange to qualify for pooling-
of-interests accounting treatment and as an exchange of property pursuant to
Section 351 of the Code that would be tax-free to the Shareholders.
ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
7.1 Conditions to the Obligations of Fluoroware and the
Fluoroware Shareholders. The respective obligations of Fluoroware and each
Fluoroware Shareholder to consummate the Exchange and the other transactions
contemplated by this agreement are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the
Fluoroware Representative) of the following conditions on or before the Closing
Date:
(a) The representations and warranties of Empak set forth in
this agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of
the Closing Date as though then made and as though the Closing Date had been
substituted for the date of this agreement throughout such representations and
warranties (without taking into account any disclosures by Empak of discoveries,
events or occurrences arising on or after the date hereof), except that any such
representation or warranty made as of a specified date (other than the date
hereof) shall only need to have been true on and as of such date;
(b) Empak shall have performed in all material respects all of
the covenants and agreements required to be performed and complied with by it
under this agreement prior to the Closing Date;
(c) Empak shall have obtained, or caused to be obtained, each
consent and approval necessary in order that the transactions contemplated
herein not constitute a breach or violation of, or result in a right of
termination or acceleration of, or creation of any encumbrance on any of Empak's
assets pursuant to the provisions of, any agreement, arrangement or undertaking
of or affecting Empak or any license, franchise or permit of or affecting Empak;
(d) The waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act and
other FTC and U.S. Department of Justice rules and regulations shall have
lapsed;
-50-
<PAGE>
(e) All material governmental filings, authorizations and
approvals that are required for the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this agreement shall have been duly made and obtained;
(f) There shall not be threatened, instituted or pending any
action or proceeding, before any court or governmental authority or agency,
domestic or foreign, (i) challenging or seeking to make illegal, or to delay or
otherwise directly or indirectly restrain or prohibit, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or seeking to obtain material damages in
connection with such transactions, (ii) seeking to prohibit direct or indirect
ownership or operation by the Company of all or a material portion of the
business or assets of Empak or Fluoroware, (iii) seeking to invalidate or render
unenforceable any material provision of this agreement, or (iv) otherwise
relating to and materially adversely affecting the transactions contemplated
hereby;
(g) Neither Fluoroware nor the Fluoroware Representative shall
have discovered any fact or circumstance existing as of the date of this
agreement which has not been disclosed to the Fluoroware Representative as of
the date of this agreement regarding the business, assets, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of Empak which is,
individually or in the aggregate with other such facts and circumstances,
materially adverse to Empak or to the value of the Empak Shares;
(h) There shall have been no damage, destruction or loss of or
to any property or properties owned or used by Empak, whether or not covered by
insurance, which, in the aggregate, has, or would be reasonably likely to have,
a material adverse effect on Empak;
(i) The Fluoroware Shareholders shall have received from
Robert E. Boyle & Associates P.A., legal counsel for Empak, a written opinion,
dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Fluoroware Shareholders and
satisfactory to Fluoroware's legal counsel, in form and substance substantially
as set forth in exhibit B;
(j) The Company shall have received a letter from KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Fluoroware and Empak,
dated as of the Closing Date to the effect that based on information provided to
it by Fluoroware and Empak and its review of this agreement, no conditions exist
which would preclude the Company from accounting for the Exchange as a "pooling
of interest" (the "Pooling Letter");
(k) Shareholder Agreements shall have been executed by each of
the Empak Shareholders, and such Shareholder Agreements, together with
certificates evidencing the Empak Shares owned by such Empak Shareholders, shall
have been delivered to the Company;
(l) HSBC Bank USA, the independent fiduciary of the
Fluoroware, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (the "ESOP) shall have
(i) received an opinion from its independent
-51-
<PAGE>
financial advisor, Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin Financial Advisors, Inc., to
the effect that (A) the value of the Company Shares received by the ESOP in
exchange for the Fluoroware Shares held by the ESOP is no less than fair market
value, and (B) the terms of the transactions are fair to the ESOP from a
financial point of view; and (ii) determined that entering into the Shareholder
Agreement and consummating the transactions contemplated by this agreement are
prudent and in the best interests of the ESOP participants and beneficiaries.
(m) Prior to the Closing Date, Empak shall have delivered to
the Company and the Fluoroware Representative each of the following:
(i) a certificate of the President of Empak, dated as of the
Closing Date, stating that the conditions precedent set forth in
subsection (a) or (b) above have been satisfied;
(ii) copies of the third party and governmental consents and
approvals and of the authorizations referred to in subsection (c), (d)
or (e) above;
(iii) Empak's minute books, stock transfer records, corporate
seal and other materials related to Empak's corporate administration;
(iv) a copy of the certificate of incorporation of Empak,
certified by the Secretary of State of the state of Minnesota and the
other states Empak is required to be qualified to do business in,
evidencing the good standing of Empak in such jurisdictions;
(v) a certificate (dated as of the Closing Date) executed on
behalf of Empak by its Corporate Secretary certifying to the Company
and the Fluoroware Shareholders setting forth a copy of each of (A) the
text of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Empak
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement
and the consummation of all of the transactions contemplated by this
agreement, and (B) bylaws of Empak; and further certifying that such
copies are true, correct and complete copies of such resolutions and
bylaws, respectively, and that such resolutions and bylaws were duly
adopted and have not been amended or rescinded;
(vi) such other certificates, documents and instruments as the
Fluoroware Representative reasonably request related to the
transactions contemplated hereby.
7.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Empak and the Empak
Shareholders. The respective obligations of Empak and each Empak Shareholder to
consummate the Exchange and the other transactions contemplated by this
agreement are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Empak
Representatives) of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:
-52-
<PAGE>
(a) The representations and warranties of Fluoroware set forth
in this agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as
of the Closing Date as though then made and as though the Closing Date had been
substituted for the date of this agreement throughout such representations and
warranties (without taking into account any disclosures by Fluoroware of
discoveries, events or occurrences arising on or after the date hereof), except
that any such representation or warranty made as of a specified date (other than
the date hereof) shall only need to have been true on and as of such date;
(b) Fluoroware shall have performed in all material respects
all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed and complied with
by it under this agreement prior to the Closing Date;
(c) Fluoroware shall have obtained, or caused to be obtained,
each consent and approval necessary in order that the transactions contemplated
herein not constitute a breach or violation of, or result in a right of
termination or acceleration of, or creation of any encumbrance on any of
Fluoroware's assets pursuant to the provisions of, any agreement, arrangement or
undertaking of or affecting Fluoroware or any license, franchise or permit of or
affecting Fluoroware;
(d) The waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act and
other FTC and U.S. Department of Justice rules and regulations shall have
lapsed;
(e) All material governmental filings, authorizations and
approvals that are required for the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this agreement shall have been duly made and obtained;
(f) There shall not be threatened, instituted or pending any
action or proceeding, before any court or governmental authority or agency,
domestic or foreign, (i) challenging or seeking to make illegal, or to delay or
otherwise directly or indirectly restrain or prohibit, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or seeking to obtain material damages in
connection with such transactions, (ii) seeking to prohibit direct or indirect
ownership or operation by the Company of all or a material portion of the
business or assets of Fluoroware or Empak, (iii) seeking to invalidate or render
unenforceable any material provision of this agreement, or (iv) otherwise
relating to and materially adversely affecting the transactions contemplated
hereby;
(g) Neither Empak nor the Empak Representatives shall have
discovered any fact or circumstance existing as of the date of this agreement
which has not been disclosed to the Empak Representatives as of the date of this
agreement regarding the business, assets, properties, condition (financial or
otherwise), results of operations or prospects of Fluoroware which is,
individually or in the aggregate with other such facts and circumstances,
materially adverse to Fluoroware or to the value of the Fluoroware Shares;
-53-
<PAGE>
(h) There shall have been no damage, destruction or loss of or
to any property or properties owned or used by Fluoroware, whether or not
covered by insurance, which, in the aggregate, has, or would be reasonably
likely to have, a material adverse effect on Fluoroware;
(i) The Empak Shareholders shall have received from Dunkly,
Bennett & Christensen P.A., legal counsel for Fluoroware, a written opinion,
dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Empak Shareholders and satisfactory to
Empak's legal counsel, in form and substance substantially as set forth in
exhibit C;
(j) The Company shall have received the Pooling Letter;
(k) Shareholder Agreements shall have been executed by each of
the Fluoroware Shareholders, and such Shareholder Agreements, together with
certificates evidencing the Fluoroware shares owned by such Fluoroware
Shareholders, shall have been delivered to the Company; and
(l) Prior to the Closing Date, Fluoroware shall have delivered
to the Company all of the following:
(i) a certificate of the President of Fluoroware, dated as of
the Closing Date, stating that the conditions precedent set forth in
subsection (a) or (b) above have been satisfied;
(ii) copies of the third party and governmental consents and
approvals and of the authorizations referred to in subsections (c), (d)
or (e) above;
(iii) Fluoroware's minute books, stock transfer records,
corporate seal and other materials related to Fluoroware's corporate
administration;
(iv) a copy of the certificate of incorporation of Fluoroware,
certified by the Secretary of State of the state of Minnesota and the
other states Fluoroware is required to be qualified to do business in,
evidencing the good standing of Fluoroware in such jurisdictions;
(v) a certificate (dated as of the Closing Date) executed on
behalf of Fluoroware by its Corporate Secretary certifying to the
Company and the Empak Shareholders setting forth a copy of each of (A)
the text of the resolutions adopted by the board of directors of
Fluoroware authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this
agreement and the consummation of all of the transactions contemplated
by this agreement, and (B) the bylaws of Fluoroware; and further
certifying that such copies are true, correct and complete copies of
such resolutions and bylaws, respectively, and that such resolutions
and bylaws were duly adopted and have not been amended or rescinded;
-54-
<PAGE>
(vi) such other certificates, documents and instruments as the
Empak Representative reasonably requests related to the transactions
contemplated hereby.
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION
8.1 Termination. This agreement may be terminated at any time
prior to the Closing Date:
(a) by the mutual consent of Fluoroware and Empak;
(b) by either Fluoroware, on the one hand, or Empak, on the
other, if there has been a material misrepresentation, breach of warranty or
breach of covenant on the part of the other in the representations, warranties
and covenants set forth in this agreement;
(c) by either Fluoroware or the Fluoroware Representative, on
the one hand, or Empak or the Empak Representatives, on the other, if the
transactions contemplated by this agreement have not been consummated by June
30, 1999; provided that, neither will be entitled to terminate this agreement
pursuant to this section 8.1(c) if such party's willful breach of this agreement
has prevented the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
agreement; or
(d) by Fluoroware or the Fluoroware Representative if, after
the date hereof, there shall have been a material adverse change in the
financial condition or business of Empak or if an event shall have occurred
which, so far as reasonably can be foreseen, would result in any such change,
except to the extent such change is directly caused by Fluoroware or the
Fluoroware Shareholders; or
(e) by Empak or the Empak Representatives if, after the date
hereof, there shall have been a material adverse change in the financial
condition or business of Fluoroware or if an event shall have occurred which, so
far as reasonably can be foreseen, would result in any such change, except to
the extent such change is directly caused by Empak or the Empak Shareholders.
8.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this
agreement by either Fluoroware or the Fluoroware Representative, on the one
hand, or Empak or the Empak Representatives, on the other, as provided in
section 8.1, all provisions of this agreement shall terminate and there shall be
no liability on the part of any of the parties to this agreement, except further
that parties shall remain liable for willful breaches of this agreement prior to
the time of such termination.
-55-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
SURVIVAL; OFFSET RIGHTS
9.1 Survival. Notwithstanding any investigation made by or on
behalf of any of the parties to this agreement or any of the Shareholder
Representatives or the results of any such investigation and notwithstanding the
participation of such party in the Closing, the representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements of Empak and Fluoroware in this agreement shall survive
the Closing Date for a period of one (1) year following the Closing Date. If a
notice of an indemnification claim is given in accordance with section 9.5
before the expiration of such one (1) year period, then (notwithstanding the
expiration of the one (1) year period) the representation, warranty, covenant or
agreement applicable to such claim shall survive until, but only for purposes
of, the resolution of such claim.
9.2 Indemnification Commitments.
(a) Subject to the limitations of sections 9.3(a), 9.3(b) and
9.3(d), the Company shall have the right to full and complete indemnification
against, and to be held harmless from, any loss, liability, deficiency, damage,
expense or cost (including reasonable legal expenses) which the Company may
suffer, sustain or become subject to, as a result of (i) any misrepresentation
in any of the representations and warranties of Fluoroware contained in this
agreement or of any of the Fluoroware Shareholders contained in the Fluoroware
Shareholder Agreements, (ii) any breach of, or failure to perform, any agreement
of Fluoroware contained in this agreement or any of the Fluoroware Shareholders
contained in the Fluoroware Shareholder Agreements, or (iii) any third party
claims asserted or threatened against the Company which arise out of the actions
or inactions of Fluoroware or any of the Fluoroware Shareholders prior to the
Closing (collectively, "Fluoroware Recoverable Losses").
(b) Subject to the limitations of sections 9.3(a), 9.3(c) and
9.3(d), the Company shall have the right to full and complete indemnification
against, and to be held harmless from, any loss, liability, deficiency, damage,
expense or cost (including reasonable legal expenses) which the Company may
suffer, sustain or become subject to, as a result of (i) any misrepresentation
in any of the representations and warranties of Empak contained in this
agreement or of any of the Empak Shareholders contained in the Empak Shareholder
Agreements, (ii) any breach of, or failure to perform, any agreement of Empak or
the Empak Shareholders contained in this agreement or any of the Empak
Shareholders contained in the Empak Shareholder Agreements, or (iii) any third
party claims asserted or threatened against the Company which arise out of the
actions or inactions of Empak or any of the Empak Shareholders prior to the
Closing (collectively, "Empak Recoverable Losses"). Fluoroware Recoverable
Losses and Empak Recoverable Losses shall sometimes be collectively referred to
as "Company Losses."
9.3 Limitations on Indemnification Commitments.
(a) In the event that any claims for indemnification are made
by the Company or any of the Shareholder Representatives pursuant to this
article IX, such claims
-56-
<PAGE>
shall be satisfied solely from the Fluoroware Holdback Shares or the Empak
Holdback Shares, as the case may be, and neither Fluoroware, Empak nor any
Shareholder shall be personally liable for any indemnification commitments under
this agreement; provided, however, that such limitation on indemnification shall
not apply to indemnification claims that arise from the inaccuracy of any
representation of a Shareholder under a Shareholder Agreement.
(b) The Fluoroware Holdback Shares shall be subject to
reduction by the Company for any Fluoroware Recoverable Losses (i) only if the
Company or the Empak Representatives deliver to the Fluoroware Representative
written notice (a "Claim Notice") in the form contemplated by section 9.5
related to a claim or claims prior to the first (1st) anniversary of the Closing
Date and (ii) only if, and to the extent that, the aggregate amount of all
Fluoroware Recoverable Losses exceeds Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
($250,000) (the "Threshold"), in which case such losses shall only constitute
Fluoroware Recoverable Losses to the extent of the excess of the aggregate
amount of all such Fluoroware Recoverable Losses over the Threshold; provided,
however, that any Fluoroware Recoverable Losses (A) arising out of or
attributable to the inaccuracy of representations set forth in section 3.5 of
this agreement or any of the Fluoroware Shareholder Agreements or the failure by
Fluoroware or the Fluoroware Shareholders to comply with any of their covenants
under this agreement or the Fluoroware Shareholder Agreements, respectively, or
(C) which are based on fraudulent actions or statements of Fluoroware or any
Fluoroware Shareholder, shall not be subject to the limitations set forth in
this section 9.3(b).
(c) The Empak Holdback Shares, shall be subject to reduction
by the Company for any Empak Recoverable Losses (i) only if the Company or the
Fluoroware Representative deliver to the Empak Representatives a Claim Notice
related to claim or claims prior to the first (1st) anniversary of the Closing
Date and (ii) only if, and to the extent that, the aggregate amount of all Empak
Recoverable Losses exceeds the Threshold, in which case such losses shall only
constitute Empak Recoverable Losses to the extent of the excess of the aggregate
amount of all such Empak Indemnified Losses over the Threshold; provided,
however, that any Empak Recoverable Losses (A) arising out of or attributable to
the inaccuracy of representations set forth in section 4.5 of this agreement or
any of the Empak Shareholder Agreements or the failure by Empak or the Empak
Shareholders to comply with any of its covenants under this agreement or the
Empak Shareholder Agreements, respectively, or (C) which are based on fraudulent
actions or statements Empak or any Empak Shareholder, shall not be subject to
the limitations set forth in this section 9.3(c).
(d) If any claim for indemnification under this article IX is
determined to be valid pursuant to the procedures set forth in section 9.5, the
amount of the Fluoroware Recoverable Loss or the Empak Recoverable Loss, as the
case may be, shall be satisfied by reducing the number of Fluoroware Holdback
Shares or Empak Holdback Shares, respectively, which are to be issued by the
Company on the first anniversary of the Closing Date. The reduction in the
number of Fluoroware Holdback Shares (the "Fluoroware Reduction") shall be equal
to (i) the amount of the Fluoroware
-57-
<PAGE>
Recoverable Loss, divided by (ii) the Holdback Value. The reduction in the
number of Empak Holdback Shares (the "Empak Reduction") shall be equal to (i)
the amount of the Empak Recoverable Loss, divided by (ii) the Holdback Value.
For this purpose, such Holdback Value shall be deemed to be the per share value
of Company Shares immediately following the completion of the Exchange on the
Closing Date that is determined by the mutual agreement of the Shareholder
Representatives, and the Shareholder Representatives shall be authorized to
obtain, at the expense of the Company, such independent valuation assistance as
they, in their discretion, determine to be appropriate to determine the Holdback
Value.
(e) For purposes of section 2.1(b)(ii), the Fluoroware
Adjustment shall be equal to (i) the amount by which (A) 900,001, exceeds (B)
the Fluoroware Reduction, divided by (ii) 900,001. For purposes of section
2.2(b)(ii), the Empak Adjustment shall be equal to (i) the amount by which (A)
600,001, exceeds (B) the Empak Reduction, divided by (ii) 600,001.
9.4 Insurance Proceeds. Notwithstanding any provision in this
agreement to the contrary, no reduction in the amount of the Holdback Shares
shall be made, if and to the extent that the Company, Empak or Fluoroware has
actually received any insurance proceeds attributable to the Company Losses. If
and to the extent such insurance proceeds are received by the Company, Empak or
Fluoroware after the Company has reduced the number of Holdback Shares pursuant
to this article IX, the Company shall reissue that number of additional Company
Shares to the appropriate Shareholders as shall be equal to the amount of such
insurance proceeds, divided by the Holdback Value, determined pursuant to
section 9.3(d). The Company covenants and agrees to pursue diligently all claims
for insurance proceeds under any applicable policy maintained by Empak,
Fluoroware or the Company. The parties agree to use reasonable efforts to
cooperate in ascertaining and establishing coverage and pursuing and collecting
any claims under applicable insurance polices related to insured Company Losses.
9.5 Claims Procedure.
(a) Initiation of Claim Procedure. In the event the Company or
any Fluoroware Representative or any Empak Representative (the "Claimant")
proposes to make any claim for indemnification under this article IX, it shall
deliver a written notice signed by Claimant (the "Claim Notice") to other
Shareholder Representatives (with a duplicate copy thereof being delivered
concurrently to the Company, if appropriate) prior to the first anniversary of
the Closing Date. The Claim Notice shall specify in reasonable detail each
individual item of damage, loss, expense or other claim included in the amount
so stated, the date such item was paid or properly accrued, the basis for any
anticipated liability and the nature of the misrepresentation, breach of
warranty, agreement or claim to which each such item is related. Respondent
shall have forty-five (45) days after receipt of any Claim Notice in which to
object in writing to the claim or claims made by Claimant in the Claim Notice,
which written objection (the "Objection Notice") shall state, in reasonable
detail, the basis for Respondent's objection.
-58-
<PAGE>
(b) Negotiated Settlement of Claims. In the event that
Respondent does deliver an Objection Notice with respect to any claim or claims
made in any Claim Notice, the Empak Representatives and the Fluoroware
Representative shall, within the forty-five (45) day period beginning as of the
date of the receipt by Claimant of the Objection Notice, attempt in good faith
to agree upon the proper resolutions of each of such claims. If the parties
should so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and
signed by both parties and shall be furnished to the Company. The Company shall
be entitled to rely on any such memorandum to make distributions of the Holdback
Shares in accordance with the terms of such memorandum and section 2.1(b)(ii) or
section 2.2(b)(ii) of this agreement.
(c) Arbitration. If no agreement can be reached after good
faith negotiation within the forty-five (45) day period specified in section
9.5(b) or such extended period as the Shareholder Representatives shall mutually
agree upon in writing, the matter shall be submitted to binding arbitration in
accordance with the rules and procedures of the American Arbitration
Association. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Shareholder Representatives, any
such arbitration shall be held in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The decision of the
arbitrator as to the validity and amount of any claim shall be conclusive and
binding upon the Company, the Shareholder Representatives and the Shareholders.
The Company shall be entitled to act in accordance with such decision and make
distributions of the Holdback Shares in accordance therewith and with section
2.1(b)(ii) or section 2.2(b)(ii). Any arbitrator's decision may be used as a
basis for entry of judgment in any jurisdiction. Each party shall pay their own
costs and expenses incurred in connection with such arbitration proceedings and
each party shall pay fifty percent (50%) of the fees of the arbitrator and the
American Arbitration Association; provided, however, that if either party is
successful in such arbitration proceeding in an amount equal to eighty percent
(80%) or more of the amount in dispute (e.g. the Empak Representatives are
successful if awarded eighty percent (80%) or more of their claims, and the
Fluoroware Representative is successful if the Empak Representatives are awarded
less than twenty percent (20%) of their claims), the other party shall be
responsible for paying all of the costs of the proceeding, including the costs
and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees, arbitration fees and costs)
of the prevailing party.
(d) Final Payment. Upon the later of (i) the first anniversary
of the Closing Date, or (ii) expiration of the forty-five (45) day period after
the delivery of a memorandum of agreement, in cases covered by section 9.5(b) of
this agreement, or the receipt of a decision of the arbitrator, in cases covered
in section 9.5(c) of this agreement, the Company shall, as promptly as
practicable, issue to the Shareholders the number of Holdback Shares determined
to be issuable to each of them pursuant to section 2.1(b)(ii) or section
2.2(b)(ii), as applicable.
-59-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 Press Releases and Announcements. Prior to the Closing
Date, no party hereto shall issue any press release (or make any other public
announcement) related to this agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby
or make any announcement to the employees, customers or suppliers of Empak or
Fluoroware without prior written approval of the other parties, except as may be
necessary, in the opinion of counsel to the party seeking to make disclosure, to
comply with the requirements of this agreement or applicable law. If any such
press release or public announcement is so required, the party making such
disclosure shall consult with the other party prior to making such disclosure,
and the parties shall use all reasonable efforts, acting in good faith, to agree
upon a text for such disclosure which is satisfactory to both parties.
10.2 Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided for
herein, Fluoroware and the Fluoroware Shareholders, on the one hand, and Empak
and the Empak Shareholders, on the other hand, will be responsible for the
payment of all of their own expenses (including attorneys' and accountants'
fees) in connection with the negotiation of this agreement, the performance of
their respective obligations under this agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby (whether consummated or not); provided,
however, that legal fees and expenses of Dorsey & Whitney LLP, as special legal
counsel for the Exchange, shall be regarded as expenses of the transaction and
one-half (1/2) of such fees and expenses shall be paid by each of Fluoroware and
Empak, regardless of whether the transactions contemplated by this agreement are
consummated.
10.3 Amendment and Waiver. This agreement may not be amended
or waived except in a writing executed by the party against which such amendment
or waiver is sought to be enforced; provided, however, that (a) the Fluoroware
Representative shall be authorized to amend or waive provisions of this
agreement on behalf of the Fluoroware Shareholders so long as such amendment
does not modify the number of Company Shares to be received by the Fluoroware
Shareholders pursuant to the Exchange, and the Empak Representative shall be
authorized to amend or waive provisions of this agreement on behalf of the Empak
Shareholders so long as such amendment does not modify the number of Company
Shares to be received by the Empak Shareholders pursuant to the Exchange. No
course of dealing between or among any persons having any interest in this
agreement will be deemed effective to modify or amend any part of this agreement
or any rights or obligations of any person under or by reason of this agreement.
10.4 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to
be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this agreement
will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally
delivered or three days after being mailed, if mailed by first class mail,
return receipt requested, or when receipt is acknowledged, if sent by overnight
courier service, facsimile, telecopy or other electronic transmission device.
Notices, demands and communications to the Fluoroware Shareholders, Fluoroware,
the Empak Shareholders and Empak will, unless another address is specified in
writing, be sent to the address indicated below:
-60-
<PAGE>
Notices to Fluoroware or with a copy to:
Fluoroware Representative: Dunkley, Bennett & Christensen P.A.
3500 Lyman Boulevard 701 Fourth Avenue South, Suite 700
Chaska, MN 55318 Minneapolis, MN 55415
Attn: Stan Geyer Attention: Jay Bennett, Esq.
Telecopy: 612-488-2950 Telecopy: (612) 339-9545
Notices to Empak or the Empak with a copy to
Representatives: Robert E. Boyle & Associates, P.A.
950 Lake Drive 145 Paramount Plaza III
Chanhassen, MN 55317 7831 Glenroy Road
Attn: Delmer Jensen Bloomington, MN 55439
Telecopy: 612-949-1288 Attention: Robert E. Boyle, Esq.
Telecopy: (612) 837-0920
10.5 Assignment. This agreement and all of the provisions
hereof will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that neither this
agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be
assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other
parties hereto.
10.6 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this
agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this agreement is held to be prohibited
by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to
the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder
of such provision or the remaining provisions of this agreement.
10.7 Complete Agreement. This agreement, the schedules, and
other exhibits hereto, the Fluoroware Disclosure Schedule, the Empak Disclosure
Schedule and the other documents referred to herein contain the complete
agreement among the parties and supersede any prior understandings, agreements
or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have
related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
10.8 Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than
one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the
same instrument. This agreement shall not be binding until is executed by all of
the parties hereto.
10.9 Governing Law. The internal law, without regard for
conflicts of laws principles, of the State of Minnesota will govern all
questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this
agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed by this agreement.
-61-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties to this agreement has
executed this agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph.
FLUOROWARE, INC. EMPAK, INC.
By By
--------------------------------- --------------------------------
ENTEGRIS, INC.
By
---------------------------------
-62-
<PAGE>
Schedule A-1
Shareholder Fluoroware Shares
Fluoroware, Inc. Employee Stock
Ownership Plan Trust 10,040,562
Jay Bennett 80,380
Sarah Bennett 78,100
Andrew Bennett 16,100
Robert Bennett 16,100
Thomas Bennett 16,100
Robert Bennett 16,100
James E. Dauwalter 1,775,280
Judith Dauwalter 199,220
Michael Dauwalter 33,220
David Dauwalter 33,220
Kathryn Dauwaler 33,220
James Effertz 3,300
Stan Geyer 749,300
Beverly Geyer 145,880
Christian Geyer 20,100
Annie Geyer 20,100
John Goodman 67,840
James Hanson 17,967
Al Henningsgaard 56,560
Wayne Holtmeier 27,080
Richard LaBute 67,840
Roger McDaniel 5,880
Guy Milliren 130,440
Jacqueline Lee Milliren 4,460
David Niederkorn 70,640
Daniel Quernemoen 421,000
June Quernemoen 170,000
Richard G. Revord Trust 89,000
Dorothy E Revord Trust 89,000
Frank Sidell 58,880
T.Weldon Smith 70,640
Paul Turley 2,964
John Villas 67,840
Craig Wallestad Trust 322,220
Craig Wallestad Children Trust 83,780
Wallestad Foundation 5,900
Lowell Wolter 3,300
Jan W. Wright 398,420
Timothy Wright 46,120
Wayne Zitzloff 8,340
-63-
<PAGE>
Schedule A-2
Shareholder Empak Shares
Marubeni Corporation 396,215
Marubeni America
Corporation 264,144
WCB Holdings, LLC 5,890,303
-64-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.16
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into on this 6th day of July, 1995, by
and between Fluoroware, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of Minnesota, U.S.A., with its principal place of business at Chaska,
Minnesota (U.S.A.) (hereafter "Supplier") and Metron Semiconductors Europa B.V.,
a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The
Netherlands, with its principal place of business at Almere, The Netherlands
(hereafter "Distributor").
WHEREAS, Supplier designs, manufactures and sells products for use in the
semiconductor industry, which Products are more particularly described in
Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Products") , and wishes to expand its market for
the Products in the geographical areas set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto
(the "Territories");
WHEREAS, Distributor has served as Supplier's distributor under various
distribution agreements dating back to 1975;
WHEREAS, Distributor wishes to assign this Agreement to those of its
subsidiaries and affiliates in the respective Territories as more particularly
described in Exhibit B;
WHEREAS, Supplier wishes to appoint Distributor and Distributor wishes to
accept such appointment, as the independent, exclusive distributor of the
Products in the Territories on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and
NOW, THEREFORE, Supplier and Distributor agree as follows:
1. Appointment of Distributor, Terms of Product Sales.
1.1 Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Supplier
hereby appoints Distributor, and Distributor hereby accepts such
appointment, as the exclusive, independent distributor of the Products
in the Territories. Supplier may, however, sell Products to third
parties for use in the Territories on a representative basis, provided
that Supplier shall pay Distributor a commission with respect to such
sales equal to ten percent (10%) of the applicable sales list price of
the Products. In certain representative sales of Products, Supplier
may allocate the commission between Distributor and a third party,
such allocation determined by Supplier on an equitable basis and based
on services performed by Distributor with respect to such Products,
consistent with past practice between Supplier and Distributor.
Moreover, Supplier shall not be prohibited from establishing technical
or support offices or organizations in the Territories, provided that
such offices or organizations may not engage in sales of the Products.
1.2 With the exception of Supplier's Critical Fluid Management products,
or such other products as agreed to by Supplier and Distributor,
Supplier shall sell the
<PAGE>
Products to Distributor at Supplier's current U.S. domestic sales list
prices, less Distributor's discount, as provided in Exhibit A.
Supplier's Critical Fluid Management products shall be sold through
Fluoroware GmbH to Distributor at Supplier's current GmbH sales list
price less Distributor's discount, as provided in Exhibit A. Supplier
may change its sales list prices upon sixty (60) days' advance written
notice to Distributor.
1.3 Distributor shall have the right of first refusal to act as
distributor in the Territories and under the terms of this Agreement
for any modified, revised, up-dated or replacement products sold by
Supplier and related to the Products. Supplier shall notify
Distributor immediately of any such products.
1.4 Sales to the Distributor will be invoiced on an open account basis.
Sales invoices will be due for payment sixty (60) days after shipment
of the Products. A late payment penalty may be applied to late
payments for Products accented by Distributor or Distributor's
customers, without prior written approval by Supplier. Such penalty
shall be equal to the lesser of the following interest rates in effect
on the date the payment was due: (i) two points plus the prime
interest rate as announced by Harris Trust and Savings Bank, and (ii)
three points plus the statutory default late payment interest rate
under the laws of the Netherlands applicable to distribution
agreements.
1.5 Supplier shall retain title to the Products and bear the risk of loss
until delivery to the carrier, F.O.B. Supplier's factory or
distribution center, at which time title shall pass and the risk of
loss shall be borne by Distributor (or Distributor's customers).
Provided, however, that beginning September 1, 1996, Supplier and
Distributor shall implement procedures to provide for Supplier to
retain title to the Products and bear the risk of loss until delivery
F.O.B. at Distributor's warehouse (or the place of acceptance by
Distributor's customer). In any event, Distributor (or Distributor's
customers) shall, directly or indirectly, bear the cost of any customs
duties, taxes, shipping and handling costs, and insurance with respect
to the shipment of the Products.
1.6 Notwithstanding the general rule provided in Section 1.5 above,
Supplier and Distributor may negotiate and arrange for certain sales
of Products pursuant to terms under which either: (i) Supplier shall
retain title to the Products and bear the risk of loss until delivery,
F.O.B. Distributor's warehouse (or the place of acceptance by
Distributor's customer) , or (ii) Supplier shall retain title to the
Products and bear the risk of loss until delivery to the carrier,
F.O.B. Supplier's factory or distribution center.
-2-
<PAGE>
2. Obligations and Covenants of Supplier.
2.1 Supplier will use its best efforts to comply with Distributor's
request for the means of shipping the Products as specified in
Distributor's orders and shall use its best efforts to notify
Distributor in the event that Supplier is unable to comply with such
request. Supplier shall not send partial shipments of Distributor's
orders unless Distributor agrees in advance.
2.2 Absent extraordinary circumstances and subject to written agreement by
Supplier and Distributor (such agreement which shall not be
unreasonably withheld), Supplier shall not sell the Products directly
to customers in the Territories and shall refer to Distributor in a
timely manner all orders and inquiries relating to the Products
originating from within or outside the Territories to the extent such
orders or inquiries relate to Products destined for use within the
Territories.
2.3 In negotiation or renegotiation of any agreement with any of its other
distributors, agents or employees subsequent to the date of this
Agreement, Supplier will insist upon a covenant that such other
distributor, agent or employee will not seek customers or establish a
branch or maintain any distribution outlet in the Territories.
2.4 Supplier will, from time to time, supply Distributor, at Supplier's
cost, with a reasonable quantity of promotional materials in the
English language, such as literature, catalogs and other advertising
materials relating to the Products. Such promotional materials shall
also be translated in the native language of the country to which the
Products are shipped if required by applicable law.
2.5 Supplier will provide Distributor with reasonable numbers of the
Products for Distributor to use as samples and demonstration models.
The supply of the Products under this provision shall be on a
consignment basis only.
2.6 Supplier will conduct technical seminars and provide training for
sales or services related to the Products for the benefit of
Distributor's employees. Each party shall be responsible for the
expenses (including the cost of transportation, meals and lodging)
incurred by its own employees attending such seminars or training.
2.7 Supplier will, from time to time, and at its own cost (including the
cost of salaries and lodging for Supplier's employees), participate in
international trade shows for promoting the Products in the
Territories pursuant to agreement by Supplier and Distributor.
2.8 Supplier will use its best efforts to assist Distributor to facilitate
any import processing by providing Distributor with all required
documents and information.
-3-
<PAGE>
2.9 Supplier agrees to comply with all applicable export control laws and
regulations relating to the Products. Supplier will also use its best
efforts to provide information necessary for Distributor to comply
with all applicable export control laws and regulations relating to
the Products.
2.10 Supplier's warranties with respect to the Products are set forth in
the Exhibits C-1, C-2, C-3 and C-4 which are attached hereto and
incorporated herein by reference. Such warranties may be amended,
supplemented or replaced by Supplier, provided that Supplier provides
Distributor with sixty (60) days' prior written notice of such
amended, supplemented or replacement warranties.
2.11 Without Distributor's prior written consent, Supplier will not use,
reproduce, disclose or otherwise make available to any person, other
than Supplier's employees or agents who have a need to know such
information, any and all information, written or oral, which is
disclosed by Distributor to Supplier, identified as confidential
information and not generally available to the public. The term
"confidential information" shall not include information provided by
Distributor to Supplier exclusively for the purpose of soliciting
potential and actual sales of the Products. In addition, the term
"confidential information" shall not include any information that is
or becomes known to the public through no fault of Supplier.
2.12 Supplier shall accept for credit any inventory of spares or equipment
which is obsolete, provided that Distributor shall review its
inventory on an annual basis for the purpose of determining
obsolescence, and Supplier may refuse any Products held by Distributor
for more than twelve (12) months. Supplier shall accept such obsolete
equipment or spares within six (6) months after written notice of
obsolescence by Distributor. Moreover, Supplier shall accept for
credit or refund any consumable Products that are in the original
packaging and in good, saleable condition as determined by Supplier.
Supplier's credit or refund shall be pursuant to agreement between
Supplier and Distributor. Distributor shall pay all costs of custom
duties, insurance, shipping and handling costs for returned Products.
2.13 During the term of any warranty made by Supplier with respect to any
Product sold by Distributor, Supplier shall maintain an adequate
inventory of spare parts for such Product.
2.14 Upon delivery of each Product by Supplier to Distributor, Supplier
shall supply Distributor or its customers with adequate documentation
for purposes of servicing and trouble-shooting such Product. Such
documentation shall comply with any applicable law. The cost of any
such manuals and documentation shall be included in the price of the
Product under Section 1.2 of this Agreement.
-4-
<PAGE>
3. Obligations and Covenants of Distributor.
3.1 Distributor will use its best efforts to market and sell the Products
in the Territories.
3.2 Except as otherwise required by law, Distributor will market and sell
the Products without removing or altering any labels, trade names,
trademarks, notices, labels, serial numbers or other identifying
marks, symbols or legends affixed to any of the Products or their
containers or packages.
3.3 Supplier shall not be liable under any warranties made by Distributor
with respect to any of the Products which exceed the warranties made
by Supplier. Supplier may modify any warranties upon reasonable notice
to Distributor, provided, however, that such amended warranties will
not apply to Products sold or Products which Distributor has entered
into a contract to sell but which have not yet delivered.
3.4 Without Supplier's prior written consent, Distributor shall not use,
produce or disclose or otherwise make available to any person, other
than Distributor's employees or agents who have a need to know such
information for the performance of its obligations hereunder, any and
all information written or oral, which is disclosed by Supplier to
Distributor, identified as confidential information and not generally
available to the public. The term "confidential information" shall not
include information provided by Supplier to Distributor exclusively
for the purpose of soliciting potential and actual sales of the
Products. In addition, the term "confidential information" shall not
include any information that is or becomes known to the public through
no fault of Distributor.
3.5 Distributor shall furnish to Supplier, upon Supplier's reasonable
requests from time to time, reports including, but not limited to,
actual and forecast sales, market conditions and competitive activity.
3.6 Distributor will, from time to time, and at its own cost (including
the cost of salaries and lodging for Distributor's employees),
participate in international trade shows for promoting the Products in
the Territories pursuant to agreement by Supplier and Distributor.
3.7 Distributor shall use its best efforts to install and service any
Products during any applicable warranty period. Distributor may
contract with other individuals or business entities to assist
Distributor in installing and servicing the Products, provided that
such individuals or business entities: (i) have adequate training to
install and service the Products, and (ii) agree in writing that they
will not compete with Supplier by selling any products or equipment in
the Territories
-5-
<PAGE>
during the term of this Agreement, to the extent that such products or
equipment are similar in function to any Products sold by Supplier.
4. Term and Termination.
4.1 Unless and until sooner terminated as provided for herein, this
Agreement shall continue for a term of three (3) years commencing on
July 1, 1995 and will be deemed automatically renewed thereafter for
one or more additional terms of two (2) years and on the same
conditions.
4.2 This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon providing the
other party with written notice of termination more than twelve (12)
months prior to expiration of the applicable term, i.e., more than
twelve (12) months prior to expiration of the initial three-year term
or more than twelve (12) months prior to expiration of an ensuing
two-year extension.
4.3 In the event of a breach of any material provision of this Agreement,
this Agreement may be terminated upon ninety (90) days' written notice
given by the nonbreaching party to the other party, which notice shall
specify the breach on which the termination is based, provided,
however, that in such event this Agreement shall continue in full
force and effect without regard to such notice if the other party
cures the breach specified in the notice within the said 90-day
period.
4.4 This Agreement will terminate immediately upon the occurrence of any
of the following events:
(a) All or any substantial part of the property of either party shall
be condemned, seized or otherwise appropriated, or the custody or
control of such property shall be assumed by any person or agency
acting or purporting to act under authority of any government (de
jure or de facto) or either party shall have been prevented from
exercising normal managerial control over all or any substantial
part of its property by any such person or agency; or
(b) Either party shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of
a receiver, trustee or liquidator for its business or of all or
any substantial part of its assets, or (ii) be unable, or admit
in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they mature, (iii)
make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) be
adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or (v) file a voluntary
petition in bankruptcy or a petition or an answer seeking
reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or seeking to
take advantage of any insolvency law, or file an answer admitting
the material allegations of a petition filed
-6-
<PAGE>
against either party in any bankruptcy, reorganization or
insolvency proceeding, or take corporate action for the purpose
of effecting any of the foregoing; or
(c) An order, judgment or decree shall be entered without the
application, approval or consent of the subject party by any
court of competent jurisdiction, approving a petition seeking
reorganization of the party or appointing a receiver, trustee or
liquidator of its business or of all or any substantial part of
its assets; or
(d) An order or notice shall be published by any government or
inter-government authority requiring the cessation of trading
activities with the subject party as a result of the violation of
export controls, safety or other regulatory laws.
4.5 Upon termination of this Agreement, Distributor shall no longer have
the right to serve as a distributor of the Products in the Territories
and shall not be entitled to any additional consideration as a result
of such termination. However, Distributor shall have the right to
continue selling in the Territories the Products which are in
Distributor's inventory at the time of termination of this Agreement;
such right, however, shall terminate six (6) months after termination
of this Agreement. Supplier shall accept all Products returned by
Distributor for full refund if Distributor so requests in writing
within twelve (12) months after termination of this Agreement, such
refund to be made at the prices for which the Products were originally
purchased by Distributor from Supplier, provided that the returned
Products are in good condition as approved by Supplier, such approval
by Supplier shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed.
4.6 Upon termination of this Agreement, Distributor shall cease to
represent itself as being a distributor of Supplier. Within sixty (60)
days after termination, Distributor will return to Supplier all
promotional materials for and samples and demonstration models of the
Products.
4.7 Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement upon notice as provided
in Section 4.2 of this Agreement, Supplier shall continue to provide
Products in conformity with and pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement during the remaining term of this Agreement. Further, in the
event of a termination notice, Distributor shall notify Supplier by
the termination date, of a list of all prospective customers
interested in the Products. If, within six (6) months after the
termination date, Supplier receives a purchase order from any of the
identified prospects, Supplier (i) shall promptly notify Distributor
of such purchase order and (ii) shall pay to Distributor a commission
equal to the Distributor's discount with respect to the Products under
such purchase order.
-7-
<PAGE>
4.8 Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, Distributor shall
continue to perform all warranty service during the term of any
applicable warranty period, whether such warranty expires before or
after the termination of this Agreement, with respect to any Products
sold by, on behalf of, or in cooperation with Distributor.
4.9 Upon the termination, expiration or non-renewal of this Agreement,
Supplier shall not be liable to Distributor for any compensation,
reimbursement or damages on account of the loss of prospective profits
from anticipated sales, or on account of any expenditures,
investments, losses or commitments in connection with the business or
goodwill of Supplier, Distributor, or otherwise, provided that
Supplier has not breached any material provision of this Agreement,
except as expressly provided in Section 4.7 of this Agreement.
5. Indemnification.
5.1 Distributor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Supplier harmless from
and against any and all damages, liabilities, fines or expenses
incurred by Supplier as a result of Distributor's breach of any
provision hereof.
5.2 Supplier hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Distributor harmless from
and against any and all damages, liabilities, fines or expenses
incurred by Distributor as a result of Suppliers breach of any
provision hereof.
5.3 Supplier agrees to defend and hold Distributor harmless from and
against any and all damages, liabilities, fines or expenses incurred
by Distributor in connection with any claim or lawsuit arising out of
the design, manufacture, use, Supplier's warranty, or any defect
("gebrek") of any of the Products, provided that Distributor has
complied with its obligations hereunder and has given prompt notice of
the claim or lawsuit to Supplier together with all information and
documents relating to such a claim or lawsuit. Distributor hereby
agrees to assist Supplier in defending such claim or lawsuit.
5.4 Supplier agrees to defend and hold Distributor harmless from and
against any and all damages, liabilities, fines or expenses incurred
by Distributor in connection with any claim or lawsuit arising out of
any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent or other
intellectual property rights of any person, firm or company in the
Territories, provided that Distributor has given prompt notice of the
claim or lawsuit to Supplier together with all information and
documents relating to such a claim or lawsuit. Distributor hereby
agrees to assist Supplier in defending such claim or lawsuit.
-8-
<PAGE>
5.5 The indemnification agreements as provided in this Section 5 shall
continue in full force and effect despite the expiration, recision, or
termination of this Agreement.
6. Relationship of the Parties.
6.1 The relationship between Supplier and Distributor is an independent
contractor relationship between a seller and buyer. Neither
Distributor, nor any employee of Distributor, shall be considered an
employee or agent of Supplier for any purpose. Unless otherwise
expressly authorized in writing by the other party hereto, neither
party shall have the right or authority to assume or create any
responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of or in the name of the
other party hereto, or to bind the other party in any manner
whatsoever, or to accept payment from any person on behalf of the
other party.
6.2 Supplier hereby grants a license to Distributor permitting Distributor
to use Supplier's trademarks and trade names only in connection with
the sale of Products. Distributor agrees to use Supplier's trademarks
and trade names in connection with the sale of any Products. This
license shall terminate upon the termination of this Agreement, at
which time Distributor shall cease to and shall not thereafter use,
and shall not permit any of its agents, employees or subsidiaries
thereafter to use, for any purpose whatsoever, any of Supplier's
trademarks or trade names other than for the purpose of selling
Products in Distributor's inventory as specifically provided in
Section 4.5 of this Agreement, or pursuant to any other written
agreement between the parties. Nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed to transfer to or confer upon Distributor any right, title or
interest in any trademark or trade name owned by or used by Supplier.
6.3 During the term of this Agreement and for a period of six (6) months
after termination of this Agreement, (i) Supplier shall not, without
Distributor's prior written consent, solicit employees of Distributor
or any of its subsidiaries for employment with Supplier or otherwise
interfere, with Distributor's relationship with its employees, and
(ii) Distributor shall not, without Supplier's prior written consent,
solicit employees of Supplier or any of its subsidiaries for
employment with Distributor or otherwise interfere with Supplier's
relationship with its employees. This Section shall not restrict or
prohibit (i) Supplier from hiring an employee of Distributor or any of
its subsidiaries, if such employee applies for employment with
Supplier by responding to an announcement of an available employment
position, and (ii) Distributor from hiring an employee of Supplier or
any of its subsidiaries, if such employee applies for employment with
Distributor by responding to an announcement of an available
employment position.
-9-
<PAGE>
7. Assignment.
7.1 Neither this Agreement nor any right, title, interest or obligation
hereunder may be assigned or otherwise transferred by either party or
their assignees, transferees or successors in interest without the
prior written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of such assignees, transferees and other successors in
interest of the parties in the event of an assignment or other
transfer made consistent with the provisions of this Agreement.
7.2 By its signature to the Agreement, Supplier consents to the assignment
of this Agreement to Distributor's affiliated companies in the
respective geographical areas set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.
8. Force Majeure.
Neither party shall be liable for any breach of this Agreement occasioned
by an act of God, labor disputes, unavailability of transportation, goods
or services, governmental restrictions or actions, change in the law, war
(declared or undeclared) or other hostilities, or by any other event, the
condition or cause of which is beyond the control of such party. In the
event of nonperformance or delay attributable to any such causes, the
period for performance of the applicable obligation hereunder will be
extended for a period equal to the period of delay. However, the party so
delayed shall use its best efforts, without obligation to expend
substantial amounts not otherwise required under this Agreement, to
circumvent or overcome the cause of the delay. In the event that any such
delay exceeds sixty (60) days, either party may at its option terminate
this Agreement effective immediately by giving written notice thereof to
the other party.
9. Notices.
Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be deemed to have been
effectively given only when delivered personally to an officer of the
applicable party, or when first sent by telefax and confirmed by registered
mail, addressed to the ,applicable party at its address set forth below, or
at such other address as such party my hereafter designate as the
appropriate address for the receipt of such notice:
To Supplier at: Fluoroware, Inc.
Attention: Stan Geyer
102 Jonathan Boulevard North
Chaska, Minnesota 55318 U.S.A.
-10-
<PAGE>
To Distributor at: Metron Semiconductors Europa B.V.
c/o Metron Technology Corporation,
Attention: Edward Segal
770 Lucerne Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94086-3844
U.S.A.
with a copy to: Metron Semiconductors Europa B.V.
Attention: Udo Jaensch
Saturnstra e 48
D-85609 Aschheim
Germany
10. Waiver.
No waiver by either party of strict compliance with all terms and
conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent
failure of the other party to comply strictly with each and every term and
condition hereof.
11. Complete Agreement.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties
relating to the subject matter contained herein and it supersedes and
terminates any and all prior agreements between them, including the
Distribution Agreement between Supplier and Distributor dated September 1,
1988, and the Conditions of Sales Representative Term Agreement between
Supplier and Metron Semiconductors (Hong Kong) Ltd., dated June 4, 1985, as
amended on October 22, 1985, June 4, 1986, and June 19, 1986. If any
provision, or application hereof, of this Agreement is held unlawful or
unenforceable in any respect, such illegality or unenforceability shall not
affect other provisions or applications that can be given effect and this
Agreement shall be construed as if the unlawful or unenforceable provision
or application had not been contained herein. This Agreement may be amended
or otherwise modified only by a written document signed by authorized
representatives of the parties.
12. Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original, but both of which shall constitute but one instrument.
13. Arbitration and Applicable Law.
13.1 Any dispute between the parties arising out of or in connection with
this Agreement that cannot be settled amicably between the parties
shall be finally
-11-
<PAGE>
resolved by arbitration. Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in
Minneapolis, Minnesota pursuant to the International Arbitration Rules
of the American Arbitration Association. In the event that either
party makes a demand for arbitration, the arbitrator shall be selected
by mutual agreement between the parties, or if the parties are unable
to agree on an arbitrator within twenty (20) days after a demand for
arbitration is made, the arbitrator shall be selected by the American
Arbitration Association. Disputes subject to arbitration hereunder for
claims in the aggregate amount of One Million (U.S.) Dollars
($1,000,000.00) shall be resolved by a panel of three independent
impartial arbitrators, one arbitrator selected by Supplier, one by
Distributor and the third by the other two arbitrators. Failure to
select an arbitrator within twenty (20) days of a demand for
arbitration shall be deemed a waiver of a right to select an
arbitrator and one will be selected by the American Arbitration
Association. All arbitrators shall be persons with skill and
experience in the industry. The costs of arbitration, but not the
costs and expenses of the parties, shall be shared equally by Supplier
and Distributor.
13.2 Either party shall have the right to review, prior to the submission
of its case to the arbitration panel, any and all documents in the
possession of the other party which relate to such other party's
performance under, or the conduct of its activities in connection
with, this Agreement.
13.3 The governing language of this Agreement shall be English. This
Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the United States and the State of Minnesota, without giving
effect to choice of law principles. The United Nations Convention on
Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this
Agreement.
13.4 The agreement to arbitrate as provided in this Section 13 shall
continue in full force and effect despite the expiration, recision, or
termination of this Agreement. The parties knowingly and voluntarily
waive their rights to have their dispute tried and adjudicated by a
judge or jury.
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
-12-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPLIER
METRON SEMICONDUCTORS EUROPA B.V. FLUOROWARE, INC.
By /s/ Illegible By /s/ James Dauwalter
------------------------------- --------------------
Title Executive Vice President Title Executive Vice President
---------------------------- -------------------------
-13-
<PAGE>
Distribution Agreement 6th July, 1995
EXHIBIT A
1. The following Products are covered by this Distribution Agreement:
1.1 Except as provided in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 below, or pursuant to a
written agreement between Supplier and Distributor, Distributor shall
be the exclusive distributor of the following Products and any
products which are intended to replace such Products:
(a) Microelectronics Materials Management Products.
* HTC 8020 Cleaning Systems
* all products listed in Supplier's following catalogs,
in effect as of the effective date of this Distribution
Agreement:
* Handling Products for the Semiconductor Back-End
* Handling Products and Services for the Data Storage
Industry
* Wafer Handling Products for the Semiconductor Industry
* Mask and Reticle Handling Products for the
Semiconductor Industry
* Specialized Handling Products
* Labware
(b) Critical Fluid Management Products.
* espy Sensing Components
* all products listed in the Fluoroware Fluid Handling
Products and Technical Reference Manual (3-ring binder) with
the following subcatalogs, in effect as of the effective
date of this Distribution Agreement:
* Valves and Fluid Controls
* Tube Fittings and Tubing
* PureBond Fusible and Related Piping Products
* Specialty, Custom Fab and Accessory Products
* FluoroPure Chemical Container Product
* Process Tanks
A-1
<PAGE>
Any new product lines manufactured by Supplier subsequent to the
effective date of this Distribution Agreement will be covered by this
Distribution Agreement only upon written agreement between Supplier
and Distributor.
1.2 Products Limited to certain Supplier offices.
Matrix trays may be distributed only by Metron Semiconductors Limited,
Metron Semiconductors Asia Limited and Metron Semiconductors (Hong
Kong) Limited.
1.3 Products under a non-exclusive distributor basis.
FluoroTrac identification products, FluoroTrac spares, and Flat Panel
Display products may be sold by Distributor on a non-exclusive basis.
2. Distributor's discount for each Product shall be a percentage of Supplier's
sales list price within a range of five percent (5%) to forty percent
(40%), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Supplier and Distributor.
A-2
<PAGE>
Distribution Agreement 6th July, 1995
EXHIBIT B
The Territories covered by this Distribution Agreement include each of the
following countries and any country that is a successor to such countries.
Responsibility for the Territories are divided among Distributor's subsidiaries
as follows:
Metron Semiconductors Deutschland GmbH
Albania Latvia
Armenia Lithuania
Austria Macedonia
Azerbaijan Moldova
Belarus Poland
Bosnia & Hercegovina Romania
Bulgaria Russia
Croatia Slovakia
Czech Republic Slovenia
Estonia Switzerland
Georgia Tajikistan
Germany Turkey
Greece Turkmenistan
Hungary Ukraine
India Uzbekistan
Kazakhstan Yugoslavia
Kyrgyzstan
Metron Semiconductors Deutschland GmbH, Filiale Italiana
Italy
Malta
Metron Semiconductors Benelux B.V.
The Netherlands
Belgium
Luxembourg
B-1
<PAGE>
Metron Semiconducteurs France S.A.
France
Spain
Portugal
Metron Semiconductors Ltd.
United Kingdom
Republic of Ireland
Metron Semiconductors Nordic AB
Denmark
Finland
Norway
Sweden
Metron Semiconductors (Israel) Ltd.
Israel
Metron Semiconductors (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
Metron Semiconductors Asia Limited and Metron Semiconductors Far East Limited
Peoples Republic of China
Indonesia
Korea
Malaysia
Philippines
Singapore
Taiwan
Thailand
B-2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C-1
Microelectronics Materials Management Products
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quality Policy Fluoroware, Inc. is dedicated to providing quality products
and services that satisfy our customers' needs. Quality is
the responsibility of every employee. Our focus is on
continuous improvement and prevention methods for achieving
quality.
Dan Ouememoen
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Fluoroware is ISO certified. This certification, issued by
SGS International Certification Services, covers all design,
manufacture and sale of close tolerance plastic products
produced by injection molding, rotational molding,
extrusion, machining and fabrication.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
How to Order Contact your local sales representative or Fluoroware.
Fluoroware Fluoroware Products
Products
FLUOROWARE, INC.
102 Jonathan Boulevard North
Chaska, Minnesota 55316 USA
Telephone: 612/448-3131
Telefax: 612/448-5224
CUSTOMER SERVICE: 612/448-8181
Please use a complete ordering numbers when placing an
order.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Environmental Fluoroware is dedicated to the conservation of the earth's
Statement resources to ensure that future generations may also enjoy
the beauty and diversity of the natural environment.
Please recycle this catalog. Please contact Fluoroware
for information on recycling your plastic products.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technical Support Fluoroware has technical service personnel who are always
Services ready to assist you with your questions and concerns about
Fluoroware(R) products and your specific application.
We are committed to being your resource for quality products
and efficient technical service. Contact your local sales
representative or Fluoroware, Inc. 612/448-3131.
C-1-1
<PAGE>
Conditions Terms and Delivery
of Sale Net 30 days, FOB Chaska, Minnesota unless otherwise
specifically provided in writing. In all cases, risk
of loss or damage in goods in transit shall fall
upon Purchaser, whose responsibility it shall be to
file with the carrier.
Warranty Fluoroware, Inc. warrants each new Fluoroware
Product against defects in materials or workmanship for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date of purchase and,
upon confirmation of defects, agrees as is exclusive remedy
to receive defective product without charge, shipping
expenses to be paid by customer.
Fluoroware, Inc. is not responsible for such damage
resulting from accident, misuse or abuse, or lack of
reasonable care.
IMPORTANT: NO OTHER WARRANTY, WRITTEN OR ORAL IS AUTHORIZED
BY FLUOROWARE, INC. NO RESPONSIBILITY IS ASSUMED FOR ANY
SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED.
Claims and Returns Claims for storage or inaccurate filling
of orders must be made to Fluoroware, Inc. within 30 days
after receipt of goods. All returns must have an
accompanying return authorization number regardless of
reason for return. Return procedures must be initiated by
phone or mail contact directly with Fluoroware, Inc. There
will be a restocking charge on any items returned for credit
or exchange when the error is not Fluoroware's.
Price All prices are subject to change without notice and
are based on standard packaging. For information on pricing,
please contact Fluoroware.
Product Changes Fluoroware, Inc. reserves the right to make
design changes for the improvement of a product.
Special Orders Product runs of parts with special
materials/revisions or parts requiring a special material
revision will be quoted as specials and are NOT RETURNABLE
when made to a customer's specification.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trademarks Fluoroware(R), STAT-PRO(R), RoBox(R), FluoroTrac(TM),
ORION(TM) and PolyPure(TM) are trademarks of Fluoroware,
Inc.
Tellon(R), Tyvek(R), Tefzel(R) and Dalrin(R) are
registered trademarks of DuPont.
Calanex(R)is a registered trademark of Hoechst Celanese.
Ultem(R)is a registered trademark of G.E. Plastics.
Solei(R)is a registered trademark of Solvay and Cie.
C-1-2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C-2
HTC 8020 System and FluoroTrac System
Product Support
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSTALLATION
Installation of HTC systems is performed by the customer. Facilities
requirements are provided by the Fluoroware Account Manager to the
appropriate customer contact. It is the Account Manager's responsibility to
review facilities requirements, warranty, training and installation with
the appropriate customer contact(s).
SYSTEM START-UP
A Fluoroware Field Service Representative will visit the customer to ensure
correct installation and to conduct the initial start-up of the equipment.
This field support is included in the system cost. Fluoroware requires
notification of system start-up at least two weeks in advance. Fluoroware
will give faster response when feasible, but will only commit to a two week
response time. If facility hookup is not complete when the Fluoroware
Representative arrives, the start-up will be rescheduled and Fluoroware
will bill the customer for additional time and expense. It is the
responsibility of the Account Manager to inform the appropriate customer
contact of this, insuring the facility hookup is complete when the Field
Service Representative arrives.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Fluoroware, Inc. warrants each HTC 8020 System against defects in materials
or workmanship for a period of (1) year from the date of shipment and, upon
confirmation of the defect agrees, at its option, to repair or replace the
defective component without charge. Fluoroware will pay shipping expenses
for any defective components.
Fluoroware, Inc. is not responsible for product damage resulting from
accident, misuse or abuse, or lack of reasonable care.
No responsibility is assumed for any special, incidental, or consequential
damages. Implied warranties for merchantability and fitness for a
particular purpose are specifically disclaimed.
C-2-1
<PAGE>
Entegris Integrated Shipping Systems
Entegris, Inc.
4405 Arrows West Drive
Colorado Springs Colorado 80907
Telephone 719-528-2600
Facsimile 719-528-2690
Entegris, Inc., ISS Amendments to
Metron/Fluoroware Distribution Contract
(7/6/98 Renewal)
Entegris, Inc. Integrated Shipping Systems (ISS) has noted the following
exceptions to the Distribution Agreement, executed between Metron Technologies,
Inc. and Fluoroware, Inc., dated July 7, 1995, hereafter "Agreement" in these
Amendments. The following sections shall be amended and replace the respective
sections of the Agreement as noted;
Section
1.1 Entegris, Inc. - ISS (hereafter "Supplier" in these Amendments) will
maintain offices for sales support to identified Strategic Accounts,
referred to in Exhibit "Al", and within the territories identified in the
attached amendments to Exhibit "B1". ISS personnel will actively sell to
identified Strategic Accounts, globally. Supplier International Sales
Managers (ISM) will direct Metron Technology, Inc. (hereafter "Distributor"
in these amendments) and Supplier personnel, within their assigned regions,
to meet business unit goals and objectives. The Distributor sales personnel
will also take direction from the Supplier Strategic Account Managers (SAM)
on any activity involving an identified Strategic Account within their
respective territories.
1.2 Entegris ISS will sell Products, as defined in Exhibit "Al", to the
distributor per the attached price list, unless product is shipped directly
from the Supplier manufacturing facilities or distribution centers to the
customer ("drop ship") in which case Supplier shall extend Distributor a
ten percent (10%) discount off of the end customer "net sales price" or
commercial invoice. "Net sales price" for the purpose of this Agreement
shall mean the price received by the Supplier, excluding any sales taxes,
value added taxes (VAT), duties, transportation charges, freight charges,
foreign exchange rate differential, or other items which are ordinarily and
customarily deducted from the gross sales price. The attached price list
will be reviewed on a semi-annual basis. Concurrent to the semi-annual
price list review, Supplier shall have the right to modify Exhibit "Al".
Entegris ISS will give a sixty (60) day advance notice of impending changes
to the price list, based on the semi-annual review. Submittal of a Price
Deviation Request (PDR, sample attached) will document any requested
deviation from the attached price list. The Supplier Product Marketing
Manager must approve the PDR prior to acceptance of any
<PAGE>
purchase order from the Distributor. Distributor will reference recommended
selling price guidelines (maximum / minimum) established on the attached
price list.
The Supplier agrees to pay a five percent (5%) commission based upon a
percentage of "net sales price" received from the sale of the Products to
identified Strategic Accounts. All prices are F.C.A / F.O.B. point or
origin or manufacture. In case of a blanket order, the sale occurs when the
blanket order buyer submits instructions for the actual delivery of the
Products. The Supplier will pay the commission during the month following
receipt of payment. When commission has been paid and the Products are
returned at a later date for credit, the commission paid will be deducted
against Distributor future commissions. No commission will be paid on
returned goods, samples, restocking charges, tooling fees, engineering
charges, second operations, or special run charges that are considered
abnormal to operations.
1.4 Sales to the Distributor will be invoiced on an open account basis. All
terms are net thirty (30) days, with a one and one-half percent (1-1/2%)
monthly service charge on the unpaid balance, not to exceed the maximum
amount permitted by law. Supplier reserves the right to withhold services
and remaining Products until payments on this or any other order are
current
1.5 All prices are exclusive of taxes and are F.O.B. point of manufacture or
origin. All applicable duties, sales, use, VAT, or excise taxes will be
added to the purchase price and itemized and/or invoiced separately. For
Product purchased by the Distributor, title to the Product shall be passed
to the Distributor and Distributor shall bear the risk of loss, F.O.B.
Suppliers factory or distribution centers.
1.6 This section is excluded.
2.2 Supplier will negotiate pricing, accept purchase orders from, ship directly
to, and invoice all designated Strategic Accounts or entities, located
within any of the Distributor's Territories. All orders from designated
Strategic Accounts will be placed with an Entegris, Inc. customer service
representative. Supplier shall present and freely share global strategies,
objectives, and goals for each designated Strategic Account, with locations
within the Distributor's Territories, with the Distributor personnel.
2.4 Supplier will, from time to time, supply Distributor, at Supplier's cost,
with a reasonable quantity of promotional materials in the English
language, such as literature, catalogs and other advertising materials
relating to the Products. The Distributor will only translate such
materials to other languages on approval of the Supplier Product Marketing
Department and after final draft review. Cost of translations to other
languages will be borne by the Distributor, unless approved in advance by
Supplier.
-2-
<PAGE>
2.5 Supplier will provide Distributor with reasonable numbers of the Product
for the Distributor to use as samples and demonstration models, on an as
needed basis only. Distributor will insure that all such product shall be
destroyed or returned to Supplier if the product does not reflect the
current acceptable engineering revision levels or acceptance criteria.
2.10 Supplier warrants that at the time the Products are delivered to the
Distributor, they will meet the Supplier's Product specification, for a
period of ninety (90) days. Said warranty is limited, at the option of
Supplier, to repair or replacement of the defective item, provided that
such item is returned to Supplier, transportation prepaid for inspection
and approval. Distributor will follow Supplier establish Corrective Action
procedures.
THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES HEREIN CONTAINED ARE IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FOR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT
IS NOT RELYING UPON SELLER'S SKILL AND JUDGMENT TO SELECT OR FURNISH
PRODUCTS SUITABLE FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND THAT THERE ARE NO
WARRANTIES WHICH ARE NOT CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT. SELLER SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT OR
THEIR USE BY PURCHASER. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO PRODUCTS WHICH
HAVE BEEN SUBJECT TO MISUSE OR ABUSE, MISAPPLICATION, REPAIR OR TAMPERING
IN ANY WAY SO AS TO AFFECT PERFORMANCE
2.12 Supplier shall only accept for credit any inventory of Product that is
obsolete, provided that said product is no older than ninety (90) days.
Supplier determines definition and designation of obsolete product and is
obligated to give sixty (60) days notice of Product obsolescence. Supplier
may refuse any products held by the Distributor for more than ninety (90)
days after written notice of obsolescence by Supplier.
3.1 Distributor will use its best efforts to sell the products in the
Territories. Distributor will support SAM activity and take direction from
the SAMs and ISMs in implementation of designated Strategic Account
strategies, objectives, and goals.
4.2 These amendments will be effective for twelve- (12) months from the
execution date. Either party, upon providing a ninety- (90) day written
notice of termination, prior to the expiration date, may terminate these
Amendments to the Agreement stated herein. If neither party provides notice
to terminate, these Amendments to the Agreement will automatically extend
for an additional twelve- (12) month term and this amendment will revert to
the original Section 4.2, as written in the Agreement, dated 7/6/98,
between Fluoroware Inc. and Metron Technologies Inc.
-3-
<PAGE>
4.5 Upon termination of these Amendments to the Agreement, Distributor shall no
longer have the right to serve as a distributor of the Products in the
Territories and shall not be entitled to any additional consideration. All
Products in possession of the Distributor shall be returned to the
Supplier, using Supplier approved means. An authorization number provided
by Supplier and only upon prior authorization must accompany product
returned. Only those Products that are new and unused currently
manufactured, and which have been shipped to the Distributor within ninety
(90) days, will be accepted for return. Non Standard Products may not be
returned for credit. Products must be securely packed and sealed, in
original packaging, to reach Supplier without damage. Damaged Products will
not be accepted or considered for credit.
With the exceptions as noted above, Entegris, Inc. - Integrated Shipping Systems
recognize all other provisions of the Agreement.
/s/ Richard M. Lemons /s/ Michael Grandinctti
- ------------------------------------ ------------------------
Richard M. Lemons Michael Grandinetti
Senior Vice President, Entegris, Inc. Executive Vice President
Integrated Shipping Systems Metron Technology, Inc.
October 22, 1999 October 17, 1999
- -------------------------------------- -----------------
Date Date
THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
-4-
<PAGE>
Entegris Integrated Shipping Systems
Entegris, Inc.
4405 Arrows West Drive
Colorado Springs Colorado 80907
Telephone 719-528-2600
Facsimile 719-528-2690
Entegris, Inc. - ISS Amendments to Metron / Fluoroware Contract
(7/6/98 Renewal)
EXHIBIT Al
1. The following Products are covered by this Distribution Agreement, in
addition to the Products defined in the original Exhibit A, dated 7/6/95:
1.1. Distributor shall be the exclusive distributor of the following
Products and any Products which are intended to replace such Products:
1.1.1. Wafer Shipping System
a. Ultrapak(R)Wafer Shipping Systems - All sizes
b. Ultrapak(R)SC (Sentinel Cassette) Wafer Shipping Systems -
All Sizes
c. Voyager(R)150mm, 200mm, and 300mm Wafer Shipping Systems
d. Crystalpak(R)Wafer Shipping systems - 200mm and 300mm
e. Crystalpak(R)SC (Sentinel Cassette) Wafer Shipping Systems -
200mm and 300mm
f. Sentinel(R) and Sentinel Plus@ Wafer Shipping Systems -
200mm
g. Orion(R) Wafer Shipping Systems - All Sizes
1.1.2. 300mm Front Opening Shipping Box (F.O.S.B.)
1.1.3. Disk Shipping System
a. All Sizes
1.1.4. Disk Process Carrier
a. All Sizes
2. Distributors discounts for each Product, defined herein, shall be:
2.1. Orders shipped directly to Metron Technology location, as defined in
Exhibit "B" - Per attached price list.
<PAGE>
2.2. Orders shipped directly to Metron Technology customer location
- Ten Percent (10%) of net sales price established on Customer
Purchase Order to Metron Technologies
or
- Ten Percent (10%) of net sales price established on Commercial
Invoice to Metron Technologies customer.
3. The following accounts are designated as Entegris, Inc. ISS Global
Strategic Accounts. For these accounts the Distributor will provide local
representative support and receive a five percent (5%) commission on paid
invoices for product shipped to the Strategic Account entities or locations
within the Distributor's defined Territories, outlined on Exhibit B1.
3.1 Disk Strategic Accounts
- Seagate Technologies Inc.
- International Business Machines (IBM) Inc.
- Komag Inc.
- HMT Inc.
- MMC
- Hoya
3.2. Wafer Strategic Accounts
- Wacker
- Shinetsu Hartdotai (SEM
- MEMC
- Sumitomo Sitix
- Komatsu
- Mitsubishi Silicon
THE SPACE BELOW THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY BLANK
-2-
<PAGE>
Entegris Integrated Shipping Systems
Entegris, Inc.
4405 Arrows West Drive
Colorado Springs Colorado 80907
Telephone 719-528-2600
Facsimile 719-528-2690
Entegris, Inc. - ISS Amendments to Metron/Fluoroware Contract
(7/6/98 Renewal)
EXHIBIT B1
With the exception of the designated Strategic Accounts, listed on Exhibit Al,
located within any of the listed Territories, the Territories covered by this
Distribution Agreement include each of the following countries and any country
that is a successor to such country. Responsibility for the Territories are
divided among Distributor's subsidiaries as follows:
Metron Semiconductors Deutschland GmbH
- --------------------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
Metron Semiconductors Deutschland GmbH, Filiale Italiana
- --------------------------------------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
Metron Semiconductors Benelux B.V.
- ----------------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
Metron Semiconducteurs France S.A.
- ----------------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
Metron Semiconductors Ltd.
- --------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
Metron Semiconductors Nordic AB
- -------------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
Metron Semiconductors (Israel) Ltd.
- -----------------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
Metron Semiconductors (Hong Kong) Limited
- -----------------------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
Metron Semiconductors Asia Limited and Metron Semiconductors Far East Limited
- ---------------------------------- --------------------------------------
Refer to original Exhibit B, dated 7/6/95
ALL SALES WITHIN JAPAN ARE SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED
ALL SALES TO LG SILTRON (WORLDWIDE) ARE SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.17
------------------------------------------
METRON SEMICONDUCTORS EUROPA B.V.
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
July 6, 1995
------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Registration Rights.........................................................4
1.1 Definition.........................................................4
1.2 Company Registration...............................................6
1.3 Form S-3 Registration..............................................7
1.4 Obligations of the Company.........................................8
1.5 [intentionally omitted]............................................8
1.6 Expenses of Registration...........................................8
1.7 Furnish information................................................9
1.8 Indemnification....................................................9
1.9 Reports Under Exchange Act........................................11
1.10 Assignment of Registration Rights.................................12
1.11 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights.....................12
1.12 "Market Stand-off" Agreement......................................12
1.13 Delay of Registration.............................................12
1.14 Termination of Registration Rights................................12
2. Right of First Refusal.....................................................13
2.1 "New Securities"..................................................13
2.2 Notice of Proposed Issuance.......................................13
2.3 Sale of New Securities............................................14
2.4 Assignment........................................................14
2.5 Termination of Right of First Refusal.............................14
3. Co-Sale Rights.............................................................14
3.1 Sales by an Investor..............................................14
3.2 Exempt Transfers..................................................15
3.3 Prohibited Transfers..............................................16
<PAGE>
3.4 Assignment........................................................16
3.5 Termination of Co-Sale Rights.....................................17
3.6 Waiver............................................................17
4. Company Records and Policy.................................................17
5. Miscellaneous..............................................................18
5.1 Governing Law.....................................................18
5.2 Entire Agreement..................................................18
5.3 Successors and Assigns............................................18
5.4 Notices, etc......................................................18
5.5 Amendments: Waivers...............................................18
5.6 Delays or Omissions...............................................19
5.7 Severability......................................................19
5.8 Counterparts......................................................19
2
<PAGE>
METRON SEMICONDUCTORS EUROPA B.V.
INVESTOR-RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of the 6th day of July, 1995, by
and among Metron Semiconductors Europa B.V., a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of The Netherlands (the "Company"), and the investors
listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Schedule A (the
"Investors").
R E C I T A L S
A. That certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "Reorganization
Agreement") dated as of April 3, 1995 calls for the Company and the Investors to
enter into this Investor Rights Agreement granting to the Investors the rights
set forth herein.
B. As of the date of this Agreement the Company has an authorized share
capital of One Million Dutch Guilders (NLG 1,000,000) divided in ten million
shares with a par value of NLG 0.10 per share each. Upon consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement, the issued share
capital of the Company is approximately NLG 292,193 divided into 2,921,930
shares.
C. In entering into this Agreement, the parties have assumed that any
initial public offering of the Company's shares will take place principally in
the United States of America, and be registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
D. The unofficial English translations of the current Articles of
Association of the Company and of the proposed Articles of Association of the
Company which each contain further restrictions applicable to the Company's
shares, are attached hereto as Exhibit A and B, respectively.
A G R E E M E N T
Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
1. Registration Rights.
1.1 Definition. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have
the following respective meanings:
(a) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended;
3
<PAGE>
(b) "Form S-3" shall mean such form under the Securities Act as in
effect on the date hereof or any successor form promulgated by the SEC
(including Form F-3 and its successors);
(c) "Holder" shall mean any person who is the legal owner of
Registrable Securities which have not previously been registered under the
Securities Act and sold, but only if such person is an Investor or an
assignee or transferee thereof in accordance with Section 1.10 hereof. For
all purposes of this Agreement, the Company and the other parties hereto
are expressly authorized to treat those persons registered in the
Shareholders' Register as the legal owners of the Company's shares;
(d) "Qualified Initial Public Offering" shall mean the first public
offering of the Company's shares in the United States, registered under the
Securities Act and involving net proceeds to the Company of more than US
$7,500,000 and a gross offering price of at least US $8.00 per share with a
pair value of NLG 0.10 each (as adjusted from time to time to reflect stock
splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations or the like);
(e) The terms "register", "registered" and "registration" shall mean a
registration effected through the preparation and filing of a registration
statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act;
(f) "Registrable Securities" shall mean any and all Shares issued and
outstanding immediately after the closing of the reorganization pursuant to
the Reorganization Agreement and the shares or other securities of the
Company issued in a stock split or reclassification of, or a stock dividend
or other distribution on or in substitution or exchange for, or otherwise
in connection with, the Shares, or the shares or other securities of the
Company or other entity issued in a merger or consolidation involving the
Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets;
excluding in all cases. However, any Registrable Securities sold by a
person in a transaction in which rights under this Section 1 are not
assigned;
(g) "Registration Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred by the
Company in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including
without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees,
printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Company, blue sky fees and expenses, the expense of any special audits
incident to or required by any such registration and fees and disbursements
of counsel for the underwriter or underwriting of such securities (if the
Company is required to bear such fees and disbursements);
(h) "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended;
4
<PAGE>
(i) "SEC" shall mean the Securities mid Exchange Commission;
(j) "Selling Expenses" shall mean the fees and disbursements of
counsel and accountants for the Holders, all underwriting discounts,
selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities
registered by the Holders and any other expenses incurred by the Holders
not expressly included as a Registration Expense;
(k) "Shares" shall mean the shares of the Company with a par value of
NLG 0.10 each held by Investors as of the date hereof.
1.2 Company Registration.
(a) If the Company shall determine to issue new shares in its share capital
and to register those shares, upon issue, for its own account in connection with
an underwritten offering, including a Qualified Initial Public Offering, on a
form which would permit the registration of Registrable Securities, the Company
will:
(i) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof, and
(ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under
applicable blue sky laws) and in any underwriting involved therein, all the
Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made
within twenty (20) days after mailing or personal delivery of such written
notice from the Company, by any Holders, except as set forth in Section
1.2(b); provided however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Company
from, at any time, abandoning or delaying any such registration initiated
by it.
(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is
for a Qualified Initial Public Offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders
as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 1.2(1) (1). The right
of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 shall be conditioned
upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such
Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided
herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Shares through such
underwriting shall (together with the Company) enter into an underwriting
agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for
such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 1.2, if the underwriter determines that inclusion of Registrable
Securities by the selling Holders would adversely affect the marketing of such
proposed offering, the number of Registrable Securities of such Holders to be
included in the registration and underwriting may be reduced or may be excluded
entirely from such registration and underwriting by the Company. The Company
shall so advise all Holders whose securities would otherwise be registered and
underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities
that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated
among all Holders requesting inclusion in such registration in proportion, as
nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of
5
<PAGE>
Registrable Securities held by such Holders at the time of filing the
registration statement. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such
underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to
the Company and the underwriter. Any securities excluded or withdrawn from such
underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration and shall not be sold or
otherwise transferred prior to one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective
date of the registration statement relating thereto.
1.3 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any
Holder or Holders a written request or requests that the Company effect a
registration on Form S-3 for a public offering of at least 125,000 Registrable
Securities (as adjusted from time to time to reflect stock splits, stock
dividends, recapitalizations, combinations or the like), and the Company is
entitled to use Form S-3 to register the Registrable Securities for such
offering, the Company will:
(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other
Holders, and
(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration to permit or
facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable
Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion
of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such
request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days
after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that
the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration,
qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.3: (1) if the Company
has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request
already effected one (1) registration on Form S-3 for any Holder or Holders
pursuant to this Section 1.3; (ii) if the Company has, within the one hundred
eighty (180) days preceding the date of such request, completed its first
registered offering to the public for its own account; (iii) if the Company
shall finish to the requesting Holders a certificate signed by one or more
Managing Directors of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of a
majority of the members of the Supervisory Board of the Company, it would be
seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3
registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company
shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement
for a period of not more than one hundred thirty (130) days after receipt of the
request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.3, provided that the
Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month
period.
Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement
covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as
practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders.
6
<PAGE>
1.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to
effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as
expeditiously and as reasonably possible:
(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to
such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration
statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority
of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration
statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days or until the Holder
or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration
statement, whichever first occurs.
(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such
registration statement and the prospectus, used in connection with such
registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the
Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
registration statement for the same time period as under Section 1.4(a).
(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers, of copies of a prospectus,
including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the
Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order
to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.
(d) In the event of any underwritten public offering, use reasonable best
efforts to perform its obligations under such underwriting agreement, in usual
and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder
participating in such underwriting shall also use reasonable best efforts to
perform his, her or its obligations under such agreement.
(e) The Company and the Holders shall each comply with all requirements of
and pursuant to the Dutch Act on the Supervision of the Securities Trade and
shall instruct the underwriters to comply with such requirements.
(f) Use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities
covered by such registration statement under such state securities or blue sky
laws of such jurisdictions as such participating Holders may reasonably request
in writing within 120 days following the original filing of such registration
statement except that the Company shall not for any purpose be required to file
a general consent to service of process or to qualify to do business as a
foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified.
1.5 [intentionally omitted]
7
<PAGE>
1.6 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in
connection with any registration, filing qualification or compliance pursuant to
this Section 1 shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to
securities registered by the Holders shall be borne by the Holders. However, the
Company shall not be required to pay Registration Expenses for any registration
begun pursuant to Section 1.3, the request for which has been subsequently
withdrawn by the initiating Holders, in which case, such Registration Expenses
shall be borne by the Holders requesting such withdrawal.
1.7 Furnish information. It shall be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 that
the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding
themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them, and the intended method of
disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration
of their Registrable Securities and qualification under applicable state
securities or blue sky law.
1.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included
in a registration statement under this Section 1:
(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold
harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities included in a registration
statement pursuant to the provision of this Section 1 (excluding Holders who are
then Managing Directors or Supervisory Directors of the Company), each of the
officers, directors and partners of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in
the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any who controls such
Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or Exchange Act,
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which
they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other
federal or state law insofar as such losses claims, damages, or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon: (i) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such
registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus
contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (if) the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein,
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any
violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act the Exchange
Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the
Securities Act the Exchange Act, any state securities law or the Dutch Act on
the Supervision of the Securities Trade in connection with the offer or sale of
the shares included in the registration statement, and the Company will
reimburse each such Holder, officer or director, underwriter or controlling
person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection
with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or
action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this
Section 1.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss,
claim, damage, liability, or
8
<PAGE>
action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in
any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the
extent that it wises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection
with such registration by any such Holder, officer or director, underwriter or
controlling person.
(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities
which are included in a registration pursuant to the provisions of this Section
1 will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its Managing Directors
and Supervisory Directors, each person, if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of the Securities Act, each underwriter (within the meaning of the
Securities Act) of the Company's securities covered by such a registration
statement, any person who controls such underwriter, and any other Holder
selling securities in such registration statement and each of its directors,
officers or partners or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses,
claims, damages, or liabilities joint or several) to which the Company or any
such underwriter, other Holder, director, officer or controlling person may
become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or
state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration
statement including any preliminary prospectus gr final prospectus contained
therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation
or alleged violation by the Holder of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any
state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or the Dutch Act on the
Supervision of Securities Trade in connection with the offer or sale of the
shares included in the registration statement, provided that in the case of (i)
and (ii) above the indemnification obligation of such Holder shall only be to
the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such
registration, and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by the Company or any such underwriter, other Holder,
Managing Director, Supervisory Director, or controlling person in connection
with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or
action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this
Section 1.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the
consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.3
of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action),
such indemnified party will if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
any indemnifying party under this Section 1.8, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall have the
right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires,
jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to
9
<PAGE>
assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties;
provided, however, if the defendants in any action include both the indemnified
party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably
concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other
indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to
the indemnifying party, or if there is a conflict of interest which would
prevent counsel for the indemnifying party from also representing the
indemnified party; the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to
select separate counsel to participate in the defense of such action on behalf
of such indemnified party or parties. After notice from the indemnifying party
to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the
indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party pursuant to the
provisions of paragraph (a) or (b) above for any legal or other expense
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, unless (i) the indemnified
party shall have employed counsel in accordance with the proviso of the
preceding sentence, (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel
satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within
a reasonable time after the notice of the commencement of the action or (iii)
the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the
indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. The failure of any
indemnified party to notify an indemnifying party within a reasonable time of
the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend
such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the
indemnified party under this Section 1.8 only to the extent that such failure to
give notice shall materially prejudice the indemnifying party in the defense of
any such claim or any such litigation, but the omission so to notify the
indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any
indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.8.
1.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the
Holders, the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any
other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell
securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a
registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:
(a) from and after such time as it has securities registered pursuant to
Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or has securities registered pursuant to the
Securities Act; make timely filing of such reports as are required to be filed
by it with the SEC so that Rule 144 or Form S-3 under the Securities Act or any
successor provision thereto will be available to the Holders who are otherwise
able to take advantage of the provisions of such Rule or Form;
(b) as applicable, furnish to any Holder so long as the Holder owns any
Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request, (i) a written statement by the
Company that it has complied with the reporting, requirements of the Securities
Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such
reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities
may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so
10
<PAGE>
qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the
Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company with the
SEC and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing
any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any
such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.
1.10 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to
register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned by a
Holder to a transferee or assignee of all Registrable Securities held by the
transferor or assignor, provided that the Company is, within a reasonable time
after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of
such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such
registration rights are being assigned and such transferee or assignee agrees in
writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that such
assignment of rights shall be effective only if immediately following such
transfer the Registrable Securities so transferred or assigned continue to
constitute "restricted securities" (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act) in the hands of such transferee or assignee.
1.11 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date
of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of
the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into
any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the
Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such
securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 or 1.3 hereof, unless
under the terms of such agreement such holder or prospective holder may include
such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion
of his or her securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable
Securities of the Holders which is included.
1.12 "Market Stand-off" Agreement. If requested by the Company, or an
underwriter of Shares (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder hereby
agrees that it will not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable
Securities, except Shares included in such registration, during the one hundred
eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement
of the Company filed under the Securities Act.
In order to enforce the foregoing covenant and to the extent permissible
under applicable laws, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with
respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or
securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the
end of such 180-day period.
1.13 Delay of Registration. Subject to applicable law, no Holder shall have
any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any
such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect
to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.
11
<PAGE>
1.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to
exercise any right provided under Section 1.2 or 1.3 shall terminate after three
(3) years following the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a
registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act in
connection with the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of its
securities to the general public, or such earlier date as all shares of
Registrable Securities held by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule
144 or any successor provision during any 90-day period.
2. Right of First Refusal. The Company hereby grants to each Investor the
right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of any New Securities (as
defined in Section 2.1) that the Company may, from time to time propose to issue
- - only if the statutory pre-emptive rights under Section 206(a) of Book 2 of the
Dutch Civil Code have been excluded by a resolution of the General Meeting of
Shareholders or, if the Supervisory Board has been designated to resolve upon
the issuance of shares, by resolution of the Supervisory Board of the Company -
or propose to sell, in case the Articles of Association require shareholders'
approval for the transfer of shares, only if such sale has been approved by a
resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders, and in case the Articles of
Association provide for pre-emptive rights for the transfer of shares held by
the Company in its own capital, only if such pre-emptive rights have been
excluded by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders or, if the
Supervisory Board has been designated to resolve upon the issuance of shares, by
resolution of the Supervisory Board. An Investor's pro rata share, for purpose
of this right of first refusal, is the ratio of the number of Shares legally
owned by such Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities to
the total number of Shares legally owned by all of the Investors immediately
prior to the issuance of New Securities. This right of first refusal shall be
subject to the following provisions:
2.1 "New Securities". "New Securities" shall mean any shares of the
Company, whether or not now authorized, and rights, options or warrants to
purchase such shares, and securities of any type whatsoever that are or may
become convertible into shares of the Company, provided, however, that the term
"New Securities" shall not include (i) securities issued pursuant to the
Reorganization Agreement or issued prior to the date of this Agreement, (ii)
securities; issued pursuant to the acquisition of another business entity or
business segment of any such entity by the Company by merger, purchase of
substantially all the assets of such entity or business segment or other
reorganization, (iii) securities issued to officers, directors, employees or
consultants of or to the Company pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or
stock bonus plan, agreement " arrangement approved by the Managing Board or
Supervisory Board of the Company, (iv) securities issued in any public offering
which is firmly underwritten,(v) securities issued in connection with any stock
split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company, and (vi) any right,
option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities
excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i)
through (v) above.
12
<PAGE>
2.2 Notice of Proposed Issuance. In the event the Company proposed to
undertake an issuance or sale of New Securities, it shall give each Investor
written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, their
price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New
Securities. Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days after any such notice is
delivered to exercise its option to purchase up to its pro rata portion of such
New Securities at the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving
written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities
to be purchased.
2.3 Sale of New Securities. In the event the Investors fail to exercise
fully the right of first refusal and first offer within said twenty (20) day
period, the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or issue or
enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered
thereby shall be closed, if at all, within sixty (60) days from the date of such
agreement) to sell or issue the New Securities respecting which the Investors'
right of first refusal set forth in this Section 2 is not exercised, at a price
and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than are specified in
the Company's notice to Investors pursuant to Section 2.2. In the event the
Company has not sold the New Securities within the foregoing period, the Company
shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first again
offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided in Section 2.2
above.
2.4 Assignment. The rights granted by the Company pursuant to this Section
2 may be assigned by any Investor to a transferee or assignee of not less than
all of the Shares held by such Investor; provided that such assignment may
otherwise be affected in accordance with applicable securities laws and that the
Company is given written notice at the time of said assignment stating the name
and address of said transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with
respect to which such rights are being assigned, and such transferee or assignee
agrees in writing to be bound by the term and conditions of this Agreement
2.5 Termination of Right of First Refusal. The right of first refusal
granted under this Section 2 shall terminate upon the effectiveness of the first
registration statement filed by the Company involving a Qualified Initial Public
Offering.
3. Co-Sale Rights.
3.1 Sales by an Investor.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, in the event that any
Investor proposes to sell or transfer all or any of the Shares then held by such
Investor (a "Selling Investor") to any non-Investor (other than the Company),
such Selling Investor shall promptly give written notice (the "Co-Sale Notice")
simultaneously to the Company and each Investor at least twenty (20) days prior
to the closing of such sale or transfer. The Co-Sale
13
<PAGE>
Notice shall describe the proposed sale or transfer in reasonable detail
including, without limitation, the number of Shares to be sold or transferred,
the consideration to be paid, and the name and address of each prospective
purchaser or transferee.
(b) Each Investor shall have the right exercisable upon written notice to
the Selling Investor within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Co-Sale
Notice, to participate in such sale of Shares to the extent set forth in Section
3.1(c) on the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Co-Sale Notice.
To the extent that one or more of the Investors exercises such right of
participation, the number of shares that the Selling Investor may sell in the
transaction shall be correspondingly reduced. Each Investor who elects to
participate in such sale is referred to herein as a "Participant."
(c) Each Investor may sell up to such Investor's pro rata portion of the
number of Shares offered for sale by the Selling Investor. An Investor's pro
rata portion for purposes of this co-sale right is determined by multiplying (i)
the number of Shares to be sold by the Selling Investor by (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of Shares held by such Investor and the
denominator of which is the sum of the number of Shares held by the Selling
Investor and by all other Investors.
(d) To the extent that any prospective purchaser or purchasers refuses to
purchase shares from a Participant in connection with the exercise of his or its
rights of co-sale hereunder, the Selling Investor shall not sell to such
prospective purchaser or purchasers any Shares unless, prior to, or
simultaneously with such sale, the Selling Investor purchases such Sham from
Participant.
(e) Any sale of shares covered by the Co-Sale Notice and any sale of shares
by a Selling Investor exercising its co-sale right pursuant to such Co-sale
Notice shall be consummated, other than compliance with the share transfer
restrictions in the Articles of Association of the Company and with the formal
requirements of Netherlands law to effect the transfer of such Shares, within
sixty (60) days after delivery of the Co-Sale Notice and shall be on terms and
conditions no more favorable to the Selling Investor than the terms specified in
the Co-Sale Notice. Any sale of such Shares after such 60-day period shall again
be subject to the obligations set forth in Sections 3.1(a) through (e). Each
such sale shall constitute a separate transaction between the Participant and
the Selling Investor on the one hand and the purchaser(s) on the other hand.
(f) The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of any Investor hereunder to
participate in one or more sales of Shares made by any Investor shall not
adversely affect such Investor's rights to participate in subsequent sales of
Shares subject to this Section 3.1.
14
<PAGE>
3.2 Exempt Transfers.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement the provisions of
Section 3.1 shall not apply to:
(i) any pledge of Shares made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction
that creates a mere security interest including the foreclosure of any such
pledge;
(ii) any transfer to an Investor's ancestors, descendants or spouse,
or to trusts, for the benefit of such persons or such Investor; or
(iii) any bona fide gift;
provided that the Investor making an exempt transfer pursuant to this Section
3.2(a) shall provide the other Investors and the Company with prior written
notice of the transfer, and the proposed transferee shall furnish the Investors
with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this
Agreement, such that the transferee shall be treated as a "Investor" for
purposes of this Section 3 with respect to the shares received in the exempt
transfer.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions
of Section 3.1 shall not apply to any sale of Shares (i) to the public pursuant
to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under
the Securities Act, (ii) in connection with a merger exchange offer or tender
offer pursuant to which all shareholders of the Company are given the
opportunity to sell or exchange their shares or (iii) pursuant to the terms of
that certain Buy and Sell Agreement of even date herewith and that certain Stock
Repurchase Agreement dated as of November 14, 1994.
3.3 Prohibited Transfers.
In the event a Selling Investor sells any Shares in violation of the terms
of this Agreement (a "Prohibited Transfer"), each Investor, in addition to such
other remedies as may otherwise be available, shall have the right, subject to
compliance with the terms of the Articles of Association of the Company, to sell
to the Selling Investor the type and number of Share equal to the number of
shares each Investor would have been entitled to transfer to the purchaser under
Section 3.1(c) had the Prohibited Transfer been effected in compliance with the
terms hereof. Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:
(a) The price per share at which the shares are to be sold to the Selling
Investor shall be equal to the price per share paid by the purchaser to the
Selling Investor in the Prohibited Transfer. The Selling Investor shall also
reimburse each Investor for any and all fees and expenses, including legal fees
and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or the attempted exercise of the
Investor's rights under Section 3.1.
15
<PAGE>
(b) Within thirty (30) days after the earlier of the dates on which the
Investor (A) received notice of the Prohibited Transfer or (B) otherwise became
aware of the Prohibited Transfer, each Investor shall, if exercising the option
created hereby, transfer to the Selling Investor the Shares to be sold in
accordance with requirements of Netherlands law and in such event the Selling
Investor shall buy and accept the aforementioned Shares.
(c) The Selling Investor shall, upon receipt of the Shares to be sold by an
Investor pursuant to this Section 3.3, pay the aggregate purchase price therefor
and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses determined pursuant to
paragraph (a) in cash or by other means acceptable to the Investor.
3.4 Assignment. The rights of any Investors under this Section 3 may be
assigned only to an assignee or transferee of all of the Shares held by such
Investor, provided that such assignment may otherwise be effected in accordance
with applicable securities laws and that the Company is given written notice at
the time of said assignment stating the name and address of said transferee or
assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such rights are
being assigned and such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by
the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3.5 Termination of Co-Sale Rights. The rights of co-sale granted under this
Section 3 shall terminate upon the effectiveness of the first registration
statement filed by the Company involving a Qualified Initial Public Offering.
3.6 Waiver. With respect to a transfer or sale of shares by a party to this
Agreement which complies with the provisions of this Agreement and to the extent
that the Company's Articles of Association require shareholder approval of the
transfer or sale of shares and/or provide shareholders with a right of first
refusal with respect to such sale or transfer, each of the parties to this
Agreement agrees to approve such transfer or sale, undertakes to waive such
right of first refusal and/or vote in favor of exemption of such transfer or
sale from such right of first refusal if requested by the Company or a party to
this Agreement, whether at a shareholder meeting, by shareholder resolution,
shareholders agreement or any other written instrument and further agrees to
execute documents reasonably requested of them to reflect such approval or
waiver.
4. Company Records and Policy.
(a) The Managing Board of the Company shall note on the Register of
Shareholders that the Investor's Shares are subject to this Agreement.
(b) In the event that certificates are issued representing the Shares, such
certificates shall bear the following legend:
16
<PAGE>
THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES
REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF A CERTAIN INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE
SHAREHOLDER, THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF SHARES OF THE
CORPORATION. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN
REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.
(c) Any offer, including the prospect to hold out an offer, issuance,
transfer or sale of all Shares is further subject to all restrictions on
transfer imposed by Dutch, Federal and applicable state securities laws.
Accordingly, it is understood and agreed that the certificates representing the
Shares shall bear any legends required by Dutch authorities, any applicable
state securities administrator or commissioner and by Federal securities law.
(d) Each Investor agrees that the Company may impose transfer restrictions
on the Shares subject to this Agreement to enforce the provisions of this
Agreement. The restrictions shall be removed upon termination of this Agreement.
Upon termination of the Agreement and request by the Shareholder, the Company
shall, if certificates have been issued representing the Shares, issue a new
share certificate without a legend when the legended certificate has been
forwarded to the Company.
5. Miscellaneous.
5.1 Governing Law. Section 1 of this Agreement shall be governed in all
respects by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts entered
into and wholly to be performed within California by California residents.
Sections 2, 3, 4 and 5.2 - 5.8 of this Agreement shall be governed in all
respects by the laws of the Netherlands.
5.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among
the Company and the Investors with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes all previous agreements and understandings, written or oral,
concerning the subject matter hereof.
5.3 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the exceptions and requirements
specifically set forth in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective
heirs, successors, administrators, executors and assigns of the parties hereto.
5.4 Notices, etc. All notices and other communications required or
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given
upon personal delivery or on the day sent by facsimile transmission if a true
and correct copy is sent the same day by first class mail, postage prepaid, or
by dispatch by an internationally recognized
17
<PAGE>
express courier service, and in each case addressed (a) if to an Investor at the
address set forth on Schedule A hereto, or at such other address as such
Investor shall have furnished to the Company and to the other Investors by ten
(10) days' notice in writing, (b) if to the Company, at its principal office, or
at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to each Holder in
writing or (c) if to a Holder, at the address thereof reflected in the
Shareholders Register of the Company.
5.5 Amendments: Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and
the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the written consent of
the Company and of Investors holding at least ninety-five percent (95%) in
interest of the Shares held by all the Investors (including any Shares issued
upon conversion thereof, and including Shares transferred to any assignee of the
right or obligation to be amended). Any Investor may waive any of his, her or
its rights hereunder without obtaining the consent of any other Investor. Any
amendment or waiver effected in accordance with the first sentence of this
Section 5.5 shall be binding upon each holder of any of the Shares, his, her or
its successors and assigns, and the Company. Any waiver effected in accordance
with the second sentence of this Section 5.5 shall be binding upon the waiving
Investor and the successors and assignees of such Investor.
5.6 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power
or remedy accruing to any Investor, upon any breach or default of the Company or
any other Investor under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or
remedy of such Investor, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such
breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach
or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or
default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or
thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or
character on the part of any Investor of any breach or default under this
Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Investor of any provisions or
conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to
the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies either under
this Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to any Holder, shall be
cumulative and not alternative.
5.7 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to
be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from
this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such
provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.
5.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
18
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of undersigned or their respective duly authorized
officers or representatives have executed this Agreement as of the date first
above written.
METRON SEMICONDUCTORS EUROPA
B.V.
By: /s/ Illegible
-----------------------------
Its: Managing Director
-----------------------------
INVESTORS:
FLUOROWARE INC.
By: /s/ Illegible
-----------------------------
Its: Executive V.P.
-----------------------------
FSI INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By: /s/ Illebible
-----------------------------
Its: Executive V.P. & CFO
-----------------------------
/s/ Udo Jaensch
---------------------------------
Udo Jaensch
/s/J.C. Levett-Prinsep
---------------------------------
J.C. Levett-Prinsep
/s/ Keith Reidy
---------------------------------
Keith Reidy
/s/ Brad Sargent
---------------------------------
Brad Sargent
/s/ E. Segal
---------------------------------
Edward J. Segal
19
<PAGE>
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this "Indemnification Agreement") is made
as of the 18 day of November, 1999, by and among Metron Technology N.V., a
corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands (the
"Company"), and the investors listed on the signature page hereto (the "Selling
Shareholders").
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Selling Shareholders (as well as other
shareholders of the Company) are party to an Investor Rights Agreement dated as
of July 6, 1995 (the "Investor Rights Agreement").
WHEREAS, the Company and the Selling Shareholders desire to supplement the
indemnification provisions set forth in Section 1.8 of the Investor Rights
Agreement as set forth in this Indemnification Agreement.
WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of this Indemnification
Agreement, the Company and the Selling Shareholders have executed the
Underwriting Agreement (referred to in Section 1(a) below).
AGREEMENT
Now therefore, in consideration of the foregoing premises and mutual
covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
1. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification by the Company. To the extent permitted by law, the
Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Shareholder, each of the
officers, directors and partners of such Selling Shareholder, and each person,
if any, who controls such Selling Shareholder within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), against any losses,
claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) (or actions in respect
thereof) to which they may become subject under Section 8(b) of the Underwriting
Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") dated as of the date hereof by and
among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and Banc of America Securities LLC,
SG Cowen Securities Corporation and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, as
Representatives of the several Underwriters of the Company's initial public
offering (the "Underwriters"); and the Company will reimburse each such Selling
Shareholder, officer, director or partner or controlling person for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however,
that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1(a) shall not apply to
amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action
if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld).
20
<PAGE>
(b) Indemnification Mechanics. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party under this Section 1 of notice of the commencement of any action
(including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section
1, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, and the
indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent
the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually
satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, if the defendants in any action
include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal
defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different
from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or if there is
a conflict of interest which would prevent counsel for the indemnifying party
from also representing the indemnified party, the indemnified party or parties
shall have the right to select separate counsel to participate in the defense of
such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. After notice from
the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume
the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a) above for any
legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed counsel in
accordance with the proviso of the preceding sentence, (ii) the indemnifying
party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to
represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after the notice of the
commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the
employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the
indemnifying party. The failure of any indemnified party to notify an
indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such
action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such
indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1
only to the extent that such failure to give notice shall materially prejudice
the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation,
but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any
liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this
Section 1.
2. Indemnification of Underwriters. The Company and each of the Selling
Shareholders acknowledge that each of the Selling Shareholders, jointly and
severally, has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its
officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter
within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act against any loss,
claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or
such controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common
law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement
is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such loss,
claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as
contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon the matters described in
sections 8(b)(i), 8(b)(ii), 8(b)(iii)(x) and 8(b)(v) of the Underwriting
Agreement (the "Company-Related Indemnification Obligations"), among other
matters. Although each Selling Shareholder's indemnification obligations in the
Underwriting Agreement is joint and several, each Selling Shareholder agrees
that the burden of the Company-Related Indemnification Obligations should be
borne on a pro rata basis by all of the Selling Shareholders. Accordingly, each
Selling Shareholder hereby agrees to reimburse promptly any other Selling
Shareholder that
21
<PAGE>
is required to pay any amount to the Underwriters in satisfaction of any claim
for indemnification under the Company-Related Indemnification Obligations that
is in excess of that Selling Shareholder's Pro Rata Indemnification Obligation
(as defined below); provided, however, that each Selling Shareholder's
reimbursement obligation herein shall be limited to such Selling Shareholder's
Pro Rata Indemnification Obligation. For these purposes, a Selling Shareholder's
Pro Rata Indemnification Obligation shall equal the total indemnification amount
incurred by all Selling Shareholders for Company-Related Indemnification
Obligations multiplied by the ratio of the Selling Shareholder's number of
common shares sold in the initial public offering to the total number of common
shares sold by all Selling Shareholders in the initial public offering. In the
event that an action seeking indemnification or other rights under the
Company-Related Indemnification Obligations is commenced by any Underwriter
against any of the Selling Shareholders, the Company and all other Selling
Shareholders hereby waive any objections to and further consent to being joined
in such litigation by the defendant Selling Shareholder.
3. Miscellaneous.
(a) Governing Law. Sections 1 and 2 of this Indemnification Agreement shall
be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California applicable to
contracts entered into and wholly to be performed within California by
California residents. Sections 3(b)-(h) of this Indemnification Agreement shall
be governed in all respects by the laws of the Netherlands.
(b) Entire Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement among the Company and the Selling Shareholders with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings,
written or oral, concerning the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that
the Investor Rights Agreement is not superseded by this Agreement and remains in
full force and effect
(c) Successors and Assigns. Subject to the exceptions and requirements
specifically set forth in this Indemnification Agreement, the terms and
conditions of this Indemnification Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
be binding upon the respective heirs, successors, administrators, executors and
assigns of the parties hereto.
(d) Notices, etc. All notices and other communications required or
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given
upon personal delivery or on the day sent by facsimile transmission if a true
and correct copy is sent the same day by first class mail, postage prepaid, or
by dispatch by an internationally recognized express courier service, and in
each case addressed (i) if to a Selling Shareholder at the address set forth on
Schedule A to the Investor Rights Agreement, or at the such other address as
such Selling Shareholder shall have furnished to the Company and to the other
Selling Shareholders by ten (10) days' notice in writing, or (ii) if to the
Company, at its principal office, or at such other address as the Company shall
have furnished to each Selling Shareholder in writing.
(e) Amendments; Waivers. Any provision of this Indemnification Agreement
may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in
a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the written
consent of the Company and each of the
22
<PAGE>
Selling Shareholders. Any Selling Shareholder may waive any of his, her or its
rights hereunder without obtaining the consent of any other Selling Shareholder.
Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with the first sentence of this
Section 3(e) shall be binding upon each Selling Shareholder, his, her or its
successors and assigns, and the Company. Any waiver effected in accordance with
the second sentence of this Section 3(e) shall be binding upon the waiving
Selling Shareholder and the successors and assignees of such Selling
Shareholder.
(f) Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power
or remedy accruing to any Selling Shareholder, upon any breach or default of the
Company or any other Selling Shareholder under this Indemnification Agreement,
shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Selling Shareholder, nor
shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any
acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach of default thereafter
occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a
waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any
waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any
Selling Shareholder of any breach or default under this Indemnification
Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Selling Shareholder of any
provisions or conditions of this Indemnification Agreement, must be in writing
and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such
writing. All remedies either under this Indemnification Agreement, or by law or
otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
(g) Severability. If one or more provisions of this Indemnification
Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision
shall be excluded from this Indemnification Agreement and the balance of this
Indemnification Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so
excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(h) Counterparts. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
23
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of undersigned or their respective duly authorized
officers or representatives have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of
the date first above written.
COMPANY:
METRON TECHNOLOGY B.V.
By: /s/ E. Segal
-----------------------------------
Name: E. Segal
---------------------------------
Title: President
--------------------------------
Selling Shareholders:
ENTEGRIS, INC.
By: /s/ Stan Geyer
-----------------------------------
Name: Stan Geyer
---------------------------------
Title: President and CEO
--------------------------------
FSI INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By: /s/ Luke Komarek
-----------------------------------
Name: Luke Komarek
---------------------------------
Title: Vice President
--------------------------------
J. CHRISTOPHER LEVETT-PRINSEP
/s/ J.C. Levett-Prinsep
--------------------------------------
UDO JAENSCH
/s/ Udo Jaensch
--------------------------------------
24
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.18
U.S. STOCKING DISTRIBUTOR
FIVE-YEAR AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
FLUOROWARE, INC.
3500 LYMAN BOULEVARD
CHASKA, MN 55318
AND
KYSER COMPANY
2621 RIDGEPOINT DRIVE, SUITE 230
AUSTIN, TX 78754
1. APPOINTMENT. Fluoroware, Inc. ("Fluoroware" or "we") hereby appoints Kyser
Company stocking distributor ("Distributor" or "you") for the marketing and
sale of those Fluoroware gas and liquid handling products set forth on
Schedule A, attached.
2. TERM. Subject to the provisions of Section 17, the term of this Agreement
shall be for a period of five years commencing September 1, 1997, and
ending August 31, 2002, renewing automatically for successive five-year
terms thereafter, unless terminated by either party: (a) without cause, at
the expiration of any five-year term upon one year written notice to the
other party; or (b) for cause, at any time, as provided herein.
3. AREA OF PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY. Your area of primary responsibility will be
the following territory ("territory"): states of Washington, Oregon, Idaho,
Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, the mid-portion of Texas and
northeastern Nevada. A copy of the territory map is attached.
4. FLUOROWARE OBLIGATIONS. Fluoroware will make reasonable efforts to
accomplish the following on behalf of distributor:
(a) Deliver to you with reasonable diligence all products, price lists and
other literature reasonably required for performance of your
obligations under the Agreement.
(b) Refer inquiries received by us from your primary area of
responsibility for our gas and liquid handling products.
(c) Perform its duties within a reasonable time unless prevented by
circumstances beyond our control.
(d) Conduct necessary training programs to aid distributor sales personnel
to better understand and market Fluoroware products.
<PAGE>
(e) Provide historical sales data by major product group and industry as
an aid in forecasting.
(f) Prepare final plans and forecasts, and establish corrective action
plans.
(g) Provide a quarterly performance report based on categories shown in
Section 6 and 7. Quarters are based on Fluoroware's fiscal year,
commencing September 1 of each year.
(h) Fairly and promptly provide all rewards earned by meeting or exceeding
performance standards as described in Section 8 and 9.
5. DISTRIBUTOR OBLIGATIONS.
You, as distributor, represent and warrant to Fluoroware that you will:
(a) Perform as a stocking distributor or manufacturer's representative as
specified below and use your best efforts to stock, market and sell
products within your Area of Primary Responsibility.
(b) Refer to us all inquiries received by you for the sale of the products
outside your Area of Primary Responsibility and otherwise refrain from
facilitation of sales through you outside of your territory.
(c) Not enter into any contracts or other commitments binding us without
our prior written consent.
(d) Not make any representation or give any warranty relating to the
products other than those expressly stated in Fluoroware's written
sales documents. You will be exclusively liable for any other
representations and warranties and will indemnify and hold Fluoroware
harmless from any claims (including, without limitation, Fluoroware's
attorney fees) arising from any unauthorized representations and
warranties.
(e) With reasonable notice make yourself available for instruction or
discussion as deemed necessary by Fluoroware.
(f) Subject to the terms of Section 17(c), during the term of this
Agreement and for a period of two years following its expiration or
termination (whichever is earlier), you will refrain from selling, and
refrain from having any involvement or connection with the sale of,
any products competitive with those of Fluoroware. Fluoroware shall be
entitled to enforce the provisions of this Section by a temporary
restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctions
(collectively, "specific performance").
(g) Not make any purchase on our behalf or pledge our credit.
2
<PAGE>
(h) Sell our products under the Fluoroware(R), Inc. label.
(i) Keep your account current: Net 30 days from date of invoice. If during
a quarter the distributor becomes delinquent in its payment to
Fluoroware, without approval, the distributor will be subject to a
discount penalty. The penalty will be calculated as a 2% reduction in
the distributor's discount for all of distributor's purchases during
the subsequent quarter ("subsequent quarter"). If at the end of the
subsequent quarter the distributor's payment performance is current,
the standard discount will be reactivated for the next succeeding
quarter.
If distributor's account is not brought current by the end of the
subsequent quarter, the distributor may be terminated immediately.
(j) Report distributor sales monthly. Reports must be submitted to
Fluoroware on or before the 20th day of the subsequent month.
Subsequent to Fluoroware's right to revise the reporting requirements
at any time, the reports will contain the following information for
each of distributor's customers: ship-to-address; part number; and
quantity for each customer. Each customer is to be assigned to either
microelectronic (ME) or process and instrumentation (PI) markets.
(k) Report inventory value monthly, submitted to Fluoroware by the 20th
day of the subsequent month, and reported on a distributor cost basis.
(l) Provide Fluoroware proposed annual forecast by April 15th. Twelve
month sales forecasts for September through the following August are
to be reported separately for microelectronic ("ME") and process and
instrumentation ("P&I") sales. In each market, the total sales are to
be divided into major product groups; i.e., fittings, valves, tubing
and all others. Forecasts are to be based on distributor cost.
6. DISTRIBUTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION PROGRAM.
(a) All distributors will participate in a Performance Evaluation Program.
The Performance Evaluation Program will consist of two areas:
Recognition and Award. Distributors must meet the following
performance prerequisites in order to be eligible for either the
Recognition or Award aspect of the program:
(1) Must be a Fluoroware distributor at the beginning of the fiscal
year period.
(2) Must provide 100% of the required reports on time
- Monthly sales/inventory reports
- Annual forecast report
3
<PAGE>
(3) Must make 100% of payments to Fluoroware on time, according to
the terms of this Agreement.
(4) On a quarterly basis, must maintain inventory between 10% and 35%
of distributor's average annual sales to its customers during the
preceding four quarters.
(5) Must not currently be subject to corrective action in any given
category.
7. DISTRIBUTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
(a) Distributor performance will be measured in the following three
categories:
(1) Overall sales volume
(2) Percent sales growth; Microelectronics
(3) Percent sales growth; Process and Instrumentation
(b) All distributors will be expected to meet a performance standard of
85% within each of the listed categories.
(c) The following definitions apply to the performance measurement system;
(1) Sales amounts refer to the volume of product sold to a
distributor calculated by the actual purchase price.
(2) Overall sales volume is defined as the ratio of the annualized
total reported sales to the distributor to the sales plan,
expressed as a percent.
(3) Microelectronics sales growth is the ratio of the annualized
reported microelectronic sales to the microelectronic sales plan,
expressed as a percent.
(4) Process and instrumentation sales growth is the ratio of
annualized reported process and instrumentation sales to the
process and instrumentation sales plan, expressed as a percent.
(5) The Inventory Level is defined as the ratio of the distributor
reported inventory value to the annualized sales, expressed as a
percent. The annualized sales includes sales from product(s) sold
as a sales representative.
8. DISTRIBUTOR RECOGNITION PROGRAM
4
<PAGE>
(a) Distributors will be measured in three areas of performance: overall
sales volume, sales growth in microelectronics, and sales growth in
process and instrumentation. All areas of performance will be
evaluated against the Forecast Plan established for each distributor.
(b) Distributors who meet or exceed 96% of their Forecast Plan in each
category, and meet the performance prerequisites, will be eligible for
the Recognition Program. Distributors' scores in each category will be
the percentage, to plan, that they achieve in each category.
Distributors' rank in each category will be the place number in which
they finish in that given category. The ranking scores in each
category will be totaled for an overall distributor rank, for example:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Category Rank Ranking Score
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales Volume 2 2
Growth: ME 6 6
Growth: P&I 11 11
--
19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) The distributor with the lowest total score will be recognized as
Fluoroware's Top Distributor. Recognition plaques will be issued as
follows:
(1) Platinum award given to top distributor
(2) Gold award given to second ranked distributor
(3) Silver award given to third ranked distributor
(4) Bronze award given to fourth and fifth ranked distributor.
Additionally, the Top Finisher in each of the three evaluation categories
will be recognized with a plaque.
(d) Distributors who qualify for such recognition will receive a 3%
inventory exchange as defined in paragraph 13 of this Agreement. The
inventory exchange is calculated as a percentage of the distributor's
award year purchase dollars from Fluoroware. Qualifying distributors
must place their orders for inventory exchange within 30 days after
receiving notice of the award, or the award is forfeited.
9. DISTRIBUTOR AWARD PROGRAM
5
<PAGE>
(a) The Award Program is an incentive program for distributors who achieve
exceptional results in all areas of performance (i.e., sales volume,
ME growth and P&I growth). In order to be eligible for the Award
Program, a distributor must meet or exceed 125% of the Forecast Plan
in all three categories.
(b) Those who qualify for the Award Program will be ranked utilizing the
same methodology described in the Recognition Program. The awards in
this program will be administered as a percentage of the award year
purchase dollars form Fluoroware, such awards shall not exceed the
following amounts:
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Rank Credit Award Not to Exceed
- -------------------------------------------------------------
1 3.0% $50,000
2 2.5% 40,000
3 2.0% 30,000
4 1.5% 20,000
5 1.0% 10,000
All credit awards are in the form of cash discounts on orders placed within
90 days after receiving notice of the credit award. Any credit award that
is not used in such 90-day period is forfeited.
10. DISTRIBUTOR CORRECTIVE ACTION PROGRAM
If the following a quarterly evaluation a distributor's performance does
not meet the performance standard as described in Sections 6 and 7, the
distributor will be notified. If following the next quarterly evaluation a
distributor's performance still does not meet the performance standard, the
distributor will participate in a corrective action plan. If following an annual
evaluation a distributor's performance does not meet the performance standard as
described in Sections 6 and 7, the distributor will participate in a corrective
action program.
In the first phase of corrective action the distributor meets with
Fluoroware sales territory manager to evaluate areas of unsatisfactory
performance and to create a plan to meet or exceed the performance standard. The
plans must be developed and implemented within three months of initial
notification.
In the second phase the distributor performance is monitored against the
corrective action plan for six (6) months. If performance improves and meets the
performance standard by the end of six (6) months, the distributor returns to
normal status. If at the end of six (6) months a distributor does not meet the
performance standard, Fluoroware has the right to extend the corrective action
program or terminate the relationship with the distributor.
6
<PAGE>
Following satisfactory completion of a corrective action program and
meeting the performance standard, continued performance above the performance
standard for two (2) years without further corrective action is excepted and
failure to meet the performance standard during any quarter during that two-year
period shall result in immediate termination of the distributor.
11. PRICES
(a) Fluoroware agrees to sell Fluoroware(R), Inc. products to you as a
distributor at the discounts from published list price as indicated on
Schedule B attached hereto. All prices are based on delivery FOB
Chaska, Minnesota. Distributor agrees to pay all costs of
transportation, storage and insurance.
(b) Fluoroware agrees that you shall have the right to establish the final
selling prices to your customers on all sales negotiated by you as a
stocking distributor. Fluoroware maintains the right to establish
final selling prices on all sales where the distributor is acting as a
manufacturer's representative as provided in Section 16.
(c) Fluoroware may change: (a) any published list prices and/or conditions
of sale by giving the distributor written notice of the changes at
least thirty (30) days; and (b) any terms of Schedules A, B and C
before implementation.
12. ORDER REQUIREMENTS AND INFORMATION
(a) Minimum order value is net $100.00, unless an alternate agreement is
made with Fluoroware sales management when an order is placed.
(b) Rush orders are defined as those where the request is for same day or
next day shipment from Fluoroware. It is the distributor's
responsibility to minimize these requests.
(c) Drop shipments are defined as orders shipped directly from Fluoroware
to the distributor's customers. Drop shipments will earn normal
discounts less 10%, unless an alternate written agreement is made with
Fluoroware sales management prior to the shipment.
(d) UPS and all other shipping charges incurred by Fluoroware for any rush
orders or drop shipments will be prepaid by Fluoroware, added to the
distributor's invoice and reimbursed to Fluoroware.
13. INVENTORY EXCHANGE
NEW DISTRIBUTORS ONLY:
(a) After the first twelve (12) months as a Fluoroware distributor, the
distributor may exchange product of its choosing in a dollar amount
equal to five percent (5%) of
7
<PAGE>
its first year purchases form Fluoroware. The returned product must be
received by Fluoroware by the end of the 15th month.
NEW AND EXISTING DISTRIBUTORS:
(b) At the introduction of each new product, the potential for a future
inventory exchange will be addressed. Qualifying new product,
displaced product, if any, and the time period for the exchange will
be defined. A maximum of five percent (5%) of the total combined sales
of the new and displaced products during the specified time period can
be returned.
(c) Inventory may otherwise be returned if and as allowed under Section 8
by distributors earning such rights via performance.
(d) Inventory being returned must have a Return Authorization Number. All
items must be in resalable condition, unused, in the original
packaging and of current revision level. A packing list showing part
numbers, quantities and the Return Authorization Number must accompany
returned inventory.
(e) A credit memo will be issued for the exchange. The credit allowance
will be the maximum distributor discount for each product form the
previous year's published price.
(f) A purchase order must be entered before or at the same time of the
exchange.
(g) The dollar amount of the purchase must be within $100.00 of the credit
allowance.
(h) All freight charges will be paid by the distributor.
14. RETURN FOR REPAIR POLICY PROCEDURES
(a) Products returned for repair must be issued a Return Authorization
Number prior to shipping. Products returned without an approved Return
Authorization will not be accepted.
(b) Defective products that are within Fluoroware's written warranty
period for that specific product will be replaced or repaired by
Fluoroware.
(c) Products that have been altered or tampered with in any way will void
the warranty. Fluoroware reserves the right to refuse service on any
such part.
(d) The return of products that have been exposed to hazardous media must
be approved by Fluoroware and a Fluoroware return tag must be
completed prior to product return.
8
<PAGE>
Fluoroware may require that the product(s) be cleaned and neutralized to
Fluoroware's satisfaction or service may be refused.
15. RETURN FOR CREDIT
(a) Full credit for the order in question will be issued if a product or
shipping error was made by Fluoroware. Freight charges for returning
the shipment will be paid by Fluoroware.
(b) There will be a restocking charge of twenty-five percent (25%) of the
distributor's purchase price on all resalable items returned for
credit when the error is made by the purchaser. Shipping charges to be
paid by the purchaser. Charges on collect return will be deducted from
the allowable credit.
(c) All items must be in resalable condition, unused, in the original
packaging and or the current revision level.
(d) Claims for shortages or inaccurate filling of orders must be made
to Fluoroware within ten (10) days after receipt of shipment.
(e) Returned goods will be accepted only with prior approval and Return
Authorization Number.
(f) Goods orders through a distributor and returned to Fluoroware by the
end-user will not be accepted without prior approval.
16. MANUFACTURER'S SALES REPRESENTATIVE ROLE
(a) Occasionally, Fluoroware may ask you to act as a manufacturer's sale
representative ("manufacturer's representative"), instead of as a
stocking distributor in order to obtain or maintain a specific
customer's business for CFM products. Schedule C contains the
commission structure for sales credited to you in your capacity as a
manufacturer's representative. Commission will be paid in the form of
a credit memo on paid invoices.
Billing and shipping will occur between the customer and Fluoroware. The
manufacturer's representative's role will include, but not be limited to, local
sales and support.
You will serve as a manufacturer's representative with regard to the
sale of any non-standard Fluoroware products, including all specialized or
customer made products.
Special events involving a customer not specified on Schedule C, may occur
and are best accommodated by a distributor acting as a manufacturer's
representative. The commission and role of the representative in these
situations will be determined prior to the sale and in accordance with Schedule
C.
9
<PAGE>
Certain CFM products with high volume, multiple configurations, machined or
fabricated to a customer specification, and low margins may also be sold through
a distributor acting as a manufacturer's representative.
(b) Your authority as a manufacturer's representative shall be limited to,
and defined by, the terms set forth in Section 16A, paragraph 5.
17. TERMINATION
(a) This Agreement can be terminated by Fluoroware immediately upon
written notice if:
(1) You attempt to assign or subcontract this Agreement or rights or
obligations hereunder without prior written consent of
Fluoroware.
(2) There is a change in the control, operation or management of your
business which is unacceptable to Fluoroware.
(3) You cease to function as a going concern or cease to conduct
operations on behalf of Fluoroware in the normal course of
business.
(4) You encounter serious financial difficulty which affects your
performance under this Agreement.
(5) Fluoroware receives information that's you may be unable to
perform this Agreement and you do not provide Fluoroware adequate
proof of your ability to perform within 30 days after written
notice from Fluoroware.
(6) You misrepresent a sales agreement or sales report, or sell
samples.
(7) You engage in activity which is in competition with Fluoroware
products or violates any of your obligations under Section 5.
(8) You fail to keep your account current or cease to make payment to
Fluoroware or fail to pay the balance due on your account
immediately upon receipt of a second written warning of failure
to pay.
(9) You fail to pay the balance due on your account immediately upon
receiving late payment notice as part of any quarterly
evaluation.
(b) This Agreement may otherwise be terminated by Fluoroware according to
the corrective action plan referred to in Section 10.
(c) In the event of termination under Section 17 or any other breach
(collectively, "breach"), distributor agrees: (1) to pay Fluoroware
all damages arising from the breach and all attorney fees, costs and
disbursements incurred by Fluoroware in
10
<PAGE>
enforcing its rights under this Agreement; and (2) that it will not,
for a period of two years following the effective date of the breach
or termination (whichever is later), represent any manufacturer of
products competitive with Fluoroware, and that it will not sell, or
have any involvement or connection with the sale of, any products
competitive with those of Fluoroware. Fluoroware shall be entitled to
enforce the provisions of this Section by specific performance.
(d) If Fluoroware terminates this agreement for any reason other than for
breach, the parties agree that the actual damages resulting form the
breach are not readily ascertainable and that Fluoroware will pay the
distributor the following amount as liquidated damages in lieu of any
other damages or remedies: For a period of two (2) years commencing
the effective date of termination, Fluoroware will pay the distributor
a commission of ten percent of all sales of Fluoroware products in the
distributor's territory during that two-year period. The commission
shall only be paid on the same Fluoroware products which the
distributor sold within the territory prior to the termination. The
commission payable under this clause 17(d), shall be based exclusively
on the price Fluoroware charges its next distributor for such products
(after subtracting any discounts, credits or awards) and shall NOT
include any other customary charges, including without limitation
taxes, transportation, storage and returns. This commission shall be
payable on a quarterly basis within thirty (30) days after the date of
any quarter during such two-year period. The parties agree that the
remedy provided in this Section 17(d) is not a penalty.
(e) If the distributor terminates this agreement for any reason other than
Fluoroware's breach, the distributor agrees that it will not, for a
period of two (2) years following the effective date of the
termination, represent any manufacturer of products competitive with
Fluoroware, and that it will not sell, or have any involvement or
connection with the sale of, any products competitive with those of
Fluoroware. Fluoroware shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of
this Section 17(e) by specific performance. The parties agreed that
the remedy provided in this Section 17(e) is not a penalty.
18. RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION
(a) On termination of this Agreement, for any cause whatsoever, it is
hereby expressly agreed that Fluoroware shall deliver against all
distributor orders previously accepted subject to payment on delivery
and will negotiate all outstanding credit memos with distributor.
(b) If Fluoroware should terminate this Agreement, all stock may be
returned for full credit provided it is in resalable condition. If the
distributor terminates the Agreement, Fluoroware is not responsible
for taking back stock.
19. CONFIDENTIALITY
11
<PAGE>
(a) Any information provided between Fluoroware and distributor which the
provider deems confidential or proprietary shall be labeled as such at
the time of disclosure if the disclosure is written, or if verbal,
shall be confirmed in writing as confidential within thirty (30) days
after disclosure. The receiving party shall treat such information in
confidence and shall take reasonable and customary steps to assure
that such information is not shared with any third party. Information
shall not be confidential if its already known to recipient at the
time of disclosure or recipient otherwise learns of it via a third
party which is free to disclose it without obligation. These
obligations shall remain in effect during the term of this Agreement
and for a period of two (2) years thereafter.
If the parties have singed any other non-disclosure or confidentiality
agreements, the terms of such agreements shall supplement the terms of this
agreement.
(b) All reports and documentation supplied to Fluoroware by the
distributor pursuant to the requirements of Section 5(j)-(l) shall be
considered confidential and shall be subject to the confidentiality
obligations identified in the paragraph above.
20. MODIFICATION
(a) Except as provided in Section 20(b) of this Agreement, this Agreement
may only be modified in writing, signed by the distributor and
Fluoroware.
(b) If, under the terms of this Agreement, Fluoroware has reserved the
right to modify any specific terms including, without limitation, the
terms described in Section 11(c)) (collectively, "reserved terms"),
Fluoroware may modify those reserved terms by giving the distributor
written notice of the modifications at least 30 days before
implementation.
21. MERGER
(a) This Agreement incorporates the full understanding of the parties and
replaces in its entirety any and all prior understandings relating to
distribution rights and any other contracts or obligations between the
parties. There are no other agreements between the parties except as
stated herein, all such prior or other agreements being merged into
this Agreement.
(b) If Fluoroware waives any breach by this distributor (or any other
distributor), such waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach by this distributor (or any other distributor).
22. GOVERNING LAW
(a) This Agreement shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of
Minnesota.
12
<PAGE>
FLUOROWARE, INC.
Signed: /s/ Thomas R. Burhoe Dated: 9/9/97
- ---------------------------
Thomas R. Burhoe
North American Sales Manager
Critical Fluid Management
KYSER COMPANY
Signed: /s/ Greg Claeys Dated: 9/19/97
- ----------------------------
Greg Claeys
President
Kyser Company
13
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.19
STAT-PRO(R)3000 and STAT-PRO(R)3000 E PURCHASE AND SUPPLY
---------------------------------------------------------
AGREEMENT
---------
This agreement, by and between
Miller Waste Mills, d/b/a RTP COMPANY, a corporation of the State of
Minnesota having offices at 580 Front Street, Winona, MN 55987 (hereafter "RTP")
and
FLUOROWARE, INC., a corporation of the State of Minnesota having offices at
3500 Lyman Blvd., Chaska, MN 55318 (hereafter "Fluoroware")
W I T N E S S E T H, That:
-------------------
WHEREAS RTP manufactures and sells Compounded PEEK(TM)resins;
WHEREAS Fluoroware has for some period of time purchased Compounded
PEEK(TM) resins from RTP; and
WHEREAS RTP desires to continue to supply Compounded PEEK(TM) resins to
Fluoroware, and Fluoroware desires to continue to purchase such resins from RTP;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises set
forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I - TERM AND SCOPE
- ---------------------------
1.01 This Agreement shall cover the period July 1, 1998, to August 31,
2003. No less than six (6) months prior to the end of such five year period, the
parties will enter into discussions regarding the terms and conditions under
which this Agreement may be extended.
1.02 Both Parties reserve the right to terminate this contract on August
31, 2001, at their sole discretion. This termination must be given via 90 day
written notice.
1.03 This Agreement shall relate solely to the supply of Compounded
PEEK(TM) resins by RTP to any Fluoroware designated location world wide.
ARTICLE 2 - PRODUCT
- -------------------
2.01 RTP will sell, and Fluoroware will purchase the following Compounded
PEEK(TM) resins (hereafter "Product") as further described in the Fluoroware
Resin Specification & Control Plan" as set forth on Attachment A, hereto or as
such attachment is amended and mutually agreed upon from time to time (hereafter
"Fluoroware Resin Specification"):
-1-
<PAGE>
Fluoroware Part Number 830 Stat-Pro(R) 3000
RTP 2299X59069 Natural/black
Fluoroware Part Number 900 Stat-Pro(R) 3000 E
RTP 2299X76246B Natural/black
2.02 RTP recognizes that Fluoroware Stat-Pro(R) 3000, RTP 2299X59069 and
Stat-Pro(R) 3000 E, RTP 2299X76246B Natural/black, are proprietary resins to
Fluoroware and will not be sold to any other customer.
ARTICLE 3 - EXCLUSIVITY
- -----------------------
3.01 Provided that Fluoroware purchases at least 50% of the annual
quantities specified in Article 7 of this agreement, RTP shall use the
combination of PEEK(TM) and the high purity carbon fiber found in Fluoroware
Part Number 900, solely and exclusively for Fluoroware uses in storage and
transportation carriers, pods, wafer transport modules, boxes and other mutually
agreed upon products exclusively for the semiconductor market.
3.02 In granting the above-referenced exclusivity, it is RTP's intent to
not knowingly sell to others who intend to utilize the Products for these
Applications,
3.03 Nothing herein shall be construed as granting Fluoroware any exclusive
right to purchase any products other than Product set forth in paragraph 2.01
for use in the Applications nor prohibit RTP from selling Product for use in any
applications other than the Applications set forth in paragraph 3.01
ARTICLE 4 - QUALITY ASSURANCE
- -----------------------------
4.01 RTP warrants to Fluoroware that the Product will conform to Product
specifications and will provide certification with each shipment of Product
indicating compliance with such specification.
ARTICLE 5 - INSPECTION
- ----------------------
5.01 For the purpose of confirming compliance with Fluoroware Resin
Specification all Product supplied hereunder shall be subject to inspection by
Fluoroware. RTP will submit two plaques molded from each lot of Product to
Fluoroware for use in inspection .
5.02 In the event that any of the Product shipped to Fluoroware under this
Agreement does not meet the appropriate Fluoroware Resin Specification, then
Fluoroware shall have the right to reject such Product by giving RTP prompt
notice thereof. RTP may at its option obtain samples of the rejected Product
from Fluoroware for analysis. RTP will ship replacement Product to Fluoroware
within three (3) days of receipt of notification of such rejection provided
-2-
<PAGE>
both parties agree on the cause of rejection, and RTP has a quantity of
acceptable raw materials to produce replacement material. RTP will fully credit
Fluoroware for the rejected Product provided RTP agrees that it is responsible
for causing the non-compliance. RTP will be responsible for any expenses
incurred in returning such rejected Product and in providing new product.
ARTICLE 6 - PACKAGING
- ---------------------
6.01 Product will be delivered in Gaylord boxes with a sealed polyethylene
liner, or other container as acceptable to RTP subject to the prior written
approval of Fluoroware.
ARTICLE 7 - QUANTITY
- --------------------
7.01 Provided that raw materials are available in 1998, RTP agrees to sell,
at a minimum, (*) pounds of Product to Fluoroware. Provided its total
requirements for Product equal or exceed (*) pounds in 1998, Fluoroware agrees
to purchase a minimum of (*) pounds of Product from RTP.
7.02 Provided that raw materials are available in 1999, RTP agrees to sell,
at a minimum, (*) pounds of Product to Fluoroware. Provided its total
requirements for Product equal or exceed (*) pounds in 1999, Fluoroware agrees
to purchase a minimum of (*) pounds of Product from RTP.
7.03 Provided that raw materials are available in 2000, RTP agrees to sell,
at a minimum, (*) pounds of Product to Fluoroware. Provided its total
requirements for Product equal or exceed (*) pounds in 2000, Fluoroware agrees
to purchase a minimum of (*) pounds of Product from RTP.
7.04 Provided that raw materials are available in 2001, RTP agrees to sell,
at a minimum, (*) pounds of Product to Fluoroware. Provided its total
requirements for Product equal or exceed (*) pounds in 2001, Fluoroware agrees
to purchase a minimum of (*) pounds of Product from RTP.
7.05 Provided that raw materials are available in 2002, RTP agrees to sell,
at a minimum, (*) pounds of Product to Fluoroware. Provided its total
requirements for Product equal or exceed (*) pounds in 2002, Fluoroware agrees
to purchase a minimum of (*) pounds of Product from RTP.
(*) Denotes confidential information that has been omitted and filed
separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
-3-
<PAGE>
7.06 In the event that Fluoroware's total requirements for Product exceed
the minimum purchase and supply obligations set forth in paragraphs 7.01 through
7.05, RTP shall utilize best efforts to provide additional pounds to meet
Fluoroware's requirements.
7.07 RTP agrees to stock Product in quantities sufficient to meet
Fluoroware's forecast needs, during planned down times either at RTP or at RTP's
suppliers.
ARTICLE 8 - FORECAST REQUIREMENTS
- ---------------------------------
8.01 Fluoroware will provide RTP a written forecast of its Product
quantities on an annual basis no later than ninety (90) days prior to this
Agreement's anniversary date.
8.02 Quarterly forecast updates will be provided on or before the fifteenth
of the month preceding any quarter. This quarterly forecast will forecast
quantities in the following two quarters.
ARTICLE 9 - PURCHASE ORDERS
- ---------------------------
9.01 Purchase orders will be issued for Product indicating Fluoroware Resin
Specification revision level and quantities. Shipments will be authorized by
P.O. releases.
ARTICLE 10 - PRICE
- ------------------
10.01 RTP agrees the price of 830 shall not exceed $(*) per pound, and the
price for 900 shall not exceed $(*) per pound for the first year of this
Agreement and shall decrease each year thereafter. If Fluoroware purchases at
least 75% of the annual quantities called out in Article 7, the price shall
decrease a minimum of $0.30 per pound per year with reductions taking effect on
each anniversary date of this contract. If Fluoroware purchases 50%-74% of the
annual quantities called out in Article 7, the price shall decrease a minimum of
$0.15 per pound per year with reductions taking effect on each anniversary date
of this contract. If Fluoroware purchases less than 50% of the annual quantities
called out in Article 7, their will be no annual reduction required on the first
of each year, however both parties will continue to work in good faith to find
ways to reduce the cost of this material.
(*) Denotes confidential information that has been omitted and filed
separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
-4-
<PAGE>
These decreases may be achieved by RTP reducing internal costs, or by RTP
submitting cost savings suggestions to Fluoroware in writing, where Fluoroware
accepts the suggestion and the purchase price is reduced. All cost savings
suggestions submitted in writing which end up reducing the price to Fluoroware,
will be put towards the annual $0.30 per pound per year reduction requirements.
10.02 Payment Terms are Net 15 days from date of Invoice. Invoices to be
consolidated monthly. Price of Product is FOB: Delivered, Freight Allowed, to
designated locations in the United States. Price of Product is FOB: Vessel, to
designated locations outside the United States.
10.03 RTP and Fluoroware agree to meet annually to set price reduction
targets for Product and will work together for continuous improvement in the
supply chain of this Product. RTP will actively pursue raw material cost savings
through the use of alternate raw materials. Any raw material changes must be
approved by Fluoroware. RTP will pass along any savings resulting from use of
alternate raw materials in the form of a Product price reduction.
10.04 RTP will make every effort to seek stable and/or decreasing prices
from its suppliers of the raw materials that make up the Stat Pro(R) 3000 and
Stat Pro(R) 3000 E. In the event there is a verified price increase in raw
materials during the term of this agreement, RTP may pass along that portion of
the price increase which directly impacts the cost of Fluoroware's Stat Pro(R)
3000 and Stat Pro(R) 3000 E, provided that RTP shares concrete evidence of the
price change, and negotiates in Fluoroware's behalf to neutralize any increases.
In the event of a reduction in the cost of any raw materials, RTP agrees to
share 50% of any raw material decreases with Fluoroware. These raw material
reductions will not affect the annual reductions called out in paragraph 10.01.
ARTICLE 11 -BEST PRICE
- ----------------------
11.01 Should RTP sell a resin similar to this Product (in like quantities)
to a third party for use in applications like those currently sold by Fluoroware
at a price lower than the price of such Product sold to Fluoroware hereunder,
then RTP shall offer such lower price to Fluoroware for Product for such term as
the lower price is in effect with the third party.
ARTICLE 12 - SUPPLY ASSURANCE
- -----------------------------
12.01 Except for adverse circumstances beyond the control of RTP such as an
Act of God, fire, explosion, flood, unavailability of raw materials, or war
which impact RTP's ability to supply Product hereunder, Fluoroware's
requirements will be assured before similar products are sold to other
customers.
-5-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 13 - REPORTING
- ----------------------
13.01 On a quarterly basis, Fluoroware will provide RTP with Quality and
Delivery Performance Ratings. RTP agrees to develop corrective action plans for
review and approval by Fluoroware when Quality Performance falls below on
hundred percent (100%) and/or Delivery Performance falls below ninety-seven
percent (97%).
ARTICLE 14 - MISCELLANEOUS
- --------------------------
14.01 This Agreement is not assignable or transferable by either party, in
whole or in part, except with prior written consent of the other party.
14.02 This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of Minnesota. Any dispute relating to this Agreement
which the Parties are not able to resolve through amicable discussion and
negotiation shall be resolved by binding arbitration in Minneapolis, Minnesota,
pursuant to the COMMERCIAL RULES of the American Arbitration Association. The
decision of the arbitrator shall be final and shall be enforceable in any court
of competent jurisdiction.
14.03 This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding
between RTP and Fluoroware relative to the subject matter hereof and there are
no understandings, agreements, conditions or representations, oral or written,
expressed or implied, with reference to the subject matter hereof that are not
merged or superseded hereby. No amendment, modification or release from any
provision hereof shall be of any force or effect unless it is in writing, signed
by the party claimed to be bound thereby, and specifically refers to this
Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
by their duly authorized representatives on the dates indicated below.
RTP, INC. FLUOROWARE, INC.
BY: /s/ Illegible BY: /s/ Ross Hanson
----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
TITLE: V.P., Business Management TITLE: Corporate Purchasing Manager
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
DATE: 6/29/98 DATE: 6/17/98
--------------------------------- --------------------------------
BY: /s/ Illegible BY: /s/ Illegible
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------
TITLE: C.E.O. TITLE: Supply Manager
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
DATE: 6/30/98 DATE: 6/17/98
--------------------------------- ---------------------------------
-6-
<PAGE>
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
FLUOROWARE, INC. ("Recipient") has requested RTP Company ("RTP") to provide
certain specific technical and other information ("Material Information") highly
confidential to RTP regarding the following RTP materials ("Materials"):
COMPOUNDS FOR STAT PRO(R) 3000 LS
- ---------------------------------
Because of the extremely sensitive nature of the Material Information, this
agreement shall exclusively govern Recipient's obligations regarding use and
nondisclosure of the Material Information, whether or not labeled as
confidential. Any samples of the Material shall be deemed Confidential Samples,
use and disclosure of which are also restricted below.
1. Recipient's Obligations
a) Recipient will use the Material Information solely in connection
with and for the purpose of:
Approving RTP's materials for use in recipient's production processes
at its facility in Chaska, MN.
Without limitation of the foregoing, Recipient may not use the Material
Information to produce, or assist any other person to produce products
competitive with the Materials. Recipient shall not disclose the Material
Information to any person outside of Recipient, whether another Recipient
supplier, a competitor of RTP, a customer of Recipient or otherwise.
b) Confidential Samples shall be used solely for testing in connection
with the Permitted Purpose and in no case shall they be analyzed for
content, sold or made available to any other person.
c) Within Recipient, Recipient shall protect and keep confidential the
Material Information with the highest degree of care and shall disclose it
solely to Recipient employees with a need to know for the Permitted
Purpose. Recipient shall be responsible for enforcing this agreement for
the benefit of RTP.
d) All documents containing the Material Information (whether
delivered by RTP or prepared by Recipient) are and will remain RTP's
property. At RTP's written request, Recipient must promptly return to RTP
all those materials and any copies promptly at RTP's request. Recipient's
obligations under this Agreement will last indefinitely.
2. Exclusions. Recipient's obligations under this Agreement shall not apply
to information which:
a. is or becomes known to the public through no fault of Recipient or
its employees;
-7-
<PAGE>
b. is already known to Recipient prior to its receipt as shown by the
written records of Recipient (but Recipient acknowledges that the requested
information is not now known to Recipient); or
c. becomes known to Recipient by disclosure from a third party who has
a lawful right to disclose the information.
3. Entire Agreement. This is the complete Agreement between the parties
regarding the treatment of the Material Information and Confidential Samples,
and may be changed only by a written amendment.
Recipient: FLUOROWARE, INC. RTP COMPANY
BY: /s/ Illegible BY: /s/ Illegible
------------------------------ --------------------------------------
TITLE: Supply Manager TITLE: Vice President, Business Management
--------------------------- -----------------------------------
DATE: 4/6/98 DATE: April 2, 1998
---------------------------- ------------------------------------
-8-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.20
AMENDED AND RESTATED DISTRIBUTORSHIP AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the 1st day of December,
1999, by and between ENTEGRIS, INC., a Minnesota corporation ("Entegris"),
EMPAK, INC., a Minnesota corporation ("Empak"), MARUBENI AMERICA CORPORATION, a
New York corporation (the "Exporter"), and MARUBENI CORPORATION, a Japanese
corporation (the "Distributor").
Recitals
WHEREAS, Entegris has acquired all of the issued and outstanding common
stock of Empak and Fluoroware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation ("Fluoroware"),
pursuant to that certain Consolidation Agreement under the terms of which both
Empak and Fluoroware will continue to independently manufacture some or all of
their respective product lines for a limited period of time until such time as
Entegris deems it appropriate to combine the manufacturing operations and
facilities of both entities, in which case each entity may cease to exist as
independent legal entities; and
WHEREAS, Empak, the Exporter and the Distributor have been and continue to
be parties to a distribution agreement for the distribution of products
manufactured by Empak in the territory of Japan pursuant to that certain
Distributorship Agreement dated February 28, 1997 (the "First Distributorship
Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, Entegris is now engaged in the manufacture and world-wide
distribution of products including, but not limited to, products of similar
design, function and application to products as defined in the First
Distributorship Agreement, directly or through its subsidiaries and affiliates;
and
WHEREAS, by virtue of the combination, Entegris has elected to distribute
products by business line rather than by manufacturer as contemplated in the
First Distributorship Agreement, according to the following business line
categories: Test Assembly and Packaging ("TAP"), Critical Fluid Management
("CFM"), Wafer Management ("WM") and Integrated Shipping Systems ("ISS"). The
foregoing business lines shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be referred to
individually and/or collectively as "Business Lines;" and
WHEREAS, the parties have agreed to modify the First Distributorship
Agreement to provide for the distribution of products manufactured by Entegris
and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates by Business Line.
Agreement
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
<PAGE>
Article I
Definitions
1.1) When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:
(a) "Products" shall mean ISS products (multiple wafer shippers,
disk shippers and disk process cassettes) manufactured by Entegris
and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates.
(b) "Territory" shall mean Japan.
(c) "Entegris" when used herein shall refer to Entegris and/or
Empak as the context requires until the latter's dissolution or the
assumption of manufacturing and sales operations by Entegris.
Article II
Appointment
2.1) Entegris hereby appoints the Exporter as its exclusive exporter
to purchase and export Products into the Territory during the term of this
Agreement. Entegris hereby appoints the Distributor as its exclusive
distributor to sell, market and distribute Products into the Territory
during the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the Exporter and
Distributor shall cease the purchase and resale of SMIF type pods to all
customers as soon as possible, with the exception that the purchase and
resale of 200 mm SMIF type pods to Sony, Fujitsu and Dai Nippon Printing
may continue through August 31, 2000 at which time all sales of SMIF type
pods shall cease. Both the Exporter and the Distributor hereby accept such
appointment, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
2.2) With respect to the disk shippers and disk process cassettes
("Disk Products"), the list of customers in the Territory for which the
Exporter and the Distributor shall have the exclusive right to sell the
Disk Products shall be as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made
an integral part hereof.
Article III
Relationship
3.1) The relationship between Entegris, Empak and the Exporter and
between the Exporter and the Distributor, respectively, created hereby is
that of vendor and vendee only, and nothing contained in this Agreement
shall be deemed or construed as constituting one party as an agent or legal
representative of the other party for any purpose whatsoever, or as
conferring upon one party any right or authority to assume or create any
obligation or responsibility, express or implied, orally or in writing, on
behalf of or in the name of the other party or to bind the other party in
any manner whatsoever.
-2-
<PAGE>
Article IV
Prices; Minimum Order; Forecasts; Withdrawal from Manufacturing
4.1) The prices of Products purchased by the Exporter from Entegris
shall be as set forth in the price list attached hereto as Exhibit B and
made an integral part hereof. Entegris shall notify the Exporter of price
changes not later than thirty (30) days prior to the respective effective
date thereof.
4.2) All duties and taxes applicable to or levied on Products sold to
the Exporter hereunder by any level of government or any subdivision,
agency or instrumentality thereof outside the Territory shall be borne and
paid by the Exporter. All duties and taxes applicable to or levied on
Products sold to the Distributor hereunder by any level of government or
any subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof in the Territory, except
as hereinafter specified, shall be borne and paid by the Distributor.
4.3) From time to time, Entegris shall furnish the Distributor with a
suggested list price of the Products (the "Suggested List Price"). Both
parties understand that the Suggested List Price shall have the character
of price recommendations only. The Distributor shall provide Entegris when
requested with a report describing: (i) the quantity of each type of
Product sold; (ii) the prices charged by the Distributor for each type of
Product; and (iii) a description of the costs incurred by the Distributor
related to the Products, including, but not limited to, delivery, handling
and document preparation charges.
4.4) Unless approved by Entegris in writing, the Distributor shall
purchase Products in case lots only; provided, however, the Distributor may
order less than a full case for the sole purpose of providing evaluation
samples of the Products, in which case the Distributor shall pay fifty
percent (50%) of Entegris' list price plus one hundred percent (100%) of
the shipping and handling charges.
4.5) The Distributor shall provide to Entegris, no later than thirty
(30) days prior to the beginning of each calendar quarter a forecast of
sales by Product for each of the next twelve (12) months. Such forecast
shall be updated on a rolling basis each month. The Distributor agrees to
purchase and take delivery of a minimum of three (3) months' forecasted
sales of each Product each calendar year.
4.6) Entegris shall receive all orders at least thirty (30) days prior
to the date specified in such order for delivery unless the specified
Products are already in Entegris' available-for-shipment inventory. Subject
to raw material availability, expected normal lead-time from order
acceptance to shipment date is three weeks. A lead-time report will be
provided by Entegris from time to time to reflect changes in capacity
loading. Entegris will ship earlier than three weeks if requested by a
customer on a best efforts basis. All such orders shall be subject to
acceptance and confirmation by Entegris.
-3-
<PAGE>
4.7) In the event the Exporter and/or the Distributor request
modifications or cancellations on an accepted order when the Cargo Ready
Date (C/R) is less than 30 days away, no cancellations will be allowed,
otherwise, the Distributor shall pay a fee equal to one hundred percent
(100%) of the aggregate purchase price of Products covered by the
cancellation through the Exporter. If the Cargo Ready Date is greater than
30 days but less than 60 days, the order may not be cancelled but may be
moved out by three weeks (21 days). If Entegris delays more than two (2)
weeks from the acknowledged Cargo Ready Date, the difference between air
and ocean freight costs shall be borne by Entegris.
4.8) The prices of Products sold by the Distributor in the Territory
shall be determined by the Distributor, subject to the Distributor
Covenants (Article VIII, 8.1, 8.5).
4.9) Entegris may withdraw a Product from manufacture or distribution
upon ninety (90) days notice to the Exporter and/or Distributor.
Article V
Payment Terms; Order Cancellation
5.1) Payment for Products purchased by the Exporter shall be made to
average net thirty (30) days after transfer to Exporter's designated
transfer agent or carrier, F.O.B. point of origin or Entegris' designated
manufacturing facility. Payments will be made each month by the 15th day of
the month for shipments occurring the previous month, provided that the
Exporter has received invoices for such Products by the 5th day of the
month when the payment is due and there exists no known written dispute
with respect to such invoices. If Entegris falls to receive a payment by
the 15th day of the month, then the Exporter shall pay a finance charge of
two percent (2%) per month in addition for the actual number of days
elapsed. Entegris shall provide to the Exporter a statement of any
outstanding finance charges on a quarterly basis.
Article VI
Delivery Terms; Risk of Loss
6.1) The terms of shipment of Products shall be F.O.B. point of origin
or Entegris' designated manufacturing facility, unless otherwise agreed
upon. Risk of loss shall pass to the Exporter upon transfer to the
Exporter's designated transfer agent or carrier.
Article VII
Individual Purchase Orders
7.1) Individual purchase orders shall be submitted on the Exporter's
purchase order (the "Purchase Order") bearing its standard terms and
conditions of sale. Notwithstanding the Exporter's published standard terms
and conditions, Entegris' standard terms and conditions shall apply. The
form
-4-
<PAGE>
of Entegris' or Empak's terms and conditions of purchase, as the case may
be, are attached hereto as Exhibit C and made an integral part hereof.
Entegris shall have, as soon as possible, but not more than seven (7) days
after receipt of each Purchase Order to note any exceptions thereto, which
shall be distributed to the Exporter and/or the Distributor via facsimile.
7.2) Each Purchase Order shall be deemed to incorporate all of the
terms and conditions of this Agreement to the extent applicable. In the
event of conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
the terms and conditions contained on the reverse side of said Purchase
Order, this Agreement shall control.
Article VIII
Distributor Covenants
8.1) The Distributor shall use its best efforts to actively promote
the sale and distribution of Products in the Territory, shall maintain the
highest standards of performance in sales, service, physical facilities,
financial responsibility and general conduct toward the public, and shall
otherwise carry out the terms of this Agreement. The Distributor shall
conduct its relationships with the Exporter and other affiliates in such a
manner that the competitiveness of Products in the marketplace will not be
negatively affected.
8.2) The Distributor shall designate whether a Product is ordered for
sale and delivery to a particular customer or to be held in the
Distributor's inventory. If a Product is ordered for sale and delivery to a
particular customer, then the Distributor covenants that it shall not sell
and deliver the Product to another customer without prior written notice to
Entegris. The Distributor agrees, that during the term of this Agreement,
it shall not sell Products to any customer who the Distributor knows or
should reasonably know intends to resell or otherwise distribute Products
outside the Territory. In the event empty Products sold by the Distributor
are shipped or consigned for delivery outside of the Territory without the
consent of Entegris, whether by a customer to a third party or to the
customer's facilities outside of the Territory, Entegris shall backcharge
the Distributor for all commissions or other compensation due Entegris'
local representatives or distributors, and/or Entegris may terminate this
Agreement if the Distributor knowingly violates the Territory restrictions
as described herein.
8.3) The Distributor shall establish a dedicated staff of sales and
technical personnel whose exclusive duties will involve selling, marketing
and distributing Products in the Territory, and otherwise fulfilling the
terms and intent of this Agreement. A schedule setting forth the names and
titles of each such persons shall be provided in writing to Entegris within
thirty (30) days of the date of this Agreement, and the Distributor shall
provide Entegris an amended schedule within thirty (30) days of any change
in the composition of such staff of sales and technical personnel. The
sales and technical personnel selected by the Distributor shall be
sufficient in expertise and number to sell, market and distribute Products
and otherwise fulfill the terms and intent of this Agreement. The
Distributor
-5-
<PAGE>
acknowledges that temporarily assigning personnel from its other operations
shall not be sufficient for purposes of fulfilling its obligations under
this Article 8.3.
8.4) During the term of this Agreement, the Distributor shall, by use
of its best efforts, prompt delivery, efficient service and otherwise,
actively builds, maintains and develops the full sales potential for
Products within the Territory. To the best of its efforts, the Distributor
shall devote time to expanding the sale of Products and the Distributor
shall cooperate with Entegris in Entegris' plans for the building,
maintenance and expansion of such sales. The Distributor shall regularly
solicit customers within the Territory. The Distributor shall keep Entegris
informed of the progress of the Distributor's marketing efforts, and shall
provide to Entegris: (i) continuous market feedback and forecasts; (ii)
monthly activity reports; and (iii) annual customer sales plans, so that
Entegris may schedule its manufacturing activities accordingly.
8.5) The Distributor shall not use subdistributors in connection with
fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement without informing Entegris
of the identity and affiliate relationship of the subdistributor to the
Distributor. The Distributor shall have responsibility for the actions and
performance of its subdistributors.
Article IX
Entegris Covenants
9.1) Entegris shall provide the Distributor, free of charge, from time
to time, basic information and illustrative materials for the preparation
of catalogs and advertising and promotional literature, together with
technical data, new Product releases, and all other sales materials
pertinent to Products. These illustrative materials may be supplied with
terms and conditions (including Entegris' warranty terms and disclaimers).
However, it shall be the responsibility of the Distributor to provide
translation and delivery of the warranty for Products as required by
Article X.
Product samples provided by Entegris to the Distributor shall be paid
for on a 50/50 basis between the parties with the Distributor paying for
the cost of shipping. Samples provided for the purpose of qualifying an
engineering change which accrue to the benefit of Entegris shall be
provided at no charge by Entegris.
9.2) Entegris reserves the right to communicate directly with
customers of Products regarding technical support or Product quality; or
for any reason if a customer requests to directly communicate with
Entegris.
9.3) Entegris agrees, that during the term of this Agreement, it shall
not sell Products to any Distributor or customer located outside the
Territory who Entegris knows or should reasonably know intends to resell or
otherwise distribute Products inside the Territory. In the event Products
sold by Entegris outside the Territory are shipped or consigned for
delivery inside the Territory, whether by a
-6-
<PAGE>
distributor or customer to a third party or to a distributor's or
customer's facilities inside the Territory, the Distributor shall receive a
commission equal to ten percent (10%) of Gross Sales of such Products. The
term "Gross Sales" means gross sales of Products net of freight and other
customarily deductible costs.
Article X
Warranty
10.1) Entegris warrants that Products sold and delivered to the
Exporter and/or the Distributor hereunder are in accordance with Entegris'
written warranty attached hereto as Exhibit D (the "Entegris' Written
Warranty").
10.2) The Distributor shall provide each customer of Products with a
copy of Entegris' Written Warranty (as translated into Japanese): (i) on
each occasion that it delivers Products to such customers or (ii) annually,
in a writing to the customer which contains Entegris' Written Warranty. The
Distributor shall provide, annually, certification of compliance with the
foregoing and a list of customers to whom the translated Written Warranty
was provided. The Distributor shall not warrant any Empak Product beyond
the scope of Entegris' Written Warranty, and agrees not to make any oral or
written representations concerning Products except as approved by Entegris
in writing from time to time.
10.3) In the event that any Product or part thereof are found to be
defective or not in conformity with the agreed specifications within the
written warranty period, Entegris' sole obligation shall be to replace such
defective or non-conforming Product(s) free of charge within sixty (60)
days or as soon as practicable after receipt of a claim from the
Distributor. In no event shall Entegris have any responsibility or bear any
liability for the cost of labor for the repair of any defective Product(s),
the removal of any defective Product(s) or the installation of any
replacement Product(s).
10.4) All transportation and other costs incurred in connection with
sorting or the return of any defective or non-conforming Products or part
thereof and the replacement therefor pursuant to the foregoing Article 10.2
shall be borne by Entegris; provided, however, that Entegris shall not be
responsible for any of the foregoing costs until it has issued an
authorization order, in writing to the Distributor, authorizing the
Distributor to (i) return such defective or non-conforming Products; or
(ii) take other remedial action.
10.5) Entegris shall indemnify and hold the Distributor harmless from
and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, claim or liability which may
be incurred by or asserted against the Distributor as a result of any
breach of the warranty contained in Article 10.1 above; provided, however,
that Entegris shall not be required to indemnify and hold the Distributor
harmless from any loss, damage, cost, expense, claim or liability which may
be incurred by or against the Distributor as a result the Distributor's
failure to comply with Article 10.2 above.
-7-
<PAGE>
10.6) ENTEGRIS WRITTEN WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED BY ENTEGRIS,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE AND ALL OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE
PART OF ENTEGRIS FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE,
REPAIR OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCTS.
Article XI
Proprietary Information
11.1) It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that
all information furnished by or obtained from one party to the other party
during the term of this Agreement including, without limitation, all
drawings, plans, data, instructions, hardware and software, whether
furnished in writing, orally or in physical configuration, is the
proprietary information and constitute the trade secrets of the party who
furnished such information or from whom the same was obtained, and shall
not be disclosed to any third party, nor shall the same be used by the
other party for any purpose other than the performance of its obligations
hereunder without the prior written consent of the party who originally
furnished such information. This obligation of confidence shall extend for
a period of three (3) years from the date of receipt of such information.
11.2) As an exception to the obligation of confidence contained in the
foregoing Article 11.1, a party may disclose proprietary information to
such of its employees or third parties as may reasonably require access to
such information in order for the party to fulfill its obligations under
this Agreement; provided, however, that prior to any such disclosure, the
receiving party shall have agreed in writing to use and protect such
information in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
11.3) The provisions of this Article XI shall survive the termination
of this Agreement for whatever reason.
Article XII
Intellectual Property Rights
12.1) Entegris warrants that the possession, use, sale or other
transfer of Products in the Territory by the Distributor, an end user or
any third party will not infringe any patent, trade name, trademark,
utility model, design, copyright or other intellectual property right
belonging to any third party in the Territory.
12.2) Entegris shall defend any legal action or other proceeding
brought against the Exporter and/or Distributor insofar as such legal
action or other proceeding is based upon a claim that Products or any part
thereof sold and delivered hereunder infringes any patent, trade name,
trademark, utility
-8-
<PAGE>
model, design, copyright or other intellectual property right belonging to
any third party in the Territory. The Exporter and/or Distributor shall
notify Entegris of such legal action or other proceeding, and shall provide
Entegris with such assistance and cooperation in the defense thereof as
Entegris may reasonably request. Entegris shall have sole control over any
such legal action or other proceeding and shall indemnify and hold the
Exporter and/or Distributor harmless from and against any loss, damage,
cost, expense, claim or liability which may be incurred by or asserted
against it as the result of an alleged or actual infringement of any
intellectual property right belonging to any third party in the Territory.
Article XIII
Term; Annual Review
13.1) This Agreement shall supercede the First Distributorship
Agreement and shall terminate on February 27, 2003 (the "Termination Date")
unless terminated by either party pursuant to Article 13.2 or 13.3. In the
event this Agreement is not renewed by mutual agreement of the parties,
Distributor shall receive a sales commission equal to four percent (4%) of
the Gross Sales Price of all Products sold in the Territory by Entegris,
its employees, agents or representatives during the twelve (12) month after
termination and two percent (2%) of the Gross Sales Price of all Products
sold in the Territory by Entegris during the second twelve (12) month
period after termination.
13.2) Either party hereto may terminate this Agreement by written
notice to such effect to the other party if the other party commits a
material breach of any material term or condition contained in this
Agreement and fails to initiate to remedy the same within thirty (30) days
after notice from the party not in breach setting out the nature of such
breach and demanding that the same be remedied.
13.3) Either party may terminate this Agreement upon notice to such
effect to the other party if bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
proceedings or any other proceedings analogous in nature or effect are
instituted by or against the other party; the other party is dissolved or
liquidated, whether voluntarily or involuntarily; a receiver or trustee is
appointed for all or a substantial part of the assets of the other party;
or the other party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
13.4) On each annual anniversary of the Effective Date, the parties
shall conduct a mutual review of each other's performance under this
Agreement at such time and place as the parties mutually agree upon. The
Distributor shall be reviewed on the basis of its adherence to the
standards set forth in this Agreement, including, but not limited to, its
covenants set forth in Article VIII herein, the quality and accuracy of
market forecasts and other information required to be supplied, customer
satisfaction and market penetration. Entegris shall be reviewed on the
basis of its adherence to the standards set forth in this Agreement,
including, but not limited to, its covenants set forth in Article IX
herein, Product quality and customer service.
-9-
<PAGE>
13.5) No termination of this Agreement, for whatever reason, shall
affect any right or liability of either party which has accrued to the
other party prior to the date of such termination or which thereafter may
accrue in respect of any act or omission to act committed prior to such
termination, nor shall any such termination affect any right or obligation
of either party which is expressly stated elsewhere in the Agreement to
survive the termination hereof.
Entegris shall repurchase such Products from the Distributor at a
price equal to the original purchase price paid by the Distributor plus
transportation costs, duties, storage, interest and other costs incurred by
distributor importing Products in the Territory and reasonably verifiable
by Entegris, in which event, Distributor must refrain from further sales of
Products. Only those Products, which are new and unused, currently
manufactured, unopened and undamaged in their original packaging, are
eligible for repurchase. Upon termination hereunder, the Distributor shall
provide Entegris a detailed inventory of Products for repurchase under this
paragraph. Said inventory shall be provided within thirty (30) days and
contain the following information: (i) Product numbers; (ii) Product
quantities; (iii) dates of purchase; (iv) purchase price; and (v) verified
import costs.
13.6) Upon termination, Distributor agrees to use its best efforts to
transition customers to Entegris. Distributor's best efforts shall include,
but not be limited to, introducing an Entegris representative to each
customer, providing each customer's corporate name and buyer name, relevant
addresses, communications information, each customer's detailed purchase
history for the two (2) year period immediately preceding the date of
termination by date and Product number, buying volumes, historical prices
charged therefore and any other pertinent data which is available to
Distributor.
Article XIV
Force Majeure
14.1) Neither party shall be liable in any manner for failure to
perform or delay in performing all or any part of this Agreement or of any
individual purchase contract entered into pursuant hereto which is directly
or indirectly due to any cause or circumstance beyond the control of such
party including, without limitation, acts of God, fire, flood, storms,
earthquake, typhoon, tidal wave, plague or other epidemics, governmental
laws, orders, regulations, sanctions or restrictions, war (whether declared
or not), armed conflict or the serious threat of the same, hostilities,
mobilization, blockade, embargo, detention, revolution, riot, looting,
lockout, strike or other labor dispute, unavailability of transportation or
severe economic dislocation.
Article XV
Governing Law
15.1) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the substantive laws (but not the laws of conflict) of the State of
Minnesota, USA.
-10-
<PAGE>
Article XVI
Arbitration
16.1) All disputes, controversies or differences which may arise
between the parties hereto, out of, in relation to or in connection with
this Agreement or any Purchase Order entered into pursuant hereto, or for
the breach hereof or thereof, which cannot be resolved amicably by the
parties shall be finally settled by arbitration in Minneapolis, Minnesota
before a panel of three (3) arbitrators. Each party shall select an
arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so chosen shall mutually choose the
third arbitrator. The arbitration and all proceedings related thereto shall
be conducted in the English language. Provided, however, Entegris may seek
injunctive relief to enjoin the threatened or actual disclosure of
proprietary information. Any attempt to seek injunctive relieve shall not
be deemed an election of remedies and shall not bar Entegris from seeking
other remedies or forms of relief provided by law or this Agreement.
16.2) The award rendered therein shall be final and binding upon all
the parties and may be reduced to a judgment in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
16.3) The arbitration and all proceedings related thereto and any
award of the arbitrators shall be held in strict confidence by the parties.
Article XVII
Covenant Not to Compete
17.1) The Distributor and the Exporter agree that Entegris would be
substantially harmed if the Distributor and/or the Exporter were to compete
with Entegris by manufacturing, selling, marketing or distributing items
which compete with Products in the Territory, except as provided by the
terms of this Agreement. In partial consideration for the benefits provided
to the Distributor and the Exporter hereunder, the Distributor and the
Exporter agree that:
(i) During the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2)
years following the termination of this Agreement for whatever
reason and for such additional period during which either of
Marubeni Corporation or Marubeni America Corporation be and
remain shareholders of Entegris, the Distributor and/or the
Exporter shall not, directly or indirectly, manufacture, sell,
market or distribute Products which are in any way competitive to
the Products, including, but not limited to, items which are
alternatives or which are made of materials other than plastic
but which are marketed in competition with any of the Products;
and
(ii) During the term of this Agreement the Distributor and/or the
Exporter shall not, directly nor indirectly, manufacture, sell,
market or distribute, in the Territory,
-11-
<PAGE>
items which are alternatives or which are marketed in competition
with any of Products.
17.2) The Distributor and the Exporter agree that Entegris would
suffer irreparable injury if the Distributor and/or the Exporter were to
breach, or threaten to breach any provisions of Article 17.1. The
Distributor and the Exporter further agree that Entegris may seek to
enforce this covenant not to compete by applying to the United States
District Court, District of Minnesota, Fourth Division, for injunctive
relief pending completion of arbitration proceedings. The court shall refer
proceedings to the arbitrators selected under Article XVII to determine
whether any injunction issued shall remain in effect or be dissolved.
Article XVIII
Entire Agreement
18.1) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties hereto and wholly cancels, terminates and supersedes all previous
negotiations, agreements and commitments, whether formal or informal, oral
or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
Article XIX
Amendments
19.1) This Agreement shall not be amended, changed or modified in any
manner except by an instrument in writing signed by a duly authorized
representative of each of the parties hereto.
Article XX
Assignment
20.1) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
Entegris, the Exporter and the Distributor, and their respective successors
and permitted assigns.
20.2) Entegris may not assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of its
rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without
the prior written consent of the Exporter or the Distributor, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Article XXI
No Waiver
21.1) No failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or
remedy under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver thereof or
of any other right or remedy which such party may have hereunder nor shall
any single or partial exercise of such right or remedy preclude any further
exercise thereof or of any other right or remedy which such party may have
hereunder.
-12-
<PAGE>
21.2) The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law, in equity or
otherwise.
Article XXII
Severability
22.1) In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision
of this Agreement is adjudged, by an arbitration panel or a court of
competent jurisdiction, to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under
either the laws of the United States of America or the Territory, such
provision or portion thereof shall be deemed to be deleted from this
Agreement and the validity of the remainder of this Agreement shall remain
unaffected thereby.
Article XXIII
Notices
23.1) Except as provided in Article 7.1 with regard to Purchase
Orders, all notices, requests or other communications required or permitted
to be given hereunder shall be sent by registered airmail letter, postage
prepaid, or by telecopy or telex (both with confirmation by registered
airmail letter, postage prepaid) to the other party at the respective
address set forth below or to such other address as may from time to time
be notified by a party to the other party in accordance with this Article
23.1:
If to Entegris:
Entegris, Inc.
3500 Lyman Boulevard
Chaska, MN 55318
Attn.: Mr. Stan Geyer, Chief Executive Officer
Telecopy No.: 612-556-4480
and
Empak, Inc.
3500 Lyman Boulevard
Chaska, MN 55318
Attention: Mr. Del Jensen, Chief Executive Officer
Telecopy No.: (612) 556-4480
-13-
<PAGE>
With a copy to:
Robert E. Boyle & Associates, P.A.
7831 Glenroy Road, Suite 145
Bloomington, Minnesota 55439
Attention: Robert E. Boyle, Esq.
Telecopy: 612-837-0920
If to the Distributor:
Marubeni Corporation
4-2, Ohtemachi 1-chome
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Attention: General Manager, Electronic Materials
Department
Telecopy No.: 03-3282-4201
If to the Exporter:
Marubeni America Corporation
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: General Manager, Plastics Division
Telecopy No.: (212) 450-0791
23.2) All notices shall be deemed to have been given when duly
transmitted by telex or telecopy or deposited in the mail.
Article XXIV
Counterparts
24.1) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
-14-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective, duly authorized representatives as of the day and
year first above written.
ENTEGRIS, INC. EMPAK, INC.
By: /s/ Stan Geyer By: /s/ Stan Geyer
------------------------------ ------------------------------------
Its: President/CEO Its: President/CEO
-------------------------- -------------------------------
The Distributor: The Exporter:
MARUBENI CORPORATION MARUBENI AMERICA CORPORATION
By: /s/ Illegible By: /s/ Illegible
------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Its: General Manager Its: Senior Vice President
-------------------------- ------------------------------
Electronic Materials Dept.
--------------------------
-15-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.21
PFA Purchase and Supply Agreement
This Agreement, by and between E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY, a
corporation of the State of Delaware having offices at 1007 Market Street,
Wilmington, Delaware 19898 (hereafter "DuPont") and FLUOROWARE, INC., a
corporation of the State of Minnesota, having offices at 3500 Lyman Boulevard,
Chaska, Minnesota 55318 (hereafter "Fluoroware").
W I T N E S E T H
WHEREAS DuPont manufactures and sells PFA resins;
WHEREAS Fluoroware has for some period of time has purchased PFA resins
from DuPont; and
WHEREAS DuPont desires to continue to supply PFA resins to Fluoroware,
and Fluoroware desires to continue to purchase such resins from DuPont;
WHEREAS Fluoroware generates regrind PFA as a result of its molding
operations and is interested in making a certain quantity of this regrind PFA
available to DuPont for purchase, and DuPont is interested in having a right of
first refusal to purchase such product;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises
set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 - TERM AND SCOPE
1.1 This Agreement shall cover the period November 1, 1998 to August
31, 2000. No less than six (6) months prior to the end of such period, the
parties will enter into discussions regarding the terms and conditions under
which this Agreement can be extended.
1.2 This Agreement shall relate solely to the following matters:
(A) supply of PFA resins by DuPont to Fluoroware in the United
States; and
(B) DuPont's right of first refusal to purchase regrind PFA
generated from Fluoroware's molding operations in the United States.
ARTICLE 2 - PRODUCT
2.1 DuPont will sell, and Fluoroware will purchase the following PFA
resins (hereafter "PFA Product") as further described in the "Fluoroware Resin
Specification & Control
<PAGE>
Plans" as set forth on Attachments A, B, C, D, E, F and G hereto or as such
attachments are amended and mutually agreed upon from time to time (hereafter
"Fluoroware Resin Specifications"):
440 HP (A, B, and D Grades)
445 HP
450 HP
TE-5789 Conductive PFA Resin
TE-7016 Rotomolding Powder
2.2 Fluoroware will make available, and DuPont will have a right of
first refusal to purchase a certain quantity of Regrind PFA (hereafter
"Regrind") that is generated from Fluoroware's molding operations and which is
in excess of Fluoroware's internal Regrind needs. This Regrind will be made
available in three different classes: Class A, Class C, and Class D, which
classifications describe the types of Regrind in terms of degree of cleanliness,
as shown in Attachment H.
2.3 New Resins introduced into the market by DuPont are not included as
part of this agreement, but can be made part of this agreement upon mutual
agreement between Fluoroware and DuPont.
ARTICLE 3 - QUALITY ASSURANCE
3.1 DuPont warrants to Fluoroware that the PFA Product will conform to
DuPont's PFA Product specifications and will provide certification with each
shipment of PFA Product indicating compliance with appropriate Fluoroware Resin
Specifications. Other than the foregoing, DUPONT MAKES NO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE EVEN IF THAT PURPOSE IS
KNOWN TO DUPONT, NOR ANY OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY. Fluoroware assumes
all risk and liability for results obtained by the use of the PFA Product
covered by this Agreement, whether used singly or in combination with other
products.
ARTICLE 4 - INSPECTION
4.1 For the purpose of confirming compliance with Fluoroware Resins
Specifications all PFA Product supplied hereunder shall be subject to inspection
by Fluoroware. In the event that Fluoroware and DuPont mutually agree that any
of the PFA Product shipped to Fluoroware under this Agreement does not meet the
appropriate Fluoroware Resin Specifications, then Fluoroware shall have the
right to reject such PFA Product by giving DuPont prompt notice thereof. DuPont
may at its option obtain samples of the rejected PFA Product from Fluoroware for
analysis. DuPont will, subject to availability, endeavor to ship replacement PFA
Product to Fluoroware within twenty-one (21) days of receipt of notification of
such rejection and will fully
-2-
<PAGE>
credit Fluoroware for the rejected PFA Product. DuPont will be responsible for
any expenses incurred in returning such rejected PFA Product.
ARTICLE 5 - PACKAGING
5.1 Product will be delivered in bulk containers (each nominally
holding sixteen hundred (1600) pounds), or one hundred (100) pound fiber drums
with polyethylene liners, or other containers acceptable to DuPont subject to
the prior written approval of Fluoroware.
ARTICLE 6 - QUANTITY
6.1 In Fluoroware's fiscal years 1999 (Sept. 1, 1998 - Aug. 31, 1999)
through its fiscal year 2000 (Sept. 1, 1999 through August 31, 2000) DuPont
agrees to sell to Fluoroware, at a minimum, the volume of PFA Product shown in
Attachment I. Provided that Fluoroware's total requirements for PFA equal or
exceed the volume shown in Attachment I for the above-identified fiscal years,
Fluoroware agrees to purchase said volume at a minimum. In the event that
Fluoroware's total requirements for PFA fall below the volume set forth in
Attachment I for any of the fiscal years 1999 and 2000, Fluoroware agrees to
purchase a minimum of (*) of its total requirements of PFA for each such year
from DuPont under the terms of this Agreement.
6.2 In each of the fiscal years, DuPont agrees to make available for
sale, at a minimum, an additional (*) of Product to Fluoroware over the agreed
upon volume for the coming fiscal year.
6.3 In the event that Fluoroware's total requirements for PFA exceed
the minimum purchase and supply obligations set forth above in any of the fiscal
years , Fluoroware shall offer DuPont the opportunity to supply under the terms
of this Agreement such additional quantities of Product as shall allow DuPont to
supply in the aggregate a minimum of (*) of Fluoroware's PFA requirements for
that fiscal year. DuPont may elect to supply all or any portion of such
additional quantities of Product.
6.4 The maximum monthly quantity ordered by Fluoroware will not exceed
ten percent (10%) of Fluoroware's annual forecast, as provided for under Article
7, unless agreed to by the parties sixty (60) days prior to the requested ship
date.
ARTICLE 7 - FORECAST REQUIREMENTS
7.1 Fluoroware will provide DuPont a written forecast of its
requirements for PFA Product on an annual basis (by Fluoroware Resin
Specification) no later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of each fiscal
year.
(*) Denotes confidential information that has been omitted and filed
separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
-3-
<PAGE>
7.2 Monthly forecast updates will be provided on or before the 30th of
each month. This monthly forecast update will reconfirm the next month's
forecast (Month #1) and will forecast quantities for the next three months
(Months #2, #3, and #4).
ARTICLE 8 - PURCHASE ORDERS
8.1 Purchase orders will be issued for each PFA Product specifying
desired quantities by grade.
ARTICLE 9 - PRICE
9.1 The price of PFA Product will be:
440 HP $(*)/lb.
445 HP $(*)/lb.
450 HP $(*)/lb.
TE-5789 $(*)/lb.
TE-7016 $(*)/lb.
9.2 The price of PFA Regrind purchased from Fluoroware will be more
favorable than the median price for PFA regrind that Fluoroware can obtain in
the open market by a minimum of $(*) per pound. Market price will be established
once per year ( at least 60 days prior to the beginning of the following fiscal
year) by mutual agreement between Fluoroware and DuPont.
9.3 Pricing for new resins developed by DuPont is not a part of this
Agreement and will be agreed upon separately should need arise.
9.4 Should DuPont sell Product, or any other first quality Teflon(& PFA
resin, suitable for use in applications like those currently sold by Fluoroware
to a third party at a price lower than the price of comparable Product sold to
Fluoroware hereunder, then DuPont shall offer Fluoroware the same PFA resin at
the lower price in comparable quantity for such term as the lower price is in
effect with the third party to the extent DuPont is permitted to offer such
lower price by applicable laws and regulations. The foregoing provision of this
Section 9.4 shall only apply to sales from DuPont facilities based in the United
States to customers based in the United States.
(*) Denotes confidential information that has been omitted and filed
separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
-4-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 10 - MARKETING
10.1 During the term of this Agreement, Fluoroware agrees not to
actively promote any other manufacturer of PFA fluoropolymers in the
marketplace.
10.2 DuPont recognizes the contribution Fluoroware has made in
marketing and promoting the attributes and value of Teflon(R) PFA HP product to
the semiconductor industry. Fluoroware's market information access, and
recognition as a leader in the industry are valued. As part of this agreement,
DuPont expects Fluoroware's continuing effort in gaining access and information
regarding new applications and market trends.
10.3 The Parties acknowledge that TEFLON(R) is a registered trademark
of DuPont for its brand of fluoropolymer resins which can only be licensed by
DuPont for use in approved applications. Use of the TEFLON(R) trademark in
connection with DuPont products is not permitted without a license. This license
to be provided under separate agreement.
ARTICLE 11 - SUPPLY ASSURANCE
11.1 Except for adverse circumstances as described in Paragraph 5 of
DuPont's Standard Conditions of Sale, a copy of which is attached hereto as
Attachment J, in the event of a production disruption impacting DuPont's ability
to supply PFA Product hereunder, Fluoroware's pro rata allocation of available
Product quantities will be the most favorable of any offered to any of DuPont's
PFA customers.
ARTICLE 12 - REPORTING
12.1 On a quarterly basis, Fluoroware will provide DuPont with Quality
and Deliverance Performance Ratings. DuPont agrees to develop corrective action
plans for review and approval by Fluoroware when Quality Performance falls below
one hundred percent (100%) and/or Delivery Performance falls below ninety-eight
percent (98%).
ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS
13.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the
provisions of DuPont's Standard Conditions of Sale shall govern each sale and
shipment made hereunder. A copy of DuPont's Standard Conditions of Sale is made
a part hereof and is set forth as Attachment J hereto.
13.2 This Agreement is not assignable or transferable by either party,
in whole or in part, except with the prior written consent of the other party.
-5-
<PAGE>
13.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware. The courts of the State of Delaware
shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute relating to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.
13.4 The parties mutually agree to the terms of Attachment K, "Year
2000 Agreement."
13.5 This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding
between DuPont and Fluoroware relative to the subject matter hereof and there
are no understandings, agreements, conditions or representations, oral or
written, expressed or implied, with reference to the subject matter hereof that
are not merged or superseded hereby. No amendment, modification or release from
any provision hereof shall be of any force or effect unless it is in writing,
signed by the party claimed to be bound thereby, and specifically refers to this
Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized representatives on the dates indicated below.
E. I. DU POINT DE NEMOURS AND
COMPANY
By: /s/ Henry Voigt
--------------------------------------------
Henry Voigt
Title: Global Business Director Fluoroproducts
----------------------------------------
Date:
----------------------------------------
FLUOROWARE, INC.
By: /s/ Guy L. Milliren
--------------------------------------------
Guy L. Milliren
Title: Senior Vice President of Operations
----------------------------------------
Date: 1/7/99
----------------------------------------
-6-
<PAGE>
ASSIGNMENT AND LIMITED AMENDMENT
This is an ASSIGNMENT and LIMITED AMENDMENT ("Assignment") to the PFA
Purchase and Supply Agreement dated January 7, 1999, which was made effective
retroactively to November 1, 1998 (hereinafter the "Original Agreement") between
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company ("DuPont") and Fluoroware, Inc.
("Fluoroware"). Fluoroware merged with Empak, Inc. in June, 1999, to form a new
corporation, Entegris, Inc. ("Entegris"). The purpose of this Assignment and
Limited Amendment is to reflect the assignment by Fluoroware of its rights and
obligations under the Original Agreement to Entegris a Minnesota corporation
with a principal place of business at 3500 Lyman Boulevard, Chaska, MN 55318, to
which DuPont has consented; and the Original Agreement, as modified by this
Assignment and Limited Amendment, is referred to herein as the "Agreement."
1. Assignment. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Fluoroware, through Entegris, its
successor in interest, hereby assigns and transfers to Entegris, with the
consent of DuPont, all of its rights, interests and obligations in the Original
Agreement (herein, the "Assigned Rights and Obligations"), and Entegris hereby
accepts and assumes such Assigned Rights and Obligations. DuPont and Entegris
shall cooperate with respect to transition issues and matters raised by this
Assignment and relating to the Agreement; and each shall execute and/or exchange
such further documentation as is reasonably necessary for such purposes.
2. Amendments.
(a) References to DuPont. With respect to all matters arising under
the Agreement on or after the Effective Date, all references in the
Original Agreement to "Fluoroware" shall be deemed to refer to "Entegris."
(b) Period of Agreement. The first sentence of Section 1.1 of the
Original Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"This Agreement shall cover the period November 1, 1998, through August 31,
2003."
(c) Scope. Section 1.2(A) of the Original Agreement is amended in its
entirety to read as follows:
This Agreement shall relate solely to the following matters:
(A) supply of PFA resins by DuPont to all Entegris facilities in
the United States;....
(d) Quantity.
(i) Section 6.1 of the Original Agreement is amended in its
entirety to read as follows:
-7-
<PAGE>
DuPont agrees to sell to Fluoroware, at a minimum, the
volume of PFA. Product shown in Attachment I, during the
Fluoroware fiscal years indicated therein. Provided that
Fluoroware's total requirements for PFA equal or exceed the
volume shown in Attachment I for such fiscal years,
Fluoroware agrees to purchase said volume at a minimum. For
any year in which Fluoroware's total requirements for PFA
fall below the volume set forth in Attachment I, Fluoroware
agrees to purchase a minimum of (*) of its total
requirements of PFA for each such year from DuPont under the
terms of this Agreement.
(ii) Attachment I from the Original Agreement is hereby replaced
in its entirety by the new Attachment I, attached hereto as
Exhibit A.
4. Prices. Section 9.1 of the Original Agreement is amended in its entirety
to read as follows:
(a) The price of PFA Product for the period November 1, 1998 to August 31,
2000 will be:
Product Price
------- -----
440 HP $(*)/lb.
445 HP $(*)/lb.
450 HP $(*)/lb.
TE-5789 $(*)/lb.
TE-7016 $(*)/lb.
(b) The price of PFA Product for the period September 1, 2000 through
August 31, 2003 will be:
Product Price
------- -----
440 HP $(*)/lb.
445 HP $(*)/lb.
450 HP $(*)/lb.
TE-5789 $(*)/lb.
TE-7016 $(*)/lb.
(*) Denotes confidential information that has been omitted and filed
separately, accompanied by a confidential treatment request, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
-8-
<PAGE>
(c) Fluoroware acknowledges that DuPont intends to replace TE-7016 with a
new resin by approximately the fourth quarter of 1999. Pricing for
that resin will be negotiated at the time of the resin introduction.
3. Survival: Confirmation. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the
terms and conditions of the Original Agreement remain in full force and effect
and the parties hereby confirm them in all respects.
ACCORDINGLY, the parties have caused this ASSIGNMENT and LIMITED AMENDMENT
to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives.
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
By: /s/ Klaus Kimpel
-------------------------------------------
Title: Director, Fluoropolymers Americas
---------------------------------------
Date: September 20, 1999
----------------------------------------
Fluoroware, Inc. (now known as Entegris,
Inc.)
By: /s/ Ross Hanson
------------------------------------------
Title: Materials Manager
---------------------------------------
Date: September 24, 1999
----------------------------------------
Entegris, Inc.
By: Guy Milliren
------------------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President of Operations
---------------------------------------
Date: September 24, 1999
----------------------------------------
-9-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
Name Jurisdiction of Incorporation Ownership
- -------------------------------------- ------------------------------- ---------
Fluoroware, Inc. Minnesota 100%
Empak, Inc. Minnesota 100%
Empak (Entegris) Malaysia SDN BHD Malaysia 100%
Empak Korea Yohan Hoesa Korea 100%
Empak Hanbal Korea Korea 100%
Entegris Europe, GmbH Germany 100%
Nippon Fluoroware, K.K. Japan 51%
Fluoroware PEI, Inc. Minnesota 100%
Fluoroware Jamaica, FSC Jamaica 100%
Empak Bermuda, FSC Jamaica 100%
Fluoroware South East Asia, Ltd Pte Singapore 100%
Fluoroware Valqua Japan, K.K. Japan 51%
Unified Container Solutions, Inc. Minnesota 80%
Entegris Upland, Inc. California 100%
Oregon Labs, Inc. Oregon 96%
<PAGE>
Exhibit 23.2
Independent Auditors' Report and Consent
The Board of Directors
Entegris, Inc.:
The audits referred to in our report dated October 27, 1999, except as to
notes 7 and 21 which are as of December 22, 1999 and March 31, 2000, included
the related financial statement schedule as of August 31, 1999, and for each of
the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 1999, included in the
registration statement. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
this financial statement schedule based on our audits. In our opinion based on
our audits and the reports of other auditors, such financial statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus. Our reports with
respect to the 1997 and 1998 consolidated financial statements is based in part
on the report of other auditors.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 31, 2000
<PAGE>
Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report
dated October 8, 1998 included in Entegris, Inc.'s Form S-1 on the August 31,
1998 and 1997 consolidated financial statements of Empak, Inc. and subsidiaries
and to all references to our firm included in this registration statement.
/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
Denver, Colorado
March 31, 2000
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> AUG-28-1999
<PERIOD-START> AUG-30-1998
<PERIOD-END> AUG-28-1999
<CASH> 16,411
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 44,099
<ALLOWANCES> 1,205
<INVENTORY> 35,047
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 105,365
<PP&E> 242,924
<DEPRECIATION> 125,300
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 242,064
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 56,505
<BONDS> 48,023
0
0
<COMMON> 300
<OTHER-SE> 124,383
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 242,064
<SALES> 241,952
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 241,952
<CGS> 148,106
<TOTAL-COSTS> 148,106
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 213
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 5,498
<INCOME-PRETAX> 11,297
<INCOME-TAX> 4,380
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 5,729
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 5,729
<EPS-BASIC> 0.10
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.09
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> AUG-29-1998
<PERIOD-START> AUG-31-1997
<PERIOD-END> AUG-29-1998
<CASH> 8,235
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 38,800
<ALLOWANCES> 1,322
<INVENTORY> 36,935
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 96,621
<PP&E> 236,900
<DEPRECIATION> 103,577
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 252,941
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 54,844
<BONDS> 67,547
0
0
<COMMON> 303
<OTHER-SE> 118,096
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 252,941
<SALES> 266,591
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 266,591
<CGS> 156,508
<TOTAL-COSTS> 156,508
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 57
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 6,995
<INCOME-PRETAX> 17,913
<INCOME-TAX> 4,536
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 13,083
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 13,083
<EPS-BASIC> 0.22
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.21
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> AUG-30-1997
<PERIOD-START> SEP-01-1996
<PERIOD-END> AUG-30-1997
<CASH> 11,354
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 46,399
<ALLOWANCES> 1,489
<INVENTORY> 43,745
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 118,303
<PP&E> 203,203
<DEPRECIATION> 83,049
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 260,885
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 67,312
<BONDS> 74,412
0
0
<COMMON> 304
<OTHER-SE> 109,078
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 260,885
<SALES> 277,290
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 277,290
<CGS> 161,732
<TOTAL-COSTS> 161,732
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 404
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 6,652
<INCOME-PRETAX> 26,335
<INCOME-TAX> 10,578
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 16,934
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 16,934
<EPS-BASIC> 0.28
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.27
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 6-MOS 6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> AUG-27-2000 AUG-28-1999
<PERIOD-START> AUG-29-1999 AUG-30-1998
<PERIOD-END> FEB-26-2000 FEB-27-1999
<CASH> 25,029 4,825
<SECURITIES> 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 58,672 40,315
<ALLOWANCES> 1,311 2,447
<INVENTORY> 35,132 34,604
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 130,176 98,495
<PP&E> 242,817 241,919
<DEPRECIATION> 130,617 113,091
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 266,540 248,164
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 60,064 56,190
<BONDS> 46,274 59,584
0 0
0 0
<COMMON> 587 300
<OTHER-SE> 142,382 119,094
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 266,540 248,164
<SALES> 156,662 111,590
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 156,662 111,590
<CGS> 85,260 72,026
<TOTAL-COSTS> 85,260 72,026
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 106 245
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 2,020 3,040
<INCOME-PRETAX> 34,468 1,369
<INCOME-TAX> 11,589 89
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 23,113 100
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> 23,113 100
<EPS-BASIC> 0.39 0.00
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.36 0.00
</TABLE>
